# Classwork > One Platform for All of Your Instructional Materials ### LLMs #### ⭐Preview!⭐ Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 12.B Alg1 STAAR practice - evaluate functions. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com Preview or Make a Copy #### ⭐Preview!⭐ Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 2, TEKS 3.D Alg1 STAAR practice - graph the solution set to linear inequalities in two variables. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com Preview or Make a Copy #### ⭐Preview!⭐ Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 5.C Alg1 STAAR practice - solve systems of two linear equations. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com Preview or Make a Copy #### ⭐Preview!⭐ Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 4, TEKS 7.A Alg1 STAAR practice - graph quadratic functions and identify key attributes. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com Preview or Make a Copy #### ⭐Preview!⭐ Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 5, TEKS 9.D Alg1 STAAR practice - graph exponential functions and identify key features. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com Preview or Make a Copy #### 2023 Back To School Training Schedule How'd you like to become a TeacherMade expert in the shortest possible time? Just join us for one of our Back to School Training sessions!We'll show you how to import a PDF or Google Slides file and make it auto-scored and interactive. You'll learn how to use TeacherMade's powerful assignment options and view student performance in real-time as they work. And you'll learn how to use the Item Analysis report to really dive deep into improving your student's understanding. You'll be a TeacherMade expert in just a couple sessions!For you experienced users, we've also got a focused session on just the latest updates. Get up to speed on all the improvements we've made, and hit the ground running for this coming school year!Come on in! Learn a lot and feel free to ask questions along the way!Click here to see the schedule and join one of our information-packed sessions! #### Aaron Daffern Blog Post and Shared Worksheet TeacherMade did a blog post on TX educator and author, Aaron Daffern. Aaron has a lot to say about how to increase student engagement along with clear applications in practice. You can find that post here. https://teachermade.com/personalized-learning-for-your-students-aaron-daffern-and-teachermade-digital-worksheets/Here is a TeacherMade worksheet activity to introduce Teachers to Aaron’s ELABORATE concept for increased student engagement and learning retention. Feel free to use it with your first, second, or third graders.Tiered Activity: Poem for 2nd and 3rd GradersPro Tip: The best test of whether it works may be to do a recheck with your students approximately two weeks later. #### Accepting a Co-Teacher Invitation Click here to learn how to invite a Co-Teacher.When a teacher invites you to be a Co-Teacher on their account, you will need to login to your own Classwork.com account to accept their invitation. Accepting the InvitationTo accept an invitation to become a Co-Teacher, select the Account link in the Main Menu.Then choose, Co-Teacher Settings.On your Co-Teacher page, you will see their invitation under, Users who have given you access to their account:Select Confirm to accept their invitation and then you will see this on your Co-Teacher page: You will be able to see who added you and what permissions they gave you. Accessing Their AccountTo access their account as a Co-Teacher, select, Access as this user as shown above or click the Account link in the Main Menu and then their name under Co-Teachers in the Account menu: Once you access their account, you will see their main Activities page with all of their Activities and folders. Read-Only vs Full-AccessIf they gave you Read-Only permissions, you will be able to see all of their Activities, Assignments, student grades, and student work. However, you will not be able to edit any of it or communicate with the students.If they gave you Full-Access permissions, you will be able to do everything you are able to do in your own account! This includes, creating Assignments, assigning student work and grading. Returning to Your AccountWhen are you in Co-Teacher mode, you will see this link in your Main Menu where the Account link normally sits:To return to your own account, click that link, then choose, Back to My Account. #### Activity Actions Menu (⋯) - Activity Detail Screen Activity Actions Menu (⋯) – Activity DetailTo open the Activity Detail screen, go to your Activities page and either:Click the name of an activity, orClick Review from the Activity MenuOn the Activity Detail screen, look to the left panel near the top, just beneath the Edit and Preview buttons. There you will find the Activity Actions Menu (⋯).Important: Do not confuse this with the Assignment Actions Menu, which appears beside each assignment in the right panel.Clicking the Activity Actions Menu opens a dropdown of options that manage the activity itself, not the assignments created from it.Available OptionsMake a Copy – Duplicate the activity so you can modify or reuse it without affecting the original.Sharing – Generate a teacher-facing link to share the activity with other Classwork users.Print Activity – Create a printable version of the student view.Print Answer Key – Generate a version with answers included and a summary page.Donate to Sharing Library – Submit your activity to the Shared Library for other teachers to use.Delete Activity – Move the activity to your Trash. You can recover it later from MORE > Trash.This menu is your primary control center for actions tied to the activity itself. It is especially useful when managing an activity that has already been assigned. #### Activity Detail Screen Overview Use the Activity Detail ScreenThe Activity Detail screen is where you manage everything tied to a specific activity, from editing and sharing to viewing all assignments created from it.You will land on this screen when you:Click the activity name from your Activities pageChoose Review or Assign from the Activity MenuLeft Panel: Manage the ActivityThe left side of the screen focuses on the activity itself.Primary ButtonsPreview – View the activity as a student would. Some features like Read Aloud are disabled.Edit Content – Open the activity in the Activity Editor.Three-dot menu (⋯)This condensed menu includes:Make a CopySharingPrint ActivityPrint Answer KeyDonate to Sharing LibraryDelete ActivityEditable DetailsActivity Name – Click the edit icon to rename it.Description – Add or update a brief summary.Created / Last Modified Dates – Displayed at the bottom.Right Panel: Manage AssignmentsThe right side displays all assignments created from this activity, one for each class or section.If you assign the same activity to six periods, you will see six separate assignments listed here.This Panel IncludesNew Assignment – Use the green plus button to assign the activity to another class.A toggle to switch between Active Assignments and Archived Assignments.Archive – Bulk archive selected assignments.Assignment Details DisplayedAssignment Name – LMS Class Name (for example, “Main Idea Practice – 3rd Period Science”).Total – Number of students assigned.Not Started – Number of students who have not begun.Lock Status – Green unlocked icon for active, red locked icon for closed submissions.Three-dot menu (⋯)for assignment-specific actions:Review All SubmissionsItem AnalysisEdit AssignmentLock or Unlock AssignmentExport Scores to CSVRescore AssignmentArchive AssignmentClick any assignment name to open the Assignment Detail screen, where you can review student work, provide feedback, and analyze performance. #### Activity Menu Activity Menu OverviewOn the Activities page, each Activity has a checkbox on the far left. When you select it, a row of quick actions appears at the top of the screen. This is the Activity Menu.Activity Menu OptionsAssign – Send the Activity to students.Review – Open student submissions and monitor progress.Edit – Reopen the Activity in the Studio to make changes.Preview – View the student version.Copy – Create a duplicate version.Move – Organize the Activity into folders.Share – Share the Activity with others.Print – Generate a printable version.Delete – Move the Activity to Trash.Selecting Multiple ActivitiesYou can select more than one Activity at a time for actions like Move or Delete.When multiple Activities are selected, options such as Assign, Edit, Preview, Copy, and Print will be unavailable. To use those features, select only one Activity. #### Activity Page Overview Activities Page OverviewThe Activities page is your digital filing cabinet in Classwork. It is where all of your work lives, organized and ready to use.To access it, click Activities in the left navigation menu.What You Can DoCreate new ActivitiesOrganize content into folders and subfoldersSearch for Activities by namePreview, edit, assign, or share using the Activity MenuActivity List and ActionsEach Activity appears as a row showing the title, creation date, and the number of Assignments created from it.To take action, check the box to the left of the Activity name. This opens the Activity Menu with options like Assign, Review, Edit, Copy, Move, or Delete.You can also select multiple Activities for batch actions.The Activities page is your starting point for building and managing your lesson library. #### Add audio to the assignment Adding Audio to the AssignmentOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity where you would like the Audio icon to render, and the Tools menu will then appear.Select Audio from Content Tools column (it is represented by a microphone icon).The Record or Upload Audio screen will appear.  Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Audio.Your cursor becomes crosshairs.Draw a box on the assignment where you would like an Audio icon to render and you'll see this appear. Then the Record or Upload Audio screen will appear.Record or Upload Audio Screen You can either record your own audio or upload an audio file from your computer. Recording an Audio FileTo begin recording, click the red circle. You can record for up to 5 minutes!To stop recording, click on the grey square.Click the “Attach to the Worksheet” button at the bottom of the window when you’re done. Your audio recording will now play when students click on the Audio icon in their assignment. Uploading Audio FilesYour second option is to upload your own audio from your computer. To do so, click the “Upload” tab to the right of “Record" tab. You will see this box:Select the audio file you would like to upload and you will see the title of the file appear where it says, “Upload an audio file.” Once you see your file’s name, the option to “Attach to the Worksheet” will also reappear. Click this option to add your audio file to your worksheet and then you are done!NOTE: When uploading your own audio, there is a file limit of 10 MB.Listening to the AudioIf you want to listen to your audio, select Preview from the View menu and click on the Audio icon. If you want to re-do your recording, exit the Preview, delete your Audio icon from your worksheet, and start over.Audio OptionsThe audio tool has a setting to control what students see when they start your activity. The option affects whether the student sees the audio icon or a set of controls. Click the audio, then this setting in the toolbar to change the option:The values for this setting mean:Show controls on clickThe audio icon appears.The student must click the icon to see the Play/Pause controls.The audio will stop playing any time the student clicks away from the icon or controls (even into a question as they attempt to answer.)The controls are movable by students. Have them click the pattern to the left of the Play button then drag them where they wish.Always Show ControlsNo audio icon appears.The Play/Pause controls are always displayed.The audio will continue to play if the student clicks anywhere else. They must click the pause or stop buttons to halt the playback.        Autoplay on ClickThe audio doesn't start automatically when the page loads. The student must click the audio icon or button first. Once clicked, the audio starts playing immediately without requiring them to hit a separate play button. Border Color: Select the color of the border around the audio icon.         Transparent: Choose whether to make the audio block transparent (which also hides the audio icon!)Note that while you're editing the activity, the audio control is just an approximation of what the student will see. It's a good practice to preview the activity to see what the student will actually see when taking the activity.A fun tip is that you can set the audio icon to be transparent and set the border to "No Border" then drag the box over an object in your background. Then add text that tells the student to click the background object to hear the audio! If there's a cow in your background, you can make it moo! #### Add Hyperlink Use the Hyperlink tool to insert URLs, Google Docs, Google Slides, YouTube videos, etc. into your TeacherMade activity.This tool can have a powerful impact on your activities by bringing the Worldwide Web to your students! It’s very easy to use.Adding a Hyperlink to the AssignmentOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity where you would like the hyperlink, and the Tools menu will then appear.Select Link from Content Tools column (it is represented by a paper clip icon).The Edit Link screen will appear.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Link.Your cursor becomes crosshairs.Draw a box on the assignment where you would like the link.The Edit Link screen will appear.Edit Link Here is where you: Add the URL: enter the URL you would like to set the hyperlink to (must include http:// or https://) Add a Label: Type in the label you want your students to see. It will be inside of the box; depending on its length, you may need to resize your box.*Be sure to click on ‘Save Changes’ when done.Menu Bar When a Hyperlink is selected, the top toolbar gives you options to customize its appearance.Edit: Open the edit panel again. You can also double-click the question box.Box Color: Change the border color.Font: Choose the font style.Font Size: Choose the font size and color.Transparent: Choose whether the hyperlink is transparent or solid.**We suggest previewing this page before assigning to ensure the hyperlink is easy for your students to recognize. When your students click on the link, the website will open in a new window.  #### Add stickers to your student’s work while grading! In the Review Submission screen, you now have the option to add stickers to a student’s Assignment as you are grading it!When you open up a student’s Activity, you will see this toolbar at the top of the Review Submission screen:Click on the smiling star icon and you will see over 30 great stickers you can use while grading!Once you choose which sticker you would like to add to the Submission you have two choices:Click to place - Click on the sticker you want to add and then click where you would like it to be on the Assignment. The sticker will be added at the default size but you can resize it to whatever size you would like. You can also move the sticker once it has been added.Click and Drag - Click on the sticker you want to add and then click and drag the sticker to the size you would like it to be. Once it is on the Assignment, you can resize and also move it.Use these stickers to add grades to your Assignments and celebrate student achievements! You can add as many stickers as you would like to each Submission.We hope you enjoy these stickers! Let us know which ones you want to see next!  #### Add Teacher Text The Teacher Text tool allows you to add text anywhere on your assignments. Your students will not be able to edit this text but they are able to see it, so it is a great way to add your own instructions, tips, accommodations, or extra information to your students.Inserting the Teacher TextOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity to bring up the Tools menu.Select Teacher Text from the Content Tools column on the right.The Edit Teacher Text screen will appear.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Teacher Text.Your cursor becomes crosshairs. Click on the activity to place the box.The Edit Teacher Text screen will appear.Edit Teacher Text Click into the text box and start typing! Here you can change the font, color, boldness and have a lot of other formatting options to choose from. You can even insert an image or math formulas.  Click "Save" when you are done. *To make the Teacher Text draggable for a drag-and-drop question, be sure to check the box next to 'Draggable' on the toolbar. #### Adding a Co-Teacher to your Classwork.com Account (PRO Feature) Classwork.com's Co-Teacher feature allows you to add a trusted colleague to your Classwork.com account so they can view your work, or even have full access to your account! Note both you and your Co-Teachers must have Classwork.com PRO subscriptions to take advantage of this powerful feature.Login to your Classwork.com account and select your icon in the lower left corner. In the menu that appears, choose, Co-Teachers Settings.You will see a page that looks like this: To invite a Co-Teacher to your account, enter their email in the box to the right under, Email.There are two permissions to choose from when adding an email. The first is Read-Only. Giving a colleague this permission will allow them to see your account in its entirety but will prevent them from actually doing anything in it. This is great for sharing student’s grades and work with Co-Teachers, Intervention Specialists, or even Administrators. The second option is Full-Access. This option is exactly as it sounds. The Co-Teachers who you add will be able to do everything you can do within your account. They will be able to edit scores, create Activities, and even assign work to students. This full-access option is perfect for Co-Teachers, Para Professionals, and even long-term substitutes! The options are endless.Please note that this feature does not merge or connect your account with another Teacher. Instead, they will have the option to enter your account as a guest. Any work or edits they make while they are in your account will be saved to your account. When they are done, they will need to return to their own account. Once you choose to Send an invite, you will see this under, Users who have access to your account. You will need to contact each Co-Teacher directly so that they log in and accept your invite.Once they accept their invite, it will update to show this:You can remove Co-Teachers at any time by choosing Remove. If you want to change a colleague's permissions from Read-Only to Full-Access or vice versa, click on the edit icon next to the current permission and select the other permission. #### Adding an Activity to the Sharing Library Add an Activity to the Sharing LibraryAdding your Activity to the Classwork Sharing Library makes it available to all PRO teachers. Your thoughtful work can support educators across the globe.How to Donate an ActivityFrom your Classwork home page, open the folder that contains your Activity.Click the Activity title to open the Activity Detail page.Select the 3-dot menu on the left side of the screen.Select Donate to Sharing Library.Enter a title, description, and keywords. Be descriptive so other teachers can easily find your Activity.Select the appropriate grades and subjects.Agree to the sharing terms and click Submit.Your Activity will be added to the Sharing Library during the next update cycle. #### Adding Audio to an Activity - Record Your Own or Upload Audio ToolUse the Audio tool to add a clickable audio element to your Classwork.com Activity. You can either record audio directly in Classwork.com or upload an audio file from your computer. Students will play the audio while completing the Assignment.Add Audio to Your ActivityIn the Tool Box on the right, click Audio.Your cursor will turn into crosshairs. Click and drag to draw a box where you want the audio icon to appear.When you place the box, an audio icon will appear:The Audio window will open. From here, you can Record or Uploadaudio.Record an Audio FileUse the Record tab to record audio directly in your browser (up to 5 minutes).Click the red circle to begin recording.Click the gray square to stop.Click Play to listen back. If you want to redo it, click Cancel and record again.When you are ready, click Add Audio to Activity. Students will play the recording by clicking the audio element in their Assignment.Upload an Audio FileUse the Upload tab (next to Record) to add an audio file from your computer.Click Browse and select the audio file you want to upload.When the file name appears in the Upload an audio file field, click Add Audio to Activity.Note: Uploaded audio files must be 10 MB or smaller. Common supported formats include .m4a and .mp3.Listen to Audio in PreviewTo test your audio, open the View menu and select Preview, then click the audio element.If you need to redo your recording, exit Preview, delete the audio element from your Activity, and add it again.Audio OptionsThe Audio tool includes settings that control what students see and how playback behaves. Click the audio element, then use the toolbar options.Show controls on clickThe audio icon appears.The student must click the icon to see the Play/Pause controls.The audio will stop if the student clicks away from the icon or controls (even when clicking into a question).The controls are movable: students can drag them by clicking the patterned area to the left of the Play button.Always Show ControlsNo audio icon appears.The Play/Pause controls are always displayed.The audio continues playing even if the student clicks somewhere else. Students must click Pause or Stop to end playback.Autoplay on clickEnable this option if you want audio to start playing immediately when a student clicks the audio icon (so they do not have to press Play). If students want to replay the audio, they can still use the Play button afterward.While you are editing the Activity, the audio control shown on the canvas is an approximation. It is a good practice to use Preview to confirm exactly what students will see.You can also choose whether to make the audio block transparent (this hides the audio icon) and select the border color around the audio element.Tip: If you set the audio element to be transparent and set the border to No Border, you can place it over something in your background (like a picture). Then add text telling students to click that object to hear the audio. #### Adding Classwork.com to your Teacher Resources Page Classwork.com is an invaluable resource for teachers, and adding it to your school or district’s Teacher Resources (or Staff Portal) page helps ensure it’s easy to find and use regularly.If your website already links to tools like Clever, Google Classroom, or other instructional platforms, we recommend including Classwork.com alongside them.Creating the linkThe exact steps depend on what software you use to manage your website, but the process is simple:Create a new link that points to https://www.classwork.com.If your system requires HTML, use this code:<a href="https://www.classwork.com">Classwork.com</a>Be sure to:Link to the secure homepage (https)Include the wwwCapitalize the C in ClassworkAdding a DescriptionIf your website allows you to include a description, we recommend using the following text:Classwork.com lets you digitize your worksheets with auto-scored interactivity. See student work and provide instant feedback in real time. #### Adding Interactions How to Add Auto-Scored Interactions in Classwork.comThis guide explains how to add auto-scored interactions to an activity in Classwork.com using the Activity Editor. You will learn how to add Multiple Choice, Matching, and Hot Spot question types and set answer keys for automatic grading.Note: If you used the Content Assistant (AI) to generate questions, interactions and answer keys were created automatically. This tutorial focuses on manually adding interactions to uploaded PDFs, images, or activities built from scratch.If you are following along with the Mini-Sampler, create a copy of the activity before continuing: Make a copy of the Classwork.com Mini-Sampler .How to Add a Multiple Choice QuestionIn this example, you will add a Multiple Choice interaction to Slide 4 of the Mini-Sampler.In the Question Type menu on the right, click Multiple Choice.After selecting the item type, your cursor will change to crosshairs when hovering over the page. Click anywhere to place the interaction box. Click the tool again to deselect it if needed.Click and drag to resize and position the interaction over the answer choices.Use the toolbar to set the number of answer choices (for example, 4 choices) and label them as needed.Click the correct answer bubble (for example, C) to set the answer key. The correct answer will be highlighted, confirming that auto-grading is enabled.How to Add a Matching QuestionNext, add a Matching interaction to Slide 14.In the Tool Box on the right, click Matching.Click and drag to draw a box around the first item to be matched. The box will turn red, indicating it is ready to link.Tip:After placing the first box, you can quickly create additional boxes using:Click Matching again and draw new boxesPress the Spacebar to reselect the previously used item typeSelect an existing box and press CTRL + D to duplicate itCreate the remaining boxes so you have all items needed for matching.To link a pair, click one box, then click its match. A dotted line will appear, and both boxes will turn green to confirm the connection.Repeat until all pairs are correctly matched.If you need to remove a match, click Clear Matching Link in the toolbar. How to Add a Hot Spot QuestionHot Spot questions allow students to click specific areas of an image to answer. You define which areas should be clicked and which should not.In the Tool Box, click Hot Spot.Click and drag to draw a box over the correct area of the image.In the toolbar, select Correct if: Clicked for areas that should be selected.For incorrect areas, select Correct if: Not Clicked.Use CTRL + D or the Spacebar shortcut to quickly create additional Hot Spot boxes.After creating all Hot Spots, group them so they are graded as a single question:Hold Shift and click each Hot Spot until all are selected.Use the toolbar option to group the selected items.Preview Your ActivityClick the Preview button (monitor icon with an eye) in the top-left corner to view the activity as a student. Complete the activity to confirm scoring works as expected.You can also compare your version to the example created by the Classwork team:  See the Classwork.com Mini-Sampler Activity What's Next?You’ve now converted a static worksheet into an interactive, auto-scored activity. Next, learn how to assign it to students:  Assign Your Activity to Students  #### Admin - File Upload Format If you're a Classwork Administrator for your school or district, you can upload a list of users for your account(s). Just follow these instructions:How To UploadLogin to your Classwork.com account.Select Administration from the Main Menu.Choose which Organization you wish to upload users for.Select Import Users.The Upload File FormatThe file you upload must be in the right format. It's a CSV file, which can be created from Google Sheets, Excel, and even many SIS systems. The file MUST have the right columns, and they MUST be in this order, including the headers:Column HeaderNotesLast NameRequired.First NameRequired.Email AddressRequired. The system will search for this email and the Second Email and, if a user is found under either, add the user to your license. If not found, a new user will be created, and the first and second emails will be added to that user's account. Second EmailOptional. Users can have multiple emails, which is handy if your district gives users multiple addresses with different domains (e.g. user@district.org and user@app.district.org).Note: If a user is found that already has the first email, and a different user is found that has the second email, an error will be displayed. You must contact us at support@classwork.com to fix that problem.SchoolSemi-Required. This field must match the name of the School(s) you're importing. District Admin, or users who need to see multiple school data, leave blank. This is handy if you're managing multiple schools, because you can keep all the users in the same file.User RolesOther columnsYou can use the other columns for whatever purposes you wish. For instance, you can add a Date Imported column to the right of the Organization column and store the date the file was last imported. This will be ignored by the system during import.File TemplateYou may start with the attached template, which has the headers already in place. #### Admin Shortcuts The below links include valid IDs which you will want to replace with the relevant IDs for your customer.Restore Deleted Submissions (assignment ID)https://app.teachermade.com/worksheet-admin/submissions/submission/?assignment=ASSIGNMENTID&is_deleted__exact=1 #### Administration - Managing School Years. Coming soon! #### Administrator - Managing Users Manage Users in AdministrationThis article applies only to Administrators with rights to manage users.To create, modify, and deactivate users in your organization, start by clicking Administration.Choose your Organization (only necessary if you are an Administrator in more than one Organization).Then click User List.User Roles and PermissionsUsers in your organization can be assigned different roles, which determine what they can access in Classwork.Teacher: Create Activities, make Assignments, and manage Classes.User Administrator: Manage users and teams.School Administrator: View school-level reports.District Administrator: View district-level reports.Curriculum Author: Add and manage district curriculum materials.Curriculum Reviewer: Review submitted curriculum materials.The Curriculum Reviewer role is assigned like other roles using the checkbox in the user profile. However, curriculum submissions will only appear for review once the user is added to a designated review team. Here's more on setting up and managing review teams. This allows selected teachers or administrators to evaluate submitted instructional materials, including those aligned with state requirements such as HB 1605.To learn more about curriculum review requirements and implications for Texas teachers,see: HB 1605 Takeaways for Teachers.All roles other than Teacher will see the Administration menu, but the tools available there depend on the assigned role.For a complete breakdown of roles and how to assign them, see: Manage User Roles and Permissions.Finding UsersYou can use the Search box to find users. Enter part of their name or email and press Enter.The list of users will display only users who match your search terms.You can also sort users to make them easier to find. To sort on any field in the User List, click the up or down arrow next to the field.Clicking Name, for example, will sort by last name.Deactivating and Reactivating UsersIf a user has left your organization, uncheck the box next to their name. Their account will be removed from your organization.Check the box to reactivate them and re-enable their access to your license.Adding UsersTo add a user to your account, click Add User.Type their email address in the Primary Email field. The system will search to see if they already have an account.If they already have an account, you will be able to modify it.If they do not have an account, enter their first and last name to create one. You can also add alternate email addresses.If your district supports multiple email domains (such as @mydistrict.org and @apps.mydistrict.org), consider entering both.Assign a RoleWhen adding or updating a user, you must assign a role before saving.Teacher is the default role for most users.Select an administrative role if the user needs access to user management, reporting, or curriculum tools.All roles other than Teacher will see the Administration menu, but the tools available there depend on the role assigned.For a full breakdown of available roles and permissions, see: Manage User Roles and Permissions.Adding More AdministratorsIf other users in your organization need user management access, they must be assigned the appropriate administrative role.If you do not currently have a User Administrator in your organization, contact support@classwork.com for help getting the first one set up. #### Algebra/Formula tool This feature is meant for student responses that require more complex math equations and formulas. When you input this feature, students are provided with a math La Tex equation editor that they use to answer the question. Inserting the Question TypeOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity to bring up the Tools menu.Select Algebra/Formula from the Question Type menu’s left column.The Edit Algebra/Formula screen will appear.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Algebra/Formula.Your cursor becomes crosshairs. Click on the activity to place the box.The Edit Algebra/Formula screen will appear.Edit Algebra/FormulaThis is where you enter the correct expressions using the math La Tex equation editor. Click to 'Add an expression' and the math La Tex equation editor will appear. Using the different screens enter your expressions.  Be sure to click “Save Changes” when finished. Using the Menu BarWhen a Algebra/Formula box is selected, the top toolbar gives you options to customize its appearance and behavior.Edit: Open the edit panel again. You can also double-click the question box.Box Color: Change the border color.Font Size: Choose the font size.Standards: Tag the question with relevant standards.Item Points: Set the number of points the question is worth.Note:?To align multiple Short Answer boxes, hold Shift while selecting them, then use the Align dropdown in the toolbar. #### Align - Draft AlignYou have the ability to align your question types. This is helpful when wanting to line or space out your boxes perfectly.To align your question types: Click on your question type. Hold down the shift key and select the other boxes you want aligned. On your toolbar you will see the number of boxes selected and an "Align" dropdown. Select the "Align" dropdown. Choose how you would like the question types aligned. #### ALL - Layers of Soil Layers of Soil DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Layers of Soil”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the entire grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science, Physical Science or Earth Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 7 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ALL - Life Cycle of a Chicken Life Cycle of a Chicken DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Life Cycle of a Chicken”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the entire grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science, Life Science, Biology or Agriculture.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 5 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ALL - Parts of a Wave Parts of a Wave DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Parts of a Wave”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the entire grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science, Physical Science, Chemistry, or Physics.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ALL - Scientific Method Scientific Method DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Scientific Method”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the entire grade range. It could be used in all sciences.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 6 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### Amanda Mendenhall - Grade 7 Geography - OK Hello from Oklahoma!aaMy name is Amanda Mendenhall, and I teach 7th-grade geography in Fort Gibson, Oklahoma. I have been teaching for 15 years. I am certified to teach Pre-K thru 8 grade. I also hold a Master’s degree in Educational Administration. I did not always plan to be a teacher. I remember I wanted to be a veterinarian from the time I was five years old. I started school with that goal in mind, then decided that I didn’t want to spend another nine years in school, so I switched my major to accounting. I really like math and its absoluteness. I was 9 hours from having an accounting degree and decided I didn’t want to be an accountant; instead, I wanted to teach accounting. The semester before I had my revelation, the university had done away with the Business Education degree. So, they placed me in Elementary Education. God knew way better than me because teaching is my calling. I can’t think of doing anything else with my career. I’m not even sure I want to be an administrator because I love being in the classroom so much (even on the hard days). I have taught all elementary grades (except 3rd grade). I currently teach middle schoolers (a breed within themselves) and LOVE every minute of it. I love to see when they finally get the concept. I love seeing that light bulb come on and the excitement they get when the struggle is over. My greatest joy is when you see a student that struggles on a day-to-day basis get the concept ahead of the other students, they finally have their moment to shine. What a glorious day!!!! When I was in school, Mrs. Sherrye Smith was the teacher that made a difference in my life. I had her in math class from my 6th-grade year to my Junior year of high school (at a small rural school). She made learning fun. I remember when I was a freshman in high school, she asked me to tutor a gentleman that was a freshman in college in College Algebra. I should have realized then this was my calling. But sometimes, it takes us a little longer to realize what we are being called to be. What is not to love about teaching? Teaching is life, and I wouldn’t be where I am without God and my hundreds of kids. #### April 8th, 2024 - Teacher Notes/Answer Rubric Article Coming Soon! #### Archive Assignments - Activity Detail Screen Archive Assignments from the Activity Detail ScreenTo open the Activity Detail screen, go to your Activities page and either:Click the name of an activity, orClick Review from the Activity MenuOn the Activity Detail screen, look at the right panel. This area lists all assignments tied to that activity.Because valuable student data is connected to each assignment, assignments cannot be permanently deleted. Instead, you can archive them to remove them from your main view while preserving all data.How to Archive AssignmentsIn the right panel, check the box next to one or more assignments.Click the Archive button (box icon) in the top-right corner of the panel.Confirm by clicking the red Confirm Archive button in the popup.Tip: Use Select all assignments to archive everything for that activity. This is helpful when clearing out previous school years.View or Restore Archived AssignmentsToggle from Active Assignments to Archived Assignments at the top of the right panel.Click Restore next to any assignment you want to bring back.Switch back to Active Assignments to view it with current classwork.Using Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology?When an assignment is archived, LMS links pointing to it will no longer work for students.To reuse the activity:Create a new assignment using the + New Assignment button.For Canvas or Schoology, update the links inside your LMS.For Google Classroom, the new assignment will post directly to the selected class during setup.If you are cleaning up old Google Classroom posts, those must be removed directly within Google Classroom.Can I Archive in Bulk?You can archive multiple assignments within the same activity, but not across multiple activities or folders at once.If bulk folder-level archiving is something you would like to see, please contact support@classwork.com. #### Archive Students Archive StudentsArchiving students allows you to remove students from your active student list without deleting their work. Archived students keep all of their submissions, grades, and feedback, but they no longer appear in your active view.This is helpful when students leave a class, move to a new term, or when you want to clean up your student list while preserving past records.How to Access the Students TabFrom the left-hand menu, click Classes.At the top left of the Classes page, click the gear icon next to Classes.The Setup Classes and Students screen opens.Click the Students tab at the top of the page.This view displays every student associated with your account.When the Archive Option AppearsThe Archive option becomes available when you select a single student using the checkbox next to their name.If one student is selected, you will see the Archive option.If two or more students are selected, you will see the Merge Students option instead.How to Archive a StudentIn the Students tab, locate the student you want to archive.Select the checkbox to the left of the student’s name.At the bottom of the screen, click Archive.The student will immediately move to the Archived Students section of the table.What Happens After ArchivingWhen a student is archived:The student is removed from the active student list.All submissions, grades, and feedback are preserved.The student record remains available in the Archived Students section.No historical assignment data is deleted.How to Restore Archived StudentsScroll to the Archived Students section.Select one or more students using the checkbox.Click Restore at the bottom of the screen.The student will return to the appropriate active section of the Students table.Important NotesArchiving students does not delete their data.Archived students can be restored at any time.Archiving helps keep your student list organized between terms.Related Key Terms: archive students, remove student from class list, archived students, restore student, student management, clean up student list, preserve student submissions, archived student records #### Are There Height or Width Limitations On an Activity? Slide ActivitiesClasswork.com will automatically size the slides based on the document you import. You can adjust the slide size up to a limit of 5000x5000. Scrolling ActivitiesIn a scrolling Activity, the height will be set to the height of all the pages you import up to the limit as defined here: How Many Pages Can Be In an Activity? You can continue to add whitespace beyond that without limitations. #### Are there Time Management Features in Classwork.com? Are There Time Management Features in Classwork.com?Yes. Classwork provides several time management tools that help you control when assignments open, when they close, when work is due, and how long students can spend working.You can configure these options during Step 3 of creating an assignment.The four time management tools available are:Open DateClose DateDue DateTime on Task LimitHere is how each option works.Enable Open DateThe Open Date lets you schedule when an assignment becomes available to students.If students attempt to open the assignment before the open date, they will see a message telling them when the assignment will become available.This is useful when you want to:Schedule assignments in advanceControl when tests beginPrepare assignments for substitute teachersEnable Close DateThe Close Date determines when an assignment becomes unavailable.After the close date passes, students cannot open the assignment.If a student is actively working when the close time occurs, their work is automatically saved and they will see a notification.This feature is helpful for:Ending tests at the end of a class periodAutomatically closing homework submissionsPreventing late access to assessmentsUsing Open and Close Dates TogetherOpen and close dates can be used together or independently.For example:You can set an Open Date without a close date.You can set a Close Date without an open date.You can schedule both to define a specific availability window.Both settings can be edited after the assignment has been created.These dates only apply inside Classwork. They do not change any availability settings in your LMS.Enable a Due DateThe Due Date marks student submissions as late but does not block access to the assignment.Students can still submit work after the due date. When they do, the submission will be marked as late in the assignment review screen.This helps teachers track late work while still allowing students to complete the assignment.Like open and close dates, due dates only apply within Classwork and do not affect LMS due date settings.Enable a Time on Task LimitThe Time on Task Limit lets you set a timer for the assignment.The timer starts when the student opens the assignment and continues running even if the student leaves the page.The timer appears in the top right corner of the student's screen.When less than one minute remains, the timer turns red.When time expires, the assignment is automatically submitted.If you reset or reopen a student's submission, the timer restarts for that student. #### Assign - Activity Menu Assign an ActivityTo assign an Activity, go to your Activities page and check the box next to the Activity you want. This opens the Activity Menu above the selected item.If multiple Activities are selected, options like Assign, Edit, Preview, Copy, and Print will be unavailable. To assign, select only one Activity.Set Assignment OptionsClick Assign to open the Assignment screen. From there, you can:Rename the AssignmentSet student accessChoose start and end datesAdjust scoring and feedback settingsWhen you're ready, send it to students immediately or schedule it to go live later. #### Assign to Your Students You’ve created your Classwork.com activity and now it’s time to assign it to your students!Create an AssignmentClick the name of the activity. That will bring you to the “Activity Detail” screen, where you can see a list of all the assignments you’ve created for this activity. You can create multiple assignments to give to different classes. Since this is your first time here, you haven’t created any yet, and there’s a convenient “Create an Assignment” button to get you started. Click that button to start creating your assignment.You’ll proceed through screens that allow you to set options for this assignment.Delivery MethodOn the first screen, you’ll select how you want your assignment to be delivered to your students. Remember, students do not have Classwork.com accounts. The choice you make here determines how your students will receive their work.Let’s choose the “Classwork.com” option, which means that the students will start the activity by launching a simple weblink. How you give them that link will be up to you.Click below to see the delivery method set up for:Google ClassroomCanvasSchoologyStudent Sign-in OptionsNow you can choose whether the students will identify themselves with their Google accounts, or by their name. To keep it simple, we’re going to let them type in their names.Assignment OptionsThis step is where we really get to the good stuff! This set of options affects grading, feedback and what the student sees. Before we walk through it, note that Classwork.com will remember your choices between assignments so if you usually use the same settings, you won’t have to select them each time.You can see that Classwork.com gives you a lot of flexibility for how students work with your activity. You can set whether they’re allowed to check their own answers and which tools are available to them.There are a lot of options, and to become a real expert, you can search for articles in the Help Center that document all of them. For now, you can leave them at their default settings.Once you’ve made your choices, click, “Save” and Classwork.com will turn your activity into an assignment in just a few seconds!Now Watch the Students Work!You've done it! You've created an assignment.You’ll land on the “Assignment Detail” Screen for your new assignment. This is where each student’s work will appear. You can watch students as they work, grade their assignments, and return their graded work to provide feedback!Next...Once student work starts to roll in, you'll want to understand how to review it. It's time to move on to the next, and last, step of the process: Reviewing and GradingTABLE OF CONTENTSCreate an AssignmentDelivery MethodStudent Sign-in OptionsAssignment OptionsNow Watch the Students Work! #### Assigned (30 days) View Assigned (30 Days)Click Assigned (30 days) from the More dropdown to see all Activities assigned within the past 30 calendar days.You will see a folder-style view showing:Each assigned ActivityThe assignment titleHow recently it was assignedQuick access to review or manage student submissionsThis is a simple way to track recent Assignments without searching your full Activity list. #### Assigning Student Work Assigning Student Work◄ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ►After creating an interactivity with Classwork.com, you are now ready to assign it to your students. When assigning your worksheets, you have four delivery options to choose from.      ☆Classwork.com            ☆Google Classroom          ☆Canvas                 ☆SchoologyHow to Assign a Classwork.com Interactivity Step 1: Go to your “Activities" Screen (this is the landing page upon logging in). Click on the worksheet you would like to assign to your students, or click on the check mark after hovering over the assignment.Step 2: The "Activity Detail" screen will appear. Click on "Create an Assignment" button.Step 3: The ‘Assign (1/3)’ screen will appear.On this page you will be able to: Change the Assignment Name► Note: The assignment name is public and will be visible to anyone working on the assignmentChoose the Delivery Option:☆Classwork.com: this option generates a link that you can share with your students directly.  Your students just need to open the link and they will be able to complete the assignment, but scores will not be recorded back to those systems. *This does not require you to provide permission to access your Google Classroom classes and students.☆Google Classroom☆Canvas ☆Schoology► Note:  You can click on the gray question marks to gain more information about how the assignment can be delivered. Cancel Assigning the WorksheetGo to the Next stepStep 4: The ‘Assign (2/3)’ screen will appear. Choose how you would like the student to sign in to the assignment. When choosing Name or ID you can choose to: You will be able to enter a list of names or IDs for your student to choose from Create a custom prompt for your students to see Step 5: The ‘Assign (3/3)’ screen will appear. Choose the settings for the assignment. On this page you will be able to edit the time management and general settings of the assignment: Time Management:Enable Open Time: Enabling an open time allows you to set a date and time that the assignment will open for your students. If your students try to access this work before open time, they will receive a warning message that lets them know exactly when it will open. Enable Close Time: Enabling a close time allows you to set the time that the assignment will become unavailable to your students. When that time passes, your students will no longer be able to open the assignment. If they working on it at the time, their work will be auto-saved and they see this message:Enable Due Date: The due date in TeacherMade is not enforced the way Close Time is. Students will not lose access to the work after the due date. Instead, when they do submit their work, it will be marked as late in the Assignment Review. Enable Time Limit: Enabling a time limit in Classwork.com lets you set a timer for a particular assignment. The timer will begin when a student begins an assignment and will continue to run even if a student leaves the page or saves the work for later.The timer is displayed in the top right corner of a student's work. When a student has less than 1 minute, the timer turns red. At the end of the time limit, the work is automatically submitted and students are able to review their work. Reopening or resetting a student's submission will also restart the timer for that student's work.General Settings:Disable submit button: Use this to prevent accidental submissions by your students that require you to reopen their work. They can keep working in the submission until you mark it as completed. They will see a 'Save and Close' button instead of a 'Submit' button but clicking it will not close their submission. Students can Check Answers: This setting determines how many times students may check answers before final submission of an assignment. Minimum Score(%) to Submit: Use this optional setting to require a minimum score (as a percentage) to submit an assignment. If set, students will not be able to submit until they reach the minimum score you specify. Display score as: This setting applies to both you and your student's views. ► Note: You can change this setting at any time even after the assignment has been created. After Submission: The scores shown when students turn in their work are from auto scored items only. If you have additional items that you are scoring these will not be show until you score and return the work. When work is returned: When work is returned to a student the assignment will always be visible to that student. If you are concerned about student sharing, we suggest not returning any work until the assignment has been completed by all the student and all classes.Copy and paste text: Choose whether students can copy and paste text in Open Answer, Short Answer, and Student Text boxes to prevent copying from sites like Wikipedia or ChatGPT. Student tools: Text Boxes (create text boxes), Drawing (freehand draw), Links (insert links), Math (add math objects), Images (insert images), Audio (record audio), Speech to Text, Read Aloud (allow pieces of text to be read aloud).Step 6: Upon clicking ‘Save’ the Classwork.com assignment will be created. The ‘Assignment Detail’ screen will open. This is where student results will appear once the students begin the assignment!Your assignment will be "unlocked" for students to complete. If you "lock" the assignment by clicking the lock button it will prevent students from starting a new submission or doing additional work on open submissions. On this screen you will also be able to: View student submissions in real timePreview your assignmentEdit answer key, title, and student namesEdit/Lock/Restore/Archive assignmentSync with other programsThere will be two way to share your assignment:A generated link to share with your studentsShare with Microsoft TeamsAn option to share to your Google Classroom ► Note: The Google Classroom option will not support the syncing of scores due to students not signing in with a google account, if they do sign in with their google accounts, the syncing of scores should occur. #### Assignment Actions Menu (⋯) - Activity Detail Screen Assignment Actions Menu (⋯) – Activity DetailTo open the Activity Detail screen, go to your Activities page and either:Click the name of an activity, orClick Review from the Activity MenuOn the Activity Detail screen, look to the right panel. You will see a list of assignments created from this activity.Each assignment has its own three-dot menu (⋯). This is called the Assignment Actions Menu.Important: Do not confuse this with the Activity Actions Menu in the left panel. The Assignment Actions Menu applies only to that specific assignment instance, typically tied to one class or section.Available Assignment ActionsReview All Submissions – Open the Assignment Detail > Review All screen to view and grade student work.Item Analysis – View performance breakdowns by question.Edit Assignment – Update access settings, due dates, scoring preferences, student tools, and more.Lock Assignment – Prevent students from starting new submissions or continuing existing work.Export Scores to CSV – Download student scores to a spreadsheet.Rescore Assignment – Retry syncing scores to your LMS, including Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology.Archive Assignment – Hide the assignment from the active view while preserving student data.Note: Scores automatically update when you change the answer key or point values. Rescore Assignment is used to re-send scores to your LMS, not to re-grade student work.Each assignment can be managed independently. This is especially helpful when you use the same activity across multiple class periods. #### Assignment Actions Menu (3-Dot Icon) - Assignment Detail Screen Assignment Actions Menu (3-Dot Icon) – Assignment Detail ScreenThe three-dot menu in the top-left panel of the Assignment Detail screen opens the Assignment Actions Menu. This menu provides quick access to several assignment-level tools and settings.Edit AssignmentOpens the activity in the editor. This option performs the same function as the Pencil icon.If the activity has already been assigned, it opens in Answer Key Mode, which limits structural edits in order to protect existing student submissions.Lock AssignmentThis option toggles the lock status of the assignment.Locking an assignment prevents students from continuing work or submitting responses. Unlocking restores student access.This setting is the same control shown under the assignment title in the Assignment Detail panel.Rescore AssignmentThe Rescore Assignment option is primarily used for assignments connected to an LMS such as:Google ClassroomCanvasSchoologyIf scores did not sync correctly to the LMS, this option allows you to manually resend updated scores.Edit Student NamesThis option opens the Display Name editor.You can set a custom display name for students. This name appears throughout Classwork when viewing submissions and reports.Note: Editing a display name does not change the student’s login information such as their name, ID, or email address. It only changes how the name appears to you inside Classwork.Print ActivityOpens a printer-friendly version of the activity so you can distribute it as a paper assignment.Print Answer KeyGenerates a printable version of the assignment’s answer key.Archive AssignmentMoves the assignment into your Archived Assignments list.This is helpful for keeping your active assignments organized while still preserving access to past work. #### Assignment Detail Screen Overview Assignment Detail Screen OverviewThe Assignment Detail screen is your command center for reviewing, managing, and scoring assignments in Classwork. This view lets you monitor student progress, review submissions, and adjust assignment settings.Left Panel: Assignment Info and SettingsThis section displays assignment information and provides options for editing, locking, sharing, and printing.Top Row of ButtonsEye icon – Preview the assignmentPencil icon – Edit the activityThree-dot menu:Edit AssignmentLock / Unlock AssignmentRescore AssignmentEdit Student NamesPrint ActivityPrint Answer KeyArchive AssignmentAssignment Title and Delivery InfoTitle – Displays the assignment name. Use the Edit button to rename it.Lock StatusGreen unlocked icon: Assignment is openRed locked icon: Assignment is manually closedUse Edit to change lock settingsDelivery TypeClassworkGoogle ClassroomCanvasSchoologyAdditional Field (varies by delivery method)Classwork – Shows sign-in methodGoogle Classroom – Shows Google Classroom pointsCanvas / Schoology – No additional fieldSharing and LMS Integration OptionsAvailable options depend on how the assignment was delivered.ClassworkCopy Assignment LinkShare to Google ClassroomShare to Microsoft TeamsGoogle ClassroomMessage indicating the assignment is published in Google ClassroomButton linking directly to the Google Classroom assignmentCanvas or SchoologyInstructions for LMS setupLink to the LMS integration guideDirect assignment link for embedding or postingRight Panel: Student SubmissionsThis section tracks student progress and allows you to manage submissions.Three-Dot Menu OptionsReview All SubmissionsItem AnalysisReopen / Reset SelectedReopen keeps the student's work and allows them to continueReset clears answers so the student can restartSet Selected as CompletedReturn SelectedUndo Return for SelectedExport Scores to CSVPrint SelectedStudent ListThe student list displays:Student nameStatus (In Progress, Submitted, Returned, etc.)ScoreSubmission date and timeGreen indicator when a student is actively workingStudent Inline MenuThe three-dot menu next to each student includes:Review SubmissionReopen / ResetSet as CompletedUndo ReturnPrint SubmissionDelete SubmissionSubmission Review ScreenOpening a student submission shows their responses along with grading and feedback tools.Three-Tier Navigation MenuReview All – Scroll through each student's full submissionItem Analysis – View class performance by questionStandards – View results by tagged standardsExit Review ModeClick the Back button in the top right corner to return to the Assignment Detail screen.Learn MoreThis screen connects you to nearly every grading and feedback feature in Classwork. For deeper explanations of specific tools, see the related help articles linked throughout this section. #### Assignment Submissions Actions (⋯) - Assignment Detail Screen Located in the upper-right corner of the Submissions panel on the Assignment Detail screen, the Assignment Submissions Actions menu (⋯) gives you ways to manage student submissions individually or in bulk.Some options are always available, while others remain greyed out until you select one or more students using the checkboxes to the left of their names. You can also use the top checkbox to select all.Always Available ActionsReview All SubmissionsOpens a scrollable view of every student's work in sequence.Item AnalysisDisplays a whole-class breakdown of performance by question — great for spotting trends and reteach opportunities.Export Scores to CSVDownloads a spreadsheet with names, scores, and other submission data.Actions Requiring Student SelectionThese options become available only after selecting students:Reopen / Reset SelectedReopen – Lets students resume work with all previous answers intact.Reset – Clears all answers and starts the student over.Set Selected as CompletedForces the submission to a completed state (useful for students who didn’t click Submit).Return SelectedSends work back to students so they can view their scores and feedback.Undo Return for SelectedReopens the assignment for editing after it’s been returned.Print SelectedGenerates printable PDFs of student work — useful for portfolios or offline review.If no students are selected, these conditional options remain inactive to help prevent accidental bulk actions. #### Assignments Tab - Classes Page Assignments Tab - Classes PageThe Assignments tab on the Classes page is your command and control center. It helps you track student progress, spot who may be falling behind, and keep grading and feedback moving with a focused list of submissions ready for review.You can view assignments for a single class or select All Classes to see everything in one place.Select a Class or View AllAt the top of the Classes page:Click a class to view assignments for that specific class.Or, click All Classes (top right) to see every assignment across all your classes in one view.Below the class tiles, the selected view will display, showing your class name or All Classes along with the assignment lists.Layout OverviewThe Assignments tab is divided into two panels:Needs My Review shows student submissions waiting for your attention.Class Assignments Overview shows every assignment and how students are progressing.Each panel helps you track progress and respond to student work efficiently.Needs My ReviewThis list shows student submissions that need your attention. The total count appears at the top right. Each entry shows:Assignment nameStudent nameSubmission dateAuto-scored grade, when applicableThese are submissions that have been turned in but not yet reviewed or returned.You can:Sortby Submission Date, Student Name, or Assignment Name.Use the Sort bydropdown to choose your sorting option.Use the Sort Orderbutton to switch between ascending and descending.Searchby keyword using the search bar at the top.Results update automatically as you type.To clear a search, click the X inside the search bar or delete the text.Click any submission to open the Submission Review screen, where you can adjust grades, leave comments, and return work to the student.When you open a submission from Needs My Review, the navigation in the Submission Review screen reflects this list, not a single assignment:The dropdown includes the submissions currently visible in your Needs My Review list.Your selected sort order is preserved.This makes it easy to review submissions by assignment, student, or date.Tip: After you return work, it automatically disappears from the Needs My Review list.Class Assignments OverviewThis list shows every assignment for the selected class, or for all classes if you are using the combined view. The total number of assignments displayed appears at the top right.Each assignment row displays:Assignment nameTotal assigned studentsProgress counts for:Not StartedIn ProgressSubmittedReturnedClicking an assignment expands its details, including Open Date, Close Date, Due Date, and the student lists under each progress status.Note: The Date Filter at the top of the screen controls what appears here. Only assignments and submissions within the selected date range are displayed.You can:Sortby Date Assigned, Total Assigned, Not Started, In Progress, Submitted, Returned, Open Date, Close Date, or Due Date.Click the Sort bydropdown to choose your sorting preference.Click the Sort Orderbutton to toggle ascending or descending.Searchby keyword using the search bar at the top.Results filter automatically as you type.To clear the search, click the X inside the search bar or delete the text.You can also click any submission in this panel to open it in the Submission Review screen.When you do, the navigation mirrors the list you were viewing, so the visible submissions and their sort order match exactly.For example, if you sort by Submitted, open the first submission, and start reviewing, you can use the next button in the Submission Review screen to move through the list. After returning work, the display updates automatically to reflect the new Returned status.This overview helps you see how your classes are progressing and who may need extra support or reminders. #### Audio: I want to read the questions or instructions to my students. The Audio tool is best for this purpose. To use it, select +Insert on your Toolbar and then Audio under Content Tools or right click anywhere on the assignment and select Audio under Content Tools. This video shows you how to use the Audio tool: #### August 13th, 2024 - Standards Reporting There is no better way to know that all your efforts in the classroom are helping to move the needle on your state tests than to align your activities to state standards. TeacherMade now lets you tag the questions in your activities with state (and other) standards!Later, after your students have submitted their work, you can analyze how they performed against your aligned standards.Your students are doing great, but perhaps could use some more time with that one standard. What a powerful thing to know!!Want to take a deeper look?Click here to learn how to tag your questions with your relevant standards.Click here to learn how to view standards-based reports. #### August 15th, 2022 - Archive Assignments from Last year Need to hide last year's scores so that you can start the new school year with a clean slate? It could be tedious to select and delete all the student submissions. So why not use our new Assignment Archive feature? It will hide entire assignments and all the student scores recorded for those assignments with a few quick clicks! You'll be ready for your new students in no time!Read this FAQ article for instructions on how to archive assignments. #### August 16th, 2024 - AI Comes to TeacherMade This will change your life.If you use AI chat tools like ChatGPT, Claude, Gemini, MagicSchool, and so on, to make student materials, you've probably generated some useful text, then immediately asked yourself,NOW WHAT?How do I make my this digital and interactive?How do I give it to my students? How do I make it autograded?How do I make this easy?The answer to those questions is (once again) TEACHERMADE!!TeacherMade's new Prompt Assistant will take the results of your chat bot sessions and instantly turn them into autograded Activities!Use your favorite AI tool to write some questions, then paste those questions into TeacherMade, and TeacherMade will AUTOMATICALLY MAKE A SLIDE FROM THE MATERIALS YOU PASTE.You can even skip the chat bot altogether and write your prompt directly in TeacherMade!Finally, an answer to "Now What?"Click here to learn how to use the Prompt Assistant. #### August 19th, 2022 - Enhanced Equation Editor "Enhanced" barely describes it!! We've added not one, but TWO whole new tabs to the Math equation editor, each chock-full of relevant symbols for you and your students!! Now you can choose between these three sets of symbols:BasicAlgebraicSets and OthersThe Equation Editor is available to you when you are creating Algebraic items, and to your students when answering those items, or when annotating their activities by choosing the Math tool from the toolbar.  #### August 22nd, 2023 - Rich Text in Open Answers Sometimes, your students just want to express themselves through the beauty of typography. And sometimes, they just need to follow The Chicago Manual of Style for their citations. Whatever their motivation, your students might have been hoping for more control over their text, and TeacherMade once again delivers the goods!You can now allow your students to choose font faces, styles, sizes and colors, just as you can when adding Teacher Text. They can even justify their text to the left, center or right or use superscript and subscript positions. All the usual Open Answer features are still supported, too! It's a wonderful way to let your students have control over the format of their responses! And if you don't want them to go crazy with style, you can turn off the feature and have them submit simple plain text, too. With TeacherMade, the Teacher is always in control! #### August 2nd, 2023 - ClassLink Roster Integration TeacherMade lives to make things easier for you. And if you're the admin who has to manage all the teachers clamoring for TeacherMade accounts, we've got good news for you!TeacherMade is now a ClassLink Certified Partner!So, if you're the district ClassLink admin, you can now set up TeacherMade as a Rostering app in your portal. TeacherMade's team will get an automated email giving us all the information we need to set up the connection to your Teacher list. We'll even do the first import manually so we can review all the incoming data in meticulous detail (we're meticulous detail people, so it's in our blood). From there forward, your Teacher list will be updated nightly, with all new additions added and all older Teachers removed automatically. The new Teachers will even get an email from us inviting them to login and start using TeacherMade.You can read more on how to set up TeacherMade as a rostering app here. If you're not the ClassLink admin for your district, just send them a link to that article and they'll know what to do!We also support ClassLink Single Sign On, so that TeacherMade can be an icon in your ClassLink portal be just a single click away. Contact support@teachermade.com for help on setting that up. #### August 8th, 2022 - Students Can Keep Trying and Learning Let Students Check Their Answers As Often As You ChooseThis is one you've been waiting for, and came about because you asked for it!You can now allow students to check their answers themselves, without having to submit their work to you and have you re-open it!!! You can even choose how many times they're allowed to check, from once to unlimited and everything in between. And there's a super simple way for students to jump to just the answers they got incorrect.For more information on this amazing feature, check out this FAQ!Disable Submit buttonThe "Submit" button is a pretty serious button. Students are supposed to click it to signal that they're done working and that their work is ready for your review. But not all students can handle this. It's a distraction to some, and can be confusing. So, we've added the ability to turn off the submit feature. As you're creating the assignment, just click "Disable submit button!" When it comes time to finalize the work for those students, you can do it yourself by selecting their submissions and choosing "Set Selected as Completed" which submits all student work for them.Students Can See Incorrect and Missing Answers on Re-OpenIf you still want to review your students work before they are allowed to retry, but you also want them to see the same feedback they'd get when allowed to check their own answers? We've added a new option to the Return/Reopen option on student submissions! Now when you reopen a submission for a student to continue working, you can choose to let them see feedback on which answers they got wrong or left blank. Your students will be hitting that 100% goal!! #### Auto Grading ✅ Auto-Grading in Classwork.comClasswork.com automatically grades student work when a correct answer is set on an interactive question type.Auto-grading saves time, gives students instant feedback, and sends scores directly to your LMS when integrated.⚙️ How Auto-Grading WorksAdd an InteractionDraw a box on top of your uploaded document and choose a question type (e.g., multiple choice, short answer, dropdown, checkbox).Set the Correct AnswerAny question with a correct answer will be auto-graded after submission. If you leave a question blank or use an open response, it will not be auto-graded.Assign the ActivityShare the assignment link with your students or assign through Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology. Once submitted, scores are instantly calculated.Review Student WorkGo to My Activities → [Your Assignment] → Submissions to see student responses and scores. Click a student’s name to view their individual work.❌ Not Auto-Graded: Open Answer QuestionsOpen Answer question types are not auto-graded — these require manual scoring.To review and score open answers:Open the student’s submissionScroll to the Open Answer sectionUse the score field beside the question to enter a grade➡️ For full steps, see: How Do I Score an Open Answer Question?➗ Giving Partial CreditYou can manually adjust scores for any question, including giving partial credit.Open the student’s submissionClick on the score shown next to the questionEnter the partial credit value (e.g., 1.5 out of 2)➡️ More here: How Do I Give Partial Credit on a Question?✏️ Can I Override Auto-Graded Scores?Yes. For any auto-graded question, you can:Manually change the scoreAdd feedback or stickersReturn the work to the student❓ Quick FAQsQ: What types of questions are auto-graded?A: Any interaction with a set correct answer, like multiple choice, short answer, dropdown, checkbox, and matching.Q: Are open-ended responses auto-graded?A: No. Open Answer questions must be manually scored.Q: Can students check their own answers?A: Yes — enable “Check My Work” when creating the assignment.Q: Do scores sync to my LMS?A: Yes, if you're connected through Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology. #### Bar Graph Tool The Bar Graph item lets your students answer questions by shading in parts of a bar graph. To create a Bar Graph question type, follow these instructions.  Inserting the Question TypeOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity to bring up the Tools menu.Select Bar Graph from the Math Type column.The Edit Bar Graph screen will appear.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Bar Graph.Your cursor becomes crosshairs. Click on the activity to place the box.The Edit Bar Graph screen will appear.Edit Bar GraphThis is where you enter the correct answers and adjust settings for grading and formatting.Change the X- and Y-Axis LabelsThe axes are labeled “Y-Axis” and “X-Axis.” To change that text, click the pencil icon next to either label. Enter your new label and you will see your changes reflected on the graph.  Edit the BarsThe graph has two bars by default. If you’d like to add more bars, choose the green “+” sign to the right of the last bar. You can add a maximum of 16 bars to each bar graph. To remove bars from the graph, choose the red, “-” sign below the bar you want to remove. TeacherMade will automatically remove the bar.Change Bar SettingsWhen you add a bar to the graph or if you click the pencil icon below a bar, you can edit the following settings:Bar NameEnter the name you want displayed below the corresponding bar on the graph.Background ColorChoose a color to fill the bar. Select, "Apply to all bars" if you want all bars to be the same color. Bar SpacingChoose “None” if you want the bars to be side by side (histogram style) or choose “Add Spacing” if you want a slight space between each bar (bar graph style).Border WidthSet the width of the borders around each bar.Border StyleSelect the style of the border around each bar.Border ColorSelect the border color that outlines each bar’s possible values.Edit the Y-AxisTo edit the Y-Axis, click the pencil icon to the left of the Y-Axis labels. These options will appear on the right side of the pop-up:To add lines to the Y-Axis, click a green “+” icon. To remove lines, click the appropriate red “-” icon. Enter labels into the boxes. You can leave labels blank. For example, here’s how to label every other line on the Y-Axis:  Setting the Correct AnswersNow let’s set the correct answers! To do so, simply click the correct value within the bars. TeacherMade will automatically fill the bar between the X-Axis and the value you select. For example, if you want to fill up 3 rows, just click on the third row. Click a second time if you wish to change the value you initially selected.When you’re done, choose, “Save Bar Graph.” The Bar Graph popup will close and you’ll see the graph in your activity similar to how your students will view it. To re-open it and continue editing, double click on the bar graph or choose, “Edit” from your menu bar. If you want to remove your changes, choose, “Cancel All Changes” and TeacherMade will revert the bar graph to what it was when you opened it up to edit it.What Your Students Will SeeStudents will see an empty Bar graph. To answer the question, students will click within each bar to choose the correct value. They may click again to change a mistaken answer. ScoringThe score will be evaluated when the student submits their answer. Students must completely answer the question to receive the score points. Partial credit is not awarded, so students must fill in all bars correctly to receive the point value of the question.  #### Blocking Background Image We all know that our PDFs may need some tweaking for digital delivery. Sometimes the instructions are irrelevant, other times there are page numbers that might distract students-- the blemishes come in many forms. Fortunately, Classwork's Color Block tool works like a concealer to make your worksheet look good on the screen. Inserting the Question TypeOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity to bring up the Tools menu.Select Color Block from the Content Tools column on the right.The Color Block will appear.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Color Block.Your cursor becomes crosshairs. Click on the activity to place the box.The Color Block will appear.Draw Color Blocks wherever you would like things to be hidden on your assignment. Using the Menu BarWhen the Color Block is selected, the top toolbar gives you options to customize its appearance.Fill Color: Change the color of the color block.Box Color: Change the border color.*Most times you'll just be using white with no border. #### Can I Edit the Contents of an Activity's Background? Once you’ve uploaded a background into your Classwork.com Activity, you can’t directly edit it. Classwork captures an image of the page or slide and displays it behind any interactive elements you add on top.Tools that can help with small editsWhile you can’t change the background itself, these tools in Classwork.com can help you make small adjustments:Color Block – Draw a rectangle to cover parts of the background you’d like to hide.Teacher Text – Add new text to replace or update what’s in the background. This is especially helpful for changing written directions or modifying paper-based content.Snipping Tool – Grab and move a section of the background. You can also convert background text into editable Teacher Text blocks, saving you from retyping.For Larger EditsIf you need to make major changes to the background image or text, edit the original PDF first in a third-party tool such as Adobe Acrobat or SmallPDF, then re-upload the updated file to Classwork.com. #### Can a Hot Spot Span Multiple Text Lines? In Classwork.com, a Hot Spot is a rectangular shape, so it can’t span across line breaks or wrap around text in the middle of a paragraph.If you’d like students to select text that spans multiple lines, try using the Hot Text question type instead — that’s exactly what it’s designed for! Learn more here: How Do I Use the Hot Text Tool? #### Can a school district submit one purchase order for multiple school sites (but not the entire district)? Yes! A district can absolutely submit a single purchase order covering multiple schools without including the entire district.We’ll just need the name and student enrollment number for each participating school.If you prefer, you can also submit individual POs for each site—whichever method works best for your district’s purchasing process.For questions or to send your PO, email jen@classwork.com. #### Can Classwork.com Automatically Detect or Generate Form Fields in a PDF? PDF Form Fields Are Not Automatically DetectedClasswork does not automatically detect fillable form fields in a PDF or generate interactive fields during upload.If your PDF already contains form fields created in another program, those fields will not be recognized or converted when the file is imported into Classwork.How to Make a PDF InteractiveTo make a PDF interactive, you will need to manually add Question Types or text fields using the Classwork editor.Place the appropriate Question Type where students should respond on the page.This allows you to:Select the Question Type that best fits the taskEnable autograding when availableCreate a fully interactive Activity #### Can I Add a Calendar in Classwork.com? At this time, Classwork.com does not offer a built-in calendar feature for students or teachers as a way to organize or view assigned work by date.Classwork.com also does not currently support a clickable calendar or date picker inside an Activity for students to select a date as part of an answer.If you need students to enter a date, the best current option is to use a Short Answer or Open Answer question and provide specific directions such as:“Enter today’s date (MM/DD/YYYY)”“Type the date this work was completed”If a calendar view for organizing assignments or a date-selection tool inside Activities would be helpful for your workflow, you can share that feedback with our team by emailing support@classwork.com. #### Can I Add a Third Option to True/False Questions? Classwork.com’s True/False question type is flexible—you can even customize the labels (for example, a science teacher might use Base and Acid instead of True and False). However, it is limited to two options and does not allow you to add a third. If you think a third option would be useful, email us at support@classwork.com and let us know! #### Can I Add Blank Space at the Top of an Activity? Classwork.com doesn’t currently allow you to add blank space at the top of a Scroll View Activity.However, you can:Add space to the bottom of a Scroll View Activity.Insert new slides anywhere within a Slide View Activity.If you think adding space to the top would be a helpful feature, we’d love to hear from you! Please email support@classwork.com with your feedback. #### Can I Assign Individual Pages from an Activity? At this time, Classwork.com only allows you to assign an entire Activity—not individual pages.If you think it would be helpful to create Assignments from specific pages, we’d love your feedback! Email us at support@classwork.com to share your suggestion. #### Can I Block Students From Seeing Their Work After They Submit? Can I Block Students From Seeing Their Work After They Submit?Yes. Classwork allows you to hide student work after submission so students cannot view their answers or the activity content once they submit.This option is controlled during the assignment setup process.Enable the Hide Student Work SettingWhen creating an assignment, go to Step 3 of 3 and locate the setting labeled After submission.Select the option Hide student's work.This setting ensures that once students submit the assignment, they will not be able to view:Their answersThe activity contentThe underlying worksheet or questionsWhat Students See After SubmittingAfter clicking Submit, students will see a simple confirmation screen that says Answers Submitted.Even if students reload or reopen the assignment, their work will remain hidden.Allow Students to See Their Work AgainWhen you are ready for students to view their work again, you can return the submission.Open the assignment and choose Return for the student's submission. Once returned, the student will be able to see the activity again along with any feedback you provided.Return Multiple Submissions at OnceYou can also return multiple submissions at the same time.Select the checkboxes next to the submissions you want to return.Click the ... menu at the top of the list.Choose Return Selected.You can also select the checkbox at the top of the list to return work for all students at once. #### Can I Center Text in an Open Answer Box? Center Text in Open Answer QuestionsCentering text in Open Answer questions depends on where the text is entered.Teacher-Entered TextTeacher-entered text in the student response area of an Open Answer cannot be center-aligned. Any directions or starter text that appear in the response box will remain left-aligned.Student TextStudents can center their own text when responding if the Rich Text Editor is enabled. This is on by default for Open Answer questions. Students can use the alignment tools in the rich text toolbar while typing their response.Teacher NotesTeacher Notes can be center-aligned. These notes appear in the scoring view for the teacher only and are not visible to students. #### Can I Change All Question Points at Once? Yes! There are two way to do this. Before you even start creating your questions, you can set a default score. From the Activity Editor, choose "Settings" then "Set Default Score" and choose the score you want each question to be worth. If you've already added questions to the activity and you want to update all of the scores, choose "Settings" again, then "Update All Scores" and choose the new point value you want assigned to each question. This window will appear:If you're happy with these changes, choose "Change Scores" and all objected will automatically be updated. Any objects you add after this update will not be worth this same point value unless it is the default score. You will need to change their score manually or set a default score for the whole activity.  #### Can I Change Assignment Options After Students Start Working? Can I Change Assignment Options After Students Start Working?Yes. Most assignment settings can be changed even after students have started working.The only option that cannot be changed after the assignment is created is the Delivery Method.You can still update many other assignment settings, including:Student tools (audio, drawing, images, etc.)Score display optionsWhether students can check answersOpen and close timesDue dates and time limitsThese changes apply immediately to the assignment.Edit Assignment Settings from the Activities PageOpen the Activities page.Click the activity name to view its assignments.Locate the assignment you want to modify.Click the three-dot menu to the right of the assignment.Select Edit Assignment.Edit Assignment Settings from the Assignment Detail PageIf you already have the assignment open, you can edit the settings directly from the assignment screen.Click the three-dot menu at the top of the assignment panel.Select Edit Assignment.After saving your changes, the updated settings will apply to the assignment immediately. #### Can I Change the Background Color of My Question? Classwork.com does not currently allow you to change the background color of most question types.You can, however, customize the font color and border color for many question elements.If you think background color customization would be a helpful addition, we’d love to hear from you! Please email support@classwork.com with your feedback. #### Can I Change the Due Date for One Student? Can I Change the Due Date for One Student?At this time, Classwork does not allow you to change the due date for an individual student. The due date you set for an assignment applies to all students who receive the assignment.If a student needs additional time, here are some options you can use:Ignore the due date when grading that student’s work.Reassign the activity with a new due date and give only that student the new link (if you are sharing assignments by link).Adjust the due date in your LMS (Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology) if the assignment was posted there.Important NoteClasswork currently does not support setting different due dates for individual students.If this feature would be helpful for your classroom, you can share your feedback with our team by emailing support@classwork.com. #### Can I Change the Points For All Questions in an Activity? Currently there is no way in Classwork.com to select multiple questions and change their point values all at once. If you feel this would be a useful feature, email us at support@classwork.com and let us know!  #### Can I Convert a Slide View Activity to Scrolling (or Scrolling to Slides?) Slides to ScrollingTo convert a Slide View Activity into a Scrolling View, you’ll need to merge all the slides into a single slide. This combines all the material from your Activity into one long slide that students can scroll through.For more information, see How do I Merge Slides together?Scrolling to SlidesYou can copy an entire Scrolling View Activity into a slide within Slide View.For step-by-step instructions, see How Do I Combine Activities? #### Can I Copy an Entire Folder? No, in Classwork.com, you are not able to copy an entire folder at one time. You can however, move the entire folder or share the entire folder with other Teachers!! How to Share or Move a FolderOn the Home Screen, select the folder you want to move or share: Select move, share, edit or delete from the pop up box:Follow the remaining steps in the pop up box to complete the action. Learn more here:https://support.classwork.com/support/solutions/articles/72000631498-july-1st-2024-sharing-many-activities-including-folders- #### Can I Copy an Entire Folder? No, in Classwork.com, you are not able to copy an entire folder at one time. You can however, move the entire folder or share the entire folder with other teachers! Learn more here:https://support.classwork.com/support/solutions/articles/72000631498-july-1st-2024-sharing-many-activities-including-folders- #### Can I Copy Entire Folders? You can copy individual Activities, but currently you cannot copy entire folders in Classwork.com.If folder copying would be helpful for your workflow, we'd love to hear from you! Share your feedback with us at support@classwork.com.  #### Can I Create a Number Line With Fractions in Classwork.com? Using Fractions with the Number Line ToolThe Number Line tool supports whole numbers and decimals. It does not currently support fraction intervals.If your Activity includes fractions, you can place points using their decimal equivalents. For example:1/2 as 0.53/4 as 0.75If fraction intervals would be helpful for your instruction, email support@classwork.com to share your suggestion. #### Can I Create a Shared Folder For My School? Classwork.com does not currently have a way to share a single folder or multiple folders with an entire school or district. Instead, you can copy a list of shared Activities, then send it to your colleagues. They can click the New button on their Activity list, then choose the Import Shared Activities feature to copy the activities into their accounts. Click here for more information.If you feel that a shared folder would be useful in Classwork.com, drop us an email at support@classwork.com! We'd love to hear from you. #### Can I Delete Multiple Submissions At Once? You can delete multiple Submissions by checking the box next to each Submission (the checkbox at the top of the list is a convenient way to check or uncheck all Submissions). Then click the 3-dot menu at the upper right of the Submissions list, and choose Delete Selected.Confirm your choice, and the Submissions will be removed. Be careful, as there is no way to recover Submissions after deleting them. #### Can I Delete My Archived Assignments? Classwork.com’s Assignment archiving feature is a great way to tidy up your account and start each school year fresh. You can read more about it here:How Do I Delete Last Year's Scores? (Assignment Archiving)At this time, there isn’t a self-service option to delete archived Assignments. However, our support team can handle it for you behind the scenes.Just contact us at support@classwork.com, and we'll take care of it for you! #### Can I Edit Student Names on Submissions? Yes! Once a student has started an Assignment, you can edit their displayed name at any time.Whether Submissions are showing under school IDs or a student decided to enter something… less than professional, you can easily update how the name appears in your Classwork.com view.Note: When you edit a student’s name, the change only affects your teacher view inside Classwork.com. It does not change how the student logs in or accesses the Assignment — they’ll still use the original name, email, or username they entered when starting the Activity.How to Edit a Student’s Displayed NameFrom your Review Submissions screen, click the student’s name whose Submission you want to view. This will open their work in Review Mode.On the left side of the screen, you’ll see their name with an Edit button next to it.Click Edit and a pop-up window will appear.Enter the updated name and click Save.Can I change all the students display names at once?Currently, Classwork.com only allows you to edit the displayed names for students one Assignment at a time.There isn’t yet a single screen to batch-edit all student names across your account.If you’d find that feature useful, let us know by emailing support@classwork.com — your feedback helps guide what we build next! #### Can I Grade Multiple Students at the Same Time? Yes, you can! When you click on a single student’s Submission to review their work, you’ll enter the Submission Review screen. Even though you started with one student, Classwork.com makes it easy to move quickly from one Submission to the next.Use the toolbar at the top of the screen to navigate between student Submissions.Click either the right or left arrow to move to the next or previous student Submission, or jump to a specific student by clicking the small arrow to the right of the student’s name and selecting the student from the drop-down list.You can’t currently use this feature to give all students the same grade at once, but it definitely makes moving from student to student much easier! #### Can I Import Activities From Liveworksheets? Classwork.com doesn’t currently support importing files directly from Liveworksheets. However, if you created the worksheet yourself or have permission to use it, you can upload a PDF or image version into an Activity and add interactive, autogradable Question Types on top.Uploading a PDF or Image Into an ActivitySave your worksheet as a PDF or image on your device. You can also scan a paper worksheet if needed.Sign in to Classwork.com.From your Activities page, select the green New File button at the top of the screen.In the popup, select Upload a file and work with it (green box).Choose your PDF or image from your device. It will become the background of your new Activity.Add interactive, autogradable Question Types as needed.Finish editing and Assign the Activity when you're ready.About Copyrighted MaterialsIf the worksheet was created by someone else, make sure you have the right to use or upload it. Classwork.com cannot grant permission to use copyrighted worksheets from other platforms. #### Can I Import from Kami, ClassKick or Nearpod? We understand that you may want to bring your existing materials into Classwork.com to take full advantage of its auto-graded interactivity.At this time, Classwork.com does not automatically import content from other platforms such as Kami, ClassKick, or Nearpod.However, if your current system allows you to export or save your Activity as a PDF, you can easily migrate it to Classwork.com:Save your Activity as a PDF file.In Classwork.com, create a new Activity.Import your saved PDF file.Your file will then appear as a new interactive Activity, ready for you to add question types, audio, and other Classwork.com features. #### Can I Merge Two Assignments or Turn Two Activities Into One? Combine Two ActivitiesYou can combine two Activities in Classwork, but there is no one-click merge feature. Instead, you can copy Slides from one Activity into another.This method works well for combining units, building review packets, or bringing together materials from different sources.How to Copy Slides Between ActivitiesSince Slides can only be copied one at a time, the easiest workflow is to open both Activities in separate browser tabs.Step 1: Open Both ActivitiesOpen Activity A and click Edit.Open Activity B in a second tab and click Edit.Step 2: Copy a SlideIn Activity A, select the Slide in the filmstrip.Press Ctrl+C (Windows/Chromebook) or Cmd+C (Mac), or use Edit → Copy.Step 3: Paste the SlideSwitch to Activity B.Select where the Slide should appear in the filmstrip.Press Ctrl+V (Windows/Chromebook) or Cmd+V (Mac), or use Edit → Paste.Repeat for each Slide you want to move.Important NotesSlides must be copied one at a time.You can rearrange Slides after pasting by dragging them in the filmstrip. #### Can I Move Or Delete Multiple Activities at a Time? Yes, you can! Next to each Folder and Activity, you will see a small checkbox. Once you select at least one checkbox, the Activity Toolbar will appear.Click the trashcan icon to delete your selected Activities. You will be prompted to confirm the deletion. It's important to note that once you confirm deletion, that cannot be undone and those items cannot be recovered.If you move items, click the Move Selected icon, then choose the folder where you wish the items to reside. Confirm the move and the items will be moved for you #### Can I Pause My Account During Summer? Classwork.com PRO is available as both an annual and a monthly subscription. The monthly plan gives you the flexibility to cancel and re-subscribe as needed (for example, if you don’t need access over the summer).If you are currently on an annual plan, please note that it cannot be paused mid-term. Your account will remain active until the end of your subscription period.Learn more about our pricing plans here.  #### Can I Pay Monthly Instead of Annually? Yes. Classwork.com offers a monthly PRO plan that provides more flexibility and may be easier to budget for.When you purchase a new Classwork PRO subscription, choose Monthly at checkout. You can cancel at any time by going to Account > Manage your Subscription in the Main Menu. #### Can I Place a Teacher Text Item in Front of an Image Item? Not right now. In Classwork.com, the order in which objects—such as text boxes, images, or question types—appear on the screen is fixed.This means you can’t move one object in front of or behind another, or change the “layer order” (sometimes called the z-index).If this feature would be helpful for your classroom Activities, we’d love to hear from you! Please email support@classwork.com with your feedback. #### Can I Prevent Students From Submitting an Assignment Until Every Question Is Answered? At this time, Classwork.com does not include a feature that automatically blocks students from submitting an Assignment unless every question has been answered.Students are able to submit their work even if some questions are incomplete.If an automatic block for incomplete Assignments would be helpful in your classroom, we’d love to hear that feedback. You can let our team know by emailing: support@classwork.com. Your suggestions help guide future updates and improvements to Classwork.com. #### Can I Print a Student Progress Report? Classwork.com offers several ways for you to view and track student progress. While there isn’t currently a printable report, these tools give you everything you need to monitor performance and growth:Students screen: View all your students in one place. Clicking a student shows all of their completed work, and you can filter by date to focus on a specific timeframe.Assignment Detail screen: See each student’s work at a glance, including progress percentages and scores. This makes it easy to compare one student’s progress to the rest of the class.Submission Review screen: Watch your students’ work in real time or review it after they’ve submitted.Item Analysis view: Get detailed insights into how students performed on individual questions.For more information about any of these tools, search the Help Center or chat with our AI Assistant under the Help link in the app’s main menu. #### Can I Print All Student Answers From One Question? At this time, Classwork.com does not have a feature that allows you to print all student answers from a single question as a standalone report.However, there are a few ways you can still print student responses, depending on what you need.Options for Printing Student AnswersYou can:Print the Answer Key for the entire ActivityThis shows the correct answers for all questions in the Activity.Print an Individual Student’s SubmissionThis allows you to view and print a single student’s responses to every question in the Assignment.Print Multiple Student Submissions at OnceFrom the Assignment Detail screen, you can select multiple Submissions and print them in a single batch. This will generate a ZIP file containing a PDF for each selected student.If you are looking to analyze or compare answers to one specific question, viewing student responses directly inside the Submission Review screen is currently the best option.If being able to print all answers from a single question would be helpful for grading or data analysis, you can share that suggestion by emailing support@classwork.com. #### Can I Randomize Questions or Create Different Versions of the Same Test? Classwork.com does not currently have a built-in feature to automatically randomize questions or generate multiple versions of the same test.However, you can easily create alternate versions of an Activity manually:Make a Copy — On your Activity Detail screen, open the three-dot menu and select Make a Copy.Reorder or edit questions — Once copied, open your new Activity and rearrange questions, adjust numbering, or replace items to create a different version. You may just choose to reorder your slides.If you'd like to see randomization or automatic test versioning added to Classwork.com, please let us know at support@classwork.com. Your feedback helps guide new feature development. #### Can I Randomize Questions? Classwork.com does not currently have the ability to randomize questions. If you think this is an important feature, please let us know by emailing as at support@classwork.com and we'll get right back to you! #### Can I restrict students from submitting late? Yes! Thanks to our Enable Close Time feature, you can restrict students from submitting late work. Simply set a Close Time while you're creating the Assignment and the work will automatically close at that time. This not only stops students from submitting late but also prevents them from continuing to work—the system will automatically submit their Assignment for them!Learn more about this feature and our other time management features here.  #### Can I Send a Returned Submission to a Student Automatically by Email? No. Classwork.com does not automatically return student Submissions by email.When you return work to a student in Classwork.com, they can access it through the same assignment link they originally used. We recommend notifying students through your usual communication method (email, class stream, LMS, etc.) when work has been returned.If you’d like to provide a copy by email, you can download a student’s submission as a PDF (using the Print function) and attach it to your message.Learn how to print a student's submission here.  #### Can I Send a Text Box to the Back or Change Layer Order? Elements in Classwork.com are placed on a single layer. When you add something to your Activity—such as Teacher Text, a colored rectangle, or a Question Type—it is overlayed on top of the content behind it.Because the layer order cannot be changed, it is not possible to:send an item to the backbring an item to the frontmove something behind a PDF or imagechange the stacking orderIf you need to replace or cover part of a PDF, you can add a colored rectangle on top of it and then place Teacher Text on top of the rectangle.Can I Make an Open Answer Box Transparent?Open Answer boxes always have a white background and cannot be made transparent. They will always appear overlayed on top of the PDF or background.If you want students to type in a specific location without blocking existing text, you have two options:Option 1: Move the Open Answer box to a clear areaPlace the box beside or below the content rather than directly on top of the PDF.Option 2: Cover and replaceAdd a colored rectangle over the part of the PDF you want to remove.Add Teacher Text on top of that rectangle with your updated instructions.Place the Open Answer box below or beside the new directions.This keeps the layout readable and prevents important content from being hidden. #### Can I Set Due Dates for Several Assignments at the Same Time? At this time, Classwork.com does not support setting or editing due dates for multiple Assignments at once. Due dates must be added individually during the Assignment creation process.It’s also important to note that a due date in Classwork.com is informational only. Students will not lose access to an Assignment after the due date passes. Instead, if a student submits their work after the due date, the Submission will be marked as Late in Review mode.If the ability to update due dates in bulk would be helpful, email support@classwork.com with your feedback. #### Can I submit a PO for an individual Classwork.com PRO subscription? At this time, Classwork.com accepts purchase orders only for a minimum of four (4) individual PRO Teacher accounts or for Unlimited Site Licenses.Because purchase orders require manual account setup and invoicing, we’re unable to process single-account POs efficiently.For individual teachers, we recommend purchasing through the Classwork.com Payment Portal for the fastest activation and immediate access to PRO features. #### Can I Translate Audio or Assignments Into Spanish? Language Support in ClassworkClasswork does not currently support automatic translation of audio or Assignments into Spanish or other languages.However, teachers and students can type in other languages within Classwork. Special characters, such as accented letters and punctuation marks, are fully supported.Creating Activities in SpanishIf you are creating Activities or Assignments in Spanish or another language, you can:Enable Special Characters to type accented letters and punctuation.Use Classwork’s AI features to create passages and questions in Spanish.For help enabling Special Characters, see:How To Use Special Characters or Non-English Languages in ClassworkThis allows you to create and complete Assignments in the language of your choice, even though automatic translation is not available. #### Can I Upload Multiple Files Into a Single Activity? It depends on which view type you’re using in Classwork.com. You can combine multiple files when working in Slide View, but not in Scroll View.Can I upload multiple files into a single activity in Slide View?Yes! While you can only create a new Activity from a single PDF, Google Slides, or Google Docs file, Slide View gives you the flexibility to add more slides from additional files.This is a great way to combine multiple PDFs or documents into one interactive Activity. Use the Create new slide(s) from a file option in the Slide menu to add each file.Can I upload multiple files into Scrolling View?Unfortunately, Scroll View does not currently allow you to add content from multiple documents. #### Can Parents Use Classwork.com? Classwork.com does not currently offer parent logins or a way for parents to directly view student work. Parents may be able to access Assignments and Submissions through the district’s Learning Management System (LMS) if parent access is supported there.If your district’s LMS does not include parent logins, parents can view their child’s work by signing in with the student’s login, with the student’s cooperation.We encourage parents to discuss their needs with the teacher, who can best provide context and interpretation of student progress and performance. #### Can Read Aloud Be Set to Only Read Questions and Answer Choices? Can Read Aloud Be Set to Only Read Questions and Answer Choices?At this time, the Read Aloud feature cannot be limited to only questions and answer choices.Read Aloud works by reading the text that a student selects on the screen. There is currently no setting that automatically restricts the tool to specific parts of an activity.If the ability to limit Read Aloud to only questions and answer choices would be helpful for your classroom, we encourage you to share that feedback with our team.You can send suggestions or requests to support@classwork.com. #### Can Students Access Classwork.com Through Google Classroom and Schoology? Yes. Classwork.com integrates with both Google Classroom and Schoology.Teachers decide how to deliver Assignments to their students, so whether students use one platform or both is a district-level policy decision, not a technical limitation. #### Can Students Change the Font or Text Color in Classwork.com? Student Text FormattingStudents can change the font, size, style, and text color, but only when typing in an Open Answer question with the Rich Text Editor enabled.The Rich Text Editor is enabled by default for Open Answer questions. If you use the default settings, students will automatically see a formatting toolbar when responding.What Students Can FormatWith the Rich Text Editor enabled, students can:Change fontChange text sizeChange text colorUse bold, italic, and underlineIf you add an Open Answer question and keep the default settings, students will be able to format their responses. #### Can Students Chat With a Historical Figure in Classwork.com? Classwork.com does not offer student chat or AI chat features. Students cannot chat with a historical figure, interact with an AI character, or use any conversational AI tools inside Classwork.com.AI Create is available only to you when creating Activities. Students do not have access to any AI tools in Classwork.com.What You Can Do InsteadIf you want to create an engaging Activity involving a historical figure, you can use AI Create to generate instructional content for students to read and respond to.For example, you can use AI Create to generate:a journal entry “written by” a historical figurea fictional conversationa lettera first-person monologuea short passage written in the voice of the personThen you can build a Classwork.com Activity around that passage.Add Questions for Students to AnswerAfter you have your passage, you can add autogradable Question Types such as:Multiple ChoiceMultiselectTrue/FalseHot TextDrop ZoneText EntryYou can also include open-response Question Types:Short Constructed ResponseExtended Open ResponseThis lets students interact with the material academically rather than through AI chat.Why Students Cannot Chat With AI in Classwork.comClasswork.com does not include:student-to-AI chatsimulated character conversationsmessaging featuresstudent chat toolsAll AI capabilities are designed for teacher content creation only. Students complete the Activities you create, but they do not interact with AI directly. #### Can Students Make Corrections to Their Work After They’ve Submitted or Redo an Assignment? Students cannot make changes to their work after submitting an Assignment — even if you return it to them.To allow them to revise or retry, you’ll need to either Reopen or Reset their Submission.Reopen – Keeps the student’s existing work so they can continue where they left off.Reset – Clears the student’s Submission completely, allowing them to start over.In both cases, your annotations and comments will be retained.How to Reopen a Student’s WorkOnce a student has submitted their work, you can reopen their Assignment to let them continue working. All of their previous responses will remain intact.You can also choose to show students their missing or incorrect answers when you reopen the Assignment — helping them identify what they need to fix before resubmitting.How to Allow Students to Check Their Answers Without SubmittingIf you want students to check their progress as they work, you can enable the Students can Check Answers option when creating an Assignment. This setting lets them receive immediate feedback on specific questions before submitting.You’ll find this option on the final step of creating an Assignment.Available OptionsNoStudents cannot check their work and must use the Submit button to turn their work in to you.1x, 2x, 3xStudents can check their work 1, 2 or 3 times.UnlimitedStudents can check and modify their work as often as they want. This is a great option for practice!CustomYou can choose the number of times they can check.Once this setting is active, students will see a Check My Answers button while working on the Assignment. Clicking it provides instant feedback on incorrect responses.A counter and navigation arrows in the upper right corner help them move between questions that still need attention. When students correct a question, the feedback will disappear until they click Check My Answers again. #### Can Students Open The Same Assignment in More Than One Tab? They cannot.If a student opens an Assignment and then tries to open it again in another browser tab, they’ll receive this message:If they click Continue, the same message will appear on the other tab. Students will not be able to complete or edit the same Assignment in two separate tabs at the same time.  #### Can Students See All of Their Assigned Work in Classwork.com? Students do not have a personal dashboard in Classwork.com that displays all of their assigned work in one place.Students can only access an Assignment when it is shared with them by the teacher through one of the following methods:A direct linkGoogle ClassroomA Learning Management System (Canvas, Schoology, etc.)A class website or documentIf students are looking for a past or upcoming Assignment, they should check the platform where their teacher shared the link (for example: Google Classroom or their LMS).If having a student dashboard to view all assigned work would be helpful in the future, you can share that suggestion by emailing support@classwork.com. #### Can Students Skip Ahead or Rewind in an Audio Recording? At this time, the Audio tool does not include playback controls for jumping to different parts of a recording. Students must listen from the beginning when playing an audio clip.If the ability to rewind or skip within an audio recording would be helpful for your classroom, we’d love to hear from you. Please email support@classwork.com with your suggestion. #### Can we add teachers to the PRO Unlimited Site License throughout the year? Yes! The PRO Unlimited Site License covers all teachers and students at your school for the entire subscription period.You can add new teachers at any time—just share your school’s enrollment code and have them create their Classwork.com accounts. They’ll automatically be connected to your site license once they enter the code. #### Can we purchase for a specific group of students within a school (for example, just 5th grade)? Classwork.com offers two purchasing options:Individual Teacher PRO accounts, orPRO Unlimited Site Licenses based on total school enrollment.If you only want a specific grade level (such as 5th grade) to use Classwork.com, you’ll want to purchase individual PRO Teacher accounts for those teachers.Example: 10 fifth-grade teachers × $95 each = $950 total.If the total cost of individual accounts ends up being close to—or higher than—the cost of a PRO Unlimited Site License, our team will let you know. We always want you to get the best value.If you’re unsure which option is right for your school, email jen@classwork.com, and our Sales Manager, Jen Chorma, will be happy to help. #### Can you Change the Color of a Hot Spot? Currently, you can change the border color of a Hot Spot, but not the color of the Hot Spot interaction itself.If you think this would be a helpful feature to add to Classwork.com, we’d love to hear from you! Please email support@classwork.com with your feedback. #### Can you hold off on invoicing until the new fiscal year begins? Yes. We can delay invoicing until your new fiscal year starts.Please email jen@classwork.com with:Your desired invoice date (or the first business day of the new fiscal year)Your school/district name and billing contactThe plan you’re purchasing (e.g., PRO Unlimited Site License or number of Teacher PRO accounts)Any required PO number (if applicable) #### Canadian and U.S. Thanksgivings Compared Description: Students will learn the history of International Walk to School Day. This reading comprehension piece informs the students of how International Walk to School Day came to America, and why we have this day around the world! After reading, they will answer comprehension questions based on the article including dragging and dropping dates on a timeline.Grade: Middle & High SchoolItem Types: Checkboxes, True/False, Multiple Choice, Short Answer, Open Answer  #### Canvas - How Do I Install Classwork.com as an App in Canvas? Special Note for 2025: Leave the TeacherMade app installed if you already have it in your course. Then also add Classwork.com following the instructions below.Note: if you attempt to install Classwork.com as an app in Canvas, then later find out something is wrong, DO NOT delete the app then try again. That can confuse Canvas and get you into a situation where Classwork.com cannot push scores back to this course. Instead, just jump to this article and make sure the app configuration is correct: Canvas: Editing the External Tool installationFor Classwork.com to present Assignments to your students in Canvas, you must first add it as an external "App" in each of your courses. You only need to do this once per course.2023 Update -Canvas has chosen to ignore our request to set the privacy of our requests to Public. That means it will not pass student names to the app unless you manually set it. So, after following the instructions below, follow the instructions in this article to set the Privacy setting to Public: Canvas: Editing the External Tool installationTIP: If you’ve already done this, and need help creating an Assignment within Canvas, read How Do I Assign Student Work Using Canvas?Canvas requires you to enter a Consumer Key, a Shared Secret, and Config URL when linking Apps to courses. You will find this information displayed in Classwork.com when you choose Canvas for your Assignment delivery method.To get started, follow the usual steps for creating a Classwork.com Assignment. After you click Save, you will see this screen. Click Setup Instructions.You will see the Consumer Key, Shared Secret and Config URL that you will later plug into Canvas. Leave this information displayed on your screen.Open a new tab and login to Canvas. Then select your course.From within your Canvas course, click Settings.A list of available External Apps in your course will display. Click on the View App Configurations button located on the upper right side.A blue button + App will magically appear next to the View App Config button you just clicked on. Click on the + App to start adding Classwork.com as one of your external course apps.The Add App pop-up form will appear. Begin by choosing “By URL” for the Configuration Type. It hides many of the fields and makes the rest of the job a lot easier! NOTE: This is a very important step! If you leave the setting as Manual Entry, Canvas will allow you to continue, but when you try to create Assignments, you will see the error Couldn’t find valid settings for this link.Enter these values in the remaining fields:Name: Classwork.com.Consumer Key: Copy this value from the Setup Instructions you left open in the Classwork.com tab.Shared Secret: Also copy this value from Classwork.com into Canvas.Config URL: If this reads "Launch URL" or any other label, you did not property select "By URL" above! Copy the Config URL from the Classwork.com setup instructions into this field.Click Submit and you're done!If you refresh your Canvas screen, you should see Classwork.com as an app in the left-hand column.Test the installation by clicking that link in the left-hand column. It should launch Classwork.com and log you in as yourself. Remember, you have to do this installation in each course, but only once. And don't delete it if you're having trouble. Instead, just fix it using the link at the top of this article.And, as noted above, please now re-open the Classwork.com tool in Canvas and set the Privacy setting to Public. Otherwise, you will see student names come across as numbers and letters rather than their names and emails. Just follow these simple directions: https://support.classwork.com/support/solutions/articles/72000596411-canvas-editing-the-external-tool-installation Now you're ready to begin making Assignments for your Canvas course. Click this link for instructions on how to create Assignments in Canvas: https://support.classwork.com/support/solutions/articles/72000572430-canvas-how-to-assign-student-work-using-canvas #### Canvas - I See Numbers Instead of Student Names If you see a long string of numbers or a mix of letters and numbers where student names should appear in your list of Student Submissions, it’s almost always due to the Privacy setting of your Classwork.com app installation within Canvas.When the Privacy setting is not configured correctly, Canvas sends only the student IDs instead of their names.To fix this issue, update your Canvas settings so the Privacy option is set to Public. This allows Classwork.com to receive the correct student name information.For detailed steps, see this article: Canvas: Editing the External Tool installation #### Canvas is Marking Assignments Late Classwork.com uses the industry standard known as Learning Tools Interoperability (LTI) to send grades back to Canvas. Unfortunately, the data we're allowed to send is very limited, and we can't tell Canvas whether we're updating a score because a student turned in their Assignment late or because you were editing it. So, Canvas assumes it's the student and marks them late. We're investigating to see if there are ways to avoid the issue, and are sorry for the inconvenience. #### Canvas: Can I Sync or Import My Roster Into Classwork.com? No. Classwork.com does not sync, import, or automatically pull student rosters from Canvas. Canvas does not send class lists to Classwork.com, and there is no option to transfer your Canvas roster into Classwork.How Students Appear in Classwork.comYou do not need to add students manually when you're using Canvas Assignments. When you post an Assignment to Canvas and a student opens it, Canvas sends the student’s information to Classwork.com. This automatically creates that student’s Submission on the Assignment Detail screen.This allows you to:See which students opened the AssignmentView work in progressReview and autograde SubmissionsTrack completion and scoringNo roster sync is required.What You Can’t DoYou cannot sync your Canvas roster into Classwork.comYou cannot import a class list from CanvasYou cannot pre-load Canvas students into Classwork.comOptional: Using the Classes Page in Classwork.comIf you prefer to set up your classes manually inside Classwork.com, you can create a class on the Classes page and add students yourself. When you assign an Activity to one of these classes, the students you added will appear automatically.This is an optional workflow and is not connected to Canvas. These students only appear because you added them manually, not because Canvas sent roster data. #### Canvas: Editing the External Tool installation If you see the "Couldn't find valid settings for this link" error at the top of the screen after saving an Assignment with a Classwork.com link in it, or have other issues launching Activities, it often is a result of a misconfigured installation of Classwork.com as an "App" in your Canvas course.Don't uninstall then re-install the App. That can cause Canvas to think it's an entirely different application and will break our ability to push scores to Canvas when the students complete work. Instead, edit the App Configuration and make sure it's OK by following these directions:In Canvas, do the following:Click Settings at the bottom of the left column in your course.Click the Apps tabClick the View App Configurations button toward the upper rightFind your Classwork.com app and click the button to the right that contains the gear iconChoose Edit from that menuMake sure that every field is set exactly as shown here (our consumer key is obscured for security reasons, but yours should appear).Often what you'll notice is that the Launch URL is wrong, and contains "https://app.classwork.com/lti/config.xml" or something similar. Make sure it contains "https://app.classwork.com/lti/launch."Also check that the domain is set to app.classwork.com.And it's a good time to double check that your Privacy setting is Public which allows Canvas to send us the student's names (otherwise, they show up in Classwork.com as a long string of numbers!)Click Submit when you're done.Then try to launch the Classwork.com app in the left column of your course. If it launches correctly, you've likely fixed the configuration and should be able to create Assignments and give them to students. #### Canvas: How to Assign Student Work Using Canvas Before creating Assignments in Canvas, you will need to install Classwork.com as an External Tool or App in your Canvas site. See “How Do I Install Classwork.com as an App in Canvas?" You will need to do that for each course with which you'll include Classwork.com Assignments. You can skip that step if your organization has installed it in Canvas for you.Special Note July 2025: The app's URL has changed from app.teachermade.com to app.classwork.com. If your course still has app.teachermade.com links in it, and you want to add app.classwork.com links, leave the TeacherMade tool installed and ALSO install the tool as Classwork.com following the directions in that article. Canvas needs to know about both URLs.Create the Classwork.com AssignmentStart in Classwork.com. Click the Activity you're interested in, then click New Assignment to begin creating an Assignment. Select Canvas as the delivery method, and continue to set the remaining Assignment options as you wish.After you create the Assignment, click the Copy button next to the Assignment link to copy the link into your computer's copy-paste memory.Create the Canvas AssignmentSwitch over to your Canvas course and click on Assignments in the left menu.Click + Assignment in the upper right to add a new Assignment.Enter the fields required to set up a Canvas Assignment just as you normally would.For Submission Type, choose External Tool in the drop-down.Paste the Classwork.com link in the field labeled Enter or Find an External Tool URL.WARNING: DO NOT CLICK “FIND” as doing so will cause Canvas to strip off the important parts of the link. If you later see just the main Classwork.com screen instead of the specific Assignment, it was because you clicked Find. Just edit the Assignment and paste the full link into the URL field. ’When you’re done entering your Assignment settings, click Save & Publish.Be sure to add a score to the Assignment in Canvas. When a student completes work, Classwork.com will pass back a percentage which Canvas multiplies by the Assignment to arrive at the final score for the Assignment. If you leave the score 0, you will see 0 in your gradebook.You Did It!Woohoo! You’ve created a Classwork.com Assignment in your Canvas course! Students will be able to launch the Assignment from directly within Canvas. You can also use SpeedGrader to grade any Submissions. Submissions: Student results will appear below once the students begin the Assignment. #### Canvas: How to fix a "Forbidden (403)" Error First things first, don't delete the Classwork.com or TeacherMade app from Canvas in an attempt to fix this. Doing so can cause Canvas to get confused and refuse our attempts to send scores. If you need to fix the installation of the app as directed below, just edit it. Do not delete and re-install it.There are actually two different Forbidden pages.Forbidden (403) in YellowThe first looks like this, and there are two possible causes.The Most Frequent Cause of the Yellow Box 403 ErrorThe most frequent cause of this kind of error is that you've posted the wrong kind of link into your External Tool Assignment in Canvas. Either you've generated the Assignment with a Classwork.com Assignment delivery option, or you copied the URL from the browser toolbar or a Share link from Classwork.com.To fix this kind of Forbidden (403) error, just make sure you use the Copy button to grab the Canvas-style link (which always has /lti/ in it).Always use that link to paste into the URL field of the External Tool Assignment in Canvas (and don't click the Find button).The Other Possible Cause of the Yellow Box 403 ErrorThe other possible cause of the yellow box 403 error is that you've copied the right link from Classwork.com, but pasted it into an "External Tool' Module Item in Canvas, rather than an Assignment in your course. The correct method to place a Classwork.com link is to create an Assignment, selecting "External Tool" as the "Submission Type" field. Then you can insert that Assignment into your courses modules if you wish. You will receive the yellow 403 error if you directly insert an "External Tool" into a module of your course, rather than first creating an Assignment then inserting that Assignment into the module. White Screen With the App Menu VisibleThe other Forbidden page looks like this:This one implies there's a problem with the External Tool installation in your course, such as needing to recopy the consumer key and secret or possibly the launch URL. In those cases, the Classwork.com link (or Teachermade link if you're old school) that gets installed in the left-hand column of the course would also not work.To fix that, you'll want to edit the External Tool installation in your course.Click here to see directions for editing the External Tool settings in Canvas. #### Canvas: I Got Logged In As Another Teacher If you click a Classwork.com Assignment in your Canvas course, and find that you're now signed in to Classwork.com as one of your colleagues, then you likely copied one of their Assignment links into your course. Or you are using a course they created that was later shared with you in Canvas.Classwork.com doesn't allow sharing of Assignments in Canvas, either through sharing Assignment links or through Canvas shared courses/sections. When you click an Assignment in Canvas, the Classwork.com system locates the Assignment owner and essentially signs them in. If that Assignment is not in your account, you'll be signed in as someone else!To share the same classwork, teachers instead need to share Activities (not the Assignments they created from the Activities). Click here for help on sharing Activities.Once you've copied the Activities into your account, then you'll create your own Assignment links and paste them into your Canvas course. #### Changing Point Values for All Questions At Once Can you change the point values for all of your questions at once? Absolutely! There are two way to do this. Before you even start creating your questions, you can set a default score. From the Activity Editor, choose Settings then Set Default Score and choose the score you want each question to be worth. If you've already added questions to the Activity and you want to update all of the scores, choose Settings again, then Update All Scores and choose the new point value you want assigned to each question. This window will appear:If you're happy with these changes, choose Change Scores and all point values will automatically be updated. Any questions you add after this update will not be worth this same point value unless it is the default score. You will need to change their score manually or set a default score for the whole Activity.  #### Changing the Background Color If you started with a Blank Slide activity, you can change the background color to your liking. Choose the slide you wish to modify, then select "Set Background Color" from the "Slide" menu.If the slide already has a background the pop up below will appear. Choose "Change Background Color."  The Color Palette will appear. Select the color from the palette, or click Custom colors (+) to create your own. If you're working with a Scrolling Activity, TeacherMade does not offer a way to set the background color. If you feel this would be a useful feature, contact us by emailing support@teachermade.com.  #### Changing the Background Color If you started with a blank canvas Activity, you can change the background color to your liking. Choose the slide you wish to modify, then select Set Background Color from the Slide menu.If you're working with a scrolling Activity or an ctivity you have uploaded, Classwork.com does not offer a way to set the background color. If you feel this would be a useful feature, contact us by emailing support@classwork.com.  #### Changing the Point Value of a Question To change the point value of a question, first select the question with the points you want to change. Then, click the current point value in the Editor Toolbar and enter the new value.The point value must be between 0 and 1000. A point value of 0 means the question will still be auto-graded, but no points will be awarded based on correctness.If you enter a new point value after students have started the activity in Google Classroom, Canvas or Schoology, you will have to resynchronize the scores. Classwork.com will prompt you at the top of the screen that the external scores must be updated. Click the link there to complete the process.Finally, you can also award individual students points after they submit an incorrect response by clicking their answer, then clicking Set Score and entering a new score.If you want to change the point value of ALL of your questions, see this article: Changing the Point Values for All Questions At Once #### Classes Page Overview Classes Page OverviewThe Classes page is your home base for managing classes in Classwork. From here, you can connect Google Classroom, create your own classes for Canvas or Schoology, and manage students and assignments directly inside Classwork.OverviewEach class you have added appears across the top of the page.Each class displays three quick snapshots of student progress:Needs ReviewNumber of student submissions waiting for feedback or return.In ProgressStudents who opened the assignment but have not submitted it.Not StartedStudents who have not begun the assignment.Note: “In Progress” means the student accessed the assignment. It does not necessarily indicate recent activity.View Class DetailsClick a class to open its details below. You will see three main tabs:AssignmentsManage student submissions and view assignment progress. Includes a Needs Review column for pending feedback. Assignments Tab – Classes Page GradebookView scores for every student and assignment within a selected date range.You can click an assignment name to open the Assignment Detail screen or click a student name to open the Student Detail screen. Gradebook Tab – Classes Page ReportsGenerate summaries and insights to track performance and progress over time. Coming Soon.Adding or Syncing ClassesYou can add classes in two ways:Sync from Google Classroom – Import existing Google Classroom classes and students.Create Your Own Class – Manually create classes if you do not use Google Classroom.For a full walkthrough, see  Sync or Add New Classes – Setup Classes and Students .Once added, your classes will appear across the top of the Classes page.Next Steps Sync or Add New Classes  #### Classwork.com 101: How To Create Auto-Scored Activities from PDFs Classwork.com offered free training webinars during the Summer of 2023 (back when our name was still TeacherMade). Watch the 101 Webinar recording below.101 covers how to transform PDFs into interactivities for your students and set up auto-grading. Learn all the different tools in the Classwork Studio editor and how to use them. Hosted by Jen Chorma. Click here for the worksheet Jen uses during her training. Make a copy into your account and follow along with Ms. Jen!   #### Classwork.com and Copyright Classwork.com respects copyright holders everywhere, and follows all applicable laws and practices. Please see our Terms of Service at https://teachermade.com/website-terms-of-use/ for more details. #### Classwork.com Glossary AssignmentAssignedWorksheetOverlayInteractivity(Each item types)Color blockReopenResetReturnSubmissionCompletedProfileOrganizationShareDigital File CabinetFolderArchiveMake a copyPreviewToolbar - TeacherToolbar - Student(All tools)Special Characters #### Classwork.com Training – Quick Links Welcome to your Classwork.com training session!This page contains all the links you’ll need during today’s training. Please follow them in order as we go.1️⃣ Login to Classwork.comGo to classwork.com and click Sign In.Use Google, Microsoft, or your school portal (ClassLink/Clever).➡️ ClassLink or Clever users can launch Classwork.com directly from their portal.How to Sign In →2️⃣Try It: Create with AIFrom your Activities page click the Green "New File" button, and then the yellow "USE AI to create content". Follow the same steps we just modeled.How to Create Using AI 3️⃣ Make a Copy of the Practice ActivityClick the link below to open the practice activity. Once opened, click "Make a Copy" so you can add interactions.→Get the Practice Activity4️⃣ Please Complete Your Exit TicketAt the end of today’s session, please take a moment to share your feedback so we can continue improving our training.→ Exit Ticket – Feedback FormNow you know the basics, you are on your way to success!Want to keep learning? Subscribe to our YouTube Channel for quick tutorials and classroom inspiration.Thank you for being with us today #HeartEmoji #### Classwork.com102: Assigning, Grading and Reporting Classwork.com offered free training webinars during the Summer of 2023 (when our name was still TeacherMade). Watch the 102 Webinar recording below. 102 is the second in a two-part series. To watch 101, click here.102 addresses how to make assignments and grade student work. Learn how to make assignments, what your students will see, real-time feedback, and grading tools. Hosted by Kate Howie.  #### Clearing Browser Cookies If for any reason, you need to clear the cookies from your browser, just follow the very helpful instructions that we found at the University of Iowa: https://its.uiowa.edu/support/article/719  #### Clever - No teachers found If you set up a Clever Organization, click "VIEW CLEVER USER LIST" and receive no results...If the organization ID is for a district, the TeacherMade Organization "type" must be "District." There are different endpoints in Clever to retrieve the teachers for a district than for a school, and we branch accordingly. #### Cloudwatch Logs - TeacherMade application The cloudwatch logs to look at are in CloudWatch, Log Groups, /aws/elasticbeanstalk/production/var/log/nginx/access.logYou could also look at /aws/elasticbeanstalk/production/var/log/eb-docker/containers/eb-current-app/stdouterr.log, but the nginx one will include user IP addresses.Each “log stream” is a source of logs, so you have to go through them all. I like to open a window, then right-click to put them in tabs, and search each as follow:Type the beginning of the worksheet ID into the filter box and hit enterOr find one whose last entry timestamp is closest to your target time. Open it, then put in a search term and hit enter. For example, a user’s domain is a good search term or the URL (e.g. begin-with-google).Seeing detailExpand the log line with the arrow, then find the return code. Viewing Related LogsTo search by time stamp #### Collaborate with Co-Teachers, Share Worksheets and Student Grades with TeacherMade We spoke with Amanda Mendenhall, a 7th-grade Geography teacher, about how she uses TeacherMade to collaborate and share student assignments with her co-teacher.How do you use TeacherMade in your classroom?I currently teach 7th-grade Geography at a rural school with about 350 kiddos in my building. TeacherMade has made my life so much easier, and grading papers for 100+ kids is not such a daunting task anymore. I am able to collaborate with my special education co-teachers and accommodate their/our students without making them feel excluded from the rest of the class.How do you use TeacherMade to create interactive assignments?I currently have a curriculum that allows my students to do the work on their devices and in their textbooks, but it is really hard to grade each assignment. The curriculum also includes PDFs of each assignment, so I take the PDFs and put them in TeacherMade and make them interactive. I am able to put drag and drop in some assignments, short answers, fill in the blanks, and multiple choice answers for the students instead of just short answers. Since my students are 1 to 1, we are able to assign the work to their Google Classroom, and they can work on it. The students are able to have a little fun while they are learning. How do you use TeacherMade for exit tickets?I use TeacherMade for exit tickets from the lesson of the day. The students are excited to complete the exit ticket because it gives them automatic responses. This allows them to see how they did instantly.Tell us how you save time using TeacherMadeCreating assignments one time and being able to copy the assignment for each hour of the day saves me so much time and allows me to help my students individually. I am able to take the assignment I created for the regular education learners and modify it for my special education learners. I don’t have to reinvent the wheel for each assignment. The regular education students don’t even realize the special education students have a different assignment.  How do you collaborate with your co-teachers using TeacherMade?I have a special education teacher and a co-teacher I work closely with on a daily basis. Before I started using TeacherMade, this was daunting and difficult. I had to share each assignment with them, they would be able to look at it, and then they had to copy it to use it. With TeacherMade, I made them co-teachers to my classwork, and they can open it and use it. The special education teacher is able to see if her students were successful or not and reassign the work if they were not successful. The special education teacher is able to comment and help the students with the modified work. They are able to see the real-time work of the students. My co-teacher is able to stay on pace with me and is able to use the assignments I use. He teaches the same class I do, so this makes his life easier since he teaches three grade levels. All three of us are able to assign the work to our Google Classroom.  How do you use TeacherMade’s auto-grading feature in your classroom to reduce cheating?I absolutely love that TeacherMade allows me to return the work immediately or when I grade it. This has become one of my favorite features. We all know seventh graders aren’t the most honest when it comes to school work, so it has slowed down the cheating from hour to hour. The students will get together in class and after class to work on the assignment since one can’t complete the assignment and get the correct answers to give to others. I can return assignments after collecting them all, which has helped to alleviate or divert some students from cheating. I truly love using TeacherMade in my classroom.TeacherMade gives you the ability to share digital worksheets and interactive activities with other teachers. Take what other teachers have already made and adapt it to fit the needs of your students. #### Columbus Day vs. Indigenous Peoples Day Debate Description: Learn why states are now replacing Columbus Day with Indigenous Peoples Day.  Students will read an article then listen to a NPR debate on this hot topic! They will then show their knowledge by answering a variety of questions. As an extra bonus, they can write their own opinion piece! Grade Range: High SchoolQuestion Types: Audio, Drop Down, Multiple Choice, Checkboxes, Short Answer, Open Answer  #### Copy - Activity Menu Copy an ActivityTo duplicate an activity, go to your Activities page, check the box next to the activity you want, and click Copy in the Activity Menu.A popup will appear where you can rename the activity. By default, the name will auto-fill as:[Original Activity Name] (Copy)You can edit the name to anything you prefer.Below the name, use the dropdown to choose where the new copy should be saved. By default, the activity will be placed in your top-level Home folder. You can use the dropdown to select any folder or subfolder instead.Click Copy Activity to instantly create the duplicate. #### Copying a Scrolling Activity into a Slides Activity Do you have Classwork activities you want to merge into lessons using the new Slide View? Good news! You can easily copy a whole activity and paste it into a new one. Here’s how:Start by opening up the activity you want to copy. From the Edit Activity screen, choose, “File” and then, “Copy Full Activity.”*Note: When copying, the activity can either be a slide view activity or a scrolling activity.Next, find the assignment that you want to paste the activity into. Again, choose “File” and then, “Paste Activity.”You can choose to drag the pasted activity wherever you want it to be within the slide view assignment. *Note: You can only paste activities into the Slide view! If you try to paste an activity into a scrolling activity, you will receive this message:Use this feature to merge all of your past Classwork activities into the new slide view or even to create review packets at the end of a unit. #### Create an Assignment – Overview You can assign any activity in Classwork.com using one of three methods:From the Activities page, click the Assign button in the Activities MenuFrom the Activity Detail screen, click the green + New Assignment buttonOr use the blue Create an Assignment button at the top rightNo matter which option you choose, the assignment creation process follows a similar 3-step flow.Step 1: Name and Delivery MethodFirst, give your assignment a name — this is what your students will see.Then choose how you want to deliver the assignment:Classwork.com LinkGoogle ClassroomCanvasSchoologyStep 2: Delivery-Specific OptionsThis step depends on the platform you selected in Step 1:If you chose Classwork.com or Google Classroom, you’ll see a Step 2 with additional delivery settings (e.g., linked classes or student access).If you selected Canvas or Schoology, you’ll skip straight to Step 3.Step 3: Final Assignment SettingsIn the final step, you’ll configure:Time Management – Allow retry attempts, set due dates, and control when students can view answersStudent View – Choose how students will see and interact with the activitySubmission Settings – Determine what students can edit, submit, or review➡️ If you’re using Google Classroom, you’ll also see a Google Classroom Settings section here — Once finished, click Save to publish the activity to your students. #### Create Assignments in TeacherMade and Deliver Them Seamlessly Through Google Classroom Emily uses TeacherMade to create assignments that she posts to Google Classroom."TeacherMade is constantly improving how TeacherMade and Google Classroom work together."Our district is a Google district, and we use Google Classroom as our online platform. I love how much TeacherMade has improved its integration with Google Classroom. TeacherMade is constantly improving how TeacherMade and Google Classroom works together. I can create an assignment through TeacherMade to be delivered via Google Classroom. TeacherMade understands the value of online platforms, and they've listened to what educators are looking for and need, and they've delivered! TeacherMade can automatically record grades in Google ClassroomTeacherMade has made working with Google Classroom very convenient. I can create all of my worksheets in TeacherMade, then create an assignment to be delivered to Google Classroom. When an assignment has been submitted via TeacherMade, the score is automatically recorded in Google Classroom. This is very helpful to see the overall progress of the entire class at a glance. Though TeacherMade records all student data, and you can view information on TeacherMade, it's helpful to have some organization within each classroom through Google Classroom. Using Google Classroom's Grade Book while TeacherMade syncs scores directly to Google Classroom is a huge timesaver.TeacherMade's auto-grading feature holds students accountable by showing scores immediately after the assignment has been completedWe have expectations in our classroom, and one of the important expectations is students be held accountable. This integration between TeacherMade and Google Classroom is especially helpful when checking off homework when it's due. If the assignment is submitted via TeacherMade, a student has a score for that assignment visible in Google Classroom. If a student has not submitted their work, there is no score for that student in Google Classroom. It's easy to decipher those that are done with their assignment and those that need to complete it, and sometimes it's as simple as the student clicking 'Submit' in TeacherMade. Sometimes, an assignment may be from a different source, like Google Docs or Slides. It is extremely helpful to continue using the online platform, like Google Classroom, to deliver and house all assignments. The options available when creating an assignment are useful for the various levels of teaching and assessing. When creating an assignment, you can choose the point value (TeacherMade reminds you how many points are on the worksheet), whether or not students can see their score and percentage, and if you want students to see if their answers are correct or incorrect. If a student's answer is incorrect, there's also an option for them to hover and view the correct answer. I almost always choose for students to be able to view their scores and whether or not their answers are correct or incorrect. Since I want my students to fix their answers once they've submitted their assignments, I hide the correct answer if they get it wrong. On an assessment, I show students the correct answer for immediate feedback. Having options in how feedback is shown to students helps cater to each level of learning, whether it's activities, practice, or assessment.  TeacherMade lets Teachers schedule assignments to multiple Google Classrooms simultaneouslyI am especially thankful for the feature of posting to multiple Google Classrooms at the same time. I have taught three math classes within the same year, and I can easily assign to all classes at the same time. What makes this even better is the option to post the assignment immediately upon creating or to "Save as Draft" to post later. If you choose the "Save as Draft" option, whenever you are ready to post the assignment, you go into your Google Classroom and post it. This helps me prepare beforehand to get everything ready for class, but it also gives me the power to schedule assignments when I've completed an assignment. I can also go into my Google Classroom and organize the assignment as needed, in addition to giving it a due date.TeacherMade integrates seamlessly with Google Classroom and other learning management systems (LMS). From auto-grading to auto-scheduling assignments in Google Classroom, TeacherMade saves time and helps Teachers stay organized. #### Create Fast & Effective Formal Assessments Formal assessments don’t have to take forever to create.With Classwork.com, you can build standards-aligned quizzes and tests in just a few clicks — and get instant data you can use right away.Let’s build your first one. Click here to download Click Sheet of:How to create a TestHow to assign a TestStep 1: Create a New ActivityFrom your Activities page, click the big green + New File button.Choose the yellow Content Assistant option, then select Create Questions from Standards.Click Learning Standards, then hit Search Standards in the bottom-left.Pick your state, course, grade level, and the specific standards you want.When you’re done, click Save Changes.Step 2: Choose Question Types and QuantitySelect your question types — multiple choice, open answer, fill in the blank, etc.Then choose how many total questions you want (e.g., 20), and click Generate Questions.Uncheck any questions you don’t want, then click Add Questions to insert them into your activity.Step 3: Edit (Optional)You can double-click any question on the page to edit it. Tweak wording, fix answer keys, or modify the layout however you’d like -- you can do this before inserting the questions into your activity OR after they have been added.Step 4: Name and Preview Your AssessmentClick the pencil icon next to Untitled Activity at the top of the screen to give your assessment a name.Then click the blue Save button in the bottom corner.Next, click the Preview icon (monitor with an eye) in the top toolbar to see exactly what your students will experience.When you’re done, click the X to exit the preview and return to editing.Step 5: Assign the AssessmentWhen you're ready to deliver your assessment, you have two ways to assign it from the Activity Detail screen:Use the green + New Assignment button at the top of the right panelOr scroll to the bottom and click the white + Create New Assignment button with the baby blue borderBoth options open the Assign screen, where you'll choose your LMS (like Google Classroom) and select your classes.Then, fine-tune your settings:Set a due dateAdd a time limitHide or show correct answers and scoresEnable accommodations like Read AloudTurn on copy/paste preventionClick Save, and your assessment is ready to go.That’s It!You’ve created a standards-aligned, auto-graded assessment with clear data and zero stress.Now go assign it to your students — and let the insights roll in.⏭️  Next Video in the Starting Line SeriesFeedback To The Future in Classwork.com❗  See All Starting Line VideosView the Full Starting Line SeriesTABLE OF CONTENTSStep 1: Create a New ActivityStep 2: Choose Question Types and QuantityStep 3: Edit (Optional)Step 4: Name and Preview Your AssessmentStep 5: Assign the Assessment #### Create interactive and engaging lesson plans with TeacherMade Amanda is a 7th-grade teacher who uses TeacherMade to meet her district's requirements by creating engaging and interactive lesson plans.How do you use TeacherMade to meet district standards?My name is Amanda Mendenhall, and I teach 7th-grade geography. I teach in Oklahoma, and we must meet OASS standards for each lesson we teach. OASS requires access to district requirements daily, and TeacherMade helps me meet OASS standards daily. When my students are given an assignment, they can complete it in multiple ways. They can use drop-down boxes, fill in the blank answers, use matching answers, write short answers, and so much more.How do you use TeacherMade to make your lesson plans more engaging and interactive?TeacherMade has made lesson planning so much easier. I am able to spend time planning and searching for a curriculum that will enrich my lessons instead of trying to create engaging lessons because of TeacherMade. Fortunately, my school purchased a curriculum for my class for the first time in seven years just last year, so we are expected to use that curriculum on a day-to-day basis. Sometimes that curriculum doesn't align or doesn't give my students all the information I would like them to have concerning a concept. Because of TeacherMade, I'm not spending hours turning PDFs and worksheets into engaging and interactive worksheets for my students. I am able to add additional, enjoyable content, such as videos, from other sources for my students. How does TeacherMade help save teachers time while lesson planning?TeacherMade has allowed me the freedom where I'm not spending hours and hours creating lesson plans each week that my students will enjoy. Organization for TeacherMade has made a world of difference in our classroom and lesson planning for the next year. I am able to organize my lessons by modules or chapters. I can then put a subfolder within that module that allows me to organize it into individual lessons for each one. I no longer struggle to find lessons because I give each lesson a title and description that helps me to plan as I go through the school year. Organizing my files and TeacherMade how I wish to do so helps me with my lesson plans for the next year and my yearly goals and objectives. I can go back and link it so all I have to do is open one document. It takes me directly to where I need to go, and I can work from there if I need to make changes. How does TeacherMade help you collaborate with teachers in other districts or schools?TeacherMade has made working with other teachers and colleagues a breeze, even for teachers who are not in our district. I can share site work with them, allowing collaboration across not just my district but other schools as well. I see this helping our students as we work through transfers and look for more engaging activities for our students so that they can be more successful in the classroom. TeacherMade is giving teachers back the power of organizing and controlling their lessons in the classroom. We can look at a program and figure out what we need to do to help our students be successful, and through TeacherMade, we can do that. By providing additional resources, teachers can help students understand the content they need to know for those objectives. Teachers are able to bring me joy back to their classroom because they're not spending hours creating lesson plans that they may or may not get to each day.TeacherMade helps teachers to create engaging and interactive lesson plans every day. Exceed your district standards, collaborate with fellow teachers, and save time with TeacherMade's interactive activities. #### Create Memorable and Unique Online Resources for Your Students We spoke to Elena, a French teacher who create unique assignments in TeacherMade using pre-existing PDFs and Microsoft Word and Google Docs. How do you use TeacherMade to streamline your workflow?When I started teaching French full-time two years ago, I was always on the lookout for tools to help me streamline my workflow. I teach almost my entire school (grades two through eight), so school days can be hectic! I was very happy when I found TeacherMade, an app that has helped me make digital activities for my students in a time-effective way. How do you create online activities for your students?Teachermade was a lifesaver during online learning, and I liked it so much I continued to use it even after returning in person. Two ways I like to use Teachermade are to turn my pre-existing PDFs into online activities and to create entirely new activities by making a Word Doc and then uploading it to the application. I will show you examples of both methods below:Example 1The simplest way to make a TeacherMade activity is to upload a premade PDF file and then add features that students can interact with on the editing screen. I have most of the worksheets I use with my students saved to my computer as PDF files, so this makes using TeacherMade very simple. First, I click 'Create a worksheet' on the main page of TeacherMade, then I click 'Upload a file.' The app then prompts me to click on the PDF I want to turn into an activity. After I select my file, the Teachermade editing screen loads. Then I can decide how I want my students to interact with the activity by adding on questions. I often will add a 'short answer' box in places where students would write text on their paper. Other question types I commonly use include Multiple Choice, Matching, and Open Answer. The above picture is an example of a worksheet created by uploading a PDF and adding interactive features. In the photo, you can see short answer questions where students can type and tick boxes (or check off boxes) that students can click to create a checkmark. Example 2Another way you can create digital activities is by creating a document on Microsoft Word or Google Docs, then uploading that file into TeacherMade. I usually choose this route when I want to specifically make an activity for online use. This is where I can get really creative with TeacherMade's unique features, such as Audio Recordings and Hot Spots.In the example above, you can see a worksheet I made on Microsoft Word, knowing that my students would be interacting with it through TeacherMade. To make this activity, I first uploaded my file to TeacherMade using the same process detailed in the first example. I clicked 'Insert,' then 'Audio' on the editing page. I recorded my voice right through the app. Finally, I clicked 'Insert,' then 'Hotspot' to make the pictures on the worksheet clickable. I clicked and dragged my cursor to create rectangles around each image. Then I added a recording of myself speaking for my students to use as a listening activity. That way, my students can listen to me speaking in French and click on the pictures that correspond with what I said in the recording.How do you use your creativity to make unique assignments for your students?With TeacherMade, the sky's the limit for the kinds of activities you can create for your students. Sometimes I want to quickly create an online activity based on resources I already own, and TeacherMade can help me to do so. These days, making a worksheet this way only takes me a few minutes thanks to TeacherMade's user-friendly editing screen. When I feel creative, TeacherMade allows me to create truly unique activities from scratch. All in all, TeacherMade is a fantastic resource for busy teachers like me who want to create memorable online resources for their students. TeacherMade lets you convert PDFs, Microsoft Word documents, and Google Docs into memorable online resources for your students. Create interactive worksheets in minutes with TeacherMade. #### CREATE on a Blank Canvas CREATE on a blank canvasUse this option when you're starting from scratch. Clicking CREATE opens the Activity Editor—also known as The Editor—where you can build your own content from the ground up. Add text, images, audio, video, and (most importantly) auto-scored questions.Classwork.com will create your new activity and open the Activity Editor for you.This option is best for creating Authored Question Types, which currently include: Hot Text, Inline Choice, Inline Drag and Drop, Match Table Grid, Multiple Choice, MultiSelect, and Fill in the Blank.Once you're in The Editor, you can also use the Content Assistant to generate passages and questions automatically, or paste in content you’ve created in ChatGPT or another tool. #### Create Online Assignments And Worksheets In Schoology Rachelle Pannullo teaches 8th-grade science. She uses TeacherMade to create digital worksheets that auto-grade. She integrates her worksheets with Schoology to make grading a breeze. Explain how TeacherMade integrates with your assignment creation.I teach five sections of 8th-grade science, and I use TeacherMade for virtually every activity in my classroom. There are only a few assignments or tasks that my students do outside of TeacherMade: notes, vocabulary, or Do Nows/Bellringers/Exit Tickets. The majority of their graded assignments are delivered through TeacherMade via Schoology. This includes assignments such as worksheets, labs, escape rooms, virtual field trips, tests, quizzes, review activities, and projects. There are many reasons I choose to assign my work through TeacherMade. How do your students do online worksheets in Schoology?First of all, TeacherMade keeps things consistent in my classroom. Anywhere I can simplify a system and focus more on the science skill being worked on rather than how to work a website, I do it. In the first couple of assignments, my students learn how to use all of the tools in TeacherMade, such as drawing and creating shapes. They also learn pretty quickly how I grade TeacherMade assignments. They know that I give them the chance to redo the assignment and that I go in to check answers and give "override" points manually. They don't have to remember or save any new login information, they go through Schoology, click on my class, then the unit and the week, and they are linked to all my assignments. It's as easy as that.Secondly, TeacherMades integration with Schoology makes the assignments easy to create, sign, and grade. Schoology is much easier to use than the assignment makers included in my district's LMS and even traditional assignments. I can take any of my new or old resources and "Teacher-fy" them, as my co-teacher likes to say. How do digital worksheets save you time?I can create a TeacherMade assignment and send 150+ copies to my students. From start to finish, this process takes less than 20 minutes! This is especially helpful when I decide last minute that an assignment isn't going to work for the day or if I am unexpectedly out. I don't need to rush out to the copier to make 150+ copies of an assignment or worry about making more when a student loses them or leaves them behind. I can also grade the assignments quickly and give my students feedback in minutes rather than days or weeks.How do you collaborate with colleagues on online lesson planning?Another reason I use TeacherMade is that it is extremely easy to share with my co-teachers. My partner teacher and I teach all of 8th-grade science at our school between the two of us. All of the students across the grade get the same assignments, and we can each make adjustments to our own copies if we need to. We also share most of our assignments with our SPED team so they can easily modify them to their needs. They can already see the accepted answers, limiting choices or reducing questions by using the color block tool, so their inclusion students still get assignments that we create but adjusted to their level. How do online assignments make your students more accountable?Lastly, I use TeacherMade for student accountability. With TeacherMade, students can't say "I lost it," "I am doing it," "I'm almost done," "I didn't know where to find it," "I forgot to put my name on it," or "I did it, and YOU lost it." Not only can I monitor them working on my screen, but I can also see their progress and approximate auto-score on the Assignment Screen. I can prompt them to start or skip ahead to another section that they know better. I can also take this data and share their student progress at parent meetings, so they can see what their child has been doing in class. More than once, a student has insisted that they had completed all of their work, and I hadn't graded it yet. I was able to bring up their work on the projector screen to show their parents that this isn't the case. Students know that I monitor their work, and they will compete with their peers to see who can have the highest percentage by the end of class. What's the best way to manage grading in your classroom?In the past few years of education, I have used a few different systems on how to assign students' work and collect it. I have done just paper copies, paper copies and links on a custom teacher website, paper copies and PDF copies on our LMS, paper copies and digital LMS assignments, and PDF copies on the LMS, but none of these combinations have been as successful in my classroom as TeacherMade. I save time, save paper, can collaborate better with my team, give student feedback quicker, and deal with fewer student excuses by using TeacherMade in my classroom. #### Create Online Worksheets For Middle School Social Studies Using TeacherMade We talked with 7th-grade geography teacher Amanda Mendenhall about how she uses TeacherMade in her classroom. TeacherMade is the best tool for converting your existing worksheets to online digital activities. TeacherMade’s easy-to-use interface makes it easy for you to upload your PDFs, Word Docx, and image files into our user interface. From there, you can add your own text-enhanced questions to your existing assignments. Read on to see how Amanda uses TeacherMade in her social studies classroom. What is your name, and why do you use TeacherMade for online learning?My name is Amanda Mendenhall, and I am currently a 7th-grade geography teacher. I have been teaching for 15 years, and TeacherMade has made my life less stressful. I can focus on the content and make sure that my students understand the information given. I can balance life inside and outside the classroom because of the ease of TeacherMade.  With the use of TeacherMade, I can engage my students and make content that isn’t always interesting, fun to learn.How does TeacherMade make your life easier?With TeacherMade, I am able to balance being a teacher and being a mom and wife.  I spend less time trying to find engaging activities for my students to keep them excited about learning. How easy is it to make an online interactive worksheet?I can take an assignment and make it interactive in some manner for my students.  I can use pre-made assignments, or I can create my own. I don’t have to reinvent the wheel every time I want them to be interactive with my lessons.   My students love that I can embed links, and they can do individual research.  I love that I can control where they get the information we are trying to learn.  How did you improve student feedback in your classroom? My students can see the score they make immediately (if I allow it to release the score).  I love that they allow me to give them feedback, and it allows me to control the release of scores.  Sometimes, as teachers, we don’t want students to have the correct answers immediately, but once I return an assignment, it gives them the information they so badly want.  My students crave the feedback they get when I return the assignment to them.  They like to see if they can find a mistake I have made (gotta love middle schoolers).  I love that I can fix those mistakes from them with ease, as well.  How do you make worksheets that connect to Google Classroom?TeacherMade has made working with the LMS system my school uses so easy.  This feature allows me to assign the assignment to each of my Google Classrooms with just a few clicks.  I can assign or reassign all students to just a few students. This feature makes my life so easy.  I can collaborate with other teachers that help my students as well.  They are able to reopen assignments and help them when the student rushes through an assignment.  They are able to see the same things I am able to see and give more individualized help. Why should teachers make the switch to digital worksheets with TeacherMade?In conclusion, TeacherMade has made teaching a more enjoyable career again.  When COVID hit, and the world of education switched to more technology-driven instruction and less hands-on, our kids lost a lot of love for learning.  Now, we are just the mean teachers who make them do their assignments instead of playing games on their devices.  With TeacherMade, I can allow them some freedom to use that device to learn and have fun.  They love doing the matching projects and researching the world through TeacherMade.  I am able to manage the workload with a smile on my face and joy in my heart, thanks to TeacherMade. #### Create Online Worksheets For Reading And Literacy Melissa Percontino uses TeacherMade every day for her ELA. She finds it useful for literacy, grammar, and even teaching poetry. We broke down how Melissa brings digital worksheets to her ELA classes. How do you increase student engagement?“Beuller, Beuller…” Let’s face it, as a lifelong student and lover of all things from the ’80s, there is nothing that gets students’ eyes rolling more than an ’80s movie reference or assigning an activity we call "fun," even though it really isn’t. In an effort to escape that boredom and monotony, I found some great tools in TeacherMade that can bring to my lessons some fresh and enticing ways for learners to show what they know. It’s been my pleasure to toy around with the new tools and features Teacher Made has to offer. What’s better than getting free lessons that showcase these new features? Having students learn and love them, of course!You know we are up against instant gratification that comes from lots of music, video games, and other things these days. You guys have helped tremendously and stepped it up once again. Planning a poetry lesson? Link that video to help them remember iambic pentameter, and as an extra bonus, have the students record their own audio of them reading it! I used to assign a Flip Grid and a Google Doc. Not anymore. What’s better is it’s just audio. With masks gone after virtual learning, the last thing kids want to look at is themselves on a computer monitor, and I don’t blame them. Thank you, TeacherMade, but that’s not all. How do you bring multimedia to your worksheets?Let’s start with the video links. I have been using them for over a decade. Usually, I have to link them in Google classroom, and the students would have to split their screen with their worksheet or watch it before and go back and review it. The struggle is gone now. TeacherMade has links to Youtube videos that teachers far and wide have all come to know and love. Thank you!!How do you draw on a PDF in your classroom?The next fun tool is the free draw tool.  We all know the benefits of one-pagers and student annotations, thanks to Kelly Gallagher. Active and engaged reading is where it’s at. TeacherMade knows this and allows for annotations with the free draw application that I use for symbols and emojis and the text box for thoughts and written reactions. It allows for multiple intelligences for my creative drawers and visual learners, as well as plain old writing for my more crafty and elaborate writers. I’ve even begun giving my older higher-level students their own notes and letting them practice annotating the notes sheet. Highlight, underline and asterisk away. Once again, thank you, TeacherMade. How do you do acomodation with online assignments?We all have the students who get additional time on a task and don’t necessarily need fewer options for multiple choice assessment and work, but rather just additional time to think a response through. I am following IEPs like no other with ease, thanks to you guys.  The quick grading and feedback to the students empower them to try again. They don’t fall behind and need an extra period. I don’t either. I can look it over instantly and reopen the work for them with their original responses. I could have cried when I saw that I had the option to wipe all their answers out or just let them work on specific numbers I annotated for them because they got them wrong. The amount of time I’ve spent trying to fast-track this process. I really wish I had thought of it first :). Since I didn’t, I share all time-saving and stress-reducing tips with my grade-level leaders near and far. It has helped me become fast friends in my relatively new school, and for that I must thank you again! What would you like people to know about how you use TeacherMade?To wrap up, I am ever so grateful for the chance to work with your platform. I’ve been teaching ELA for 15 years. The majority of my time has been spent in upper elementary grades as the lead teacher of 7th and 8th-grade classrooms. I work with children of all abilities. I have also worked with students as young as 3rd and 4th grades in a Push In/ Response To Intervervention Setting. I much prefer teaching students how to read to learn, but I love that with TeacherMade, I can push out a silent E worksheet with ease to a kid who needs it and move on with my day.  Many learners have fallen behind and still need a teacher who can slam a learn-to-read lesson down quickly and efficiently. It is even, dare I say, fun. :) Thanks, TeacherMade.      #### Create Online Worksheets From PDFs and Assign Via Schoology We spoke with May Yang about how she uses TeacherMade daily in her classroom. May converts her existing PDF files into online worksheets using TeacherMade's intuitive system. Students can access the interactive worksheets from Schoology, and the worksheets are automatically scored. Why is it helpful to have an online worksheet app that integrates with LMS platforms like Canvas, Schoology, and Google Classroom?As a 10th and 11th grade English teacher, I need to create lessons that allow my students to develop a variety of skills, such as reading, writing, grammar, and research. But for the lessons to be effective, my students need timely feedback. With over 150 students, giving timely feedback was challenging. TeacherMade’s integration with LMS platforms such as Canvas, Schoology, and Google Classroom helps me quickly create lessons, assign them, and provide feedback to students.How do you use TeacherMade without LMS integration?During distance learning, I first learned about TeacherMade in a teachers’ Facebook group. I needed a way to convert a PDF into a digital worksheet for my students. To my surprise, I discovered that TeacherMade was more than just a way for students to work on PDF — TeacherMade had auto-grading features that saved me time and sped up my grading. At the time, however, TeacherMade was not able to be integrated into an LMS platform. I would create an assignment in TeacherMade and assign it by attaching the assignment link to Schoology. My students only needed their school email to access the assignment. After the students were finished with an assignment, I would see their scores in my TeacherMade account and convert the percentage scores into my school’s 1 to 4 grading scale. Then, I would enter the scores into my Schoology gradebook. The process involved several steps, but at the time, TeacherMade was the most efficient product out there. How do online worksheets that integrate with Schoology save you time?But things got even better! TeacherMade is receptive and responsive to teachers’ needs and concerns because, in less than a year of coming across TeacherMade, it became possible to integrate TeacherMade into Canvas, Schoology, and Google Classroom. This integration saves me even more time.Lesson Planning Meaningful lessons are an important part of teaching. If a teacher assigns busy work, students will see right through it! But we all know how time-consuming it is to constantly create new lessons. Even veteran teachers with a file cabinet and digital files full of lesson plans still retweak lessons every year. That is just the nature of teaching. TeacherMade makes it quick and simple to make adjustments to any lesson. After I upload a document into TeacherMade, I can use the Color Block to cover up existing directions and then use the Teacher Text feature to write new directions. But that is just the beginning. Using the many other TeacherMade tools, I can completely transform and modify an assignment and create more opportunities for students to showcase their learning.More Engagement and Resources TeacherMade’s tools allow teachers to be as creative as they want in how they would like students to engage with an assignment. Gone are the days of simply reading and writing answers on a worksheet. Teachers can offer a variety of ways for students to complete the work, such as having students write answers, record themselves talking, or search and link external resources that support their answers. Teachers can attach videos, images, and audio into the worksheet to further explain or clarify an assignment. This is helpful because some students need visual or audio explanations. The ability to attach supplemental resources into my digital worksheets in TeacherMade saves me time in making and passing out copies for my students. Also, my students can review the supplemental resources, including videos, at their own pace. Assigning work Once I am finished creating a worksheet in TeacherMade, I can assign the work in Schoology within minutes! My students can easily access the assignment through Schoology. They do not need to use their school email or any other login credentials. Students can seamlessly access, complete, and submit their TeacherMade assignments in Schoology. I can then grade the assignment in Schoology or TeacherMade. Auto and Customized Grading There is no doubt that TeacherMade’s auto-grading tools are a huge time-saver. With the objective parts of an assignment auto-graded, I can pay more attention to other parts of the assignment, such as reading the written responses or listening to a student’s recording.My students’ auto scores instantly populate my grade book! And once I have graded the other sections, such as the written response, those scores are automatically calculated with the auto-graded sections for an overall student score. I can also customize the weight of each section of an assignment. Since my school uses a 1 to 4 grading scale, TeacherMade converts my students’ grades from a 100% scale to a 1 to 4 scale in my gradebook. TeacherMade does the math for me!How are you using digital tools like TeacherMade in your traditional in-person class?What I thought was a valuable tool during distance learning became essential in my classroom. My students and I find the TeacherMade tools intuitive and easy to navigate. And with the integration of TeacherMade into Schoology, I can create all kinds of lessons that engage and challenge my students yet give them quick feedback and save me time! #### Create Passage or Text Generate Reading Passages or TextUse this option to create original reading passages based on grade level, subject, genre, and a specific topic.Select the grade level to set reading complexity.Optionally enter a subject area and/or genre.In the Topic field, describe the theme in detail.Set a minimum and/or maximum word count if desired.Click Generate Passage.After the passage is generated, you can review and edit it directly.You then have two options:Regenerate Passage if you adjust settings or want a different version.Add Passage to Activity to insert it into your Activity.Reminder: Always review AI-generated content for accuracy and appropriateness before assigning it to students. #### Create Questions by Grade Level and Subject Generate Questions by Grade Level and SubjectUse this option to create practice questions based on a general subject and grade level. No specific standards required.Set Your Question OptionsSelect the subject area (Math, Science, Social Studies, etc.).Choose the grade level to match the appropriate complexity.Select a question type (Multiple Choice, Fill in the Blank, True/False, etc.).Set the number of questions you want to generate.In the Prompt field, describe the topic or focus. Be specific for best results.Click Generate Questions.Review and Add to Your ActivityAfter generation, you can review and edit the questions directly.Regenerate Questions – Create a new version using updated settings.Add Questions to Activity – Insert the questions into your Activity.Reminder: Always review AI-generated content for accuracy and appropriateness before assigning it to students. #### Create Questions from a Passage/Text Generate Questions Based on a PassageUse this option to create questions from a specific reading passage. You can paste your own passage or generate one using the Content Assistant.Set Your Question OptionsPaste a custom passage or generate one using AI.Select the subject and grade level.Choose a question type (Multiple Choice, Fill in the Blank, True/False, etc.).Set the number of questions to generate.Click Generate Questions.Review and Add to Your ActivityAfter generation, you can review and edit the questions directly.Regenerate Questions – Create a new version if you change the passage or settings.Add Questions to Activity – Insert the questions into your Activity.Reminder: Always review AI-generated content for accuracy and alignment before assigning it to students. #### Create Questions from Standard(s) Create Questions from StandardsSelect Create Questions from Standards (bottom option).Choose Your StandardClick Edit next to Learning StandardsClick Search StandardsSelect your Course, Grade Level, and StandardClick Save ChangesPick Your Question TypesChoose item types (e.g., Multiple Choice, Fill in the Blank)Set the number of questions (suggested: 4 for a quick warm-up)Click Generate QuestionsOnce the questions are generated, you'll be able to review and edit them directly.You’ll then have two options:Regenerate Questions – Use this if you change the passage or question settings.Add Questions to Activity – Insert the selected questions into your Activity. Reminder: Always review AI-generated content for accuracy and alignment before assigning it to students. #### Creating a Multiple Choice or Multiselect Question from Scratch TeacherMade offers you two powerful Multiple Choice and Multiple Select (or Checkbox) tools. The first two are used to overlay questions that are contained in your background image such as an imported PDF or Google Slides document. They only display the bubbles or checkboxes and permit you to quickly create a simple answer key for existing questions. If you're creating an activity from scratch, though, or want to add a question that's not already on the background, you'll use a different tool. This tool is found under the "Author Questions" header in the Insert Menu and allows you to enter a complete question and all of its answers. Multiple ChoiceTo create a Multiple Choice question from scratch, follow these instructions. These same instructions apply to the Multiselect tool. They're actually the same!Click anywhere in your activity and drag the mouse to draw a rectangle that is about the size you want the question to occupy. That will bring up the Insert Menu. Click either Multiple Choice or Checkbox/Multiselect under the "Author Questions" section:The 'Edit Multiple Choice/Multiselect' box will appear allowing you to enter your question and answer choices.Enter the text of the question by clicking into the box labeled "Write text here." The text controls will appear over the box. You can use the text controls to choose the font face, size, style, and color. Paragraph alignment can be set to left, right, center or justified. You can also add images or mathematical equations right in the question.Enter the text for each of your answers. As with the question text, you may change the text style or add images or mathematical formulas. You can add more answers at the bottom or remove an answer by clicking the red "X" to the right.Set the answer key by clicking the circle to the left of the correct answer. Optionally, reorder the answers by clicking the "Shuffle" button above the answers. This will re-order the answers and always display them in the new order. It does not shuffle the answers for each student. So, you can safely add "None of the above" or "All of the above" as the last answer of the question after shuffling.You can reorder the answers yourself by clicking and holding the handle to the left of each answer the moving the mouse to drag the answer into place.This screen also allows you to change:Orientation: The orientation setting determines how the answers will be arranged in the student view, horizontally, vertically, or in two columns.Label Type: The label type determines if a letter or number is placed over an answer input, ABCD or 1234Input Size: The input size setting determines the size of checkboxes/buttons displayed for each answer. Font Size: This will change the font size of the prompt and choices. Click Save. You'll see the fully formed question in the activity. You may want to re-size the box to fit all your answers.Multiselect / Checkbox QuestionMultiselect questions are set up the exact same way, but allow you to choose more than one correct answer, and even to award partial credit. The student must choose all the indicated answers to have this question scored as correct. You can even change the type of question by clicking between these two choices:When you choose "Multiselect" you can select more than one correct answer. You will also see this option next to the Score Points:Setting that option means that students will not be able to select more than the number of answers that you have indicated are correct. So, if you've marked two out of your four answers correct, the students will be able to choose only two. If they have already chosen two answers but wish to change one of their responses, they will click one of their answers a second time to deselect it.If you wish to automatically award credit for partially correct answers, check this box:Selecting "Allow Partial Credit" will award points to the student even if they don't choose all the correct answers. They will be awarded a portion of the total points available on the question. For instance, if the student chooses two of three correct answer choices, they will be award 2/3rds of the total question points. If you choose "Subtract points for incorrect answers," the student will be penalized a portion of the total question points for each incorrect answer they choose. For instance, if they choose two of thirds correct answer choices, but also click an incorrect answer, they will be awarded 1/3 of the total question points (2/3 for the two correct answers, minus 1/3 for the incorrect answer). This option is intended to discourage guessing, since the student would be better off selecting only answers they are sure of, and leaving others unselected.Note, to award partial credit, you must first choose to limit the number of selections the students can make, as shown above. #### Creating a PDF from Google Docs, Google Slides, Microsoft Word or Powerpoint Import Google Docs or Convert Word to PDFClasswork.com allows you to add auto-graded interactivity to existing documents. You can import Google Docs and Google Slides directly from Google Drive, or convert Microsoft Word and PowerPoint files to PDF before uploading.Import from Google DriveWhen creating a new Activity, click Import from Google Drive to upload a Google Doc or Google Slide directly.After importing, you can add auto-graded interactions directly on top of the content.Convert Word or PowerPoint to PDFMicrosoft Word and PowerPoint files must be converted to PDF before uploading to Classwork.com.Follow these steps:Open your Word or PowerPoint document.Click the File menu.Select Save As.Click the dropdown arrow next to the file type.Choose PDF (*.pdf) from the list of file types. In PowerPoint, PDF appears near the top of the file type options.Choose a location on your computer to save the PDF.Upload and Make It Auto-GradedAfter saving your file as a PDF, upload it when creating a new Activity in Classwork.com.Follow the steps in this guide to complete the process:  How to Create a New Activity Once uploaded, add auto-graded interactions directly on top of the PDF content. This allows you to transform existing materials into interactive assignments in just a few minutes. #### Creating a Word Search To create an Auto Graded Word Search in Classwork.com, we suggest you use our HotSpot question type! This will allow you to create clickable letters and clickable groupings of letters that your students can select.Here is an example Activity one of our fabulous Classwork.com teachers created: Link #### Creating an Activity Create Your First Activity in Classwork.comThis guide shows you how to create a new Classwork.com activity in a few minutes. You can upload a file (like a PDF), use AI Create to generate content, or start from a blank canvas.Sign inVisit https://www.classwork.com and click Login in the upper right.Enter your username and password, or select Sign In With Google if your account is set up for Google sign-in.Create a new activityAfter signing in, you will land on your Activities page. This is where you can view and organize all of your activities.Click the green + New File button. A pop-up window will appear. Choose one of the following options:Upload a file and work with it (recommended for PDFs and existing worksheets)Use AI to make content (generate passages and questions)Create on a blank canvas (build from scratch)If you choose to upload a file (like the attached Classwork.com Sampler), follow the steps below.Upload a file and work with itUse this option when you already have a PDF or worksheet and want to turn it into an interactive activity.In the pop-up window, click UPLOAD a file and work with it.Choose a file from your computer or Google Drive.You can also drag and drop a file onto the upload option to begin.Choose your pagesYour file will process for a moment. Then you will choose which pages to include and how they should display.Select pages using the thumbnails.Selected pages will be checked and highlighted in blue.Click Submit to continue.Use AI to make contentUse this option when you want Classwork.com to generate passages and questions for you.In the pop-up window, choose Use AI to Make Content (yellow square).On the next screen, you will see five AI options. For this walkthrough, we will generate questions from standards.The AI options include:Import content previously generated in an AI tool such as ChatGPT, Claude, Gemini, LLaMA, or Grok, then paste it into Classwork using Import or Paste Content here.Generate reading passages or text using AI Create.Generate questions based on grade level and subject.Generate questions from a passage or text (pasted or generated with AI Create).Create questions based on grade level and learning standards.Select Create Questions from Standards (bottom option).If you are an international customer, Classwork.com recommends using Common Core State Standards. If you would like your regional standards added, email us at support@classwork.com.Choose your standardClick Edit next to Learning Standards.Click Search Standards.Select your Course, Grade Level, and Standard.Click Save Changes.Pick your question typesChoose the question types you want (for example, Multiple Choice or Fill in the Blank).Set the number of questions (suggested: 4 for a quick warm-up).Click Generate Questions.Review and edit questionsClick Add Questions to add them to your activity.Double-click any question to customize it.Classwork.com will create your new activity and open the Activity Editor for you.Create on a blank canvasUse this option when you are starting from scratch. Clicking CREATE opens the Activity Editor where you can build your content using text, images, audio, video, and auto-scored questions.This option is best for authored question types, including: Hot Text, Inline Choice, Inline Drag and Drop, Match Table Grid, Multiple Choice, MultiSelect, and Fill in the Blank.Once you are in the Activity Editor, you can also use AI Create to generate passages and questions automatically, or paste in content created in ChatGPT or another tool.Name your activityAfter creating your activity, give it a title so you can find it later.Click the pencil next to Edit Activity: Untitled Activity.Enter the title of your activity.You have created a new activity.Next stepsChoose the path that matches how you created your activity:If you uploaded a file or created a blank canvas activity, you are ready to add interactive items: Adding Interactions.If you used AI to generate questions, you are ready to assign the activity: Assign to Your Students. #### Creating Multiple Choice or Multiselect Question from Scratch Advanced Multiple Choice and MultiselectClasswork offers two types of Multiple Choice and Multiselect tools.The basic versions are used to overlay bubbles or checkboxes on top of an existing background, such as a PDF or Google Slides file.If you are creating a question from scratch, use the Authoring question types. These allow you to enter a full question, answer choices, formatting, and scoring options.Create an Advanced Multiple Choice QuestionTo create a question from scratch:In the Tool Box, click Authoring.Select Multiple Choice or Multiple Select.Your cursor will turn into crosshairs. Click once to place the question, or click and drag to set the size.The Edit Multiple Choice / Multiselect window will open.---Available SettingsOrientation: Controls how answers are arranged.Label Type: Adds letters or numbers to answer inputs.Input Size: Adjusts the size of checkboxes or buttons.Font Size: Changes the size of the question and answer text.Enter Question and Answer TextClick inside Write text here to enter the question.Use the text toolbar to format text, add images, or insert math equations.Enter answer choices below the question.Click the red X to remove an answer.Use Add Answer to include additional options.---Set the Answer KeyClick the circle next to the correct answer to mark it correct.Use Shuffle to reorder answers. This changes the displayed order permanently. It does not shuffle per student.You may manually reorder answers by dragging the handle beside each answer.Click Save to add the completed question to your activity.Advanced MultiselectMultiselect is set up the same way as Multiple Choice, but allows more than one correct answer.When using Multiselect, you can limit the number of student selections.If two answers are marked correct, students may select only two.Partial Credit OptionsTo award partial credit, enable Allow Partial Credit.Students earn proportional points based on correct selections.If Subtract points for incorrect answers is enabled, students lose points for wrong selections. This discourages guessing.Partial credit requires that you first limit the number of student selections. #### Curriculum Authoring - Create and Publish Folders to District Resources Create and Publish Curriculum FoldersThis article applies to users with the Curriculum Author role.Curriculum Authors organize instructional materials by creating folders inside Curriculum Authoring. Teachers can access only the content that has been published.Published and Unpublished SectionsInside Curriculum Authoring, folders are grouped into two sections:Published at the topUnpublished beneath itWhen you create a new folder, it automatically starts in Unpublished.Teachers will not see unpublished folders or any content inside them.Create a Root FolderCreate a root folder for the group of materials you want teachers to access.Examples include:Grade 6 MathElementary AssessmentsLincoln Middle SchoolModule TestsThe name of the root folder is what teachers will see in District Resources.Organize Content Inside the Root FolderInside a root folder, place all activities, assessments, and supporting resources that belong together.You can also create additional folders inside other folders to organize content more deeply.For example:Grade 7 MathModule 1Module 2BenchmarksPublish a FolderTeachers cannot access content until it is published.To publish a folder:Click the checkbox to the left of the folder name and icon.Select Publish.Publishing a folder publishes everything inside it, including:ActivitiesSubfoldersNested folders and their contentsYou cannot publish a single activity by itself. Activities must be inside a published folder to appear for teachers.Move Folders and ContentYou can move folders and activities as needed.To move content:Click the checkbox to the left of the folder or activity.Select Move.Choose the destination folder.Moving a folder moves everything inside it.If you move content into a published folder, teachers will immediately gain access to it.If you move content into an unpublished folder, teachers will no longer see it.Unpublish a FolderIf you need to remove content from teacher view, move it into an unpublished folder or unpublish the root folder itself.When a published root folder is unpublished, it immediately disappears from teacher view.This is useful for:Major revisionsRemoving outdated materialsTemporarily hiding contentFor what happens to teacher access and assigned content, see: Manage Curriculum Content and Published Updates.Tips for Structuring FoldersUse clear root folder names because teachers see those names directly.Group content by the structure teachers actually need, such as school, subject, grade level, or assessment type.Keep unpublished folders as your working area until content is ready.Related ArticlesCurriculum Authoring OverviewManage Teacher Access and Security for District ResourcesManage Curriculum Content and Published Updates #### Curriculum Authoring - Manage Content and Published Updates Manage Curriculum Content and Published UpdatesThis article applies to users with the Curriculum Author role.Curriculum Authors can continue updating content after it has been published. However, the type of edits available depends on whether teachers have already assigned that content.Editing Published ContentAuthors can edit published activities. Updates apply automatically to the teacher-facing version in District Resources.This means teachers always see the latest published version unless the content has been unpublished or moved.Use Unpublished Folders for Major ChangesIf you need to make major changes, it is recommended that you move the content into an unpublished folder first.You can also unpublish an entire root folder.When content is unpublished, it immediately disappears from teacher view.This is the safest workflow for large revisions.Important Caveat: Answer Key ModeIf any teacher has already assigned the content, the activity opens in Answer Key Mode.This protects student data integrity.In Answer Key Mode, authors cannot:Add a questionDelete a questionAuthors can still make limited changes, such as:Adding textAdding imagesUsing Content Tools to cover or clarify contentThese limits ensure that already-assigned student work remains stable and scorable.What Happens When Content Is UnpublishedWhen a published root folder or activity is moved into an unpublished folder, teachers lose access immediately.This removes the content from teacher view in District Resources.If you are making major revisions, this is the best way to prevent teachers from using a resource while it is being updated.Working with Multiple AuthorsMultiple Curriculum Authors can work inside the same curriculum container.Authors can:Create foldersOrganize contentEdit different activities in the same structureHowever, two authors cannot edit the exact same piece of content at the same time.Best Practices for Published UpdatesUse unpublished folders as your revision workspace.Publish only content that is ready for teachers.For high-stakes content, combine unpublishing with teacher access controls.Be cautious when updating materials that may already be assigned.Related ArticlesCurriculum Authoring OverviewCreate and Publish Curriculum FoldersManage Teacher Access and Security for District ResourcesDistrict and School Folders (Teacher Guide) #### Curriculum Authoring - Teacher Access and Security Manage Teacher Access and Security for District ResourcesThis article applies to users with the Curriculum Author role.Curriculum Authors can control how teachers access published content in District Resources.These settings help districts protect secure assessments while still making instructional materials easy to assign.Activity-Level SettingsOn the activity detail screen, published curriculum content includes additional controls.These settings determine whether teachers can:Assign content immediatelyPreview contentMake copies into My ActivitiesAvailable to TeachersThe Available to Teachers setting allows authors to define a date range when teachers are allowed to assign the activity.If a date range is set:Teachers will still see the file in District ResourcesA lock icon will appear on the fileTeachers can click into the fileTeachers will see a warning message explaining the available assignment windowBefore the window opens, teachers cannot:Assign the activityPreview the activityOnce the date window is active, teachers can preview and assign the activity.Never Allow CopyThe Never allow copy toggle determines whether teachers can copy the content into their personal Activities area.If this setting is off, teachers can make a copy and then edit that copy.If this setting is on, teachers can assign directly but cannot copy the activity into My Activities.This is especially useful for secure tests and common assessments.Date Ranges Automatically Disable CopyingIf an activity has an assignment date range, Never allow copy automatically turns on.When this happens, it cannot be turned off unless the date restriction is removed.This protects the content while the controlled assignment window is in effect.Teacher Editing LimitsTeachers cannot edit content directly inside District Resources.Only authors can edit the original curriculum content.If teachers need to customize a resource, such as for SPED or 504 accommodations, then:Never allow copy must be turned offThe teacher must make a copy into My ActivitiesThe teacher can then edit their copyRecommended Use CasesSecure assessments: Use a date range and keep copying disabled.Common district lessons: Allow direct assignment and optionally allow copying.Editable accommodations: Turn off Never allow copy so teachers can personalize a copied version.Related ArticlesCurriculum Authoring OverviewCreate and Publish Curriculum FoldersManage Curriculum Content and Published UpdatesDistrict and School Folders (Teacher Guide) #### Curriculum Authoring Overview Curriculum Authoring OverviewThis article applies to users with the Curriculum Author role.Curriculum Authoring is an Administration feature that allows authorized users to build, organize, and publish premade instructional materials for teachers throughout your district or school. You can create materials in one place and have all your teachers use them directly in shared folders.Published content appears to teachers in District Resources at the top of their Activities page and are kept separate from their own activities.You can organize materials however you choose by creating folders and placing activities, assessments, and other resources inside them.Before You Can StartBefore you can add materials to your district, Classwork will need to set up your account. Contact us at support@classwork.com and we'll be delighted to get you started.By default, your folders will be divided into subject areas, such as Math, ELAR, Science, Social Studies, Electives, or CTE. We can change that upon request.You also need to be designated as a Curriculum Author. Contact your User Administrator or the support email above for help setting up your roles and permissions.Choose a Resource ListTo begin authoring content, click the Administration page, then choose Curriculum Authoring.You will see a list of the District Resource categories that have been set up for your account.Click one of the categories to open it and begin adding materials.Create Your First FolderOnce you've selected a category, you'll see the familiar Activities list for that category. Click the New Folder button.Type in a name and choose a color.Your new folder will appear at the top of your Activities list, underneath the "Unpublished" header.Understanding Published vs. Unpublished FoldersTeachers cannot see the materials you are working on until you publish them to make them visible.  Published folders will appear at the top of the Activities list. Any folder at the top level of your account can be published, and will automatically include all the subfolders and all the activities within that topmost folder. You have complete control over what folders you create and publish, giving you the flexibility to organize your curriculum any way you wish. You can organize by:Grade levelsTopicsAssessment collectionsUnit or module resources...however you wish!You can also create as many unpublished folders as you wish and use those to manage your authoring process. You can store drafts, move them to another folder for review, then move them once again to make them as final. Then, once you've built a complete folder, you can move it the topmost level of the Activities list and publish it.To learn how to publish a folder, follow these instruction: Create and Publish Curriculum Folders.Once published, a folder is available to teachers, but they must add the folder to their account. That allows them to choose only the subjects and grades they teach. You can read more about the teacher experience here: District and School Folders (Teacher Guide).What Teachers Can Do with Published ContentAfter a teacher adds your folder to their Activities list, they'll see it listed under District Resources.Teachers can assign Activities directly inside the folder and do not need to make a copy before assigning. You can also control whether teachers are allowed to:Make copies into My ActivitiesPreview content before assigningAssign content only during a specific date windowFor these controls, see: Manage Teacher Access and Security for District Resources.Editing Published ContentYou can edit content even after it has been published. Changes update automatically for teachers. However, there is one important caveat: If teachers have already assigned the content, the activity opens in Answer Key Mode.In Answer Key Mode, authors cannot:Delete questionsAdd new questionsAuthors can still make limited edits, such as:Covering content with Content ToolsAdding textAdding imagesMaking other changes that preserve student data integrityFor publishing updates, unpublishing, and edit limitations, see: Manage Curriculum Content and Published Updates.Working with Other AuthorsThere is no limit to the number of authors who can work on an account. The only restriction is that you cannot edit the same activity as another author at the same time.I'm Done!When you're done editing the activities in one set of folders and want to go back to your own account, click the Co-Teacher option at the bottom of the Main Menu. Then choose Back to My Account from the popup menu.Recommended Next StepsCreate and Publish Curriculum FoldersManage Teacher Access and Security for District ResourcesManage Curriculum Content and Published UpdatesDistrict and School Folders (Teacher Guide) #### Curriculum Review - Review Submitted Activities for HQIM Curriculum Review - Review Submitted Activities for HQIMThis article applies to Review Team members and district administrators.Members of a Review Team can approve or decline activities that teachers submit for HQIM or IMRA approval.This guide explains how to open a submission, preview the activity, and complete the approval or decline process.Access the Curriculum Review PageSign in with the account that was added to a Review Team.In the left navigation menu, click Administration.Click Curriculum Review.If you are not a district administrator, the Administration page will appear with only the Curriculum Review tab.A yellow badge shows the number of activities awaiting review.Use the search bar or the status tabs to locate the activity you want to review:Needs Review (Blue): Activities awaiting a decisionApproved (Green): Activities already approvedDeclined (Red): Activities previously declinedOpen an Activity for ReviewClick any activity title in the Needs Review list to open the review window.At the top of the window, you will see:Requested By: Displays the submitting teacher’s name and how long ago the activity was submitted.The submission fields (Title, Description, Standards, Curriculum Alignment, Grades, Subjects, Justification, Review Team, Shared Library option) appear grayed out for reference.For details on what teachers complete during submission, see: Submit an Activity for Approval.Navigation and Action ButtonsAt the bottom of the review window, you will find these controls:ButtonFunctionCancelClose the review window without taking action.SkipMove to the next activity without reviewing the current one.PreviewOpen a full-screen, student-view preview of the activity.See Approval History (#)Open a pop-up listing prior submissions and decisions for this activity.See RubricsOpen a pop-up displaying TEA IMRA rubrics. Use the dropdown to switch between:Texas Mathematics K–12 Classroom Evaluation RubricTexas ELAR 4–8 Reading Comprehension RubricTexas ELAR K–3 Reading Comprehension RubricTexas ELAR K–3 Foundational Literacy SkillsDecision ButtonsButtonFunctionDecline and Next (Red)Open a rubric-based decline form, then move to the next activity after submitting.Approve and Next (Green)Open an approval form, then move to the next activity after submitting.Declining an ActivityWhen Decline and Next is selected:A pop-up appears with the TEA IMRA rubrics and a dropdown to switch among them.For each relevant rubric, choose Yes or No to indicate which criteria the activity failed to meet.Enter a justification in the Notes field.All required Yes or No choices and notes must be completed to enable Submit.Click Submit to record the decline and move to the next activity.Approving an ActivityWhen Approve and Next is selected:A pop-up appears with a Rubric Selection dropdown.Choose the rubric used for evaluation.Enter reviewer notes to support the approval.Both a rubric selection and notes are required to enable Submit.Click Submit to approve and move to the next activity.After SubmissionThe submitting teacher will see the activity marked with:A green Approved badge if approved, orA red Declined badge if declined.If approved and the teacher selected Please submit to Shared Library for use by other teachers, the activity will appear in the district Shared Library of approved HQIM materials.Tips for ReviewersUse Preview to confirm standards, question types, and the student experience before deciding.Approval History provides context for resubmissions and prior feedback.Decline notes are shared with the submitting teacher, so be specific and constructive. #### Curriculum Review – Administration Page Curriculum Review PageThis article applies to Curriculum Reviewers and Administrators.The Curriculum Review page is where designated reviewers approve or decline activities submitted for HQIM or IMRA approval.Access RequirementsTeam Membership Unlocks AccessAny user added to at least one Review Team will automatically see the Administration menu in their navigation, even if they are not a District Administrator.Limited View for Non-AdministratorsTeachers without administrator rights will see only the Curriculum Review tab under Administration.Full Administrator ViewUsers with Administrator roles will see the full Administration menu, including Curriculum Review and all other available admin tools.How to Open the Curriculum Review PageSign in with a District Administrator account or a teacher account that has been added to a Review Team.Click Administration in the left navigation menu.Select Curriculum Review from the left menu.A yellow badge next to the menu item displays the number of activities currently waiting for review.Page OverviewThe Curriculum Review page includes tools to help reviewers locate, filter, and manage submitted activities.Search BarLocated at the top of the page.Search by teacher name or email address.Filters activities submitted by or reviewed by the selected user.Teams DropdownThis dropdown appears in the upper-right corner only if you belong to more than one Review Team.View activities for all teams you belong to, orFilter by a specific team.Status TabsDirectly below the search bar are three status tabs:TabDescriptionNeeds Review (Blue)Activities waiting for approval or decline.Approved (Green)Activities that have already been approved.Declined (Red)Activities that have been reviewed and declined.Click a tab to switch between categories.Activity ListBelow the status tabs is a sortable table showing activities that match your current filters.ColumnDescriptionTitleName of the submitted activity.TeacherThe teacher who submitted the activity.SchoolSchool associated with the teacher’s account.StatusCurrent review status.Submitted DateDate the activity was submitted for review.Reviewed ByThe reviewer who last acted on the activity.Reviewed DateDate of the most recent review action.Submitted to LibraryIndicates whether the activity was added to the district Shared Library after approval.Next Step: Reviewing an ActivityClick any activity title to open the detailed review window. Reviewers can inspect standards alignment, curriculum alignment, justification, and supporting details before approving or declining.For step-by-step instructions on reviewing and approving submissions, see: Reviewing and Approving Curriculum Submissions. #### Dealing With the 25-Page Limit Currently, Classwork.com limits PDF uploads to 25 pages.This limit helps keep the system running quickly and reliably for everyone.But don’t worry! If your PDF has more than 25 pages, you can easily split it into smaller files and upload each one as part of your activity.Here’s how to do it:Split your PDF into multiple files.Visit https://smallpdf.com/split-pdf, a spectacular PDF-editing tool that has a friendly PDF-splitter.Upload your document.Set the Split after every ... pages setting to 25.Click the blue Split button.Click the Download button.Save the ZIP file somewhere on your local computer.Unzip the ZIP file to retrieve the individual PDF files.Create a New Activity Using the First PDF FileIn Classwork.com, click New then New Activity.Click UPLOAD a File and Work With It.Select Upload a file from your computer.Choose the first PDF file (its name should end in "-1.pdf") from the files you unzipped earlier.Select all the pages.Click Submit.Classwork.com will create a new Activity and drop you into the Studio editor to edit it.Add the Second PDFOpen the Slide menu and click Create New Slide(s) from a File.Click Upload a File.Select the second PDF from your computer.Click Select All to select all the pages.Set Where to add the new page(s)? to At the end.Click the Add Pages button.Repeat With Remaining FilesRepeat the process you used to add the second file for remaining file. There is no limit to the number of Slides you may add to a single Activity, though the performance of your browser may slow down, depending on available memory and processor speed. Be sure to test the resulting Activity on the same kind of device your students will use to access it. #### December 18th, 2024 - Graphing Inequalities, Parabolas, Exponentials and Equations Article coming soon. #### Delete - Activity Menu Delete an ActivityTo delete an activity, go to your Activities page and check the box next to one or more items. This opens the Activity Menu directly above your selection. Click Delete to begin.A popup will appear listing the names of all selected activities. Click the red Confirm Delete button to move them to your Trash.Deleted activities are not permanently removed. You can recover them anytime by going to MORE > Trash and restoring what you need. #### Deleting a Question To delete a question or item type on your Assignment, select the question and choose the trash can icon on your toolbar. You can also use the delete or backspace button on your keyboard while the question is selected. If you've already assigned an Activity to your students, you will not be able to delete a question.  #### Deleting Folders If you want to delete an entire folder from Classwork.com, it's simple. Here's how:On your Classwork.com Activities page, click the checkbox to the left of the folder you'd like to delete. A yellow menu bar will appear.Click on the trash can icon labeled Delete.Once you do this, you'll see a Delete Selected Items warning pop up. Make sure you're absolutely sure that you want to delete the selected folder and ALL of its contents. Once you're sure, click Confirm Delete.You can follow these same steps to delete a subfolder you've placed inside a main folder. What Happens After You Delete a FolderWhile you can delete an entire folder, the folder itself cannot be recovered once it has been removed. When a folder is deleted, all of the Activities that were inside it are moved to your Trash.You can restore those Activities individually by recovering them from the Trash. After restoring them, you can create a new folder on your Activities page and move the recovered Activities into it.For detailed steps on restoring Activities, see Recovering a Deleted Activity.Note: If you don't want to delete your folder but simply want to move it, see Moving Folders. #### Developer Mode on Various Browsers One of the ways to debug a problem in any browser is to go into Development Mode and see what’s coming across the network or look for errors in the console. The instructions for doing so differ between browsers. This is generally not possible on iPads and iPhones (you can do it, but you need to tether the device to a Mac).It’s normal to see one “Failed to load” message of a library called “popper.js.”ChromeHit F12FirefoxHit F12Safarikeywords: Mac, Macintosh, MacbookDeveloper Mode is not turned on by default in SafariEnable Developer ModeFrom the “Safari” menu on the Mac’s top menu bar, choose “Preferences,” click “Advanced,” then select “Show Develop menu in menu bar.”You should now see a menu option in the top menu bar titled “Develop”View the Javascript console for the worksheetLoad the worksheet in a Safari windowFrom the “Develop” menu, select “Show Javascipt Console”A new window will open titled “Web Inspector - app.teachermade.com. This window will display the console for the original window you loaded the worksheet into.Go back to the worksheet and reload it.Revisit the console window and record any messages you see. #### Disconnecting/Reconnecting Google Classroom and Classwork.com If you're getting an error when trying to create a Google Classroom Assignment in Classwork.com, don’t panic! You can more than likely fix it yourself in just a few simple steps!The solution to this problem is to clear Google’s memory of Classwork.com Here’s how to do it:Step 1: Disconnect Classwork.com from Google - not for long, just to reset :) To disconnect Classwork.com from Google:In your browser, Click your account icon in the upper right, then Manage Your Google Account.Click Data & privacy on the left.Click Data from apps and services that you use.Open Third party apps with account access.Find and click on Classwork.com.Click Delete all connections you have with Classwork.com.Click Confirm button when prompted.At this point, you've severed the ties between Google and Classwork.com.Step 2: Reconnect Classwork.com and Google Now, back in Classwork.com, try to create a new Google Classroom Assignment from a Classwork.com Activity. Classwork.com will prompt you that you haven't granted permissions yet. Click Retry.Sign in to your Google account when prompted, and grant Classwork.com permissions to access your Google Classroom data.Be sure to check ALL of the permissions. Google may not show them quite like this, but make sure the permissions listed here are being granted to Classwork.com.Click Continue at the bottom of the Google dialog.You should now see the list of students in your Google Classroom class. That indicates you've fixed the problem and will be able to create Google Classroom Assignments from now on. Click My Activities to return to your My Activities page.TeacherMade InstructionsIf you're a long-time user and had connected under the TeacherMade application, repeat the above instructions and find and remove all connections with TeacherMade. #### District and School Folders District and School Folders (Teacher Guide)District and School Folders allow teachers to access activities, assessments, and instructional resources published by their school or district administrators.These folders appear at the top of the Activities page and contain materials that have been approved or distributed by your administration.Teachers cannot add or edit content inside these folders. Only administrators can publish materials to them.Add District Resources to Your AccountTeachers can choose which district folders appear in their account. This allows you to load only the resources you actually need.To add district resources:Click Add District Resources in the left navigation menu.A list of available root folders will appear.Check the folders you want to add to your account.Click Save.After saving, a new section called District Resources will appear at the top of your Activities page.The folders you selected will appear inside that section.Your personal My Activities folder will appear below the District Resources section.View District and School FoldersOpen your Activities page.At the top of the page you will see the District Resources section containing the folders you selected.These folders contain activities that have been shared with teachers by your administrators.Assign Activities DirectlyTeachers do not need to make a copy of activities from District or School folders.You can assign these activities directly to your classes.This allows districts and schools to distribute consistent instructional materials while saving teachers time.Copy PermissionsFor some resources, administrators may allow teachers to create their own copies.If copying is allowed, you will see the option to copy the activity into your personal Activities area.If copying is disabled, the activity can only be assigned directly from the district or school folder.Preview RestrictionsSome activities, particularly high-stakes assessments, may have preview restrictions.Teachers may be able to assign the activity to studentsBut they may not be able to open or preview the activityThis helps protect secure testing materials while still allowing teachers to distribute them to students.Assignment WindowsAdministrators can define a time window during which an activity can be assigned.When an assignment window is in place, a lock icon will appear on the activity.This indicates that the activity can only be assigned during a specific date range.For example:A Module Test might only be assignable between October 15 and October 22Outside of that window, the activity cannot be assigned.Why District and School Folders ExistDistrict and School Folders help ensure that teachers have easy access to approved instructional materials.They also allow administrators to:Distribute common assessmentsProvide aligned instructional activitiesProtect secure testing materialsMaintain consistent curriculum implementationWhy You Might Not See District Folders YetIf you do not see any District Resources folders, one of the following may be true:Your administrator has not created district folders yet.Your administrator has not shared any resources with teachers yet.You have not added available folders using the Add District Resources button.If you believe resources should already be available, contact your school or district administrator. #### Do I Need to Have Google Classroom to Use Classwork.com? No! You don’t need Google Classroom—or any other LMS—to use Classwork.com.When you create an Assignment in Classwork.com, you’ll receive a link to share with your students. That’s all they need to access the Activity. You can share the link however you like—by email, posting it online, or even displaying it on the whiteboard.Students simply select the link to open and complete the Assignment. On the Assignment Detail screen, you can choose settings to collect names, IDs, or emails so you can keep track of your classes without an LMS.Classwork.com also integrates smoothly with Google Classroom, so if you use it, you’ll have the best of both worlds! #### Do Listening Activities and Record Speaking Activities With TeacherMade We interviewed Foreign Language teacher, Ms. Elena Baker, who uses TeacherMade in her classroom. Some key ways she uses TeacherMade in her teaching practice include creating listening activities students can complete online, assessing her students’ speaking abilities through making recordings, and creating writing-based activities. How do you use TeacherMade in your world language class?TeacherMade is an incredibly useful tool for teaching world languages. I am a French as a Second Language teacher in southern Ontario, and I have used TeacherMade frequently over the past two years, especially during online learning. I have continued to use it even after returning in person since it is a great way to engage my students in their learning, and it helps me reduce my photocopying. How do you make online listening activities for your foreign language class?TeacherMade makes it incredibly easy to create online listening activities for my students. In a world languages class, it is common to listen to an audio clip of someone speaking and then respond to questions about what you hear. Usually, I will upload a PDF of a worksheet with listening questions to TeacherMade, and then I will turn it into an interactive webpage using the tools at the top of the editing page. The app simplifies this process, and it typically only takes me a few minutes. Then, I upload whichever audio file I want my students to hear while answering their questions. I can embed MP3 files directly onto the worksheet, so all my students need to do is click ‘play.’ Alternatively, I also can record my voice by clicking the microphone button if I would rather read a script. This feature on TeacherMade gives me the ability to assign listening activities as homework assignments, as in-class independent work with headphones, or as part of a lesson during online learning. How do you do online speaking activities and assessments for your foreign language students?Another way I use TeacherMade is to assess my students’ speaking abilities. TeacherMade has a fantastic feature where students can record themselves reading out loud, and then the audio file automatically attaches to their work. This makes it simple for even my youngest students to record themselves independently. Students enjoy the novelty of speaking into a device, and recording on their own is often less stressful for shy students than speaking in front of the class. For this type of assignment, I can have students record themselves at home or send students to record themselves in a quiet space while the rest of the class is working. When conducting an assessment, I can listen to the audio files my students create multiple times so that I can give rich feedback on pronunciation, pacing, and volume. How do you convert your paper vocabulary worksheets into digital worksheets?Finally, I use TeacherMade for vocabulary, grammar, and writing-based activities. It is so simple to convert my pre-existing grammar worksheets into fillable web pages on the app. I can insert text boxes where my students can type, I can use the ‘Hotspot’ tool to create bubbles for students to click, or I can insert Drop-Down bars where students can choose from more than one answer. What type of TeacherMade tools can you use to make text-enhanced items (TEIs)?I like using TeacherMade’s ‘Matching’ tool for vocabulary-based worksheets. Students can draw lines between vocabulary terms and corresponding English words or pictures with their cursor. For more complex written tasks, I insert an Open Answer question box on TeacherMade where students can type a response. I am even able to add a prompt or starting sentence into the box to help to spur my students’ creativity. Recently, TeacherMade has also added the ability for students to type special characters such as accents (à, é, è) through a pop-up toolbar. This is a lifesaver for students who do not have a bilingual keyboard.What tools would you recommend to world language teachers?TeacherMade is a fantastic tool for world language teachers like me who want to engage learners in today’s 21st-century classrooms. Teaching a language is a complicated job, as we need to teach learners to understand spoken language, speak with confidence, understand written text, and express themselves through writing. TeacherMade helps to make our job easier with built-in features created with teachers like me in mind.  #### Do Students Have a Dashboard? Because Classwork.com doesn't require student logins (see How Do I Add Students?) it doesn't have a dashboard or landing page to show students their completed or upcoming work. Instead, you may rely on a Learning Management System like Google Classroom, Canvas or Schoology for that view. If you don't use any of those, you can drop Classwork Assignment links into a document such as a Google Doc that you share with your students. If you feel strongly that a student dashboard would be useful to have in Classwork.com, please let us know at support@classwork.com. #### Do Students Need to Create Classwork.com Accounts? No! Students do not need a Classwork.com account to access their Assignments.Only teachers should create Classwork.com accounts. Students access Activities through the Assignment links their teachers provide.Please note that in Classwork.com, Assigning means sending work to students, while Sharing means giving access to other teachers.So remember: don’t share Activities with students—assign them instead.For more information, see this article: How Do I Add Students? #### Do Students Receive a Notification When an Assignment Has Been Returned to Them? No. Since students do not have Classwork.com accounts, there’s no built-in way to notify them when a Submission has been returned.Students can view their graded work by clicking the same Assignment link you originally shared with them. Once they open it, they’ll see their returned Submission along with any scores, comments, or feedback you provided.Most teachers choose to let students know that work has been returned by sending an email or posting an announcement in their class communication platform (such as Google Classroom or Canvas). #### Do teachers have access to Classwork.com if we purchase the Unlimited Site License plan? Yes! The Unlimited Site License includes full PRO access for all teachers at your school or district.The plan is priced based on student enrollment to make it more cost-effective, but all teachers are covered under the site license — there’s no need to purchase separate individual PRO accounts.The software is identical whether you’re using an individual PRO Teacher account or a PRO Site License.Note: Students do not need Classwork.com accounts and should never create them. Enrollment numbers are used only for pricing and licensing purposes. #### Do you accept purchase orders? Yes! Classwork.com accepts purchase orders for:Four or more individual Teacher PRO accountsAll Unlimited Site LicensesPurchase orders can be uploaded directly into our online system or emailed to jen@classwork.com.For the fastest activation, we recommend uploading your P.O. directly through the system. #### Do you give multi-year discounts? For multi-year pricing, please contact our Sales Manager, Jen Chorma, at jen@classwork.com. She can provide options based on your school or district’s needs and guide you through available purchasing plans.Tip: You can use the Estimator Tool on the Classwork.com Plans page to generate a preliminary quote before reaching out. #### Do you offer a free trial of Classwork PRO? Classwork.com Gives You 30 Days FreeWhen you sign up for a new Classwork.com account, you’ll automatically receive a 30-day free trial of Classwork PRO. This lets you explore all PRO features before deciding if you’d like to upgrade.Sign up here:https://app.classwork.com/accounts/signup/Do I Need to Cancel My Free Trial?No — there’s nothing to cancel. When you’re ready to join Classwork PRO (and you might be once you see how much time and hassle Classwork.com saves you!), just select Join PRO from the Main Menu.Upgrade to PRO here:https://app.classwork.com/purchases/join-pro/ If you’d like us to delete your account for privacy reasons, contact support@classwork.com. #### Do You Offer Discounts? Yes. Classwork.com offers several ways to save on a PRO subscription:Annual discount: Purchasing an annual subscription saves 35% compared to paying monthly.New user discount: If you purchase an annual subscription during your free trial period, you’ll receive an additional 20% off.International pricing: Classwork.com works to keep subscriptions affordable worldwide. If you’re outside the United States, contact us at support@classwork.com to find out about our International Pricing. #### Does Anyone Monitor the Classwork.com Help Assistant? Yes! Our team reviews Help Assistant submissions regularly to make sure all help articles stay accurate and up to date.The Help Assistant is designed to help you find solutions quickly, but every answer is powered by Classwork.com’s AI and reviewed by real members of our team. #### Does Classwork.com have an app, or does it require installation? No. Classwork.com is a web application that runs in all major web browsers (Chrome, Safari, Edge, and Firefox). There are no apps to download and no Chrome extensions to install.Teachers: Simply open a browser and log in at Classwork.com.Students: Access Assignments by clicking the link provided by their teacher. #### Does Classwork.com Have an Item Bank? Classwork.com doesn’t currently include an item bank of individual pre-made questions.Instead, you’ll find a growing collection of ready-to-use digital Activities in the Sharing Library within the app. There, you can explore hundreds of thousands of complete Activities created by teachers that may fit your students’ needs or inspire your next assignment. #### Does Classwork.com Offer an Immersive Reader? Yes, Classwork.com has a built-in immersive reading tool that you can turn on for any of your Assignments. It's called Read Aloud. To learn more, read this article: June 19th, 2024 - Read Aloud. #### Does Classwork.com Provide Teacher Resources Such as Videos, Lesson Plans, and Materials to Help Instructors Use the Tool? Yes! Classwork.com offers a variety of resources to support teachers:YouTube Channel: Step-by-step how-to videos covering every aspect of Classwork.com. You can find the YouTube channel HERE.Professional Development Materials: A mix of PDFs and Classwork.com files that can be used in live training sessions or for self-paced learning. These materials can easily be found HERE.Digital Activities: Ready-to-use Assignments by subject (Math, Science, Reading/STAAR, etc.) available directly in the Support portal HERE.Library / Sharing Library: A collection of ready-to-use Activities that you can assign directly or adapt for your own classroom. (On the Home screen it’s labeled Library; inside the app it’s called Sharing Library.) It's right HERE.Community Resources: In addition to what we provide, many teachers share their own tutorials and walkthroughs on YouTube and other platforms. These can be a great supplement if you’re looking for even more ideas or examples. #### Does Classwork.com Require Parental Permission Under COPPA? Maybe.Classwork.com activities are typically accessed through Learning Management Systems (LMSs) such as Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology. While Classwork.com stores limited personally identifiable information (PII) provided by these systems, we do not create or manage student accounts directly.If your school or district has already obtained parental consent for the use of your LMS, that consent generally extends to Classwork.com since it functions as an integrated educational tool within those systems.Teachers may occasionally create Activities that allow students to record audio or video responses as part of their work. In those cases, whether additional parental permission is required depends on your school or district’s data privacy policies.Classwork.com takes data privacy and protection seriously.We do not sell or share student information.We only exchange data with your connected LMS to support grading and reporting.All data is stored securely on servers located in the United States.If you have questions about your school’s COPPA compliance, please consult your administrator or data privacy officer. #### Does Classwork.com Sync With Synergy? Classwork.com does not currently sync with Synergy or any other LMS, SIS, or educational platform outside of Google Classroom, Canvas, and Schoology.If you think this would be a useful feature to add, please let us know by emailing support@classwork.com - we always appreciate your feedback! #### Does Classwork.com work on Apple devices (iPad, MacBook, iMac, iPhone)? Yes. Classwork.com works on any device that has a modern web browser, including iPads (iOS 14 or newer), MacBooks and iMacs.Note for iOS users: If you are accessing Classwork.com through Canvas or Schoology on an iPad, Safari requires Assignments to open in a new tab. This is a security limitation in Safari, not a restriction from Classwork.com.iPhones: While Classwork.com can technically load on a phone, it’s not supported for student Activities. #### Does Classwork.com Work on Mobile Devices? Technically, yes — Classwork.com will run on most modern smartphones. However, because the app is designed for classroom use, some functions are easier to use on larger screens.For example, if you import a full 8.5" × 11" page, students may need to zoom and scroll to view the entire Activity. Some question types, such as those using the equation editor, can also be more difficult to navigate on small screens.Tips for Mobile-Friendly DesignIf you plan to support mobile use, we recommend:Keeping page sizes around 400 × 400 pixels to minimize scrolling.Using Slide View, which lets you adjust the display size from the Slide menu.For TeachersWhile Classwork.com can open on phones, certain teacher tools are best used on tablets, laptops, or desktops:Creating and editing Activities is not recommended on mobile devices.Grading and reviewing student work also requires more screen space for ease and accuracy.Tablets work well for grading, and we even offer tips to help maximize workspace while reviewing student Submissions.If you'd like more information on other system requirements, please click here. #### Does Classwork.com Work With Google Forms? Classwork.com does not currently integrate with Google Forms.Many educators have used Google Forms to create basic student interactions, but Classwork.com provides a much richer set of instructional tools for creating interactive, auto-graded Activities.You can easily import your Google Docs and Google Slides to create Classwork.com interactivities — and best of all, Classwork.com integrates seamlessly with Google Classroom for assigning and grading. #### Does Classwork.com Work With My Student Information System (SIS)? Classwork.com does not need to roster students, so it does not integrate with any Student Information Systems (SISs).Instead, Classwork.com offers powerful integrations with Google Classroom, Canvas, and Schoology Learning Management Systems (LMSs). These integrations even allow you to push scores directly to your LMS gradebook.If you’re wondering why this is actually good news, check out this article: How Do I Add Students?Common SIS Platforms Not Integrated With Classwork.comPowerSchoolTo help you find this article easily, here’s a list of common SIS platforms that Classwork.com does not integrate with:Power TeacherInfinite CampusSkywardAspen (Follett)AeriesTyler SISFACTS SIS (RenWeb)BlackbaudSynergy (Edupoint)Frontline SISSchoolToolAlma SISFocus School SoftwareJMCCampus SIS (Illuminate Education)eSchoolPLUS (PowerSchool)GradelinkTeacherEase (Common Goal Systems)AdminPlus (Rediker Software)Q (Aequitas Solutions) #### Does TeacherMade Offer PD Resources Yes! If you are giving a training or Professional Development on TeacherMade, we would love to help you! Just send an email to support@teachermade.com detailing when you're training is, how many people will be in attendance, and what you're looking to cover during it. We will work with you to determine which of our pre-made resources are best for your training.  #### Drag and Drop (Drop Zone) The Drag and Drop tool lets you take many of your standard exercises and turn them into gamified, digital activities that your students really love! There are two predominant use cases for Drag and Drops: labeling and categorization. Labeling is where students identify parts of a diagram, e.g. parts of a plant or layers of the earth. With categorization, think of separating different words into parts of speech or living things vs. non-living things.Because it has so much power, you’ll want to take the time to read through these instructions. Once you have, you’ll be a master Drag-and-Dropper! The process is similar to our Matching tool so if you know how to use it, you’re halfway there!!Use These Keyboard Shortcuts When WorkingSpacebar Shortcut: Tapping the Spacebar will automatically reset your mouse to the last tool you used to create an object on your worksheet. E.g. You just drew a Short Answer box. Tap the Spacebar and you can draw another Short Answer without having to re-select the tool. Nice, right?Control + D (Duplicate) Shortcut: Click on any object to highlight it. Then select Control + D. This will make a duplicate of the selected object. Click on and drag the copied object to its desired position. Want to make five duplicates? Press Control + D five times!PreMade Drag and Drop Activities for You to ExploreHere are links to two activities already "Classworked" using the Drag and Drop feature:Labeling a Plant - Practice ActivityOrganize the parts of Speech - Practice Activity If you want to recreate these activities from scratch and practice using Drag and Drop on your own, here are the PDFs:Labeling PDF for Upload Categorization PDF for Upload How To Make a Drag and Drop InterActivity in 3 StepsWhen you make a Drag and Drop, you’re actually creating two types of objects: those to be dragged and the area to drop them into (also called a "bay" by some testing platforms). You’re telling the Classwork app “okay, this is the object I want my students to select. And now I want them to place it right over here. When they do, it’s correct. If they don’t, it’s incorrect.”To make this interaction happen, you will need to use the: 1. ‘Drop Zone’ question type from the pop-up menu that displays whenever you click in your activity. You will also need the: 2.‘Snipping Tool’ found on the toolbar.The first is the “Drop Zone” tool This tool is how you’ll identify the Drop zones/area(s) on your worksheet. After selecting the question type Drop Zone, you simply draw an answer box like any other tool you've ever used in Classwork.“Snipping Tool” This tool allows you to digitally cut out static objects on your screen and make them moveable-- aka "draggable."Now for the fun part! Here are the three steps when creating Drag and Drop questions:STEP 1: Create the “Drag” portion of your activityThere are three kinds of “Draggable Items” in Classwork:those that you add to your worksheet via Image and Teacher Text tools,things that are already a part of your worksheet that you want to make draggable, and              objects that you snip from other Classwork activities and paste into your current one, 1. You use the Image and Teacher Text tools all the time to add content to your Classwork activity, especially changing instructions. Well, now you can use those tools to create draggables! Upload a few photos of important Women in History with the Image Tool. Type out a word bank using the Teacher Text tool, etc.When you use these tools to add content to your worksheet, you will now see the option to make the item “Draggable” on the Options bar:➽ Be sure to check the box next to “Draggable” to activate.2. When you upload a worksheet that already contains pictures or words that you want your students to manipulate, use the Snipping Tool to make them able to be moved around.When you click on the Snipping Tool, it turns your mouse cursor into crosshairs. Click and drag over the area you want to be a draggable object. Once you have created draggable items, a pointing finger icon will appear in the upper left corner of the object.3. You can also use the Snipping tool to copy from other Classwork activities into your current one. Open the activity where the desired object is located. Simply click on the scissors icon to get into Snipping mode, draw a rectangle over the area you want to copy and select 'Copy' from the Edit menu or use Ctrl-C. Then open the activity where you want the snipped item to be placed and hit Ctrl-V (or select 'Paste' from the Edit menu).STEP 2: Identifying the “Drop” area(s) on your activityWhen you select the Drop Zone from the Question Types pop-up menu, your cursor will change to crosshairs, allowing you to create a drop zone anywhere on your assignment. Draw your Drop zones, or bays, onto your activity.➽Use the Ctrl-D shortcut to quickly duplicate a Drop Zone box and drag it into the desired position.Once you have drawn your Drop Zones, your drop boxes will look something like this.Each Drop Zone will be a gray box with a small gray flag in the upper left corner. Select a Drop Zone box and a corresponding Options bar will display right underneath the tool bar.  The Paint Can icon allows you to control the color of the box; the Pencil lets you change the border. The Clear Link button is used to clear all links connected to the Drop Zone.By default, Teachers can only attach one draggable item to each Drop Zone. That works great for labeling activities like in our plant example above. If you’re creating a categorization worksheet, though, you may want to allow students to drop more than one item into a Drop Zone. To do that, just check the box labeled "Allow multiple items."STEP 3: Connecting the Drag Objects to their Drop ZonesOnce you’ve set up the draggable objects and drop zones, now you must start connecting them so the app knows how to auto-score your activity!!Here are the steps to connect them:Click and drag the "hand" icon inside one of your draggable elements.Drag the hand icons to the appropriate drop zone and release the mouse button.A blue line will appear between the object and the zone. (This is similar to the Matching tool.)Continue until each Draggable item is matched to a Drop Zone. Your worksheet will look like this:When connected, your worksheet should look something like this:To detach a Draggable item from a Drop Zone, select the item you want to detach and then click on the Clear Link button from the Options bar: Making the Drag and Drop Question Auto-Scorable!!Start by selecting one of the Draggable items.By default, each Drag and Drop pair will be worth 1 point (unless you change your default score). If you have 6 objects paired with Drop Zones, it'll be worth 6 points.To change the point value, simply click on the green value box and choose a new point value from the drop down menu.Congratulations! You’ve made it to the end  You now know how to create a Drag and Drop question. Go give it a try and let us know what you think! Once you know how to do it, they really are quick to make.What Your Students SeeWhen your students open a Drag and Drop assignment, they will see a much cleaner version of Drag and Drop. All the blue lines and links will be invisible to them.All they have to do is click on one of the draggable options, hold the mouse button down, drag it where they want it to be, and release the mouse button. When they drag it over a Drop Zone, the Drop Zone will highlight. Release the mouse button and the item will snap into place (unless you selected “Allow multiple items” in the Drop Zone.) Once they are done, their worksheet will look like this: Your students will take to Drag and Drop activities like chocolate to ice cream so be sure to include them whenever you can. Enjoy!!! #### Drag and Drop a File here Drag and Drop a File to UploadFrom the Activities page, click the + New File button.When the pop-up appears, choose UPLOAD a file and work with it.How to Drag and Drop a FileOpen the folder on your computer where the file is storedClick and hold the fileDrag it onto the upload areaRelease your mouse to drop the file and begin uploadingSupported file types: PDF, DOCX, PNG, and JPG. PDF is recommended for best results.Choose Your PagesOnce the file finishes processing, you’ll see thumbnail previews of each page.Click the thumbnails of the pages you want to includeSelected pages highlight in blue with a checkmarkUse the option at the bottom if you want to combine each page into a single slideClick Submit when you're readyYou’ll open directly inside the Activity Editor, ready to add interactive elements. #### Dropdown A dropdown question type goes by many names on standardized tests: inline choice, hot text, closed end. No matter what you call it, the dropdown consists of a menu of choices from which one answer can be selected. For a dropdown question in Classwork, you can construct one with up to 10 answer choices and one correct answer. It’s perfect for cloze exercises and anything that is best answered inline. This feature can be auto-graded!Inserting the Question Type1. Clicking on your activity.Click once on your activity-- or click down and drag;  Click, or Click and Drag. The Tools menu will appear. Select ‘Dropdown’ from the left column on the Tools menu. Once you do, the 'Edit Dropdown' screen will appear.2. Using the 'Insert Button.'Click on the Insert button on the toolbar; the tools menu will pop-up.Choose, 'Dropdown' and your mouse will turn to cross-hairs.The toolbar will tell you to 'Click in the activity to add a 'Dropdown.'You will want to click and drag your mouse to draw your dropdown box.The 'Edit Dropdown' screen will appear. Edit Dropdown Screen Here you can:Use a Shortcut: This will allow you to put numbers, letters, mathematical symbols, or word choices in the answer box. Use these as your answer or as a starter to your answer. List Choices: Your shortcut will appear here if you chose one. You can also add in your own choices here, as well as add or subtract answer choices.T: By selecting the 'T' next to the box you will be able to type in your text as an answer choice.X2: Math Editor: When clicking the 'X2' the Math Editor will appear. This provides formatted math symbols and notations for you to use to write expressions in a clean, readable format.Shuffle Order: By clicking on ‘Shuffle Order’ the answer choices will be shuffled after entering them. This is a great option if you are duplicating your answer choices.When clicking on the circle next to the correct list choice, you are choosing the correct answer. This will appear in the drop down box on your worksheet. Be sure to click 'Save Changes' before exiting. Menu Bar When working with the True/False question type, you have the following options on your menu bar.Here you can change: Edit: This will bring you to the 'Edit Dropdown' screen. You can also double click on your question type. Font: Choose the style font you would like to appear. Size: Change the size of the font to best fit your interactivity. Font Color: Choose the color of the font from the choices presented. Standards: This allows you to tag questions with specific standards. You can apply these tags when creating activities or retroactively after its been assigned. Item Points: The default score of any Classwork question is 1. You can type in the number the question type is worth.  If you see a "!" as shown below you have an Item Warning. Classwork is alerting you that the correct answer has not been set. It will prompt you to set the correct answer or set the score to 'Do Not Score.'Our Drop Down Tool can only have one correct answer. If you'd like to include a question with more than one, we suggest using the Multiselect Tool. To align short answer boxes, hold Shift and select multiple boxes, then use the Align dropdown in the toolbar to line them up evenly.  #### Edit - Activity Menu Edit an Activity from the Activity MenuTo make changes to an Activity, go to your Activities page and check the box next to the Activity you want. This opens the Activity Menu above the selected item.Click Edit to open the Activity in the Editor.Editing PermissionsWhat you can change depends on whether the Activity has already been assigned.Never AssignedIf the Activity has never been assigned, you have full editing control. Add, remove, or modify any element.Already AssignedIf the Activity has been assigned, the Editor opens in Answer Key Mode.Answer Key Mode is a limited editing state that protects existing student work. You can still:Adjust correct answersChange point valuesUpdate scoring settingsChanges made in Answer Key Mode will re-score existing submissions and apply to future ones.Need to Make Bigger Changes?If you need to make major edits, create a copy of the Activity and assign the new version separately. #### Edit Activity Content (Pencil Icon) - Assignment Detail Screen Edit Activity Content (Pencil Icon) – Assignment Detail ScreenFrom the Assignment Detail screen, clicking the Pencil icon in the top-left panel opens the assigned activity in the Activity Editor.What you are able to edit depends on whether the activity has already been assigned to students.If the Activity Has Not Been AssignedIf the activity has never been assigned, you will have full editing access.You can:Add or delete questionsChange the layoutInsert or remove text and imagesFully redesign the activityIf the Activity Has Already Been AssignedIf the activity has already been assigned, the editor opens in Answer Key Mode.This mode limits certain changes in order to protect student submissions and prevent grading conflicts.Changes You Can MakeUpdate correct answersAdjust point valuesModify scoring settingsMove or resize existing elementsChanges That Are RestrictedAdding or deleting scorable or draggable itemsChanging the number of answer choices in questions such as Multiple Choice or DropdownRearranging slides or changing the activity structureMaking Major Changes to an Assigned ActivityIf you need to make significant structural changes for a new group of students, create a copy of the activity first.Use Make a Copy from the Activity Detail screen rather than the Assignment Detail screen.This ensures existing student submissions remain unchanged while allowing you to edit the copied activity freely. #### Edit Content - Activity Detail Screen Edit Content from the Activity Detail ScreenTo open the Activity Detail screen, go to your Activities page and either:Click the name of an activity, orClick Review from the Activity MenuOnce on the Activity Detail screen, click the Edit Content button in the left panel.Clicking Edit Content opens the activity in the Activity Editor, where you can update questions, layout, or content. What you can edit depends on whether the activity has already been assigned.If the Activity Has Never Been AssignedYou have full editing access. You can add, remove, or modify any question, content block, or design element.If the Activity Has Been AssignedThe Editor opens in Answer Key Mode, a limited editing state that protects existing student work.You Can:Update correct answers or point valuesMove or resize itemsAdjust scoring settingsYou Cannot:Add or delete scorable or draggable itemsChange the number of options in questions such as Multiple Choice or DropdownSplit slides or rearrange overall structureNeed to Make Larger Changes?If you need to create a different version for another class, use Make a Copy instead.Click the ⋯ (three-dot) menu in the left panel and select Make a Copy. #### Edit Your Answer Key After Assigning or While Grading Assignments Do you need to make corrections to your answer key after assigning an Activity? Or maybe you noticed something that needs to be changed after students have already started a test? You can edit answer keys even after the Activity has been assigned, students have begun working, or grading has started. Here’s how it works:Edit the Answer KeyStart by selecting the Activity you would like to edit by clicking the checkbox next to the Activity.The Activity Toolbar will be displayed. Click the Edit Content icon.That will open the Activity in the Activity Editor. Notice that the Editor informs you that are editing the Answer Key.Classwork.com limits the ability to modify the Activity in Answer Key mode. Clicking the More… button will explain in detail what you're allowed to do.After you have made your edits, close out of the screen by clicking the x in the top right corner and your edits will be saved.Rescoring A Modified Answer KeyOnce you edit an answer, the scores of all Assignments that have already been submitted will be updated. It’s important to note that this feature is different than adjusting the score of an Assignment. This feature will update all of the current scores and any future Submissions to an Assignment.If you are using one of our integrations (Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology) you will need to resync the scores that have been edited.To resync, close out of Answer Key Mode. You will see this message at the top of your detail page:Select Click here to resolve to change the current scores. Then click Select Assignments to Sync.Check the box next to each Assignment you would like to update. Then click Update Scores.The scores will be resynced immediately and you will be informed when the process has completed. #### EdTech 1/10/21 Survey Results On January 10th, we invited you to answer a survey about the educational technology programs you use in your classrooms so we might better understand which apps we needed to be interoperable with.1,800 Teachers responded from 41 US states. What we learned here at TeacherMade is LMSs are of the utmost importance to you. TeacherMade Teachers are a Google Classroom crowd, for sure, but there are plenty of others in use across our community.#1 Lesson Learned: TeacherMade has to work with as many LMSs as possible!! That’s not just because every school is using LMSs nowadays… it’s mostly because the TeacherMade Teacher uses our app on a daily basis. Interoperability is essential when a tool gets that much use. That’s a really important lesson for us to have learned. See the charts below for some other takeaways, and thank you so much for sharing some of your time with me today… #### ELA Teacher Uses Online Worksheet Creator For Reading Comprehension, Spelling Tests, And Accommodations Elizabeth Bartels-Huizar is a 4th grade Reading and Language Arts teacher. She uses TeacherMade to create online worksheets with multimedia for reading comprehension, spelling tests, and accommodations in her classroom.What tools do you use to make online interactive activities?TeacherMade is a great tool for online work because you can add multimedia that takes it to the next level. In my 4th grade Reading/English Language Arts class, I can add images, links, and audio to enhance many types of assignments.How do you add images, audio, and multimedia to online worksheets?Recently, TeacherMade has made it even easier to add multimedia to an assignment – just click and drag your mouse where you want to insert something, and a menu will pop up. You can see the list of content tools such as Text, Images, Audio, and Links. When you click on “Audio,” for example, it will allow you to record up to 5 minutes or upload a file from your computer. For “Images,” you can drag and drop picture files or upload them from your computer. When inserting a “Link,” input the URL, and then you can customize the hyperlink to say anything by editing the label. As the creator, you can customize an assignment to best fit the needs of your students.How do digital worksheets help with reading comprehension?When I assign a text to my students, I know how important it is for them to have background knowledge on the topic. Multimedia like images and links to videos or other websites can help students become more familiar with what they will be reading about—providing context before reading allows for better comprehension of a text. My students enjoy being able to do a little of their own research before we get started, and it is also a natural segue into class discussions about the topic before we read. I have found that students are more engaged in reading, especially nonfiction texts when they have the ability to connect to the subject matter.How do you make accommodations for online assignments?Another exciting multimedia function I use is recording audio to embed in an assignment. For my students who benefit from the questions and answer choices being read aloud to them, I can record myself and embed it right next to the questions. This saves me so much time in class since I do not personally have to go to each student and read to them. This also helps with timider students who would not regularly ask for help because they feel ashamed or embarrassed. I have seen a lot of growth and independence in these students, particularly when including audio with the task.How do you do online spelling tests?I also use multimedia to create differentiated spelling tests for my students. Since I have various levels of readers and writers in my class, I must use accommodated or modified spelling tests for some students. With TeacherMade, I am able to create spelling tests in which I read the words aloud to each student at their own pace. I include an Audio button next to each text box where they type in their correctly spelled word after listening to me say it out loud and sometimes look at an included image. I used to dread making more than one spelling test, but this makes it so easy. It’s incredible how much time I save on grading the tests and deciphering letters because it auto-grades what they type! Students love to see their grades immediately, and I am able to give feedback quickly as well. This is the only way I give spelling tests now, especially because I can save all my work to use again next year.How do you make online assignments that mirror real-world skills?Including multimedia adds so much value to an assignment and is a better example of real-world work where multiple resources must be consulted to gain information. Students can practice these invaluable skills in context and apply them immediately. TeacherMade has so many amazing features all in one place, which makes it my go-to online resource for creating digital activities. #### Elementary ELA Teacher Uses TeacherMade Everyday For Group Work And Test Prep We talked to 4th-grade teacher Elizabeth Bartels-Huizar, about how she uses TeacherMade in her classroom. She finds it most useful to incorporate online worksheets and daily assignments into her classroom routine. What’s the best way to use TeacherMade in your classroom?In my 4th grade Reading and Writing class I use TeacherMade in a few engaging ways, but I will focus on the system that has proven to be the most beneficial to my students’ growth: small groups. I consistently implement TeacherMade in my whole group teaching which transitions to small group centers with ease using 1-1 Chromebooks and iPads. I choose reading selections from anywhere – a paper copy, a workbook page, a PDF, an online article, a screenshot, the ideas are endless – upload it and then create an assignment, usually with multiple choice and open-ended questions for students to complete by the end of the class period. How do online assignments fit into the flow of your in-person classroom?At the beginning of a lesson, I state our learning intention/goal for the day, explicitly teach vocabulary, and present the notes all in Google Slides, which students can each open through Google Classroom. Linked in the slides for the day is the TeacherMade assignment we will work on. As a class, we open the text and use the tools to annotate what we are reading, leading to new discoveries and thoughtful discussions. Once we get through the text and the day's goal, I break for centers consisting of 4 rotations of 15 minutes each. How can you use digital worksheets for group work?At the “Teacher Table Center,” 4 to 5 students and I continue with the TeacherMade assignment on our own devices, where students can ask clarifying questions, and I can check for comprehension and depth of knowledge after reading. We then go on to the multiple choice or short answer questions, where we reason through them together, and students can complete the work and feel supported by me and their peers. Students love to turn in their assignments and be able to see their grade right away. This is an amazing perk for me because it saves time on grading, and I can immediately give feedback on anything they missed! By this time, the clock is winding down, and students will rotate, allowing me to personally see how each student is progressing on that day’s objective and/or assignment. How can you use online worksheets to prepare for Texas STAAR?Using TeacherMade is extremely beneficial because Texas will be changing its state assessment (STAAR) to all online by next school year. Because of this transition, my campus chose to adopt online testing this past year, so I had to find ways for students to become familiar with working online, and TeacherMade was my answer. To prepare them, I used it daily for lessons and small groups. Closer to the end of the year, I used released STAAR assessment PDFs to create assignments in TeacherMade to show students different strategies that can be used with online reading assessments. STAAR will also implement new question types next year, such as multi-select, short answer writing, dropdown selections, matching, etc. TeacherMade is the only resource I have found that lets teachers create a document with different question types. The ability for students to use these types of answering formats in everyday work is critical for them.How did improve reading using technology?Allowing my students to become comfortable with reading different genres online and using tools to annotate as they read was truly the key to their success this year. They felt confident when it came to completing online work, and as educators, we all know that confidence is half the battle for most students. With more and more schools transitioning to digital textbooks and learning management systems, it is imperative that teachers prepare their students well. Because of using TeacherMade this year, my students were exceedingly prepared for their STAAR test and performed 1st in the district for 4th grade Reading. I know that implementing TeacherMade in small groups led to major student growth. #### Elena Baker - K-8 French - CAN Hello! aMy name is Elena Baker, and I teach grades two through eight French in Ontario, Canada. I also have a small business teaching flute and piano lessons from my home. I graduated from my teacher training program in 2019 and have been teaching full-time for two years. Although beginning my career during a pandemic has been challenging, I really enjoy working with my students, colleagues, and school community. Growing up, I always knew that I wanted to be a teacher, but I wasn’t sure which subject I wanted to teach. When I was in the sixth grade, I started playing the flute in my school band and felt like I had found a place where I belonged. I looked up to my band teacher, who was very kind and gave me leadership opportunities. When I was in eleventh grade, I completed a co-op placement with my former teacher and decided I wanted to pursue a music degree at university. I wanted to help more students to express themselves artistically in a welcoming classroom community, just as my teacher had done for me. Simultaneously, I also studied French in high school, and I enjoyed working with my language teachers. They always made a huge effort to make learning fun and relevant to our lives. I went on a language exchange during the summer before twelfth grade at their encouragement. I spent six weeks entirely immersed in the French language in rural Quebec, and it was a life-changing experience. I came back in grade twelve knowing I also wanted to continue studying French in university. In 2014, I went to the University of Toronto to pursue a Bachelor of Music with a minor in French. University was challenging, but I loved my music education classes. By the end of my degree, I had decided that I wanted to work in the school system, so I applied to complete a Bachelor of Education degree at Queen’s University.At Queen’s, I was in a specialized program called ‘Artist in Community Education,’ where we learned how to use our teaching degree both in and out of the traditional classroom setting. During my degree, I also completed a number of in-class placements as a trainee teacher. I spent two placements working in a French classroom with a wonderful mentor teacher from France who had a doctorate in linguistics. He was a very inspiring figure to me and encouraged me to move to France for a year to teach English and immerse myself in the culture. After I graduated from Queen’s in 2019, I did just that. I was accepted into a program through the French Embassy to move to France for seven months, and I worked as a teacher’s assistant in the public school system. I lived with an amazing host family overseas and learned much about the language and culture. When I returned to Canada in 2020, I felt inspired to start teaching, despite the stress of the pandemic. I began teaching full-time in the fall of 2020 in a small private school. I really love my school’s culture and administration. They have supported me as a young teacher and allowed me to get creative and innovative in the classroom. This year, I also started teaching music lessons from my home, which has been wonderful as I had been missing that part of my life. I am so happy to share my love of French and music with my students daily. Watching them progress throughout the year is very gratifying to me. I am very grateful for my life and that through teaching, I can hopefully make a positive impact on my community. #### Elizabeth Bartels-Huizar - 4th Grade - TX Hello!My name is Elizabeth Bartels-Huizar, and I am a 4th-grade teacher in the San Antonio area of Texas. I also taught 3rd grade in Arizona after graduating from Arizona State University’s Teachers College. I have been in the classroom for six years, but I have always enjoyed helping children learn about the world. My first ever “job” as a teenager was being a babysitter, and I liked finding fun projects to get kids interested in science. The excitement in the kids’ faces brought me so much joy, not to mention being around kids, in general, is pretty fun. At the end of high school, when it was time to think of college and take career quizzes, the category that always came up for me was a nurturing role – nursing, teaching, health care, counselor – and then it jumped out at me. I knew I needed to pursue education.I wanted to become a teacher specifically because I knew how much a kind, caring, and enthusiastic teacher can make a difference in a child’s life. Throughout my years as a student in public education, I had wonderful teachers that left a huge impact on me. I was extremely shy in elementary school – like not even able to stand on the stage with my class during holiday programs without hysterically crying, shy – but I had the sweetest teacher that would stand with me behind the curtain telling me everything would be okay. By the end of the year, I was able to be on stage for the last program of the year! I was five years old, and I still remember it! As I progressed through middle and high school, teachers saw potential in me and pushed me to be more outgoing in order to share my strengths with others. I joined the debate team, cheerleading, and by senior year I was the National Honor Society president! What?! Never in my wildest dreams would I have imagined those things, but I blossomed because of the encouragement of my teachers and parents. Living through it myself, I knew I could also be that positive role model in others’ lives. I feel like my personal growth and gifts of compassion, empathy, and communication make me well suited for the role of an educator. I have been teaching for six years in upper elementary and absolutely love working with students of that age. They are forming their own opinions of the world, are curious in their questioning, genuinely enjoy learning, and explode with the feeling of accomplishment. Plus, they complete most of their work without an attitude! One of my favorite things is teaching writing because many students have very little confidence in their writing ability when they arrive in my class. We work hard all year long, and by the end of the year, I inevitably hear audible gasps of excitement when 11 o’clock rolls around, and it’s time for writing to start! Of course, not every kid is wild about writing, but some really find a passion for it and tell me they love it because I taught them so much. Some days it brings a tear to my eye because, yeesh, learning to teach writing and then teaching it to students, and then actually doing it well, has been such a humbling process for me! It definitely is the subject that will keep me a lifelong learner.Overall watching each student grow personally and academically is the best part of the job. Seeing children every day and being a small part of the wonderful human they will become is a blessing I don’t take for granted. My job is challenging, but every day I’m reminded of how important it is and how much I am loved. Every year has its ups and downs, but the good days always outweigh the bad when you have a grateful heart! #### Emily Adamsheck - 5th Grade - MN My name is Emily Adamsheck, and I am a 5th-grade teacher in Foley, Minnesota. I have been teaching for seven years. I think I always knew I was meant to be a teacher. I just took the scenic route through college before I realized my path. Through grade school, I had a few teachers that I remember were fantastic and motivated me to want to be an inspiration to others like they were to me when I was in their classes. On the other hand, some experiences in my life also motivated me to do better than what I had. Not a single teacher is perfect, but there are moments when teachers are changing lives every day, and I hope to do that for at least one student in my teaching lifetime. Though I had these thoughts growing up, I panicked while enrolling at the University of North Dakota and chose to major in Physical Therapy. That very quickly fizzled out, and I switched my major to Criminal Justice. I knew during a Policing class that this was not meant for me. I felt like they were speaking a different language with all the facts and laws that I couldn’t fully comprehend, and I felt completely out of my comfort zone. I finally met with my counselor, and I was able to change courses to Elementary Education. Everything finally felt right. It only took about a year and a couple of changes to figure it out.   My student teaching experience is where I felt I learned the most. Gaining real-time classroom experience while having a phenomenal cooperating teacher to help guide me when I needed it and let me take the wheel when appropriate, I felt I could do this profession. My next hurdle was finding a teaching position. After numerous interviews over that summer after college, I finally received a third-grade teaching position offer the same week as the open house! Looking back at that crazy first year, I am very thankful I was on a team that welcomed me with open arms and took me under their wing. I learned a lot during that year, and I continue to learn more and more about teaching and, more importantly, myself as each year goes on.I taught for two years in 3rd grade, then moved to a Title 1/Technology split position for part of a year, and then was asked to move to a 4th-grade classroom for the remainder of that year. The following year, I made it to the 5th-grade position I am currently still in. Like college, it took a little longer and a couple of changes to figure out where I belong. I have an amazing team that collaborates, treats each other with respect, encourages one another, and makes coming to work worth it and enjoyable. I also get to work in the same community I live in and watch students grow inside the classroom and outside in the real world. I am grateful to have had the opportunities and have met the people I have along the way. I wouldn’t be the same teacher I am today if it wasn’t for the adversity I experienced throughout the years. Though these past couple of years have been tough, I love working with students, watching them grow, and making connections that last longer than just the school year. #### ES - 5.OA.A.2 - Numerical Expressions Written as Words Level 1a 5oaa2 Numerical Expressions Written as Words Level 1a 5oaa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 5.OA.A.2 – Evaluating Numerical Expressions Written as Words.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 16 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct numbers to match the given numerical expressions written as words.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 5. It can be used with students in grades 4 – 7.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 5.OA.A.2 - Numerical Expressions Written as Words Level 1b 5oaa2 Numerical Expressions Written as Words Level 1b 5oaa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 5.OA.A.2 – Evaluating Numerical Expressions Written as Words.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 16 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct numbers to match the given numerical expressions written as words.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 5. It can be used with students in grades 4 – 7.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 5.OA.A.2 - Numerical Expressions Written as Words Level 1c 5oaa2 Numerical Expressions Written as Words Level 1c 5oaa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 5.OA.A.2 – Evaluating Numerical Expressions Written as Words.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 16 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct numbers to match the given numerical expressions written as words.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 5. It can be used with students in grades 4 – 7.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 5.OA.A.2 - Numerical Expressions Written as Words Level 2a 5oaa2 Numerical Expressions Written as Words Level 2a 5oaa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 5.OA.A.2 – Evaluating Numerical Expressions Written as Words.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct numbers to match the given numerical expressions written as words.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 5. It can be used with students in grades 4 – 7.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 5.OA.A.2 - Numerical Expressions Written as Words Level 2b 5oaa2 Numerical Expressions Written as Words Level 2b 5oaa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 5.OA.A.2 – Evaluating Numerical Expressions Written as Words.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct numbers to match the given numerical expressions written as words.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 5. It can be used with students in grades 4 – 7.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 5.OA.A.2 - Numerical Expressions Written as Words Level 2c 5oaa2 Numerical Expressions Written as Words Level 2c 5oaa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 5.OA.A.2 – Evaluating Numerical Expressions Written as Words.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct numbers to match the given numerical expressions written as words.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 5. It can be used with students in grades 4 – 7.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.A - Algebraic Expression Written as Words Level 2b 6eea2a Algebraic Expression Written as Words Level 2b 6eea2a DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A – Evaluating Algebraic Expressions Written as Words.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct expressions or equations written in words to match the given algebraic expressions or equations.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.A - Algebraic Expressions Written as Word Level 1b 6eea2a Algebraic Expressions Written as Word Level 1b 6eea2a DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A – Evaluating Algebraic Expressions Written as Words.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct expressions written in words to match the given algebraic expressions.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.A - Algebraic Expressions Written as Words Level 1a 6eea2a Algebraic Expressions Written as Words Level 1a 6eea2a DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A – Evaluating Algebraic Expressions Written as Words.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct expressions written in words to match the given algebraic expressions.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.A - Algebraic Expressions Written as Words Level 1c 6eea2a Algebraic Expressions Written as Words Level 1c 6eea2a DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A – Evaluating Algebraic Expressions Written as Words.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct expressions written in words to match the given algebraic expressions.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.A - Algebraic Expressions Written as Words Level 2a 6eea2a Algebraic Expressions Written as Words Level 2a 6eea2a DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A – Evaluating Algebraic Expressions Written as Words.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct expressions or equations written in words to match the given algebraic expressions or equations.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.A - Algebraic Expressions Written as Words Levels 2c 6eea2a Algebraic Expressions Written as Words Levels 2c 6eea2a DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A – Evaluating Algebraic Expressions Written as Words.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct expressions or equations written in words to match the given algebraic expressions or equations.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.A - Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations Level 1b 6eea2a Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations Level 1b 6eea2a DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A – Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 14 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct algebraic expressions or equations written in words to match the given algebraic expressions or equations.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.A - Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations Level 1c 6eea2a Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations Level 1c 6eea2a DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A – Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 14 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct algebraic expressions or equations written in words to match the given algebraic expressions or equations.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.A - Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations Level 2a 6eea2a Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations Level 2a 6eea2a DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A – Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 20 short answer items in which students must write the correct algebraic expressions or equations that match the given algebraic expressions or equations written in words.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.A - Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations Level 2b 6eea2a Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations Level 2b 6eea2a DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A – Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 20 short answer items in which students must write the correct algebraic expressions or equations that match the given algebraic expressions or equations written in words.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.A - Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations Level 2c 6eea2a Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations Level 2c 6eea2a DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A – Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 20 short answer items in which students must write the correct algebraic expressions or equations that match the given algebraic expressions or equations written in words.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.A - Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions and Equations Level 1a 6eea2a Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions and Equations Level 1a 6eea2a DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A – Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 14 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct algebraic expressions or equations written in words to match the given algebraic expressions or equations.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.C - Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 1a 6eea2c Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 1a 6eea2c DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.C – Using Order of Operations with Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct answers to expressions that may include exponents and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.C - Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 1b 6eea2c Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 1b 6eea2c DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.C – Using Order of Operations with Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct answers to expressions that may include exponents and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.C - Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 1c 6eea2c Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 1c 6eea2c DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.C – Using Order of Operations with Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct answers to expressions that may include exponents and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.C - Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 2a 6eea2c Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 2a 6eea2c DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.C – Using Order of Operations with Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct answers to expressions that may include exponents and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.C - Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 2b 6eea2c Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 2b 6eea2c DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.C – Using Order of Operations with Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct answers to expressions that may include exponents and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.C - Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 2c 6eea2c Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 2c 6eea2c DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.C – Using Order of Operations with Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct answers to expressions that may include exponents and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.C - Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 3a 6eea2c Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 3a 6eea2c DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.C – Using Order of Operations with Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct answers to expressions that may include exponents and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.C - Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 3b 6eea2c Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 3b 6eea2c DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.C – Using Order of Operations with Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct answers to expressions that may include exponents and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.2.C - Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 3c 6eea2c Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 3c 6eea2c DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.C – Using Order of Operations with Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct answers to expressions that include integers and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 1a 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 1a 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Simplifying Expressions by Using the Distributive Property and Combining Like Terms.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct expression in simplest terms formed by using the distributive property and combining like terms in the given algebraic expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 1b 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 1b 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Simplifying Expressions by Using the Distributive Property and Combining Like Terms.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct expression in simplest terms formed by using the distributive property and combining like terms in the given algebraic expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 1c 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 1c 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Simplifying Expressions by Using the Distributive Property and Combining Like Terms.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct expression in simplest terms formed by using the distributive property and combining like terms in the given algebraic expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 2a 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 2a 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Simplifying Expressions by Using the Distributive Property and Combining Like Terms.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct expression in simplest terms formed by using the distributive property and combining like terms in the given algebraic expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 2b 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 2b 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Simplifying Expressions by Using the Distributive Property and Combining Like Terms.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct expression in simplest terms formed by using the distributive property and combining like terms in the given algebraic expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 2c 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 2c 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Simplifying Expressions by Using the Distributive Property and Combining Like Terms.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct expression in simplest terms formed by using the distributive property and combining like terms in the given algebraic expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 3a 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 3a 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Simplifying Expressions by Using the Distributive Property and Combining Like Terms.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct expression in simplest terms formed by using the distributive property and combining like terms in the given algebraic expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 3b 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 3b 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Simplifying Expressions by Using the Distributive Property and Combining Like Terms.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct expression in simplest terms formed by using the distributive property and combining like terms in the given algebraic expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 3c 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 3c 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Simplifying Expressions by Using the Distributive Property and Combining Like Terms.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct expression in simplest terms formed by using the distributive property and combining like terms in the given algebraic expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 1a 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 1a 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using the Distributive Property with Variables.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 16 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct expression formed by distributing the given coefficient across the given expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 1b 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 1b 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using the Distributive Property with Variables.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 16 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct expression formed by distributing the given coefficient across the given expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 1c 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 1c 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using the Distributive Property with Variables.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 16 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct expression formed by distributing the given coefficient across the given expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 2a 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 2a 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using the Distributive Property with Variables.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct expression formed by distributing the given coefficient across the given expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 2b 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 2b 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using the Distributive Property with Variables.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct expression formed by distributing the given coefficient across the given expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 2c 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 2c 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using the Distributive Property with Variables.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct expression formed by distributing the given coefficient across the given expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 3a 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 3a 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using the Distributive Property with Variables.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct expression formed by distributing the given coefficient across the given expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 3b 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 3b 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using the Distributive Property with Variables.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct expression formed by distributing the given coefficient across the given expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 3c 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using the Distributive Property with Variables Level 3c 6eea3 7nsa1 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using the Distributive Property with Variables.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct expression formed by distributing the given coefficient across the given expression.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 1a 6eeb5 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 1a 6eeb5 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 1b 6eeb5 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 1b 6eeb5 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 1c 6eeb5 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 1c 6eeb5 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 2a 6eeb5 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 2a 6eeb5 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 2b 6eeb5 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 2b 6eeb5 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 2c 6eeb5 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 2c 6eeb5 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 3a 6eeb5 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 3a 6eeb5 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 3b 6eeb5 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 3b 6eeb5 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 3c 6eeb5 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Level 3c 6eeb5 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.5 & 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 1a 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 1a 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Addition and Subtraction.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either addition or subtraction in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 1b 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 1b 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Addition and Subtraction.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either addition or subtraction in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 1c 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 1c 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Addition and Subtraction.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either addition or subtraction in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 2a 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 2a 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Addition and Subtraction.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either addition or subtraction in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 2b 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 2b 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Addition and Subtraction.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either addition or subtraction in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 2c 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 2c 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Addition and Subtraction.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either addition or subtraction in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 3a 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 3a 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Addition and Subtraction.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either addition or subtraction in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 3b 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 3b 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Addition and Subtraction.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either addition or subtraction in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 3c 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 3c 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Addition and Subtraction.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either addition or subtraction in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 1a 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 1a 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Multiplication and Division.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either multiplication or division in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 1b 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 1b 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Multiplication and Division.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either multiplication or division in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 1c 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 1c 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Multiplication and Division.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either multiplication or division in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 2a 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 2a 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Multiplication and Division.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either multiplication or division in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 2b 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 2b 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Multiplication and Division.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either multiplication or division in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 2c 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 2c 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Multiplication and Division.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either multiplication or division in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 3a 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 3a 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Multiplication and Division.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either multiplication or division in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 3b 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 3b 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Multiplication and Division.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either multiplication or division in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 3c 6eeb7 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Multiplication and Division Level 3c 6eeb7 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Multiplication and Division.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either multiplication or division in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5 – 8.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 1a 6eeb8 Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 1a 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 8 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct graph of the given inequality on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 1b 6eeb8 Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 1b 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 8 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct graph of the given inequality on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 1c 6eeb8 Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 1c 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 8 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct graph of the given inequality on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 2a 6eeb8 Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 2a 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 8 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct graph of the given inequality on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 2b 6eeb8 Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 2b 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 8 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct graph of the given inequality on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 2c 6eeb8 Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 2c 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 8 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct graph of the given inequality on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 3a 6eeb8 Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 3a 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct graph of the given inequality on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 3b 6eeb8 Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 3b 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct graph of the given inequality on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 3c 6eeb8 Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines Level 3c 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct graph of the given inequality on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 1a 6eeb8 Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 1a 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Writing Inequalities from Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct inequality that matches the given graph on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 1b 6eeb8 Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 1b 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Writing Inequalities from Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct inequality that matches the given graph on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 1c 6eeb8 Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 1c 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Writing Inequalities from Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct inequality that matches the given graph on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 2a 6eeb8 Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 2a 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Writing Inequalities from Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct inequality that matches the given graph on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 2b 6eeb8 Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 2b 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Writing Inequalities from Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct inequality that matches the given graph on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 2c 6eeb8 Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 2c 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Writing Inequalities from Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct inequality that matches the given graph on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 3a 6eeb8 Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 3a 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Writing Inequalities from Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct inequality that matches the given graph on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 3b 6eeb8 Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 3b 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Writing Inequalities from Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct inequality that matches the given graph on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - 6.EE.B.8 - Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 3c 6eeb8 Writing Inequalities from Number Lines Level 3c 6eeb8 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.8 – Writing Inequalities from Number Lines.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct inequality that matches the given graph on a number line.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Farm Animals - Elementary School Farm Animals DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Farm Animals”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Elementary School grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 8 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Fiction - A Gift from Nature A Gift from Nature DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Gift from Nature” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 11 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 multiselect, 2 inline choice (drop down), and 1 short constructed response. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Fiction - Cheese for Dinner Cheese for Dinner DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Cheese for Dinner” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Fiction - Frank Pearl in The Awful Waffle Kerfuffle Frank Pearl in The Awful Waffle Kerfuffle DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Frank Pearl in The Awful Waffle Kerfuffle” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Fiction - Jake Drake, Teacher's Pet Jake Drake, Teacher's Pet DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Jake Drake, Teacher's Pet” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 short constructed response. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Fiction - Lizard Problems Lizard Problems DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Lizard Problems” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Fiction - Racing Team Racing Team DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Racing Team” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Fiction - The Unwelcome Neighbor The Unwelcome Neighbor DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Unwelcome Neighbor” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Full Released Math Test - 2021 ES - Grade 3 - Full Released Math Test - 2021 DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade 3 Math test from 2021 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 32 items for a total of 32 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 21 multiple choice, 2 inline choice, 3 hot spot, 1 equation editor, 3 text entry, and 2 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Full Released Math Test - 2022 ES - Grade 3 - Full Released Math Test - 2022 DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade 3 Math test from 2022 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 32 items for a total of 35 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 21 multiple choice, 1 inline choice, 4 hot spot, 3 text entry, 2 multiselect, and 1 drag and drop. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Historical Fiction - Brave Bessie Coleman Brave Bessie Coleman DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Brave Bessie Coleman” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Historical Fiction.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational - A Sweet Way to Stop Hiccups A Sweet Way to Stop Hiccups DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Sweet Way to Stop Hiccups” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 10 total questions. There are 7 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational - Book Clubs Are for Everyone! Book Clubs Are for Everyone! DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Book Clubs Are for Everyone!” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 inline choice, 1 dropdown, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational - Howdy, Big Tex Howdy, Big Tex DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Howdy, Big Tex” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational - Little Books, Big Hit Little Books, Big Hit DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Little Books, Big Hit” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational - Lost and Found Lost and Found DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Lost and Found” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational - Mission Blue Mission Blue DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Mission Blue” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 inline choice, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational - Mrs. Baird and a Lifetime of Fresh Bread Mrs. Baird and a Lifetime of Fresh Bread DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Mrs. Baird and a Lifetime of Fresh Bread” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 10 total questions. There are 7 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational - Never Say Never Never Say Never DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Never Say Never” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational - Norman Bridwell and the Big Red Dog Norman Bridwell and the Big Red Dog DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Norman Bridwell and the Big Red Dog” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 short constructed response. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational - Prickly Porcupines Prickly Porcupines DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Prickly Porcupines” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 inline choice (drop down), 1 multiselect, and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational - Superstars of Slow Superstars of Slow DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Superstars of Slow” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 short constructed response. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational - Teddy Bear, Teddy Bear Teddy Bear, Teddy Bear DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Teddy Bear, Teddy Bear” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational - The Cupcake Queen The Cupcake Queen DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Cupcake Queen” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational with a How-To - Mexican Bark Art Mexican Bark Art DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Mexican Bark Art” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational with a How-To.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Informational with a How-To - Star Parties Star Parties DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Star Parties” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational with a How-To.Question TypesIt features 10 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 2 inline choice (drop down), and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Poetry - Autumn Walk Autumn Walk DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Autumn Walk” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Poetry - Kittens Kittens DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Kittens” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Poetry - Pants Pants DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Pants” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - Poetry - The Rescue The Rescue DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Rescue” and is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2 – 5.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.2(A) - Composing Numbers - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.2(A) - Composing Numbers - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.2(A) which reads "compose and decompose numbers up to 100,000 as a sum of so many ten thousands, so many thousands, so many hundreds, so many tens, and so many ones using objects, pictorial models, and numbers, including expanded notation as appropriate."PointsThere are 4 multiple choice, 2 text entry, and 1 drop down (inline choice) items for a total of 7 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.NBT.A.2 and 4.NBT.A.2). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.2(B) - Place Value - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.2(B) - Place Value - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.2(B) which reads "describe the mathematical relationships found in the base-10 place value system through the hundred thousands place."PointsThere are 2 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, and 2 drop down (inline choice) items for a total of 4 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 2.NBT.A.1 and 4.NBT.A.1. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.2(C) - Number Lines - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.2(C) - Number Lines - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.2(C) which reads "represent a number on a number line as being between two consecutive multiples of 10; 100; 1,000; or 10,000 and use words to describe relative size of numbers in order to round whole numbers."PointsThere are 2 multiple choice, 1 text entry, and 1 drop down (inline choice) items for a total of 4 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.NBT.A.1 and 4.NBT.A.3. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.2(D) - Comparing and Ordering Numbers - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.2(D) - Comparing and Ordering Numbers - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.2(D) which reads "compare and order whole numbers up to 100,000 and represent comparisons using the symbols >, <, or =."PointsThere are 3 multiple choice, 10 drag and drop, 4 equation editor, and 1 multiselect items for a total of 18 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 4.NBT.A.2. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(A) - Using Fractions - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(A) - Using Fractions - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.3(A) which reads "represent fractions greater than zero and less than or equal to one with denominators of 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 using concrete objects and pictorial models, including strip diagrams and number lines."PointsThere are 3 multiple choice, 2 drop down (inline choice), 1 hot spot, and 1 text entry items for a total of 7 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.NF.A.1. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(B) - Fractions on the Number Line - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(B) - Fractions on the Number Line - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.3(B) which reads "determine the corresponding fraction greater than zero and less than or equal to one with denominators of 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 given a specified point on a number line."PointsThere are 6 multiple choice, 2 drag and drop, 2 text entry, 1 drop down (inline choice), 1 multiselect, and 1 hot spot items for a total of 13 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.NF.A.2.b. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(C) - Parts of a Whole - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(C) - Parts of a Whole - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.3(C) which reads "explain that the unit fraction 1/b represents the quantity formed by one part of a whole that has been partitioned into b equal parts where b is a non-zero whole number."PointsThere are 5 multiple choice, 1 text entry, 1 multiselect, 1 hot spot, and 1 drop down (inline choice) items for a total of 9 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.NF.A.1. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(D) - Composing Fractions with 1/b - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(D) - Composing Fractions with 1/b - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.3(D) which reads "compose and decompose a fraction a/b with a numerator greater than zero and less than or equal to b as a sum of parts 1/b."PointsThere are 6 text entry and 4 mutiple choice items for a total of 10 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 4.NF.B.3.b. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(E) - Fraction Models - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(E) - Fraction Models - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.3(E) which reads "solve problems involving partitioning an object or a set of objects among two or more recipients using pictorial representations of fractions with denominators of 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8."PointsThere are 5 text entry and 3 multiple choice items for a total of 8 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 4.NF.B.3.d. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(F) - Equivalent Fractions - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(F) - Equivalent Fractions - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.3(F) which reads "represent equivalent fractions with denominators of 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 using a variety of objects and pictorial models, including number lines."PointsThere are 3 multiple choice, 2 hot spots, and 1 multiselect items for a total of 6 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.NF.A.3.A and 3.NF.A.3.B. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(G) - Equivalent Fraction Models - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(G) - Equivalent Fraction Models - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.3(G) which reads "explain that two fractions are equivalent if and only if they are both represented by the same point on the number line or represent the same portion of a same size whole for an area model."PointsThere are 4 multiple choice, 4 drag and drop, and 2 multiselect items for a total of 10 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.NF.A.3.a. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(H) - Comparing Fractions - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3(H) - Comparing Fractions - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.3(H) which reads "compare two fractions having the same numerator or denominator in problems by reasoning about their sizes and justifying the conclusion using symbols, words, objects, and pictorial models."PointsThere are 5 multiple choice, 2 multiselect, and 1 equation editor items for a total of 8 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.NF.A.3.D. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(A) - One- and Two-step Addition and Subtraction - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(A) - One- and Two-step Addition and Subtraction - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.4(A) which reads "solve with fluency one-step and two-step problems involving addition and subtraction within 1,000 using strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and the relationship between addition and subtraction."PointsThere are 7 multiple choice, 2 drop down (inline choice), and 2 text entry items for a total of 11 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.NBT.A.2. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(B) - Rounding and Compatible Numbers - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(B) - Rounding and Compatible Numbers - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.4(B) which reads "round to the nearest 10 or 100 or use compatible numbers to estimate solutions to addition and subtraction problems."PointsThere are 3 multiple choice and 3 drop down (inline choice) items for a total of 6 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.NBT.A.1. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(C) - Money - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(C) - Money - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.4(C) which reads "determine the value of a collection of coins and bills."PointsThere are 2 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, and 1 text entry items for a total of 4 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 2.MD.C.8. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(D) - Multiplication with Arrays - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(D) - Multiplication with Arrays - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.4(D) which reads "determine the total number of objects when equally-sized groups of objects are combined or arranged in arrays up to 10 by 10."PointsThere are 3 multiple choice, 1 drop down (inline choice), and 1 text entry items for a total of 5 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.OA.A.1. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(E) - Introductory Multiplication Strategies - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(E) - Introductory Multiplication Strategies - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.4(E) which reads "represent multiplication facts by using a variety of approaches such as repeated addition, equal-sized groups, arrays, area models, equal jumps on a number line, and skip counting."PointsThere are 7 drag and drop, 2 multiple choice, and 1 multiselect items for a total of 10 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.OA.A.1 and 3.OA.D.9. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(F) - Multiplication Fact Fluency - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(F) - Multiplication Fact Fluency - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.4(F) which reads "recall facts to multiply up to 10 by 10 with automaticity and recall the corresponding division facts."PointsThere are 1 multiple choice, 2 text entry, and 1 drop down (inline choice) items for a total of 4 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.OA.A.3 and 4.NBT.B.5. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(G) - Two-digit Multiplication - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(G) - Two-digit Multiplication - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.4(G) which reads "use strategies and algorithms, including the standard algorithm, to multiply a two-digit number by a one-digit number. Strategies may include mental math, partial products, and the commutative, associative, and distributive properties."PointsThere are 3 multiple choice, 3 drop down (inline choice), 2 text entry, and 1 drag and drop items for a total of 9 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.OA.C.7 and 3.NBT.A.3. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(H) - Introductory Division Strategies - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(H) - Introductory Division Strategies - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.4(H) which reads "determine the number of objects in each group when a set of objects is partitioned into equal shares or a set of objects is shared equally."PointsThere are 4 multiple choice, 2 drop down (inline choice), and 1 hot spot items for a total of 7 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.OA.A.2. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(I) - Even and Odd Numbers - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(I) - Even and Odd Numbers - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.4(I) which reads "determine if a number is even or odd using divisibility rules."PointsThere are 6 drag and drop, 3 multiple choice, 3 drop down (inline choice), and 1 multiselect items for a total of 13 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.OA.D.9. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(J) - Division - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(J) - Division - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.4(J) which reads "determine a quotient using the relationship between multiplication and division."PointsThere are 3 multiple choice, 2 drag and drop (inline choice), and 1 multiselect items for a total of 6 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.OA.A.2. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(K) - Multiplication and Division - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.4(K) - Multiplication and Division - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.4(K) which reads "solve one-step and two-step problems involving multiplication and division within 100 using strategies based on objects; pictorial models, including arrays, area models, and equal groups; properties of operations; or recall of facts."PointsThere are 5 multiple choice, 2 text entry, and 1 drop down (inline choice) items for a total of 8 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.OA.A.3 and 3.OA.D.8. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.5(A) - Addition and Subtraction to 1,000 - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.5(A) - Addition and Subtraction to 1,000 - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.5(A) which reads "represent one- and two-step problems involving addition and subtraction of whole numbers to 1,000 using pictorial models, number lines, and equations."PointsThere are 5 multiple choice, 2 multiselect, and 1 equation editor items for a total of 8 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 2.OA.A.1 and 3.OA.D.8. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.5(B) - Multiplication and Division Within 100 - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.5(B) - Multiplication and Division Within 100 - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.5(B) which reads "represent and solve one- and two-step multiplication and division problems within 100 using arrays, strip diagrams, and equations."PointsThere are 5 multiple choice, 1 hot spot, 1 text entry, and 1 drop down (inline choice) items for a total of 8 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.OA.D.8. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.5(C) - Multiplication as Comparison - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.5(C) - Multiplication as Comparison - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.5(C) which reads "describe a multiplication expression as a comparison such as 3 x 24 represents 3 times as much as 24."PointsThere are 3 multiple choice and 2 multiselect items for a total of 5 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.OA.A.1. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.5(D) - Multiplication and Division Open Sentences - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.5(D) - Multiplication and Division Open Sentences - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.5(D) which reads "determine the unknown whole number in a multiplication or division equation relating three whole numbers when the unknown is either a missing factor or product."PointsThere are 2 multiple choice, 1 text entry, and 1 drop down (inline choice) items for a total of 4 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.OA.A.4. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.5(E) - Relationships in Tables - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.5(E) - Relationships in Tables - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.5(E) which reads "represent real-world relationships using number pairs in a table and verbal descriptions."PointsThere are 7 multiple choice, 3 drop down (inline choice), 1 multiselect, 1 hot spot, and 1 text entry items for a total of 13 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.OA.D.9. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.6(A) - Two- and Three-dimensional Figures - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.6(A) - Two- and Three-dimensional Figures - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.6(A) which reads "classify and sort two- and three-dimensional figures, including cones, cylinders, spheres, triangular and rectangular prisms, and cubes, based on attributes using formal geometric language."PointsThere are 5 multiple choice, 12 hot spot, and 6 drag and drop items for a total of 23 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.G.A.1. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.6(B) - Quadrilaterals - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.6(B) - Quadrilaterals - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.6(B) which reads "use attributes to recognize rhombuses, parallelograms, trapezoids, rectangles, and squares as examples of quadrilaterals and draw examples of quadrilaterals that do not belong to any of these subcategories."PointsThere are 12 drag and drop, 12 hot spot, and 3 multiple choice items for a total of 27 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.G.A.1. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.6(C) - Area of Rectangles - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.6(C) - Area of Rectangles - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.6(C) which reads "determine the area of rectangles with whole number side lengths in problems using multiplication related to the number of rows times the number of unit squares in each row."PointsThere are 5 multiple choice, 5 hot spot, 1 drop down (inline choice), and 1 text entry items for a total of 12 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.MD.C.6 and 3.MD.C.7.B. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.6(D) - Composite Figures - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.6(D) - Composite Figures - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.6(D) which reads "decompose composite figures formed by rectangles into non-overlapping rectangles to determine the area of the original figure using the additive property of area."PointsThere are 3 multiple choice, 2 drop down (inline choice), and 2 text entry items for a total of 7 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.MD.C.7.D. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.6(E) - Equal Area Shapes - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.6(E) - Equal Area Shapes - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.6(E) which reads "decompose two congruent two-dimensional figures into parts with equal areas and express the area of each part as a unit fraction of the whole and recognize that equal shares of identical wholes need not have the same shape."PointsThere are 2 multiple choice and 2 hot spot items for a total of 4 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.G.A.2. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.7(A) - Fractions on the Number Line - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.7(A) - Fractions on the Number Line - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.7(A) which reads "represent fractions of halves, fourths, and eighths as distances from zero on a number line."PointsThere are 3 multiple choice and 2 text entry items for a total of 5 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.NF.A.2. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.7(B) - Perimeter of a Polygon - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.7(B) - Perimeter of a Polygon - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.7(B) which reads "determine the perimeter of a polygon or a missing length when given perimeter and remaining side lengths in problems."PointsThere are 4 multiple choice, 6 text entry, 4 hot spot, and 2 drop down (inline choice) items for a total of 16 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.MD.D.8. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.7(C) - Time Intervals - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.7(C) - Time Intervals - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.7(C) which reads "determine the solutions to problems involving addition and subtraction of time intervals in minutes using pictorial models or tools such as a 15-minute event plus a 30-minute event equals 45 minutes."PointsThere are 2 multiple choice, 1 drop down (inline choice), and 1 hot spot items for a total of 4 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.MD.A.1. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.7(D) - Measurements of Volume and Weight - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.7(D) - Measurements of Volume and Weight - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.7(D) which reads "determine when it is appropriate to use measurements of liquid volume (capacity) or weight."PointsThere are 2 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, and 1 drop down (inline choice) items for a total of 4 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.MD.A.2. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.7(E) - Measuring Volume and Weight - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.7(E) - Measuring Volume and Weight - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.7(E) which reads "determine liquid volume (capacity) or weight using appropriate units and tools."PointsThere are 3 multiple choice, 1 drop down (inline choice), and 1 text entry items for a total of 5 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.MD.A.2. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.8(A) - Representing Data Categories - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.8(A) - Representing Data Categories - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.8(A) which reads "summarize a data set with multiple categories using a frequency table, dot plot, pictograph, or bar graph with scaled intervals."PointsThere are 9 hot spot, 8 text entry, and 2 multiple choice items for a total of 19 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.MD.B.3. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.8(B) - Problems with Categorical Data - STAAR with Tech Updates ES - Grade 3 - TEKS 3.8(B) - Problems with Categorical Data - STAAR with Tech Updates DescriptionThis worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.StandardsEach worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2 – 5.This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.8(B) which reads "solve one- and two-step problems using categorical data represented with a frequency table, dot plot, pictograph, or bar graph with scaled intervals."PointsThere are 3 multiple choice, 3 text entry, and 2 drop down (inline choice) items for a total of 8 points.Other Standards Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.MD.B.3. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Fiction - From Phineas L. MacGuire... Gets Cooking! From Phineas L. MacGuire... Gets Cooking! DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "From Phineas L. MacGuire... Gets Cooking!” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction .Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 2 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Fiction - A Caterpillar's Tale A Caterpillar's Tale DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Caterpillar's Tale” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Fiction - Because of Winn-Dixie Because of Winn-Dixie DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Because of Winn-Dixie” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Fiction - Two Silvery Smiles Two Silvery Smiles DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Two Silvery Smiles” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Fiction (Paired Passages) - Do What You Can / How Six Sons Rescued Anansi Do What You Can / How Six Sons Rescued Anansi DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Do What You Can / How Six Sons Rescued Anansi” and are intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selections is Fiction (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 11 total questions. There are 8 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 2 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Fiction and Informational (Paired Passages) - Max's Find & Messages in Bottles Max's Find & Messages in Bottles DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Max's Find & Messages in Bottles” and are intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selections is Fiction and Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 12 total questions. There are 8 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 2 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Full Released Math Test - 2021 ES - Grade 4 - Full Released Math Test - 2021 DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade 4 Math test from 2021 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 34 items for a total of 41 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 22 multiple choice, 3 inline choice, 4 hot spot, 1 equation editor, 2 text entry, 1 multiselect, and 1 drag and drop. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Full Released Math Test - 2022 ES - Grade 4 - Full Released Math Test - 2022 DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade 4 Math test from 2022 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 34 items for a total of 35 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 23 multiple choice, 2 inline choice, 3 hot spot, 2 text entry, 1 equation editor, 2 multiselect, and 1 drag and drop. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational - Amazing Acorns Amazing Acorns DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Amazing Acorns” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational .Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational - Chewing Gum Man Chewing Gum Man DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Chewing Gum Man” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational .Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational - Big Talkers Big Talkers DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Big Talkers” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational - Junior Park Rangers Junior Park Rangers DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Junior Park Rangers” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational - Make More Time for Music Make More Time for Music DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Make More Time for Music” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational - Marbles-Plenty of Fun for Everyone Marbles-Plenty of Fun for Everyone DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Marbles-Plenty of Fun for Everyone” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational - Roald Dahl Roald Dahl DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Roald Dahl” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational - The Puppy Bowl The Puppy Bowl DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Puppy Bowl” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 10 total questions. There are 8 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 short constructed response. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational (Paired Passages) - A Book For Jonah & Fruit For All A Book For Jonah & Fruit For All DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "A Book For Jonah & Fruit For All” and are intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 13 total questions. There are 9 multiple choice, 3 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational (Paired Passages) - Night Flyers & A Sweet Part of Nature Night Flyers & A Sweet Part of Nature DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Night Flyers & A Sweet Part of Nature” and are intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 12 total questions. There are 8 multiple choice, 3 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational (Paired Passages) - Ricochet: The Dog Who Surfs To Raise Funds & Confetti, The Helpful Horse Ricochet: The Dog Who Surfs To Raise Funds & Confetti, The Helpful Horse DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Ricochet: The Dog Who Surfs To Raise Funds & Confetti, The Helpful Horse” and are intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 12 total questions. There are 8 multiple choice, 3 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational (Paired Passages) - The Broken-Crayon Solution & Bouncing Around The Broken-Crayon Solution & Bouncing Around DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "The Broken-Crayon Solution & Bouncing Around” and are intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 12 total questions. There are 8 multiple choice, 3 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational with a How-To - Papel Picado Papel Picado DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Papel Picado” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational with a How-To.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Informational with a How-To - Tiny Libraries with Big Stories Tiny Libraries with Big Stories DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Tiny Libraries with Big Stories” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational with a How-To.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Play - Digging Up the Truth Digging Up the Truth DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Digging Up the Truth” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Play Script - The Gift of Rhyme The Gift of Rhyme DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Gift of Rhyme” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play Script.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 short constructed response. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Play Script - The Spelling Test The Spelling Test DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Spelling Test” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play Script.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Poetry - Grandma's Visit Grandma's Visit DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Grandma's Visit” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry .Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Poetry - Air Air DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Air” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Poetry - Flying Lessons Flying Lessons DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Flying Lessons” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Poetry - Good Night Good Night DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Good Night” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Poetry - Lengths Of Time Lengths Of Time DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Lengths Of Time” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 4 - Poetry - The Red River The Red River DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Red River” and is intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3 – 6.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Fiction - A Leader A Leader DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Leader” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Fiction - A Winning Day A Winning Day DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Winning Day” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Fiction - Lace Round The Sky Lace Round The Sky DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Lace Round The Sky” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Fiction - Playing The Field Playing The Field DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Playing The Field” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Fiction and Poetry (Paired Passages) - Peace And Quiet & Maple Street Peace And Quiet & Maple Street DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Peace And Quiet & Maple Street” and are intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selections is Fiction and Poetry (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 14 total questions. There are 9 multiple choice, 3 multiselect and 2 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Full Released Math Test - 2021 ES - Grade 5 - Full Released Math Test - 2021 DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade 5 Math test from 2021 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 36 items for a total of 36 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 24 multiple choice, 1 inline choice, 5 hot spot, 2 text entry, 1 equation editor, 1 multiselect, and 2 drag and drop. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Full Released Math Test - 2022 ES - Grade 5 - Full Released Math Test - 2022 DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade 5 Math test from 2022 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 36 items for a total of 41 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 24 multiple choice, 1 inline choice, 7 hot spot, 2 equation editor, 1 text entry, and 1 drag and drop. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Historical Fiction - Lewis and Clark and Me: A Dog's Tale Lewis and Clark and Me: A Dog's Tale DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Lewis and Clark and Me: A Dog's Tale” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Historical Fiction.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational - An Accidental Toy An Accidental Toy DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "An Accidental Toy” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational - An All-Star Inspiration An All-Star Inspiration DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "An All-Star Inspiration” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 short constructed response. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational - Flying Lessons for Big Bird Flying Lessons for Big Bird DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Flying Lessons for Big Bird” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 3 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational - Honus Wagner, Baseball Legend Honus Wagner, Baseball Legend DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Honus Wagner, Baseball Legend” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational - Rock and Soul Rock and Soul DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Rock and Soul” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational - Science Time Science Time DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Science Time” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational - The Benefits of Pets The Benefits of Pets DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Benefits of Pets” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational - The Hammock's Swaying History The Hammock's Swaying History DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Hammock's Swaying History” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational - The Making Of A Baseball Bat The Making Of A Baseball Bat DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Making Of A Baseball Bat” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational - The Platypus The Platypus DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Platypus” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 inline choice (drop down) and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational - These Pumpkins Sure Can Kick! These Pumpkins Sure Can Kick! DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "These Pumpkins Sure Can Kick!” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational - Winter Counts Winter Counts DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Winter Counts” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational (Paired Passages) - Keeping Cool & Spongers Of The Sea Keeping Cool & Spongers Of The Sea DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Keeping Cool & Spongers Of The Sea” and are intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 12 total questions. There are 8 multiple choice, 3 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational (Paired Passages) - On The Road To A Better School Bus & A Light In The Dark On The Road To A Better School Bus & A Light In The Dark DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "On The Road To A Better School Bus & A Light In The Dark” and are intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 11 total questions. There are 7 multiple choice, 3 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational and Poetry (Paired Passages) - Pucker-up Time in Eau Claire & Cherry Very Pucker-up Time in Eau Claire & Cherry Very DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Pucker-up Time in Eau Claire & Cherry Very” and are intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational and Poetry (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 12 total questions. There are 8 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 2 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Informational and Poetry (Paired Passages) - The Cholla Cactus & Cactus Wren The Cholla Cactus & Cactus Wren DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "The Cholla Cactus & Cactus Wren” and are intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational and Poetry (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 14 total questions. There are 9 multiple choice, 3 multiselect and 2 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Non Fiction - Yo-Yo Ma: Connecting the World through Music Yo-Yo Ma: Connecting the World through Music DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Yo-Yo Ma: Connecting the World through Music” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Non Fiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Persuasive - A New Kind Of Park For Medway A New Kind Of Park For Medway DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A New Kind Of Park For Medway” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Persuasive.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 short constructed response. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Play - Creative Clutter Creative Clutter DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Creative Clutter” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Play Script - Show and Spell Show and Spell DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Show and Spell” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play Script.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Poetry - Away Away DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Away” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Poetry - Swimming to the Rock Swimming to the Rock DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Swimming to the Rock” and is intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 5 - Poetry/Informational (Paired Passages) - Assembly / Public Speaking Is Easier When a Cute Dog Is Listening Assembly / Public Speaking Is Easier When a Cute Dog Is Listening DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Assembly / Public Speaking Is Easier When a Cute Dog Is Listening” and are intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 – 7.GenreThe genre of the selections is Poetry/Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 12 total questions. There are 8 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 2 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Drama - For Deanna's Eyes Only! For Deanna's Eyes Only! DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "For Deanna's Eyes Only!” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Drama.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 inline choice (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Drama/Fiction (Paired Passages) - Prince Patrick / A Wintry Welcome Prince Patrick / A Wintry Welcome DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Prince Patrick / A Wintry Welcome” and are intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selections is Drama/Fiction (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 12 total questions. There are 8 multiple choice, 2 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Fiction - A Surprise Visit A Surprise Visit DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Surprise Visit” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Fiction - Charlie Joe Jackson's Guide To Extra Credit Charlie Joe Jackson's Guide To Extra Credit DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Charlie Joe Jackson's Guide To Extra Credit” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Fiction - How the Brazilian Beetles Got Their Gorgeous Coats How the Brazilian Beetles Got Their Gorgeous Coats DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "How the Brazilian Beetles Got Their Gorgeous Coats” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Fiction - Picture of Peace Picture of Peace DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Picture of Peace” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Fiction - The Raven and the Star Fruit Tree The Raven and the Star Fruit Tree DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Raven and the Star Fruit Tree” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 inline choice (dropdown) and multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Fiction - The Regulars The Regulars DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Regulars” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Full Released Math Test - 2021 ES - Grade 6 - Full Released Math Test - 2021 DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade 6 Math test from 2021 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 38 items for a total of 42 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 25 multiple choice, 2 inline choice, 3 hot spot, 1 text entry, 4 equation editor, 1 multiselect, and 1 drag and drop . Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Full Released Math Test - 2022 ES - Grade 6 - Full Released Math Test - 2022 DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade 6 Math test from 2022 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 38 items for a total of 43 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 25 multiple choice, 2 text entry, 3 inline choice, 3 hot spot, 2 equation editor, 2 multiselect, and 1 drag and drop. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational - Venezuela's Lightning Storms Venezuela's Lightning Storms DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Venezuela's Lightning Storms” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational .Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 inline choice (dropdown) and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational - Five Rings Unbroken Five Rings Unbroken DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Five Rings Unbroken” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational .Question TypesIt features 10 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational - 2,000-Year-Old Homework! 2,000-Year-Old Homework! DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "2,000-Year-Old Homework!” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational - Connecting the Human Dots Connecting the Human Dots DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Connecting the Human Dots” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 multiselect, and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational - Fire Birds Fire Birds DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Fire Birds” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational - Flying Into History Flying Into History DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Flying Into History” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational - HARP and Its Angels HARP and Its Angels DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "HARP and Its Angels” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 multiselect, and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational - In the Blink of an Eye In the Blink of an Eye DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "In the Blink of an Eye” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational - Monarch on the Move Monarch on the Move DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Monarch on the Move” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational (Paired Passages) - A Massive Mission & DO Look Down A Massive Mission & DO Look Down DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "A Massive Mission & DO Look Down” and are intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 15 total questions. There are 10 multiple choice, 3 multiselect, 1 inline choice (drop down), and 1 short constructed response. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational (Paired Passages) - Dive into a Sunken Museum / A Modern-Day Treasure Hunt Dive into a Sunken Museum / A Modern-Day Treasure Hunt DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Dive into a Sunken Museum / A Modern-Day Treasure Hunt” and are intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 12 total questions. There are 8 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 2 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational (Paired Passages) - George Washington's Portrait / The Story Behind The Silmarillion George Washington's Portrait / The Story Behind The Silmarillion DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "George Washington's Portrait / The Story Behind The Silmarillion” and are intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 15 total questions. There are 10 multiple choice, 3 inline choice (dropdown) and 2 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational (Paired Passages) - Soaring to New Heights & See It Through Soaring to New Heights & See It Through DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Soaring to New Heights & See It Through” and are intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 15 total questions. There are 10 multiple choice, 3 multiselect and 2 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Informational/Poetry (Paired Passages) - Red Crab Invasion / Monarch Magic Red Crab Invasion / Monarch Magic DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Red Crab Invasion / Monarch Magic” and are intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational/Poetry (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 14 total questions. There are 9 multiple choice, 2 multiselect, 2 dropdown, and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Nonfiction - Composting Composting DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Composting” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Nonfiction - Monkey Tales Monkey Tales DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Monkey Tales” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 inline choice, 1 dropdown, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Play - The Littlest Ant The Littlest Ant DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Littlest Ant” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Play Script - A Dog's Life A Dog's Life DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Dog's Life” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play Script.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Poetry - A Walk Through My Rainforest A Walk Through My Rainforest DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Walk Through My Rainforest” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Poetry - Hidden in Abuelita's Soft Arms Hidden in Abuelita's Soft Arms DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Hidden in Abuelita's Soft Arms” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 inline choice (dropdown) and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Poetry - Persistent Persistent DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Persistent” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 inline choice (drop down). Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Poetry - Song of March Song of March DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Song of March” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Grade 6 - Poetry - The Desk The Desk DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Desk” and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5 – 8.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Parts of a Cow! - Elementary School Parts of a Cow! DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Parts of a Cow!”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Elementary School grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 10 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Parts of a Pig! - Elementary School Parts of a Pig! DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Parts of a Pig!”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Elementary School grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 8 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Parts of the Body - Elementary School Parts of the Body DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Parts of the Body”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Elementary School grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 18 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Parts of the Face - Elementary School Parts of the Face DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Parts of the Face”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Elementary School grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 9 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Shadow Matching! Cat - K - 2 Shadow Matching! Cat DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Shadow Matching! Cat”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the K - 2 grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science.Question TypesIt is one Hot Spot activity with 1 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Shadow Matching! Dinosaur - K - 2 Shadow Matching! Dinosaur DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Shadow Matching! Dinosaur”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the K - 2 grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science.Question TypesIt is one Matching activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Shadow Matching! Dog - K - 2 Shadow Matching! Dog DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Shadow Matching! Dog”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the K - 2 grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science.Question TypesIt is one Matching activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES - Simple Photosynthesis - Elementary School Simple Photosynthesis DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Simple Photosynthesis”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Elementary School grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 6 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES, MS - Chrysalis to Butterfly - Elementary School or Middle School Chrysalis to Butterfly DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Chrysalis to Butterfly”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Elementary School or Middle School grade range. It could be used in Life Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES, MS - Earth Layers - Elementary School or Middle School Earth Layers DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Earth Layers”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Elementary School or Middle School grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science or Earth Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES, MS - Simple Animal Cell - Elementary School or Middle School Simple Animal Cell DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Simple Animal Cell”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Elementary School or Middle School grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science or Life Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES, MS - States of Matter - Elementary School or Middle School States of Matter DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “States of Matter”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Elementary School or Middle School grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science or Physical Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### ES, MS - The Water Cycle - Elementary School or Middle School The Water Cycle DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “The Water Cycle”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Elementary School or Middle School grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science or Earth Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 10.B Alg1 STAAR practice - multiply polynomials. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 10.C Alg1 STAAR practice - divide polynomials. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 10.D Alg1 STAAR practice - use the distributive property to rewrite polynomials. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 10.A Alg 1 STAAR practice - add and subtract polynomials. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 10.E Alg 1 STAAR practice - factor trinomials. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 10.F Alg 1 STAAR practice - factor binomials that are a difference of two squares. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 11.A Alg1 STAAR practice - simplify numerical radical expressions. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 11.B Alg1 STAAR practice - laws of exponents (integral and rational.) ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 12.A Alg1 STAAR practice - determine whether a relation is a function. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 12.C Alg1 STAAR practice - identify terms of arithmetic and geometric sequences. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 12.D Alg1 STAAR practice - write a formula for arithmetic and geometric sequences. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 12.E Alg1 STAAR practice - solve literal equations for a given variable. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 2, TEKS 3.A Alg1 STAAR practice - determine the slope of a line given a table, graph, equation, or two points. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 2, TEKS 3.B Alg1 STAAR practice - calculate the rate of change of a linear function. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 2, TEKS 3.C Alg1 STAAR practice - graph linear functions and identify key features. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 2, TEKS 3.E Alg1 STAAR practice - transformations of f(x) = x. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 2, TEKS 3.F Alg1 STAAR practice - solve systems of two linear equations by graphing. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 2, TEKS 3.G Alg1 STAAR practice - estimate solutions to systems of two equations in real-world problems. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 2, TEKS 3.H Alg1 STAAR practice - graph systems of two linear inequalities. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 2, TEKS 4.A Alg1 STAAR practice - use technology to calculate a correlation coefficient and interpret it. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 2, TEKS 4.B Alg1 STAAR practice - compare and contrast association and causation. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 2, TEKS 4.C Alg1 STAAR practice - write linear functions that provide a reasonable fit to data and use them to solve problems. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 2.A Alg1 STAAR practice - determine the domain and range of linear functions. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 2.B Alg1 STAAR practice - write linear equations given one point and the slope or given 2 points. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 2.C Alg1 STAAR practice - write equations of linear functions given a table, graph or verbal description. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 2.D Alg1 STAAR practice - write and solve direct variation equations. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 2.E Alg1 STAAR practice - write equations of lines parallel to a given line. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 2.F Alg1 STAAR practice - write equations of lines perpendicular to a given line. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 2.G Alg1 STAAR practice - graph horizontal and vertical lines and identify their slopes. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 2.H Alg1 STAAR practice - write linear inequalities given a table of values, graph, or verbal description. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 2.I Alg1 STAAR practice - write systems of two linear equations given a table of values, graph, or verbal description. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 5.A Alg1 STAAR practice - solve linear equations. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 5.B Alg1 STAAR practice - solve and graph inequalities in one variable. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 4, TEKS 6.A Alg1 STAAR practice - determine the domain and range of quadratic functions. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 4, TEKS 6.B Alg1 STAAR practice - write equations of quadratic functions given the vertex and another point. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 4, TEKS 6.C Alg1 STAAR practice - write quadratic functions when given real solutions and graphs. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 4, TEKS 7.B Alg1 STAAR practice - linear factors and zeros of quadratic equations. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 4, TEKS 7.C Alg1 STAAR practice - transformations of quadratic functions. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 4, TEKS 8.A Alg1 STAAR practice - solve quadratic equations. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 4, TEKS 8.B Alg1 STAAR practice - write quadratic functions to provide a reasonable fit to data and use them to solve problems. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 5, TEKS 9.A Alg1 STAAR practice - determine domain and range of exponential functions. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 5, TEKS 9.B Alg1 STAAR practice - interpret the meaning of a and b in y = ab^x. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 5, TEKS 9.C Alg1 STAAR practice - write equations of exponential functions. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 5, TEKS 9.E Alg1 STAAR practice - use technology to calculate exponential regression equations and use them to make predictions. ♥︎ This STAAR 2.0 Algebra activity is brought to you by the Eye on Mastery team. Since 2006, we've provided quality practice materials to TX schools. Now that the STAAR is online, we are too! https://eyeonmastery.com #### February 15th, 2024 - Color Folders! Folders allow you to stay organized, especially as you use TeacherMade more and more (saving yourself even more time, paper and stress!) We've made the feature even more useful by letting you choose from among a suite of vibrant colors for your folders!To set the color of a folder, click the three-dot menu to the right of the folder, then choose "Edit Folder" from the menu.You'll be presented with an array of lively colors to choose from. Click a color, then "Confirm" and the folder icon will instantly change to that color. How will you use color folders to stay organized??? #### February 15th, 2024 - Movable Equation Editor TeacherMade's equation editor, which you can see in the Algebraic Expression item type for you and your students, in the Teacher Text feature and in the student Math tool, is an easy and powerful way to use math in a TeacherMade activity. But sometimes, it could obscure the background, making it hard to answer the question. So, we've added the ability for both you and your students to move the equation editor while it's on the screen.Just click and drag the highlighted area, and you'll be able to reposition the editor to wherever you wish.Now you'll always be able to see the background of your activity! #### February 19th, 2024 - New Graphing Questions! We've upgraded the "Graph - Plotting" tool and think you're going to LOVE it. It's so much better, in fact, that we renamed it to "Graphing."The new "Graphing" question type includes these improvements:It has a simpler, more intuitive interface. We've made it very easy to choose between four quadrant and one quadrant coordinate planes, for instance, and we've simplified point and line drawing.It includes a new Select Points interaction! You plot a series of points on the coordinate plane and have students answer questions by selecting the correct points.It's more attractive. Points are easier to locate on the plane, and look similar to what students see in technologically enhanced items on their standardized tests.It works better. We heard your comments about students struggling to change their answers, and have made the interaction much more intuitive and reliable.Click here to check it out!!!One thing to know: If you had used the old "Graph Plotting" items, you will still see the old interface when you edit them. All newly created "Graphing" items will use the new interface. Both types benefit from  #### February 20th, 2023 - Powerful Slide Editing Features Even Michelangelo had to re-do some of his work, so we've added a few powerful editing capabilities for you! If you need to touch up your masterpiece, we have these new features to help you get it just right. Keep reading to learn more.Change Slide BackgroundYou can change the background of a single slide at a time! Use Google Slides or Powerpoint to make your changes and re-save the PDF, then simply change the background. All your existing items, additions and edits will still be there, but your wonderfully perfected background will be on that slide.Click here to learn how to replace the background of a single slide.Rotate and Flip A Slide BackgroundMichelangelo didn't have to import PDFs, but you do, and the PDF format can present some problems. Sometimes, you import a PDF and the background comes in with the wrong orientation. What should have been landscape is now portrait, or vice versa. We've added the ability to rotate the background of a single slide to correct those types of input issues. And if you ever need to flip the background horizontally or vertically, we now support that, too.Click here to learn how to rotate and flip slides.Resize a SlideTeacherMade's Slide View lets you combine slides from different source documents, or even paste in entire activities as a slide. That can result in a mish-mash of slide sizes. TeacherMade has added a Resize feature that will allow you to change the size of any slide! Michelangelo would be so happy!Click here to learn how to resize slides. #### February 22nd, 2024 - Notifications TeacherMade was designed and built to make your life as a Teacher easier, and the new Notifications feature will really speed up how you work!You'll notice a new entry in the main menu.When your students submit their work, you'll receive a notification. Click to see the detail.From here, you can quickly select all the recent submissions and review them, then mark those notifications as read. THIS is the productivity tool you've been waiting for!!Click here to learn more! #### February 7th, 2023 - Item Analysis Report You're simply going to ❤️ love ❤️ this update!TeacherMade has added a quick and easy way to scan ALL of the student submissions for an assignment and see which questions students are answering correctly or incorrectly. You're one click away from knowing what concepts your students understand and which ones may need reteaching. We call it Item Analysis, and you'll find it in the 3-dot menu above the student submissions. Click here to learn more! #### Feburary 22nd, 2024 - Side Menu They say the three keys to succeeding in real estate are "location, location, and location." In recent months, TeacherMade has added some really crucial functionality that belonged in the main menu, such as the Students view and the Library of shared content. And we've got some more coming, too (no hints, but they're great!) So, the top menu was getting a little crowded, and needed some space to grow. We've moved the main menu from the top of the application to the side! That helps buy us some space, and it helps give you more real estate, too, especially those of you on laptops. Let's take a look!At the top of the side menu is the awesome NEW TeacherMade logo.The separator bar has a double chevron on its right side. Click that once to collapse the menu into just icons, giving you even more room! Click again to open the menu back up.The former "My Activities" is now just "Activities." Click this any time you want to get back to your home page.This is a list of your students, and a quick way to see all the work your students have done. Submission notifications let you know every time a student submits their work.The amazing Library of activities, made by Teachers just like yourself.At the bottom of the menu is your current TeacherMade plan. Click here to upgrade your trial and get all the time-saving benefits of being a TeacherMade PRO.Clicking this will open our Help Center, giving you access to our Knowledge base, interactive tutorials and our amazing support email. Need to change your password, add a Google login, or see information about your account? Click here!We hope you find the new menu system easy to use, and keep an eye out for even more amazing features that will be there soon! #### Feedback To The Future Classwork.com gives you powerful features to analyze results and provide real-time feedback so you can help students grow the moment learning happens.Whether you're looking for big-picture data or individual student responses, you'll have everything you need at your fingertips.Check Notifications FirstClick on the Notifications page on the left main menu. This gives you instant access to recent submissions and lets you jump right to grading individual assignments.View Assignment ReportsHead to your Activities page and click into the activity you’ve assigned. Then select the specific assignment to open the Assignment Detail screen. Here you’ll see:A summary of all student submissionsScore data and submission timesCompletion status: Not Started, In Progress, or SubmittedFrom here, you can click into individual student names to view and grade their responses.Use Item Analysis for Classwide InsightsTo see how students performed on each question, click the 3-dot menu at the top right of the Submissions Panel and select Item Analysis. You’ll see the percentage of students who got each item correct — a fast way to identify concepts that need reteaching or review.Clicking on a question in Item Analysis takes you directly to that item in the activity.Review Individual Student WorkClick a student’s name to see their submission. You can scroll through their work, spot missing or incorrect answers, and even manually adjust points for open answers or multi-part questions.You can also award partial credit by typing in custom point values for specific answers.Leave CommentsIn the student’s assignment, click the Comment icon on the left toolbar to leave targeted feedback. Comments save automatically and will be visible to the student once the assignment is returned.Use this space to encourage, redirect, or clarify — whatever your student needs to keep moving forward.Return AssignmentsYou can return work individually or in bulk:Individually: From a student's submission, click the Actions tab, then choose Return Submission, or Click the blue return submissions button at the bottom of the info tab. Whole Class: On the Assignment Detail screen, check the box next to each student’s name (or Select All), then click the 3-dot menu and choose Return Assignment. This only works if at least one student's assignment is selcted using the checkboxes, if none are selected, the option is greyed out and unavailable. Returned assignments will reflect the settings you chose (like showing scores or correct answers).Student ViewOnce returned, students can see:Their scoreWhich items were right or wrongComments left by youAnswers are color-coded for easy review, and comments at the top, students click on comments to read. That’s It!With Classwork.com, feedback doesn’t have to wait. You can give it fast, make it personal, and use it to drive the next day’s instruction.❗ See All Starting Line VideosView the Full Starting Line SeriesTABLE OF CONTENTSCheck Notifications FirstView Assignment ReportsUse Item Analysis for Classwide InsightsReview Individual Student WorkLeave CommentsReturn AssignmentsStudent View #### Fixing an "Access Blocked: Your Institution's Admin Needs to Review" Error Popup Google has a new policy that may cause your students to see an error when they try to start an Assignment. As of October 23, 2023, all applications used by students must first by approved by your Google administrators.If Classwork.com is blocked in your district, your students will see the following message when trying to use the app: Access Blocked: Your institution's admin needs to review Classwork.com along with a Request Access link.Have your students click the "Request Access" link. That will alert your admins that you are requesting access and make it easier for them to find and approve the app for you.Then contact your Google admins directly and request that they approve Classwork.com for use by students.You may copy the text below to help them do this quickly.Allowing Classwork.com in Google Workspace for EducationClasswork.com is an online classroom tool that allows teachers to create interactive Assignments for their students. It is a safe and well-protected platform created by professionals with decades of experience developing educational technology. Enabling Classwork.com in a Google Workspace for Education environment is easy and will help your teachers achieve their instructional goals.To enable the app in your Google Workspace for Education account, follow the steps outlined in this Google article: https://support.google.com/a/answer/13288950?visit_id=638283123048794875-2947669650&p=under18-third-party-apps-access&rd=1If you have trouble finding us in the apps list, try searching for our Client ID:313165442523-dmn2kps6qeokgo278qgde7k90q967uuv.apps.googleusercontent.comIn addition, Classwork.com requires a collection of sites to be accessible to students and teachers. You may see the current list here: https://support.classwork.com/en/support/solutions/articles/72000561333Finally, we require permission to access Google's API. Our app integrates with Google and Google Classroom for these purposes:For Teachers to use the Sign In With Google SSO feature.For students to identify themselves via Google when starting an Assignment.For Google Classroom schools:Allow Teachers to create GC Assignments directly from within our app.Send student scores to the Teacher's Google Classroom gradebook.If you're curious what student and teacher data Classwork.com requires to operate, you can review this article: https://support.classwork.com/support/solutions/articles/72000610496If you have any questions, please contact us at support@classwork.com and we'll answer as quickly as we can!  #### Formatted Text Boxes Rich Teacher Text is a great feature for creating content within Classwork! Using it, you can create everything from instructions to whole questions! There are two ways to insert Teacher Text on your activity. Option 1: Click on Activity Click once (or click and drag) on your activity to bring up the Tools menu. Select Teacher Text from the Content Tools column.The Edit Teacher Text screen will appear. Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar. Choose Teacher Text. Your cursor becomes crosshairs. Click on the activity to place the box. The Edit Teacher Text screen will appear.TeacherText ToolbarSelect from the formatting options on the toolbar.  When you’ve finished adding your text, click “Save” and then drag and position your text box where you’d like it to be on your assignment. That’s it! You can use this feature to add content to preexisting material or start from scratch to create your own content! Just type away and then add in Classwork’s question types right on top of the text.  #### FreshDesk Support Articles Style Guidelines TitlesUse title capitalization in the article title (e.g. How Do I Delete an Assignment, not How do I delete an assignment?). See https://capitalizemytitle.com/style/Chicago/#capitalizationrulesDon't paste formatting from outside editors (e.g. Google Docs). Instead of Ctrl-C, use Ctrl-Shift-C, or right-click then "paste as plaintext."CapitalizeTeacherMade objects: Activity, Assignment, Submission. It helps to reinforce that you're talking about things in the application, not just using generic terms.Screen names, e.g. The Activity Detail screen is where you will find...The word Teacher (it's a sign of respect and something we alone do, so part of our brand). e.g. One of the things Teachers around the world like about...QuoteAlways double quotes, never single.Do not precede with comma unless you're quoting a person speaking or writing.Menu selections. e.g.: Choose "Export to PDF" from the "File" menu.Do not quote screen names. e.g. From the Activity Detail screen, click the...Names of ThingsTeacherMade, the app, the system (never the computer).Main MenuActivities (activities page, home page) never My Activities.Library, Shared LibraryActivity (never Worksheet)Activity Toolbar3-dot menu (e.g. Click the 3-dot menu and choose "Edit content." and Activity Editor (or "the Editor" if you've already used the Activity Editor)Activity Details Page (the list of Assignments)Assignment Details Page (the list of Submissions)Submission Review Page (looking at a student's Submission)Activity and Assignment are different things. Do not use them interchangeably. Popup is the term to use for dialog boxes. e.g the Move Activity popup.Images / Screen CapturesCenterAdd a border unless the image has a natural border (e.g. it's a whole popup box)Blank line before and afterCapture the minimum amount of the screen possible to illustrate the component. Avoid whole screens or whole dialogs where possible. That will save a lot of time later when things change around it, but, say, the button you're referring to hasn't changed.Step-wise instructionsUse bullet lists, not numberedSummarize a list of steps in one bullet, and list the steps in indented bulletsAlternately, use H2 headers and a single sentence to head a list of steps.Use full sentences and end each step with a period.VerbsClickSelectChooseHeadersUse only Heading 2 for headers (from FreshDesk's "Paragraph Format" menu)Include a blank line before the header #### Gamify Assignments with Time Limits and “Check My Answers” Time Limits and Check My AnswersClasswork includes two assignment settings that help increase focus and provide instant feedback without adding grading work.Time Limit (Time on Task)A time limit adds urgency and structure to an assignment.The timer starts when the student opens the assignmentThe timer continues even if the student leaves the page or finishes laterWhen time runs out, the assignment is automatically submittedNote: Time limits are set per assignment, not per activity.Check My AnswersThis setting allows students to check auto-scored questions before submitting.After checking, auto-scored questions are outlined:Green: correctRed: incorrectOrange: not attemptedStudents can revise answers at any time, but correct answers are never revealed.Using Both TogetherYou can enable both settings on the same assignment to combine urgency with real-time feedback. This works well for reviews, challenges, and skill practice. #### GC: Allowing Students not in your Google Classroom (or your Co-Teacher) to Start an Assignment Classwork.com has a feature that blocks students who are not in your Google Classroom class from starting an Assignment you've given to that class. It will not block you, but it will block your Co-Teacher from starting the Assignment (because they're not a student).If you want your Co-Teacher to start the Assignment, or if you've copied the Assignment link to other classes and need to allow students in those classes to start the Assignment, follow the instructions below:Edit the Assignment settings by clicking into the Assignment, clicking the 3-dot menu at the top of the left-hand panel, and choosing Edit Assignment.Then select No next to the new feature that blocks students who are not in the class.Finally, click Save and you'll be all set! #### GC: Create an Assignment for Multiple Classes in Google Classroom at One Time You can assign Classwork.com Assignments to multiple classes in your Google Classroom at one time! Start by creating your Assignment as usual. On Step 2, you will see this:These boxes work like checkboxes so you can select as many as you would like! Each Assignment is automatically set to assign to all students. If you want to choose which students in a class receive the Assignment, click Select Students and select the individual students you want.Continue creating the Assignment like usual. Your students’ submissions will still be separated by classes in your gradebook! #### GC: How Do I Assign an Activity via Google Classroom? Google Classroom Explainer VideoHere is a quick video showing you how to assign via Google Classroom:  #### GC: How do I save my assignment as a draft in Google Classroom instead of assigning it right away? You can save a Classwork.com Assignment as a draft in Google Classroom. To get started, follow the usual steps for creating a Classwork.com Assignment in Google Classroom.Select to deliver the Assignment via Google Classroom, and you will move to Step 3 of creating the Assignment. Selecting Save Draft will allow you to finish setting up the Assignment later. When you have finished creating your Assignment, you will now see this:When you click Go to Google Classroom, you will be able to see the draft of the Assignment under your classwork.   #### GC: How do I use the Google Classroom Integration? When you distribute your Activity via Google Classroom, your students will now receive the assignment in their Google Classroom stream, and grades will transfer from Classwork.com to your Google Classroom gradebook automatically! Here are the instructions for using this time-saving integration.Sign in to Classwork.com and click the Activity Title. That will take you to the Activity Detail screen. Click the Create an Assignment button if this is the first Assignment you've created for this Activity or Create New Assignment if you've already created one or more.OROn the Create Assignment screen, you will name your Assignment. Next, you will choose how to deliver the Assignment. Check Google Classroom, as shown in the screenshot below.Click the Next button.If this is the first time you've connected to Google Classroom, you'll have to grant permissions to Classwork.com to read your class data from Google. Google may request that you enter your password first, then ask you to approve the permissions. Be sure to grant ALL the permissions that Classwork.com requests or you will not be able to make Assignments in Google Classroom.Select a class and or students from your Google Classroom. You should see a list of each of your Google Classroom Courses. Choose one or more classes by checking the box to the left of the class name.You can also choose whether to give the Assignment to all the students in the class or to choose individual students. Note: if you choose All Students, even new students added later will receive the Assignment. If you choose to select individual students, Google Classroom will not give the Assignment to any students added after the creation of the Assignment, though you can do that yourself in the Google Classroom application. Next, you will choose your scoring preferences and the tools your students will have access to. This step includes some options that are specific to Google Classroom:Assignment Status lets you create an Assignment that becomes immediately available, or that becomes available at a date and time of your choosing. You can also save the Assignment as a Draft in Classroom. If you do so, you will later have to login to Google Classroom to make that Assignment available to your students.Auto-sync scores tells Classwork.com to send score updates to Google Classroom so that automatically appear in the Class's gradebook. It's the best!Google Classroom points sets the points for the Assignment in Google Classroom. You can set this to any value you wish, though we recommend using the same value as displayed by Classwork.com. Google Classroom will score the Assignment proportionate to the achieved points divided by the possible points for each student.Block students not in class will keep students from starting this Assignment unless they are registered in this class. If you see students showing up in your Submissions list who don't belong there, this might be the setting for you!Once you hit Save, your Classwork.com Assignment will be published to the class and/or individual students you selected in your Google Classroom. You will also see a list of the students who started the Assignment in the Assignment Detail screen.Nice job! You've created Assignments in Google Classroom. Remember if you created a Draft, you'll have to go into Google Classroom to make it visible when you're ready!  #### GC: I Deleted My Google Classroom Assignment/Coursework. What Can I Do? Unfortunately, Google does not provide a way to recover a deleted Assignment (also known as Coursework). We hope some day they'll add that capability, but at the time of this writing, they have not.If you used the deleted Assignment and students submitted work, those submissions may still be stored in Classwork.com under the old Assignment. However, scores cannot be sent to the deleted Google Classroom Assignment—you’ll have to re-create a new Assignment in Google Classroom and manually transfer student grades if needed.We're sorry for the inconvenience this might cause. You can use this link to request that Google add a deleted Assignment recovery feature: https://support.google.com/edu/classroom/answer/10011324. #### GC: No Students Are Visible to Give the Assignment To successfully give a Classwork.com Assignment to your students, they must already be enrolled in the Google Classroom. You cannot assign work to an empty classroom. If you attempt to check a class with no students, you will see an error on the screen indicating that you must first enroll students in the class in Google Classroom. If you click Select Students to pick which students will receive an Assignment and there are no students in that Google Classroom, you will see an error reading No students found in this class.You may need to talk to your Google Classroom administrator to enroll students in your Google Classrooms. #### GC: What Happens When I Change the Points in Google Classroom? Classwork.com Automatically Sets the Points for the AssignmentWhen you create an Assignment for Google Classroom, Classwork.com lets you choose the points that will be set for the Assignment. So, what you set here:Automatically shows up here in Google Classroom:Remember that the score you see in Classwork.com is scaled up to this maximum point value and won't necessarily match what you see in Google Classroom.What do you do if you need to change the score? You can change the score in either system, and Classwork.com will automatically update both systems to reflect your new choice, and it will recalculate and resync the students scores so that Google Classroom is always up-to-date!There are some differences if you change the score in Classwork.com or Google Classroom which are explained below.What Happens if I Change the Points in Classwork.com?If you Edit the Assignment in Classwork.com, and change the points, Classwork.com will automatically change the points in Google Classroom and recalculate all the scores there, too. This is true even if you set the Assignment to manually sync. That is, changing the score in Classwork.com will force a resync so that all student scores are up-to-date with the new setting.What Happens if I Change the Points in Google Classroom?You can change the Points in Google Classroom and Google will ask you whether you want to update the scores, but nothing will happen! The problem is that Google has not told Classwork.com about the points change. Instead, you need to tell Classwork.com to recalculate the scores. That can happen a number of ways:You choose Rescore Assignment from the Assignment's 3-dot menu in the left panel of the Assignment Detail screen.Any student submits a score and the Assignment is set to Auto-sync.You change any student's score and the Assignment is set to Auto-sync.You manually sync the scores when the Assignment is set to manually sync.In this case, Classwork.com will re-calculate the scores and show them all as Pending. You can choose which scores to sync, and only those you choose will be updated.Once any of those events occur, Classwork.com will recognize that the Google Classroom score changed, and immediately update its own stored value, then rescore and resync with Google Classroom. This is true for every score submitted, even if the Assignment has Auto-sync turned off. #### GC: When I Try to Connect to My Google Classroom, I am Logged Out Instead Normally, in the process of connecting to Google Classroom while making an Assignment, Google will step in and ask you which account (or "profile") to use. You click the profile, and, if needed, specify the permissions (please give Classwork.com all that we ask for!)If, however, you immediately land on the Classwork.com Sign In page, it may mean that the Google account is already connected to another Classwork.com account. We don't allow more than one Classwork.com account to connect to the same Google Classroom account. In that case, please contact us at support@classwork.com, and let us know. We can find the account and disconnect it if needed. #### Get Out of Your Technology Comfort Zone with TeacherMade Ms. Amanda teaches in middle school in Oklahoma. The pandemic caused her to have to use technology more. Now that she's back in the classroom, she still does. Ms. Amanda uses her favorite ed tech, TeacherMade, every day.How can TeacherMade help Teachers get out of their technology comfort zone?Not everyone understands technology, so I'm here to help. TeacherMade will change how your mind thinks about "new technology." TeacherMade will save you paper, time, and energy when it comes to assignments and grading. Let's take this step by step.TeacherMade turns paper activities into digital, interactive assignmentsLet's summarize what TeacherMade does and how it helps teachers. I'm sure you're very used to and comfortable with paper copies in the classroom. Paper copies have been the norm for many years until recently. Technology is all around us, and it's becoming more relevant in the classroom today. TeacherMade eliminates the paper copies and delivers activities and assignments online. That sounds scary but stay with me. You can still use all of the activities and assignments you already have! How you deliver them to your students is what's going to change, and you can do it, trust me. And it's going to save your sanity. Why is this helpful for teachers? Once you've created an assignment in TeacherMade, TeacherMade practically does the grading for you! There are so many options on what you can do with TeacherMade; it's up to you how you want to use all of the great features TeacherMade has to offer. I understand how that can be overwhelming, so let's break it down.How do you create your first activity in TeacherMade?First step: Let's create a practice activity. Find any activity you have on hand and get it on your computer if it's not already. An easy first practice activity to create is probably a multiple-choice activity, but any activity will do. If you have a paper activity, scan it and email it yourself. If there's a PDF you've found online, download it to your computer. You're ready for the next step if the file is already on your computer!How do you add different question types to your TeacherMade assignments?Second step: In TeacherMade, you're going to create an activity. You will click "New Activity" at the top of the screen and upload your file. Once your activity is in TeacherMade, you can name it at the top of the screen where it says "Untitled Activity." To add anything to your activity, click wherever you want to add a tool, and a toolbar will pop up. From there, you can add a variety of question tools (multiple choice, dropdown, short answer, etc.), math tools (algebra, fractions, number answers, etc.), and content tools (audio, teacher text, etc.). For example, if you have multiple choice questions, click a question on the activity where the answer choices are. A toolbar will pop up. Click "Multiple Choice." The multiple-choice bubbles will be added to your activity. You can edit the number of bubbles and also move and resize the bubbles to fit your answer choices. To choose a correct answer, click the bubble that is next to the actual correct answer. That dark bubble is now your answer to that question. Continue to do that until your activity is complete. Here's a very helpful hint: one of the best tools to use is the "Duplicate" button. This copies the tool you just used (like the multiple choice bubbles) to use repeatedly. You can access this tool by clicking "Edit," then "Duplicate." You can also accomplish this by clicking Ctrl + D on your keyboard. Continue to create your activity until it meets your expectations.How do you share TeacherMade assignments with students?Now that your activity is created, pat yourself on the back! That was the hardest part. Now, how do I assign this activity? Your activity will forever be saved in TeacherMade, so you can go back to it and reuse it as many times as you'd like. You can even share with colleagues and make a copy in the future if you need or want to make any changes to your activity . Once you click on an activity, there will be a blue "Create an Assignment" button. Once you click that button, there are a few steps to follow to get it created and delivered to students. If you use any of these online platforms: Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology, I would recommend delivering the assignment through the platform that you use at school. Now, if you don't have one of those platforms, have no fear; you can still get this assignment to your students by sharing the freshly made assignment link with them. Choose how you want to deliver your assignment to students and follow through with the few steps until it is created.  How does TeacherMade help Teachers?Once your assignment has been created, and students are working, you can see student progress, reopen or reset an assignment, give feedback, and the list goes on. I will save that for another letter. Take a deep breath in that you just created your first activity and then created an assignment to deliver to your students (or your make-believe students if you're just practicing). In my classroom, almost every single homework assignment and assessment are delivered from TeacherMade, and I cannot express enough how happy I am to have come across this program. TeacherMade has tons of teacher resources that support to help you further, and if you need real-time help, TeacherMade can support you with that as well!TeacherMade is an excellent tool for teachers looking to incorporate more technology into the classroom. Create digital activities to save time, save paper, and get organized. #### Get Started with TeacherMade: 5 Steps for Converting a PDF or Slides into a New Digital Interactivity! <br>To start creating a digital interactivity, first login to your TeacherMade account.On the "Activities" dashboard, you’ll see the following on the upper left of the app:5 Steps to Converting a PDF into TeacherMadeClick on the "New" button in the upper left portion of your screen. The select "New Activity."The Create Activity pop-up screen will display:Click on the Upload a File button and choose a file from your computer, or upload from Drive. If uploading from your Google Drive, be sure to confirm Google Authentication by clicking on the blue text. The click the "Continue" button on the next screen. You can also drag and drop it into the box without clicking. The file you select becomes the background layer of your new interactivity.Your selected file will take a few seconds to load, depending on its size. Once it does, thumbnails of each page will be displayed:Click on ‘Select All’ to choose all pages in the file. You can also select individual pages from your file by clicking the boxes underneath each page thumbnail.Next, choose how you would like your pages to be displayed to your students. Click "Create Activity!" Once processing is complete (may take a second depending on the size of your file), you’ll be placed in the “Edit Activity” screen where you can begin transforming your document into an interactive, multimedia-rich, auto-grading wonder.► PRO TipsYou can upload up to 25 pages Read about how to use each tool in other articles in this knowledge base.  #### Getting Started #1: Classwork.com In 60 Seconds Classwork.com is the easiest and most powerful way to add interactivity to any document-- e.g. Google Slides or Docs, PDF files. And it’s auto-scored, so you won’t spend your time grading! Want to learn how it works? It takes 60 seconds.⭐ ⭐ ⭐ The Big Picture ⭐ ⭐ ⭐ To create an activity, you're going to upload a document and draw simple interactions on top of it.  What's that, you say??Think of your document as being inside of a sheet protector, or laminated. The content inside can’t be changed, but you can write on the surface. That’s how Classwork.com works!When you upload your PDF, it becomes the sheet inside the protector, also known as the **background layer**— you can’t edit it, but you add answer boxes on top of it for your students. Students see the original document and fill in the answers, just like when writing on a laminated sheet. Only Classwork.com is way better than doing it old-school... it's a digital interactive platform. It auto-grades responses and integrates results into your LMS, saving you time and providing instant feedback to your students. You also get formative data and insightful reports in seconds. Want to jazz up that paper copy with more than just answer boxes? Now you can, without using scissors and glue, lol. Classwork.com gives you the digital tools to add your own text, images, audio, video, and more to make your activities come alive! Then assign what you've made to your students. Ready for more? Let’s dive in…⭐ Upload Your Document ⭐Click "New Activity." Upload a PDF file that you created from Google Slides or a document containing a practice activity.⭐ Add Interactions ⭐Your PDF is now the background and you'll add interactive elements on top of it. This is the amazing part. Just draw a box over the background where the question or problem is located, choose which item type you want, and set the correct answer.It’s that easy! Now, when students take the activity, the computer will grade their answers so you won’t have to.⭐ Assign Your Activity ⭐Click "Create An Assignment." Choose your options and click "Save." Share the generated web link with your students, or take advantage of Classwork.com's integration with Google Classroom, Canvas and Schoology.⭐ VIP: Students Get Links, Not Logins! ⭐Students don't get accounts and you won't waste time every day getting them signed in! They just use the web link you gave them to start the assignment or start it from your LMS. Students can check their own work and get immediate feedback, or submit it to you for review (it’s your choice!)⭐ Review Student Work in Realtime ⭐When students begin the assignment, you can see them working in real-time. If you want to provide feedback, you can add text and drawings - even award a sticker or two, then return the work to the student.⭐ Congratulations! ⭐You've done it! You’ve turned your slideshow or PDF into a digital auto-graded activity! The students are working. The computer is doing the grading. Grades automatically show up in your LMS.What are you going to do with all the time you’ve saved?⭐⭐⭐ Next... ⭐⭐⭐That’s Classwork.com in 60 seconds! Once you have the model in your mind, it's so easy to use! Want to learn more? Let's learn a little more in Getting Started 2: Creating an Activity #### Getting Started #2: Creating an Activity Ready to start creating Classwork.com activities? We'll get you started in five short minutes!⭐ Prepare Your Document and Sign In to Classwork.com⭐First, let's sign in.Create your document and save it as a PDF. (This can be e.g. a Google Slide presentation or a Word document)At the bottom of this article, you'll find an attached PDF you can practice with. Use it here and in other Getting Started guides.Visit https://www.classwork.com and click the "Login" link in the upper rightEnter your username and password or use the convenient "Sign In With Google" link if you're set up for that.⭐ Create a New Activity ⭐You're now viewing your Classwork.com home page, or what we like to call the Digital File Cabinet. It's where you see the list of all your activities. Let's create a new one! If this is your first time, and you've never created one, you'll jump right to the "This pop up will appear" section without even clicking the New button. We make everything easy!In the top left, click the green “+ New” button.You will have three choices. You can create a New Activity, a New Folder, or Import Multiple Activities. For now, choose "New Activity."This pop up will appear. You can choose to upload a file, use AI to generate original materials, or start from scratch. You're going to build activity from an existing PDF, so click "UPLOAD a file and work with it."Choose the file to upload from your computer or from Google Drive.You can also just drag a file and drop it onto that option to begin the upload.⭐ Choose Your Pages ⭐The computer will process your file for a second, then you'll choose the pages and how you'd like them to display.Choose the pages from the thumbnails by clicking each page you want to include.The pages you choose will be checked and highlighted in blue.Click "Submit" to continue.Classwork.com will create your new activity and open the Activity Editor for you.⭐ Name Your Activity ⭐You will need to give your activity a title.Click the pencil next to "Edit Activity: Untitled Activity" Enter the title of your activity.Click "Save".⭐⭐⭐ Next... ⭐⭐⭐You've created a new activity! You are now ready to add interactive items! Let's learn how in Getting Started #3: Adding Interactions. #### Getting Started #3: Adding Interactions Now that you’ve created a new activity in Classwork.com , how do you add auto-scored interactions to it? It couldn’t be easier! Take five minutes to learn how!This tutorial relies on the completion of the previous tutorial, and especially on creating an Activity from the "Classwork.com Mini-Sampler" PDF file. If you didn't get the "Classwork.com Mini-Sampler" PDF document yet, you can find it at the bottom of this article.⭐ Adding Your First Interaction ⭐Let's add a Multiple Choice item to slide 3.Using your mouse, click and draw a box to the left of the country names, where you want the multiple choice bubbles to be located.When you let go of the mouse a pop-up menu appears.Select "Multiple Choice."The bubbles will be added to the activity, and the toolbar will show options for the Multiple Choice item.Set the # of answers to 4 if it isn’t already set that way.Click the bubble next to “Peru” to indicate it’s the correct answer. This creates the answer key for auto-grading.That’s it! It will look like this when you’re done.⭐ Add a Matching Item ⭐Let's add a Matching item to Slide 4.Use the mouse to draw boxes around two items that match (“Cat” and “Meow”).Click near the word “Cat” and move the mouse to draw a box around it.When you let go of the mouse item menu appears.Select "Matching."The box that you drew around “Cat” will turn red.Now draw a box around “Meow” and select Matching from the pop-up menu.Connect the two boxes.While “Meow” is still red, click “Cat”.Make sure there’s a dotted line between the pair and the boxes are green.Don’t worry if you make a mistake! Click "Clear Matching Link" on the toolbar to undo the match.Repeat to match "Dog" with "Woof" and "Bird with "Tweet."It’s EASY, right????⭐ Hot Spot Items ⭐You're doing great! So, let's add our third and final item type to slide 4 - a Hot Spot. The Hot Spot item type lets students click on objects on the page. You set the answer key to tell the system which Hot Spots should be clicked and which ones should be left unclicked.Click the mouse and draw a box around the leaf on the right of the flower.Select Hot Spot from the item menu.An outline with little blue squares around it will appear on the selected part of the diagram.Now make the answer key:Click on the bubble next to "Correct if: Clicked."This tells Classwork.com whether this Hot Spot should be clicked or not in order to answer the question. In this case, the leaf SHOULD be clicked.This is also available when clicking the blue "Edit.." button on the toolbar.Draw another box over the roots and select Hot Spot from the item menu. Click on the bubble next to "Correct if: Not Clicked."Repeat that for the top of the flower.Now, join all three hotspots together into a group. Just hold down the Shift key and click on each Hot Spot until you’ve added them all. This will score them as a single question.When you're done, your hot spots should look like this:⭐ Check Your Work ⭐To inspect your work, click the “preview button” (the little computer with the eyeball) at the top left of the tool bar. You will see a preview of this activity. You can even complete the activity yourself to see how it works!You can also compare your work to one put together by the expert staff at Classwork.com by clicking here: See the Classwork.com Mini-Sampler. How does it compare to yours?⭐⭐⭐ Congratulations! ⭐⭐⭐You've transformed a slideshow into an interactive lesson! Now you are ready to assign this worksheet to your students!. Find out how in the next Getting Started guide! #### Getting Started #4: Assign to Your Students You’ve created your Classwork.com activity and now it’s time to assign it to your students!⭐ Create an Assignment ⭐Click the name of the activity. That will bring you to the “Activity Detail” page, where you can see a list of all the assignments you’ve created for this activity. You can create multiple assignments to give to different classes. Since this is your first time here, you haven’t created any yet, and there’s a convenient “Create an Assignment” button to get you started. Click that button to start creating your assignment.You’ll proceed through screens that allow you to set options for this assignment.⭐ Delivery Method ⭐On the first screen, you’ll select how you want your assignment to be delivered to your students. Remember, students do not have Classwork.com accounts. The choice you make here determines how your students will receive their work.Let’s choose the “Classwork.com” option, which means that the students will start the activity by launching a simple weblink. How you give them that link will be up to you.⭐ Student Sign-in Options ⭐Now you can choose whether the students will identify themselves with their Google accounts, or by their name. To keep it simple, we’re going to let them type in their names.⭐ Assignment Options ⭐This step is where we really get to the good stuff! This set of options affects grading, feedback and what the student sees. Before we walk through it, note that Classwork.com will remember your choices between assignments so if you usually use the same settings, you won’t have to select them each time.You can see that Classwork.com gives you a lot of flexibility for how students work with your activity. You can set whether they’re allowed to check their own answers and which tools are available to them.There are a lot of options, and to become a real expert, you can search for articles in the Help Center that document all of them. For now, you can leave them at their default settings.Once you’ve made your choices, click, “Save” and Classwork.com will turn your activity into an assignment in just a few seconds!⭐ Now Watch the Students Work! ⭐You've done it! You've created an assignment.You’ll land on the “Assignment Detail” Page for your new assignment. This is where each student’s work will appear. You can watch students as they work, grade their assignments, and return their graded work to provide feedback!⭐ Next... ⭐Once student work starts to roll in, you'll want to understand how to review it. It's time to move on to the next, and last, step of the process: Getting Started #5: Reviewing and Grading #### Getting Started #5: Reviewing Student Work Classwork.com lets you see your students working at any time. As soon as they start working, you can watch them enter answers and even provide real-time feedback. And when they finish their work, you’ll have a powerful set of tools to help you review and grade what they’ve submitted.⭐ The Assignment Detail Page ⭐From “Activities,” click on your activity name, then on the assignment name. This will bring you to the Activity Detail screen. Click on the Assignment to arrive at the the Assignment Detail page to see how your students are doing. From here, you can see all the student work begun so far. You’ll see the current status (In Progress, Submitted, or Returned), if the student is online, the scores and the submission dates.⭐ Review Student Work ⭐Click any student's name to view their submission.You can move between student submissions by using this convenient tool at the top of the left hand column. Use the left and right arrows to go back and forward, or use the dropdown to jump to a specific student.The circle next to their name will turn green if the student is online for the assignment. As you’re reviewing a student’s work, you’ll see the entire activity and all their auto-graded answers marked correct or incorrect. Use this tool to navigate between slides. If you had included Open Answer questions, click the student’s answer, then click “Set Score” to give them a score.⭐ Give Feedback ⭐You can add your own annotations to student work and they’ll see it when they re-open the assignment. If the student is still working, they’ll see your guidance appear in real-time!You can add text and drawings using this convenient toolbar.Click the star icon and you can add stickers to your student’s work!⭐ Return Their Work ⭐The menu to the left of a student’s work shows detail about their work and allows you to finalize the score and return the work to the student.Here you’ll see the status of their assignment, the time they spent on task, and three options for scoring. You can accept the autograded score, add some bonus points to handle ungraded questions, or even override the score entirely and enter a custom score.Once you’ve finished grading a student’s work, click “Return Submission” to return the graded work to the student! To access their graded work, the student will need to re-start the assignment the same way they originally did when opening the activity. ⭐⭐⭐ You’ve Done It! ⭐⭐⭐That’s it! You've gone through every step of Classwork.com! Let's summarize all that you've learned. In a very short amount of time, because Classwork.com is amazingly easy to use, you've learned how to:✅Upload a Document to create an activity.✅Add Interactions to your activity.✅Create an Assignment from your activity.✅Give the Assignment to your students.✅Review and return the assignment.Thank you for sharing your time with us as you went through these Getting Started guides. We can’t wait to see what you create!Click here to read about More resources Classwork.com provides to help you along the way. #### Give Students Instant Feedback with TeacherMade Ms. Ukyah uses TeacherMade to provide instant feedback to her 5th-grade math and science students. Students can instantly see their score once they submit an assignment, as well as which answers are incorrect and what the correct answers should be.TeacherMade offers auto-grading and scoring capabilitiesThe scoring capabilities and feedback options in TeacherMade are my favorite part of the program. For starters, the feedback given is up to the teacher's discretion for each assignment. TeacherMade allows you to let students instantly see their scores or wait until you return them. You also can show only the score, which answers are incorrect, and what the correct answers should be. This flexibility gives you the autonomy to use TeacherMade on various assignments. Release scores automatically once an assignment is complete or manuallyThe feature on TeacherMade that allows you to choose when students see their scores is incredible. I teach math and science to 5th graders in Collinsville, IL, and when I assign daily lessons, I always set scores to post immediately after submission. I do the same thing when I assign a science test because I'm certain of the answers. However, scores aren't released when I assign math tests until I return them. The reasoning is that it allows me to give partial credit or grade on a curve. Before you return a score, you're able to adjust it manually. Since I do this often, I don't want to confuse students with their initial scores.Using TeacherMade for daily math practice lessonsIn my daily math practice lessons, I set incorrect answers to display once students submit them, as well as what the correct answers should be. Along with that, students' scores show instantly. This puts students in charge of their learning and allows them to see what their mistakes were so they can work together or with me to figure out where or how they went wrong. Once students know they understand the skill from the practice lesson, they move on to their exit ticket. If their practice score is low, it shows they need some help understanding. If the score is high, it is a pretty good indication that they understand the concept and are ready to move on. As a teacher, I want students to be mindful of their learning. I want them to develop the self-awareness to know when they need to ask for help and when they can be confident in their understanding. TeacherMade helps me to instill that skill in record time. Use TeacherMade for daily math exit ticketsAs students move on to completing their exit tickets, they have confidence in themselves based on the feedback they have gotten from their practice page. Students are then able to demonstrate their understanding and, again, gain instant feedback. Once they hit submit, students will see their scores only. They will not see correct and incorrect answers until the assignments are returned. This helps to deter students from sharing answers. Once students have their scores, they can know their next move. If their score is 90% or above, they can choose to help others in the classroom, which deepens their understanding, or they can try a challenge activity. With a score of 89% or below, the students will complete a homework lesson to sharpen their skills. For students that get a score below 70%, I pull them aside and go through their mistakes with them and find out their misconceptions.TeacherMade lets Teachers submit and resubmit assignments and tests to allow students more practiceAs far as tests go, I am still discovering what works best for my students and me. Sometimes I have allowed tests to show scores instantly, and other times I waited until I could go through and see if there was any human error on my part or common misconceptions from students. I can make the necessary corrections or adjustments before their scores are released. I can also provide comments and stickers to boost students' self-esteem as learners. Other times, I have released scores and incorrect answers instantly and reopened students' tests so that they can make corrections. Once students resubmit their tests, scores are updated instantly. This is similar to how I have graded pen and paper tests in the past.  TeacherMade helps Teachers know where to focus attentionTeacherMade allows me to teach while the program gathers all the data my students and I need to move forward in their learning. TeacherMade assists me in knowing where to put our focus instantly. It allows my human error to be corrected with a few clicks of a button. My students and I love TeacherMade. We appreciate the rich feedback it offers. Not only does it make my students better learners, but it helps me to be a better teacher without spending hours outside of the classroom compiling data.TeacherMade offers auto-grading features that will save you time. Release scores immediately once an assignment is completed or manually once you have reviewed any issues with the assignment. #### Give Students Instant, Personalized Feedback on Assignments Ms. Rachelle uses TeacherMade's auto-grading to give her students instant and personalized feedback.TeacherMade lets Teachers give instant, personalized feedbackThere are many advantages to using TeacherMade in my eighth-grade science class. One of the major perks of TeacherMade is how you can give your students instant and more personalized feedback within the same assignment. The various grading options that TeacherMade offers have benefited my students and me. Choose auto-graded or manually-graded question types with TeacherMadeTeacherMade has a variety of question types that allow my students to showcase their thinking in multiple ways. I can choose a question type based on whether I want the question to be auto-graded or manually graded. Many of my assignments have a mix of teacher/manually graded elements and auto-graded elements. I use teacher-graded elements for open response questions, like observations during a lab or reflection questions. For example, if students are writing what they think can vary between students, that will be a teacher-graded question. I will use auto-graded question types when there is a more concrete answer or only a handful of possible answers, like a math question or an identification question. When students are working on something like velocity equations or balanced and unbalanced forces, those will have one correct answer and are best put in as auto-graded questions. Let students instantly see their assignment score and the correct answers When I start assigning a piece of work to my students in TeacherMade, I can choose whether the students can see what is correct or incorrect upon turning it in. I am also able to allow TeacherMade to show them the correct answers. For my assignments, I typically choose the option where they can see what they got wrong but not the right answers. This way, when my students turn in an assignment, they get an instant score based on the auto-graded questions, and they will review their work to see which ones they got incorrect. Once they have taken a few minutes to figure out what they need to fix on their assignment, they will ask me to reopen it so they can give it another shot. Monitor student assignments and give instant feedback and commentsIf I am clicking through and monitoring students that have finished early and want to move on, I will add a comment if I see them not using the correct resource or to try to point them in the right direction, especially when they have a score they may not be happy with. I may add something like "Refer back to table one!" On longer assignments or ones with multiple parts, which they tend to rush through, I may add, "Make sure you are reading the whole question." This can help refocus students and remind them to use their time and resources wisely. After the due date has passed and the assignment has been graded for the final time, I will also use the comment section to explain what they got incorrect. For example, if a student had some factual errors or missing pieces of the prompt, I would write something like, "Wavelength is the length of a single waveform, not the whole diagram if there are multiple waves." This is a common error when measuring wave properties. Give students plenty of time to complete assignments by assigning due dates before the assignment is closedWhen it comes to grading, I am pretty flexible. If students have completed an assignment before the due date, they can retry it as often as they would like and ask for feedback. After an assignment's due date has passed, they can still get feedback, but the assignment is closed. I will then start grading their work the morning after the due date. They will see their score on TeacherMade, and their final score will be inserted in PowerSchool and calculated into their overall grade.Save time with TeacherMade's auto-grading featureTeacherMade's scoring options have been great for my students and me because it cuts down on the amount of time between completing an assignment and receiving a grade with or without feedback. With a traditional assignment, it could take me anywhere from 10 minutes to a week or two to get an assignment back to a student. By that time, we may have moved on to another topic or unit. The feedback that would have been useful within a couple of minutes is usually useless a few weeks later. Typically after the final grade is given, the students will move on instead of correcting their mistakes or putting more effort into understanding the topic. With the instant feedback that TeacherMade offers from the auto-score feature, they at least have an idea of where they stand and know if they need to put in more effort or redirect their focus.TeacherMade's interactive assignments help motivate studentsSince using TeacherMade in my classroom, I have seen a great change in my students. They are motivated and want to try again on their assignments. They also ask for another chance on an assignment rather than stuffing a graded assignment into their backpacks or leaving it on the floor. Not only that, but TeacherMade has also cut down on the time I would have normally needed to grade a traditional assignment. I can quickly override other accepted answers and add points for teacher-graded items. I don't have to decipher student handwriting, and I no longer have to calculate their grade by hand or use an EZ grader to determine their score. Thank you, TeacherMade!Teachermade's auto-grading feature lets Teachers give instant feedback to their students. #### Gradebook Tab - Classes Page Gradebook Tab - Classes PageThe Gradebook tab gives you a class-by-class view of student performance across assignments within a selected date range. It lists all students, their average scores, and each student’s score or status for every assignment in that range. You can also click directly into any assignment or student to review work in more detail.How to Get to the Gradebook TabOpen the Classes page from the left navigation panel.Select a class from your list of classes.If you want to view all classes together, click All Classes (top right).If no classes have been set up, the page will still load but will display all assignments and students together.Learn how to set up your classes.Date Range SelectorIn the top-left corner of the Classes page, you will see a date selector.It defaults to today through the previous two weeks. You can adjust this to any date range you need.The date range you choose is saved and applied automatically the next time you return to the Classes page.Update the date range when you want to see newer assignments or recent student work.To select a new date range:Click the date range box to open the calendar.Use the arrows next to the month and year to move between months.Click once to select your start date.Navigate to your end date and click again to set it.Navigate to the Gradebook TabThe Gradebook tab is the middle tab on the Classes page. When selected, it displays student performance for the class (or all classes) using the active date range.The Gradebook includes:A list of student names in alphabetical orderEach student’s average score for all assignments in the date rangeA column for every assignment in that date range, showing each student’s score or statusUnderstanding Student StatusesEach assignment column displays a student’s progress:Not Started: The student has not logged in or opened the assignment.In Progress: The student opened the assignment but has not submitted a completed attempt.Late: A late tag appears if the submission was completed after the assignment due date.Scores are color-coded to help you quickly spot performance patterns.Gradebook Color LegendClasswork.com uses a quintile-style color system for score visibility. The color key appears on the upper right of the screen, but here are the score ranges explicitly:Blue: 80–100 percentGreen: 60–79 percentYellow: 40–59 percentOrange: 20–39 percentRed: 0–19 percentOpen Assignment DetailEvery assignment name in the Gradebook is clickable.Selecting an assignment opens the Assignment Detail screen, filtered to the class you are viewing. This helps you review student progress, scores, and submission data for that specific assignment.Open Student DetailEvery student name in the Gradebook is clickable.Selecting a student opens the Student Detail screen, which shows all of that student’s work across all dates, including work outside the date range currently applied to the Gradebook.Tips for Using the GradebookIf you do not see recent assignments in the Gradebook, check your date range.If your view seems incomplete, confirm you are not still using a previous date range.Use All Classes when you want to track progress across multiple sections or groups. #### Grading on an iPad, Tablet, Phone or Mobile Device iPads, phones, and other tablets are convenient devices for grading student work. The pen tool is especially handy because you can handwrite comments directly on a student's Submission. However, you may encounter some screen size challenges. Phones and tablets are often used in portrait mode, while the Classwork.com interface is designed to work best in landscape.To make grading easier on iPads, phones, and tablets, we've added features that give you more room to view student work.At the bottom left of the screen, you'll find this icon:Tapping this will collapse the scoring panel, hiding all detail and custom scoring elements so you can see more of the student’s work.Tap this icon to return to the normal view:If you’re working with a Slide View Activity, you’ll also see a selection panel that lets you preview each slide and quickly move between them. While convenient, it takes up space you might want to use for reviewing responses. To hide the slide selector, tap the element between the student Submission and the slide selector:This will hide the slide selector. By collapsing both the scoring panel and the slide selector, you’ll have a larger view of the student’s work while still using the tools and flexibility of your iPad or tablet to grade Assignments. #### Graphing Absolute Functions I'm sorry, but Classwork does not yet have the ability to graph absolute functions. If you feel strongly that Classwork should add this capability, please contact us at support@classwork.com #### Happy Back-to-School for the 2022-2023 School Year! Some of you have been in session for a few weeks; some of you have a couple more weeks to go before school starts again. All of you have a special place in the hearts and minds of your students.As the new year starts, we're sending you love! (And prayers for classes full of students who think learning is fun!) #### Header Test URL: https://classwork.com/llms/header-test/ #### Help Your Students Engage Daily with TeacherMade Ms. Ukyah uses TeacherMade to encourage student engagement in her classroom through online activities.TeacherMade really helps student engagement in the classroomAs a 5th-grade teacher coming out of a pandemic, my students were used to spending so much time online. Keeping them engaged, especially in math, has been a goal of mine. With TeacherMade, I accomplished that goal, and I found that my students were engaged daily. Give your students instant feedback on assignmentsIn this day and age, our desire for instant gratification has become almost a necessity. We want our food quickly and the information we seek immediately at our fingertips! It is no surprise that students want to know instantly how they perform on an assignment. In the years using TeacherMade, I have witnessed an increase in the students' drive to have their scores available instantly. Seeing the score immediately isn't always good enough, though. Students want to know what they got wrong and what the correct response should have been. TeacherMade gives me the option to allow this on an assignment. TeacherMade helps encourage student collaborationI found that this year, many of the answers have been challenged, and most of the time, my answers have been wrong. I want to say I do this on purpose and put in the wrong answers, but I truly don't! My mistakes have become beneficial to my students through. They can compare my answers to theirs and recheck their work. They collaborate with one another, reviewing their work as well. They bring incorrect answers to my attention when they find out I am wrong. Thanks to TeacherMade, I can correct them, and everyone's scores update instantly!TeacherMade helps encourage students to engage with assignmentsMy number one goal for student engagement is the students' desire to complete an assignment. I want them to be motivated and excited about their work. Typically your most challenging students have one of two problems. They are either very bright, understand the lesson, and become bored, or they are the opposite. This student may not fully grasp the material or lack the confidence to try. Either way, TeacherMade does the trick to keep these students engaged. My not-so-purposeful mistakes come in handy for students that are above the rest. These students rush to finish the lesson to ensure they got their 100%, and when they don't, they are on the hunt for my mistakes. For the students that perform at a lower level, I do my best to create the assignment to look identical to their paper one so they do not get overwhelmed or confused.TeacherMade motivates students to get good scores and prove their knowledgeWith TeacherMade, I can easily change the parameters of the assignment to keep my students engaged. I assign a few lessons daily in math class, including practice and an exit ticket. The practice lesson consists of 8 to 10 questions from the lesson we learned that day. I do my best to make the practice page resemble what the work would look like if students completed it on paper. This way, students can work the problems out on paper and copy their answers. I assign practice to show the score when students submit it, as well as which answers were incorrect and the correct answers. This is what helps those higher-leveled thinkers to find and understand their mistakes. As far as the students who aren't quite understanding, I monitor those who are not making it far in their progress, as well as scores that have been submitted. With that data, I can target the issues and help keep students engaged and focused. After students submit their practice, they complete an exit ticket. The exit tickets have between 2 and 4 questions that resemble the practice. This time students cannot use their notes or get help from teachers or friends. Students are motivated to get a good score on the exit ticket to prove their understanding and not have to do homework. The feedback from TeacherMade is instant and allows me to "read the room," which ultimately helps keep students engaged. TeacherMade offers so much functionality to Math TeachersMy favorite TeacherMade tool when creating assignments is the Short Answer tool. I can add numbers and even give multiple forms of the answer. For example, if the answer is .5, I can add 0.5 as a correct answer. I recently discovered the Fraction and Mixed Number tools. Those have saved so much time and allowed students to put their answers as a whole. Before discovering those tools, I created my own fractions using text boxes and drawing the line between the numerator and denominator. These tools are also auto-graded, so my students can get their scores instantly without me having to grade all their papers.TeacherMade helps encourage student collaboration and conversation about sOne question that may be considered is how can you tell when students are engaged? During my math time, I can hear conversations around the room. Students collaborate and talk about their math problems. I also listen to them sharing their scores with one another. I can see the excitement and focus as I circulate the room. Students actively interact with their computers and point to each other's screens. My favorite, though, is when students come and correct my work. "Mrs. Wilburn, can you tell me what I did wrong on #9?" My polite students ask, "Mrs. Wilburn, I got this one right, but it says I am wrong." It is so funny when I am actually right, but unfortunately, it doesn't happen very often.TeacherMade helps keep all students engaged by providing instant feedbackWhether you have challenging students because they are bored of the topic you are teaching or they don't understand, TeacherMade gives you the tools you need to keep them engaged. Understanding students' desire for instant feedback helps me to deliver lessons I know they will want to complete. TeacherMade allows me to assign specific parameters around the feedback I want to deliver with each assignment. By using TeacherMade's many tools and features, there's no way your students will disengage during a lesson. TeacherMade offers instant feedback once a student finishes an assignment. This encourages collaboration and student engagement. #### Home Home on the Activities PageClick Home from the More dropdown to return to your main Activities page, where all your content lives.This is the outermost view of your library. From here, you can:Create new ActivitiesSearch for existing onesOpen foldersAccess Assignments and the EditorThe Home view serves as your central hub in Classwork. #### Hot Text Tool The Hot Text item allows you to enter a text passage then make parts of it clickable by your students. They’ll choose from among the phrases you made clickable to indicate their  answer.Inserting the Question TypeOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity to bring up the Tools menu.Select Hot Text from the Author Questions column on the Question Type menu.The Edit Hot Text item screen will appear.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Hot Text.Your cursor becomes crosshairs. Click on the activity to place the box.The Edit Hot Text item screen will appear.Edit Hot Text itemClick the field that reads “Write text here” and enter your text passage in its entirety. Highlight any word or words that you want to be available to students as an answer choice. In the box that appears, click the checkbox next to the words, “Hot text.”Repeat that process for other words or phrases you want to make clickable, including correct answers and distractors.Any time you highlight a phrase and check “Hot text,” that phrase will appear below the text with a checkbox next to it.To set the correct answers, select the checkbox to the left of the text. In the example above, the correct answers are “took” and “bought.”.When you’re done, click “Save.”You will see the correct answers highlighted in blue on your activity and the incorrect options highlighted in gray:Your students will see a similar view except that all the potential answer choices will be highlighted in gray. As they select their answers, they’ll turn blue and be underlined. If the student changes their mind, they can just click again to deselect an answer.Normally, the student can select as many of the Hot Text phrases as they wish. But if you turn on the “Limit number of selections” switch at the top of the editing box, then the students will only be allowed to select the number of correct answers. In the example above, there are five Hot Text phrases, but only two are correct. If you turn on “Limit number of selections,” they’ll only be able to select two options. If they select a third, one of their other choices will be automatically deselected.Once a student submits their answers, the Hot Text item will be scored correct if every answer you had checked as correct has been clicked by the student, and every answer you indicated as incorrect is left unselected by the student. The points you assigned are awarded in their entirety.Hot Text is a very powerful way to allow your students to interact with text! It’s certain to become one of your favorites! #### Hotspot tool The Hot Spot tool is commonly used for setting clickable, or “hot,” locations on an image, e.g. “Click on a map to select a state”, “Which of these are predators…”, “Identify the tibia …” Some Teachers also use it to have their students cite supporting evidence in reading passages!To use the Hot spot icon, click and drag over the area you want to be selectable by students. That will bring up the Insert menu. Select "Hot Spot."Inserting the Question TypeOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity to bring up the Tools menu.Select Hot Spot from the Question Type menu’s left column.The Hot Spot question type will appear.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Hot Spot.Your cursor becomes crosshairs. Click on the activity to place the box.The Hot Spot question type will appear.You can drag the blue corners of the question to resize it and place it as you wish.  Using the Menu BarThis is where you enter the correct answers and adjust settings for grading and formatting.Edit: Choose is the item is correct if clicked or unclicked. If your Hot Spot is part of a group you will choose if it will be graded as a Multiple Choice or Multiple Selection question and choose whether to limit the number of student selections. Correct if: option to Clicked if the item should be clicked by the student to be considered correct or "Not Clicked" if the student should not select this item. You can also set the points and choose whether to display the item with rounded corners.Box Color: Change the border color Rounded Corners: If clicked the corners of the Hot Spot question type will become rounded. Standards: Tag the question with relevant standards.Item Points: Set the number of points the question is worth.  PRO TIP: You’ll want to use Preview on the VIEW menu to see what your hot spots look like to your students. Be sure to make your boxes big enough so students have large areas on which to click.Grouping Hot SpotsYou can group Hot Spot questions so that they act as a single question. When Hot Spots are grouped, the student must correctly click/not click all the Hot Spots in the group to receive the assigned points.To join Hot Spots together into a group, click any Hot Spot to select it. Then click each subsequent Hot Spot. As you do so, the boxes will turn blue to signify they’re now part of a scorable answer group.To remove a Hot Spot from a group, click the Hot Spot, then click the "Remove From Group" button on the Question Toolbar.Settting Group OptionsOnce you've grouped Hot Spots, you can choose how that group will behave as a question. Click any of the Hot Spots, then click "Edit" on the Question Toolbar. Select one of these options:The first option makes the grouped Hot Spots behave like a traditional Multiple Choice question where only one Hot Spot is ever clicked. The student can click one of the other Hot Spots to change their answer.The second option works like a "Checkbox/Multiselect" question where the student can choose at most N hot spots, where N is the number of Hot Spots marked as "Correct if Clicked."The final option also behaves like a "Checkbox/Multiselect" question but allows students to choose any number of Hot Spots.Note:?To align multiple Short Answer boxes, hold Shift while selecting them, then use the Align dropdown in the toolbar. #### How Can a School Pay for Teachers’ Individual Classwork.com PRO Accounts Without Using a PO? We accept credit card payments from teachers, schools, and districts—no purchase order required!Individual PRO licenses can be purchased directly in the app by clicking Join PRO in the Main Menu.If your school or district prefers to pay by credit card on behalf of multiple teachers, please contact us at support@classwork.com for assistance and next steps. #### How Can I Copy a Co-Teacher's Activity? To copy an Activity from a co-teacher’s account into your own, you’ll use the Share feature. This process takes a few extra steps since you’ll need to switch between accounts.Sign in to your account.Click your Account icon, then select your Co-Teacher to visit their account.Create a Share Link (or multiple links) by following the instructions in How Do I Share My Activity With Other Teachers?Once you’ve copied the link(s), return to your own account by clicking Co-Teacher in the main menu and choosing Back to My Account.Paste the shared Activity into your account:For a single Activity, paste the shared URL into a new browser tab and choose Create a Copy.For multiple Activities, click New on your Home Page and select Import Multiple Activities. Your copied Activities will now appear on your Home Page, ready to edit or assign! #### How Can I Include Accommodations for Students? If you serve a diverse group of students with different learning needs, Classwork.com provides flexible features that let you modify how students interact with your materials.Create differentiated versions of an activityIf you’d like to make, for example, an audio-enabled version of an Activity, simply make a copy of the original Activity and add audio to the copy. Then create a separate Assignment for each version and share them with the appropriate groups of students.See How do I copy an activity? for detailed instructions.Differentiate using assignment settingsYou can also create separate Assignments for the same Activity and adjust the settings for each group based on their needs. Some useful options include:Students Can Check Answers – Set how many times students can check their answers (including 0 for no checks) before submitting.Minimum Score to Submit – Require a certain auto-scored percentage before submission. This can encourage practice for some groups while allowing others to submit their best effort.Student Text Tool – Enable for students who may struggle with standard interactions. They can type explanations or alternate responses.Drawings Tool – Allow students to write or draw directly on their Submissions. This helps students who have difficulty typing.Images Tool – Students can take a picture of handwritten responses and upload it.Audio Tool – Let students record verbal responses or annotations.Speech to Text Tool – Students can use their voice to enter written responses.Read Aloud – Students can highlight text, and Classwork.com will read it aloud to them. #### How Can I Print a Blank Activity? Some students may benefit from completing Assignments on paper rather than digitally. Classwork.com makes it simple to generate a blank version of any Activity that prints cleanly and consistently across different printers.If your generated PDF doesn’t format correctly, please reach out to support@classwork.com for assistance.To Generate a PDF of a Blank ActivityGo to your Activities page and locate the Activity you want to print.Click the title of the Activity to open its Activity Details screen.Click the three-dot menu at the top of the left-hand panel.Select Print Activity from the menu.Choose your preferred orientation (Portrait or Landscape).Select your page size.Click Create PDF.Click the Download your PDF here! link to save the file to your computer.Alternate MethodFrom the File menu in the editor, select Print to PDF, orUse the shortcut Ctrl + P to open the print process directly.Now you’ve got a clean, well-formatted version of your Activity ready to print whenever you need a paper copy. #### How Can I Print My Student’s Submission? How To Print A Single Student's SubmissionTo download or print your student’s work, open the Assignment so that you are in the Review Submission screen. Then select Print Submission from the Actions menu at the top of the left panel. You’ll generate a PDF of your student’s Submission that can be downloaded, printed, or stored as part of their records.Choose whether you want to print in Portrait or Landscape mode, and select a page size.Then select Create PDF. After a brief wait while the system generates your formatted file, you’ll see this:  Click the Download your PDF here! link to download your file. You can view it, print it, or store it in the student’s folder as a record of their work. PDFs generally print very well, but can be sensitive to font availability and size.If your PDF doesn't format correctly, let us know at support@classwork.com.How to Print Multiple Student SubmissionsYou can download multiple Submissions from the Assignment Detail screen (the screen where all the Submissions are listed.)Check the Submissions you wish to print or click the checkbox at the top to select them all.Click the 3-dot menu at the top of the Submissions listChoose Print Selected.You will be prompted for page size as you were when printing a single Submission.At the end of the process, you'll download a ZIP file that contains a PDF for each student. Just click the Download link and save the file to your computer.ZIP is a common archive file format that most computers can handle, but if you need some guidance, just contact us at support@classwork.com. #### How can you do exit tickets online? Ukyah Wilburn teaches fifth grade math. She uses TeacherMade to create daily exit tickets for her students. These formative assessments are auto-graded and get instant feedback on student learning. How do you use online worksheet makers like TeacherMade to collect data?If TeacherMade didn't exist, I would feel completely lost on how to teach my math lessons. I use TeacherMade daily in my fifth-grade math class. I can get a true read of the room by assigning my daily math practice through the app. I can see concrete data on where my students are with an understanding of the day's lesson. Not only that but using TeacherMade allows my students to receive genuine feedback and keeps them accountable for completing their practice. How do you create online exit tickets?Each day after our math lesson, I assign students a practice page on TeacherMade. I typically use PDFs from the curriculum I am using, but only if it has enough space for me to create step-by-step models of the work. For example, when I taught long division, I made each practice problem have a box for every number that was written in the long division problem. If students got an incorrect answer, they could see exactly what and where their mistake was. This was such a great way for students to show their work. How can students see what they missed on their assignment?I always assign practice to show scores after students submit. This allows them to know how well they understand the material. Then they submit their answers, a red box marks the incorrect ones, and when they click them, they see the correct answer. I typically do not put practice grades in the grade book, but in the future, I would like to offer completion grades to help hold students accountable for turning them in.How do online tools streamline your formative assessment?In the past, before TeacherMade, I would assign a practice page in my students' notebooks. Before class, I would complete the practice page showing my work and the steps I took to get my answers. I would place the page in the front of the classroom so that students could check their work against mine to see if their answers were correct. If students made mistakes, they could see how I worked out my answers to check their work. Before TeacherMade, I had to go around and collect my own data. If students asked for help or if I had behavior issues, it would take my attention from other students that may have needed my assistance. I did not collect the practice, so the accountability for students completing this assignment was pretty low. How do you increase student accountability?TeacherMade has greatly improved my math class, and my students are thriving. I no longer need to patrol the room to gather data. TeacherMade does it for me. I can see who is actively working and progressing on the assignment. I can which students are getting problems correct and which are getting them incorrect. I no longer have to trust my ten-year-old students to complete their work. I can see it for myself at any time. Accountability is increased because they have to submit their work daily. Once they submit, they have feedback on how they have done and what areas they need to work on. The best part about using TeacherMade is that since students have access to their computers online, they can complete their work away from the classroom. I have had so many students still completing their practice at home when they are absent from school and proud of themselves! Others have finished their assignment after school as well! How has TeacherMade changed your classroom and teaching?If TeacherMade were candy, it would be a lifesaver! It has transformed my math instruction tremendously. Using TeacherMade, I can teach my students how to be accountable and provide immediate feedback instantly. I can reach every student, whether they are at school or home. As the TeacherMade platform continues to develop and grow, so does my instruction in the classroom. #### How Do I Access My Receipt After Purchasing PRO? To access your receipt:Sign in to your Classwork.com account.Click Account at the bottom of the Main Menu.Select Manage your Subscription — this will open our secure payment platform, Stripe.In Stripe, scroll to the Billing History section.Click the date of the transaction to view your billing details.Select Download Receipt to download a PDF copy of your receipt.Your browser will automatically download the file, which you can then save or print for your records. #### How Do I Add a “Name: ______” Line to the Top of My Assignment? Add a Name LineClasswork.com automatically tracks student names when they open and complete an Assignment, so you do not need to add a “Name” field for identification. Student names will already appear in your submission list.If you would like to include a “Name: ______” line for visual consistency, you can do that using Teacher Text and a Short Answer box.Create a “Name” Line Students Can Type InOpen your Activity in Edit mode.In the Tool Box, open the Question Type menu.Select Teacher Text.Click near the top of your page or slide, then type: Name: ________Open the Question Type menu again, then select Short Answer.Click and drag to draw the answer box on the line where you want students to type their name.Set the points for this question to 0, since student names cannot be auto-scored.This gives students a place to type their name while keeping your scoring accurate. #### How Do I Add a Student to an Already Assigned Assignment? How Do I Add a Student to an Already Assigned Assignment?How a new student can access an assignment depends on how the assignment was originally shared.If the Assignment Was Shared with a LinkIf the assignment was shared using a Classwork share link, you do not need to add the student again.Simply give the new student the original assignment link. Anyone with the link can access the assignment.If the Assignment Was Shared Through Google ClassroomIf you selected All Students when creating the assignment in Google Classroom, any students who join that Google Classroom course later will automatically have access to the assignment.If you selected specific students, you will need to update the assignment in Google Classroom:Open the assignment in Google Classroom.Click Edit.Add the newly enrolled student to the recipient list.Update or re-post the assignment.If the Assignment Was Shared Through Canvas or SchoologyWhen assignments are delivered through another LMS such as Canvas or Schoology, new students must be added within the LMS.Once the student is enrolled in the course, the assignment link will be available to them inside the LMS.Students are not manually added to individual assignments inside Classwork.Important NoteClasswork does not currently include a feature that allows teachers to directly add a student to an assignment after it has been shared.Assignment access is controlled by:The delivery method used (share link or LMS)The class roster inside Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology #### How Do I Add Formatted Text Boxes to My Activity? Add Teacher TextTeacher Text allows you to create instructions, questions, and content directly inside your Activity. You can use it to build from scratch or add content on top of an uploaded PDF.Insert a Teacher Text BoxIn the Tool Box, click Content.Select Teacher Text.Click and drag anywhere on the slide to draw your text box.Once the text box is created, the formatting editor will open.Format Your TextUse the toolbar to format your content. You can:Bold, italicize, or underline textChange font style and sizeAdjust alignmentInsert imagesAdd math expressionsWhen you are finished, click Save.Position and EditAfter saving, drag the text box to place it where you want on the slide.You can reopen and edit the text at any time.Teacher Text works alongside question types, so you can add instructions and then use the Question Type menu to place interactive items directly beneath your content. #### How Do I Add My Activity to the Shared Library? Adding your Activity to the Classwork Library makes it available to all TeacherMade PRO Teachers. Your investment in time and thoughtful attention to detail will be MUCH appreciated by so many Teachers across the globe!To add your Activity to the Library, go to your Classwork home page. Click on the the title of your Activity.Then select the 3-dot menu on the Activity Toolbar that appears.Select "Donate to Shared Library" from the 3-dot menu. Enter a title, description and keywords for the Activity. Make these descriptive, since they're used when other Teachers enter search terms to find Activities.Select Grades and Subjects for your Activity. These are used in the Library filter feature to help Teachers narrow their searches.Finally, agree to the sharing terms, and click "Submit!" That's it! Your Activity will be added to the shared library during the next update cycle. #### How Do I Add Standards to your Questions and Activity Tagging standards in your activity powers Classwork.com's TEKS-aligned reporting and helps you track mastery across your class. You can add standards either question-by-question or apply them in bulk. Standards can be tagged before or after assigning.Option 1: Tag Individual Questions with StandardsUse this method if your activity covers multiple standards and you want to align each question to the correct one.Open your activity in the Activity Editor(If the activity has already been assigned, you’ll be in Answer Key Mode.)Click the question you want to tagIn the top toolbar, click the Edit Standards pencil ✏️Choose one of two paths:Select from Recently Used standardsOr click Search Standards to browseUse the filters to select your state, subject, grade, and standardClick Save Changes➡️ Tip: You can tag multiple standards to the same question by repeating steps 3–6.Tag multiple questions at once:To apply the same standard(s) to multiple questions, select the first item, then hold Shift and click each additional question. Each selected item will display a blue border. With all desired items selected, follow steps 3–6 to tag them at the same time.Option 2: Apply Standards to All Questions at OnceUse this method when your entire activity aligns to the same standard(s).From the top toolbar, click SettingsSelect Update Standards for All ItemsUse the filters to select your state, subject, grade, and standard(s)Click Save ChangesAll scorable questions in the activity will be tagged with the selected standard(s).Remove a Standard from a Question or ActivityClick the question you want to editClick the Edit Standards pencilClick the ❌ next to any standard you want to removeClick Save Changes⏱ Time-Saving ShortcutsRecently Used Standards appear when editing any questionRecently Used Standard Sets appear at the top of the search windowCtrl + D duplicates a question — including its standards! #### How Do I Add Students? Adding Students to Classwork.comIf you’re looking for how to add students to your Classwork.com account — you can stop searching!There’s no need (and no way) to create student accounts in Classwork.com.That’s right — no student accounts at all!You don’t have to:Set up, manage, or delete student accountsUpload class listsCreate or manage classesReset “forgotten” student passwordsThis is one of the things that makes Classwork.com unique — it keeps life simpler for teachers.So Then How do Students Access Their Work?That depends on how you assign the work to your students. You can assign through Classwork.com directly or through one of our LMS integrations (Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology).Your chosen method determines how students access their assignments.Learn more about assignment creation here: Creating Assignments.Assigning Using Classwork.comWhen you assign directly through Classwork.com, a shareable link is generated.You can share that link however you normally communicate with your students — through email, your class stream, or a messaging platform.Students use that same link and the same login information to access and re-enter their assignment anytime. You also control how submissions are collected.Assigning Using Google Classroom, Schoology, or CanvasIf you assign an activity using one of our LMS integrations, students simply access their assignments through their LMS accounts.Google ClassroomSchoologyCanvas #### How Do I Add Video to an Activity? Using the embedded video feature, you can add videos directly to your activities! Students can watch them in Classwork.com and stop hopping out to YouTube. You can use this feature to attach any video to your activities. From informational videos found online to videos you record yourself for your students, they’re all supported! Classwork.com does not host the videos, so you do not upload them directly to Classwork.com. Instead you can upload them to a streaming service like YouTube, then embed the video from that streaming service in your Activity.To see an example (and a great video!), click here then go to Slide 6.Here’s how you add videos to your slides:Start by clicking “+Insert” or drawing a box onto your assignment. From the menu that appears, choose “Video” under “Content Tools.”The following pop-up will appear: Start by selecting how the video will be displayed in your activity (more on that in a second!) Then paste the URL of the video into the provided field. Classwork.com supports most public video streaming services and also direct links to video files stored in publicly accessible servers. It does not currently support links from Google Drive or Microsoft OneDrive.The Inline and Floating options work like this:Inline: An Inline video will be displayed directly on your slide as a thumbnail. Use this when you have space in the document and want the student to always see the video. The video will play right in the box you drew, though the student will be able to watch it using their full screen, too.Floating: A “Floating” video doesn’t play in the box you drew, but instead plays in a floating window that students can move. Use this when there’s no room on the activity for a video box, or if you want the students to be able to scroll through an activity and still see the video playing. When you add a floating video, you’ll position the “Watch Video” button that students will click to start the video.It’s always a good idea to preview a video before you let students see them. To watch the video, choose the“Edit” to return to the dialog box and watch it there, or use the “Watch Video” button on the menu bar. Of course, you can watch it when you’re previewing the activity as well. Students will be able to watch videos as they’re interacting with other parts of the assignment. They will not be able to move Inline videos around but they can expand them into a larger window.With Floating videos, they will be able to move the video throughout other parts of the assignment and also open it into a larger window. #### How Do I Add Video to an Activity? Video ToolUse the Video tool to embed videos directly into your Activities. Students can watch without leaving Classwork, keeping everything in one place.Classwork does not host videos. Instead, paste a link from a supported streaming service such as YouTube or another publicly accessible video source. Direct Google Drive or OneDrive links are not supported.Add a Video to Your ActivityTo insert a video:In the Tool Box, click Content.Select Video.Your cursor will turn into crosshairs. Click or drag to place the video area.The Edit Video window will appear.Choose how the video will display, then paste the video URL into the field provided.Display OptionsInline VideoAn Inline video appears directly on your Activity as a playable thumbnail. Use this option when you want the video visible at all times.Students can watch in the embedded window or expand to full screen.Floating VideoA Floating video plays in a movable window. Instead of embedding directly on the page, students click a Watch Video button to launch it.Use this option when space is limited or when students need to scroll through the Activity while watching.Previewing the VideoIt is always recommended to preview the video before assigning.Click Edit to reopen the dialog and preview.Use the Watch Video button in the toolbar.Preview the entire Activity to see the student view.What Students SeeStudents can watch videos while interacting with other parts of the Assignment.Inline videos stay fixed in place but can be expanded.Floating videos can be moved around the screen and expanded. #### How Do I Answer "My Grade Level" Question? Classwork.com occasionally asks for information about you so we can better understand and support our users.If you’re not in the United States, you might be unsure how to answer the question about which grade levels you teach. Use this quick guide to translate your students’ ages to the equivalent grade levels.Approximate Age Range for U.S. Grade LevelsApprox. AgeU.S. Grade Level4–5 yearsPre-Kindergarten (Pre-K)5–6 yearsKindergarten6–7 years1st Grade7–8 years2nd Grade8–9 years3rd Grade9–10 years4th Grade10–11 years5th Grade11–12 years6th Grade12–13 years7th Grade13–14 years8th Grade14–15 years9th Grade (Freshman)15–16 years10th Grade (Sophomore)16–17 years11th Grade (Junior)17–18 years12th Grade (Senior) #### How Do I Archive Last Year's Students? Classwork.com doesn’t currently have a way to archive all of last year’s students at once. Instead, we recommend archiving the Assignments that contain their Submissions.This will clear your view for the new school year while still keeping the student work safely stored.You can read more here: How Do I Delete an Assignment? #### How Do I Assign Extra Credit? If you’d like to include an extra credit question in your Activity, assign it 0 points. (see How Do I Change the Point Value of a Question? for details.) This keeps the question from being auto-scored and ensures students aren’t penalized if they skip it.You’ll assign the extra credit points while reviewing student Submissions:Open a Submission.Under Score Type, choose Auto + Teacher. This means the total score for the student’s work will include both the auto score and any points you add manually.Enter the points awarded and points possible. The values are saved automatically.Click Return Submission if you’d like to return the work to the student at this time. #### How Do I Assign My Activity to Multiple Classes? How Do I Assign My Activity to Multiple Classes?You can assign a single activity to multiple classes at the same time in Classwork.com. This allows you to manage assignments more efficiently without needing to recreate the assignment for each class.If you have the Classes feature set up, you can simply select multiple classes during the assignment process and Classwork will automatically create a separate assignment for each class.If you have not set up classes yet, see: Sync or Add New Classes (Setup Classes and Students)Start the AssignmentOpen the activity you want to assign. On the Activity Detail screen, click the blue Create an Assignment button in the Assignments section.Step 1: Configure Assignment SettingsOn the Create Assignment screen, you may want to edit the assignment name so it reflects the class or purpose of the assignment.Choose your assignment delivery preferences, then click the blue Next button at the bottom of the screen.Step 2: Select One or More ClassesOn the next screen, you will see your available classes.You can assign the activity to multiple classes at the same time by checking the box next to each class.You can also choose how students receive the assignment:All Students — assigns the activity to every student currently in the class, as well as students who join the class later.Select Students — assigns the activity only to specific students you choose.You can repeat this process across multiple classes in a single assignment workflow.What Happens Next?After you finish creating the assignment, Classwork will generate a separate assignment for each class you selected.You will see a confirmation message:Assignments created successfullyClasswork.com has created new assignments for each of the classes that you selected.Click here to see the list of assignments for this activity.Clicking the link will open the Activity Detail screen, where you will see the assignments organized by class.Each class assignment can then be monitored independently so you can track student progress, submissions, and results for each class. #### How Do I Change a Folder's Color? To change the color of the folder icon for a folder, click the checkbox to the left of the folder, then click the 3-dot menu on the Activity toolbar that appears above your list of folders. From the 3-dot menu, click Edit Properties. A popup will appear allowing you to choose a new color. Click Confirm to save the new color. #### How Do I Change a Folder’s Color? To change the color of the folder icon for a Folder, click the checkbox to the left of the folder, then select edit from the popup that appears above your list of folders.  Another popup will appear allowing you to choose a new color. Click "Confirm" to save the new color.On the Home Screen, select the folder that you want to share or move: Edit:Use the color selector to change the color of the folder:Press Confirm to save your color selection.Bonus: You can also change your Folder name from this screen.Are you new to Classwork.com? Welcome!Click here to start your 30 day risk-free PRO trial today. #### How Do I Change a Slide From Portrait to Landscape? Classwork.com creates new slides in Portrait orientation by default. If you prefer a Landscape layout (wider than tall), you can switch it by following these directions:How to Change Your Slide OrientationOpen your Activity in Edit Content so that you are in Slide View.Select the slide you want to adjust.Click to open the Slide menu dropdown and choose Resize Slide.At the bottom of the window, find Set to default dimensions.(NOTE: Add a screen shot here of the Resize Slide window to show where to choose Landscape or Portrait)Select Landscape (or Portrait if you want to switch back).Select Save.Important Note About Multiple SlidesChanging the orientation applies only to the slide you're currently on.If your Activity has multiple slides, repeat these steps for each slide.If You See a Minimum Size WarningIf your slide contains text, images, or question types, you may see a message saying the slide can’t be resized smaller than the objects on it.If that happens:Resize or move the objects first,Then reopen Resize Slide,And select the orientation you want. #### How Do I Change My Assignment Settings After Giving the Assignment to Students? If you need to adjust an Assignment after students have already started working on it — no problem! You can easily edit your settings right from the Assignment Detail page.To Edit an Assignment's SettingsFrom your My Activities home page, click the activity title.Then, click the assignment title to open the Assignment Detail screen (where you’ll see all student submissions).Click the three-dot menu above the Assignment details on the left.Select Edit Assignment. (NOTE: This image needs to be replaced due to TeacherMade branding)The list of editable Assignment Options will appear. (NOTE: May want to check to make sure this image still looks the same... I just can't view this to check)Make any needed changes, then click Save.Any student who opens the Assignment after you save your changes will see and experience the updated settings. #### How Do I Change the Background of a Slide Using Google Slides? If you’re using Google Slides to create content that you later import into Classwork.com, you might occasionally want to change just one slide in the original Slides document.It's simple! Just follow these instructions:In Google Slides:Open your Slides document and make your desired changes.From the File menu, select Download, then PDF Document.Save the document to your local computer.In Classwork.com: Go to My Activities and open the Activity by selecting its title.Select Edit Content.In the left-hand panel showing the slides, select the slide you want to change.From the Slide menu, choose Change Slide Background.Select Upload a File.Open the PDF file you saved earlier.Choose the single slide you want to use as the new background and select Use Selected Page.Your new slide background has been saved! #### How Do I Change the Point Value of a Question? To change the point value of a question, click the current point value on the Editor Toolbar, then enter the new value.The point value must be between 0 and 1000. A point value of 0 means the question will still be auto-graded, but no points will be awarded based on correctness.If you enter a new point value after students have started the activity in Google Classroom, Canvas or Schoology, you will have to resynchronize the scores. Classwork will prompt you at the top of the screen that the external scores must be updated. Click the link there to complete the process.Finally, you can also award individual students points after they submit an incorrect response by clicking their answer, then clicking "Set Score" and entering a new score. #### How Do I Clear the Trash Bin? The Trash Bin is your safeguard against accidentally deleting Activities. At this time, Classwork.com doesn’t include an option to permanently delete items from the trash.If you feel this feature would be useful, please let us know by emailing support@classwork.com — we love hearing your feedback! #### How Do I Combine Activities? Classwork.com allows you to combine multiple Activities into a single Activity using Slide View and its advanced editing capabilities. The Scroll View is not yet capable of combining Activities.To Combine Multiple ActivitiesTo combine two existing activities into a single activity, you'll create a new Slide View activity, then open the other activities in a different tab and copy and paste them in. Just follow these steps:Step 1: Create a New Blank Slide View ActivityGo to your Home page.Select New, then choose New Activity.Select Start Blank.Choose Create Slide Activity.Step 2: Open your First Activity in a New TabOpen a new browser tab.Go to https://app.classwork.com.Select the first Activity you wish to copy.Select Edit Content.Step 3: Copy and Paste the Activity Contents into Your New ActivityFor a Scrolling ActivityFrom the File menu, select Copy Full Activity.Switch to your new Activity tab.From the File menu, select Paste Full Activity.For a Slide ActivitySelect a slide from the thumbnails on the left.Press Ctrl + C to copy the entire slide.Switch to your new Activity tab.Press Ctrl + V to paste the slide.Repeat for each slide you want to include.Step 4: Repeat with Your Second ActivityOpen the next Activity in a new browser tab and repeat the same copy-and-paste steps to add its contents to your new combined Activity.PRO TIP: After combining, you can rearrange or delete slides as needed to clean up your final Activity before assigning it to students. #### How Do I Convert A Google Slides Document Into an Interactive Activity? That’s exactly what Classwork.com was built for!To get started, visit the Get Started folder in our Help Center. You’ll find everything you need to learn how to turn your Google Slides (and other materials) into fully interactive Classwork Activities.You’ll find:A Quick Start Guide to walk you through the basicsHow-to videos that show each step in actionIn-depth professional development (PD) resources to help you become a Classwork expert in no timeA little time spent learning now will save you hours later! #### How Do I Copy a Scrolling Activity into a Slide Activity? Do you have Classwork Activities you want to merge into lessons using the new Slide View? Good news! You can easily copy a whole Activity and paste it into a new one. Here’s how:Start by opening up the Activity you want to copy. From the Edit Activity screen, choose, File and then, Copy Full Activity.*Note: When copying, the activity can either be a Slide view Activity or a Scrolling Activity.Next, find the Assignment that you want to paste the Activity into. Again, choose File and then, Paste Full Activity.You can choose to drag the pasted Activity wherever you want it to be within the Slide view Assignment. *Note: You can only paste Activities into the Slide view! If you try to paste an Activity into a Scrolling Activity, you will receive this message:Use this feature to merge all of your past Classwork Activities into the new Slide view or even to create review packets at the end of a unit. #### How Do I Copy an Activity? There are two ways to make a copy of an Activity in Classwork.com. The first is to check the checkbox to the left of the Activity title. A menu will appear at the top of the screen. Click the Make a Copy icon.The second is to click the title of the Activity, which will take you to the Activity Detail screen (where the list of Assignments resides). Click the 3-dot menu at the top of the left panel, and choose Make a Copy from there.Both Make a Copy options will prompt you where you'd like the copy to be made, defaulting to the current folder. Choose the folder you wish, then click the Copy Activity button at the bottom.  #### How Do I Create a Multiple Choice Question with More Than One Correct Answer? Unlike a Multiselect question—where students can choose multiple answers—a Multiple Choice question allows students to select only one answer. However, as the teacher, you can define more than one answer as correct. If the student selects any of the correct options, the item will be counted as correct.How to useInsert a Multiple Choice question from the Question Types menu (not the Author Questions menu).When setting your answer key, hold down the Shift key while clicking each correct answer choice.All selected choices will be marked as correct.When might you use this?You might use this feature if:A question has more than one acceptable correct answer (for example, when wording varies but both responses show understanding).You notice during autograding that more than one answer could reasonably be considered correct. In that case, you can edit the answer key and mark both options as correct to ensure accurate scoring. #### How Do I Create a Sequencing Activity? Sequencing (putting things in order) is a great way for students to demonstrate their understanding of chronology, causation, or comprehension of a reading passage. It also helps them practice organization and problem-solving skills, making it useful across multiple subjects and grade levels.Classwork.com makes creating sequencing Activities easy! Using the Snipping Tool and the Drop Zone question type, you can build interactive drag-and-drop sequencing Activities for your students.To learn more about setting up this type of Activity, see How do I use the Drag and Drop tool? #### How Do I Create a Word Search? To create an Auto Graded Word Search in Classwork.com, we suggest you use our HotSpot Question Type! This will allow you to create clickable letters and clickable groupings of letters that your students can select.Here is an example Activity one of our fabulous Classwork.com Teachers created: Link    #### How Do I Create Checkbox / Multiselect Questions? Checkbox (or Multiselect) questions allow students to select more than one correct answer. They’re great for “Select all that apply” or multi-part questions that require multiple selections to be correct. Unlike Multiple Choice, students aren’t limited to a single bubble.You can insert a Checkbox question in two ways:Option 1: Click on Your ActivityClick once — or click and drag — directly on your uploaded activity.The Question Type menu will appear. Choose Checkbox from the left column.A box with square checkboxes will appear where you clicked or dragged.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick the Insert button in the top toolbar.Choose Checkbox from the Question Type menu.Your cursor will change to crosshairs. Click and drag to draw the answer box.Checkboxes will automatically appear inside.You can resize the box or move individual checkboxes to align with answer text.Menu Bar OptionsOnce your Checkbox box is created, you'll see a menu bar across the top. This gives you quick customization options:Edit – Ability to limit the number of student selections to the same number of correct responses in the question and allow partial credit auto-scoring. Number of Choices – Add or remove checkboxesLetters – Add letters (ABCD, 1234) to each checkboxLetter Size – Change font size inside the checkboxesTransparent – Make the checkbox background invisibleStandards – Tag the question with TEKS, Common Core, or other standardsItem Points – Set how many points the question is worthHow to Set Correct AnswersClick on each checkbox that represents a correct answer.The checkbox will turn gray, showing it’s part of the answer key.Students must select all correct answers to get full credit -- unless you used the edit button to allow partial credit. Warnings and ErrorsIf you see a ! warning on your question:You may not have selected a correct answer.Some answer bubbles may be overlapping — reposition them as needed.Aligning Multiple Select BoxesHold Shift and select multiple boxes. Use the Align dropdown in the toolbar to line them up evenly. #### How Do I Create Multiple Choice Questions? Multiple choice questions in Classwork.com are flexible and auto-graded. You can use them for traditional single-answer questions or “circle the correct response” types.Insert a Multiple Choice BoxOption 1: Click on Your ActivityClick once — or click and drag — on your uploaded activity.The Question Type menu will appear. Choose Multiple Choice.A box will appear with selection bubbles inside it.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick the Insert button in the top toolbar.Select Multiple Choice from the Tools Menu. Your mouse will turn into crosshairs.The toolbar will say: "Click in the activity to add a Multiple Choice."Click and drag to draw your answer box. Selection bubbles will appear inside the box.If your answer choices have custom spacing, you can resize the box or click and drag individual bubbles to reposition them as needed. You should see one of the following, depending on how you drew your box. Edit the QuestionOnce the box is placed, you'll see the Menu Bar with options to customize:Edit: Change the number of choices and toggle letters/numbers on bubbles.Number of Choices: Pick 2 to 8 answer bubbles.All but “4 Choices - 2x2” are vertical in orientation. If you want to change the orientation from vertical to horizontal (or vice versa), click on the bottom right corner of the border and drag it up and to the right. The box will automatically change orientation.Letters/Numbers: Add A–D or 1–4 labels to each bubble (optional).By default, the multiple choice bubbles are empty.Letter Size: Choose a fixed size or use “Adaptive” for auto-sizing.Transparent: Makes the bubbles clear so the background shows through.Standards: Tag this question with academic standards.Item Points: Set how many points this question is worth (default is 1).Set the Correct AnswerClick on the correct bubble to mark the answer. It will turn gray to indicate your selection.Pro Tip: Hold Shift and click to mark more than one correct answer. If a student picks any of the correct options, they’ll receive full credit.Warnings and ErrorsIf you see a ! warning on your question:You may not have selected a correct answer.Some answer bubbles may be overlapping — reposition them as needed.Aligning Multiple Choice BoxesHold Shift and select multiple boxes. Use the Align dropdown in the toolbar to line them up evenly. #### How Do I Create Short Answer Questions The Short Answer question type creates a text box meant to contain one- or two-word answers that can be auto-graded. Students will not be able to indent, type sentences, or write long paragraphs. If you want students to write more than simple responses, use the Open Answer tool instead.➽ Tip: Use the Open Answer tool to make text boxes that accept sentences and paragraphs. Note that Open Answers cannot be auto-scored.Inserting the Question TypeOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity to bring up the Tools menu.Select Short Answer from the Question Type menu’s left column.The Edit Short Answer screen will appear.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Short Answer.Your cursor becomes crosshairs. Click on the activity to place the box.The Edit Short Answer screen will appear.Edit Short AnswerThis is where you enter the correct answers and adjust settings for grading and formatting.Correct Answers: Type one or more acceptable answers. Click the “X” to delete an entry.Match Case: Check to require correct capitalization.Ignore Punctuation: Check to disregard punctuation when grading.Partial Match: Check to allow key terms within longer answers to count as correct (e.g., “Yellowstone” in “Yellowstone National Park”).Ignore All Spaces: Check to remove spaces when evaluating answers.Be sure to click “Save Changes” when finished.Using the Menu BarWhen a Short Answer box is selected, the top toolbar gives you options to customize its appearance and behavior.Edit: Open the edit panel again. You can also double-click the question box.Box Color: Change the border color.Font: Choose the font style.Font Size: Choose the font size and color.Standards: Tag the question with relevant standards.Item Points: Set the number of points the question is worth.Note:?To align multiple Short Answer boxes, hold Shift while selecting them, then use the Align dropdown in the toolbar. #### How Do I Delete a Picture From a Student's Work? Classwork.com does not currently allow you to remove any work that a student submitted, including uploaded images. If you think that would be a useful feature for Classwork.com to add, let us know by emailing us at support@classwork.com! #### How Do I Delete a Slide in My Activity? Need to remove a slide from your Activity? You can delete it in just a few clicks.There are three easy ways to delete a slide from your Activity in Classwork.com.Before deleting, make sure the slide you want to remove is selected in the filmstrip (the slide list) on the left side of your screen. If the filmstrip isn’t open, you can simply be viewing the slide you wish to delete. You can also select Show Filmstrip from the View dropdown menu at the top to make the filmstrip visible. [image of View dropdown menu showing Show Filmstrip]Option 1: Use the Slide MenuFrom the top toolbar, click Slide and select Delete Slide. [image of Slide dropdown menu showing Delete Slide]Option 2: Use the Edit MenuYou can also click Edit in the top toolbar and select Delete. [image of Edit dropdown menu showing Delete]Option 3: Use Your KeyboardSimply press the Delete key on your keyboard.On a Mac, press Delete.On Windows or Chromebook, press Backspace.Need to Undo a Deletion?If you accidentally delete the wrong slide, you can easily undo it.Click the Undo arrow in the top toolbar, or select Undo from the Edit menu. [image of Undo icon and Edit menu showing Undo] #### How Do I Delete Last Year's Scores? (Assignment Archiving) It’s a new school year! You log in to Classwork.com and see all of last year’s Assignments and Submissions still in your account. While you probably don’t want to delete them entirely — they’re still educational records — you might want to clear the clutter and start fresh.The best solution? Use the Archive Assignment feature!Archiving hides your old Assignments (and their student Submissions) from your daily view, giving you a clean workspace for the new year. Don’t worry — nothing is permanently deleted. You can always unarchive Assignments later if you need to review student work or reuse materials.For detailed instructions, check out: How Do I Delete or Archive an Assignment? #### How Do I Delete My Account? Classwork.com is GDPR compliant, which includes your right to have your data removed upon request.If you would like us to delete your account, please contact us at support@classwork.com. Once confirmed, we will permanently remove your account and associated data. #### How Do I Delete Notifications? Classwork.com does not currently allow you to delete notifications.If you’d like to keep your notification counter at zero, click Notifications in the Main Menu. Then, check the box next to the Date column header to select all of your notifications. Click Mark as Read.This will mark all your notifications as read and reset the counter next to Notifications in the Classwork.com Main Menu. #### How Do I Delete or Archive an Assignment? Since valuable student data is connected to each of your Assignments, Classwork.com doesn’t permit you to delete or unassign an Assignment. Instead, you can hide an Assignment from your current view by archiving it. How to Archive An AssignmentTo archive Assignments, start on your Home page and open the folder containing the Activity.Then click the Activity name to view its list of Assignments.From there:Check off any individual Assignments you’d like to archive, or click Select all assignments at the top.Once your selections are made, click the Archive icon in the upper right corner.Confirm that you want to archive those Assignments.That’s it! You’ll have a clean workspace ready for the new school year.How to Restore Archived AssignmentsIf you need to review last year’s work, you can easily access your archived Assignments at any time.Click the Assignment title to open the Assignment Detail screen.At the top, click the Archived link. This toggles your view to show only archived Assignments.From here, use the buttons on the right to Restore an Assignment. This moves it back into your active view on the Assignment Detail screen.When you’re finished reviewing, click the Active link at the top to return to your regular Assignment view. You’ll now see the restored Assignment, including all student scores. You can re-archive it at any time once you’re done.Update Google Classroom, Canvas and Schoology After ArchivingIf you use Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology to deliver assignments, note that once an Assignment is archived in Classwork.com, the original links shared to those systems will no longer work for students.To continue using the same Activities with your new classes or courses, you’ll need to create new Assignments:For Canvas and Schoology: Copy the new Assignment links from Classwork.com and paste them into the appropriate Assignments in your LMS.For Google Classroom: New Classwork Assignments will automatically be created in the classes you select during the Assignment creation process.If you need to remove last year’s Assignments in Google Classroom, log in and delete them directly from your Classwork stream.Can I Delete Multiple Assignments? Can I Delete an Entire Folder?You can archive multiple Assignments within the same Activity, but Classwork.com does not currently offer a way to archive Assignments across multiple activities or to archive all the Assignments in a folder at once.If you think these features would be valuable additions, we’d love to hear from you! Email us at support@classwork.com with your feedback.  #### How Do I Download My Activities? Downloading a File To Give It To StudentsIf you’re used to downloading and distributing files to students in other systems, we have great news — you don’t need to do that in Classwork.com!All of your Activities are stored securely online, so there’s no need to download or manually hand out files. When you’re ready for students to complete an Activity, simply create an Assignment in Classwork.com and choose your delivery method:Through Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology, orVia a shareable link generated by Classwork.com.It couldn’t be easier — your Activities stay organized, accessible, and ready to assign anytime, anywhere!Downloading (Printing) a Blank Copy of an ActivityIf you have students who need paper-based work, Classwork.com offers a Print a Blank Copy feature (listed as Print to PDF in the editor’s File menu).To learn more, see: How Can I Print a Blank Activity?Downloading (Printing) a Copy of Your Answer KeyIf you’d like a printable version that includes all questions and correct answers (for your records only!), you can use the Print Answer Key option in the editor’s File menu.To learn more, see: How Do I Print My Answer Key?Downloading (Printing) Student WorkIf you’d like to save or print student Submissions — for example, to keep local copies or to prepare for parent-teacher conferences — you can easily print results for one or more students from the Assignment Detail screen (where all student Submissions appear).To learn more, see:How Can I Print My Student’s Submission?Classwork.com gives you the flexibility to keep everything digital or save it offline when you need a paper copy — the choice is yours. #### How Do I Export Scores to a CSV File? If you ever need to download student scores from Classwork.com, you can easily export them to a CSV file and save it to your computer.CSV stands for Comma-Separated Values — a standard file format that can be opened in Microsoft Excel, Google Sheets, or imported into most Student Information Systems (SIS) and Learning Management Systems (LMS).To Export ScoresOpen the Assignment Detail screen where the student Submissions for an Assignment appear.Click the three-dot menu in the upper right corner.Select Export Scores to CSV.Your computer will prompt you to choose a save location. Once saved, you can open the file in Excel, Google Sheets, or import it into another platform.It’s that easy! #### How Do I Get an Enrollment Code? We no longer use enrollment codes. If you have a new teacher who needs to be onboarded, please email your account manager or contact us at support@classwork.com.We are also a certified ClassLink and Clever Partner.  #### How do I get started creating an Interactive Worksheet using TeacherMade? (MISSING TUTORIAL LINK) For detailed instructions on how to create an interactive worksheet, check out this tutorial article here: #### How Do I Give Authorization to Classwork.com to Access My Google Classroom? If you see this screen when trying to create an Assignment through Google Classroom, it means you haven’t yet given Classwork.com permission to connect with Google Classroom.You’ll only need to complete this authorization process once — the first time you connect Classwork.com to Google Classroom. Think of it as introducing the two so they can start working together!Follow these steps:Locate the blue text that says click here to provide necessary authorization… and select it.You’ll see a series of three pop-up windows from Google asking you to allow Classwork.com to access your Google Classroom data.Click Allow on each pop-up. (NOTE: Pop ups need to be replaced due to TeacherMade branding)Once you’ve completed the authorization, you’ll return to Step 2 of the Create Assignment process in Classwork.com. You should now see a list of your courses imported from Google Classroom — ready to go! #### How Do I Give Partial Credit On a Question? Using Classwork.com’s Set Score function, you can assign partial credit manually grade any auto-scored question type. Start by clicking any incorrect student answer to open the score popup. Then select Set Score next to the point value.Type in the new point value (decimal or whole number). Click Save when you’re done. The box surrounding the question will change to green and the points will update to reflect the adjusted score. The total Assignment points will also be updated. If you’re using an LMS like Google Classroom, Canvas or Schoology, the updated points will also be included in the the score in those grade books.This is a great way to make sure students get the credit they deserve! #### How Do I Graph Absolute Functions? We're sorry, but Classwork.com does not yet have the ability to graph absolute functions. If you feel strongly that Classwork should add this capability, please contact us at support@classwork.com. #### How Do I Keep My Question Visible in an Open Answer Box? Keep a Question Visible in an Open Answer BoxYou cannot place Teacher Text inside an Open Answer box. However, there is a simple way to keep your question visible while students write.When you enter text in the Starter Text field of an Open Answer question, it disappears as soon as students begin typing. This can make it difficult for students to reference longer or multi-step prompts.Recommended SolutionUse Teacher Text to display the full question.Add a Teacher Text element and enter your complete prompt.Place the Teacher Text directly above the Open Answer box.(Optional) Use Starter Text for a short note such as “Type your answer here.”This layout keeps your question visible on the screen while students work.Tip: Do not use Teacher Notes for this purpose. Teacher Notes are only visible to you and are best used for rubrics, scoring guides, or answer keys. #### How Do I Merge (or Connect) Slides in an Activity? You can merge — or connect — one or more Slides within an Activity into a single Slide. This lets you control how content is chunked for instruction and how students experience your Activity.If you prefer the Scrolling View, you can even merge all Slides into one long Slide that students can scroll through to interact with the content.How to Merge SlidesOpen your Activity and click Edit.Select one of the Slides you want to merge.Click the Slides menu, then choose Merge Slide(s).Select one of the following optionsMerge with Previous Slide – Combines the current Slide with the one before it.Merge with Next Slide – Combines the current Slide with the one after it.Merge All Slides into One – Merges every Slide in the Activity into one long Slide.Tip: Choose Merge All Slides into One if you forgot to select “Combine selected pages into a single slide” when uploading your file. (see November 22nd, 2024 - A New New Popup for more information).Important noteYou can’t merge Slides if their background images have been flipped or rotated. #### How Do I Preview an Activity You can preview your activity at any point, whether you're building, reviewing, or already assigned it.This lets you test out questions, links, audio, and tools exactly as a student would see them.You can access preview mode from multiple locations in Classwork.com:From the Activities Page1️⃣Click the checkbox next the activity name.  A pop-up will appear. Click on the eye icon. From the Edit Activity Screen1️⃣ Click the Preview Icon on the toolbar2️⃣ Click "View" from the toolbar. Then "Preview" from the menu.        3️⃣ Use the keyboard command Ctrl+F2From the Activity Detail Screen1️⃣ Click the button on the left hand side that says "Preview." From the Assignment Detail Screen After assigning the activity you can also access preview mode.1️⃣ Click the Eye Icon on the toolbar on the left hand side.What You Can Do in Preview ModeClasswork will remind you that this is the Teacher Preview of the Activity.Once in preview mode you will be able to: Test student tools on the toolbar. Answer each question on the assignment.Scroll through the activity. Test hyperlinks. Listen to audio. Practice recording audio. Check your answer.This is a great way to test your activity before assigning it to students.How to Exit Preview ModeClick the "X" in the upper right hand corner of the page.orGo to File > Close from the top toolbarEither option will return you to your previous screen. #### How Do I Preview My Activity? Preview an Activity Before AssigningPreview mode lets you test an activity before assigning it to students. It helps you confirm formatting, interactions, and student tools so you can see exactly what students will see.Preview from the Activities PageOn the Activities page, click the checkbox to the left of your activity name.A toolbar will appear.Click the eye icon for Preview.Preview from the Activity EditorWhile editing an activity, you can preview it in two ways:Click the Preview icon on the toolbar.Use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl + F2.Preview from the Activity Detail PageOpen the Activity Detail page for the activity.Click Preview on the left side of the page.Preview after AssigningAfter an activity is assigned, you can enter preview mode from the Assignment Detail screen:Open the assignment.Click the eye icon on the left toolbar.What you can test in preview modePreview mode is useful for testing the student experience, including:Student tools on the toolbarAnswering each questionScrolling through the activityTesting hyperlinksListening to audioPracticing audio recording (if included)Checking answersExit Preview ModeTo exit preview mode, click the X in the upper-right corner of the page.Pro TipSome teachers use preview mode to record a short walkthrough video for students that demonstrates how to use tools inside the assignment. #### How Do I Print My Answer Key? If you need a copy of your Answer Key (or solution) that includes your entire Activity, all questions, and their correct answers, Classwork.com lets you easily download it as a PDF file.If your PDF doesn’t format correctly, please contact support@classwork.com for help.To Generate a PDF of your Activity's Answer KeyGo to your Activities page and locate the Activity you want to print.Click the Activity title to open the Activity Details screen.Click the three-dot menu at the top of the left-hand panel.Select Print Answer Key from the menu.Choose your preferred orientation (Portrait or Landscape).Select your page size.Click Create PDF.Click Download your PDF here! and save the file to your computer.Alternative MethodYou can also print an answer key directly from the editor:Click File → Print Answer Key. #### How do I purchase a Classwork.com PRO Unlimited Site License? Classwork.com PRO Unlimited is an incredible value for schools and districts. We keep pricing affordable so every teacher and student can benefit from Classwork’s interactive features in their classrooms.To get a customized quote, use the Estimator Tool on our Classwork.com Plans page.Once you’ve submitted your estimate, our Sales Manager, Jen Chorma, will reach out to you shortly to discuss next steps and answer any questions. #### How Do I Purchase Classwork.com PRO for an Individual Teacher? You can purchase a PRO subscription directly from Classwork.com.Visit https://app.classwork.com/purchases/join-pro/ to choose your plan:Monthly — $12 USD, billed every 30 daysYearly — $95 USD, billed once per year (35% savings)After selecting your plan, you’ll be redirected to our secure payment portal to complete your purchase. Once payment is confirmed, your account will be upgraded immediately to PRO, giving you access to all premium features. #### How Do I Remove Students? How Do I Remove Students?At this time, students cannot be permanently deleted from your Classwork.com account. Any student who has started or submitted an assignment will remain in your student records so that their work, grades, and feedback are preserved.This ensures that historical assignment data remains accurate and available for review.Archive Students InsteadIf you want to remove students from your active view, you can archive them. Archiving students removes them from your active student list while keeping all of their submissions, grades, and feedback safely stored.You can restore archived students at any time if you need to view their past work again.For step-by-step instructions, see:How to Archive StudentsFocus on Current StudentsIf you are trying to focus on current students rather than remove old records, use the Date Range filter on the Classes page. This lets you narrow your view to assignments and student activity within a specific time period, which can make it easier to focus on your current roster while keeping past records intact.Learn more here:Assignments Tab - Classes PageRemoving Old Assignment RecordsIf you are trying to clear out work from a previous semester or school year, you can archive assignments instead.Archiving assignments removes them from your active view but preserves the scores and student work.Learn how to archive assignments here:Archive Assignments #### How Do I Remove the Margins Before Importing Sometimes in a scrolling document, you don't want any space between pages at all, so that all the pages blend together in one seamless document. However, both Google Docs and Microsoft Word don't quite allow that. You can set the margins to zero, but for various reasons, there's always a little space remaining.You could always use a full-featured tool like Adobe Acrobat to edit the resulting PDF, but there's also a free option we've found to be useful. So, just follow these instructions to remove the top and bottom margins entirely from the pages of a download PDF file.Set the margins to 0" in Google Docs, then download the PDF.Visit https://deftpdf.com/crop-pdf and upload the document there.Tell that system you want to edit each page's margin's individually.Do NOT select Auto-Crop which seems to trim all left and right space aggressively. Instead, go through and set the left and right margin of each page to 1" (or whatever it was in Google), and the top and bottom to 0.Scroll to the bottom of each page. Because you set custom margins, there will now be a selection box around the whole page, and you can drag the bottom of the selection box up to be as close to the bottom of the last line as you want.Once you've adjusted the margins for all your pages, click the button labelled CROP PDF TOOL. Depending on your screen size, that button may be hidden behind an ad at the bottom of the page. If so, click the little down arrow on top of the ad to hide it and reveal that button.The system will prompt you to download the cropped file. Do so, then import it into Classwork.com. #### How Do I Rename an Activity or Folder Renaming an ActivityTo rename a folder, click the current name of the activity.  A popup will appear allowing you to choose a name. Click "Confirm" to save the new color.On the Home Screen, select the activity that you want to rename:Select edit:Change the name of the assignment:Press Save.Bonus: You can also edit the Description of the Activity from this  screen.Bonus: You can also preview or edit the content of the assignment from this screen.Renaming a FolderTo rename a folder, click the checkbox to the left of the folder, then click edit icon that appears above your list of folders.  A popup will appear allowing you to choose a name. Click "Confirm" to save the new color.On the Home Screen, select the folder that you want to share or move: Select edit:Use the color selector to change the color of the folder:Press Confirm to save your color selection. Are you new to Classwork.com? Welcome!Click here to start your 30 day risk-free PRO trial today. #### How Do I Rename an Activity or Folder? To rename an Activity or Folder, click the checkbox to the left of the item, then click the 3-dot menu on the Activity toolbar that appears. From the 3-dot menu, click Edit Properties. A popup will appear allowing you to type a new name. Click Confirm to save the new name.BONUS: You can also edit the description of an Activity.BONUS: You can follow the same procedure to change the color of a folder's icon.  #### How Do I Renew or Cancel My Classwork.com PRO Subscription? To RenewYour Classwork PRO subscription renews automatically. To ensure uninterrupted service, just make sure your payment method is up to date.Annual subscribers will receive an email reminder a few weeks before renewal.To update your credit card info, follow the directions below under Accessing the eCommerce System to add a new payment method.We’re glad you’re continuing with PRO — it means more time saved and less stress for you!To CancelIf you wish to cancel your PRO subscription, follow the instructions below under Accessing the eCommerce System.Please note:Your cancellation will take effect at the end of your current subscription period.You will continue to have PRO access until then.We do not offer mid-term, pro-rated refunds.We’re sorry to see you go, but we hope Classwork.com has saved you time and energy while you’ve used it. You’re always welcome to return to Classwork PRO whenever the time is right for you.Accessing the eCommerce SystemAccessing the eCommerce SystemSign in to Classwork.com.Click Account at the bottom of the Main Menu.Choose Edit Profile.Under Subscription Information, click Manage your Subscription.To cancel: click Cancel Plan.To add a payment method:Click + Add payment method.Enter your information.After the card is accepted, click Make default so it’s used for renewals.(Optional) Remove your old payment information.When finished, click Return to Classwork on the left side of the screen. #### How Do I Reset or Change My Password? I Forgot My PasswordIf you forgot your password, select Forgot your password on the Login screen. You’ll be prompted to enter your email address. An email with instructions for resetting your password will be sent to the primary email tied to your account.I Want to Change My PasswordIf you know your current password and simply want to change it, select Account at the bottom of the Main Menu. Choose Change Password from the pop-up menu.Enter your current password, then enter a new password. Re-enter the new password to confirm, and select Change Password. You’ll see a message at the top of the screen confirming that your password has been changed.To return to your homepage, select Activities in the left-side menu.If you run into any problems or have questions, don't hesitate to email support@classwork.com. We're happy to help! #### How Do I Resize a Slide? When you’re working in Classwork.com’s Slide View, you can add slides from various source documents, even from other Classwork Activities. You may run into an issue where slides from different sources import at different sizes.To fix this—or to crop a slide or slide background—use Resize Slide in the Slide menu.To resize or crop a slide:Select the slide you want to change.From the Slide menu, choose Resize Slide.Enter the new width and height.Select Save when you’re done.Hint: Write down the size of the slide you're trying to match first. Just click Slide then Resize Slide. Then write down the width and height reported, and click Cancel. That way, you can set another slide to the exact size of the first one. #### How Do I Rotate or Flip a Slide That Displays Sideways? Classwork.com gives you a few ways to edit a slide whose background appears rotated or flipped.It’s important to fix slides immediately after importing them and before adding your interactions or content. If you’ve already added questions, text, or other elements, remove them before using these steps.Rotating a SlideFrom the Slide menu in the editor, select Transform Background.Choose the amount and direction to rotate.The slide updates immediately. If you don’t like the result, press Ctrl + Z to undo the rotation.Flipping a SlidePDFs can be unpredictable! Sometimes you’ll need to flip, not just rotate, a slide. Classwork.com can flip a slide horizontally (left to right over a vertical centerline) or vertically (top to bottom).In the left slide panel, select the slide you want to adjust.From the Slide menu, select Transform Background.Choose the direction to flip the background, such as Flip Horizontal.The results display immediately. You can undo a flip either by flipping again or using the Undo feature. #### How Do I Score an Open Answer Question? Did you know that Classwork.com's only non-autoscored item type can still be scored manually? The Open Answer question type isn't auto-graded yet (this feature is coming soon), but you can assign points and score responses after students submit their work. Here's how: Set the Points of an Open Answer QuestionStart by drawing an Open Answer question type onto your Activity. You’ll notice Item Points on your menu bar: (NOTE: This image needs to be replaced, the Item Points is no longer a drop down)Type the point value you want assigned to the question (up to 1000 points). Awarding Points to StudentsOnce a student submits their work, you’ll be able to review their answers and assign points, up to the maximum you set earlier.Each student’s Open Answer text box will be highlighted in purple when they submit their work. The color purple is an indicator to you that the question is scorable but hasn’t been scored yet! When you hover over the item, you will see this pop-up:To award points to the student based on their answer, select Set Score next to the score. The pop-up will change to show this:Type in the number of points you want to award the student and then choose, Save.Once you click Save, the box will switch to green to let you know that it has been scored. The student will see this question marked as correct and the points will be added to their total score. You can change the score after saving by choosing Adjust.It’s as easy as that! Don’t forget you can also mark up Open Answer questions using the tools on your toolbar! #### How Do I Search for Activities? It’s easy to lose track of an Activity, but Classwork.com has you covered! The Search feature helps you quickly find any Activity by title, assignment status, sharing status, or date created or modified.To Open the Search Feature:On your Activities home page, click the More dropdown in the middle margin.Select Search.Choose your filters and click Search.Your search results will appear in a new, full-screen view.Search optionsTitleEnter a word or two, and any Activity with that text in its title will appear. Capitalization doesn’t matter—Midterm and midterm will both find the Activity titled ALGEBRA 2 MIDTERM.AssignedChoose between Assigned and Unassigned.Assigned shows Activities with currently active Assignments.Archived Assignments are not included.SharedSelect Shared to view any Activities you’ve shared with other teachers through a sharing link.CreatedSearch for Activities created within a specific time frame. Choose Within, then select a date range from the list.ModifiedThis works just like Created. Choose Within, select the date range, and Classwork.com will show any Activities modified during that time.Combining optionsYou can combine multiple filters to narrow your search. For example:Searching for Title: Word meaning and Assigned: Unassigned will display only Activities that include “word meaning” in the title and are currently unassigned.Viewing resultsOnce you search, results appear where your list of Activities normally displays. Select any Activity to open its Activity Detail screen, where you can edit content, assign it to students, or review existing Submissions. #### How Do I See Which Questions My Students Need Help With? If you want a quick visual breakdown of which questions your students are getting correct or incorrect, the Item Analysis report is your go-to tool! It gives you an instant look at where students are excelling and where they may need more support. (NOTE: The video is outdated due to TeacherMade branding)How to Run the Item Analysis ReportNavigate to the Activity you want to review on your My Activities home page.Click the Activity title to open the Activity Detail page, where you’ll see all Assignments linked to that Activity.Click the title of the Assignment you’d like to analyze to open the Assignment Detail page with all student Submissions.At the top of the student Submission list, click the three-dot menu.Select Item Analysis.Understanding the Item Analysis ReportThe report displays a table where:Columns represent each question in your Activity.Rows represent your students.Questions appear in the same order as they do on the Activity (top to bottom, left to right). Each question type is shown as an icon at the top of its column — hover over an icon if you need a reminder of what it represents.Each cell shows the student’s score on that question, highlighted in green for correct or red for incorrect. You can quickly identify which questions caused the most difficulty by scanning for red cells or by checking the % Correct column.In the example above, Question 2 — a dropdown question — was the most challenging, with only 25% of students answering correctly.Drilling Down into Individual AnswersHere’s where it gets powerful:Click any cell to jump directly to that student’s Submission for that specific question.You can move between the Item Analysis report and student Submissions using the navigation tools on the side of the screen. These same tools appear whenever you’re reviewing student work, so you can easily access Item Analysis from either view.When You're FinishedClick the Close button in the upper right-hand corner to return to the Assignment Detail screen, where you can view all student Submissions again. #### How Do I Send Grades to Microsoft Teams? Classwork.com currently allows you to share assignment links directly to Microsoft Teams (see Sharing TeacherMade Worksheets to Microsoft Teams) but does not yet support sending grades or completion information back to Teams.If you think this would be a useful feature, we’d love your feedback! Email us at support@classwork.com. #### How Do I Set Up TeacherMade as an LTI 1.3 Tool in Canvas? Login to Canvas as an AdministratorSelect the accountChoose "Developer Keys" from the left-hand menuClick the "+ Developer Key" button in the upper right of the screenChoose "LTI Key"Enter the following values into the provided fieldsFieldValueKey NameTeacherMadeOwner Emailsupport@teachermade.comRedirect URIshttps://app.teachermade.com/lti13/launchMethodEnter URL (selecting this will remove most of the fields below this setting since you won't need to manually enter those values)JSON URLhttps://app.teachermade.com/lti13/configClick SaveCanvas will read the remainder of the settings from the file you pointed to in the "JSON URL" field.Click the TeacherMade Developer Key entry.Make sure the settings are exactly as follows:(is this possible?)Set the new Key to be "ON"(screen cap)Send the following information to support@teachermade.comClient ID - you'll also need thisKey (click to show this)Add TeacherMade as an app by Client ID #### How Do I Split a Slide Into Multiple Slides? Split a Slide into Multiple SlidesClasswork makes it easy to convert paper-based materials into digital Activities. If a slide feels too long, you can split it into smaller sections for better screen use.Open the Split Slide ToolStep 1: In the Editor, click Slides in the top menu bar, then choose Split Slide Into Parts near the bottom of the dropdown.The Slide Splitter toolbar will appear.Place Split LinesClick on the slide to place a horizontal line where you want to split it. Click and drag the line to position it exactly where needed.You can place multiple lines to create multiple slides.Important:The minimum slide height is 100 pixels.Crosshatched areas show where lines cannot be placed.Existing question types are protected areas and cannot be split through.Remove a Split LineTo delete a split line, click the line and then click the trash can icon.Complete the SplitWhen you're ready, click Split. #### How Do I Submit Feature Requests? We LOVE hearing from our teachers so we can figure out how to make your lives a little better! We've done our best to make Classwork.com useful for you, but there's always the chance that you want it to do something we haven't thought of or gotten to yet.If you have an idea a suggestion or a wish for a new feature -- or, really, anything that you want to tell us -- just contact us by emailing support@classwork.com, and we'll be in touch as quickly as possible! #### How Do I Trim Blank Space from an Activity? Classwork.com doesn’t currently include a way to remove blank space from a Scrolling View Activity.If you think this feature would be helpful, we’d love to hear from you! Please email support@classwork.com with your feedback or suggestions. #### How Do I Update My Email Address? Select Account at the bottom of the Main Menu. From the menu, choose Update Email.The window that appears will give you the option to Add a New Email Address or Connect a Google Account.You can add a secondary email address or replace your current one by making the new email your primary. Be sure to verify the new address by clicking the verification link sent to your inbox. #### How Do I Update My Payment Information? You can edit your payment information in your profile. Just login to Classwork.com, then click the Account icon at the bottom left-hand corner of the app:Choose Edit Profile.From the profile screen, choose Manage your SubscriptionThat will take you to our trusted eCommerce partner, Stripe. There you can add a new payment method and remove the old one:If you add a new payment method without removing the old one, you will want to set the new method as the default. Just click the 3-dot menu next to the new method and choose Make default.When you're done, just click Return to Classwork.com on the left-hand side of the screen.Note: Classwork.com currently accepts credit and debit card payments through Stripe. PayPal is not supported at this time. If your school or district needs to use a different payment method or needs help making a payment, please email support@classwork.com for assistance. #### How Do I Upload a File to Create a New Activity Classwork.com makes it easy to turn any file into an interactive, auto-graded activity.You can upload a PDF, document, or image, or import files straight from your Google Drive.How to create a new activityIn the middle margin of your "Activities" page, click the green + New File button in the center of the screen.This pop up will appear. Choose UPLOAD a file and work with it. Choose how you would like to upload your file.Upload from your computerDrag and drop the file directly into the windowOr import from your connected Google DriveWhat File Types Can I Upload?Files that can be uploaded directly into Classwork include: PDF'sWord Documents (.docx)Powerpoints (.pptx)Images (.jpg/.jpeg, / png, .bmp, .gif)Google Slides/DocsFor any other file, you will first have to create a PDF of your document.Just follow these simple instructions: Open your documentClick "File" menu Choose "Save As" Click the down arrow next to the file type:Choose "PDF(*.pdf)" from the available file typesChoose the location on your local computer to store your document.Next, select that file or drag and drop the file in when creating a new activity in Classwork. After the file is uploadedThe computer will process your file for a second, then you'll choose the pages and how you'd like them to display.Choose the pages from the thumbnails by clicking each page you want to include.The pages you choose will be checked and highlighted in blue.Click "Submit" to continue. Add InteractivityNow the magic begins!You’ll be taken into the Activity Editor, where you can start layering on auto-graded questions, drag-and-drop elements, and more. #### How Do I Upload the Answer Key? In Classwork.com, the Answer Key is created on a question by question basis. As you add new item types to your Activity, you also set the correct answers. So, you create the Answer Key yourself as you're working!For this reason, there is no need/way to upload an answer key from your computer. #### How Do I Use "Sign in with Clever?" If you are a Clever user, you can take advantage of Classwork.com’s Sign in with Clever button on the sign-in page:Click Sign in with Clever.If you’re not already logged in to Clever, sign in when prompted.Clever will securely share your information with Classwork.com.If your Clever email matches an existing Classwork.com account, you’ll be signed in automatically.If it’s a new email, you’ll be asked to create a new account.I Already Have an Account Under a Different EmailIf your district uses multiple email domains (for example, mydistrict.com and app.mydistrict.com), Clever may not match your existing Classwork.com account.To link your account, follow the steps in How Do I Use the “Sign in with Google” Feature?, but click Sign in with Clever instead of Sign in with Google. #### How Do I Use AI to make content USE AI to Make ContentFrom the Activities page, click the + New File button. In the pop-up window, choose Use AI to Make Content (yellow square).On the next screen, you’ll see five different AI-powered content options:Import content generated by an AI (LLM)Generate reading passages or textGenerate questions by grade level and subjectGenerate questions from a passageCreate questions from standards1. Import Content Generated by an AIIf you've used a tool like ChatGPT, Claude, or MagicSchool to create instructional content, you can copy that text and paste it directly into Classwork.com's Prompt Assistant to quickly generate interactive questions.Select “Import or Paste Content” from the AI options.Paste the output from your AI chat (questions + text) into the text box provided.Click Here to see detailed instructions to help.[Need new Article for that]Set your preferred font, size, and point value per question.Click Go! and Classwork will scan the content, detect questions, and add them to your activity with answer keys.Note: The Prompt Assistant creates a new slide each time it's used, so paste one set at a time if you want questions on separate slides.Tip: AI is powerful, but not perfect—be sure to review the questions and answers before assigning your activity to students.2. Generate Reading Passages or TextUse this option to create original reading passages based on grade level, subject, genre, and a specific topic.Select the grade level to set the appropriate reading complexity.Optionally, enter a subject area and/or genre.In the Topic field, describe the topic or theme in detail. Be as specific as possible for best results.Set a minimum and/or maximum word count (optional).Click Generate Passage to create the text.Once the passage is generated, you'll be able to review and edit it directly.You’ll then have two options:Regenerate Passage – Use this if you change any settings or want a different version.Add Passage to Activity – Insert the passage into your Activity as-is.Reminder: Always review AI-generated content for accuracy and appropriateness before assigning it to students.3. Generate Questions by Grade Level and SubjectUse this option to create practice questions based on a general subject and grade level — no specific standards required.Select the subject area (e.g., Math, Science, Social Studies).Choose the grade level to target the appropriate complexity.Choose a question type (e.g., Multiple Choice, Fill in the Blank, True/False).Set the number of questions you'd like to generate.In the Prompt field, describe the topic or focus you want the questions to cover. Be as specific as possible for better results.Click Generate Questions to create the set.Once the questions are generated, you'll be able to review and edit it directly.You’ll then have two options:Regenerate Questions – Use this if you change any settings or want a different version.Add Questions to Activity – Insert the passage into your Activity as-is.Reminder: Always review AI-generated content for accuracy and appropriateness before assigning it to students.4. Generate Questions based on PassageUse this option to generate questions based on a specific reading passage. You can either paste in your own passage or generate one using the Content Assistant.Paste in a custom passage, or go back to generate a new one using AI.Select the subject and grade level to guide the types of questions created.Choose the question type (e.g., Multiple Choice, Fill in the Blank, True/False).Set the number of questions you'd like to generate.Click Generate Questions to create the set.Once the questions are generated, you'll be able to review and edit them directly.You’ll then have two options:Regenerate Questions – Use this if you change the passage or question settings.Add Questions to Activity – Insert the selected questions into your Activity.Reminder: Always review AI-generated content for accuracy and alignment before assigning it to students.5. Create Questions from StandardsSelect Create Questions from Standards (bottom option).Choose Your StandardClick Edit next to Learning StandardsClick Search StandardsSelect your Course, Grade Level, and StandardClick Save ChangesPick Your Question TypesChoose item types (e.g., Multiple Choice, Fill in the Blank)Set the number of questions (suggested: 4 for a quick warm-up)Click Generate QuestionsReview and Edit QuestionsClick Add Questions to insert them into your activityDouble-click any question to customize it.You're Ready to BuildNow that you've explored all five AI-powered options, you can start building out your activity slide by slide — mixing passages and questions however you like.Use the assistant as often as needed to create warm-ups, practice sets, or full lessons. And remember: you can always edit or remove anything before assigning.TABLE OF CONTENTSUSE AI to Make Content1. Import Content Generated by an AI2. Generate Reading Passages or Text3. Generate Questions by Grade Level and Subject4. Generate Questions based on Passage5. Create Questions from StandardsYou're Ready to Build #### How Do I Use Notifications? Think of Notifications as your Submissions Inbox. You'll get a notification whenever a student submits work that you have assigned them. It's your signal that it's time to review student work!If you've received notifications, you'll see the count in the left menu:Click Notifications to see what has been submitted.Here's the fastest way to review outstanding Submissions:Click Unread by DateClick the checkbox at the top of the list (to the left of Date) to select everything.Click the Review button in the upper right corner and review each Submission. Use the right arrow button to move between Submissions while reviewing.Click Close when you're done to return to the Notifications list.Click Mark as read at the top.You will have reviewed all your student work and cleared your notification counter! Put your feet up and relax.Let's take a closer look at this screen.The Notifications ScreenThe Notifications screen shows you each Submission along with the score, completion percentage, and some other details. Let's take a closer look at the columns.DateThe date the Submission was sent. As with all dates in Classwork.com, you can click the date description to see the details.AssignmentThe title of the Assignment.StudentThe student's name.ScoreThe final score of the Assignment at the time of the Submission.% CompleteIndicates whether the student answered all available questions.OtherYou'll see one of these icons to indicate that the student annotated their work with text, math, web links, drawings, or audio.Read/UnreadA closed envelope means the notification is unread. Click it to mark it as read.ReviewClick this icon to review this Submission.Changing the ViewThere are three view options to choose from at the top of the screen.Unread by Assignment groups Submissions by Activity and shows only unread notifications. To view all Submissions for a particular Assignment, click the checkbox in that Assignment's header. Unread by Date filters out any read notifications and sorts them by Submission date. All notifications shows you both read and unread notifications in the order they were received.Working with Multiple NotificationsYou can select multiple notifications by clicking the checkbox at the top of the list. Once selected, the three buttons at the top of the screen will become available for you to use.Mark as read will mark all selected notifications as read.Mark as unread will mark all selected notifications as unread.Review will take you to the Submission Review screen and display the first selected Submission. Use the right arrow to move to the next Submission:When you're done, click Close to return to the Notifications screen. It would be a good practice to mark the notifications as read right after reviewing them. Going Back to Your ActivitiesWhen you're done reviewing notifications, just click the Activities link in the left menu to return to your home page. #### How Do I Use the AI Create Tool? Do you use ChatGPT, MagicSchool, or other AI tools to write materials for your classes? If so, Classwork.com's AI Create can instantly convert the results of your chat sessions into interactive Activities to give to your students! Use your chat tool to create text with questions, then paste it into Classwork.com's AI Create tool. The AI Create tool will process your chat results, find all the questions within the text, and automatically create interactive, autograded Classwork questions in your Activity. It will even set the answer key for you. You'll be able to create an interactive, instructionally robust Activity in seconds!Starting the AI Create ToolThe AI Create Tool appears in Classwork's Activity editor, so your first step will be to create a new Activity. Since the AI Create Tool will generate a new slide every time you ask it to convert your chat results, you'll want to select the Slide View for your Activity. And you probably want to start with a blank Activity, rather than uploading a background. Click here for more help on creating an activity.To start the AI Create Tool, click this button in the editor.A menu option of different options for generating content will appear, select Import or Paste ContentA dialog box will appear. Copy and paste your chat results into the large text box.PRO TIP: Many chat tools provide a convenient Copy button that may look something like this:Set the point value per question, font and font size as you wish.Then click the Go! button:The system will process the input for a few seconds (magic takes time!) then insert a new slide into your Activity. The questions will be included with their answer keys already set. PRO TIP: If you'd like questions to be on individual slides, copy and paste each question one at a time. Classwork will insert a new slide every time you use AI Create.How To Prompt Your Chat ToolEach chat tool works a little differently, but in general, you should inform the tool what you are intending to teach, then ask it for specific types of questions. For instance, the quiz above was generated with this prompt to ChatGPT:I teach tenth grade physics. I need a quick quiz about the first law of thermodynamics. Generate two multiple choice questions with a single correct answer, two multiple choice with two answers each marked with asterisks, two fill-in-the-blank questions, one numeric answer, and an essay question.It helps to begin telling the chat bot what you're teaching, both subject and grade level. That will help the bot generate questions with the appropriate reading and complexity level.PRO TIP: Chat bots these days can interpret requests that include specifications about Bloom's Taxonomy and Webb's Depth of Knowledge. You can try adding guidance to your prompts to achieve those levels of rigor.  It's important to tell your chat tool which types of questions you wish to generate and how many of each. The AI Create Tool will create the following question types:Classwork.com Question TypeHow to Write PromptMultiple Choice"Multiple Choice with a single answer." Some chat tools will generate Multi-Select/Checkbox questions if you don't specify "with a single answer."Note: Classwork will read the question and attempt to identify the correct answer for you. You can always override the system's interpretation by changing the correct answer after the import.Multiselect / Checkbox"Multiple choice with more than one correct answer." It's better to specify the number of correct answers. You can also ask the bot to mark correct answers with asterisks.Short Answer"Fill in the blank." Classwork will do its best to create the correct answer during the import.NumberAny time Classwork recognizes a question that can best be answered with a number, it will create a Number question type. The Number question is more mathematically friendly than the short answer type.Algebraic ExpressionAs with the Number type, Classwork will automatically recognize complex algebraic expressions and create the appropriate question type. Classwork will handle LaTex coding (a standard for rich formatting) in both text and questions.Open Answer"Essay question."Check Your WorkSUPER PRO TIP: Do not trust AI to get everything right.Chat tools represent the cutting edge of current Artificial Intelligence technology. They unquestionably have flaws:They may generate language that is misleading.They may invent factual information that has no basis in reality.They may generate repetitive content such as questions with two answers meaning the same thing.and so on.ALWAYS CHECK YOUR WORK BEFORE GIVING IT TO STUDENTS. Classwork's preview feature will let you see the activity as a student would and test the scoring and correctness of the generated questions.  #### How Do I Use the Embed Code Tool? Use the Embed Code ToolThe Embed Code tool allows you to place content from other websites directly inside your Activity. Many educational platforms provide an Embed or Share option that generates HTML code. You can paste that code into Classwork and display the resource within your slide.Insert Embed CodeIn the Tool Box, click Content.Select Embed Code.Click and drag on your slide to draw the area where the content should appear.Paste the HTML snippet into the Embed Code field.You can choose how the embedded content displays:Inline: The content appears directly inside the rectangle you drew.Floating: A button appears. When clicked, the embedded content opens beside the Activity so students can view both at once.If you select Floating, enter a label for the button.Always click Preview to confirm the content displays correctly.If you only see a URL instead of the embedded content, you likely copied the wrong item. Most embeddable content begins with an <iframe> tag. Look for an Embed button on the original site, often shown as </>.Embed Science SimulationsMany science simulations, including those from PhET Interactive Simulations, provide embed code.Open the simulation page.Click the </> icon under the title.Select Copy to clipboard.Paste the iframe code into the Embed Code object in Classwork.If the simulation includes multiple pages and you want only one, add ?pages=1 to the end of the URL inside the iframe. Replace 1 with the page number you want.PhET simulations are licensed under CC-BY-4.0. Include proper attribution in a Teacher Text box, such as:(Simulation Name) by PhET Interactive Simulations, University of Colorado Boulder, licensed under CC-BY-4.0 (https://phet.colorado.edu).Classwork does not claim ownership of third-party content. Be sure to provide proper attribution when required.Embed DesmosDesmos provides embeddable math tools and graphing calculators.Open your Desmos graph.Click Share.Select Embed.Copy the full <iframe> tag.Paste it into the Embed Code object in Classwork.Do not copy the URL alone. Make sure you copy the entire <iframe> snippet.Desmos is copyright Desmos Studio PBC.Classwork does not claim ownership of third-party tools. Provide attribution when required.Embed Any Web PageYou can embed many web pages using an iframe.Replace URL below with the website address you want to embed. Adjust width and height as needed. Then paste the full iframe code into the Embed Code tool.<iframe src="URL" width="800" height="600" > </iframe>Use Preview to confirm the page displays correctly inside your Activity. #### How Do I Use the Graph - Plotting Tool? Graphing ToolClasswork’s Graphing question type allows students to plot points or draw lines on a coordinate plane. You control the plane size, required points or lines, and scoring. All responses are auto-graded for you.Create a Graphing QuestionTo create a question from scratch:In the Tool Box, click Math.Select Graphing.Your cursor will turn into crosshairs. Click once to place the question, or click and drag to set the size.The Edit Graphing window will open.Choose Points or LinesSelect Points if students will plot specific coordinates, or choose Lines if students will draw lines.Set the point value for the question. Students must correctly plot all required points or lines to receive full credit. Partial credit is not automatically calculated, but you may adjust scores during review.Set the Size of the Coordinate PlaneAdjust the X-axis and Y-axis minimum and maximum values to define the visible grid range.Axis labels display between the minimum and maximum values. For example, if the maximum is set to 5, labels will display for 1 through 4.Add PointsIf you selected Points:Enter the x- and y-coordinates.Click Add Point.Repeat for additional points.Points will be labeled automatically starting with “A.” Students will not see the answer points while completing the Assignment.To remove a point, click the trash icon next to its value.Add LinesIf you selected Lines, choose how you want to define each line.Using Slope-Intercept Form (y = mx + b)Select Constants.Enter the slope (m) and y-intercept (b).Click Add Line.Using Two PointsSelect With Points.Enter the x- and y-values for two points.The line will be drawn through those points.To remove a line, click the trash icon next to its definition.What Students SeeStudents answer by clicking directly on the coordinate plane.For points, each click places a point.For lines, students click two points to define the line.Additional clicks are required if multiple points or lines must be drawn.Students cannot delete a point once placed, but they can drag it to reposition it.Power User TipsMake the Plane Square: Hold the Shift key while resizing to maintain a perfect square.Display Only Quadrant I: Set both minimum axis values to -1 to show only Quadrant I while keeping the origin visible.Add a Question Prompt: Use Teacher Text from the Insert menu to add instructions above the graph. #### How Do I Use the Read Aloud (Text-to-Speech) Tool? How Do I Use the Read Aloud (Text-to-Speech) Tool?The Read Aloud (Text-to-Speech) student tool allows students to select text on an activity and have it read aloud by the computer.This tool can help students who benefit from hearing written text while reading. It works similarly to accessibility tools like Read & Write or the JAWS Screen Reader.When used, each word is highlighted as it is spoken so students can follow along. Students can also choose different voices and adjust the reading speed.Enable Read AloudThe Read Aloud tool is enabled during the assignment creation process.When creating or editing an assignment, go to the assignment settings and enable the Read Aloud option.You can also enable Read Aloud for an existing assignment by opening the Activity Detail page and selecting Edit Assignment from the three-dot menu next to the assignment.What Students SeeWhen Read Aloud is enabled, students will see a new tool icon in their assignment toolbar.Clicking the icon opens the Read Aloud panel. The cursor will change to crosshairs so the student can select the text they want to hear.The student should click and drag to highlight the area of text.After releasing the mouse, Classwork extracts the text and begins reading it aloud.If the reading does not capture the text correctly, the student should draw a slightly larger selection box so that the full characters are included.The Read Aloud tool uses optical character recognition (OCR), so results may vary depending on the clarity of the uploaded image or background.Currently, Read Aloud supports English text only.Reading Teacher TextStudents can also use Read Aloud with Teacher Text blocks added to an activity.To do this, the student simply highlights the text they want to hear and then clicks the Read Aloud icon. The selected text will appear in the Read Aloud panel and begin playing.Audio ControlsAs the text is read, each word is highlighted so students can follow along.Students can control playback using the audio controls in the Read Aloud panel.They can:Pause and resume playbackChange the reading voiceAdjust the playback speedThe selected voice and speed remain active while the assignment is open, but reset between sessions.The Read Aloud PanelThe Read Aloud panel can be moved by dragging the title bar.Students can also expand the panel using the expand button to make the text easier to read.When finished, students may close the panel or simply select another area of text to continue listening.Why Use Read Aloud?The Read Aloud tool helps support students who benefit from hearing written text. It can improve accessibility and reduce the need for teachers to record audio versions of assignments. #### How Do I Use the Sign In with Google Feature? There are two ways to sign in to Classwork.com:With a username and password, orBy first logging into your Google account and then selecting the convenient Sign In with Google option on the Sign In screen.If you created your account using the Register with Google button, you can simply select Sign In with Google to access Classwork.com immediately.But what if you originally created an account with a password—or your account was created for you by your school when they purchased a license?Add your Google Account to Classwork.comTo be able to use Sign In with Google when you're currently set up to use a password, follow these steps:Sign in to Classwork.com with your username and password.Click the Account link at the bottom of the Main Menu.Choose Change Password from the menu.Click Sign in with a third party account at the bottom of the screen.Under Connect additional accounts, click Sign in With Google.Now, Google will take over and ask you to select your account and possibly to provide your password.Follow the prompts from Google, and you'll be redirected back to Classwork.com with your account now connected.You're done! You can test this by signing out from Classwork.com, then signing right back in with the Sign In with Google button! #### How Do My Students Upload Images to Their Assignments? How Do My Students Upload Images to Their Assignments?Students can upload images to their assignments in Classwork.com in two different ways:Using the Images tool in the student toolbarUploading images inside an Open Answer question with Rich Text enabledBoth options allow students to include drawings, photos of handwritten work, or other visual responses in their assignments.Method 1: Using the Student Toolbar Image ToolYou can allow students to upload images directly onto their activity using the Images tool in the student toolbar.This option is controlled when creating the assignment.During Step 3 of 3 in the assignment creation process, go to the Student Tools section and enable the Images option.When the assignment opens, students will see the Images tool on their toolbar and can upload images anywhere on the activity page.This option is commonly used when students need to:Upload photos of handwritten workAdd diagrams or drawingsShow work completed on paperMethod 2: Uploading Images in Open Answer QuestionsStudents can also upload images inside an Open Answer question when Rich Text is enabled.This method allows teachers to assign a score or graded value to the student’s response that includes the image.Students can upload images such as:Handwritten math workDrawings or diagramsPhotos of completed workBecause the image is part of the student’s response inside the Open Answer field, teachers can review and score the response directly.Important: Images must be uploaded into the response field. Images created using the drawing tool cannot currently receive a score.Which Method Should I Use?Student Toolbar Images allow students to freely place images anywhere on the activity page.Open Answer with Rich Text allows teachers to grade image-based responses.Teachers often use the Rich Text method when they want students to submit images that will receive a score. #### How Do Students Circle an Answer in Classwork.com? Students can draw or annotate using the pencil tool, but anything drawn—such as circling an answer—cannot be autograded in Classwork.com. Because drawing is not part of the graded response, you will need to convert any “circle the answer” questions into autogradable Question Types.Students Can Draw With the Pencil Tool, But It Is Not AutogradedStudents can use the pencil tool to:circleunderlineshow workannotatemark up a passageThese markings appear in the Submission Review screen, but:they are not autograded, andthey cannot be used as a scored answerTo make the question gradable, you will need to provide a way for students to select their answer instead of drawing it.Converting “Circle the Answer” Into an Autogradable QuestionIf your PDF or worksheet tells students to circle an answer, you can recreate the question using one of these interactive, autogradable Question Types:Multiple ChoiceUse when there is one correct answer.MultiselectUse when there are two or more correct answers.True/FalseUse when students choose between two options.Hot TextUse when students click highlighted words or phrases.Drop ZoneUse when students drag the correct answer onto a target area.Hot SpotUse only if you need students to click directly on a specific location in an image.Most “circle the answer” questions can be recreated more easily with Multiple Choice, Multiselect, or Hot Text.Updating the Directions Using Teacher Text (Important!)If the uploaded PDF says “Circle the correct answer,” you will need to update the directions so they match the interactive Question Type you added.To update the directions:Insert a colored rectangle to cover the original printed instructions.Add Teacher Text on top of the rectangle.Rewrite the directions to reflect the digital version, such as:“Select the correct answer.”“Click the best choice.”“Choose all that apply.”This ensures the directions match the interactive version of the question. #### How do you do online formative assessment? We talked with Amanda Mendenhall, a 7th-grade geography teacher, about how she uses TeacherMade daily in the classroom. You can use TeacherMade to convert PDFs to interactive online assignments. How can students work on PDF worksheets online?My name is Amanda Mendenhall, and I teach 7th-grade Geography. I have been using the TeacherMade program for the past two years in class daily. I specifically use it for the PDF worksheets that help my students understand the lesson we went over in class that day. Before TeacherMade, I had to use a program my students would struggle to use. I love that my students can complete the assignments on TeacherMade and turn them in from there. They don’t have to download and upload the documents. TeacherMade allows me to use the resources the school has already purchased to help to make sure my students understand the information that was taught. Remember having to write the review questions at the end of the lesson when we were in school? That is a thing of the past! How do you provide feedback on digital worksheets and online assignments?I can upload the lesson review questions that are a PDF and create an interactive worksheet for my students. I then know if they are grasping the concept in real-time. I can comment back to my students fairly quickly, too! With TeacherMade, I can embed more information to help the students understand the assignment. I can modify the assignment I give my regular education students for my special education students. (NO ONE knows they got a different assignment.) I don’t have to find resources to help my struggling students because I can use the ones that the company sends with the instructional materials. (What a blessing!!) I can use the maps that the book has to ensure they are accurate maps of the countries we are discussing in class. How do you differentiate instruction online?TeacherMade also gives my students some freedom in their learning. Students can draw on the document, they can write short answers, and so much more. I am so grateful for this because it allows me the freedom to have the students interact differently with an assignment. They can show some of their favorite things by having these options. I sometimes let my students look at the assignment and complete it from their point of view. How do you do online map assignments?I can also assign my students maps, which is a huge deal when you teach geography. I can upload the map and have many options on how the students complete the map correctly. Students can highlight, type an answer, or draw on the map. I love having options for the students to complete the map as they feel as well. My students are very creative in completing the free-choice answers. Students are sometimes allowed to put capitals, countries, flags, etc. on the map depending on what they are working on in class. I get to see the personalities of some of my quiet students by doing this. How do you do online formative assessment like quizzes, exit tickets, and bell work?I also use TeacherMade for quizzes and exit tickets. This is a great way for me to get a quick glance at what is being taught. I get to see if I need to reteach the following day, or we can move on with the concept. I also can get a quick grade by doing this, which, if I did my job correctly, will help my student’s grade. My favorite feature is that I can hold the scores of these assignments until all of the students have taken the quiz or exit ticket, so it eliminates the ability to cheat, which means I don’t have to create a different quiz for each class I teach. I can use the same assignment for all 5 of the classes. TeacherMade has made my job so much easier while giving my love to educating children.     #### How Does Classwork.com Number Questions For Item Analysis? Classwork.com does not read the uploaded background to determine question numbers. Instead, it will your review your final Activity, scanning from left to right and top to bottom, and number the items in the order it finds them.  #### How Does the "Student View" Work in Canvas? When you click View as Student in Canvas, it’s designed to show you how your Activity will appear to students. However, when previewing a Classwork.com Assignment this way, you may notice that:The Submit button says Get My Score instead.A banner appears across the top of the Activity indicating that you’re viewing a Teacher Preview.That’s completely normal! You’re seeing a preview mode that allows you to test the Activity and ensure it behaves exactly as intended before assigning it to students.Your students will see the Submit button and only the tools and options you selected when creating the Assignment. #### How Many Activities Can I Have Stored? The limit does not exist! In Classwork.com, you can store as many Activities as you like. While we recommend doing some housekeeping each year and clearing out Activities you no longer use, we will never delete your work. Your ctivities will remain in your Classwork.com account until you choose to remove them. #### How Many Pages Can Be In an Activity? Classwork.com allows you to upload up to 25 pages at a time.If you need to include more than 25 pages, use Slide View when creating your Activity. You can then add as many slides as you’d like using the Create new slide(s) from a file option in the Slide menu. #### How much does Classwork PRO cost? Individual PRO PurchasesIf you are purchasing PRO as an individual teacher, Classwork.com PRO costs $95 per year for an annual subscription. Schools may also purchase a group of teacher licenses, though the Unlimited Site License is typically more affordable (see below for details).With your activation, you will have access to all Classwork.com features, including:Audio recordings for both teacher and studentEmbedded video, images, and hyperlinksIntegrations with Google Classroom, Canvas, Schoology, and Microsoft TeamsDrawing toolsThe ability to create unlimited Assignments and receive unlimited SubmissionsClick here to purchase an individual PRO license: https://app.classwork.com/purchases/join-pro/ School and District PurchasesClasswork.com PRO Unlimited is a version of PRO we offer for schools and districts looking to purchase PRO for their entire site using a PO. PRO Unlimited costs $2.99 × total student enrollment per year.This plan offers:Simple, all-in (unlimited) and budget-friendly pricingAll of the features listed aboveUnlimited teachersUnlimited studentsPricing is per student for entire official enrollment at your site ($200 minimum applies) Check out this page for more information on Pricing: https://classwork.com/plan/  #### How to Add Classwork.com to your ClassLink LaunchPad These instructions are intended for ClassLink administrators, so if you're not your district or school's admin, please send them a link to this article.Once you've got your rostering working with Classwork.com (click here for details) and your initial import has been done, you'll want to add Classwork.com as an application to your teachers LaunchPad.Adding Classwork.com to your LaunchPad is as easy as adding any other app. Our SSO integration with ClassLink is through LTI 1.0, so you'll need to contact us first to receive your key and secret. After you click Add in the Add & Assign Apps of your ClassLink console, enter the following values:Name: Classwork.comDescription: Make Your Google Slides and PDFs Interactive in MinutesIcon: Search for and select the Classwork.com iconCategory: EducationSubject: Pick a subject of your choosingEnable Deeplink: OffAuto Launch: OffSingle Sign On App: OnType: LTI 1.0Click the Edit button under LTI 1.0 and enter the following into the LTI dialog box:Launch URL: https://app.classwork.com/lti/launchAuth consumer key: the key given to you by Classwork.comAuth consumer secret: the secret given to you by Classwork.comResource link ID: ssoUser ID: Unique IDLis person contact email primary: ONAllow all users: ONClasswork.com does not require any custom LTI variables, so you can skip that section.Save the configuration, then give it a test with your own account to make sure you can connect to app.classwork.com from your LaunchPad. If you have questions, please contact us at support@classwork.com and we'll help you right away! #### How to Add Texas OER Math Materials to Your Account If your school or district subscribes to Classwork.com, and you'd like to add the Texas OER Math materials to your account, just follow these simple instructions!Click the "More" button at the top of the screen.Select "Add Texas OER Content" from the menu.Check the grade levels you want to add to your account.Then click "Save."That's all it takes! Now, you'll see new folders in your "Activities" view.The "three boxes" folder icon means that they're special folders. You can't modify the contents, since they're provided by Classwork.com. But you can make copies into your account from those folders, then modify and assign your copies.  #### How to Add Texas OER Math Materials to Your Account Add Bluebonnet™ Learning Math to Your AccountIf your school or district subscribes to Classwork and you want to add the Texas OER Math materials, Bluebonnet™ Learning Math, to your account, follow these steps.Add a Grade LevelClick the Add Bluebonnet™ Curriculum button at the top of the screen.Select the grade level you want to add to your account.Click Add.You can add only one grade level at a time.Each time you add a grade level, Classwork creates a copy of those materials in your account.Find the New MaterialsAfter the curriculum is added, new folders will appear in your Activities view.You can repeat this process to add additional grade levels one at a time. #### How To Allow Third Party Cookies Third party cookies are a special kind of web cookie that often has stronger security restrictions than regular web cookies. In some cases, such as embedding activities in Canvas or Schoology on Apple devices, you may need to explicitly allow Third Party Cookies. The instructions below will help guide you how best to do so.Before You Allow Third Party CookiesBefore enabling Third Party Cookies, we encourage you to involve your IT support people in this, as we don't wish to sidestep their policies. We're on their side (and they're on yours) so we want them to be aware of changes like this. For the record, this is such a common problem in LMSs that there's a task force in the 1EdTech standards organization trying to solve it. (https://www.imsglobal.org/browser-cookies-and-lti)Allowing Third Party Cookies in ChromeChrome will display this icon in the far right of the URL bar if third party cookies are blocked:To allow third party cookies in Chrome:Click the 3-dot menu in the far upper right of your browser.Then select Settings.In the Search Settings box, type cookies.Click Cookies and Other Site Data.At this point, you can choose to allow cookies for all sites or to allow them for just app.classwork.com. To allow cookies for all sites:Make sure Block third-party cookies in Incognito is selected. This is Chrome’s default setting. It blocks third-party cookies only in Incognito, but allows them in regular browsing. Note: if a student launches Classwork.com in Incognito, it may not work correctly.OR - To allow cookies for just app.classwork.com:Click the Add button next to Sites that can always use cookies under Customized Behaviors.When prompted, enter app.classwork.comCheck the box reading Including third-party cookies on this site.Allowing Third Party Cookies in SafariTo permit third party cookies in Safari:Go into the Safari menu.Choose Preferences…Choose Privacy.Uncheck the box reading Prevent cross-site tracking. It will save that automatically.Have the student retry the activity.Allowing Third Party Cookies in Microsoft EdgeTo permit third party cookies in Edge:Click the 3-dot menu in the upper right of the browser to change settings.Choose Settings.Click Cookies and site permissions.Click Manage and delete cookies and site data.Uncheck Block third-party cookies (this will allow third party cookies from all sites) -- or to allow ONLY for Classwork.com --Click the Add button in the Allow box.Enter app.classwork.com into the URL field.Click Include third-party cookies on this site.Close the settings tab. The change should take effect immediately.Changing the Settings on Multiple DevicesThe instructions above can help you to fix the problem for the device you changed settings for. Your IT department may have device control software that change the settings across multiple devices. If you or they need assistance, just send an email to support@classwork.com. #### How to Assign an Interactivity Using Classwork.com How to Assign an Interactivity using Classwork.comThis option generates links that you can share with your students directly. Your students just need to open the link and they will be able to complete the Assignment. You can even share the link via Google Classroom, but scores will not be recorded back to those systems. If you would like scores to be recorded, choose the Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology delivery method instead. ► Note: This does not require you to provide permission to access your Google Classroom classes and students.On Step 1 of 3 the Create Assignment page:Select the Classwork.com optionThen click NextOn Step 2 of 3 will have you choose whether you want your student to sign in to the Assignment with their Google Account or Name and ID When choosing Name or IDYou will be able to enter a list of names or IDs for your student to choose from Create a custom prompt for your students to see On Step 3 of 3 you will be able to choose:Disable the Submit buttonUse this to prevent accidental Submissions by your students that require you to reopen their work. They can keep working in the Submission until you set it as completed.How many times students can check answers before SubmissionDecide if students can check their answers before SubmissionThis setting determines how many times students may check their answers before submitting an Assignment.Choices for how many times students can check answers:No 1x - 3xUnlimited CustomHow the scores will be displayedThis setting applies to both your and your student’s views.Choices for how the score will be displayed:Points EarnedPoints Earned / Points PossiblePoints Earned / Points Possible (Score %)Score %► Note: you can change this setting at any time even after the Assignment has been createdWhat information your students will see when they submit their workOnly the score from auto scored items will be shown based on these settingsIf you have additional items you are scoring, these will not be shown until you score and return the work on your endChoices for information after Submission:Make Assignment hiddenShow total scoreShow score on individual itemsShow correct answersWhat Information the student will see when the work is returned► Note: When work is returned to a student, the Assignment will always be visible to that student. If you are concerned about student sharing, we suggest not returning the work until the Assignment has been completed by all students in all classes. Choices for how Information will be shown when work is RETURNED:Show total scoreShow score on individual itemsShow correct answersTools Students will have access to:Text Boxes: Create their own text boxesDrawing: Draw on the AssignmentLinks: Insert links on the AssignmentMath: Add math objects to the AssignmentImages: Insert images into the AssignmentAudio: Record audio to add to the Assignment► Note: For security and privacy, inserting images and recording audio is not available when using Classwork.com delivery and sign-in through Name or IDUpon clicking Save the Classwork.com Assignment will be created. The Assignment Detail screen will open. Assignment Detail Screen:You will be able to:View student Submissions in real timePreview your AssignmentEdit answer key, title, and student namesEdit/Lock/Restore/Archive AssignmentSync with other programsThere will be two way to share your Assignment:A generated link to share with your studentsShare with Microsoft TeamsAn option to share to your Google Classroom ► Note: The Google Classroom option will not support the syncing of scores.Submissions: Student results will appear below once the students begin the Assignment. #### How to Assign an Interactivity Using Google Classroom How to Assign an Interactivity Using Google Classroom On Step 1 of 3 the Create Assignment page:Select the Google Classroom option. Then click Next.► Note: Make sure you have allowed Classwork.com to access your Google Account, if you have not: You will be prompted to authorize Classwork.com to display your Google Classroom courses. Click on the prompt: Connect to Google on the next screen by clicking Continue.Choose your Account and select what Classwork.com can access by clicking in the boxes:Coursework & Grades for classes you administerClass RostersGoogle Classroom ClassesClick the Continue button to grant access. Google will remember your choices.On Step 2 of 3 will have you choose the Google Classroom CoursesYou may choose multiple classes by clicking in the box next to the Google Classroom.   A separate Assignment will be created for each selected class.You may choose one or all of your students: Classwork.com will automatically choose to assign it to All Students in your class and any students who join the class after the Assignment is created.By choosing Select Students Classwork.com will give the Assignment only to the students who you choose from the populated list, not to student who join the class later (you can add them manually in Google Classroom). Click the pencil icon to select more students to receive the Assignment.On Step 3 of 3 you will be able to choose:Assignment Status:Assign Immediately - this will publish the Assignment as soon as you finish creating it. Schedule - this will release it at the date and time you choose. Save as Draft - this will create the Assignment in Google Classroom without publishing it.Auto Sync Scores: If this is selected Classwork.com will automatically update the scores in Google Classroom anytime a student completes an Assignment. If this is NOT selected, you can synchronize the scores by opening the Assignment in Classwork.com, and clicking the Sync Scores button.You can turn this on off if you want to control when scores are pushed to Google Classroom. Google Classroom Points: These are the points assigned to the new classwork in Google Classroom. When a student completes the Activity Classwork.com will scale the score when passing it to Google Classroom so it shows as you want in your gradebook.        ► For Example: If the student scores 8 out of 10 points on the Activity and the Google                 Classroom points is set to 100, the student's score in Google Classroom will be (8/10)x100             = 80 points Block Students not in the class: When blocking is turned ON, only students in the Google Classroom class for the Assignment will be able to access it. ► Recommendation: Keep this option ON to avoid potential issues with syncing scores and to prevent students from using a 3rd party email to access an Assignment.  General Settings: Choose the general settings that are available for every Assignment type. After clicking Save your Assignment will be created!  #### How to Assign Student Work Using Canvas Assigning student activities in Canvas is very easy and will save you a ton of time. All the scores will automatically be transferred to the Canvas Gradebook, and you can even use SpeedGrader to review student work! If you'd like to learn how to create assignments, click here to read the article in our Tech Support section. #### How to Assign Student Work Using Schoology  How to Assign Student Work Using Schoology This option will require your school administrator to configure Classwork.com as an external tool in Schoology. Once it is added, you will be able to add Assignments to your course as External Tool materials. Classwork.com will automatically push grades to Schoology as students complete their Assignments. Special Note July 2025: The app's URL has changed from app.teachermade.com to app.classwork.com. If your course still has app.teachermade.com links in it, and you want to add app.classwork.com links, leave the TeacherMade tool installed and ask your admin to ALSO installs the tool as Classwork.com. Schoology needs to know about both URLs. Send this instructional link to your admin: Schoology: How do I Set up Classwork.com as an External Tool?On Step 1 of 3 the Create Assignment page:Select the Schoology option. Then click Next.On Step 3 of 3 you will be able to choose the General Settings options.  Then click Save.    Assignment Detail Screen: Upon clicking Save the Schoology Assignment will be created, and the Assignment Detail screen will open here you will view student Submissions as they are submitted.     ► Note: Be sure to check Enable Grading so that scores will be recorded in Schoology. Before you add Classwork.com materials to your courses in Schoology, your Administrator must first register the app as an External Tool Provider. Click on Setup Instructions for Help. You will see: Instructions on how to set up Classwork.com as an External Provider (send that link to your Schoology administrator).Instructions on how to add Classwork.com materials to your course. #### How To Capture a HAR File For Tech Support If you're having trouble with Classwork.com, our support group may request that you capture a HAR file in your browser. A HAR file is essentially a recording of the network activity that's taking place, and it lets our support team review in detail the interactions between your browser and the application server. To capture the HAR file, follow these instructions, depending on your browser.ChromeHit F12 to open the Developer's Tools panel.Choose the "Network" tab.Check "Preserve log."With the Developer's Tools panel still open, repeat the steps to cause the problem to occur.Download the HAR file to your computer by clicking the Download icon and selecting a location to store the file.Uncheck "Preserve log."Hit F12 or use the "X" in the upper right to close the Developer's Tools.Find and send the saved HAR file to support@classwork.com.FirefoxHit F12 to open the Developer's Tools panel.Choose the "Network" tab.Click the Setup gear icon.Turn on "Persist logs."With the Developer's Tools panel still open, repeat the steps to cause the problem to occur.Click the Gear icon again, then choose "Save All as HAR."Choose a location to save the file.Turn off "Persist logs" by clicking the gear icon and clicking the checked "Persist logs."Hit F12 or use the "X" in the upper right to close the Developer's Tools.Find and send the saved HAR file to support@classwork.com. #### How To Clear Your Browser Cache What is a Browser Cache?When you open a webpage, your browser needs to load a lot of different files to draw that page for you. Those files can sometimes be large and take a long time to download. So, your browser saves downloaded files on your computer in its cache. If your browser thinks it has a recent copy of one of the files it needs, it will use its copy rather than request that file from the server. It's a clever way to make internet applications faster. You might run into trouble, though, if the copy the browser thinks it has the most recent file, but there's actually a newer one on the server. That's when it's time to clear your cache to throw out those old copies so your browser is forced to get the latest from the server.Just follow these instructions below to clear the cache from these browsers.ChromeClick the three dot menu in the upper right corner.Choose Delete browsing data...Alternately, you can hit Ctrl-Shift-Del on your keyboard to bring up the Clear browsing data popup.Check the Cached images and files option.Click the Clear data button. (NEEDS A NEW SCREEN SHOT BELOW, NOW SAYS DELETE BROWSING DATA)Refresh your page, and your browser will load the latest files from Classwork.com.Safari (iPad)Return to your Home screen by touching the home button or swiping up from the bottom on later iPads.Tap the Settings app to launch it.Find Safari in the left column and tap it.Scroll down to find Clear History and Website Data and tap it.Tap Clear when the dialog appears and Close Tabs if prompted.Tap the home button again to return to the Home page and relaunch Safari, then sign back in to Classwork.com. #### How To Create an Activity from the TEKS Star Question Banks Classwork.com Texas Edition comes with a question bank called the "TEKS Star" that will allow to create interactive, auto-scored activities with just a few clicks! It will make YOU the "star" in no time!The TEKS star contains question banks for the Math TEKS from Grades 3 through 8 plus Algebra 1, and the Texas OER Math Content, though your organization must subscribe to that content to see that question bank. This article covers the TEKS question bank. For instructions on the Texas OER Math question bank, see this article: How To Create An Activity from the Texas OER Math Question BankThe Big PictureYou're going to tell the system which TEKS you want to find questions for, preview them, and add them to an activity. If it's a new activity, each question will be added to a slide. If you're editing an existing activity, the questions will be added after the slide you're currently viewing.How To Start?You'll see the "TEKS Star" in a few places. Any time you create a new activity, you'll be given the chance to build it from the TEKS Star Question Bank.And any time you're editing an activity, you can add TEKS Star questions by clicking this button in the editor:Both of those buttons will take you to the same place -- the TEKS Star Wizard.Using the TEKS Star WizardLet's look at each step of the Wizard.Select Your Grade LevelThe first step of the wizard is to choose your grade level. Click a grade level button to continue to the next step.Select Your Bank (Optional)If you see this screen, you have access to both the TEKS and the Texas OER Math question banks.Since this article covers the TEKS bank, click "TEKS."Choose the TEKS StandardsCheck the TEKS standards to include when searching for questions.Use the convenient checkbox for each standards group to select or de-select all the standards in that group.Click "Next" when you're ready to proceed.Choose the Question Types to IncludeDepending on which TEKS you have selected, you'll see a selection of question types. Check the ones you'd like to add to your activity.Exclude Already Used QuestionsIf you'd like to only see questions that you have not used before, select "In any of my activities." If you already have added questions to this activity, and want to make sure you don't see those in this search, choose "In current activity."Choose How To Generate the QuestionsYou can decide whether to choose a number of questions at random, or whether you want to browse through all the questions that met your criteria.Click the "Go!" button next to your choice.If You Chose Random Questions...If you chose to see a number of random questions, the next step in the Wizard will show you the questions selected for you, and allow you to request new ones or to discard the question altogether.The "refresh" icon next to each question will allow you to get a new question that matches the question type and TEKS standard for that question. The trashcan icon will remove the question from the list, leaving you with one fewer question than you asked for. You can always go back and add more in the editor! Once you've got the questions you prefer, click the "Add Selected Items" button to go to the last step.If You Chose to See All QuestionsIf you chose to all all questions that matched your selected TEKS, you can browse through them and check which ones you'd like to add to your activity.Use the controls at the bottom to move from page to page.When you're done, click the "Add Selected Items" button to go to the last step.Choose Layout OptionsSelect the font size of the questions and whether you want them all on one slide, or one question per slide.Add the Questions to Your ActivityClick the "Add Items" button and the items will be added to your activity.Preview the ActivityOnce the questions have been added to your activity, preview the activity using the "eyeball" icon to see an approximation of what your students will see. If it all looks good to you, assign the activity to your students and put your feet up! You'll soon have detailed, standards-aligned scores to review and act upon! #### How To Create an Activity from the TEKS Star Question Banks TEKS Star Question BankClasswork Texas Edition includes the TEKS Star question bank, which helps you create interactive, auto-scored activities in just a few clicks.The TEKS Star question bank includes Math TEKS items for Grades 3 through 8 and Algebra 1. It also includes Texas OER Math content if your organization subscribes to that resource. This article covers the TEKS question bank only.For Texas OER Math instructions, see: How to Create an Activity from the Texas OER Math Question Bank.The Big PictureYou will choose the TEKS you want, preview matching questions, and add them to an activity.If you are creating a new activity, each question can be added to its own slide.If you are editing an existing activity, the questions will be inserted after the slide you are currently viewing.How to StartYou can open TEKS Star in two places.When creating a new activity, choose the option to build it from the TEKS Star question bank.When editing an activity, click the TEKS Star button in the editor.Both options open the TEKS Star Wizard.Using the TEKS Star WizardSelect Your Grade LevelThe first step is to choose your grade level.Click a grade level button to continue.Choose the TEKS StandardsSelect the TEKS standards you want to use for the search.Use the checkbox for each standards group to select or clear all standards in that group.Click Next to continue.Choose the Question Types to IncludeBased on the TEKS you selected, the wizard will show the available question types. Check the types you want to include.Exclude Already Used QuestionsYou can choose to hide questions you have already used.In any of my activities: Excludes questions you have used anywhere before.In current activity: Excludes questions already added to the current activity.Choose How to Generate the QuestionsYou can either:Select a number of random questions, orBrowse all questions that match your criteriaClick the Go! button next to your preferred option.If You Chose Random QuestionsThe wizard will show a list of selected questions. You can keep them, replace them, or remove them.Use the refresh icon to swap in a different question with the same TEKS and question type.Use the trash can icon to remove a question from the list.When you are satisfied, click Add Selected Items.If You Chose to See All QuestionsYou can browse all matching questions and select the ones you want to add.Use the controls at the bottom to move from page to page.When finished, click Add Selected Items.Choose Layout OptionsSelect the question font size and decide whether to place all questions on one slide or use one question per slide.Add the Questions to Your ActivityClick Add Items to insert the selected questions into your activity.Preview the ActivityAfter the questions are added, click the Preview icon to see an approximation of what students will see.If everything looks good, assign the activity to students and start collecting standards-aligned results. #### How To Create An Activity from the Texas OER Math Question Bank If your district has adopted the Texas OER Math curriculum, you'll be delighted to know that Classwork.com offers a question bank that will let you instantly create interactive activities aligned to every one of the OER lessons in Grades 3 through Algebra. It's part of the "TEKS Star" feature and your organization must subscribe to Classwork.com's OER companion content to see this option. If you instead want to build activities based on the TEKS, see this article: How To Create an Activity from the TEKS Star Question BanksThe Big PictureYou're going to tell the system which lessons you want to find questions for, preview them, and add them to an activity. If it's a new activity, each question will be added to a slide. If you're editing an existing activity, the questions will be added after the slide you're currently viewing.How To Start?You'll see the "TEKS Star" in a few places. Any time you create a new activity, you'll be given the chance to build it from the TEKS Star Question Bank.And any time you're editing an activity, you can add TEKS Star questions by clicking this button in the editor:Both of those buttons will take you to the same place -- the TEKS Star Wizard.Using the TEKS Star WizardLet's look at each step of the Wizard.Select Your Grade LevelThe first step of the wizard is to choose your grade level. Click a grade level button to continue to the next step.Select Your Bank (Optional)If you see this screen, you have access to both the TEKS and the Texas OER Math question banks.Since this article covers the Texas OER Math bank, click "OER."Choose a ModuleSelect the Module from which you'd like to choose questions.Choose LessonsClick the Lessons to include when searching for questions.Use the convenient checkbox for each Topic to select or de-select all the lessons for that Topic.Click "Next" when you're ready to proceed.Choose the Question Types to IncludeDepending on which TEKS you have selected, you'll see a selection of question types. Check the ones you'd like to add to your activity.Exclude Already Used QuestionsIf you'd like to only see questions that you have not used before, select "In any of my activities." If you already have added questions to this activity, and want to make sure you don't see those in this search, choose "In current activity."Choose How To Generate the QuestionsYou can decide whether to choose a number of questions at random, or whether you want to browse through all the questions that met your criteria.Click the "Go!" button next to your choice.If You Chose Random Questions...If you chose to see a number of random questions, the next step in the Wizard will show you the questions selected for you, and allow you to request new ones or to discard the question altogether.The "refresh" icon next to each question will allow you to get a new question that matches the question type and Lesson for that question. The trashcan icon will remove the question from the list, leaving you with one fewer question than you asked for. You can always go back and add more in the editor! Once you've got the questions you prefer, click the "Add Selected Items" button to go to the last step.If You Chose to See All QuestionsIf you chose to all all questions that matched your selected Lessons, you can browse through them and check which ones you'd like to add to your activity.Use the controls at the bottom to move from page to page.When you're done, click the "Add Selected Items" button to go to the last step.Choose Layout OptionsSelect the font size of the questions and whether you want them all on one slide, or one question per slide.Add the Questions to Your ActivityClick the "Add Items" button and the items will be added to your activity.Preview the ActivityOnce the questions have been added to your activity, preview the activity using the "eyeball" icon to see an approximation of what your students will see. Looking good? Then assign it to your students and take a breath. You'll soon have a detailed digital view of their understanding of the OER lessons! #### How To Create An Activity from the Texas OER Math Question Bank If your district has adopted the Texas OER Math curriculum, you'll be delighted to know that Classwork.com offers a question bank that will let you instantly create interactive activities aligned to every one of the OER lessons in Grades 3 through Algebra. It's part of the OER Math companion and your organization must subscribe to Classwork.com's OER companion content to see this option. If you instead want to build activities based on the TEKS, see this article: How To Create an Activity from the TEKS Star Question BanksThe Big PictureYou're going to tell the system which lessons you want to find questions for, preview them, and add them to an activity. If it's a new activity, each question will be added to a slide. If you're editing an existing activity, the questions will be added after the slide you're currently viewing.How To Start?You'll see the "OER Math" in a few places. Any time you create a new activity, you'll be given the chance to build it from the OER Math Question Bank.And any time you're editing an activity, you can add OER Math questions by clicking this button in the editor:Both of those buttons will take you to the same place -- the OER Math Item Bank Wizard.Using the OER Math WizardLet's look at each step of the Wizard.Select Your Grade LevelThe first step of the wizard is to choose your grade level. Click a grade level button to continue to the next step.Choose a ModuleSelect the Module from which you'd like to choose questions.Choose LessonsClick the Lessons to include when searching for questions.Use the convenient checkbox for each Topic to select or de-select all the lessons for that Topic.Click "Next" when you're ready to proceed.Choose the Question Types to IncludeDepending on which TEKS you have selected, you'll see a selection of question types. Check the ones you'd like to add to your activity.Exclude Already Used QuestionsIf you'd like to only see questions that you have not used before, select "In any of my activities." If you already have added questions to this activity, and want to make sure you don't see those in this search, choose "In current activity."Choose How To Generate the QuestionsYou can decide whether to choose a number of questions at random, or whether you want to browse through all the questions that met your criteria.Click the "Go!" button next to your choice.If You Chose Random Questions...If you chose to see a number of random questions, the next step in the Wizard will show you the questions selected for you, and allow you to request new ones or to discard the question altogether.The "refresh" icon next to each question will allow you to get a new question that matches the question type and Lesson for that question. The trashcan icon will remove the question from the list, leaving you with one fewer question than you asked for. You can always go back and add more in the editor! Once you've got the questions you prefer, click the "Add Selected Items" button to go to the last step.If You Chose to See All QuestionsIf you chose to all all questions that matched your selected Lessons, you can browse through them and check which ones you'd like to add to your activity.Use the controls at the bottom to move from page to page.When you're done, click the "Add Selected Items" button to go to the last step.Choose Layout OptionsSelect the font size of the questions and whether you want them all on one slide, or one question per slide.Add the Questions to Your ActivityClick the "Add Items" button and the items will be added to your activity.Preview the ActivityOnce the questions have been added to your activity, preview the activity using the "eyeball" icon to see an approximation of what your students will see. Looking good? Then assign it to your students and take a breath. You'll soon have a detailed digital view of their understanding of the OER lessons! #### How To Create Assignments for D2L's Brightspace TeacherMade does not currently have a dedicated assignment type for D2L's Brightspace. However, Brightspace and Canvas use similar technologies to begin assignments from TeacherMade, so you can use the "Canvas" delivery method for now.Follow these instructions to create a TeacherMade assignment within BrightSpace.Have TeacherMade Installed as an External Tool by your Brightspace AdministratorBefore you can use TeacherMade in Brightspace, it must first be installed as an External Tool Provider. You may send these instructions to your Brightspace Administrator: Installing TeacherMade as an External Tool in D2L BrightspaceCreate A Canvas Assignment in TeacherMadeYou need to create an Activity in TeacherMade, then create a Canvas Assignment for that activity. That will generate the appropriate link for you to paste into Brightspace. Follow these steps:Sign in to TeacherMade.Create an Activity.Create an Assignment for the Activity.Choose the "Canvas" delivery method:Click the "Next" button.Select your desired Assignment options.Click "Save."Click the "Copy" button next to the assignment linkYou may ignore the "setup instructions" link, which is specific to Canvas.You now have copied the Assignment link into your computer copy-paste buffer. The next steps will explain how to paste that into an Assignment in Brightspace.Create an Assignment in BrightspaceFollow these steps to create an assignment in Brightspace that opens the TeacherMade Assignment you just created.In a second tab, sign in to Brightspace.Select the appropriate Course.Click "Content."Select the desired Unit or add one if needed.Click "Create New:"Click "Assignment:Enter the TitleEnter the Grade (recommend to match the same points as the TeacherMade assignment) #### How To Edit Articles to Improve the UserFlow AI Assistant How is the AI Assistant Doing?To review the UserFlow AI Assistant's resultsLogin to UserFlowClick "AI Assistant" in the left columnClick "TeacherMade Robohelp" (our current assistant's name)Click "Analytics" at the topClick "Export" at the top of the "Conversations" panel and save the file locally.To Improve ResultsAdd a new article that directly answers the questionAdd language to existing article so that UserFlow finds it.Retrain UserFlow with the Clear Cache optionTest your query in a new chat (existing chat data invalidates your test)In TeacherMade, click Help.Type any question (not the one you're testing) in the "Ask a question" boxClick "New chat" in the upper rightType your query and hope for a good response.To Add KeywordsSometimes, you want to help UserFlow find an existing article, but don't want to pollute the article with synonyms. For instance, users had asked about wordsearch puzzles. We wanted to include "wordsearch, word search, findaword, find-a-word, etc." as possible terms that would find this article. To do soLogin to FreshDeskGo to the article in "Solutions".Click "Edit" at the top.Click "Edit article properties" at the bottom of the "ARTICLE PROPERTIES" panel on the right.Edit the field "DESCRIPTION FOR SEARCH ENGINE"Enter your keywords separated by commas. #### How To Fix "You Cannot Begin This Assignment Outside the LTI Environment" Error That error generally indicates that our web cookies aren't working for the student. Typically that happens because Canvas and Schoology forces us to launch Activities while surrounded by their interface. And since we're embedded like that, the cookies we use are considered "third party cookies."Some browsers like Safari block third party cookies by default. In Chrome, they tend to be allowed, but it's entirely possible your IT organization has decided to block them. And it's possible that the student is launching in Incognito mode in Chrome, where third party cookies are blocked by default.Chrome displays this icon on the far right of the URL bar when third party cookies are blocked:TeacherMade Does Not Support Incognito Mode in Canvas and SchoologyIf your student launched in an Incognito window, have them try without it. If the error still persists, let's try allowing cookies for app.classwork.com by following the directions below for their browser.How To Allow Third Party CookiesYou may wish to ask your IT department to allow third party cookies for app.classwork.com. They'll know how to do that in a way that will be distributed to all your devices. If you'd like do it yourself, click here to read the instructions.Canvas - Opening Assignment in a New TabYou can also fix this issue by telling Canvas to open the assignment in a new tab. Just edit the assignment options in Canvas and check this box.Schoology - Opening Assignment in a New TabYou can fix this problem by telling Schoology to open the assignment in a new tab. Edit the assignment in Schoology and change the "Launch Options" choice to be "Open in new browser tab." #### How to Import a List of Users Import Users Using a CSV FileThis article applies to account administrators only.Classwork.com administrators can import a list of users into their accounts using a CSV file. The import process will:Create new accounts as neededAdd any existing accounts to your subscriptionRemove users from your license if they are not included in the latest importAll newly subscribed users will receive an welcoimg them to your license.Create the CSV FileTo import users, construct a CSV file containing all teachers. The required columns, in this exact order, are:Last NameFirst NameE-mail AddressSecond E-mailSchool (see the section below for important help)User Roles (see the list below)Use the template attached to this article as your starting point.Important: You must include all users, even those previously imported. Any user not included in the file will lose PRO status and no longer be included in reporting.School ColumnHere are some special notes for filling in the "School" column.For District LicensesClasswork.com already has a list of schools in your district and the value you put in this column should match one of the schools in our list. If you receive an error during import that a school was not found for the district, you can check the available names by visiting "User List" then selecting any user. Click the drop down titled "Works at" and you'll see the defined schools? Don't see a school? Contact us at support@classwork.comSchool Column (for School Licenses)If you purchased Classwork.com for your school rather than your district, just leave the "School" column empty.District Administrators and Other UsersIf you have users employed at the district, just leave "School" blank on their rows. They will be assigned to the district.User Roles ColumnFor teachers, you can leave this column blank.To assign a special role to a user, include one of the following values. You can include more than one if you want the user to serve more than one role. Just separate multiple roles with commas.user_adminCan add, edit and remove users from the organization. You have this role if you're importing users.district_adminWill have district-wide reports.school_adminWill have school-wide reports.curriculum_authorCan write curriculum that will become available to all teachers in the district.curriculum_reviewerTexas only - allowed to approve curriculum to satisfy HB1605 HQIM requirements.teacherIf a teacher needs one of the above roles and also all the teacher functionality, include this.Example: curriculum_author, teacherImport the User ListOnce your CSV file is ready:Sign in to Classwork.Click Administration in the main menu.OPTIONAL - Click the name of the Organization you are importing teachers for. If you're enrolled in just one organization, the system does this for you, so don't worry if you don't see an Organization list.Click Import Users.Click Browse to select your CSV file, or drag and drop it into the upload field.The system performs a dry run of your import to validate your spreadsheet and provide feedback before making changes.If your data is valid, you will see a confirmation screen with counters summarizing:New users to be createdExisting users to be modifiedUsers to be removedWarnings or errorsReview all on-screen messages carefully.If everything looks correct, click Import Users.If not, modify your CSV file and click Upload a new file.After the import completes, the screen refreshes and confirms success.Warnings and ErrorsDuring the dry run, you may see messages like the following:MessageMeaningWould cancel personal subscription for...The user has been paying individually. Their personal subscription will be canceled and refunded for remaining annual time. Monthly subscriptions are not refunded.Removing from license...The user is currently on your license but not included in the import file. They will be removed. The message includes their last login date for reference.Two different users already exist for...The user has two existing accounts under separate emails. Both will be added to your subscription. This may exceed your license count. Contact support@classwork.com if you want the accounts merged.License teacher limit exceeded during import.Your license limit has been exceeded. Contact support@classwork.com.If you see any other messages or have questions about your import results, contact support@classwork.com. We are happy to help. #### How to Make Assignments for Your Students Assign ActivitiesOnce you have created and tested your activity, the next step is to give students access by creating an assignment.Open the Assign ScreenYou can open the Create Assignment screen in either of these ways:From the Activities page, check the box next to the activity and click Assign in the Activity Menu.Or, click into the activity file and select Create New Assignment.Both methods open the Create Assignment screen.Assignment Step 1 of 3: Choose How to Deliver the AssignmentSelect the platform you want to use:ClassworkGoogle ClassroomCanvasSchoologyUsing the Classes FeatureIf your account has the Classes feature set up, you may see additional options during the assignment process that allow you to assign work directly to your classes.If you have not set up classes, the assignment process works the same as it always has. You can continue assigning activities using the standard Classwork, Canvas, or Schoology options.If classes are available, you can select one or more of your classes during the assignment process.A separate assignment will be created for each selected class.All Students assigns the activity to every student currently in the class and to students who join the class later.Select Students assigns the activity only to the students you choose. Students who join the class later will not receive the assignment.If you want to use the Classes feature but have not set it up yet, see: Sync or Add New Classes (Setup Classes and Students).Assignment Step 2 of 3: Delivery-Specific SettingsThis step depends on how you are delivering the assignment.Classwork, Canvas, and Schoology with Classes enabled: Select one or more classes, then choose whether to assign to All Students or Select Students.Classwork, Canvas, and Schoology:  If you are not using Classes, choose how students will sign in, either with Google or with Name or ID.Google Classroom: Select one or more Google Classroom courses and, if needed, specific students.Assignment Step 3 of 3: General SettingsThe final step includes your assignment settings.Settings Available for Classwork, Canvas, and SchoologyEnable Open Time: Set the date and time when the assignment becomes available. Students who try to open it early will see a message showing when it opens.Enable Close Time: Set the date and time when the assignment becomes unavailable. If students are working when the close time arrives, their work is auto-saved and they will see a message.Enable Due Date: Marks work as late after the due date, but does not prevent students from accessing the assignment.Enable Time Limit: Starts a timer when a student opens the assignment. The timer continues even if the student leaves and comes back later. When time runs out, the work is automatically submitted.Disable Submit Button: Prevents students from submitting early by accident. They can keep working until you mark the submission complete.Students Can Check Answers Before Submission: Choose how many times students can check answers before they submit.Minimum Score (%) to Submit: Require students to reach a certain score before they can submit.Display Score As: Choose how scores appear for both you and your students.After Submission: Control what students see immediately after they submit.When Work Is Returned: Control what students see after you return graded work.Student Can Copy and Paste Text: Allow or prevent students from pasting text from outside sources.Student Tools: Choose which tools students can use while working.Students Can Check Answers Before SubmissionNo1x to 3xUnlimitedCustomMinimum Score (%) to Submit50% to 100%CustomDisplay Score AsScore %Points EarnedPoints Earned / Points PossiblePoints Earned / Points Possible (Score %)After Submission OptionsHide student's workShow only total score to studentShow item-by-item scoring to studentShow correct answers to studentWhen Work Is Returned OptionsShow only final score and student's workShow item-by-item scoring to studentShow correct answers to studentStudent ToolsText boxesDrawingLinksMathImagesAudioSpeech to TextRead AloudAdditional Google Classroom SettingsGoogle Classroom includes all of the general settings above, plus these Google Classroom-specific options:Assignment Status: Assign immediately, schedule for later, or save as a draft.Assignment Points to Use in Google Classroom: Sets the point value pushed to Google Classroom. This does not change the points in Classwork.Auto-Sync Scores: Turn this off if you want to control when scores are sent to Google Classroom.Block Students Not in the Class: Prevents students outside the selected Google Classroom course from accessing the assignment.Assignment Detail ScreenAfter you create the assignment, Classwork assigns the activity to your students.From the final screen, you can monitor student submissions in real time.You can also:Preview the assignmentEdit the answer keyRename the assignmentView student namesEdit, lock, restore, or archive the assignmentSync with connected platformsNext StepYour students now have access to the assignment. The more assignments you create, the faster this workflow will become. #### How to make your activity auto-scored/auto-graded As you draw response areas onto your Activity with the Multiple Choice, Checkbox, and True / False question types, you indicate the correct answer(s) by clicking in the box/circle next to it.For every other auto-scored question type on Classwork.com, the process requires that you use the tool to create your response area and enter correct answers.For the purpose of this example, we’ll use the Short Answer question type.Once you have inserted the answer box, you will be presented with this prompt:Here you can enter up to 10 correct answers for the question. You can also choose options that affect how student responses are graded, such as case sensitivity, punctuation, partial matches, or spaces. Once you’ve set your preferences, select Save Changes and the question will be auto-graded when students submit.It’s as easy as that! We hope you enjoy! #### How to Prevent Students From Copying and Pasting in Classwork.com Classwork.com gives you the option to turn off copy and paste for student responses in text-entry question types. This helps discourage copying from outside sources while still allowing students to type their own answers.Where This Setting AppliesThe copy/paste setting controls whether students can paste text into:Open AnswerShort AnswerStudent Text boxesThese are the only question types where students type freely, so the setting affects only those fields.How to Disable Copy/PasteOn your Create Assignment screen, you’ll see a setting labeled Student can copy and paste text.Choose Prevent if you want to stop students from pasting text into their written responses.When this option is turned off, students must type their answers manually — they won’t be able to paste content from sites like Wikipedia or ChatGPT.Where This Setting Does Not ApplyCopy/paste cannot be disabled for interactive or autograded question types, such as:Multiple ChoiceMultiselectHot TextDrag & DropMatch Table GridNumber LineFraction ModelsAny tool where students click, select, or interact without typing #### How to Remove the Border Around Teacher Text or Question Types Remove a Black BorderWhen you insert Teacher Text or certain question types, the content may appear inside a box with a black border. You can remove this border using the border formatting tools.Remove the BorderSelect the Teacher Text or question type on your slide.In the top toolbar, click the Border color icon.Select No border from the options at the top of the menu.The black border will be removed.About the Gray Dashed OutlineAfter removing the border, you will still see a gray dashed outline around the object while editing.This outline only appears in the editor. Students will not see it.To view the Activity as students will see it, click the Preview icon (eye) at the top of the screen. #### How to Setup ClassLink Teacher Rostering Classwork.com is a Certified ClassLink Partner, which makes it incredibly easy to give Classwork.com to all your teachers. Just follow these simple steps. You'll need to be an admin on your district's ClassLink account. If you're not the admin, just send them a link to this article.Note that Classwork.com does not roster students at all, so please do not share student information through ClassLink. Login to your ClassLink portal.Go to the Roster Server.Click Apps.Click the + Add button inn upper right-hand corner of the apps list.Type Classwork.com into the search bar.Select the Classwork.com icon.Select Rule Based Permissions (use Legacy Custom Permissions if you're an older ClassLink customer who has never upgraded to Rule Based Permissions).Select a rule that only gives Classwork.com visibility to teachers.We do NOT need student or other staff members currently, and strongly prefer you only send teachers in the roster.If you need help with rules, please contact ClassLink.Once you've saved the new app with the rule in place, you need to enable data sharing. ClassLink turns this off by default to help ensure data safety, but you'll need to turn it on to let your data flow to us.Important: Find Classwork.com in your apps.Note that under the column titled Enabled you'll see the switch indicating that Classwork.com is disabled.Click the switch to flip it to Enabled.Enabling data flow will send an email to the Classwork.com team. They will proceed to complete the set up of your roster connection in ClassLink and the Classwork.com app. The team will thoroughly review your setup and execute the first roster import for you. Emails will be sent to all new teachers informing them of their access to the Classwork.com app. After that, the roster will be refreshed every night. New teachers will be added and older teachers removed as needed. It's all automated so you won't need to do a thing!Now it's time to schedule your training! Just contact us at team@classwork.com! Once you've had your initial import, you can add Classwork.com to your ClassLink LaunchPad. Click here to read the instructions! #### How to Sort Folders and Activities on the Activities Page Sort Activities on the Activities PageYou can sort items on the Activities page alphabetically or by the last time an activity was updated. Folders and activities behave differently depending on which sorting option you choose.Sorting by NameWhen you sort by Name on the Activities page:Folders sort alphabetically from A–Z or Z–A.Activities not inside folders sort alphabetically from A–Z or Z–A.Folders always appear above activities.Items inside folders are not affected.Manual reordering is not available.To sort by Name:Go to your Activities page.Select the Name column header.Sorting by UpdatedWhen you sort by Updated on the Activities page:Activities not inside folders sort by their last modified date.Folders remain in alphabetical order.Items inside folders are not affected.Activities reorder from newest to oldest or oldest to newest based on your selection.To sort by Updated:Go to your Activities page.Select the Updated column header.Can I Manually Reorder Folders?Folders cannot be manually reordered or pinned to the top of the Activities page. Folders always follow the sorting option you have selected:When sorting by Name, folders appear alphabetically from A–Z or Z–A.When sorting by Updated, folders remain in alphabetical order.If you want a folder to appear higher when sorting by Name, you can rename it so it appears earlier alphabetically.Sorting Items Inside a FolderEach folder has its own sorting controls. When you open a folder:Activities inside the folder can be sorted by Name.Activities inside the folder can be sorted by Updated.Sorting affects only the items inside that folder.Sorting inside a folder does not change the order of folders or activities on the main Activities page.To sort items inside a folder:Open the folder from your Activities page.Select either the Name or Updated column header. #### How To Tag Questions With State Standards Add Standards to QuestionsIf you plan to use Classwork’s standards reporting tools, you will first need to align standards to your questions. You can tag standards before or after assigning the Activity.To tag a question with a standard:Open the Activity in Edit mode. If Assignments already exist, open the Answer Key.Click on the question you want to align.Click Standard(s) from the top toolbar, or open Edit and select Item Standard(s).Click Search Standards or choose from your recently used standards.Select your State or standards document.Select the Subject.Select the Grade Level.Click the standard that applies to the question.The selected standard will appear at the top of the selection window. Hover over the abbreviation to see the full text.Click Save Changes when finished.Tag Multiple StandardsA question can align to more than one standard.To add another standard to the same question, click Search Standards again. You will return directly to the standards document and can select an additional standard.Remove a Standard from a QuestionClick the question.Click Standard(s) or open Edit and choose Item Standard(s).Click the x next to the standard you want to remove.Click Save Changes.ShortcutsClasswork remembers your recently used standards documents and recently aligned standards.If you frequently use the same standards set, select it from your recent list instead of searching by state, subject, and grade.You can also quickly select recently aligned standards from the list provided.When you duplicate a question, its standards alignments are copied automatically. A quick workflow is to align the first question, duplicate it using Ctrl+D, then edit the answer as needed.View Student Performance by StandardOnce questions are aligned, you can view student performance by standard in your reports.Click here to learn how to view standards reports. #### How To Use an Enrollment Code If you've been given an enrollment code to gain access to a school or district's Classwork.com subscription, you can plug it into the system when creating your account. If you already have an account, you can add it in your profile.What is an Enrollment Code?An enrollment code is a nine-character code provided to your school or district by Classwork.com. It looks something like this:ABCD-WXYZWhen you enter the code in your personal Classwork.com account, it automatically connects you to your school or district’s subscription—no waiting required.While Creating Your AccountIf you're creating an account for the first time, follow these instructions:Visit https://app.classwork.com/accounts/signup/Enter your email and follow the prompts until you arrive at the screen that asks for personal information.Find this field and paste in your enrollment code:Complete the remaining fields, verify your email, and you're ready to go!If You Already Have An AccountIf you already have an account and see Plan: PRO on the left side, you're all set -- no further action is needed.If you DON'T see Plan: PRO, follow these instructions:Click Account on the bottom left.Click Edit Profile.Under Subscription Information, click the link that reads Click here to enter your enrollment code.Paste your enrollment code into the box and click Search.Verify that you're eligible to use that code and click Confirm.You'll immediately see your plan status change to PRO on the left side of your account.Now you're ready to enjoy the full set of features available on Classwork.com. #### How Will I Know When a Student Submits Their Work? When a student submits an Assignment in Classwork.com, you can check its status directly from the Assignment Detail screen.For auto-graded Assignments, you’ll see the student’s score displayed next to their name.For manually graded Assignments, you’ll see View Response next to their name.If a student is still working or has saved their progress, you’ll see In Progress, along with the percentage completed.At this time, Classwork.com does not send notifications when students submit Assignments. A notification feature is in development, and we’ll share updates once it becomes available. #### HS - Algebra 1 - Full Released Math Test - 2021 HS - Algebra 1 - Full Released Math Test - 2021DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade Algebra 1 Math test from 2021 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 54 items for a total of 54 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 36 multiple choice, 7 hot spot, 3 equation editor, 3 text entry, 4 inline choice, and 1 drag and drop.Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - Algebra 1 - Full Released Math Test - 2022 HS - Algebra 1 - Full Released Math Test - 2022DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade Algebra 1 Math test from 2022 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 54 items for a total of 54 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 36 multiple choice, 10 hot spot, 3 text entry, 2 equation editor, 2 inline choice, and 1 multiselect.Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Editing - A Dream Unrealized A Dream Unrealized DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "A Dream Unrealized” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Editing - A Pet like No Other A Pet like No Other DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "A Pet like No Other” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 2 multiple choice, 2 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Editing - Cave of Crystals Cave of Crystals DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Cave of Crystals” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 2 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Editing - Cool Dude Cool Dude DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Cool Dude” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Editing - Dream On Dream On DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Dream On” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Editing - Flying to New Heights Flying to New Heights DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Flying to New Heights” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Editing - Island Oasis Island Oasis DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Island Oasis” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 2 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Editing - No Reason to "LOL" No Reason to "LOL" DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "No Reason to "LOL"” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Editing - Owner's Best Friend Owner's Best Friend DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Owner's Best Friend” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Editing - The Case for Classics The Case for Classics DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "The Case for Classics” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 2 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Editing - Uros Floating Reed Islands Uros Floating Reed Islands DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Uros Floating Reed Islands” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Editing - Vote for Me! Vote for Me! DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Vote for Me!” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Expository Prompt - Expository Prompt: Importance of New Technology to Teenagers Expository Prompt: Importance of New Technology to Teenagers DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Expository Prompt: Importance of New Technology to Teenagers” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Expository Prompt.Question TypesIt features N/A total questions. There are multiple choice, . Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Fiction - Antaeus Antaeus DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Antaeus” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 mutiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Fiction - The Namesake The Namesake DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "The Namesake” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 inline choice, 1 dropdown, and 1 short answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Fiction/Poetry (Paired Passages) - The Boston Girl / Sybil Ludington's Ride The Boston Girl / Sybil Ludington's Ride DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "The Boston Girl / Sybil Ludington's Ride” and are intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selections is Fiction/Poetry (Paired Passages).Question TypesIt features 19 total questions. There are 12 multiple choice, 2 multiselect, 3 dropdown, and 2 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Informational - The One Sentence That Will Make You a More Effective Speaker Every Time The One Sentence That Will Make You a More Effective Speaker Every Time DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "The One Sentence That Will Make You a More Effective Speaker Every Time” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational .Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Informational - Forest Bathing Forest Bathing DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Forest Bathing” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 3 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Informational - Losing Is Good for You Losing Is Good for You DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Losing Is Good for You” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 inline choice, 1 dropdown, 1 multiselect, and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Informational - Wayward Penguin Released South of New Zealand Wayward Penguin Released South of New Zealand DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Wayward Penguin Released South of New Zealand ” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Informational (Historical) - 64 Days and $8,000 64 Days and $8,000 DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "64 Days and $8,000” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational(Historical).Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Informational Paired Passages - Hunger for Books / The Low-Tech Appeal of Little Free Libraries Hunger for Books / The Low-Tech Appeal of Little Free Libraries DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Hunger for Books / The Low-Tech Appeal of Little Free Libraries” and are intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational Paired Passages.Question TypesIt features 20 total questions. There are 13 multiple choice, 3 dropdown, 2 multiselect, and 2 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Informational/Essay (Paired Passages) - A Baseball School for Big-League Dreamers / I Believe in the Also-Rans A Baseball School for Big-League Dreamers / I Believe in the Also-Rans DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "A Baseball School for Big-League Dreamers / I Believe in the Also-Rans” and are intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational/Essay (Paired Passages).Question TypesIt features 19 total questions. There are 12 multiple choice, 3 dropdown, 2 multiselect, 2 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Nonfiction - The 1928 Packard The 1928 Packard DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "The 1928 Packard” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction .Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 inline choice and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Nonfiction - Chasing Redbird Chasing Redbird DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Chasing Redbird” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Nonfiction - How a Demon iPad Stole My Summer Vacation How a Demon iPad Stole My Summer Vacation DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "How a Demon iPad Stole My Summer Vacation” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 inline choice, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Nonfiction (Paired Passages) - A History of Fearlessness / No Dream Is Impossible A History of Fearlessness / No Dream Is Impossible DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "A History of Fearlessness /No Dream Is Impossible” and are intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selections is Nonfiction (Paired Passages).Question TypesIt features 17 total questions. There are 10 multiple choice, 3 inline choice, 2 dropdown, 1 multiselect, and 1 short answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Nonfiction (Paired Passages) - Why I Write Longhand / Paper Calendars Endure Despite the Digital Age Why I Write Longhand / Paper Calendars Endure Despite the Digital Age DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Why I Write Longhand / Paper Calendars Endure Despite the Digital Age” and are intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selections is Nonfiction (Paired Passages).Question TypesIt features 16 total questions. There are 10 multiple choice, 3 multiselect, 2 dropdown, and 1 inline choice . Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Nonfiction/Nonfiction (Paired Passages) - American Apple / Bend, Not Break: A Life in Two Worlds American Apple / Bend, Not Break: A Life in Two Worlds DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "American Apple / Bend, Not Break: A Life in Two Worlds” and are intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selections is Nonfiction/Nonfiction (Paired Passages).Question TypesIt features 20 total questions. There are 13 multiple choice, 4 dropdown, 2 multiselect, and 1 inline choice (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Poetry - My Desk My Desk DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "My Desk” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Poetry - Shoe Store Shoe Store DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Shoe Store” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Revising - An Inspirational Athlete An Inspirational Athlete DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "An Inspirational Athlete” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Revising - Body Language Body Language DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Body Language” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Revising - Communicating like Lincoln Communicating like Lincoln DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Communicating like Lincoln” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 2 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Revising - Coober Pedy: Underground City Coober Pedy: Underground City DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Coober Pedy: Underground City” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 2 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Revising - Electric Cars Are Not the Right Choice Electric Cars Are Not the Right Choice DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Electric Cars Are Not the Right Choice” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Revising - Garden for Surrealists Garden for Surrealists DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Garden for Surrealists” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Revising - My Experience with Credit My Experience with Credit DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "My Experience with Credit” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Revising - Should Bicyclists Be Required to Register and License Their Bikes? Should Bicyclists Be Required to Register and License Their Bikes? DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Should Bicyclists Be Required to Register and License Their Bikes?” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Revising - The Case for a Mentoring Program The Case for a Mentoring Program DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "The Case for a Mentoring Program” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Revising - The Great Barrier Reef The Great Barrier Reef DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "The Great Barrier Reef” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Revising - The Importance of Social Networking Offline The Importance of Social Networking Offline DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "The Importance of Social Networking Offline” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English I - Revising - What Happened to the Mammoths of Texas? What Happened to the Mammoths of Texas? DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "What Happened to the Mammoths of Texas?” and is intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 2 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Editing - Smells Like a Memory Smells Like a Memory DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Smells Like a Memory” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing .Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Editing - Try It; You'll Like It Try It; You'll Like It DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Try It; You'll Like It” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing .Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Editing - A Different Kind of Princess A Different Kind of Princess DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "A Different Kind of Princess” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Editing - Malala Speaks Out Malala Speaks Out DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Malala Speaks Out” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Editing - Open Your Ears to Vinyl Open Your Ears to Vinyl DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Open Your Ears to Vinyl” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Editing - Sally Ride--The Woman Who Broke the Space Ceiling Sally Ride--The Woman Who Broke the Space Ceiling DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Sally Ride--The Woman Who Broke the Space Ceiling” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Editing - Teens and Politics Teens and Politics DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Teens and Politics” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 2 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Editing - The Seagull and the Crow The Seagull and the Crow DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "The Seagull and the Crow” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 2 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Editing - The United States Needs the Metric System The United States Needs the Metric System DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "The United States Needs the Metric System” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Editing - Touring Cenotes Touring Cenotes DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Touring Cenotes” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Editing - Using Solar Power to Clean Drinking Water Using Solar Power to Clean Drinking Water DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Using Solar Power to Clean Drinking Water” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 2 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Editing - Vote! Vote! DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Vote!” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Editing.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Fiction - All the Light We Cannot See All the Light We Cannot See DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "All the Light We Cannot See” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 dropdown, 1 inline choice, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Fiction - Beartown Beartown DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Beartown” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Fiction - Miracle Polish Miracle Polish DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Miracle Polish” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 inline choice, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Informational - Hot Bread Kitchen Hot Bread Kitchen DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Hot Bread Kitchen” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 dropdown, 1 multiselect, and 1 short answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Informational - See Yourself Through the Eyes of Others See Yourself Through the Eyes of Others DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "See Yourself Through the Eyes of Others” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Informational - Where the Wild Things Are Where the Wild Things Are DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Where the Wild Things Are” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Informational - Your Brain on Movies Your Brain on Movies DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Your Brain on Movies” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Informational/Fiction (Paired Passages) - Millennials...So Happy Together / The Leper's Squint Millennials...So Happy Together / The Leper's Squint DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Millennials...So Happy Together / The Leper's Squint” and are intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational/Fiction (Paired Passages).Question TypesIt features 19 total questions. There are 12 multiple choice, 4 multiselect and 3 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Informational/Nonfiction (Paired Passages) - Living Alone Is the New Norm / Will Wi-Fi Ruin Mount Everest? Living Alone Is the New Norm / Will Wi-Fi Ruin Mount Everest? DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Living Alone Is the New Norm / Will Wi-Fi Ruin Mount Everest?” and are intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational/Nonfiction (Paired Passages).Question TypesIt features 19 total questions. There are 13 multiple choice, 2 dropdown, 2 inline choice (dropdown), and 2 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Nonfiction - Is Texting Killing the English Language? Is Texting Killing the English Language? DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Is Texting Killing the English Language?” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction .Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Nonfiction - Teen Studies Better Cleaning through Chemistry Teen Studies Better Cleaning through Chemistry DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Teen Studies Better Cleaning through Chemistry” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction .Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Nonfiction - Using Maps vs. GPS Using Maps vs. GPS DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Using Maps vs. GPS” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 inline choice, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Nonfiction (Bio)/Nonfiction (Paired Passages) - The Piano Shop on the Left Bank / Those Old Piano Blues The Piano Shop on the Left Bank / Those Old Piano Blues DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "The Piano Shop on the Left Bank / Those Old Piano Blues” and are intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selections is Nonfiction (Bio)/Nonfiction (Paired Passages).Question TypesIt features 19 total questions. There are 12 multiple choice, 2 multiselect, 3 dropdown, and 2 inline (dropdown).Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Nonfiction Paired Passages - A Train Trip / Wild A Train Trip / Wild DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "A Train Trip / Wild” and are intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selections is Nonfiction Paired Passages.Question TypesIt features 17 total questions. There are 10 multiple choice, 3 inline choice, 2 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 short answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Nonfiction Paired Passages - Voyageurs / One Kingdom: Our Lives with Animals Voyageurs / One Kingdom: Our Lives with Animals DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Voyageurs / One Kingdom: Our Lives with Animals” and are intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selections is Nonfiction Paired Passages.Question TypesIt features 18 total questions. There are 12 multiple choice, 2 dropdown, 2 inline choice, and 2 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Persuasive Prompt - Persuasive Prompt: Do you need to be competitive to succeed? Persuasive Prompt: Do you need to be competitive to succeed? Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Persuasive Prompt - Persuasive Prompt: Prepare for the Future or Focus on the Present Persuasive Prompt: Prepare for the Future or Focus on the Present Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Persuasive Prompt - Persuasive Prompt: Succeed Individually or As Part of a Team Persuasive Prompt: Succeed Individually or As Part of a Team DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Persuasive Prompt: Succeed Individually or As Part of a Team” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Persuasive Prompt.Question TypesIt features N/A total questions. There are N/A multiple choice, N/A. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Play - Prodigy Prodigy DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Prodigy” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Poetry - A Blessing A Blessing DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "A Blessing” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry .Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 inline choice, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Poetry Fiction (Paired Passages) - To a Daughter with Artistic Talent / Big Fish To a Daughter with Artistic Talent / Big Fish DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "To a Daughter with Artistic Talent / Big Fish” and are intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selections is Poetry Fiction (Paired Passages).Question TypesIt features 18 total questions. There are 10 multiple choice, 4 dropdown, 2 multiselect, and 2 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Revising - A New Discovery about the Brain A New Discovery about the Brain DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "A New Discovery about the Brain” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Revising - Catching a Wave Catching a Wave DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Catching a Wave” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 2 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Revising - Don't Touch That Button! Don't Touch That Button! DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Don't Touch That Button!” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Revising - First a Champion and Then a Hero First a Champion and Then a Hero DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "First a Champion and Then a Hero” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Revising - Four Days Is Enough Four Days Is Enough DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Four Days Is Enough” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Revising - How Military Rations Changed the Way We Eat How Military Rations Changed the Way We Eat DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "How Military Rations Changed the Way We Eat” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 2 multiple choice, 2 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Revising - In Sync In Sync DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "In Sync” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Revising - Lost City Discovered Lost City Discovered DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Lost City Discovered ” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 inline choice and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Revising - Make the Switch! Make the Switch! DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Make the Switch!” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Revising - Penguin Sweaters Penguin Sweaters DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "Penguin Sweaters” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 2 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Revising - The AquaDom The AquaDom DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "The AquaDom” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 4 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - English II - Revising - The History of Skateboarding The History of Skateboarding DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types.SelectionsThe selection is entitled "The History of Skateboarding” and is intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.GenreThe genre of the selection is Revising.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - Fingernail - High School Fingernail DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Fingernail”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Anatomy or Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - Heart Anatomy - High School Heart Anatomy DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Heart Anatomy”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Anatomy.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 10 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - Human Hand - High School Human Hand DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Human Hand”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Anatomy.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 5 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - Human Respiratory System - High School Human Respiratory System DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Human Respiratory System”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Anatomy.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 10 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - Paramecium - High School Paramecium DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Paramecium”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 12 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - Parts of a Solar Panel - High School Parts of a Solar Panel DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Parts of a Solar Panel”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Physcial Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 7 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - Parts of a Tooth - High School Parts of a Tooth DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Parts of a Tooth”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Anatomy or Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 9 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - Prokaryotic Cell - High School Prokaryotic Cell DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Prokaryotic Cell”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 8 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - Structure of the Skin - High School Structure of the Skin DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Structure of the Skin”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Anatomy.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 11 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - The Lytic Cycle - High School The Lytic Cycle DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “The Lytic Cycle”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 7 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - The Neuron - High School The Neuron DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “The Neuron”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Anatomy.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 8 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS - Tissue Types - High School Tissue Types DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Tissue Types”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Anatomy.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### HS Anatomy - Human Skull Bones https://app.teachermade.com/s/Cs0VTYU8QXC1Qz7ZkliU4Q/ #### I Accidentally Created an Activity or Assignment in my Co-Teacher's Account Not to worry! If your students haven't begun the Assignment yet, you can share that Activity and copy it to your account! Just see the instructions here: How Can I Copy a Co-Teacher's Activity?If the students have begun working on it, though, we'll have to help you copy the Assignment and the student work. Just contact us at support@classwork.com and we'll get it straightened out for you! #### I Accidentally Deleted One of My Worksheets. How Do I Recover It? In Classwork.com, you can recover both deleted Activities and student Submissions. Here’s how:Start on your Activities screen. Select the More dropdown in the middle margin of the page.Select Trash to view all of the Activities you’ve deleted. You’ll see a list of those Activities with options to sort by Title Name, Created Date, and Deleted Date.Click the box to the left of any deleted Activity. When you select Restore, a confirmation pop-up will appear.Choose Confirm Restore and the activity will be returned to your Activities page. Choose Confirm Restore, and the Activity will be returned to your Activities page.It’s also possible to recover deleted Assignments and student Submissions, but these will not appear in your Trash. You’ll need to contact our team to have them undeleted for you.Send an email to support@classwork.com with the name of the Assignment and the name of the student (if you deleted a Submission), and we’ll restore it for you.It’s as easy as that! Deleted Activities and Assignments are stored safely, so you never have to worry about losing your work — you can always recover it yourself or with our help.   #### I get an error saying "You do not have permission to download this shared file" when loading from Google Drive That error message comes from Google and means that you don't have permissions from the original file owner to download the file.Contact the file owner and share these directions so that they can enable your ability to download the file.To allow me to download this file, please follow these steps:Open the file in Google Drive.Click "Share" in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. That will open the sharing popup.Click the "cog" icon in the right-hand corner of the sharing popup to open the settings.Make sure the box reading "Viewers and commenters can see the option to download, print, and copy" is checked.Click the left arrow to go back to the sharing popup.Click the "Done" button.Thank you! #### I get an error saying "You do not have permission to download this shared file" when loading from Google Drive “You Do Not Have Permission to Download This Shared File” ErrorThis error message comes from Google. It means you do not have permission from the original file owner to download the file.You will need to contact the file owner and ask them to adjust the sharing settings.Instructions for the File OwnerShare the steps below with the file owner so they can enable downloads:Open the file in Google Drive.Click Share in the upper right corner.Click the Settings (cog) icon in the top right of the sharing window.Check the box that says:“Viewers and commenters can see the option to download, print, and copy.”Click the back arrow to return to the sharing window.Click Done.Once this setting is enabled, you should be able to download the file successfully. #### I Have a Promotion Code! How Do I Use It? To activate your discount, you'll copy and paste your Promotion Code into the shopping cart as you're subscribing to Classwork.com PRO. Let's get started!Sign in to Classwork.com at www.classwork.com or create an account if you don't already have one.Click Join PRO in the app Main Menu.Choose the Annual plan or the Monthly plan.You'll be taken to our trusted secure payment provider, Stripe, with your shopping cart already filled with a Classwork.com PRO subscription.Click Add promotion code. (NOTE: Needs new image below due to name change)Copy and paste your promotion code into the promotion code field.Click Apply.The system will calculate for a second and display your discount percent and new total.Congratulations! Complete the rest of the transaction and you'll immediately become a Classwork.com PRO! #### I just purchased Classwork.com PRO. Where can I find my Price Lock Guarantee document? Congratulations on purchasing Classwork.com PRO — we’re so glad you’re here!Your Price Lock Guarantee lives right inside your Classwork.com account.To access it:From your Home screen, click Plan: PRO in the bottom left corner. (NOTE: New image needed here since the location of this changed)Under Subscription information, look for the line that says Plan: PRO Price Lock Guarantee.This is a hyperlink — click it to open your Price Lock Guarantee document.At the bottom of the document, click Download this document to save a copy for your own records.Enjoy Classwork.com PRO -- and if you ever need help, contact us at support@classwork.com.  #### I Received an Email That Says I Have Access to Classwork.com! What Do I Do? What is Classwork.com?Classwork.com is an easy-to-use application that lets you turn your existing classroom materials into auto-scored digital Activities. You can upload a PDF or Word document, spend a few minutes adding interactive elements, then assign it to your students and let the system do the rest. Use it for bell ringers, practice, homework, or exit tickets!Classwork.com also includes powerful AI-driven tools that help you generate instructional passages and questions in seconds. Imagine typing a few words, clicking a button, and generating hours of data-driven content for your students.There’s no limit to how you can use Classwork.com!Why Did I Get an Email?When your school or district purchases a license for Classwork.com, they send us a list of teachers who should receive access. Once that list is imported, we send an email letting you know about your new account and providing a temporary password.Alternatively, you may have received an email from your administrator or tech lead with your Classwork.com login details. Either way, congratulations — you’re now a Classwork PRO user!Follow the steps below to get started.Sign In to Classwork.comFirst, sign you in with your temporary password.Visit https://www.classwork.comBookmark that page for easy access.Select Login in the upper-right corner of the screen.On the sign-up page, enter your email and the temporary password you were given.If you've lost the email, click the Forgot Password link and check your email inbox for instructions.Click the Sign In button.You're in!Read the Splash ScreenWhen you log in for the first time, you may see a large graphic with important product updates or announcements. Be sure to read it! If you’d like more information, select Learn More, or select Continue to my account to move on.Follow the Guided ToursOnce you’ve logged in, you’ll arrive at the Home screen. Because it’s your first visit, you’ll be prompted to take a short guided tour highlighting key interface elements and basic features.Select Next to step through the tour, or use the X in the corner to close it when you’re done.Change Your PasswordBefore you begin creating Activities and assigning them to students, you’ll need to change your temporary password.To change your password:Select Account at the bottom of the Main Menu.Choose Change Password from the menu.Enter your temporary password and your new password (twice).Select Change Password.If you ever forget your password, visit the Sign In page and select Forgot Password?Add "Sign In with Google"You already manage enough passwords. Classwork.com makes it very easy to sign in using a Google account if you already have one. Just follow these instructions and you'll be able to use the convenient Sign In with Google button!Now What?Now you’re ready to start creating Activities and giving them to your students!If you’d like help importing files, adding interactivities, or managing Assignments, visit the Classwork.com Help Center.How do you get there? You’re already in it! Just select Home in the top menu and start exploring. #### I want to practice making TeacherMade activities. Do you have training materials? Yes, we do! We have webinars and course materials located under the Teacher Training area of this Help Center.To go directly to the webinars, click here: https://support.teachermade.com/support/solutions/folders/72000559702The worksheet below is what is used in the TeacherMade 101 webinar. You don't have to watch the whole video, though. Take a shot at it yourself!TeacherMade Question Type Sampler #### I’m Moving to a New School District. Will I Lose My Activities? No! You’ve put a lot of work (and probably some personal time) into your Activities, and we want you to keep using them.Here’s What to DoWhen you receive your new district email address, use it to create a new Classwork.com account. Then contact support@classwork.com with your old Classwork.com email address and your new one.That’s it! We’ll copy all your Activities into your new account (without student data), so you’ll have a clean slate to start your new job. Please let us know if there are any materials you no longer have rights to so we can exclude those from the copy.If you received your Classwork PRO license from your previous school or district and your new one doesn’t provide it, you can sign up for an Individual Classwork PRO plan by selecting Join PRO—either right here or from the Main Menu in your app.It’s that easy! And be sure to introduce Classwork.com to your new principal—it saves time, paper, and stress! #### I’ve checked and I don’t have two Classwork.com accounts. My Activities or Assignments are missing! Please email support@classwork.com and we'll investigate right away. Include as much detail as you can to help us locate your items:Your full nameAny email addresses you might use with Classwork.comAssignment/Activity name(s)Approximate date(s) when you last saw your edited themAny class for folder they were in (if known)In general, Classwork.com does not delete your content, so we should be able to track it down! #### Import from Google Drive Import a File from Google DriveFrom the Activities page, click the + New File button.When the pop-up appears, choose UPLOAD a file and work with it.Import Directly from Google DriveSelect Import from Google Drive.You may be prompted to sign in or grant Classwork access to your Google Drive.Once connected, browse your Drive and select the file you want to upload.Supported file types: PDF, DOCX, PNG, JPG, Google Docs, and Google Slides.Choose Your PagesAfter processing, you’ll see thumbnail previews of each page.Click the thumbnails of the pages you want to includeSelected pages highlight in blue with a checkmarkUse the option at the bottom if you want to combine each page into a single slideClick Submit when you're readyYou’ll open directly inside the Activity Editor, ready to add interactive elements. #### Import or Paste Content Import Content Generated by an AIIf you've used a tool like ChatGPT, Claude, or MagicSchool to create instructional content, you can copy that text and paste it directly into Classwork.com's Prompt Assistant to quickly generate interactive questions.Select “Import or Paste Content” from the AI options.Paste the output from your AI chat (questions + text) into the text box provided.Click Here to see detailed instructions to help.[Need new Article for that]Set your preferred font, size, and point value per question.Click Go! and Classwork will scan the content, detect questions, and add them to your activity with answer keys.Note: The Prompt Assistant creates a new slide each time it's used, so paste one set at a time if you want questions on separate slides.Tip: AI is powerful, but not perfect—be sure to review the questions and answers before assigning your activity to students. #### Import Shared Activites Import Shared ActivitiesClick Import Shared Activities from the More dropdown to bring in Activities shared with you via link.You can paste:A single share linkMultiple links at onceAfter pasting the link or links, click Import from sharing text.This is useful for:Teachers sharing Activities with one anotherAdministrators distributing Activities to staffImported Activities will appear on your main Activities page, ready to edit or assign.New to sharing?Learn how to share Activities before importing. #### IMPORTANT: Changes to Your Toolbar! There’s a new, simpler way to draw answer boxes on your Activity — and it’ll make creating digital work even faster! Take two minutes to check it out; you’ll be glad you did.The first thing you’ll notice is that we’ve moved the tools that used to live on your toolbar. You’ll now access them by selecting Insert on the toolbar. When you select Insert, a menu appears where you can choose a Question Type or Content Tool, just like before.But there’s an even better way to make the Question Types and Content Tools appear right on your Activity. Just click and drag your mouse where you want to insert something—like a short answer—and voilà! Select Short Answer from the pop-up menu. Try experimenting with a few different Question Types to get a feel for it.This new method is more intuitive and will help you digitize Activities even more quickly than before. All of your favorite tools are still there and work the same as always — we’ve just done some spring cleaning to make things clearer and less cluttered.Helpful TipsWhen you add a tool with multiple options (such as multiple choice), the pop-up uses a default number of options. After inserting it, you can change the number of options. Classwork.com will remember your last choice the next time you insert that Question Type.Spacebar shortcut: Automatically sets you up to insert another of the same item you just added.Ctrl+D shortcut: Duplicates any selected item. Use it once or ten times — each copy will keep the same size and shape.Double-click an item to open its editor and change the number of options or edit available answers. Be careful not to double-click over a clickable part (like the “True” button in a true/false item). A quick tip: make sure your cursor looks like this before double-clicking:We hope you enjoy this new, clutter-free toolbar!If you’d like a refresher, you can restart the new toolbar guided tour anytime by selecting NEW - How to Add Questions and Content from the Help Menu in the app. #### Indigenous Latin American Food You Love Description: Learn why states are now replacing Columbus Day with Indigenous Peoples Day. Students will read an article then listen to a NPR debate on this hot topic! They will then show their knowledge by answering a variety of questions. As an extra bonus, they can write their own opinion piece! Grade: Middle and High SchoolItem Types: Audio, Drop Down, Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Short Answer, Open Answer #### Installing TeacherMade as an External Tool in D2L Brightspace These instructions are intended for Brightspace Admins Only.TeacherMade is an LTI 1.1 External Tool and requires that a Consumer Key and Secret be installed at the organizational level. To install TeacherMade as an external tool, follow these instructions:Contact support@teachermade.com to request your Consumer Key and Secret.Login to Brightspace as an Administrator.Click the Setup icon: Under "Organization Related," click "External Learning Tools."Click the "Manage Tool Providers (Legacy)" tab.Click the "New Tool Provider" Button: Enter the appropriate values into each of these fields (be precise - many of these are not the default values):FieldValueLaunch Pointhttps://app.teachermade.com/lti/launchVersion1.1OAuth Signature MethodHMAC-SHA1SecretThe "shared secret" given to you by TeacherMade.Use custom tool consumer information instead of defaultCheckedKeyThe "consumer key" given to you by TeacherMadeNameTeacherMadeDescriptionTeacherMade transforms teaching materials into interactive digital lessons and saves teachers time with instant autograding.Contact Emailsupport@teachermade.comAllow users to use this tool providerCheckedSend tool consumer information to tool providerCheckedSend context information to tool providerCheckedSend course information to tool providerCheckedSend course section information to tool providerCheckedSend LTI user ID and LTI role list to tool providerCheckedSend user name to tool providerCheckedSend user email to tool providerCheckedSend system Org Defined ID to tool providerCheckedSend link title to tool providerCheckedSend link description to tool providerCheckedMake tool provider available to...TeacherMade is available to teachers, schools and districts. Request the appropriate visibility from support@teachermade.com.Finally, click "Save and Close." That's it! Now your teachers with TeacherMade tool visibility can begin to create TeacherMade assignments.If you require more help, please see the Brightspace documentation at https://community.d2l.com/brightspace/kb/articles/6055-configure-learning-tool-interoperability-legacy-lti-1-1-support #### Integrate Your Online Worksheets With Google Classroom, Canvas, And Schoology Amanda Mendenhall teaches geography in Oklahoma. She uses TeacherMade and Google Classroom every day. TeacherMade integrates with the major LMS platforms like Google Classroom, Canvas, and Schoology so you can create online digital worksheets.How do you create online assignments and integrate them in Google Classroom?My name is Amanda Mendenhall, and I teach 7th-grade Geography. I have been using TeacherMade for two years now and love it. My school uses Google Classroom as our learning platform. Google Classroom is continually evolving, so TeacherMade has made some of those changes easier. I am able to assign work directly from TeacherMade to Google Classroom. How has TeacherMade PRO  helped with online worksheets in Google Classroom?Our school purchased the PRO version of TeacherMade (which I HIGHLY recommend) to make this possible. Through the PRO version, I can directly upload my assignments to Google Classroom, and my students can work directly on their assignments. Before, we had to complete the assignment in a program, and then the students had to try to upload the assignment to Google Classroom. It was a nightmare at the beginning of the year. TeacherMade allows the grades to be transferred to Google Classroom as well. I was so excited when my principal told me that she would purchase TeacherMade Pro for our school if I would train the other teachers on how to use TeacherMade. (Umm yes, absolutely!) How do online worksheets save time?TeacherMade Pro has allowed me to spend about 2 hours a week creating and assigning the assignments for the entire next week to Google Classroom. I can select how the students get the assignment back instantly graded or returned at a later date. I can assign the same assignment to multiple classes and schedule the assignment to post at a specific time. I don’t have to create an assignment for each class. I can use the same assignment for all of my classes, and TeacherMade separates the assignment for me into each class (thank God!). With TeacherMade doing this, I can easily look at the assignment, make any corrections to grades I need to, and then record them into my grade book. (Sometimes, this simple convenience makes my day much easier.) Because I get to create the answer sheets and the assignments, I know where my students will struggle or where they will excel. This is another feature that saves me time because I know where to focus my teaching so that my students are successful on the assignments. How has TeacherMade improved accountability in your classroom?Have you ever had that system that seems to take more time to use than it is worth? Well, TeacherMade is not that program. TeacherMade works with most of the LMS systems that schools seem to use. The students are listed in my TeacherMade class just like in the gradebook, allowing me to go right down the row and see their grades. This also allows me to know where the students are at in completing the assignment. Before, the excuse was I did it, but my computer didn’t save it. So you have a checkpoint of which students have begun and which ones haven’t. It allows me to give parents real-time history of the assignments and why they may have received the grade. I can also prove to parents how long a student spends working on an assignment. TeacherMade has, in a sense, given the teachers back control of the assignments that students are working on and not allowing them to have excuses for their assignments because of the device they are using. Once my students figure out that I have these capabilities, they seem to have more integrity with me about their assignments and why they are missing. Parents also realize that teachers are not out to get their students but here to help them. #### Is Classwork.com Compatible with Lockdown Browser? Yes! Classwork.com is compatible with Respondus's Lockdown Browser and other anti-cheat technology as long as students can retrieve data from the URLs listed in this article: What URLs should my school allow list to use Classwork.com?Lockdown Browser keeps students from opening other windows, or using disallowed apps such as calculators while completing a Classwork Assignment. You may want to use that for assessments.Classwork does not have any browser locking or tab locking capability built into it. If you feel this is an important feature, let us know at support@classwork.com. We'd love to hear from you! #### Is Classwork.com compliant with FERPA? Yes! Classwork.com is FERPA Compliant. You can read our Children's Website Privacy Policy here: https://classwork.com/childrens-website-privacy-policy/If your school/district would like us to sign any student privacy forms, we are happy to do so! Just send them over to support@classwork.com and we will take care of it.  #### Is Classwork.com compliant with GDPR? Yes! We are GDPR compliant. If you have any questions or specific forms you would like signed, please email them to support@classwork.com and we will take care of it. #### Is Classwork.com Integrated with Google Classroom? Yes! Classwork.com integrates directly with Google Classroom, allowing you to assign, collect, and review student work with ease.To learn more about how to connect and use Google Classroom with Classwork.com, visit our support article: Google Classroom Integration. #### Is Classwork.com integrated with Schoology? Yes! Classwork.com integrates directly with Schoology, allowing you to assign, collect, and review student work without ever leaving your LMS.To learn more, visit this article: Schoology: How do I add Classwork.com to my Schoology Course? #### Is Classwork.com suitable for all grade levels? Yes. Classwork.com can be used to build Activities for any grade level and subject. Teachers use Classwork.com to:Convert existing paper materials into digital, auto-graded ActivitiesCreate new Activities from scratch using the built-in editorGenerate passages and questions automatically with AI CreateSubjects teachers commonly create for include:Reading and writingMathScienceSocial studiesMusic and fine artsForeign languageClasswork.com is flexible enough to support elementary, middle, and high school classrooms. #### Is it possible to add activities or subfolders to folders? Yes! It is! On your Activities page, first click on the folder you would like to make a subfolder in or the folder you would like for the new activity to be in. Once in the folder click on New Folder in the middle to create your subfolder. When clicking New File the Create Activity screen will appear. Create your Activity as you normally would! It will be placed in your new folder.When clicking New Folder a Create Folder pop up will open. Type the name of your folder and choose the color then be sure to click on Confirm. Your subfolder will be created!When clicking Import Multiple Activities a pop up will appear. Paste the sharing links in the pop up then click Import from sharing text.Have fun organizing! #### Is Student Work Automatically Saved? Yes! In Classwork.com, student work is automatically saved every 10 seconds.Even if a student forgets to click Save or accidentally closes a window, their work will be preserved up to that point.This applies to teachers as well — your work in Classwork.com is automatically saved as you go. #### Is There a Classwork.com App? Classwork.com does not have a mobile app at this time. You can access Classwork.com through your device’s web browser on a phone, tablet, Chromebook, laptop, or desktop computer.Most features work on mobile devices, but the experience is best on a larger screen. If you are grading on a phone or tablet, you may want to turn your device to landscape mode for more space.If you need tips for grading on a phone or tablet, see Grading on an iPad, Tablet, Phone or Mobile Device. #### Is There a Limit on Assignment Submissions? Classwork.com limits the number of Submissions for a single Assignment to 750.If you need to exceed that number for a single Activity, you can create multiple Assignments to accommodate all of your students. #### Is There a Phone Number for Classwork.com Support? Classwork.com does not offer phone-based support. If you need help, the best way to reach our team is by emailing support@classwork.com.Our support specialists respond quickly and can give you detailed, step-by-step help with anything you need. When you email, please include as much information as you can (screenshots are always helpful!), and someone from our team will follow up.We're here to help and will make sure you get the answers you need. #### Is there a Ruler Tool? No, there is currently no ruler tool within Classwork.com. If you feel this would be a useful feature, you can email us at support@classwork.com and let us know! #### Is There a Ruler Tool? No, there is currently no ruler tool within Classwork.com. If you feel this would be a useful feature, you can email us at support@classwork.com and let us know! #### Is There a Shortcut for Duplicating Short Answer Boxes and Other Response Types? Yes! You can quickly duplicate any object—including Short Answer boxes and other response types—using a simple keyboard shortcut.Click any object to highlight it.Press Ctrl + D to create a copy.Drag the copied object to its new position.Need more? Press Ctrl + D as many times as needed to create multiple copies.You can also duplicate several items at once:Select multiple items by clicking one, then holding Shift while clicking others.Or, hold Shift, click away from items, and drag your mouse to draw a selection box.Press Ctrl + D to duplicate all selected items together. #### Is There a Way for Co-Teachers to Both See Student Work and Share Grading? Yes! Classwork.com allows you to give another teacher access to your account so they can view student Submissions and help with grading.How to Add a Co-TeacherClick the Account icon on the bottom left of your screen.Select Co-Teacher Settings.Enter your co-teacher’s email address and choose their permission level:Read Only – Allows them to view your account without making changes.Full Access – Grants them full access to your account, including grading and commenting on student work.Note: Select Full Access if you want your co-teacher to help with grading.Once your co-teacher accepts the invitation, their name and email will appear under Users who have access to your account.If You’re Given Access to Another Teacher’s AccountWhen you accept a co-teaching invitation from someone else, their name and email will appear under Users who have given you access to their account. From there, you can switch between your own account and any shared accounts you’ve been added to. #### Is There a Way to Override the Auto Score on a Student’s Submission? Yes! You can manually adjust scores directly from the student’s Submission.Open the student’s Submission in Review Mode.Click on the red box outlining the incorrect answer.An options box will appear showing:The correct answerThe number of points the question is worthA gray Adjust buttonClick Adjust to mark the student’s answer as correct. The points will be added to their Auto Score, and the box will turn green.If you’d prefer to ignore the Auto Score completely, use the Custom Score feature instead. Any score you enter in this field will replace the Auto Score entirely. #### Is There a Way to Quickly Duplicate Items in My Activity? Yes. Anything you insert into your Activity — including answer choices, question types, Teacher Text, shapes, and images — can be duplicated while you are editing in Classwork.com.Option 1: Use the Duplicate ShortcutWhile the object you want to copy is selected, press Ctrl + D (Windows) or Cmd + D (Mac) to instantly create a duplicate.To duplicate multiple items at the same time:Click one item, then hold Shift while clicking additional itemsOr, hold Shift, click away from any item, and drag to create a selection boxPress Ctrl + D / Cmd + D to duplicate everything that is selectedDuplicated items appear on top of the original objects. Click and drag them to their new position.Option 2: Use the Spacebar ShortcutAfter placing an item from the Insert menu (such as a multiple choice option, textbox, or shape), press the spacebar to automatically reselect the last item you used.This lets you quickly create additional answer options without reopening the Insert menu each time. #### Is There a Way to Save Student Name Lists for Validation, or Do I Need to Type Them Each Time? Classwork.com automatically saves the last list of student names you enter and uses it as the default the next time you create an Assignment that requires name validation.If you teach multiple classes, it’s usually most efficient to create all Assignments for a single class at one time, so you can reuse the same default list.If you need to create Assignments for several different classes, many teachers keep their class lists in an external document (like a Google Doc) so they can easily copy and paste them into Classwork.com when needed. #### Is training available? We offer several professional development programs free of charge. These are high-quality “guide-on-the-side” materials that can be given in 75 - 90 minute blocks. These materials can also be self-directed. Our professional development materials are provided free of charge to any and all of our TeacherMade account holders. We do not offer in-person training post-COVID. You’ll be pleasantly surprised by how easy it is for your faculty to learn TeacherMade.We also offer live, virtual trainings hosted by our own team! Check the schedule and sign up for them here: https://learn.teachermade.com/teachermade-training-webinars-calendarPlease explain types of training available and the costs:Our PRODev programs are PDF scripts and TeacherMade files that provide hands-on learning opportunities within the TeacherMade app itself. These materials are infused with audio, video, pro tips, and other links and we hope you really enjoy them!! These materials are provided free of charge to all of our subscribers. Please visit our TeacherMade YouTube channel where you’ll find dozens of helpful videos. Hundreds of Teachers around the globe have posted helpful TeacherMade videos on YouTube, too.   #### Item Analysis – Submission Review Screen After assigning an activity, you can view student results from the Assignment Detail screen. Clicking on any submission takes you into the Submission Review Screen, where you'll find three powerful views on the left navigation menu.The Item Analysis tab gives you a data-rich breakdown of how your class performed on each question. Use it to spot trends, identify misconceptions, and jump directly into student work for deeper review.Default View: By StudentThis tab displays individual student performance question-by-question.Column Headers – Each column shows a question number and icon indicating its question type - Hovering the mouse over that question number will tell the question item type. Row 2 – Displays the class average for each question (includes zeros from students who haven't started)Rows 3+ – Each row represents a student, showing their response status for every itemGreen cell – Student earned partial or full credit (any points received)Red cell with a number – Student answered but received 0 pointsRed cell with a dash (–) – Student has not answered that question yet (even if they started the assignment)Click to Dive DeeperClick a student's name to open their submission in the Review All tabClick a specific question cell to open the student's submission and scroll directly to that question, which will highlight:✅ Green glow for correct answers❌ Red glow for incorrect answers✏️ Purple glow for ungraded open-response questionsSecond Tab: By ItemSwitch to the By Item tab to view a table where each row represents one question from the activity. This view helps you analyze question-level performance and quality at a glance.Table ColumnsEach row includes the following columns:Item – The question number (e.g. Q3, Q5)Question Type – Icon indicating whether it’s multiple choice, open response, etc.Points – Maximum possible points for the item% Correct – Classwide percentage of students who answered correctlyDiscrimination Index – A performance indicator showing how well the item distinguishes between high- and low-performing studentsStudent Response BreakdownClick on any row to expand a Student Responses dropdown. This shows how students answered that particular question including how many chose each answer choice and whether it was correct.Example:Use this view to:Identify common misconceptionsSpot spelling or formatting issues with open responsesConfirm whether distractors are functioning as intended #### Jan 1st, 2025 - Welcome to Classwork.com! The New Year is a great time for fresh starts, and we're beginning 2025 with a big one! We've changed our name from TeacherMade to Classwork.com!Our new name reflects how much we've grown and changed since we started. And it hints at how our platform can be used to deliver all of your instructional materials -- that is, all of your "classwork."Two things we're not changing:The app URL. It's still app.teachermade.com, so that all of your existing assignments and integrations with LMSs will continue to function. We'll make that change in the summer.Our appreciation and respect for you and your students. That will never change.Happy New Year from all of us at Classwork.com! Have a great 2025! #### January 12th, 2024 Who's Working Right Now? One of the powerful features of TeacherMade is allowing you to view student work in real-time. You can actually see students respond to questions as they're working, and give them feedback that they'll see instantaneously.To help find which students are online at any given time, we've added a feature to the "My Students" view. Just click "My Students" and review the list of your students. Students who currently have a TeacherMade assignment open will be shown with the green dot next to their names.Click the student's name, and you'll be taken to their list of recent assignments. The assignment they're currently viewing will be marked with a green dot.Click that assignment, and you'll be able to see the student's work as they're doing it - anytime, anywhere! #### January 16th, 2024 - Practice, Practice, Practice It's been said that practice makes perfect. And while you might not require your students to achieve absolute perfection, it would be great if they at least achieved a minimum score before they submitted their work. TeacherMade now has an assignment option that lets you do just that!How To Set the Minimum ScoreYou can set the minimum submission score using this option while creating your assignment:You can choose the minimum score the students must achieve before they're allowed to submit their work. There are preset options for the most common scores in 10% intervals, or you can set a custom value of your choosing. Note that only auto-graded items will be taken into account, so Open Answer questions are not factored into the score.You can turn this feature off by choosing "None," which is the default value. With the setting "None," students will be able to submit their work regardless of their score. What It Looks Like to StudentsIf the student tries to submit their work but fails to achieve the minimum score, they will see this popup: Students can click "OK" and continue to work.Together with "Students Can Check Answers"This feature complements the "Students can check answers" assignment option. They can be used independently or together to give students the kind of practice you prefer.Both options reveal the current score to the students. Allowing students to check their answers reveals in detail which questions they answered incorrectly, and gives them a convenient way to jump to the incorrect answers.Setting the minimum score before submitting reveals the score, but does not give any detail about which questions are incorrect.Another Great New FeatureNow you can watch your students hone their skills and work their way toward mastery! Our assignment options give you the control and flexibility you need to use TeacherMade the way you want. #### January 16th, 2024 - Scheduling Assignments in Google Classroom Our incredible Product Development team has been busy adding features that you asked for! Now, you can create Google Classroom assignments that will be released to students at a date and time in the future!To schedule a Google Classroom assignment, choose the "Schedule" option for "Assignment Status."When you choose "Schedule," a new option will appear that allows you to set the Date and Time that the assignment will be released to your students.Choose the date and time you wish students to start working on this assignment. You can type values directly or choose the date and time from the picker displayed below the field. When you click "Save," the assignment will be created as a "Draft" in each of the Google Classrooms you had selected earlier.Once you've created the assignment, you can only change the schedule from inside Google Classroom. Visit the class in question, and open the "Classwork" tab. You will see the assignment at the bottom of the list:Click to select the assignment within Google Classroom, then choose "Edit assignment." Google will allow you to change the schedule as you wish.Note that the assignment will not appear to students at all until the date and time you specify. #### January 17th, 2025 - Who Has (or Hasn't) Started Working? We've got a special update just for Google Classroom users! You can now see which of your students has or hasn't started!)your assignments.When you create a Google Classroom assignment in Classwork.com, we’ll automatically create a submission for every student currently enrolled in your class. This means you'll instantly have a complete list of your students and their assignment progress right at your fingertips. Take a look!In this example, you can see one of your students is just starting the assignment, but two of them haven't even opened it. You can sort the list by the "Status" field to easily spot who's not doing their assigned work.There are a few things to keep in mind:Your existing assignments will continue to work. We will not create submissions for existing assignments, but students can begin, continue and review their work as before.The system only creates submissions for students in the class at the moment you create the assignment. Students who join the class afterward won't have "Not Started" submissions created for them automatically. They can still start the assignment in Google Classroom and we'll create a submission for them at that time.If you select individual students while creating the assignment, the system will create submissions only for the selected students, not everyone in the class.Everything else about Classwork.com and Google Classroom works the way it always has. All we're doing is creating submissions so that you can track who has or hasn't started your assignments.You will see the "Not Started" status in the "Students" view, too, which - over time - can help you get a broader picture of one student's completion of assigned work.Thanks once again to our amazing Product Development team for creating such an easy-to-use and incredibly valuable feature! #### January 23rd, 2024 - Library of Pre-Made Activities Article coming soon! #### January 24th, 2023 - Three New Item Types! Wow! Fresh on the heels of the monumental release of the Slide View, TeacherMade has added THREE new item types for you! If you're in Texas and worried about the new types on the redesigned STAAR, or in any state where Technology Enhanced Item Types (TEIs) are a concern, we've got you covered! Wait til you see what these new items can do!Hot TextThe Hot Text item presents your students with a text passage. Portions of the passage are highlighted, and your students select one or more correct answers from the highlighted choices. It's a natural for Reading Language Arts and Social Studies teachers, but it's useful for every subject. Bring those authentic texts. We'll make them interactive!Want to learn how to create a Hot Text item? Click here to learn more.Inline ChoiceInline Choice lets your students choose which words or phrases belong in a text passage It's like a dropdown (or dropdowns!) in the middle of a paragraph. You can use this for spelling, noun-verb matching, correcting writing errors, and many other Reading Language Arts needs. But every teacher from Art to Zoology is going to love it!The student chooses between several options (historicle, historical, historrical, and historacel) and receives points if they choose the correct one. The student's choice will appear in place, and the box is automatically sized to accommodate every possible answer.Want to learn how to create an Inline Choice item? Click here to learn more.Match Table GridMatch Table Grid is like Multiple Choice on steroids. The student will see a table with rows and columns and will select a correct answer per row. You can use it for classification, literary analysis, even surveys! It's useful any time you have multiple questions (the rows) that have the same answer choices (the columns.It's such a powerful question type. And, yes, you're right, tomato is technically a fruit.Want to learn how to create an Match Table Grid? Click here to learn more.More to Come!We're always adding things to TeacherMade to make your Teaching more effective and you life less stressful, so keep your eyes on the Tuesday Tip Sheets for regular updates! #### January 24th, 2024 - "My Students" Just Got Better! We've made a change to the "My Students" view that will make your life so much easier!Seeing how your students are doing is a job of utmost importance to you as a Teacher. That's why we put "My Students" front and center in the TeacherMade menu. The "My Students" view shows you which of your students have been working recently. And now with these latest improvements, "My Students" also lets you review their work, reopen or reset submissions, print, and even submit their incomplete work for them!Here's how: First click "My Students." That will bring up a list of the students who have recently worked on your assignments.You can sort the list by name or by date of most recent activity.You can also filter how far back into the past you want to look.Now, click a student name. That will bring up that student's Assignments, sorted by date with the most recent at the top, including Status and Score.That's a super powerful screen! And we've added a few features to help make you even more productive!You can now act on any of those submissions using the "..." menu to the right. Let's say the student finished working, but forgot to click "Submit." All you need to do is click "..." then choose "Set as Completed." You can also reopen or reset an assignment for that student, or print their work.And that's not all! You can now review multiple assignments for the same student all at once! To do so:Use the checkboxes at the right to select any assignments for this student you wish to review.Then, at the top of the screen, click the "..." button.Choose "Review Selected."That will bring you to the Submission Review screen you're already familiar with, but with one major difference. Instead of seeing the work of multiple students in a single assignment, you'll see only the work of the single student you were viewing, in all the assignments you selected!Just use the forward and backward buttons to go from one assignment to the next, or the drop down to jump directly to an assignment:What an awesome upgrade to an already incredible feature! Thanks, once again, to our amazing Product Development team!! #### January 2nd, 2023 - Happy New TeacherMade 2.0! Happy New Year!And this time, we really mean NEW. Today's release introduces an entirely new way of using TeacherMade. It's a game changer, and you're going to love it! In fact, there are a bunch of updates to start your year with. Our amazing development crew has been busy! Welcome back! The Slide ViewThis will change the way you use TeacherMade! Ever want to add interactivity to Google Slides? Now, you can. Just export the slide show as a PDF, upload it into TeacherMade and set the Display Type to "Slides." Instead of making one scrolling document, each slide of your presentation will be displayed to your students one after the other. And you can add all the TeacherMade item types to any of them! AND you can add content from multiple files, re-order, delete, even mix in existing TeacherMade activities! You'll be able to create entire lessons from start to finish, including instruction, practice, comprehension checks, videos, audio, entirely in TeacherMade!! Oh my.Click here to see an example.Click here to read more about this incredible feature.Embedded VideoYou can now embed video into your TeacherMade document. Keep those students focused on your lesson and off YouTube. You can choose whether to show the video right there in your activity, or if you need room, have it launched off to the side in a separate window.Click here to learn more about Embedded Video.Open Answer ScoringThe Open Answer item has always been useful, but a little clumsy to work with, especially if you had more than one in an activity. You had to keep track of the score for each, then modify the score using the "Auto + Teacher" score feature. As of today's release, you can now set the point value of Open Answer questions! And when you review the student work, you'll be able to assign points to each answer the student provided, and they'll see how they scored! Click here to learn about Open Answer Scoring.Partial CreditThis one came from the requests of you generous Teachers who recognize that students can sometimes be almost right, and have earned a portion of the points assigned to an item. Now, using the "Adjust" feature, you can modify the points that TeacherMade assigns to a student, question by question!Click here to learn more about Partial Scoring.Wow!That's a lot! We really have been busy! And all of this comes to you with love from all of us. Thanks to you for what you do, and please accept our sincere wishes for a happy 2023. #### January 2nd, 2024 - Embedding Other Websites in TeacherMade Happy New Year!We're starting the new year with a powerful feature that will allow you to include ANY interactive activities from other websites right inside your TeacherMade activities! It's called "Embed Code" and you'll find it in the "Content Tools" section of the Insert menu.Imagine being able to include one of the amazing science simulations from the University of Colorado Boulder in your Science Activity or including a Desmos graph in your math lesson. If you a website offers you a way to share their materials, you can now put them in TeacherMade activities! Click here to learn how to use the "Embed Code" tool! Click here to Preview this activity and copy it in your TeacherMade account!Desmos is copyright, Desmos Studio PBC.Classwork.com makes no claim to any content, tools or property of any copyright holder embedded in an activity, and strongly encourages you to properly attribute those copyright holders in your materials! #### January 30th, 2023 - Activity Search TeacherMade already provides some really excellent ways to stay organized. You can put your activities inside folders and even create folders inside folders. You can choose where an activity starts its life, and even move it if you change your mind. But, of course, now that you've got so many places to put activities, how do you find them?Enter TeacherMade's new Search function! Just go to you "My Activities" page and click "Search" at the bottom of the left panel to see all the search options at your fingertips! It's so powerful, yet we've made it so easy to use (which is, frankly, kind of our superpower).Let's dive in and see it can do. Click here to read about the Search feature.  #### January 30th, 2023 - Print Blank Activity This one was a forehead smacker for us. TeacherMade came to be so that Teachers across the globe could digitize activities that had previously been done on paper. So why did we get so many requests to be able to print a blank copy of an activity? It turns out that you're regularly modifying the scanned pages to add custom instructions or guidance with Teacher Text boxes, drawings, and images. And with the advent of the Slide View, many of your documents don't start out as paper. Then you've got students that won't be using their computers to complete their activities. Maybe they're away from the internet, or have special needs that keep them from using a computer. It's so obvious! We heard from you, you made your case, we smacked our forehead, then we added the feature you asked for!Click here to read how to print a blank activity. #### July 12th, 2023 - Create Questions From Scratch TeacherMade has always been the best tool on the market for adding interactivity to your favorite materials like PDF files and Google Slides. And now it's the best tool to add new questions to your activities! You can now create Multiple Choice and Multiselect (aka "checkbox") questions from scratch!Add your own questions to existing activities!Overwrite questions you want to ask differently!Even create an entire lesson with instructional slides intermixed with auto-scored questions!You can't do THAT with Google Slides!!!Here's an example, created entirely within TeacherMade:You have full control over the text appearance and can even add images and math to the question and answer choices!You'll find these new interactions under the "Author Tools" heading in the Insert menu, along with the Hot Text, Inline Choice, and Match Table Grid questions. Just draw a rectangle on your activity to contain the question and select "Multiple Choice" or "Multiselect," then enter your question. It's so easy and so fast! You'll be whipping up activities in no time!Click here to learn more about the amazing new Multiple Choice and Multiselect tools! #### July 18th, 2025 - An Updated Activities View Your Activities screen looks a little different today! It's still the home page in Classwork.com and where you create, assign and review your awesome interactive files. But we've made it a little easier to work with. Let's learn how to make the most of it!Go To "Activities"You get there by clicking "Activities" in the left hand menu.Creating a New FileTo create a new file, click "New File" at the top of the screen.The system will hold your hand through creating a new file by importing from your computer or Google Drive, or by using our incredibly powerful AI features to create original materials!Staying OrganizedLike a digital filing cabinet, you can keep your files in folders. To create a new folder, click the "New Folder" button at the top of the screen.Type your folder name, pick a color and you've got a fresh folder ready for new files!And So Much "More"The "More" button at the top of the screen lets you filter your Activities based on whatever criteria you want.You can filter to see only activities that have been Assigned in the last 30 days, activities you've recently edited, and activities you've placed in the Trash by deleting. You can also access the "Search" box to find activities by name.You can also import a list of activities shared by one of your colleagues. See How Do I Share My Activity With Other Teachers?The Activity MenuJust click anywhere on the activity to see the Activity menu:If you want to act on more than one Activity, use the checkboxes to select more than one, and the Activity Menu will appear at the top of the screen.Then click any of the options. It's that simple! #### July 1st, 2024 - A New Activity Toolbar We hope you've been using your summer to relax and recharge. We've been using our summer to improve TeacherMade so that your life is a little easier this fall. Today, we've changed the way you choose and work with Activities on your TeacherMade home page!A New New Button!In the upper left corner of you home page, you'll see an inviting button labeled "New." You'll use that to create new activities, create new folders, and to copy sets of activities one of your colleagues has shared (more on that later!)A New ToolbarThe old TeacherMade toolbar was fixed at the top of the screen and only let you move and delete activities.The new toolbar floats over your activities, and gives you every option under the sun! Just check the checkbox next to an activity or a set of activities to see the new toolbar:Let's see what those icons do!Preview the selected activity.Edit the selected activity.Move the selected item(s).Copy the selected activity.Delete the selection item(s).Share the selected item(s). Assign the selected activity.See a full menu of things you can do, including some lesson common options:Print a blank activityPrint the answer key for an activityDonate an activity to the shared libraryA New Shortcut BarAs you move your mouse over the list of activities, TeacherMade now gives you a clean and simple way to select the most common operations. Hovering over an activity now displays this set of shortcuts:By selecting one of those icons, you can quickly preview, edit or assign the activity.Everything is FasterWe've done a lot of work to improve the speed of TeacherMade. So, those of you with thousands of activities will have a much snappier experience!Share Multiple ActivitiesThat "Import Multiple Activities" option on the New button will allow you to accept a list of "share links" from a colleague, and quickly import them into your TeacherMade account.It's such a great feature, we're going to talk about it in a separate article!More to Come!We're not done with our summer projects - not by a long shot! So, keep your eyes peeled for more great updates that will make your next school year the most productive and rewarding ever! #### July 1st, 2024 - Math in Drop Down Items Math shouldn't be scary. The more guidance you give your students as they're learning, the stronger their mathematical reasoning will be, and - maybe more importantly - the deeper their confidence will develop! To help with that, TeacherMade now lets you use complex math in Drop Down items. The same powerful equation editor you've become familiar with in the Algebra/Formula question is now available to you in Drop Down questions! Giving students pre-constructed options will shape their understanding and avoid the stumbles they might have trying to enter equations on their own. When to Use Math In Drop Down ItemsHere are good times to use the Drop Down item type in your math Activities:Step-by-step operations. As you can see in the example above, the Drop Down is a great choice for step-by-step operations. Limiting a student's options in a complex, multi-step process keeps them on the right path and helps them focus on the concepts, not the computer.Word problems. A great choice for step-by-step guidance is helping students transform a word problem into its mathematical representation.Choosing a formula. Students could choose the correct form of the quadratic equation before using it to solve a problem.Practice / Quick Checks. Students can struggle entering open-ended math questions and might never arrive at the correct answer, even with unlimited tries. Giving them choices with Drop Down items can get to the answer quickly, providing a sense of understanding and accomplishment. Science! TeacherMade's equation editor is a favorite feature of science teachers everywhere. It has symbols that let you add chemistry equations and other formulas for all grades.There are so many possibilities! We can't wait to see how YOU use it!How To Include Math in Drop Down ItemsTo insert math into Drop Down items, just create the item as your normally would, then click this icon next to the first answer:When you click to enter your first answer, you will be presented with the equation editor, and have the full palette of math and science symbols that the Algebra/Formula item type offers. Choose symbols from the three available tabs (Math, Functions and Other), and type variables with the keyboard. Exponents, subscripts, set operators... it's all there!Thanks to TeacherMade's amazing development team for creating another incredible feature requested by users like you! If you have ideas, send them to support@teachermade.com! We listen! #### July 1st, 2024 - Sharing Many Activities (Including Folders) Collaboration makes everyone better, so if you've ever wondered how to share more than one activity at a time with your colleagues, or how to share an entire folder, you're going to love today's update! Our new toolbar (see this article: July 1st, 2024 - A New Activity Toolbar) gives you the ability to select multiple activities, or even whole folders, and put all the "share links" into text that you can copy and email to your fellow teachers. They'll then use the new "New" button to import that list and instantly copy all your shared activities. What a time saver!Want to learn how to do it? Check out the new section of this article "How Do I Share My Activities With Other Teachers?" #### July 24th, 2023 - Moveable Multiple Choice Bubbles The world is a messy place. And while we always hope our multiple choice answers would all be the same size so that they're easy to overlay with TeacherMade interactivities, it's just sometimes not the case. So, once again, TeacherMade's fantastic Product Development team has come to the rescue and added a feature to make your life a little easier. You can now move the bubbles in a TeacherMade Multiple Choice answer!!!It's very simple! Just drag a rectangle to outline the area you want the bubbles to appear, then select "Multiple Choice" from the Insert menu. The usual set of four bubbles will appear (assuming four was the last multiple choice option you had used. TeacherMade remembers your last selection to make it easier to create a lot all at once).To re-position a bubble, just click it and drag it to where you want it to be! It's that simple! The bubble will change appearance to show you that you've selected it for repositioning:A couple notes:We recommend sizing the box so that the first and last answers are aligned. Then move the inside answers.You can reset the position by clicking "Reset position of bubbles" on the toolbar when the Multiple Choice object is selected.Once you've repositioned the bubbles, you cannot make the answer smaller. If you change the number of answers, your custom positioning will be lost.To select the correct answer, just click the appropriate answer without dragging it.Enjoy this new feature, which will allow you to make even more of your favorite activities into TeacherMades! #### July 2nd, 2024 - Graphing Parabolas Coming soon! #### July 2nd, 2024 - Upload Files Directly From Google Drive This is HUGE! TeacherMade has always been about making your life easier, and now using TeacherMade is easier than ever before! If you use Google Slides or Docs to construct your activities, you no longer need to save them as PDF files before bringing them into TeacherMade!That's right! You can now open Google Docs and Google Slides (and other files) directly from Google!!! When you create a new document, you'll now see this button:Click "Pick from Drive" and select your activity background directly from your Google Drive, including your Slides and Docs.Incredible! Another amazing time saver from TeacherMade's superhero development team!! #### July 7th, 2025 - New App URL! We've been calling ourselves Classwork.com since the beginning of the year, but you might have noticed that the application itself has remained "app.teachermade.com" even after our name change. We left it that way so we wouldn't break everybody's saved bookmarks and assignment links - especially those from our Canvas and Schoology users. We have now changed the app URL to app.classwork.com!Everything should continue to work as it did before, though we'd recommend changing your bookmarks. We're keeping app.teachermade.com around for a bit to help with the transition, too, so all your existing assignments will work. Don't hesitate to contact support@classwork.com if you have any issues. We'll be glad to sort them out for you!For Canvas Users OnlyIf you're re-using old courses that still have the "TeacherMade" tool installed in it, you will need to install "Classwork.com" as a tool in those courses AND keep the old TeacherMade tool so that older and newly generated assignments will work. See this article for instructions: Canvas - How Do I Install Classwork.com as an App in Canvas?For Schoology Users OnlyWe recommend having both the "Classwork.com" and the "TeacherMade" external tools in your Schoology application. You'll have to request that your Schoology Admin help with that. Just send them this article, and they'll know what to do: Schoology: How do I Set up Classwork.com as an External Tool? #### June 15th, 2022 - Highlighter Preset Colors Can you have too much of a good thing? Maybe when it comes to highlighter colors in TeacherMade you can. But don't worry! We haven't taken any away! We've just selected a few commonly used colors and made them extra easy to access. Now when you choose the highlighter tool in the editor and click to change the color, the color chooser will give you the most common colors at the top in big easy-to-select circles.  #### June 15th, 2022 - Remember Choices from Last Assignment With great power comes great responsibility... and sometimes a lot of clicking. TeacherMade has a lot of powerful features for you to control exactly how your students see and interact with your assignments. And you've probably decided on your favorite options and set them the same way every time. Wouldn't it be nice if TeacherMade remembered your options from the last assignment you made, and chose them for you every time you created a new assignment? With today's release, it does. TeacherMade has always been designed to save you time in the classroom, and this improvement will save you even more! #### June 16th, 2022 - Change Multiple Choice Options Right on theToolbar The editor interface is SO simple now! Just click and drag to draw a rectangle and choose which type of item to draw in that area! But what if you chose Multiple Choice, and TeacherMade drew the wrong number of options? Then you've got to find the "Edit..."button, click it, change the options, then save it and move on to your next item. Not any longer! With today's release, you can modify those Multiple Choice item options right on the toolbar! Yet another time-saving feature from TeacherMade!The "Edit..." button will still offer you the same options as before, and also provide some help not visible on the toolbar, so we've given you both! #### June 16th, 2022 - Continue Working After Checking Answers in Preview Previewing your activity is a critical step in creating great materials for your students! It's your chance to review that everything displays the way you want, and that you've got the answer key set up just right. And the way to do that is to answer the questions the same way a student will, and click "Check My Answers." You get immediately feedback about correct and incorrect, and see your score. But what if you inadvertently skipped a question or you wanted to see how the score calculates if you change just a few of your answers? Until now, you had to start over after every time you checked your answers. With today's release, you have a new "Continue" button that appears after you check your answers.Clicking "Continue" will allow you to answer more questions, but leave your prior answers in tact.Clicking "Reset" will still allow you to work, but will erase all your prior answers and give you a fresh start on testing your activity. #### June 19th, 2024 - Read Aloud Students differ. Some struggle with reading, but do better when they hear the same material. And you may have students with differing capabilities that require on-screen text be read to them. Our new text-to-speech feature, which we call "Read Aloud" is here to help!"Read Aloud" is an assignment option that you can turn on for any assignment, and it allows students to select text from the screen and have it read to them. It's pretty magical, and even works with backgrounds that began life as images, not just PDFs. Students can even choose their favorite voice, and set what speed the reading takes place.If you're looking to provide extra support for your students who prefer to listen rather than read, or need a screen reader, Read Aloud is there for you! Click here to read more (sorry, not aloud!) #### June 20th, 2022 - Student Names Can be Edited Students can be a handful! So, when TeacherMade (optionally) lets them type in their names to identify themselves as they complete their work, not all of them are going to type their names correctly. Or maybe they choose that opportunity to demonstrate their sense of humor. It's also possible you're seeing their names as they come from an integrated system like Google Classroom, and their name was incorrectly entered there.Up until this release, you had to live with whatever the student typed or whatever came in from the other system. Not any longer! Now, through a simple and easily available feature on the Assignment Detail screen, you can edit student names so that they display the way YOU want them!Click here for more details on this new feature! #### June 20th, 2022 - New Submissions Screen You spend a lot of time looking at student work in the Submission Review screen, so we made it SO MUCH BETTER.We've given you an incredibly easy way to step from student to student or jump directly to that one student that needs attention.We've put all your review options in simple-to-use tabs, and made all your common actions, like returning and printing student submissions, available with a single click.And - most importantly - we hid the rest of the TeacherMade interface so you have the full screen to view student work and provide meaningful feedback.Just click when you're done!Click here to read all about the new Submissions screen! #### June 20th, 2024 - Copy, Paste and Align Multiple Objects This is one you've been waiting for! You can now select multiple objects in the Activity Editor, and once you do, you can copy, cut, paste, move, and even ALIGN them! BeforeAfterSelecting Multiple ObjectsAll you need to do is to click one object to select it, then hold down your Shift key and click the next object. Now you've selected both! You can continue to select as many as you want by holding the Shift key and clicking. Shift-click any of those objects again to de-select them. A counter on the toolbar tells you how many you have selected.You can also Shift-click then drag to draw a rectangle (remember that Shift key, since clicking and dragging without it brings up the Insert menu). As you move your mouse, the objects that will be selected are outlined with a dotted blue border. Release the mouse and they will all be selected.De-SelectingTo cancel your selection, just click the background, away from all the objects, or click another object.Select AllTo select all the objects on a slide (or all objects in a scrolling activity), hold the Ctrl key and hit A. You can also select all the objects by choosing "Select All" from the Edit menu. Copy, Cut, and PasteNow that you've selected multiple objects, you can Copy, Cut and Paste them using the normal shortcuts (Ctrl-C for Copy, Ctrl-X for Cut and Ctrl-V to paste). You can also choose these operations from the "Edit" menu. You can even Cut or Copy from one activity, then Paste those items into a different one!As always, TeacherMade offers a uniquely useful shortcut to copy and paste called "Duplicate" that is accessed by holding down the Ctrl key and hitting the D key.If something goes awry with your newfound power, Ctrl-Z will undo any errant cuts or pastes.MoveOnce selected, you can move the objects by clicking of them, or anywhere within the surrounding box, then dragging the objects to their new location. You can also use the arrow keys to move in smaller, controllable steps.Aligning ObjectsYou can easily align objects to the same edge by selecting all the objects you wish, then choosing an option from the "Align" drop-down on the toolbar.For example, you could select all the True-False items in the "Before" picture above, click "Align," then choose "Left." The items immediately align on the left edge, resulting in what you see in the "After" picture. We hope you enjoy these incredible improvements to the TeacherMade Activity Editor! #### June 28th, 2024 - Assignment Due Date We've added informational Due Dates to your assignments! Now you can set a date and time for an assignment to be completed. #### June 4th, 2024 - Update Your Answer Key On The Fly You've made the perfect TeacherMade activity. It's engaging. It's rigorous. And you created a flexible answer key, with all the possible answer variants a student could possibly think of. Way to go, you! Then your students take the assignment, and, as they say, "no battle plan survives contact with the enemy." You're reviewing your student's responses and, sure enough, one of them came up with an answer that IS correct, but that you hadn't coded in your answer key. What to do?With this release, we've made it extremely easy to adjust your answer key to accept a response given by one of your students. If you see a student answer that you should have included as a possible correct answer in the answer key, click the student's work to bring up the detailed score popup, then click "Add as correct answer."You will be prompted whether to add it. Click "Yes."You've now changed the global answer key for the activity, and this auto-graded item will automatically be re-scored for ALL students. If any of them had given the same answer, they will now automatically receive credit for their answer, without you having to do a thing! If you only want to give credit to the student you're reviewing, just click "Set Score" and you can adjust their score.This feature is available for these item types that allow you to enter multiple possible correct answers:Short AnswerNumericFractionMixed NumberAlgebraic ExpressionIf you need to correct the answer key for other question types, exit the student review screen and click the "Edit Answer Key" button. #### June 5th, 2024 - Auto-graded Partial Credit "All or Nothing." Sure, it's a great track on the debut album from early 2000's boy band O-Town, but maybe it's not always the best way to grade your TeacherMade activities. If you've ever wished that you can tell TeacherMade to award partial credit on a Checkbox/Multi-select or Match Table Grid item, consider your wish fulfilled.Now, when you edit one of those items types by clicking the "Edit" button, you'll see these options in the popup dialog:Selecting "Allow Partial Credit" will award points to the student even if they don't choose all the correct answers. They will be awarded a portion of the total points available on the question. For instance, if the student chooses two of three correct answer choices, they will be awarded 2/3rds of the total question points. If you choose "Subtract points for incorrect answers," the student will be penalized a portion of the total question points for each incorrect answer they choose. For instance, if they choose two of thirds correct answer choices, but also click an incorrect answer, they will be awarded 1/3 of the total question points (2/3 for the two correct answers, minus 1/3 for the incorrect answer). This option is intended to discourage guessing, since the student would be better off selecting only answers they are sure of, and leaving others unselected.Note that for Checkbox/Multi-select items, you must first choose to limit the number of selections the students can make, as shown here. That means that the student can check at most, say, 3 answers, if there are 3 correct answers.We hope you and your students find the partial credit feature useful. If you have other ideas or questions, feel free to contact us at support@teachermade.com. We'd love to hear from you! #### Keyboard Shortcuts The Classwork.com Activity Editor supports a variety of keyboard shortcuts to help you get things done faster. Here's a list:KeyFunctionCtrl+ASelect all objects on the slide.Ctrl+CCopy to the clipboard. Works for selected objects and entire slides.Ctrl+VPaste from the clipboard.Ctrl+XRemove, but keep a copy in the clipboard to be pasted elsewhere (aka "Cut").Ctrl+DDuplicate a selected object.DelDelete the selected object.Ctrl+ZUndo your last action.Ctrl+YRe-do the last action you undid with Ctrl-Z.Ctrl+PPrint the blank Activity.Ctrl+F2Preview the Activity.Ctrl++Zoom In.Ctrl+-Zoom Out.Space barSelect the same question type/tool you last inserted. Drag a rectangle immediately after to draw that object on the slide.Shift keyHold the shift key and drag the mouse to select multiple objects. They can be copied, pasted, cut or deleted. This will also activate the Align menu to make it easy to align objects.Ctrl+MNew blank slide. #### Lesson Plan from NYT for The Hill We Climb The New York Times, which btw is free to students for the rest of this school year, has had a former NCTE President write some lesson plans and topics for discussion around Amanda Gorman and her Inauguration Day poem. You may want to combine the questions from NYT with the text of the poem in my prior forum post to make your own TeacherMade activity around this exciting young talent’s work.https://www.nytimes.com/2021/01/20/learning/lesson-of-the-day-amanda-gorman-and-the-hill-we-climb.html  #### Locking and Unlocking an Assignment Once you assign an activity to your students, you have the option to lock and unlock the assignment at any point. On the assignment detail page, you will see this toggle in the top left corner: Unlocked: An unlocked assignment means students are able to start new work or access it if they started it and did not submit it. Locked: If you choose to lock the assignment, students will not be able to start a new submission or do additional work on existing submissions. A locked submission will look like this:Use this feature to ensure that your students are doing their work when and where they should be.  #### Locking and Unlocking an Assignment Once you assign an Activity to your students, you have the option to lock and unlock the Assignment at any point. On the Assignment detail page, you will see this toggle in the top left corner: Unlocked: An unlocked Assignment means students are able to start new work or access it if they started it and did not submit it. Locked: If you choose to lock the Assignment, students will not be able to start a new Submission or do additional work on existing Submissions. A locked Submission will look like this:Use this feature to ensure that your students are doing their work when and where they should be.  #### Make a Bell Ringer Start every class with focus and engagement by creating easy, standards-aligned bell ringers in Classwork.com.Bell work helps your students get settled and start learning immediately. It also frees you to take attendance, check in with students, or handle quick tasks while they work on meaningful content. Click here to download Click Sheet of:How to create a Bell RingerHow to assign a Bell Ringer1️⃣ Log in and Start a New ActivityGo to your Activities screen.Click the New File button (green with plus sign).2️⃣ Use the Content AssistantIn the pop-up window, choose Use AI to Make Content (yellow square).On the next screen, select Create Questions from Standards (bottom option).3️⃣ Choose Your StandardClick Edit next to Learning Standards.Click Search Standards.Select your Course, Grade Level, and Standard.Click Save Changes.4️⃣ Pick Your Question TypesChoose item types (e.g. Multiple Choice, Fill in the Blank).Set the number of questions (suggested: 4 for a quick warm-up).Click Generate Questions.5️⃣ Review and Edit QuestionsClick Add Questions to add them to your Activity.Double-click any question to customize it.6️⃣ Preview the Student ViewClick the Preview icon (monitor with an eye) to see what students will see.Close the preview when done.7️⃣ Name Your ActivityType your Activity name.You do not have to save! Similar to the Google suite, Classwork Autosaves your work in real time.8️⃣ Assign Your ActivityClick Create Assignment.Follow the steps for your LMS (e.g. Google Classroom, Canvas, Schoology).For Canvas and Schoology setup, see related help articles.✨ Tips for Effective Bell RingersKeep it short (3–5 minutes).Align to today's lesson or prior knowledge.Use auto-grading to get immediate data on student understanding.Tag with standards for tracking.⏭️  Next Video in the Starting Line SeriesCreating an Exit Ticket in Classwork.com❗  See All Starting Line VideosView the Full Starting Line SeriesTABLE OF CONTENTS1️⃣ Log in and Start a New Activity2️⃣ Use the Content Assistant3️⃣ Choose Your Standard4️⃣ Pick Your Question Types5️⃣ Review and Edit Questions6️⃣ Preview the Student View7️⃣ Name and Save Your Activity8️⃣ Assign Your Activity✨ Tips for Effective Bell Ringers #### Make Leveled Assignments for Each Student with TeacherMade Ms. Elizabeth is a 4th-grade reading and writing teacher who uses TeacherMade to customize her digital classroom worksheets and assignments for each student's skill levelWhat type of reading assignments do you create using TeacherMade?In my 4th grade Reading and Writing class, I use TeacherMade in a few engaging ways, but there is one system that has proven to be the most beneficial to my students' growth: small groups. I consistently implement TeacherMade in my whole group teaching, which transitions to small group centers with ease using 1-1 Chromebooks and iPads. I choose reading selections from anywhere – a paper copy, a workbook page, a PDF, an online article, a screenshot – the ideas are endless. Then I upload it and create an assignment with multiple choice and open-ended questions for students to complete by the end of the class period. How do you use TeacherMade and other apps with your daily curriculum?At the beginning of a lesson, I state our learning intention/goal for the day, explicitly teach vocabulary, and present the notes in Google Slides, which students can each open through Google Classroom. Linked in the slides for the day is the TeacherMade assignment we will work on. If I am using a differentiated assignment, through TeacherMade Pro, I can assign the specified work to a student directly through Google Classroom, minimizing any stigma because the work generally looks the same. As a class, we open the text and use the tools to annotate what we are reading, leading to new discoveries and thoughtful discussions. Once we get through the text and the goal of the day, I break for centers which consist of 4 rotations of 15 minutes each.    How do you use TeacherMade to create assignments that accommodate students on their individual needs?At the "Teacher Table Center," 4 to 5 students and I continue with the TeacherMade assignment on our own devices. This is where students can ask clarifying questions, and I can check for comprehension and depth of knowledge after reading. I have found that using multiple versions of the same assignment helps to meet the varying levels of my students. Assignments that I make multiple versions of are: reading selections with accompanying questions, quizzes, and tests. It is an easy way for me to accommodate based on students' individual needs or IEPs.   How do you customize TeacherMade assignments by grade level?In order to make an assignment for my small groups, I choose the text that we will be reading and start with grade-level responses, usually consisting of ten multiple choice questions and one open answer. I will upload the text as a PDF and assign correct answers to the multiple choice questions and insert an open answer text box. Then I make a copy of the assignment and can level the activity to be easier or harder.Which TeacherMade features do you use to customize assignments for different student levels?To make an assignment easier for my small groups, I will cut down the number of questions and also eliminate answer choices for the multiple-choice questions. For example, most multiple choice questions have four choices, and I would lessen it to three or two choices depending on the questions. This is easy to do by using a white Color Block tool to "white out" the unneeded items. I sometimes include matching question types for characters or settings. Another change is to have the students record themselves answering the open answer question verbally instead of typing it. (This can be added to any assignment, which may help boost participation and confidence for any grade or level of the student. You know your students best!)Lastly, to make an assignment harder for my small groups, I would go back to my original on-grade level assignment and make another copy. To increase the rigor for some multiple choice questions, I would make them into open answer questions or change them into two parts, with part one being the original answer choices to pick from, and then part two being their justification or evidence to prove they are correct, typed in an open answer box. Some questions can be changed or reworded to work with multiple selection question types to increase the complexity as well. Get creative!How does using TeacherMade assignments help all levels of students feel successful?Overall I will end up with three separate assignments, which generally look the same except for the leveled questions. This is fantastic because I want all levels of students in my class to feel successful with their work and not feel singled out because their work looks different. Finally, I post the appropriately leveled assignment directly to the individual student using the Google Classroom delivery method. When they log in, it will be ready for them to click on, and we can start class. I find that TeacherMade makes differentiating an assignment extremely easy and saves me a lot of time!Conclusion: TeacherMade's easy-to-use features let you quickly duplicate and edit assignments to meet the needs of your students. Customize assignments by grade level or skill level to get the best outcomes for your students.Example of a Leveled Assignment GroupTotal Time to Create 3 Versions = 12 minutes: Original:Copy - Easier:Copy - Harder:  #### Manage Review Teams – Administration Page Create and Manage Review TeamsThis article applies to District Administrators only.District Administrators create and manage Review Teams so teachers can submit curriculum materials to the appropriate group of reviewers during the Submit for Approval process.Access RequirementsDistrict Administrator Access: The Administration page is only visible to users who have been assigned the District Administrator role.If you need District Administrator access, your district must contact Classwork.com to have it enabled.Curriculum Reviewer Role RequirementTo review submitted curriculum materials, a user must:Be assigned the Curriculum Reviewer role in their user profile.Be added to at least one Review Team.If a user has the Curriculum Reviewer role but is not assigned to a Review Team, no submissions will appear for review.Open the Teams PageSign in with a District Administrator account.Click Administration in the left navigation menu.Select Teams from the left-hand menu.If no teams exist, the list will be empty.Create a New TeamClick the green Add Team button.Enter a clear, descriptive Team Name (for example, Elementary Math Review).Select team members using the Active checkboxes.Click Create to save.The new team appears immediately in the Teams list and becomes available in the Review Team dropdown during submission.View or Edit Existing TeamsTo update a team:Click the team name.Toggle the Active checkbox next to user names to add or remove members.Click Update to save changes.Tips for Organizing TeamsUse Clear Names: Include grade level, subject, or program (for example, HS English Review Team).Maintain Membership: Team membership determines who receives notifications and can approve materials.Review Regularly: Update teams as staffing changes to keep the approval workflow smooth. #### Manage User Roles and Permissions Manage User Roles and PermissionsThis article applies to organization administrators only.Classwork allows organizations to assign specific roles to users. Each role determines what features and administrative tools a user can access.All roles other than Teacher receive access to the Administration menu in the left navigation panel. The options that appear inside Administration vary depending on the assigned role.Available RolesTeacherThe default role for most users.Create ActivitiesMake AssignmentsCreate and manage ClassesReview student submissionsThe Teacher role does not include access to the Administration menu.User AdministratorUser Administrators manage users within an organization.Create new usersRemove usersUpdate user informationManage TeamsThis role sees the Administration menu with access to:User ListTeamsSchool AdministratorSchool Administrators can view reporting data for an entire school.Access school-level reportsUnder the Administration menu, this role will see reporting tools relevant to their assigned school.Note: Reporting features are currently in development.District AdministratorDistrict Administrators can view reporting data across an entire district.Access district-wide reportsUnder the Administration menu, this role will see district-level reporting tools.Note: Reporting features are currently in development.Curriculum AuthorCurriculum Authors create and manage instructional materials within district resources.Add curriculum materials to district resourcesEdit and update curriculum materialsSubmit materials for review (if applicable)Under the Administration menu, this role will see Curriculum Authoring.Curriculum ReviewerCurriculum Reviewers evaluate submitted curriculum materials.This role is assigned using the same checkbox in the user profile as other roles.Curriculum submissions will only appear once the user is added to a designated review team.This allows selected teachers or administrators to review instructional materials submitted for district approval.If a user has the Curriculum Reviewer role but is not on a review team, no curriculum items will appear for review.How to Assign RolesInitially, Classwork must grant at least one user User Administrator access within your organization.Once a User Administrator exists, they can assign roles to others.Click Administration at the top of the left navigation menu.Click User List.Use the search bar to locate the user.Click the user’s name to open their profile.Assign the appropriate role.Save your changes.The same process applies when creating a new user. During setup, simply assign the appropriate role before saving.How the Administration Menu Changes by RoleWhat appears under Administration depends on the assigned role:User Administrator: User List and TeamsSchool Administrator: School-level reportsDistrict Administrator: District-level reportsCurriculum Author: Curriculum Authoring toolsIf a user does not see the Administration menu, confirm that their role has been updated correctly. #### March 24th, 2023 - Printing Multiple Student Submissions TeacherMade is all about saving paper. But we get it - sometimes, you need to capture a student's work for those critical Parent-Teacher conferences, or to show to a principal. In fact, you might need to print the work of all the students in your class! TeacherMade has you covered. Just read this article on how to print, including the newly released feature that will allow you to select and print multiple student submissions at a time. Now you can get all your student work, in a portable format (PDF) that you can share with others. Just another way TeacherMade makes your life a little easier. #### March 27th, 2024 - Student Triangle Drawing Tool We've added a triangle tool to the student's drawing tools! Students can now easily add triangles of all shapes, sizes and colors to their work. Take a look at this article to see how it works: Tour of the Student Toolbar #### Match Table Grid Tool A Match Table Grid question presents students with a table. The rows in the tables represent questions and the columns represent possible answers. Each cell in the table represents a “Match” between the corresponding row and column. It’s a very efficient way to ask a series of multiple choice or multi-select questions with the same possible answers.Inserting the Question TypeOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity to bring up the Tools menu.Select Match Table Grid from the Author Questions column.The Edit Match Table Grid Item screen will appear.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Match Table Grid.Your cursor becomes crosshairs. Click on the activity to place the box.The Edit Match Table Grid Item screen will appear.Edit Match Table GridThis is where you enter the correct answers and adjust settings for grading and formatting.Can have multiple correct answers per row: by clicking on this box, the multiple choice bubbles will turn to checkboxes allowing students to choose more than one answer. Keep all columns the same size: using this option will format the columns to be all the same size Allow Partial Credit: by selecting "Allow Partial Credit" will be giving two options. "Do not subtract points for incorrect answers" will award students points even if they don't choose all the correct answers. They will be awarded a portion of the total points available on the question. For instance, if the student chooses two of three correct answer choices, they will be award 2/3rds of the total question points. If you choose "Subtract points for incorrect answers," the student will be penalized a portion of the total question points for each incorrect answer they choose. For instance, if they choose two of thirds correct answer choices, but also click an incorrect answer, they will be awarded 1/3 of the total question points (2/3 for the two correct answers, minus 1/3 for the incorrect answer). This option is intended to discourage guessing, since the student would be better off selecting only answers they are sure of, and leaving others unselected..Adding labels: You will need to add labels to both the header column for answer options and to the leftmost row for question prompts. When adding text your toolbar will appear for formatting. Adding Columns and Rows: You can add more columns or rows by selecting the “+” signs. You can add up to 20 columns and 20 rows to make whatever size Match Table Grid you need! You can also delete a column or row by selecting the, “x.”Choosing Correct Answers: Once you’ve entered the column and row labels, select the cells that represent a “match” or correct answer. Each cell will contain a “radio” button if you’re only allowing one correct answer per row (see the above example). If you choose “Can have multiple correct answers per row,” each cell will instead contain a checkbox, as in the example below.When you’ve got all of your row and column labels filled in and your answer key set, click “Save.”Clicking “Save” will return you to the activity view, where you may need to adjust the size of the Match Table Grid item to display all of the columns and rows. If it’s too large, try editing the item and reducing the font size, then resizing the box. It’s a good idea to use the Preview button in the editor to make sure everything displays well and that your answer key is set up the way you want.Students will see a grid that looks like this, prompting them to select their matches. The student must answer all the questions correctly to receive the assigned points. It's as easy as that! #### Matching Question Type The Matching tool lets students draw a line from one object to another. It’s for 1:1 matches only, e.g. the word “frog” and a picture of a frog can be matched with a line.Creating a Matching ActivityTo create a matching activity: Draw a box around the first object that you want to match.Select "Matching" from the pop-up box. (Do this for each item and answer that you want to create matching items on.)To create the correct answer, click on a single item, then click on its correct pair/match.Click on the Edit Matching tab to make any scoring or formatting changes.  To undo a linked item, click on the item you want to undo and hit the "Clear Link" button in the taskbar.For more detailed directions keep reading :) Inserting the Question Type1. Clicking on your activity.Click once on your activity-- or click down and drag;  Click, or Click and Drag. The Tools menu will appear. Select ‘Matching’ from the left column on the Tools menu. Once you do, the question type will appear.2. Using the 'Insert Button.'Click on the Insert button on the toolbar; the tools menu will pop up.Choose, 'Matching'Your mouse will turn to crosshairs. The toolbar will prompt you to 'Click in the activity to add a(n) Matching'.Click down and drag where you want to make your box. The question type will appear. Resize it by dragging the blue border markers around its outside.   ⭐Create multiple Matching answer boxes: Press the spacebar to stay in the tool, and continue drawing your boxes, pressing the spacebar between each one. Click on your first box and duplicate it using the Ctrl + D shortcut. Move the boxes to where they belong on your activity.⭐ Connect your matched pairs: Click on one box, then hold the shift key down while clicking on its pair. A blue line will appear showing that they are attached. Both answers will turn green.⭐ Disconnect your matches: Click on the matched pair and hit the Clear link button in the task bar. The blue dotted line will disappear and  the boxes will turn red. Hold down the CTRL button and click on one answer box in your pair. The blue line will disappear and your answer choices will turn red.Menu Bar When your matching elements are paired you will see the menu bar below.  Edit: Classwork will tell you that the question type is paired. It will provide directions how to clear the connection. Box Color: By clicking on the pencil you can change the color of the outside of the Matching box. Clear Link: When clicking this button it will clear the link between the matching pairs.Standards: This allows you to tag questions with specific standards. You can apply these tags when creating activities or retroactively after its been assigned. Item Points: The default score of any Classwork question is 1. You can type in the number the question type is worth.  If you see a "!" as shown below you have an Item Warning. Classwork is alerting you that the matching element needs to be connected to another element to be scored. It will prompt you to connect the element or set the score to 'Do Not Score.' To align short answer boxes, hold Shift and select multiple boxes, then use the Align dropdown in the toolbar to line them up evenly.  #### May 16th, 2022 - Assignment Option to Hide Student's Answers Ever have those students who like to print their TeacherMade work, then pass it on to other students? Wouldn't it be better if once the student submitted their work, it was just hidden from them until you chose to grade it and send it back? You asked, and we listened! You can now choose an assignment option under the "After submission" header called "Make assignment hidden."When you choose that option, the students will see nothing after they click submit other than a message letting them know their work is in your hands now. No more sharing between class periods! #### May 16th, 2022 - Image Zoom TeacherMade has long had the ability for students to add images to their activity submissions. They might use it to show their off-computer work or to answer a question. But if they don't size the image well for you, you can't always see the detail and could be missing out!We've added the ability to zoom student images so you can see exactly what your students uploaded! Just click on any image to see it in detail.Click the "Close" button when you're done, and you'll be back to reviewing the student's work. #### May 24th, 2023 - Teacher Text Box Formatting, Math and Images The Teacher Text tool has become more and more popular as Teachers everywhere use TeacherMade to create brand new classroom materials. We thought these Teachers might like a little more formatting capability, and our amazing Development team just went nuts with it and included our full equation editor and the ability to embed images, too. Formatting, alignment, fonts, math, images... Honestly, we can't wait to see what you'll make with it! Click here to learn more about Teacher Text Boxes. #### May 24th, 2024 - Letter choices in Checkbox/Multi-select Here's a nice convenience feature for you to make your Checkbox/Multi-select questions a little more useful. You can now easily add labels to your answer options! This will make it easier to provide specific feedback to your students, as you can refer to each answer choice in your commentary. "You should not have selected A. While 5 is a larger number than 4, -5 is to the left of -4 on the number line, and therefore, less than -4. B,C, and D were the correct choices."Just add the question to your activity, then click "Edit" to open the editing popup. Click the "Letters" option then choose which labels you'd like students to see.It's that easy!! #### May 26th, 2023 - Print Answer Key TeacherMade was designed to save you paper (and time and headaches), but sometimes, you just need to print that answer key. And TeacherMade once again has your back. Just click the title of your Activity within the "My Activities" list, then from the "File" menu, choose "Print Answer Key." You can choose the orientation you wish to print and the paper size. Then click "Create PDF" and download the resulting file. You'll have a permanent, printable record of your TeacherMade Activity with all the correct answers shown! This was another feature suggested by our loyal users. We really do listen, so please keep the great ideas coming in!  #### May 26th, 2023 - Who is Online? TeacherMade constantly saves a student's work, allowing you to see their answers in real time. And when you add commentary, drawings or stickers, the student will see those annotations as they're working, too. It's such a great and powerful feature, and we've made it even better by giving you a simple visual indicator to see which of your students is currently working on an assignment! Just look for the Green Dot!The student "Student Online" is currently online, as indicated by the green dot. And "Student Not Online" has closed their browser, as indicated by the empty circle.Now you can see who is working on your activity and you can provide real-time guidance and feedback if you wish! Just another example of how TeacherMade makes you more effective as a Teacher! #### May 5th, 2023 - An Answer to ChatGPT and Wikipedia Cheating Should you be worried that students will learn to use AI sites like ChatGPT to generate answers for TeacherMade activities? Yes, you should. As an example, we asked ChatGPT to write this product update and this is what it generated:Hey there, teachers! We've got some news that'll make you feel like a boss in the classroom. With our latest TeacherMade upgrade, you can now stop students from copying and pasting answers from sites like Wikipedia and ChatGPT. Finally, no more getting bamboozled by your students' Google skills!We know it's tough to catch every instance of cheating in online activities, but this new feature will make it harder for students to get away with it. By disabling the copy and paste function in open answer questions, short answer questions, and student text boxes, you can rest easy knowing that students are putting in the hard work.So say goodbye to the days of suspiciously perfect answers and hello to the joys of fair and accurate online activities. We hope this new upgrade will help you rule your classroom with an iron fist (or at least with a few fewer gray hairs). As always, if you need any help or have any feedback, our team is always here to support you.Don't tell anyone. We need this job.You'll find the new feature to prevent students from copying and pasting into Open Answers, Short Answers and Student Text boxes on the third step of the options as you create a new assignment:Just set the option to "Prevent" and any student who attempts to paste into one of those items will receive a warning that pasting is disabled. Note that this will keep them from copying and pasting their own work as well. And if you want to turn this on for an existing assignment, just open your assignment and click the 3-dot menu at the top of the left panel then choose "Edit Assignment." You'll have access to all the options, including preventing copy and paste.  #### May 6th, 2003 - New Item Type: Graph - Plotting Points and Lines There's an apocryphal story that René Descartes conceived of the Coordinate Plane that bears his name as he was laying in bed watching a fly crawl across his ceiling and wondering how he would describe its position mathematically. He first explained his system in 1637, and students have struggled with it ever since. But, no longer! TeacherMade has a new question type that will allow you to give your students meaningful and rewarding practice plotting ordered pairs and lines on the Cartesian plane! It's powerful and flexible, and like nearly all the TeacherMade items, is AUTO-SCORED so that you don't have to do the grading!Click here to learn more! #### May 8th, 2024 - Ignore whitespace in Short Answer Questions Article coming soon #### May Yang - HS ELA - MN My name is May Yang, and I am an English teacher in Brooklyn Park, Minnesota. I am Hmong and was born in a country called Laos. I came to America when I was seven years old. I didn’t know any English. I was one of three refugee students in my entire elementary school. That meant I had to learn basic English phrases fast to communicate with my teachers and classmates. By the fourth grade, I was in love with the English language. My school had a book-making center. I was so happy to make my first one, about a prince who had to trick a dragon into saving a princess. The story was not too original, but I was very proud of my book. Although I enjoyed school, becoming a teacher never occurred to me. After graduation, I got married and worked in a monotonous job as a customer service representative answering phone calls all day. I might have stayed there, but then the company went out of business. I was given severance pay (and a life decision to make). That was when I decided to go to college. I wasn’t quite sure what I wanted to major in, so I chose English. While attending college, I started volunteering at a community center, teaching adult basic education and tutoring high school students after school. It was heartbreaking to see adults with full-time jobs and a family to support struggle with basic things like reading a utility or medical bill. It made me happy when they overcame obstacles and made progress. I even had the chance to see them graduate from the GED program. That experience gave me clarity. I decided to become a teacher.My first teaching job was in St. Paul, Minnesota. I wanted to teach in an urban setting with lots of diversity. It was challenging but rewarding. I was there for six years, and then my family and I decided that we wanted to move to a warm state. We chose Florida. After a two-hour phone interview, I was hired. I took the job without seeing the school or meeting the principal in person. I don’t think I could ever be that brave again.The job was in Orlando, right across the street from Universal Studios. With my classroom windows open, I could hear the roar of the amusement park rides. The job was fun, but my family and I decided that Orlando was too crowded after a year. We wanted a quieter life. We moved to Winter Haven, Florida, where I taught for 13 years. I made some of the greatest friends and met some of the most generous students at that school. Even to this day, I still stay in touch with former students and colleagues, including an assistant principal. Finally, we returned home to Minnesota to be with family. I wanted to try something different and worked in test development for a company that created standardized K12 assessments. I learned different states’ standards, worked with freelance writers, and did copyediting. My favorite days were when I would sit at my desk, eat chocolate, drink coffee, read, revise, restructure, research, and edit. It was a dream job for a former English teacher. I also wrote a book during my time away from teaching.After almost two years, though, something surprising happened... I missed teaching! I missed the classroom banter and “aha” moments. I missed interacting with students and collaborating with other teachers. I realized that I could help craft the perfect reading passage for a test, but it would not be as rewarding as making connections with students. So, I returned to the classroom.I was very intentional in my decision. When I lived in Winter Haven, Florida, I taught in my town and ran into my students and their families at stores and restaurants. So, when I decided to return to teaching, I chose the closest school to my house. I live eight minutes from my job and frequently run into my students at the local Walmart. Oh, and my students think it’s cool that I don’t just teach them how to write but that I also love writing and pursue it as my hobby. They are usually eager to share their writings with me. Hopefully, I've helped many of them become excellent writers! #### Melissa Percontino - 8th Grade ELA - NJ Hi there! aMy name is Melissa Barone Percontino, and I am an 8th-grade English Language Arts teacher in Hudson County, New Jersey. I will be starting my 15th year in my school district this September. I attended Ramapo College of New Jersey and received a degree in Literature with a minor in Psychology. I have always loved books. As a young girl, I wanted to follow in my dad’s footsteps and become a teacher, but in high school, I set my sights on publishing, editing, and maybe one day becoming an author. I wanted to work in New York City at a glamorous publishing house like those I had seen on television. I loved the places I could go mentally by reading. My grandmother, Bridget, was an avid reader and helped support and encourage my reading addiction. For as long as I remember, I could get lost in a book for hours, sometimes even finishing books in a single day. When my grandmother started losing her eyesight to Macular Degeneration, the visits with books are memories I will treasure forever. Even though I loved reading, I wasn’t always an excellent reader. One year early in my education, I recall getting pulled out for special Reading classes with a specialist. We would work in a trailer outside my school. I was a shy and quiet child, and I feel my communication was lacking in those early years. I really grew to love this teacher, Miss Rozman. She had such a passion for reading, and I knew she loved what she did. Her enthusiasm was infectious, and I don’t recall a day she wasn’t upbeat or encouraging. The small group lessons and time I spent with this teacher quickly became a favorite part of my school week. The rules and strategies of reading stuck long after our reading sessions ended. I will never forget her and have to give her credit for why I became a Teacher of English many moons later by Alternate Route. Once bit by the reading bug, I brought books everywhere I went. I was constantly told to put the book down by my parents at the dinner table and at night to go to bed. I found a love for getting lost in good writing. I would read anything and everything out loud: directions, recipes, the back of food containers, newspapers, 80’s TV Guides, magazines, you name it. I read aloud in the mirror and even pretended to be on commercials after reading shampoo bottles and body soap containers in the shower. As my reading confidence grew, so did my interest in teaching. As I came out of my shell more and more, I came to spend time in my father’s classroom. He was a teacher and coach, and I loved spending time helping him prepare project materials and put on concerts.  My first job was working with kids in a summer camp. That continued throughout high school. At the culmination of college, I worked at a Youth House in Hackensack, New Jersey, doing Art and Interaction. I brought picture books that fit our theme for the day. I also worked at a Senior Veterans Center doing Art and Interaction in their Alzheimer’s Ward. Thanks to my Psychology classes, I have taken opportunities to work with people and develop my interpersonal skills. There, I realized I wanted to take all the opportunities to foster good connections and be the person Miss Rozman was for me. It pushed me to go back to school to gain my teaching credential. I could combine my passion for reading with something I knew would make a real difference. The first smiles and conversations from my quiet, struggling readers were victories. The first time I got my reluctant readers and English Language Learners to lean into a story was monumental.   I had my first child, a son, after two years of teaching 7th grade English Language Arts and was given the opportunity to take classes in Foundational Reading and Orton-Gillingham classes. I raised an avid reader and then had another son. We were constantly reading in our house. It was a literacy-rich environment. I then became an interventionist when my district went to Response to Intervention and found joy in teaching kids to learn to read instead of reading to learn. Then I had my daughter. I taught many grade levels to read and write, as low as 4th and 3rd. I went to 6th grade English Language Arts and then found my sweet spot in 8th grade ELA. My cup truly runneth over. I appreciate all the twists and turns my life has taken. It feels full and right. I love sharing great stories and reading amazing mentor texts. I love making connections with new students every year and meeting their families. I teach students to communicate in spoken and written words that make their readers think and feel. As much as I love my career, I tell my students I don’t quite know what I want to be when I grow up. I take every opportunity to learn and grow. I love what I do, but I want to show them that you are never too old to dream or set new goals.Check Out The Articles I've Written About TeacherMadeStreamline Your Class Period #### Merge Duplicate Students Merge Duplicate StudentsDuplicate student records can occur when students submit work using different sign-in methods, such as Name or ID for one assignment and an email address for another. The Merge Students tool lets you combine those records into a single student account while preserving all work and enrollments.How to Access the Students TabFrom the left-hand menu, click Classes.At the top left of the Classes page, click the gear icon next to Classes.The Setup Classes and Students screen opens.Click the Students tab at the top of the page.This view shows all students associated with your account.When You Can Merge StudentsThe Merge Students option becomes available when:You select two or more students using the checkbox to the left of their names.All selected students appear in the Students table, whether they are in Enrolled, Other, or Archived.If only one student is selected, you will see the Archive option instead.How to Merge Duplicate StudentsIn the Students tab, locate the duplicate student records.Select two or more students using the checkbox next to each name.At the bottom of the screen, click Merge Students.A confirmation window opens showing the selected students.Choose the student account you want to keep using the bubble selector.Review the warning message:All class enrollments from the other selected students will be merged into the selected student.Duplicate student records will be removed.This action cannot be undone.Click the blue Merge Students button to complete the process.What Happens After a MergeAfter merging:All class enrollments are combined into the selected student account.All submissions, grades, and feedback are preserved.Duplicate student records are removed from your list.No student work is lost.The merged student will now appear as a single record in your Students tab.Important NotesMerging students cannot be undone.This process does not affect Google Classroom enrollment.Merging is especially helpful when a student submitted work using Name or ID before later signing in with an email address.Related Key Terms: merge students, duplicate students, merge duplicate student records, name or ID sign in, student email sign in, combine student accounts, remove duplicate student entries, merge enrollments, preserve submissions, consolidate student records #### Microphone Access for Audio Features in Chrome Students Must Allow Microphone AccessThe first time each student encounters an audio recording feature in Classwork.com such as the student Audio tool or the Speech to Text tools in Open Answer, Short Answer and Student Text boxes, they'll be required to grant access to their microphone. When the recording starts, they'll see a spinning icon to indicate that the system is waiting to hear audio.Direct their attention to the URL bar of their browser where Chrome is asking whether to grant Classwork.com access to the microphone. The students must click Allow while visiting the site.What If the Student Blocked Microphone AccessIf the student blocked microphone access, they will not be asked again to grant it. Instead, they'll see this message indicating that Classwork.com cannot access their microphone:If they see Please check that your microphone is working and try again, you'll need to edit the settings in Google Chrome to grant microphone access to Classwork.com.To grant microphone access to Classwork.com:Click the 3-dot menu at the top of Chrome next to the student's profile icon.Click Settings.Choose Privacy and Security on the left.Click Site Settings.Click app.classwork.com.Find the Microphone setting and change it from Block to Allow.Close the settings tab. Chrome will save the setting automatically.Refresh the Assignment for the student by hitting the F5 key.The audio feature should now work! #### Monitor Students' Progress with TeacherMade Ms. Panullo uses TeacherMade to monitor her Science students' progress when working on assignments.TeacherMade's auto-grading feature helps Teachers monitor student progressIn my classroom, I monitor my students' progress using TeacherMade. I also use my district's screen monitoring software, but it can only show me what screen they are on and not how they are progressing on their work. In a TeacherMade assignment, I can see how much of the assignment they've completed and their approximate score based on the auto-graded items.   Use TeacherMade to review difficult questions with studentsI like using TeacherMade for progress monitoring because I can see my students' progress on an assignment and click into their assignments to see if there is anything they are struggling with that I may need to address. For example, if I see that many of my students are getting a wonky answer to a question, I know I may need to pause the class and bring the assignment up on the board to address the issue. I can also start to pull students into small groups if I see they are all stuck at a certain percentage for a long time. I can work with those students apart from the rest of the class that may be further along in the assignment and need less assistance. Assign due dates and auto-schedule assignments with TeacherMadeOn most of the assignments I assign through TeacherMade, I give a due date, but it isn't a hard deadline. The due date I give is usually two days to a week away from when my students start working on the assignment. Until the due date, students can have their assignments reopened and checked as many times as they would like to improve their scores. After the due date, I don't reopen assignments, but they can still turn in the assignment with a flat ten-point deduction. Because I monitor students as they work, I can keep reminding and prompting students to keep up with their work and try to meet the due dates I set. That way, they can take advantage of the 'redo' option I offer. TeacherMade makes it easy to reassign assignments to students or to let students reattempt assignmentsI used paper assignments for years, and I couldn't monitor my students as accurately or offer this flexibility to my students. I could walk around and see how far they might be, but I couldn't see how accurate their answers were, especially on longer or multipart assignments. I also couldn't offer them almost unlimited retakes because of the time it would take me to grade assignments. They may be able to get a few questions checked or ask a few questions but not get an entire score or a full grade and reattempt. TeacherMade keeps students accountable and aids Teachers during parent conferencesTeacherMade also helps me during parent conferences and grade check-ins. Students can't claim that they lost the assignment or didn't get it or know about it. I can bring up the assignment in a meeting and show parents what their students did, what the assignment looked like, and how long they sat on an assignment. I have shown parents more than a few times that their student started an assignment and then sat on it for hours without going any further or that they wrote in gibberish to show that it was "completed." It's great not only to keep the students accountable but also that it acts as a backup for me to show that students were given plenty of opportunities to get the assignment done and chose not to do it.   By monitoring my students in TeacherMade, I can keep my students accountable, keep them on track, and have evidence of their work to show shareholders in their education. TeacherMade makes it easy to plan for reteaching concepts, pull small groups, and give students more opportunities to be successful.  #### More Resources Congratulations! You’ve made it through the Getting Started exercises and you’re ready to create your first Classwork.com activity! You know how to upload a file, how to add interactions, and how to assign and review student work. You’re a fast learner! Of course, there’s always more to explore, and new features are being added all the time. There’s a lot to see! Fortunately, we offer you a wealth of resources to help you succeed. Let’s look at a few of them.⭐ The Help Assistant ⭐The Help Assistant is on the left side of the app. It's your all-knowing guru on a mountain top. From there, you can ask our amazing AI-driven help bot a question, gain access to the Knowledge Base, view tutorials, and read announcements. Need more help? Just click "Contact Us" and send an email to experience our World Class Support Team!⭐ Classwork.com101 ⭐This recorded webinar will show you every question type in the Classwork Studio editor. (Wait until you see Drag and Drop!) You’ll get a tutorial on all of the interactivity and scoring options that make Classwork.com so powerful and flexible. This is a great next step to becoming an expert.⭐ Classwork.com 102 ⭐Want to know about Classwork.com assignment features? Then this is the webinar for you. We’ll show you all about creating and grading student assignments, including every assignment option and how to let your students check their own work.⭐ PD Self-Paced Courses ⭐If you’re an autodidact or just prefer to work at your own pace, you’ll want to use these courses to advance your skills from Novice to Power User in no time!⭐ Newsletters ⭐Keep an eye on your Inbox for our famous newsletters! They’re chock full of useful tips, relevant news, and a wide selection of timely pre-made activities ready for you to use. You’re going to love them!Classwork.com started with one Teacher’s vision. Now the platform encompasses the ideas and feedback from thousands of Teachers across the US and around the world. So when Classwork.com improves your life as it has done for so many, be sure to thank a Teacher. ❤ We thank you every day! #### Move - Activity Menu Move an Activity to a FolderTo move an activity to a different folder, go to your Activities page and check the box next to one or more activities. This opens the Activity Menu directly above your selection. Click Move to begin.A popup will appear showing the name of each selected activity. Below that, use the dropdown to choose the destination folder.By default, the move is set to your top-level Home folder. Use the dropdown to select any folder or subfolder you have created.Confirm the move to instantly reorganize your activities. #### Moving Folders This Classwork.com feature allows you to create folders within another folder, helping you keep your materials organized. Let's walk through how it works.If you want to add a preexisting folder to another preexisting folder, you have two options. Click on the folder you want to place inside of another folder and drag it onto that folder. E.g. Spelling Quizzes placed in Spelling folder.Click on the check box to the left of the folder's name on your Activities page and then choose Move.Once you choose to move a folder, this Move Selected Items pop up will appear. You may need to click on the little triangle next to Home in order to make all possible folders available. Check off which folder or subfolder you would like to move the current folder into and choose Confirm.If you want to create a new folder within a current folder, select the target folder and then choose New Folder at the top of your screen. Give your new folder a name and select a color label, then choose Confirm. The folder will automatically be added into the selected folder. You can move folders at any time.If at any point, you want to know how many files or folders you have within a folder, simply look at the title of the folder on your Home page. To the right of each name, you will see the number of Activities & Folders that exist within it. This feature makes it easy to stay organized in Classwork.com -- we hope you find it useful! #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Combining Like Terms Level 1a 7eea1 Combining Like Terms Level 1a 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Combining Like Terms in Algebraic Expressions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 16 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct simplest forms of the algebraic expressions that are given by combining like terms.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Combining Like Terms Level 1b 7eea1 Combining Like Terms Level 1b 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Combining Like Terms in Algebraic Expressions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 16 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct simplest forms of the algebraic expressions that are given by combining like terms.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Combining Like Terms Level 1c 7eea1 Combining Like Terms Level 1c 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Combining Like Terms in Algebraic Expressions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 16 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct simplest forms of the algebraic expressions that are given by combining like terms.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Combining Like Terms Level 2a 7eea1 Combining Like Terms Level 2a 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Combining Like Terms in Algebraic Expressions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 20 short answer items in which students must write the correct simplest forms of the algebraic expressions that are given by combining like terms.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Combining Like Terms Level 2b 7eea1 Combining Like Terms Level 2b 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Combining Like Terms in Algebraic Expressions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 20 short answer items in which students must write the correct simplest forms of the algebraic expressions that are given by combining like terms.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Combining Like Terms Level 2c 7eea1 Combining Like Terms Level 2c 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Combining Like Terms in Algebraic Expressions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 20 short answer items in which students must write the correct simplest forms of the algebraic expressions that are given by combining like terms.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Combining Like Terms Level 3a 7eea1 Combining Like Terms Level 3a 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Combining Like Terms in Algebraic Expressions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 20 short answer items in which students must write the correct simplest forms of the algebraic expressions that are given by combining like terms.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Combining Like Terms Level 3b 7eea1 Combining Like Terms Level 3b 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Combining Like Terms in Algebraic Expressions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 20 short answer items in which students must write the correct simplest forms of the algebraic expressions that are given by combining like terms.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Combining Like Terms Level 3c 7eea1 Combining Like Terms Level 3c 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Combining Like Terms in Algebraic Expressions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 20 short answer items in which students must write the correct simplest forms of the algebraic expressions that are given by combining like terms.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1a 7eea1 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1a 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Containing Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1b 7eea1 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1b 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Containing Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1c 7eea1 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1c 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Containing Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2a 7eea1 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2a 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Containing Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2b 7eea1 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2b 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Containing Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2c 7eea1 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2c 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Containing Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3a 7eea1 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3a 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Containing Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3b 7eea1 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3b 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Containing Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.A.1 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3c 7eea1 Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3c 7eea1 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Containing Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in one step.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 1a 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 1a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 1b 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 1b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 1c 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 1c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 2a 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 2a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 2b 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 2b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 2c 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 2c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 3a 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 3a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 3b 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 3b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 3c 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 3c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 1a 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 1a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 1b 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 1b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 1c 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 1c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 2a 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 2a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 2b 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 2b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 2c 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 2c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 3a 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 3a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 3b 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 3b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 3c 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 3c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1a 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Two-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1b 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Two-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1c 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Two-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2a 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Two-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2b 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Two-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2c 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Two-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3a 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Two-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3b 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Two-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3c 7eeb3 Solving 2-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Two-Step Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 1a 7eeb3 Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 1a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 14 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solutions to algebraic expressions given the values of the variables in the expressions.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 1b 7eeb3 Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 1b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 14 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solutions to algebraic expressions given the values of the variables in the expressions.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 1c 7eeb3 Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 1c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 14 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solutions to algebraic expressions given the values of the variables in the expressions.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 2a 7eeb3 Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 2a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solutions to algebraic expressions given the values of the variables in the expressions.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 2b 7eeb3 Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 2b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solutions to algebraic expressions given the values of the variables in the expressions.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 2c 7eeb3 Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 2c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solutions to algebraic expressions given the values of the variables in the expressions.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 3a 7eeb3 Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 3a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solutions to algebraic expressions given the values of the variables in the expressions.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 3b 7eeb3 Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 3b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solutions to algebraic expressions given the values of the variables in the expressions.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 3c 7eeb3 Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution Level 3c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Algebraic Expressions with Substitution.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solutions to algebraic expressions given the values of the variables in the expressions.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 1a 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 1a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 1b 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 1b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 1c 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 1c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 2a 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 2a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 2b 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 2b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 2c 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 2c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 3a 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 3a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 3b 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 3b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 3c 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level 3c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and decimals with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 1a 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 1a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 1b 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 1b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 1c 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 1c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 2a 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 2a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 2b 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 2b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 2c 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 2c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 3a 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 3a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 3b 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 3b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 3c 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions Level 3c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Fractions.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers and fractions with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1a 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1b 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1c 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 1c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2a 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2b 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2c 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 2c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3a 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3a 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3b 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3b 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.EE.B.3 - Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3c 7eeb3 Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers Level 3c 7eeb3 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.B.3 – Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes integers with one variable using any operation in more than two steps.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 1a 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 1a 7nsa1 7nsa2 #N/A Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 1b 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 1b 7nsa1 7nsa2 #N/A Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 1c 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 1c 7nsa1 7nsa2 #N/A Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 2a 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 2a 7nsa1 7nsa2 #N/A Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 2b 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 2b 7nsa1 7nsa2 #N/A Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 2c 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 2c 7nsa1 7nsa2 #N/A Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 3a 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 3a 7nsa1 7nsa2 #N/A Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 3b 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 3b 7nsa1 7nsa2 #N/A Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 3c 7nsa1 7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers Level 3c 7nsa1 7nsa2 #N/A Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, & Exponents Level 2b 7nsa1, 7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, & Exponents Level 2b 7nsa1, 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct answers to expressions that include integers, fractions, and exponents, and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, & Exponents Level 2c 7nsa1,7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, & Exponents Level 2c 7nsa1,7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct answers to expressions that include integers, fractions, and exponents, and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents Level 1a 7nsa1, 7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents Level 1a 7nsa1, 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct answers to expressions that include integers, fractions, and exponents, and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents Level 1b 7nsa1,7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents Level 1b 7nsa1,7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct answers to expressions that include integers, fractions, and exponents, and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents Level 1c 7nsa1,7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents Level 1c 7nsa1,7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct answers to expressions that include integers, fractions, and exponents, and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents Level 3a 7nsa1, 7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents Level 3a 7nsa1, 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct answers to expressions that include integers, fractions, and exponents, and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents Level 3b 7nsa1, 7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents Level 3b 7nsa1, 7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct answers to expressions that include integers, fractions, and exponents, and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents Level 3c 7nsa1,7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents Level 3c 7nsa1,7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct answers to expressions that include integers, fractions, and exponents, and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions,& Exponents Level 2a 7nsa1,7nsa2 Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions,& Exponents Level 2a 7nsa1,7nsa2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 – Using Order of Operations with Integers, Fractions, and Exponents.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct answers to expressions that include integers, fractions, and exponents, and require following the order of operations to solve.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 6 – 9.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 - Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 1a 7nsa3 HSAreia2 Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 1a 7nsa3 HSAreia2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 – Solving Absolute Value Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes absolute value bars with one variable using any operation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 - Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 1b 7nsa3 HSA REI A2 Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 1b 7nsa3 HSA REI A2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 – Solving Absolute Value Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes absolute value bars with one variable using any operation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 - Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 1c 7nsa3 HSA REI A2 Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 1c 7nsa3 HSA REI A2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 – Solving Absolute Value Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes absolute value bars with one variable using any operation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 - Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 2a 7nsa3 HSAreia2 Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 2a 7nsa3 HSAreia2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 – Solving Absolute Value Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes absolute value bars with one variable using any operation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 - Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 2b 7nsa3 HSAreia2 Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 2b 7nsa3 HSAreia2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 – Solving Absolute Value Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes absolute value bars with one variable using any operation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 - Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 2c 7nsa3 HSAreia2 Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 2c 7nsa3 HSAreia2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 – Solving Absolute Value Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes absolute value bars with one variable using any operation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 - Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 3a 7nsa3 HSAreia2 Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 3a 7nsa3 HSAreia2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 – Solving Absolute Value Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes absolute value bars with one variable using any operation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 - Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 3b 7nsa3 HSAreia2 Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 3b 7nsa3 HSAreia2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 – Solving Absolute Value Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes absolute value bars with one variable using any operation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 - Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 3c 7nsa3 HSAreia2 Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 3c 7nsa3 HSAreia2 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 – Solving Absolute Value Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes absolute value bars with one variable using any operation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 7. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Fiction - A Dose of Support A Dose of Support DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Dose of Support” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 multiselect, and 1 inline choice . Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Fiction - From Here to the Sargasso From Here to the Sargasso DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "From Here to the Sargasso” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 inline, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Fiction - Silk Umbrellas Silk Umbrellas DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Silk Umbrellas” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Fiction - The Winter Hibiscus The Winter Hibiscus DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Winter Hibiscus” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Fiction - Vacation Exaggeration Vacation Exaggeration DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Vacation Exaggeration” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 inline choice (dropdown) and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Full Released Math Test - 2021 MS - Grade 7 - Full Released Math Test - 2021 DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade 7 Math test from 2021 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 40 items for a total of 40 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 26 multiple choice, 4 text entry, 1 hot spot, 2 multiselect, 1 inline choice, 4 equation editor, and 2 match table grid. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Full Released Math Test - 2022 MS - Grade 7 - Full Released Math Test - 2022 DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade 7 Math test from 2022 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 40 items for a total of 40 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 26 multiple choice, 4 hot spot, 2 inline choice, 2 text entry, 2 equation editor, 3 multiselect, and 1 drag and drop. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Informational - Keep Calm and Read On Keep Calm and Read On DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Keep Calm and Read On” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Informational - More Than a Whistle More Than a Whistle DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "More Than a Whistle” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Informational - Playing for Peace Playing for Peace DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Playing for Peace” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 inline choice, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Informational - Quite an Achievement! Quite an Achievement! DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Quite an Achievement!” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 inline choice (dropdown) and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Informational - Ready, Set, Walk! Ready, Set, Walk! DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Ready, Set, Walk!” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Informational - The World's Most Valuable Vault The World's Most Valuable Vault DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The World's Most Valuable Vault” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Informational - Time for a "Digital Diet" Time for a "Digital Diet" DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Time for a "Digital Diet"” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 10 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 2 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Informational - Turning Waste into Energy Turning Waste into Energy DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Turning Waste into Energy” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Informational (Paired Passages) - Reinforcing the Past / The Cutty Sark Reinforcing the Past / The Cutty Sark DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Reinforcing the Past / The Cutty Sark” and are intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 13 total questions. There are 9 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 2 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Informational (Paired Passages) - Robots on the Reef / Something Fishy Robots on the Reef / Something Fishy DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Robots on the Reef / Something Fishy” and are intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 13 total questions. There are 9 multiple choice, 2 multiselect, 1 dropdown, and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Informational (Paired Passages) - The Legacy of Stone / Trees Rise in the Desert The Legacy of Stone / Trees Rise in the Desert DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "The Legacy of Stone / Trees Rise in the Desert” and are intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 16 total questions. There are 11 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 3 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Informational Pair - Natural Inspiration / A Brilliant Beetle Natural Inspiration / A Brilliant Beetle DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Natural Inspiration / A Brilliant Beetle” and are intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational Pair.Question TypesThe activity features 14 total questions. There are 9 multiple choice, 3 dropdown, 1 multiselect, and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Informational/Poetry (Paired Passages) - Of Feathers, Fat, and Freezing / Chickadee's Song Of Feathers, Fat, and Freezing / Chickadee's Song DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Of Feathers, Fat, and Freezing / Chickadee's Song” and are intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational/Poetry (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 16 total questions. There are 11 multiple choice, 2 multiselect, 2 dropdown, and 1 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Nonfiction - "Carry Him Everywhere You Go" "Carry Him Everywhere You Go" DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled ""Carry Him Everywhere You Go"” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 inline choice (dropdown) and 1 multselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Nonfiction - Alicia's Thoughts and Musings Alicia's Thoughts and Musings DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Alicia's Thoughts and Musings” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Nonfiction - Smiles to Go Smiles to Go DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Smiles to Go” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 inline choice, and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Nonfiction - The Fruit Is Sweet The Fruit Is Sweet DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Fruit Is Sweet” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Nonfiction/Poetry (Paired Passages) - Last Dance / The Tree Last Dance / The Tree DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Last Dance / The Tree” and are intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selections is Nonfiction/Poetry (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 12 total questions. There are 8 multiple choice, 3 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Play - A Star-Spangled Catastrophe A Star-Spangled Catastrophe DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Star-Spangled Catastrophe” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Play - Just a Trim Just a Trim DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Just a Trim” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Play - Martha Washington's Spy Martha Washington's Spy DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Martha Washington's Spy” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Play - Sacagawea Sacagawea DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Sacagawea” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 1 inline (dropdown), and 1 text entry . Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Poetry - Poplars Poplars DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Poplars” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry .Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 2 inline choice and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Poetry - Lake's Promise Lake's Promise DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Lake's Promise” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 inline (droopdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 7 - Poetry - My River My River DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "My River” and is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6 – 9.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 inline choice (dropdown) and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Fiction - A Lasting Impression A Lasting Impression DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Lasting Impression” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Fiction - Millicent Min, Girl Genius Millicent Min, Girl Genius DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Millicent Min, Girl Genius” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Fiction - Skies Over Sweetwater Skies Over Sweetwater DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Skies Over Sweetwater” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 11 total questions. There are 7 multiple choice, 2 dropdown, 1 inline choice, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Fiction - The Lesson in Design The Lesson in Design DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Lesson in Design” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Fiction - Travel Team Travel Team DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Travel Team” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Fiction.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Fiction/Nonfiction (Paired Passages) - Biking for Boots / The Ride of a Lifetime! Biking for Boots / The Ride of a Lifetime! DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Biking for Boots / The Ride of a Lifetime!” and are intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selections is Fiction/Nonfiction (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 14 total questions. There are 9 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 3 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Fiction/Nonfiction (Paired Passages) - The View from Saturday / A Little Common Courtesy, Please The View from Saturday / A Little Common Courtesy, Please DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "The View from Saturday / A Little Common Courtesy, Please” and are intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selections is Fiction/Nonfiction (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 17 total questions. There are 11 multiple choice, 2 dropdown, 2 multiselect, 1 inline choice, and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Fiction/Poetry (Paired Passages) - Starting from Scratch / Homemade Hot Sauce Starting from Scratch / Homemade Hot Sauce DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Starting from Scratch / Homemade Hot Sauce” and are intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selections is Fiction/Poetry (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 15 total questions. There are 9 multiple choice, 3 dropdown, 2 multiselect, and 1 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Full Released Math Test - 2021 MS - Grade 8 - Full Released Math Test - 2021 DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade 8 Math test from 2021 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 42 items for a total of 45 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 26 multiple choice, 1 inline choice, 8 hot spot, 1 match table grid, 4 text entry, and 1 drag and drop. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Full Released Math Test - 2022 MS - Grade 8 - Full Released Math Test - 2022 DescriptionThis activity consists of a released STAAR Grade 8 Math test from 2022 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.PointsThere are 42 items for a total of 46 points.Question TypesThe question types on this test are: 28 multiple choice, 2 inline choice, 5 hot spot, 2 text entry, 2 equation editor, 2 multiselect, and 1 drag and drop. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Informational - A Rite of Passage (and the Importance of Penguin Etiquette) A Rite of Passage (and the Importance of Penguin Etiquette)DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Rite of Passage (and the Importance of Penguin Etiquette)” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational .Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 dropdown.Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Informational - Don't Give Up on Broccoli! Don't Give Up on Broccoli! DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Don't Give Up on Broccoli!” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational .Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Informational - A Ghostly New Creature / Tiptoeing Scientists A Ghostly New Creature / Tiptoeing Scientists DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Ghostly New Creature / Tiptoeing Scientists” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 15 total questions. There are 10 multiple choice, 1 multiselect, 3 dropdown, and 1 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Informational - Edible Forests Are Sprouting Up Across America Edible Forests Are Sprouting Up Across America DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Edible Forests Are Sprouting Up Across America” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 10 total questions. There are 7 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Informational - Harmony Reclaimed Harmony Reclaimed DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Harmony Reclaimed” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Informational - Have I Been Here Before? Have I Been Here Before? DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Have I Been Here Before?” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Informational - Talking to Technology Talking to Technology DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Talking to Technology” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 inline choice (dropdown), 1 dropdown, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Informational - What Can We See In A Logo? What Can We See In A Logo? DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "What Can We See In A Logo?” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Informational.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Informational (Paired Passages) - Breaking Out of the Box / A Bountiful Billboard Breaking Out of the Box / A Bountiful Billboard DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Breaking Out of the Box / A Bountiful Billboard” and are intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 11 total questions. There are 7 multiple choice, 2 dropdown, 1 inline choice, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Informational (Paired Passages) - Persevering Plants / The Cure for Concrete Persevering Plants / The Cure for Concrete DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThere are two selections in this activity. They are entitled "Persevering Plants / The Cure for Concrete” and are intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selections is Informational (Paired Passages).Question TypesThe activity features 15 total questions. There are 10 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 3 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Nonfiction - A Road Almost Taken A Road Almost Taken DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Road Almost Taken” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction .Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Nonfiction - A Winning Culture A Winning Culture DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "A Winning Culture” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 8 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 inline choice, and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Nonfiction - Adventuring on the NIle Adventuring on the NIle DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Adventuring on the NIle” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 10 total questions. There are 7 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 multiselect, and 1 text entry. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Nonfiction - The Need for High-Speed Trains The Need for High-Speed Trains DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Need for High-Speed Trains” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 5 multiple choice, 2 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Nonfiction - The Photograph The Photograph DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Photograph” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown anad 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Nonfiction - The Power of Young People to Change the World The Power of Young People to Change the World DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Power of Young People to Change the World” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Nonfiction.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Play - False Start False Start DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "False Start” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Play - Playing Second Fiddle Playing Second Fiddle DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Playing Second Fiddle” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 2 dropdown and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Play - The Election The Election DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "The Election” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Play.Question TypesIt features 9 total questions. There are 6 multiple choice, 1 dropdown, 1 inline choice, and 1 multiselect. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Poetry - Dog-Walk Dog-Walk DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Dog-Walk” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 5 total questions. There are 3 multiple choice, 1 dropdown and 1 inline choice. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Poetry - Escape Escape DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Escape” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 7 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 2 inline (dropdown). Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - Grade 8 - Poetry - Invitation Invitation DescriptionThis is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Grade RangeThe selection is entitled "Invitation” and is intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7 – 10.GenreThe genre of the selection is Poetry.Question TypesIt features 6 total questions. There are 4 multiple choice, 1 multiselect and 1 dropdown. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - HSA-CED.A.4 - Solving Literal Equations Level 1a HSAceda4 Solving Literal Equations Level 1a HSAceda4 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard HSA-CED.A.4 – Solving Literal Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution for a given variable in terms of the other variables in the given literal equation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 8. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 1 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - HSA-CED.A.4 - Solving Literal Equations Level 1b HSAceda4 Solving Literal Equations Level 1b HSAceda4 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard HSA-CED.A.4 – Solving Literal Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution for a given variable in terms of the other variables in the given literal equation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 8. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 1 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - HSA-CED.A.4 - Solving Literal Equations Level 1c HSAceda4 Solving Literal Equations Level 1c HSAceda4 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard HSA-CED.A.4 – Solving Literal Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (Introducing the Skill) and it features 10 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution for a given variable in terms of the other variables in the given literal equation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 8. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 1 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - HSA-CED.A.4 - Solving Literal Equations Level 2a HSAceda4 Solving Literal Equations Level 2a HSAceda4 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard HSA-CED.A.4 – Solving Literal Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution for a given variable in terms of the other variables in the given literal equation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 8. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 2 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - HSA-CED.A.4 - Solving Literal Equations Level 2b HSAceda4 Solving Literal Equations Level 2b HSAceda4 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard HSA-CED.A.4 – Solving Literal Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution for a given variable in terms of the other variables in the given literal equation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 8. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 2 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - HSA-CED.A.4 - Solving Literal Equations Level 2c HSAceda4 Solving Literal Equations Level 2c HSAceda4 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard HSA-CED.A.4 – Solving Literal Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill) and it features 12 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution for a given variable in terms of the other variables in the given literal equation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 8. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 2 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - HSA-CED.A.4 - Solving Literal Equations Level 3a HSAceda4 Solving Literal Equations Level 3a HSAceda4 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard HSA-CED.A.4 – Solving Literal Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution for a given variable in terms of the other variables in the given literal equation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 8. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 3 A of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - HSA-CED.A.4 - Solving Literal Equations Level 3b HSAceda4 Solving Literal Equations Level 3b HSAceda4 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard HSA-CED.A.4 – Solving Literal Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution for a given variable in terms of the other variables in the given literal equation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 8. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 3 B of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS - HSA-CED.A.4 - Solving Literal Equations Level 3c HSAceda4 Solving Literal Equations Level 3c HSAceda4 DescriptionThis activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard HSA-CED.A.4 – Solving Literal Equations.DifficultyThe difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution for a given variable in terms of the other variables in the given literal equation.Grade RangeThe worksheet is for grade 8. It can be used with students in grades 7 – 10.VersionsThis is version 3 C of the worksheet. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS Teams: Sharing Assignments to Microsoft Teams Classwork.com has a feature that will allow you to share your Classwork.com Assignments directly to Microsoft Teams!On Step 1 of creating an Assignment, you are still going to want to select Classwork.com as how the Assignment will be delivered.Continue with the next three steps as you normally would. On the Assignment Detail screen, you will see the option to Share to Microsoft Teams. Select to share and follow the steps in Microsoft Teams to continue setting up your Assignment! #### MS, HS - Bacteriophages - Middle School or High School Bacteriophages DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Bacteriophages”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 7 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Chemical Precipitation Diagram - Middle School or High School Chemical Precipitation Diagram DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Chemical Precipitation Diagram”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Physical Science or Chemistry.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Electrolysis - Middle School or High School Electrolysis DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Electrolysis”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Physical Science or Chemistry.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 5 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Functions of the Brain - Middle School or High School Functions of the Brain DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Functions of the Brain”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Anatomy.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 7 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Information on a Periodic Table Entry - Middle School or High School Information on a Periodic Table Entry DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Information on a Periodic Table Entry”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Physical Science or Chemistry.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Lab Equipment - Middle School or High School Lab Equipment DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Lab Equipment”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Physical Science, Biology, or Chemistry.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 16 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Liquid Density - Middle School or High School Liquid Density DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Liquid Density”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Physical Science or Chemistry.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 5 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Lock and Key Enzyme Mechanism - Middle School or High School Lock and Key Enzyme Mechanism DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Lock and Key Enzyme Mechanism”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Life Science, Physical Science, Chemistry, or Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Oral Cavity - Middle School or High School Oral Cavity DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Oral Cavity”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Life Science, Anatomy, or Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 12 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Parts of a Microscope - Middle School or High School Parts of a Microscope DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Parts of a Microscope”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 11 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Parts of an Atom - Middle School or High School Parts of an Atom DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Parts of an Atom”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Physical Science or Chemistry.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 5 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Parts of the Chlamydomonas (Single-Celled Organism) - Middle School or High School Parts of the Chlamydomonas (Single-Celled Organism) DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Parts of the Chlamydomonas (Single-Celled Organism)”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Life Science or Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 6 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Parts of the Human Brain - Middle School or High School Parts of the Human Brain DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Parts of the Human Brain”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Life Science or Anatomy.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 5 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Phase Change - Middle School or High School Phase Change DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Phase Change”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Physical Science or Chemistry.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 6 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Scientific Classification - Middle School or High School Scientific Classification DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Scientific Classification”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Life Science or Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 8 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Solar Panel System - Middle School or High School Solar Panel System DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Solar Panel System”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Physical Science, Environmental Science, or Earth Science.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 5 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Spherical Virus - Middle School or High School Spherical Virus DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Spherical Virus”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 3 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Structure of a Flower - Middle School or High School Structure of a FlowerDescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Strucure of a Flower”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Life Science or Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 10 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer.Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Structure of a Yeast Cell - Middle School or High School Structure of a Yeast Cell DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Structure of a Yeast Cell”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Life Science or Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 6 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Structure of Animal Cell - Middle School or High School Structure of Animal Cell DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Structure of Animal Cell”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Life Science or Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 11 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Tadpole/Frog Life Cycle - Middle School or High School Tadpole/Frog Life Cycle DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Tadpole/Frog Life Cycle”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 7 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - The Chromosome - Middle School or High School The Chromosome DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “The Chromosome”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Life Science or Biology.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### MS, HS - Types of Elements - Middle School or High School Types of Elements DescriptionThis is a Science activity entitled “Types of Elements”.Grade RangeIt has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Physical Science or Chemistry.Question TypesIt is one Drag and Drop activity with 4 moving parts. Students get one point for each correct placement or answer. Preview or Make a Copy #### My Account is Not Showing PRO as the Plan If PRO is no longer showing in your Classwork.com account, one of the following situations may have occurred:Personal subscription expired or payment failedIf you pay for your own subscription, your credit card may have expired or been declined.Classwork.com automatically renews your plan each month (for monthly plans) or annually (for yearly plans).After several failed attempts to process payment, the system will revert your account to the free plan.You canceled your renewalIf you canceled your PRO renewal in the past, your account will switch to the free plan when the subscription period ends.School or district license expiredIf your PRO access came from a school or district license, that license may have expired.Contact your administrator to confirm whether your organization’s subscription is still active.If you’re unsure what happened or believe this is an error, please reach out to us at support@classwork.com. #### My Activities Are Missing! Do I Have Two Accounts? This usually happens when you’ve accidentally created more than one Classwork.com account. It’s easy to do without realizing it — often one account is tied to a personal email and another to a school email. This can be confusing, especially if you switch between devices.The good news: your “missing” Activities are almost always still there — they’re just stored in your other account. Try signing out and then logging in with your alternate email. You’ll likely see your missing work appear.If you confirm that you have multiple accounts, email support@classwork.com. Include both email addresses and let us know which one you’d like to keep as your primary account. Our team will merge your Activities so everything lives in one place. #### My Background is Not Displaying If you're having trouble seeing a background that you've uploaded, check these troubleshooting steps:Is the background obscured by other objects? If you've snipped from the background using the Snipping tool, for instance, you might have completely obscured the background. The Snipping tool automatically creates a Color Block object on top of whatever rectangle you had highlighted, and it's possible you've obscured the entire page.Did your IT admin block access to any Classwork.com websites? Classwork.com background images are loaded from a different URL than the rest of the application, and might require a modification to your district's Allow List to be visible. Send this list to your IT department: What URLs should my school allow list to use Classwork.com?Still stuck? Contact us at support@classwork.com! #### My school is ready to submit a PO. How do we do it? Purchase orders can be emailed directly to our Sales Manager, Jen Chorma, at jen@classwork.com.Jen will process your PO and can assist with any questions about your order or account setup. #### My Students Received an Error While Submitting an Assignment If students receive an error or message while submitting an Assignment, first check that the Assignment is not locked or archived.If the Assignment appears to be available, the issue may be caused by a temporary internet connection problem. In that case, have students wait a moment and try again. Classwork.com will retain their answers as long as they keep the page open in their browser. However, if a student closes the browser while experiencing an error, any work completed since the last auto-save may be lost.If you're unsure of the cause of the problem or the issue continues, please contact us at support@classwork.com. #### NEEDS REVIEW: Google Classroom: Giving your assignment to students who join your class later If you create an assignment in TeacherMade and select "All students," Google Classroom will automatically give that Classwork to students you add to the class later. However, if you selected individual students from the class list at the time you created that assignment in TeacherMade, Google Classroom won't automatically give it to newly added students. And, unfortunately, once TeacherMade has created the assignment in Google Classroom, Google doesn't permit TeacherMade to change the list of students that can access the Classwork. That has to be done using Google Classroom's interface.To give the assignment to everyone in the class:Sign in to Google Classroom.Select the class.Click the "Classwork" tab at the top.Find the assignment in question.Hover your mouse over the assignment and click the stacked 3-dot menu on the right and choose "Edit."Click the drop-down for the "For" field in the right column.Click "All students."Click "Save."That will make that Classwork available to all students in the class. If it's been published, they will see it immediately. Students you add in the future will also automatically see that assignment. #### New Assignment - Activity Detail Screen Create a New Assignment from Activity DetailTo open the Activity Detail screen, go to your Activities page and either:Click the name of an activity, orClick Review from the Activity MenuOn the Activity Detail screen, look to the right panel. You will see two ways to create a new assignment for the same activity.Option 1: Green “+ New Assignment” ButtonThis green button appears at the top right of the assignments panel. Clicking it opens the Assign screen so you can deliver this activity to another class.Option 2: White “+ Create New Assignment” ButtonScroll to the bottom of your existing assignments to find a white button with a light blue border labeled + Create New Assignment.This button performs the same action. It opens the Assign screen from a convenient location when managing long assignment lists.Why Create a New Assignment?Creating a new assignment allows you to:Reuse the same activity across multiple class periods or rostersCustomize assignment settings for each classTrack submissions separately for different groupsEach assignment appears in the right panel as its own entry, tied to a specific class or LMS section, with its own name, status, and student data. All assignments remain connected to the original activity. #### New File Button New File ButtonThe + New File button is your starting point for building a new Activity. You'll find it on your Activities page—right in the middle margin of your Digital File Cabinet.Clicking it opens a pop-up with three creation options:UPLOAD a file and work with itUSE AI to generate original contentCREATE on a blank canvasAfter selecting an option, you’ll head straight into the Activity Editor to begin building your assignment.Learn more about each option:Upload a file and work with itUse AI to make contentCreate on a blank canvasRelated Key Terms: new file, create new activity, start new assignment, add activity, activity creation, create button, + new file, make new worksheet, build activity, generate activity, activity builder, activity editor launch, how to begin, start from scratch, upload or create, classwork home page, digital file cabinet, activity options, create from file, use AI to generate activity, blank activity start, entry point for creating, activity start options #### New Folder Button Create a New FolderYou can organize your Activities into folders, just like a digital filing cabinet.To create a folder, click New Folder at the top of the Activities page.Enter a folder name, choose a color, and click Confirm.Your new folder will appear on the Activities page, ready for organizing your content. #### November 22nd, 2024 - A New New Popup You'll notice there's a new, friendlier layout for the "New Activity" popup! It looks like this:You can still do the same things you could always do with TeacherMade, but it's more colorful, easier to understand and calls you by your name! Click "UPLOAD" to upload a file you want to make interactive.Click "USE AI" to generate content using TeacherMade's AI-driven Content Assistant.Click "CREATE" to create content from scratch by adding text, graphics and questions yourself.UPLOAD a fileClick this button when you have an existing PDF, DOCx, Google Slides, or Google Docs file that you're going to make interactive. You'll choose how you're going to upload the file to TeacherMade:Choose this option if the file exists on your computer.Here's another way to upload a file from your local hard drive.If you're uploading a Google DOC, Slides file, or even a PDF stored on Google Drive, this is your option!USE AI to make contentClick this button and TeacherMade will create a new file for you and immediately launch the intelligent Content Assistant for you. You can ask it to generate passages and questions, or paste in materials you generated in ChatGPT and instantly make it interactive.CREATE on a blank canvasClick this button when you're making original content. You'll go into the Activity Editor (aka "The Studio") immediately. There, you'll be able to add text, images, audio, video and (most importantly) auto-scored questions.Once you're in the Studio, you can also use the Content Assistant to generate passages and questions for your Activity or paste in content you generated in ChatGPT or elsewhere.GO TO FILESClick that button to close this popup and return to the list of your TeacherMade files. This is the first place we'll start calling your activities your "files" and we'll eventually always refer to them as "files." Everyone found "Activities" confusing, and we're here to make your life easier, not more confusing.Where is the Scrolling option?The slide view is much more flexible and easy to work with, but if you miss the "Scrolling" option for your activities, you can still create one that works that way. As you select the pages from your file, click the checkbox labelled "Combine selected pages into a single slide."That will append all the pages into a single slide, which works exactly like scrolling activities always have. If you forget to select that option, you can later merge the individual slides into one looooooong scrolling slide using the "Merge All Slides Into One" feature in the editing Studio's "Slide" menu.More to ComeWe've got some more dramatic visual improvements to TeacherMade coming soon. Stand by! #### November 2nd, 2022 - Copy and paste for feedback text, drawings and stickers Teaching can get repetitive! You often have to say the same things over and over. It's meaningful to your students to get the reinforcement, but it doesn't make your day any shorter, does it? TeacherMade is trying to help a little bit with today's release by allowing you to copy and paste your feedback objects on the student's worksheets when you're reviewing them.And it's a very simple feature to use. Just select any Teacher Text, drawing or sticker that you placed on the student's work, and use the normal copy and paste keyboard shortcuts (Ctrl-C and Ctrl-V). TeacherMade even supports Ctrl-X for "cut."So, next time you've got that student who has earned a whole stack of "Great jobs," it will be so much easier to hand them out. #### November 2nd, 2022 - Resize and move the audio recording dialog Sometimes, students need to hear a worksheet, not just read it, and whose voice is better for them to hear than your own? TeacherMade's audio feature allows you to record your own voice reading portions of the worksheet. But the audio interface could sometimes block what you were trying to read! Today's release includes a change to the audio dialog so that you can both resize it and move it. Resize the Audio DialogThere are two ways to resize the audio dialog. First, we've given you a convenient icon in the upper right that will simply shrink it to a smaller size. The icon will change to allow you to expand it back to its original size with a single click.If that's not enough, just grab any edge of the dialog with your mouse and drag it to resize it. If you make it really tiny, the icon in the upper right will change to the "expand" icon to give you a simple, quick way to resize it back to its usual size.Move the Audio DialogIf the audio dialog is blocking your view of the text you want to read, just place your cursor anywhere in the header of the dialog, click, then drag it out of the way.  #### Number Line Tool Inserting the Question TypeOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity to bring up the Tools menu.Select Number Line from the Math Types column.The Number Line editor screen will appear.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Number Line.Your cursor becomes crosshairs. Click on the activity to place the box.The Number Line editor screen will appear.Set Up Your Number Line The default settings draw the line from 0 to 10 in whole number steps. You can change the display by following these instructions:Change the end points by setting the Start and Stop values.Click Advanced Options to set decimal intervals and choose how often the labels are drawnEnter the "Step" value to indicate how often a tick mark will be drawn on the line. Enter a decimal value to drawn tickmarks between whole numbers. For example, entering .5 draws tickmarks at points 0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, etc.Set "Marks per Label" to indicate how often a label should be drawn. For instance, setting it to "2" indicates a label will be drawn every other tick mark.You can hide or show the start label and end label. This is useful if you want to create some padding on the number line around the endpoints.Here's an example with tick marks every 0.5, labels drawn every other tick mark, and the Start label turned off:Note that the Number Line limits the tick marks to a maximum of 50. You will see a message if your set up exceeds that maximum. Choose the Interaction TypeThe Number Line item lets you choose between three interactions. The prompt for the question should be provided either in the activity background that you uploaded or in a Teacher Text box that you add near the Number Line interaction.Plot PointsStudents will click on one or more tick marks to indicate which point(s) answer the question.Select PointsSome points will already be drawn on the number line and the student will choose which of them answers the question.This is a good choice to focus the student's decision making. If there are a lot of points to choose from, you may be better off choosing "Plot Points."Plot IntervalsStudent will indicate the endpoint of a ray, and whether their answer is inclusive of the endpoint. This is a good choice for mapping inequalities on a number line.To set up the answer key for each item type, you will click on points on the number line. The specific process for each interaction is defined below.How To Set Up a "Plot Points" QuestionClick on every tick mark that must be plotted by the student to answer correctly. For example, this is the answer key for a question prompting students to "Click each even whole number."The student must click all of the indicated tick marks to receive the Score Points.How To Set Up a "Select Points" QuestionThe Select Points question plots some points on the number line and the student must choose one or more of those drawn points to indicate their answer.First, click tick marks to choose which points are to be drawn. Then drawn points to indicate which should be chosen by students to be scored as correct.For example, this is the answer key for a question prompting students to indicate "Which of these even numbers are also divisible by 3?"Students would be able to select any or all of the drawn points. If you want them to choose only one point, turn on the "Limit Number of Selections" option.The "Limit Number of Selections" option means that the students will not be allowed to select more points than are indicated correct in the answer key. In the above example, students would only be able to select one point since there is a single correct answer. Subsequent clicks on other points would deselect their answer and choose a new point.How To Set Up a "Plot Intervals" QuestionThis question type is intended to let students map inequalities on the number line by plotting up to two rays - one pointing left, the other pointing right.Add an interval to the number line g line by clicking one of these options for left-pointing rays (i.e. "less than" inequalities):or one of these for right-pointing (i.e. "greater than") rays: The solid point indicates that the interval includes the endpoint and the hollow point indicates that the inequality excludes that endpoint.Drag the endpoint of the newly drawn interval to the correct tick mark.Repeat if required to add the opposite facing interval.This example allows students to map the inequality "x < 2.5 or x >= 7.5"To remove either interval from your answer key, click the appropriate "Remove" button.Students answer these questions by choosing left- and right-pointing rays, then dragging the endpoint to the correct tickmark.ScoringStudents must completely answer the question to receive the score points, and partial credit is not awarded. For instance, if you ask the student to plot 1, 2, and 3 on the number line, they must plot all three points correctly to receive the Score Points set for the question. #### October 10th, 2022 - Landscape Worksheets TeacherMade is, as you know, the best application ever to import and add interactivity to your handouts. That's been true as long as your handouts are vertically or "portrait" oriented (taller than wide). But what about those landscape worksheets you've been using for years? Those wide-format, horizontally rich, two-column masterpieces that TeacherMade wouldn't let you upload? TeacherMade will now let you upload any of your landscape oriented worksheets, too!!!! This opens up a wealth of materials for you to add to your TeacherMade account. Many thanks to all of you who requested this feature. And many thanks to our talented development team for making it happen. Keep those ideas coming in! We love to hear from you!Other UpdatesA raft of small UI Improvements and bug fixes! This includes a bug fix where questions that had no score were being displayed as incorrect even though they had been answered correctly. So, if your students saw a red box drawn around a question with zero points assigned to it, even though they answered correctly, have them look again. It's green now!Score points now displayed on the assignment detail screen for Google Classroom assignments. Why do you want to see this? If your Google Classroom score isn't what you expect, remember that this is the maximum number you set when you created the assignment, and when TeacherMade passes over its score, that score gets scaled from 0 to this many. And if you set it to 0, you won't see any scores in Google Classroom! #### October 19th, 2022 - Finding recent submissions just got easier! How DO you find your most recent student submissions? They're on the "Assigned" tab in the "My Worksheets" view. In the past, that view would show you EVERY assigned activity from the beginning of time. For many of you, that can mean waiting 10 seconds or more for this long list to load. Not anymore!The new Assigned view now limits the list to those TeacherMades that have been assigned and had submissions in the last 30 days -- essentially just displaying your active assignments. It's a shorter, more meaningful list and a way to quickly check for any new submissions from your students. It's a real time saver any time you want to see recent work! #### October 24th - Speech to Text We've added a new tool for you and your students! If you have students who struggle to type, but can verbally communicate, you can now turn on a Student Tool in their assignments so that they can speak their answers!!!It appears on the last screen of creating an Assignment, along with the other Student Tools:With that set, students will see a microphone icon next to the input rectangle when they click on one of these items:Open Answer questionsShort Answer questionsStudent text boxesHere's an example of a Short Answer item with this option:Students can then type their answers as before, or click the microphone icon.When students click the microphone icon, they'll see a transcription box open.Students should begin speaking immediately. Their words will appear in the box after a slight delay.When they've finished their answer, they should click the "Use Transcription" button to copy their spoken words into their answer. The contents of the transcription box will be copied to wherever the text cursor had been placed, so if they wish to add to their answer, they can move the cursor to the end and click the microphone icon again. #### October 26th - Movable Checkboxes Variety, they say, is the spice of life. Unless your Checkbox/Multiselect answers vary in size. Then it's nearly impossible to line up the checkboxes... until now! Our product development team has added the ability to move the individual checkboxes inside a multiselect item so that you can line them up exactly with their answers.The procedure is exactly the same as it is for Multiple Choice. Draw the rectangle and choose "Checkbox/Multiselect." Re-size and position the rectangle so that the first and last answers line up well. Then just click and drag any of the middle answers to align them with their answers! #### October 26th, 2022 - A few clicks saved, a few problems solved Did you know that most computer mice are only guaranteed for about 20 million clicks? We just figured out how to save you a few!Let's say you're creating a Short Answer item (maybe using the amazing "partial answer" feature we just released today). The question really isn't useful until you add the answer key to it, and up until this release, it was up to your to remember to do so. So, you'd draw the short answer, remember to add your answer key, click on the short answer item, then click the edit button to get to the answer key. To make your life a little easier, make your mouse last a little longer, and get those worksheets done a little quicker, you no longer need to remember to select and open those item types that need immediate input, such as the short answer. You just draw the item on top of your worksheet, and the system will bring the answer key up for you.It's one of those seemingly small things that adds up to a real time savings for you, and we love to save you time! #### October 26th, 2022 - Partial match in Short Answers The Short Answer question is the way to add "Fill in the Blank" questions to your worksheets because the auto-scoring feature and ability to enter answer variations can really save you some time. That is, until a student tells you they should have been scored correctly, but the system didn't give them credit. You pull up their work and, sure enough, they're correct, but answered in a way you didn't anticipate when you wrote the question. We get it! It's hard to think of every way a student can answer a question!So, we've made it so you don't have to! Now with the "partial match" feature of the Short Answer question type, you can input the minimum amount of text that you want the student to match, and they'll get full credit if they match it, regardless of what else they put in!And it's easy to use!How Does It Work?Let's say your question is "Which National Park in Texas protects the world's most extensive Permian fossil reef?" There might be five or six different variations for how a student might answer that! You used to have to think of them all, and enter a new possible answer for each. With the new feature, though, all you have to enter is the most important part ("Guadalupe"), then tell the system to only match that by checking "Allow partial match in student answer."Now the system will automatically match student answers like:GuadalupeGuadalupe National ParkGuadalupe Mountains ParkThe Guadalupe Mountains National ParkThe Guadalupe Mountains National Park, in Salt Flat, TXIt's pretty magical and will save you a lot of time, which you could use to visit a national park of your own! #### October 31st, 2023 - Snip Text from the Background Happy Halloween! Our scary-good product development team has reached into their bucket of tricks and pulled out a really tasty treat for you! The snipping tool now has an option to snip text from the background, not just images!!This gives you the ability to:Edit text on the background!!! Just use the snipping tool to grab the text (making sure to select "Text") and you'll be presented with a new Teacher Text box that you can double-click to open and edit.Resize text. Because the snipping tool creates a Teacher Text item, you can resize the box, reflow the words, even reformat the font!Make your worksheet compatible with screen readers. TeacherMade converts imported PDFs to images, effectively hiding the original text from screen readers. If you have students who need to use assistive devices and would benefit from having text on the screen, you can use the snipping tool to re-create the text.And as before, anything you snip can be made draggable, so you can connect them to a Drop Zone item and create Drag and Drop questions! #### Once you’ve received our P.O., how does my school site access Classwork.com PRO? How Teachers Get OnboardedFor school and district licenses, Classwork.com offers three easy ways to onboard teachers: Clever, ClassLink, and CSV. We recommend the Clever and ClassLink rostering methods since they’re automated and make adding, removing, and updating teachers an easy process.Clever and ClassLink Rostering and SSOClasswork.com integrates with Clever and ClassLink rostering. Both services connect to your SIS to retrieve the most recent teacher roster on a nightly basis and send that information to Classwork. Classwork.com automatically compares the current roster to the most recent one, updates existing teachers, invites new teachers, and deactivates teachers who have left the system.Classwork.com’s support team will help you set up the integration and run tests to validate that data is flowing as expected.Clever and ClassLink also offer Single Sign-On (SSO) capabilities. Through SSO, teachers log in to their Clever or ClassLink portal and find a Classwork.com icon. Clicking the icon instantly authenticates and logs them into Classwork.com, so they can begin their productive workday—no bookmarks or passwords required. They’re always one click away from Classwork.com!For more information:View this article: Setting Up Clever to Share Teacher Roster With Classwork.comClick here: How to Use ClassLink to Send Rosters to Classwork.com.If you need additional support, email us at support@classwork.com.No Clever? No ClassLink? No Worries!Classwork.com can accept a list of teachers in a simple CSV file. We’ll import the list into our system and generate new accounts, update existing accounts, and deactivate retired accounts as needed.New accounts will receive a Welcome email from Classwork.com explaining how to sign in. All accounts will be upgraded to PRO status automatically. If any teachers previously paid for an individual PRO account, we’ll cancel and refund the remainder of their subscription.It couldn’t be easier!Do students need accounts?As mentioned in this article, students do not get accounts in Classwork.com, and there's no need to manage their logins at all. We've kept it simple, at Classwork.com. #### Only the first page of my student's work printed Classwork.com's application is more complex than most web pages, so your browser can't print a student's Submission on its own. So, don't try to use the normal Print function of your browser to print your student's work! If you try to print and you see the scrollbar on the right and the Item Analysis interface on the left, that's your sign that you're using the wrong method! You could still print, but you'd only see student work on the first page.Instead, use the Actions menu on the left and choose Print Submission.Read the full instructions for printing student materials by clicking here. #### Oops! 500 Error (student launching activity) Duplicate studentPull up the teacher in the admin and click Student Report. Find the duplicates. Move the submissions from one student to the other, then delete the empty student. #### Open Answer This tool creates an answer box that’s meant for longer, written answers such as sentences, paragraphs, and essays. When you use this feature on your activity, your students will be able to write long responses. When you’re grading these types, the box becomes a scrollable window.Inserting the Question Type1. Clicking on your activity.Click once on your activity-- or click down and drag;  Click, or Click and Drag. The Tools menu will appear. Select ‘Open Answer’ from the left column on the Tools menu. Once you do, the question type will appear.2. Using the 'Insert Button.'Click on the Insert button on the toolbar; the tools menu will pop-up.Choose, 'Open Answer'The question type will appear. Menu BarWhen working with the Open Answer question type, you have the following options on your menu bar. Edit: This is where you are able to customize your Open Answer question types by setting the score, allowing students to enter rich text, write a starter text, or teacher notes to your students. Set score to 0 if student does not enter an answer: If this option is selected and you've set a score value for the item, the item will be scored as 0 automatically if the student has not entered any text. This could save you some time when grading as you will not have to explicitly set the score. Student can enter rich text: If this option is selected, students will have access to a rich text editor for this open answer. This will allow them to use different fonts sizes, and styles to complete their answer. Otherwise, the student will enter an answer using plain text editor. Starter Text: This optional starter text will only be displayed in the edit area before the student begins entering their response. Once they begin entering a response it will no longer be visible. If you need instructions that will remain visible, we suggest using 'Teacher Text' to add them to your activity above the Open Answer.Teacher Notes: Entering any notes here that may be useful when scoring this Open Answer. These notes will never be seen by students. ⭐ ⭐ You can also double click on your question type for the Edit Open Answer screen to appear. Box Color: Change the border color of your question type by choosing a color from the drop down.Enable Rich Text: This is the same option given in the 'Edit Open Answer' screen.Font: Choose the font from the given options.Size: Choose the size of the font in which your students will answer in. Font Color: Choose the font color from the drop down. Standards: Tag the questions with relevant standards. Item Points: Set the number of points the question is worth.Be sure to select "Save" when you are done.  GradingOpen Answer questions are not auto-graded. After your students complete their submissions, you'll have to review them and assign points to each Open Answer question. After a student submits, their response appears in purple, indicating it is unscored. You can then review the response and click 'Set Score' to manually assign or adjust points. Once scored, the box turns green, and the points are added to the total score. #### Organize and Upgrade Your Lessons Planning with TeacherMade We spoke with May, a high school English teacher, about how she uses TeacherMade to help organize her lesson planning and update her worksheets into interactive assignments for her students.How do you incorporate TeacherMade in your lesson planning?In a perfect world, teachers would have plenty of time to plan the most rigorous and engaging lessons. Unfortunately, teachers have too many things to do and too little time to do them. Although planning is one of the most important aspects of teaching, there are days when a teacher needs to come up with a lesson quickly. The tools in TeacherMade make it easy for teachers to create last-minute digital worksheets and plan in-depth assignments that allow students to engage deeply with a lesson.How do you convert your dependable, tried-and-true worksheets with TeacherMade?Having taught for over twenty years, I have many tried-and-true worksheets that I can modify every year. However, as useful as these worksheets are, I created some for reading, writing, and choosing the correct answers. With TeacherMade, I can easily and quickly upload my tried-and-true worksheets into the app and further enhance them. I can add video or audio links, make parts of the worksheet capable of auto-grading, have students insert images, and even have students record themselves. The tools in TeacherMade refresh my tried-and-true worksheets and make them interactive and fun.Using TeacherMade keeps students from creating multiple accounts onlineBesides my own teacher-created worksheets, there are more online resources nowadays for both teachers and students. Some of these resources involve teachers printing PDFs for students to write on, which serves a purpose but might not be as exciting for students. Then, some online resources require students to sign up for accounts. Many students already have a lot of account usernames and passwords to remember. Sometimes, students lose or forget them, especially if they do not regularly use a particular online resource.With TeacherMade, I can tap into the usefulness of these online resources, such as Commonlit, without the hassle of having my students create accounts. I can have a teacher account and then pick and choose the lessons I want my students to work on. After uploading the worksheet into TeacherMade, I can stick with the original directions or use the TeacherMade tools to turn the worksheet into an interactive digital activity. I have many options with TeacherMade and can be as creative as I want. This makes lesson planning enjoyable for me and doing the work enjoyable for my students.How do you use TeacherMade to adapt and reuse lessons for different classes?Another challenge with lesson planning is having multiple preps. I am lucky that I have only two. I teach 10th and 11th grade English, but it’s common for teachers to teach more than two preps. With TeacherMade’s Color Block and Teacher Text, I can easily adapt one assignment for both classes depending on the content. For example, AVID has fantastic graphic organizers that I can adapt for my junior and sophomore classes.  Do you use TeacherMade to repurpose worksheets for different grade levels?After uploading any worksheet into TeacherMade, teachers can transform it and make it fit almost every grade or topic. The general layout and depth of engagement are similar, but each class can use the worksheet for the content that it is working on. The rigor and value of the assignment are not lost. In fact, they are further enhanced. The TeacherMade tools make it easy to repurpose worksheets by grade and by content, which saves me time.How do you use TeacherMade for formative and summative assessments?TeacherMade is certainly handy for creating quick digital worksheets, but TeacherMade’s tools are also excellent for creating longer summative assignments that focus on the big picture of a unit. I can incorporate multiple skills such as close-reading, writing, listening, inquiry, and speaking into one assignment. The assignment can become a portfolio or digital showcase of skills and content knowledge students have gained from a lesson unit. The possibilities are endless. I can be creative with how I elevate the ways my students engage with a text.Do you use TeacherMade for co-teaching or group collaboration?Since some teachers do get the luxury of planning with their peers, TeacherMade is a valuable tool for group collaboration. Whatever is created can easily be shared so that all teachers in the group can assign the same assignment. Therefore, regardless of which teacher a student has, there is consistency across all grade levels. On the other hand, teachers can also adapt an assignment for their specific classes.How do you use TeacherMade to organize your lesson plans?Finally, TeacherMade allows for creativity and ease of lesson planning and allows teachers to make folders and subfolders to organize their lessons. I like to keep my digital files neat, so being able to organize my assignments is important to me. All the tools in TeacherMade make lesson planning fun and less time-consuming.TeacherMade is a valuable resource for teachers looking to upgrade their lesson planning. TeacherMade helps organize current lessons and makes new and old assignments interactive and memorable for students. #### Overview of the Activity Detail Screen The Activity Detail Screen◄ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ►After assigning an interactivity you will be brought to the Activity Detail screen. Here you can see multiple Assignments, quickly edit the content, and create new Assignments. Ways to access the Activity Detail Screen:After assigning the interactivity you will be brought to the Activity Detail screen. On the Activities page click on your Assignment. The Activity Detail screen will appear. Quick Overview: Activity Detail Screen Overview:  On the left hand side of the screen will be your Activity details. By clicking on the 3 dot menu you can: Make a Copy  Share the Activity Print Print Answer Key Donate to Sharing Library Delete ActivityBy clicking the Preview button, it allows you to preview the Activity in the eyes of the student and you may access button and tools available for them to use. The Edit Content button allows you to make limited changes to your Activity since it is already assigned to your students. Here you can: Move or resize and item. Change the point value for any item. This included changing an item to Do Not Score.Change the correct answer for item types such as Multiple Choice, Dropdown, and Checkbox. Change, add, or remove correct answers for item types such as Short Answer, Number, and Fraction. Change the correct linking for Matching items. Add or remove Buttons in groups. Change drag and drop elements. Add non scorable elements: Audio, Color Block, Image, Video, Link, Teacher Text.When making changes to the scoring or answers in the Activity: All existing student Submissions will be rescored. All new Submissions will be scored based of these changes. You will have the option to update changed scores on others systems (Google Classroom, Canvas, Schoology). Edit next to name allows you to rename the assignment Edit next to description allows you to add a description of the assignment. *This will be helpful when assigning multiple Activities to classes.  In the middle you will see the created Assignments. Active: Assignments that are currently given Archived: past Assignments New Assignment: create new Assignment Archive: Record an old Assignment Below the toolbar you will see your active Assignments:Click on Select All Assignments to archive multiple Assignments at onceClick on the Assignment Name to view student submissions and access the Assignment Detail screenClick on the 3 dot menu to: Review All SubmissionsItem Analysis Edit AssignmentThis will bring up the Edit Assignment screen with Sign-in method settings and General SettingsLock AssignmentStudents will no longer be able to complete the assignmentExport Scores to CSV (this is helpful for gradebook options)Rescore Assignment This will recalculate scores for all Submissions and sync scores with 3rd party servicesArchive Assignment ► Reminder: This screen allows you to edit the Activity or access the Assignment to make edits!  #### Power of the Classwork Snipping Tool Use the Snipping ToolThe Snipping Tool is one of the most flexible tools in the Activity Editor. While it is often used to create drag and drop interactions, it can also help you edit, rearrange, and customize your original PDF.The Snipping Tool is located in the Tool Box on the right side of the editor. Select the scissors icon to activate it.When activated, your cursor becomes crosshairs. Click and drag over any area of your PDF to snip it.How Snipping WorksThe Snipping Tool does not permanently remove anything from your PDF. Instead, it:Creates an image of the selected areaPlaces a color block behind itIf you delete the snipped image, the color block remains. You can resize it, change its color, or delete it entirely to return to the original background.Ways to Use the Snipping ToolHide or block parts of your worksheetSnip the area you want to remove, then delete the image. The color block behind it will cover the original content. This is helpful for hiding answer keys or content you are not ready to assign.Move elements anywhere on the pageSnip a table, image, question, or section of text. Then drag the resulting image to a new location on the slide.Copy content between ActivitiesOpen the Activity that contains the content you want to copy.Activate the Snipping Tool.Drag over the area you want.Use Ctrl+C to copy.Open the destination Activity.Use Ctrl+V to paste.Convert Background Text to Editable TextYou can also extract text directly from your uploaded PDF.After activating the Snipping Tool, choose the Text option. Then drag over the text you want to capture.The tool converts the selected text into a Teacher Text box. You can:Edit the wordingResize or reformat the textMake it draggable for use with Drop ZonesThis also improves accessibility because the new text becomes readable by screen readers.Text conversion may be sensitive to unusual fonts, large formatting differences, or complex layouts. For best results, snip smaller sections and review the converted text before assigning.Next StepsThe Snipping Tool gives you full control over your uploaded PDFs. You can block content, rearrange layout, copy between Activities, and convert background text into editable elements.Use it whenever you need to customize a worksheet without recreating it from scratch. #### Practice That Runs Itself Welcome back to the Starting Line series! In this video, you'll learn how to use Classwork.com to create auto-graded practice assignments using our built-in AI tools. Your students get meaningful practice. You get data — not more grading.Watch the full video here: What You'll LearnHow to generate multiple question types from standardsHow to build a multi-slide activity quicklyHow to preview and name your activityClick here to download Click Sheet of:How to Create a Practice ActivityStep-by-Step: Create a Practice Activity1. Start a New ActivityFrom the Activities page, click the + New File button (green).Select Use AI to Make Content (yellow button).Choose Create Questions from Standards (bottom option).2. Select Your StandardsClick Edit next to “Learning Standards.”Click Search Standards in the bottom left.Select your State/National Framework, then your Course, Grade Level, and finally your specific Standard.Click Save Changes.3. Generate QuestionsYou’ll repeat this process to create a variety of question types. Each time you generate a new set, the questions will appear on their own slide(s). After reviewing, use the Add Questions button to insert them into your activity before generating the next item type. Multiple ChoiceSet the Question Type to Multiple ChoiceEnter the Number of Questions as 3Click Generate QuestionsReview the questions and correct answersClick Add Questions to insert them into your activityMulti-Select (Checkbox)Return to the Content AssistantKeep the same learning standardSet the Question Type to Multi-SelectChoose 3 questions againClick Generate QuestionsReview the questions and correct answersClick Add Questions to insert them into your activityTip: Multi-Select questions allow students to choose more than one correct answer.Fill in the BlankOpen the Content Assistant againChoose Fill in the Blank as the item typeSet the number to 3 questionsClick Generate QuestionsReview that the blanks are clear and reasonableClick Add QuestionsThese questions are ideal for vocabulary, key terms, or short-response facts.True/FalseGo back into the Content AssistantSelect True/FalseGenerate 5 questions this timeReview each statement and ensure it's phrased clearlyClick Add QuestionsUse this type to reinforce key concepts or check for quick understanding.Each of these question sets will be added to your activity on a separate slide, helping to keep your content organized and structured for your students.4. Edit (Optional)You can double-click any question on the page to edit it. Tweak wording, fix answer keys, or modify the layout however you’d like -- you can do this before inserting the questions into your activity OR after they have been added.5. Name & Preview Your ActivityClick Pencil Icon next to Untitled Activity at the top and give your activity a name.Click the blue Save button in the bottom corner.Click the Preview icon (monitor with an eye) to see the activity as a student would.6. Wrap It UpWhen you're done, click File > Close in the top-left menu. You’re now ready to assign this activity. Final ProductYou just built a practice activity with four slides and four different question types — in minutes. Whether it’s for in-class work, homework, or small group review, this is efficient, purposeful practice for your students.Ready to go even deeper? Check out the other videos in the Starting Line series and explore all that Classwork.com has to offer!⏭️  Next Video in the Starting Line SeriesCreate Fast & Effective Formal Assessments in Classwork.com ❗  See All Starting Line VideosView the Full Starting Line SeriesTABLE OF CONTENTSWhat You'll LearnStep-by-Step: Create a Practice Activity1. Start a New Activity2. Select Your Standards3. Generate QuestionsMultiple ChoiceMulti-Select (Checkbox)Fill in the BlankTrue/False4. Edit (Optional)5. Name & Preview Your Activity6. Wrap It UpFinal Product #### Preview - Activity Detail Screen Preview from the Activity Detail ScreenTo open the Activity Detail screen, go to your Activities page and either:Click the name of an activity, orClick Review from the Activity MenuOnce on the Activity Detail screen, locate the Preview button in the left panel.Click Preview to open the activity in a student-style view. This allows you to check layout, instructions, and question flow before assigning.Most elements function the same way they do for students. However, certain student-only tools, such as Read Aloud, are not available in Preview mode. Preview is also read-only, so no changes can be made while reviewing. #### Preview - Activity Menu Preview an ActivityTo preview an activity, go to your Activities page and check the box next to the activity you want. This opens the Activity Menu directly above the selected file. Click Preview to launch the activity in a student-style view.The Preview screen shows how the activity will appear to students. Most interactive elements function the same way they do for students, but certain student-only tools, like Read Aloud, are not available in Preview mode.This is a simple way to double-check your setup before assigning. #### Print - Activity Menu To print an activity, go to your Activities page and check the box next to the activity you want. This opens the Activity Menu just above your selection. Click Print to begin.Note: The Print option is only available when a single activity is selected. If you select more than one, Print will be grayed out.When clicked, a dropdown will appear with two options:Print ActivityPrint Answer KeyAfter choosing one, a popup will appear with print settings:Page Orientation:PortraitLandscapePage Size:Letter (8 ½" × 11")Legal (8 ½" × 14")Ledger (11" × 17")A4 (210 × 297 mm)A3 (297 × 420 mm)Once your preferences are set, click Create PDF. Your printable version will open in a new pop-up, click "Download your PDF here!" to begin the download. From there you can print. Print Activity creates a clean version for students.Print Answer Key includes correct answers marked directly in the activity and a final summary page listing each question and its correct answer in a table format. #### Rachelle Pannullo - 8th Grade Science - SC My name is Rachelle Pannullo, and I have been teaching 8th-grade science for five years, but I never intended to teach middle school or even teach at all. I was part of a generation that experienced the “CSI Effect,” and I fully expected to go to college and become a Crime Lab Technician. I even applied and got accepted to the University of New Haven but ended up going to SUNY Albany for a Biology degree. Before I even started classes there, I had a work-study job at the Disability Resource Center. By the start of the next school year, they had promoted me from work-study to student assistant, and I started interacting with a lot of our students as more of a peer mentor. I still loved science and did a short stint as a lab assistant on a state-wide entomology study, but I realized I didn’t want to do lab work. I started looking into other careers that involved biology-- specifically genetics and found Genetic Engineering. I liked that it still had a fair amount of science, but I would be speaking to people about it, not just sending emails about lab reports. When finding out that the Genetic Engineering program wasn’t for me, I started to think about the parts of the field I liked to see if there was another career path. I figured out that I liked the teaching element of the profession. Taking a lot of technical genetic facts, making it more accessible to others, and being able to answer questions. That’s when I looked into teaching programs. I got accepted into a few and went to SUNY Stony Brook. After graduation, I was hired at a Charter School in Georgia and taught 6th grade for a few months. Then the following year, they moved me up to 8th grade. And now, even though I have moved to a different school and even a different state, I still accidentally ended up back in 8th-grade science after being initially hired for 7th-grade. Although it isn’t the career I expected to have and not even the type of science I thought I would teach, I enjoy many of the challenges. I mainly teach Physics and Geology, two of the science subjects I never really focused on in school. I like these subjects, though, because I enjoy learning new things and being able to share them with my students. Because I am sometimes learning along with them, it can be fun to discuss what we’ve learned and find ways to make the information make more sense. For example, before I taught in Georgia, I had never learned anything about energy waves. I knew about sound waves but not the science behind them, so it has been great to find ways to make such an abstract concept easier to learn-- not just for myself but also for my students. There are definitely things that are not ideal in the teaching profession, but I try to focus on what I do enjoy. I like that I get to learn something new. I like that I get to work with people every day. I like that each day and every class is just a little bit different. I like that I can find creative ways to solve problems. These are the things that keep me going back into my classroom. It was a weird path to teaching, but my past experiences gave me a lot of ‘tools in my teacher toolbox,’ as we like to all say. #### Recent View Recent ActivitiesClick Recent from the More dropdown to see a list of Activities you have recently opened or edited.This view displays:The Activity titleThe last time you interacted with it (for example, “6 days ago” or “3 months ago”)A file cabinet layout sorted by most recent interactionUse this view to quickly jump back into Activities you have been working on. #### Recovering a Deleted Activity You can recover your deleted Classwork.com Activities without contacting tech support.On the top of your Activities page, you will see a drop down menu that says More. Click on that and then you'll see the trash option.Click on Trash and you will be taken to a window with all of your deleted Activities showing when they were created and when they were deleted. To the left of each Activity name you will see a checkbox. Check all the Activities you wish to restore from the trash.A toolbar will appear at the top of the screen. Click the Restore button on the toolbar.You will see a confirmation message. Click Confirm Restore.When you restore an Activity, each Assignment and student Submission will be restored with it.We hope you can breathe easier now! #### Recovering a Lost Folder If you can’t find a folder on your Activities page, it may have been moved into another folder or deleted. Since folder names cannot be searched directly, the easiest way to locate a missing folder is to search for an Activity that was inside it and use the breadcrumb navigation to find where the folder currently lives.Find a Folder Using an Activity Inside ItIf you know the name of an Activity that was stored in the missing folder, you can use it to locate the folder.Go to your Activities page.Select More at the top of the screen.Choose Search. (NOTE: Insert image of More/Search dropdown)Search for an Activity you know was inside the missing folder.Select the Activity from the search results.The Activity will open in the Activity Detail screen. At the top of the screen, look for the breadcrumb that shows the folder name the Activity is stored in.(NOTE: Insert screenshot: breadcrumb showing folder name)Select the missing folder name in that breadcrumb.The screen will update to show the folder’s actual location, including the parent folder where it currently lives.(NOTE: insert screen shot of updated breadcrumb)From here, you can move the folder back to your main Activities page or into a different folder.This is the fastest way to find a folder that was accidentally moved into another folder.If You Cannot Find Any Activities From the FolderIf none of the Activities that were inside your folder appear in search results, the folder may have been deleted.When a folder is deleted:The folder itself cannot be recoveredAll Activities that were inside it move to your TrashYou can restore those Activities individually and create a new folder to organize them again.See Recovering a Deleted Activity for instructions. #### Removing the Margins Before Importing Sometimes in a scrolling document, you don't want any space between pages at all, so that all the pages blend together in one seamless document. However, both Google Docs and Microsoft Word don't quite allow that. You can set the margins to zero, but for various reasons, there's always a little space remaining.You could always use a full-featured tool like Adobe Acrobat to edit the resulting PDF, but there's also a free option we've found to be useful. So, just follow these instructions to remove the top and bottom margins entirely from the pages of a download PDF file.Set the margins to 0" in Google Docs, then download the PDF.Visit https://deftpdf.com/crop-pdf and upload the document there.Tell that system you want to edit each page's margin's individually.Do NOT select "Auto-Crop" which seems to trim all left and right space aggressively. Instead, go through and set the left and right margin of each page to 1" (or whatever it was in Google), and the top and bottom to 0.Scroll to the bottom of each page. Because you set custom margins, there will now be a selection box around the whole page, and you can drag the bottom of the selection box up to be as close to the bottom of the last line as you want.Once you've adjusted the margins for all your pages, click the button labelled "CROP PDF TOOL." Depending on your screen size, that button may be hidden behind an ad at the bottom of the page. If so, click the little down arrow on top of the ad to hide it and reveal that button.The system will prompt you to download the cropped file. Do so, then import it into Classwork. #### Replace Paper Copies and Save Time Grading with TeacherMade's Digital Activities    We spoke with Ms. May, a 10th-grade English teacher, about how she uses TeacherMade to help her students practice and develop their skills. She's also reduced her need for paper copies by using TeacherMade's digital activities in her classroom.How much faster and easier is TeacherMade to use compared to other platforms?Because TeacherMade can be used with almost any handout, it has given me back more of my prep time. Although assignments are integrated into Schoology, I prefer grading in TeacherMade because it is much quicker. I can easily swipe through my students' assignments with auto-grading and the easy left and right arrows. On other platforms, I would have to load and exit each student's assignment to go to the next one. I can also easily write comments on the grading page. Navigating in and out of each assignment to grade or comment might not sound like much, but time does add up. And teachers are always pressed for time.How do you turn regular paper assignments into engaging digital activities for your students?TeacherMade has streamlined my work and made things much easier, from planning to student engagement to grading and giving feedback. For example, if I need to do a mini grammar lesson, I can use a PDF, scan a worksheet from a grammar workbook, or type my own worksheet and upload it into TeacherMade. Once uploaded, I can transform the once paper worksheet into a digital one that is engaging for students.What digital assignments have you created for your students using TeacherMade?Follow Along with Ms. May: Sentence Fragments Worksheet    The Dropdown ToolMy tenth graders had to complete a unit on syntax. After reviewing sentence fragments, I found an online worksheet that I liked. It had three parts: identifying sentences and fragments, fixing fragments, and writing and speaking applications. In TeacherMade, I used the drop-down tool to create a drop-down box for each question in section one of the worksheet. Students read each group of words and selected either sentence or fragment from the drop-down choices. It gave them a 50/50 chance of getting the correct answers, which is important to build their confidence. The drop-down answers were auto-graded. That saved me time, and students were able to see their scores for that section right after submitting.    The Open Answer ToolFor the second part of the digital worksheet, I used the Open Answer tool to create boxes next to each fragment. Students read each fragment and wrote a complete sentence using it. What is great about using the Open Answer box is the students are not limited by the small space in the original worksheet. I also chose the color, size, and font of the student's answers. A little splash of color made the worksheet look cute.    Color Block and Teacher Text BoxesIn the third section of the worksheet, the original directions wanted students to write sentences and read them to their peers. Because I like hearing my students' voices (some of them are quite shy), I modified the directions using the Color Block and Text Box tools to have students record themselves telling me what a sentence fragment is and how to fix it. It was wonderful hearing their voices when I graded the assignments. The recording added personality to the assignment.How have you used TeacherMade's digital assignments to replace paper copies for formative assessment?As a tenth-grade English teacher, I want to help my students be proficient with reading and writing. In order to help them, I need to offer my students plenty of opportunities to practice and develop their skills. Some of the best formative practices are handouts that target certain sections of a unit.I am lucky that our school has a copy person. Teachers submit copies two days in advance, and the copy person makes copies for them. At my previous school, teachers had to make their own copies. There were times when the copy line was super long! However, even with a copy person at my current school, I sometimes make last-minute changes to my handouts, decide to use a completely different handout, or forget to submit a handout two days in advance. The copy person is sweet and would make last-minute copies for me, but I don't want to be that teacher.With TeacherMade, I hardly need paper copies anymore. The few times I submitted for copies (I feel bad saying this), the copies ended up just sitting in my room. Given the option of paper or digital worksheets, most of my students chose the digital version. Once in a while, there might be two or three students in a class of 30 who actually used the paper copies. Having a stack of paper on my counter seems like a waste. With TeacherMade, all my handouts are digital. If needed, I can print two or three copies from my computer for the students who want paper.The Takeaway: TeacherMade offers features to help teachers create engaging digital activities for their students. Teachers use TeacherMade to reduce printed copies and to speed up grading with the auto-grading feature. #### Reports Tab - Classes Page The Reports tab of the Classes page is coming soo #### Review - Activity Menu Review Student Work from the Activity MenuTo review student work, go to your Activities page and check the box next to the Activity you want. This opens the Activity Menu above the selected item.When Review Is AvailableThe Review option only works when:A single Activity is selectedThe Activity has been assigned at least onceIf multiple Activities are selected, or the Activity has never been assigned, the Review option will be unavailable.Open Assignment DetailsClick Review to open the Activity Detail screen. On the right, you’ll see a list of Assignments created from that Activity.Click any Assignment name to open the Assignment Detail screen, where you can:View student submissionsSee completion statusGrade open responsesProvide feedback #### Review All – Submission Review Screen Review All – Submission Review ScreenThe Review All tab displays one student’s full submission at a time, allowing you to score responses, leave feedback, and manage the submission.Switch Between StudentsNavigate between submissions in two ways:Use the left and right arrows at the top of the screen to move between students.Use the dropdown menu to jump directly to a specific student.Assignment Info PanelThe panel at the top of the screen shows a summary of the student's submission.Status – Shows whether the student has started, submitted, or had the assignment returned.Time on Task – Displays how long the student worked on the assignment and their activity history.Score TypeAuto – Fully scored by the system.Auto + Teacher – System score with manual adjustments.Custom – Fully manual scoring that ignores auto grading.Final Score – The score shown to the student based on the selected scoring type.Comment BoxUse the comment box to leave feedback for the student.Type comments directly into the box.Comments automatically save while you type.Students see comments after the submission is returned.Actions MenuThe Actions menu in the top right allows you to manage the submission.Reopen / Reset – Reopen the assignment for continued work or clear the student's responses.Set as Completed – Mark the assignment complete even if unfinished.Return Submission – Send the scored assignment and comments back to the student.Edit Student Names – Correct formatting or spelling of student names.Print Submission – Generate a printable version of the student's work.Delete Submission – Permanently remove the student's attempt.Return to Assignment DetailWhen finished reviewing submissions, click the Close button in the top right corner to return to the Assignment Detail screen. #### Reviewing Student Work Review and Grade Student WorkClasswork.com allows you to monitor student progress in real time, review submissions, provide feedback, and return graded work.Open the Assignment Detail ScreenTo review student work:Go to your Activities page.Click the name of the activity.Click the name of the assignment linked to that activity.This opens the Activity Detail screen.Click the assignment again to open the Assignment Detail screen. You will see all students currently working and those who have submitted.From this screen, you can view:Student nameOnline statusAssignment status (In Progress, Submitted, Returned)ScoreSubmission dateReview a Student SubmissionClick a student name to open their submission.Use the navigation panel to move between students:Use the left and right arrows to switch students.Use the dropdown menu to jump to a specific student.A green circle next to a student name indicates the student is currently online.Inside a submission, you can:View all responses, including auto-graded questions marked correct or incorrect.Use the slide navigation to move through the assignment.For Open Answer questions, click the student response and select Set Score to manually grade.Give FeedbackWhile reviewing work, you can add annotations. Students will see feedback the next time they open the assignment. If they are still working, feedback appears immediately.Available feedback tools include:TextDrawingStickersFinalize the Score and Return WorkIn the left-side menu of a submission, you can manage grading and return the assignment.Options include:View time on task and statusReview submission detailsAccept the auto-graded scoreAdd bonus pointsOverride with a custom scoreWhen finished, click Return Submission to send the graded work back to the student.Students can access returned work by reopening the assignment.You Are ReadyYou now know how to:Monitor student progressReview submissionsGrade Open Answer responsesProvide feedbackReturn student workYou are ready to continue using Classwork.com with confidence. #### Robert Brown aka EdTechMrBrown EdTechMrBrown has joined Classwork.com, bringing his 19 years of experience as an EdTech Instructional Coach and Teacher to support educators. He is dedicated to helping teachers effectively learn and implement the Classwork.com platform. Robert looks forward to collaborating with teachers to guide them in getting the most out of their experience with the platform. #### Schoology: Fixing a "We were unable to locate an external tool" error You may see this error when clicking a Classwork.com Assignment in SchoologyWe were unable to locate an external tool for the specified tool link. Please make sure this provider is configured: External Tool Configuration.That error means that Schoology was unable to match the URL you pasted into the Assignment with any of its installed External Tools. There are three ways this could happen, listed here in order of most common to least common:Special Note July 2025: The app's URL has changed from app.teachermade.com to app.classwork.com. If your course still has app.teachermade.com links in it, and you want to add app.classwork.com links, leave the TeacherMade tool installed and ask your admin to ALSO install the tool as Classwork.com. Schoology needs to know about both URLs. Send this instructional link to your admin: Schoology: How do I Set up Classwork.com as an External Tool?When the tool was installed, the admin chose told Schoology to find the tool by URL rather than by Domain. Change the value to be Domain and try clicking the Assignment again.In the tool configuration, the Classwork.com app domain was entered incorrectly. Make sure it looks exactly like this:The URL was copied from the Classwork.com Assignment incorrectly. Use the convenient Copy button to make sure you get the correct Assignment URL in its entirety.To fix this error, please review the tool installation and correct either the Match By rule or the Domain/URL entry, or be sure the pasted assignment URL is correct. Then click the Assignment in the course to try it again. #### Schoology: Handling the name change to Classwork.com In the Summer of 2025, we changed our application URL from app.teachermade.com to app.classwork.com.The following are important steps to understanding and improving your integration between Schoology and Classwork.com: If you generate a new Assignment for Schoology, the app will create a link with our new URL (something similar to https://app.classwork.com/lti/launch/abc123)But because you had setup our app under the old name, your External Tool in Schoology expects the launch URL https://app.teachermade.com/lti/launch.Therefore, Schoology won't be find the External Tool setup.If a teacher pastes a Classwork.com link into their Materials in Schoology, and tries to view it, they will see the error "We were unable to locate an external tool for the specified tool link. Please make sure the provider is configured: External Tool Configuration."The teacher shouldn't click that link, as it takes them to the wrong place.If the student attempts to start that Assignment in Schoology, they see a very similar message.To fix this, leave the existing TeacherMade tool in place so that it will match any old assignments still using that URL.Then (as a Schoology administrator) add a second external tool provider using the Classwork URL.The instructions are in the article found here: Schoology: How do I Set up Classwork.com as an External Tool?. Use the same LTI credentials you used for the TeacherMade link. If you need those credentials delivered, please contact support@classwork.comOnce the setup is complete, both new assignments with the app.classwork.com URL and older Assignments with app.teachermade.com will work. #### Schoology: How do I add Classwork.com to my Schoology Course? Integrating Classwork.com Assignments into your Schoology courses is very simple. Once your admin has set up Classwork.com as an external tool (see Before you Begin below), you'll just create Assignments using the Schoology delivery method in Classwork.com, then copy the generated weblink into External Tool materials in your Schoology course.These links are different than other Assignment links, and allow Schoology and Classwork.com to communicate. That permits Schoology to identify the students to Classwork.com when they start Assignments, so they don't need to login, and it lets Classwork.com send their scores back to the gradebook in Schoology. It's a great integration that can save you tons of time!Here's how to set it up:Before You BeginHas your Schoology administrator already set up Classwork.com as an External Tool in your system? Classwork.com must be installed as an External Tool Provider by your administrator before you begin using it in courses. If it has not been set up yet, have your Schoology administrator contact us at support@classwork.com for more information.Special Note July 2025: The app's URL has changed from app.teachermade.com to app.classwork.com. Schoology needs to know about both URLs so your administrator should install a second tool as "Classwork.com." Send this instructional link to your admin: Schoology: How do I Set up Classwork.com as an External Tool?Create a Schoology Assignment in Classwork.comThe first step to including a Classwork.com activity in your Schoology course is to create an Assignment in Classwork.com with the Schoology delivery method. Just follow these steps:From the My Activities page, click the title of your Activity to open the Detail page.Click one of these buttons to begin creating your Assignment.orCheck the Schoology delivery method.Click NextContinue choosing the Assignment options you want to use.Finally, click Save.Copy the Weblink into your Copy-Paste bufferAfter you save the Assignment, you will land on the Assignment Detail page where you can find the weblink you'll need to paste into a Schoology material. Just click the convenient button next to the web link.Create the Assignment in SchoologyNow you’re ready to create the Assignment in SchoologyLogin to Schoology and select your desired course.Select Add Materials, then choose Add File/Link/External Tool from the dropdown menu.Choose External Tool.A popup will open asking for the Assignment details. Enter them as follows:Tool Provider: Automatic, based on URL. You can also select Classwork.com if it's in your list, but you will then have to click the Custom label next to the URL field before pasting in the weblink.Title: Enter a title.URL: Paste the weblink you copied from Classwork.com in the above steps.Skip the next three fields.Click Enable Grading. This is critical as it allows Classwork.com to pass scores back to Schoology.Points: Enter your desired points. Classwork.com will report a percentage score to Schoology, so whatever you enter here will be multiplied by the student's percentage and stored as their score on this Assignment.Category: Choose a category. (not shown below, but required when you enable grading).Click Submit.That's it! You've created a Classwork.com Assignment in Schoology!Check Your WorkYou can click on it yourself to make sure it's set up correctly. Clicking the Assignment will take you to the Assignment Detail screen, where you'll eventually be able to see the student's work being done. The students don't see that, and will instead work on the Activity when they click the Assignment. #### Schoology: How Do I Fix a “Forbidden 403” Message When I Create an Assignment in Schoology? If you or your students are getting a message on the screen that says Forbidden 403 or a similar error, don't worry! It's easy to fix!Students See the ErrorThe most common cause for students to receive a 403 error is that the Schoology material does not have grading enabled. Classwork.com Assignments cannot launch correctly without grading enabled because Schoology fails to send Classwork.com all of the information required to start the Activity. To fix the problem, edit the material in Schoology and click the Enable Grading checkbox:You See the ErrorFirst, let’s understand what’s happening. When you look at an Activity, Schoology passes us your email address. We look that up in our database, and find your Activity. If your E-mail is different in Schoology than it is in Classwork.com, then we won’t be able to find you and you’ll get the 403 error as a result. Since this has been the case for so many teachers, we have made it easy to fix.To prevent this message, you can add a second E-mail address to Classwork.com (e.g. the E-mail you use for your Schoology account), and we’ll look for both E-mail addresses when we get a Schoology request for an Activity.To add a second E-mail to your Classwork.com account, sign in to Classwork.com and click the Account link at the bottom of the Main Menu:Choose Update E-mail.Enter your second E-mail address in the field, then click Add E-mail. Your second address will appear on the screen. But notice – and this is important! – that the E-mail is unverified.So, go into your E-mail system, find the E-mail just sent from Classwork.com, and follow the instructions to verify that second E-mail address!Once you’ve done that, you can use either E-mail to sign in to Classwork.com. Now, we’ll be able to find your Activities when Schoology asks for them. So, go back to Schoology and reload the Assignment. Voila! Problem solved!  #### Schoology: How do I Set up Classwork.com as an External Tool? Special Note for 2025: Leave the TeacherMade app installed if you already have it. Then also add Classwork.com as an external tool. Reach out to support@classwork.com if you have questions or need your Client Key and Secret.Classwork.com can be easily set up for integration with Schoology by your Schoology administrator. Students will be able to access and complete Classwork.com Assignments without ever leaving Schoology…and scores will be automatically entered into the Schoology gradebook.To get started, have your Schoology administrator contact us at support@classwork.com for help. Then send them a link to this article!For security reasons, we will only deliver these credentials to your Schoology administrator for a one-time Organization-level setup.These Instructions Are For Schoology Administrators OnlyAfter you have obtained the consumer key and shared secret from support@classwork.com, please follow these steps.Open Schoology and log in as an administrator.Select Tools from the top menu, and then select School Management.3. Next, you will select Integration from the School Management menu; choose the External Tools tab. Here you will see the Add External Tool Provider button. Select it.In the dialogue box that opens:a. Add the tool name (Classwork.com).b. Add the Consumer Key and Shared Secret in the highlighted fields.c. Select Send Name and Email/Username of user who launches the tool for privacy.d. Select Manual Configuration Type.e. Match by: Domain.f. Add https://app.classwork.com for domain/URL.g. Select Submit.Please note- The entries on your screen must match this screen, or the tool will not work!After this is complete, teachers will be able to add their Classwork.com Assignments to their courses with only a few clicks. Remember that they will not need to use the Consumer Key and Shared Secret in their course materials, as those are only for the initial admin-level setup. So, do not share those with teachers! #### Search Search for ActivitiesUse the Search option to find Activities by title, assignment status, sharing status, or by when they were created or modified.Open the Search ToolFrom the Activities page, click the More dropdown.Select Search.Search FiltersYou can narrow results using these filters:Title – Enter part of a title (capitalization does not matter)Assigned – Show assigned or unassigned ActivitiesShared – Find Activities shared via linkCreated – Filter by original creation dateModified – Filter by last edited dateYou can combine multiple filters to refine your results.Search results appear in a full-screen view. Click any Activity to open it for editing or assigning. #### Select Individual Students on the Review Submission Screen In the top right corner of the Review Submission screen you will see a drop down menu and two arrows:To quickly skip between student Submissions, use either of the arrows. If you want to jump to a particular student’s Assignment, click on the drop down menu and then select the student’s name whose work you want to review:Once you select their name, Classwork.com will automatically jump to their Assignment.Pro Tip: A green circle next to a student's name means they are still working on the Submission.We hope this helps speed up the grading process! #### September 10th, 2023 - Google Classroom Improvements Our Google Classroom integration is just amazing. You can create assignments that automatically get sent to your students, choosing to assign work to all students (even new ones added after you create the assignment), or individual students. You can even set whether you want the Classwork to be created as draft or published right away - all from within TeacherMade. Then as your students complete their work, their scores accumulated in the GC gradebook for you to see. Now, we've made it even better by adding two great new features for you!Block Students Not In Your ClassIf you've ever had a student appear in your TeacherMade assignment that wasn't in your Google Classroom class, you might have wondered how they got there. It turns out that TeacherMade assignments in GC are just web links, and students can copy them and launch them in a different browser to "preview" their activity before taking it for real. We don't like to use the word "cheat" because it implies that we understand their motivations, but let's just say that if they wanted to cheat, this would be a way to do it.Now you can stop that behavior in its tracks, and block any students not in your class from even starting your assignments. To do so, just choose "Yes" next to this prompt when creating an assignment:Any student not in the class will be given a message that they are not allowed to open the assignment and will be denied access.Students Taking Wrong Assignment in the Right ClassHave you ever given a TeacherMade assignment to multiple classes only to see all the student work show up under a single assignment in TeacherMade? Here's why that happens, and what we've done to fix that.TeacherMade creates a unique assignment and a unique weblink for each class to which you're assigning an Activity. But if you choose to publish those assignments as Drafts, you later have to go into Classroom and publish them. The problem we've seen again and again is that Google makes it easy to give a single assignment to multiple classes. While convenient, it ends up giving the same weblink to all the classes you choose, instead of retaining the individual weblinks TeacherMade created per class. The end result, then, is that all your students are working on a single TeacherMade assignment, and therefore all their submissions show up under that assignment in TeacherMade.In the most recent release, we've fixed that! TeacherMade will now make sure that a student's work will show up under the assignment you intended, no matter which weblink gets copied to their Classwork. What do you have to do to set this feature up? Not a thing! It just works!TeacherMade Just Gets Better and BetterThank you for all your feedback and suggestions. We really do listen! We're dedicated to making your life as a Teacher just a little easier, and these improvements will certainly help ease some of your pains. #### September 10th, 2023 - Show Me The Time! One subtle little nicety that TeacherMade does for you is to show you dates in a format that's pretty easy to digest. This activity was created about a year ago, and was last modified today.That's easier to look at than a whole stack of numbers, slashes and dashes, and gives you more general context about when things fit in your calendar.But, as nice as that is, there are times when you need to know the exact date and time. TeacherMade has always stored that behind the scenes, of course, but now you have a way to see it! Just click on any date in your Activity and Assignment lists, and TeacherMade will switch between the nice human readable format you see above and this detailed format:Thanks to our loyal TeacherMade Teachers for asking for this, and to our amazing Product Development team for making it happen! #### September 1st, 2024 - Schedules, Due Dates & Time Limits The number one most requested feature in 2024 has arrived!! You can now set timers, due dates and time limits for assignments.There are four time management tools Teachers now have access to when creating TeacherMade assignments:Open TimeClose TimeDue DateTime LimitPro Tip: These must be set in TeacherMade– not your LMS. Click here to read more about these amazing features! #### Setting Up Clever to Share Teacher Rosters With Classwork.com Classwork.com is a certified Clever partner. That allows your district to share the roster of teachers with us, completely automating the process of onboarding new users.These instructions are intended for district Clever Administrators only.Adding Classwork.com is like adding any other app, with these important notes:WE DO NOT SUPPORT STUDENT ROSTERING Do not share your student list with Classwork.com. Please share only teachers. If your license is only for a certain school, or only for a certain number of teachers in the district or in a school, set up a teacher filter to only send the teachers who should be included on the license.Share no teacher sections. We do not manage classes and sections and do not request this data.These instructions are for the Standard Sharing setup view. If you're using the Guided View, you may switch to Standard Sharing by clicking this:To add Classwork.com, follow these directions:Add the Classwork.com app to your Clever District.Login to the Clever District Administrator Portal.Click My Applications.Click the Add Applications button.In the search box, type Classwork.com and select the application.Continue until you see Begin Setup then click that buttonSet up custom sharing.Since we only imports teachers, do NOT send students or teacher sections. Select I'd like to customize my sharingIf you'd already set up sharing a different way, you may select Edit Sharing, then Change.Then choose Share by Rules.Click Click here to customize your sharing.Click Custom Share TeachersYou're required to create a filter to proceed.For small licenses, you may assign individual teacher access by email or SIS ID.For school and district license, choose School and equals any of then choose all the schools whose teachers should be sent to Classwork.com.In the Also Share field, select no teacher sections.Click Done editing.Click Save Sharing Rules.Click Save.Review the screen to ensure that you are sharing only teachers:Check that Data Validation PassesClever will run an automated data validation step. It can take up to an hour to run. Be sure no errors are reported. If any are, please contact us at support@classwork.com.Finalize the SetupClick the Finish button in the lower righthand corner of the screen.What Happens Next?The Classwork.com team will receive your request to connect, and will set up the required data on their end. They will perform a dry run of the teacher roster and alert you to any issues.Once finalized, your teacher rostering will be completely automated and stress-free! #### Shannon McGuire - HS Math - MA Greetings from Massachusetts!aMy name is Shannon McGuire, and I have been teaching for over two decades. However, my path to teaching was definitely not typical. I graduated high school in Massachusetts in the early 90s, and while I was a good student, I didn’t really enjoy school. I decided to go to Grinnell College in Iowa, a small, intense Liberal Arts School. I started studying math as it was always a subject I felt comfortable in. But, I wound up getting really involved in my French studies. I became a French major and developed a focus on North African French Literature. Upon graduation, I received a teaching fellowship in France. My first real teaching experience was teaching English in a French Middle School. When my fellowship was complete, I returned to Massachusetts. I enjoyed working individually with people more than anything about my initial teaching experience. I found a job working in a residential home for adults with disabilities. This work ignited a passion in me for the field of Special Education. I enrolled in a post-baccalaureate degree in Special Education and began working as a Special Needs Teaching Assistant. Then, I became a teacher in a self-contained classroom in a residential school for students with significant behavioral disorders. While I loved this work, it was physically demanding and dangerous at times, and I was recently married and looking to start a family and knew I needed to find something less intense.My next teaching position was in a small, local Massachusetts high school as a Special Education teacher. I started in the early 2000s as a self-contained teacher, and through the next decade, I transitioned with the program to an inclusion co-teacher in the math department. I completed my Master’s in Special Education. During this time, I also began doing much of the student testing for our district and training new teachers. I was spending less and less time in the actual classroom, while I knew I wanted to spend more time in the classroom. One of the teachers I had co-taught math with for years was retiring and said to me, jokingly, I think, that I should get certified in math and take her position. However, I felt this actually might be the right thing to do, and I could be back in the classroom full-time, so that is exactly what I did. After 14 years at that small, rural high school (nine as a Special Education teacher and six as a math teacher), a former colleague reached out to me about a math teacher opening at a large, urban vocational-technical high school where he teaches science. He felt I would be a good fit at this school and was really happy there. I was apprehensive about leaving a small school where I felt so comfortable. The school I was in had less than 40 teachers total, and this new school had over 25 just in the math department. I was in my early 40s and a bit anxious about starting over, but I made the leap.Within a month, I felt I was in the school I would retire from, where I would finish my teaching career. I have been a math teacher at Greater New Bedford Regional Vocational Technical High School for the past seven years. I have another ten years or so left in my teaching career, and there is no place that I would rather be. Our school draws from three local communities and has over 2,000 students. Many students come to our school with a chronic academic history of underperforming. I have developed a course that struggling students, not just those on IEPs, take concurrently with their sophomore Geometry class for one trimester that dives deep into their mislearnings and gaps as math learners. This course has had tremendous success in helping students make great gains in math performance. I also teach senior Statistics & Probability, a fourth-year math elective. Every once in a while someone learns about my degree in French literature and wonders how that connects to teaching math. Over the years, that connection has become fairly clear to me. I always loved math but didn’t have to work hard to learn. My work with French was from the bottom up. I knew absolutely nothing and worked my way to becoming a fluent speaker and reader. This work taught me more about the learning process than I could have learned in formal education studies. I learned how to learn and therefore learned how to teach.Throughout these transitions, I have always embraced and enjoyed integrating technology into the classroom. I served as a Technology Mentor at that small, rural high school. In this stipend position, I offered support to other teachers on tech tools like online gradebook applications and smartboards. At my new school, I had much more access to technology. I developed many interactive and individualized lessons using technology. In March 2020, our district accelerated its plans to become a 1:1 district in response to remote learning. I worked with the principal and the director of technology to create professional development to support teachers in our district with the rapid switch to technology-based education. In September 2020, I became a Google Certified educator while continuing to develop and implement technology professional development for my colleagues. As we transitioned back to in-person learning from remote learning, I have found it reinvigorating to use the knowledge gained during this time to create more blended learning lessons. I have about a decade left in my teaching career, and I think it is an exciting and innovative time to be an educator. #### Share - Activity Menu Share an ActivityTo share an activity with another teacher, go to your Activities page and check the box next to the activity or activities you want. This opens the Activity Menu directly above your selection. Click Share to begin.When a Single Activity Is SelectedA popup will appear explaining how sharing works:Sharing an activity allows other Classwork.com teachers to make a copy in their own account. Your original activity cannot be edited by them, and any changes you make later will not affect their copy.Sharing is for teachers only. If you want students to access this activity, use Assign instead.At the bottom, you will see a toggle labeled:Sharing for this activity is currently On/OffSwitch it On to generate a shareable link and Copy button. Share the link by email, LMS, or message. The receiving teacher can go to MORE > Import Shared Activities to add it to their account.When Multiple Activities Are SelectedThe popup will show a summary such as:Of the 3 activities you selected, 1 is currently shared and 2 are not shared.All activities in any selected folders are included in the summary above.Below the summary, you can choose to:Share selected activitiesTurn off sharing for activities that are already sharedClick the action you want, and Classwork will apply it to all selected activities at once. #### Share Items with other Teachers - Draft need to add updates So, you've created a masterpiece and you need to share your hard work with your colleagues! Classwork.com makes this very easy to do! You just need to turn Sharing on for the activity. That will create a link that you can then send to your colleagues. They can open that link to preview your activity and will be able to copy your activity into their own Classwork.com accounts.This is also how you can copy an Activity from your Co-Teacher's account to your own.Turn On Sharing for an ActivityLet's turn on sharing for your activity!1️⃣Click "Activities" in the left menu of the Classwork.com app. That will bring you to your home page.Find the activity you're interested in and check the checkbox next to it. This will bring up the Activity Toolbar.Click 'Share'.You'll see a dialog that explains how sharing works. The important details are:This is for sharing with Teachers. If you want to share it with students, you'll instead want to create an Assignment. See this article for details on how to create an Assignment: Assigning Student WorkYou can share the generated link with colleagues who can make copies into their accounts, but they will not be able to change your copy.Click the "Copy" button to copy that link into your copy-paste buffer.Paste the link into an email or document for your colleagues to use.Make sure the 'Sharing for this activity is currently' On2️⃣ On the homepage, click on the name of your activity.Click the Activity Options on the left side of your screen. Then 'Sharing.'You'll see the dialog that explains how sharing works. Follow the directions above. Here you will also have the ability to: Make a copy of the assignment for another classPrint your Activity Print the Answer Key of your Activity Donate to the Sharing Library Delete Activity #### Sharing Classwork.com Activities to Microsoft Teams Classwork.com allows you to share your Assignments directly to Microsoft Teams for easy distribution to students.Here’s how:On Step 1 of creating an Assignment, select Classwork.com as the delivery method. (NOTE: Image below needs to be replaced due to TeacherMade branding)Complete the next three setup steps as usual.On the Assignment Detail screen, you’ll see a Share to Microsoft Teams button on the bottom left side of the page.  (NOTE: The image below needs to be replaced due to TeacherMade branding)Click it and follow the on-screen prompts in Microsoft Teams to finish setting up your Assignment.Once shared, students can access the Assignment link right from Microsoft Teams—no extra steps needed. #### Sharing My Activities with Other Teachers Share an ActivityIf you want to share an Activity with another teacher, you can turn on Sharing and send them a link. They can preview your Activity and copy it into their own Classwork account.This is also how you copy an Activity from a co-teacher into your own account.Turn On Sharing for an ActivityClick Activities in the left navigation menu.Locate the Activity you want to share and check the box next to it.When the Activity toolbar appears, click the Sharing icon.In the dialog window, toggle Sharing for this activity is currently to On.Click Copy to copy the generated link.Paste the link into an email, document, or message to your colleague.Important: Sharing is for teachers. If you want students to complete the Activity, create an Assignment instead.What Other Teachers SeeWhen someone clicks your sharing link, they will see the Activity in Teacher Preview mode.If they are not logged in, they will see a prompt to sign up or log in before copying the Activity.If they are already logged in, they will see a button at the top that allows them to copy the Activity into their account.When they copy it, they receive their own version. They can edit their copy, but your original Activity remains unchanged.Turn Off SharingTo turn off sharing:Go to Activities.Select the Activity.Click the Sharing icon.Toggle Sharing for this activity is currently to Off.You can also access sharing settings from the Activity options menu.Can Other Teachers See My Student Work?No. Sharing an Activity only shares the content you created. Your Assignments and student responses remain private unless you are using the Co-Teacher feature.Share Multiple Activities or a FolderYou can share more than one Activity at a time, including entire folders.Go to your Activities page.Select the checkboxes next to the Activities or folders you want to share.Click the Sharing icon in the toolbar.The dialog will indicate that you are sharing multiple Activities.Click Share selected activities to generate a block of sharing text. Click Copy and send that text to your colleagues.Import Shared ActivitiesIf you receive a sharing text block from another teacher, follow these steps to import the Activities:Go to your Activities page and open the folder where you want the copies to appear.Click More and select Import Multiple Activities.Copy the sharing text you received.Paste it into the field.Click Import from sharing text.Review what will be imported, then click Import new share(s).The Activities will now appear in your account. Changes you make to your copies do not affect the original Activities.If you need to import additional share lists, click Start Over and repeat the process. #### Sign In to Classwork.com You can sign in to Classwork.com at any time by visiting:➡️https://classwork.com✍️ How to Sign InThere are multiple ways to access Classwork.com:Launch from a PortalClassLink Users – Open your ClassLink LaunchPad, find the Classwork.com app, and click to sign in automaticallyClever Users – Open your Clever Portal, find the Classwork.com tile, and click to launch the app directlyNo need to visit the Classwork.com homepage — ClassLink and Clever handle sign-in for you.Sign In at Classwork.comIf you aren’t using a portal, go to https://classwork.com and click Login at the top-right corner of the homepage . Choose your method:Google – Use your Google Workspace accountMicrosoft – Use your school’s Microsoft loginUsername & Password – Enter the email and password you set up manuallyForgot Your Password?If you use Username & Password, click Forgot Password? on the login pageEnter your email address to receive a reset linkIf you signed in with Google or Microsoft, you’ll need to reset your password through your district’s login system.Trouble Finding Your Account?If your school recently purchased a license, your account may already existTry signing in using your school emailStill not working? Reach out to us at support@classwork.com #### Slides Display Classwork’s “Slides” display type brings amazing power and flexibility to your classroom. You can combine instruction with comprehension checks and practice into a single activity. You can start your class in Classwork and end it in Classwork without having to switch to other applications or print paper handouts. You’ll be able to:Teach directly from within Classwork by uploading your existing slide decks.Add comprehension checks throughout your lesson.Incorporate practice activities, quizzes, exit tickets, study questions, and homework right into your teaching materials.Paste existing Classwork worksheets into your slide format activities.Play videos right from within Classwork slides-- no more YouTube.com visitsAdd links to external websites, etc.Watch students take notes on your slides as they follow along.Scrolling vs. SlidesWhen creating a Slides activity, there are two display styles you can choose from:Scrolling - Your pages will be joined into one single scrollable page.Slides - Your activity will be displayed as individual pages that students will step through in order.While they might look different, both display types allow you to create digital autograded activities. You can turn just about anything into a Classwork activity - your trusted PDFs, your slide decks, and everything in between! Let’s take a closer look at how they compare:Slide View Extra FeaturesAnd because the Slide view retains the individual pages, you’ll have more flexibility while editing. You can:Reorder slidesAdd slidesRemove slidesSplit and merge slides Change and remove backgroundsYou can even set the background colorCombine pages from multiple documents!You can mix Slides and vertical PDFs!You can even paste an existing Classwork activity into a slide presentation!!Choosing the Display TypeYou’ll choose the display style when creating a new activity. You’ll first choose to upload a document Once the file loads, you will see this:Choose the slides you would like to include in your activity and click 'Submit.' Your activity will automatically be in slides format. If you would like to make a scrolling activity, select the box next to "Combine selected pages into a single slide." Navigating Between SlidesOnce the activity has been created, it’s time to start adding to it! You have a few options as to how you can navigate between slides as you’re editing. The first is to click through the slides using the navigation tool on the far left of your toolbar. Use the arrows to quickly click back and forth between the slides or click on the page count and a drop down menu will appear allowing you to quickly jump to specific slides. The second is to use the preview panel to the left of the assignment. This works the same as Google Slides and displays thumbnails of each page. You can use the scrollbar to move between slides or move through each one by clicking on the image thumbnail. Adding SlidesIt’s easy to add slides throughout your activity! To do so, choose the “Slide” menu then either choose to add a “New Blank Slide” or “Create New Slide(s) From a File.”If you choose to add a blank slide, it will be placed wherever you last clicked in the scroll window. You can easily move the slide if you want it to be elsewhere (instructions down below)If you choose to create a new slide from a file, you will be prompted to upload a file from your computer. Select the file and then open into Classwork:Select the pages of the document you want to upload and then choose where you want the pages to be located from the dropdown menu under, “Where to add the new page(s)?” You can choose from these four options: Use this feature to add existing content throughout your activities  or add blank pages and create content from scratch!  Removing a SlideRemoving an existing slide from a Classwork activity is extremely easy! To do so, select the slide you want to delete so it is highlighted and simply click the “Delete” key on your keyboard! You can also choose to select the slide you want to delete and then choose, “Edit” from your menu bar and then “Delete” or choose, “Slide” from your menu bar and then “Delete Slide.”Reordering SlidesThere are two easy ways to reorder slides within your Classwork document. The first is to simply click and drag the slide wherever you want it to be using the left scrollbar. The second option is to choose “Slide” from your menu bar and then use the controls shown below to move the slide where you want it to be. Changing Slide Background There are four ways you can edit the background of your slide.  Remove Slide Background: when clicking this a pop-up will appear confirming that you would like to remove the background of your slide. Click remove background and it will disappear. Your  background will disappear and your slide will be white. Your question types will still be on the slide.Change Slide Background: when clicking this option a pop-up will appear prompting you to 'Upload a File' or 'Pick on from Drive.' Choose your document you would like as the background. Another pop up will appear allowing you to choose the page of the document you would like as the background. You can choose a page below, pick another file, pick from the drive, or cancel. If you choose multiple pages they will be merged together to create the new background for the current slide.Set Background Color: when choosing this option a color palette will appear in which you can select a color that will cover the slide. By choosing 'Custom colors,' you can select a more precise color that you are looking for by dragging the mouse over the color pad.Transform Background: by using this you are able to edit your background by flipping it vertically and horizontally, rotating 90 degrees clockwise and counter clockwise, and rotating it 180 degrees.Editing the Slide There are multiple options that allow you to edit your slide.  Duplicate Slide: select the slide, then select the duplicate slide option, a copy of the slide will be made underneath. You can also use the keyboard command Ctrl +D and it will duplicate the slide underneath. Resize Slide: there is the option to resize the slide by either pixels or percentage. Change the width and height to resize your slide. By clicking 'Maintain aspect ratio' it will retain the original proportions of the image as the background is being resized. It ensures that the image will not get distorted or stretched when its size is changed. 'Set to default dimensions' allows you to change it back to the default portrait and landscape slide size.  Add Blank Space (to bottom): choose to add the following spaced to the bottom of your slide: 1/4 inch, 1/2 inch, 1 inch, Quarter Page, Half Page, Full Page.Split Slide Into Parts: the slide splitter lets you place lines on the slide that indicate where you'd like to slice it into multiple slides. Just click to place the line where you'd like to split the slide. Click and drag the line to position it exactly where you would like then click split on the toolbar. For a more detailed explanation on how to use the tool click here.  Merge Slides: Click on the slide you would like to merge with the previous or next slide. Select merge slides and choose from your options, Merge with Previous Slide, Merge with Next Slide, Merge all Slides into One. It will merge the slides together forming a larger slide. By merging multiple slides into one you will create a scrolling activity.  #### Sorting Lists Classwork lists can be sorted or ordered and way you'd like!On the home screen, their are two sort options at the top of the activities list. Selecting one of these changes the order instantly, so you can quickly toggle between alphabetical and most recently updated views. If the list is already sorted on that field, clicking the arrow buttons a second time will change the order of sorting from ascending to descending. The arrow next to the header will tell you the sort order.  Two ways to sort your activities:By Name → sorts all activities in alphabetical order (A → Z).By Updated → sorts activities by the last time they were edited or changed, with the most recently updated at the top. Sorting is as easy as that! #### Sorting Lists Classwork.com lists can be sorted or ordered any way you'd like!Just click the column headers to sort on that field. If the list is already sorted on that field, clicking a second time will change the order of sorting from ascending to descending. The arrow next to the header will tell you the sort order. #### Speedy Exit Tickets End every class with reflection and understanding by creating easy, standards-aligned exit tickets in Classwork.com.Exit tickets help your students demonstrate learning before they walk out the door. They give you instant, actionable data—without a mountain of paper to grade. Click here to download Click Sheet of:How to create a Exit Ticket How to assign a Exit Ticket1️⃣ Log in and Start a New ActivityGo to your Activities screen.Click the New File button (green with plus sign at the top center).2️⃣ Use the Content AssistantIn the pop-up window, choose Use AI to Make Content (yellow square).On the next screen, select Create Questions from Standards (bottom option).3️⃣ Choose Your StandardClick Edit next to Learning Standards.Click Search Standards.Select your Course, Grade Level, and Standard.Click Save Changes.4️⃣ Pick Your QuestionsChoose your item type (recommended: Multiple Choice).Set the number of questions to 4 (you can deselect extras later).Click Generate Questions.5️⃣ Review and Edit Your QuestionsReview the generated questions.Leave checked only the 2 you want to keep for your exit ticket.Click Add Questions to add them to your activity.Double-click any question to customize it as needed.6️⃣ Name Your ActivityType your activity name.You do not have to save! Similar to the Google suite, Classwork Autosaves your work in real time.7️⃣ Preview the Student ViewClick the Preview icon (monitor with an eye) on the toolbar.Check that everything looks good from the student perspective.Close the preview when finished.8️⃣ Assign Your Exit TicketClick Create Assignment.Select your LMS (e.g. Google Classroom).Choose the class you want to assign to and click Next.Set a time limit (recommended: 2 minutes for quick reflection).Click Save to finish assigning.✨Tips for Effective Exit TicketsKeep it short— 1–5 questions students can complete in 2–3 minutes.Align to that day's objective or standard.Use data to inform your next day's instruction.Encourage honest reflection and critical thinking.⏭️ Next Video in the Starting Line SeriesPractice That Runs Itself❗ See All Starting Line VideosView the Full Starting Line SeriesTABLE OF CONTENTS1️⃣ Log in and Start a New Activity2️⃣ Use the Content Assistant3️⃣ Choose Your Standard4️⃣ Pick Your Questions5️⃣ Review and Edit Your Questions6️⃣ Name Your Activity7️⃣ Preview the Student View8️⃣ Assign Your Exit Ticket✨Tips for Effective Exit Tickets #### Spending 3/14/2021 Survey Results In March 2021 we asked you all to share some information about your out-of-pocket expenses and your feelings about the Covid Relief Bill to better understand how TeacherMade PRO might fit into your budgets.Over 560 of you have responded and what we learned unfortunately did not surprise us. Teachers everywhere are spending far too much of their own money on supplies and resources for their classrooms and their students. Reimbursement rates are low and Congress’s new Covid Relief Bill does not seem to be ‘relieving’ many of you.Since day 1 of TeacherMade, we have made it a goal of ours to make TeacherMade as affordable as possible. This survey confirmed our motivation to do so. Although we wish we could make TeacherMade PRO free forever, we promise it will be worth every penny!! And if PRO isn’t for you, TeacherMade Free will always be there as well.Thank you for taking the time to complete the survey! We appreciate your time and your dedication to helping us grow TeacherMade. Check out the charts below for some key takeaways and let us know your thoughts. #### Spread Dr. King’s Message with These Worksheets Are you on the lookout for engaging MLK-Day activities? These original online activities challenge students to think critically, and they make the most of TeacherMade’s online tools. Even better, they are 100% free to use, copy, and adapt in any way you like:This Middle and High School reading passage set looks at the lives of both Dr. King and Gandhi and allows the students to compare their values and experiences. It will challenge your students to look further into their methods for change and is perfect for students in the 6th-9th grades.This Elementary writing activity takes a fresh look on the life of Dr. King and will allow your students' creativity to shine through.Let’s keep spreading Dr. King’s message together! #### STAAR Attributions, Copyright, and Permissions STAAR tests are released periodically by the Texas Education Agency. Released tests in their original format can be located here on the TEA website.All STAAR Released Tests are copyrighted by the Texas Education Agency, unless indicated otherwise, and Texas public school districts, charter schools, and education service centers can copy materials for district and school educational use. #### Standards – Submission Review Screen The Standards tab gives you a performance breakdown based on standards you've tagged to questions in your activity. Use it to identify trends in student mastery and gaps in coverage — both at the class level and individual level.Default View: By ItemThis view shows how your class performed on each standard, broken down by the individual questions aligned to it.Table LayoutRow Headers – Each row represents one standard used in the activity (e.g. 6.5A, 6.7B)Column Headers – Each column represents a question number from the activityCells – Show how that standard performed on each questionIf the question is not tagged with that standard, the cell will be blank (white)If tagged, the cell will display the class average for that item, based on student performanceYou may see many blank cells if most questions are only tagged with one or two standards. This is expected and simply reflects the alignment choices made during activity setup.Alternate View: By StudentClick the By Student tab to flip the view — now each row represents a student, and each column shows performance by standard.Left Column – Student namesColumn Headers – Each unique standard used in the activity (e.g. TEKS or custom tags)Even if a standard appears multiple times in the activity, it will only appear once in this viewCells – Show the student’s average score across all questions aligned to that standardUse this mode to:Identify which students are struggling with specific standardsTrack progress toward mastery across the classTarget reteaching and small-group instruction #### Start Here: Texas Edition Welcome to the Texas Edition of Classwork.com built to support educators using Texas OER Math and meeting HB 1605 requirements. Whether you're using our standard TEKS-aligned tools or have added the full Texas OER Math Companion, this is your launchpad.General Tools for All Texas UsersAll Classwork.com teachers regardless of setup can use these essential tools to create, assign, and assess student work.Creating ActivitiesAssigning WorkReviewing SubmissionsGrading and FeedbackBrowse the Starting Line series →Texas-Specific Tools & TrainingIf you're using Classwork.com with the Texas OER Math, check out these Texas Edition topics:Texas OER IntroductionHow to Add Texas OER Math Materials to Your AccountHow To Create An Activity from the Texas OER Math Question BankHow To Create an Activity from the TEKS Star Question BanksSubmitting Activites for Local Classroom ReviewTracking TEKS MasteryLesson Launch, Checks for Understanding, and Exit TicketsExplore the Texas Edition category →Recommended Starting PathIf You Have the Texas OER Math CompanionYour district has access to pre-loaded interactive, auto-graded OER lesson materials from the Texas OER Math curriculum.  You’ll also see a second layer of TEKS-aligned question type items aligned with the OER sequence.Start here:Watch: Texas OER IntroductionRead: How to Add Texas OER Math Materials to Your AccountWatch: Exit Tickets with InsightRead: How to Create an Activity from the Texas OER Math Question BankExplore: TEKS Mastery Tracking and ReportingAssign: Share digital OER lessons with studentsAnalyze: View student work, give feedback, return submissionsIf You Don't Have the Texas OER Math CompanionYou still have full access to all core Classwork.com tools and TEKS-aligned question banks, but you won’t see the pre-loaded Texas OER curriculum materials or the OER-specific question banks.Start here:Watch: Practice That Runs ItselfWatch: Tag Activities to TEKS for mastery trackingAssign: Share digital OER lessons with studentsAnalyze: View student work, give feedback, return submissionsUse: Local Classroom Review Approval process to submit assignments for HQIM approvalTurn Answers into ActionTag questions to TEKS and unlock classwide insights. Classwork.com makes it easy to see which standards your students have mastered and where they need support.Learn how reporting works in Classwork → #### Start Here! Start Here: Welcome to Classwork.comNew to Classwork.com? Choose the starting point that fits your style.Option 1: 10 Minute Self-Paced Success SeriesIf you're new to Classwork.com, begin with our guided Starting Line series. Each article walks you through practical next steps inside the platform. Browse the Starting Line Series Option 2: Quick Step-by-Step ArticlesPrefer concise instructions? Explore quick guides for:Creating an ActivityAdding InteractionsAssigning Work to StudentsReviewing and Grading Submissions View the Get Started Guides Option 3: Use the Help AssistantJump into the app and start building. If you need help, the built-in AI Assistant is always available. Launch Classwork.com  How to Use the Help Assistant Still not sure where to begin? Contact our support team. #### Start Here! ⭐ Welcome to the Classwork.com Getting Started folder! ⭐If you’re new to the Classwork.com family, we’re so excited to show you around. If you’ve been around for a while and you’re just here to brush up on your knowledge, welcome back!⭐ What is Classwork.com? ⭐Classwork.com lets you take existing Google Slides or PDF files and very easily add autograded interactions to them. It’s an amazingly easy tool to use, and will save you so much time.⭐ How Does It Help Me?? ⭐Simply put, it will make your life easier! We listen to what you need and many of our best features were dreamt up in the classroom by other Classwork.com Teachers!With Classwork.com, you can … ★ Convert Google Slides and other PDF resources you know and love into digital interactivities. ★ Create digital activities from scratch. ★ Add interactivity to your Google Slides and documents. ★ Capture ALL of the rich formative data in your classroom. ★ Watch students as they work in real time and provide feedback during learning-- not after. ★ Let students check their own work and watch as they try harder. ★ AUTOGRADE student assignments.… and do lots of other cool things.⭐ What’s In The “Getting Started” Folder? ⭐The articles in the Getting Started folder are brief but filled with important information. They also include some of our favorite tips and tricks!Each article will take you under five minutes to read and will teach you about a specific feature or process. You can work through it all at once or go through each article as you find the time.Be sure to reach out if you need us at any time - just click the Contact Us button ↑ above to connect with the Classwork.comTeam.⭐⭐⭐ Let’s Get You Started! ⭐⭐⭐Click here to read the highest level view of how to use Classwork.com: “Classwork.com in 60 Seconds.” #### State Standards Reporting To use Classwork.com's State Standards view, you first must tag your questions with relevant State Standards:Click here to learn how to tag questions with State Standards.You can tag them at any time, even after students have completed their Assignments.Once you've tagged an Activity's questions with State Standards, open any student Submission. Then click the Standards icon on the left:You can view student performance against State Standards one of two ways: by item or by student.To View By ItemThe default view is the By Item view. It shows you how students performed against specific State Standards. Note that only scored items are displayed in this view.Each row in the table represents an individual State Standard. The columns represent the following information:StandardThe standard abbreviation. You can hover over the abbreviation with your mouse to read the text of the standard.# ItemsThe number of items in this Activity that have been aligned to this State Standard. Unscored items are not counted.Notice in the above example that item 1 appears twice: once for 9-12.8.A and again for 9-12.4.A. That means that item has been aligned to multiple State Standards.TotalThe overall score across all students for all items aligned to this State Standard.ItemsEach sub-column represents a single item aligned to this State Standard, and displays the overall score for that item for all students.Hover over the item to see what kind of question was being asked (e.g. in the above, Item 1 is a Multiple Choice question).Items are numbered in the order they appear in the Activity, from left to right, top to bottom, and may not correspond with the question numbers on your activity background. To View By StudentClick the By Student tab to view the results per student.In this view, each row represents an individual student. Each column represents a State Standard. The value in each cell is the student's aggregate score across all questions that align to that State Standard. You can hover your mouse over the standard abbreviation to read the full text of the standard.Return to SubmissionsWhen you're finished viewing standards, click Close in the upper right.  #### Streamline your assignments and grading with TeacherMade We spoke with Amanda, a middle school geography teacher who uses TeacherMade to create online assignments for students. TeacherMade is an online worksheet creator that converts your existing PDFs into digital assignments. What productivity tool do you recommend to teachers?TeacherMade is one of my favorite programs to use each day in my class. I am so thankful for this program. It has made my day flow much smoother and made the day less dreadful for teachers everywhere. I can use TeacherMade in many different aspects of the classroom. How do you use your existing PDFs for online assignments?My school purchased a curriculum after six years of not having a new one. So we are expected to use the curriculum, which is really hard when you have distance learning and virtual kiddos. The curriculum is not user-friendly for these programs. So I use TeacherMade to help with this issue. I take the lesson outlines and reviews (that are PDFs) and put them into TeacherMade, making them interactive and more interesting to the students. The students can use the actual textbook to complete the outline as we read so they apply what we are reading. They can then go back and ensure the assignment is completed correctly. They are then able to complete the review questions independently. How do you assign online worksheets to students?I assign all of my TeacherMade assignments through Google Classroom, the LMS system my school has chosen to use. I can assign the work directly from TeacherMade to Google Classroom. The students can work on it at that moment or when I schedule it to be released to them. I can see in real-time if the students are grasping the concept or if I need to work with them in a small group to help them with the concept. I can use the assignments in multiple ways for each assignment. I love this about TeacherMade. How do you make online assessments for students?I use TeacherMade for assessments as well. Our curriculum has pre-made assessments, but I don’t always like the way they ask questions to see if the concept is understood. Sometimes I create my own assessments to ensure the students are gathering the needed information. I can also upload maps for the students to complete to show they are learning the area we are discussing. I can make boring old maps interesting and interactive in different ways. What are auto-grade tools that you use online?TeacherMade having auto-grading is an additional feature that makes it commendable to teachers. We are always looking for ways to help us make life a little easier (since the lawmakers and people not in the classroom keep adding more to our load). The auto-grade feature is amazing when I make a mistake as a teacher on the answer key and can go back and correct it. The grades are automatically corrected from the program. I don’t have to go back individually and regrade each assignment. My students have instant grades if I choose to give those to them, or I can wait and release them all at one time. How do you leave feedback on online worksheets?I can leave feedback if I feel the students need to hear from me before I see them in class. I have used the comment section when I want a student to go back and redo part or all of the assignment. This way, I don’t have to have conversations with them that might embarrass them. No matter how private a conversation is with one student, the others always find out or figure out they messed up. This feature lets me let the student know they need additional time on the assignment without any other students knowing. This has helped some of my relationships with students because I never have to point them out, or they don’t have to stay after class to have these difficult conversations.   #### Student Buttons Explained Below the Student Toolbar (see Tour of the Student Toolbar), your students will see the buttons they use to navigate through the Assignment and to submit their work. Let's take a look at each button. Note that each button may or may not be visible to your students, depending on the Assignment options you've set.This hides the Student Tools above. If your students find the tools distracting or otherwise wish to hide them, they can click this button.Displays the Student Tools if the student has already hidden them.For Slide View Activities, this allows the students to move between slides by clicking the left or right arrows. If they want to jump to a particular slide, they may click the down arrow next to the page counter and choose a slide from the drop down.Click this to save the work and close the Assignment without submitting it for review.Submit work for review. You will receive a notification whenever a student submits their work.Students click Check My Answers to get immediate feedback. If there are any incorrect answers, they will be shown to the student and highlighted in red. If you’ve set a limit on answer checks, the number of remaining attempts will appear on this button. #### Student is Looping Between "Begin with Google" and Google Sign-in If your student cannot begin an Activity you've assigned to them and seems to be stuck looping between the Begin with Google page that Classwork.com presents and the Google sign-in process(aka "it just spins" or "stuck spinning"), it's possible that their device is blocking what is know as third party cookies. Third party cookies are just web cookies, like many applications require, but fall under stricter security restrictions. Sometimes a student's device is set up to block third party cookies which may be causing this loop.To allow third party cookies on the student's device, read this article: How To Allow Third Party Cookies #### Student Preview (Eye Icon) - Assignment Detail Screen Student Preview (Eye Icon) – Assignment Detail ScreenThe Eye icon appears in the upper-left panel of the Assignment Detail screen, just above the assignment title.Student Preview ModeClicking the Eye icon opens Student Preview Mode. This allows you to experience the assignment nearly the same way your students will see it.Preview mode is useful for checking:Assignment layoutQuestion formattingNavigation flowInteractive toolsScoring behaviorHow Preview Mode WorksWhen preview mode is open:Most question types and interactive tools behave the same way they will for students.Some student-only tools, such as Read Aloud, will not function in preview mode.You can complete the activity like a student, but responses will not be saved or submitted.When to Use Student PreviewUse the Eye icon to verify the student experience and confirm everything works correctly before assigning the activity.This quick check can help you identify formatting issues, missing instructions, or question setup problems before students begin working. #### Submission Review Screen Overview - Assignment Detail When you open a student’s submission from the Assignment Detail screen, you’ll enter the Submission Review Screen — a focused workspace where you can view, score, and give feedback on individual student work.Left-Side 3 Tier Navigation MenuUse the navigation menu on the left to switch between review modes:Review All – Scroll through individual student submissions, one at a time. This view allows you to leave feedback, adjust scores, and take actions like reopening or returning assignments.➡️ Read: Review All View →Item Analysis – View a class-wide breakdown of responses by question. This helps you identify patterns across your class — such as which questions were most frequently missed — and can guide reteaching or intervention.➡️ Read: Item Analysis View →Standards – See how your class performed by standard, as long as questions were tagged in the activity. Use this view to track TEKS or other framework mastery across your class.➡️ Read: Standards View → #### Submissions Screen Overview The Navigation Area of the Review Submissions ScreenThe navigation area of the Review Submissions screen is where you manage student work. Here you can grade Assignments, make corrections, leave comments or stickers, and even freehand draw. You can also reset or reopen Assignments, print student work, and edit scores. This section provides all the tools you need to review and give feedback effectively.Left Side of the Screen is the Submission Details: This area to the left of your student’s work shows the details of the Assignment (status, time submitted, time on task, history). This is also where you are able to scroll through the Assignments easily, score your students' work, leave a comment, return to student, and print a copy!The Middle Region Contains your Teacher Toolbar & Student Submission:You are able to write comments, draw, add stickers, and hide/show student elements on your students’ work right below! Far Left Side of the Screen is the Submission Panel:This area allows you to see individual student Submissions, or the whole class view item analysis by question and standards. #### Submissions Screen Overview Submissions Screen Overview◄ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ► The Navigation Area of the Review Submissions screen is where you make all the magic happen! You can grade your students' work, leave comments, stickers, and even free hand draw. You also have the opportunity to reset/reopen Assignments, print student work, and edit the score. The options on this screen are endless!The Navigation Area of the Review Submissions ScreenThe Top of the Page Contains your Teacher Toolbar & Student Submission:You are able to write comments, draw, add stickers, and hide/show student elements on your students’ work right below! Left Side of the Screen is the Submission Details: This area to the left of your student’s work shows the details of the Assignment (status, time submitted, time on task, history). This is also where you are able to quickly scroll through student's Assignments, score your students' work, leave a comment, return work to a student, and print a copy! Scroll through student work: Click the arrow buttons next to the students name. If the student is actively working on the Assignment the circle next to their name will be green.Comments: Enter a comment for the student to see. It will be visible whenever the student accesses this Assignment.Actions:Reopen/Reset a students assignment - this is helpful if they submitted by accident or need to redo the AssignmentSet as completed - this will force the Assignment to be turned inReturn Submission - similar to passing back a paper AssignmentEdit Student Names Print Submission - this is great for parent conferences!Delete Submission #### Submissions Screen: Actions, Details, Scoring, and Feedback Submissions Screen: Actions, Details, Scoring, and Feedback◄ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ►The Submission screen is where you can see all of the details of the Assignment, leave scores and comments and even print it for your students' portfolios!Assignment DetailsScrolling ButtonsEasily scroll through your students' work, or use the drop down to select a specific student's Assignment. Click on the arrow buttons  to scroll  left and right through your students' Assignments while grading. Click on the downward arrow next to the students name/ID number to select a specific student in your class.The circle next to the student name will turn green when the student is actively working on the Assignment.InfoThis is where you will see the details of the Assignment.Status: Student progress - Whether the Assignment has been  //Name of StudentEdit Student Name: When clicking on this button you will be able to:View:Students Original Name Change: Display Name:  This name will be displayed everywhere in the app instead of the original student name. Please note that this is only for you as the teacher. It does not change the name, ID or email that students use to access the account. Time on task: Classwork.com records the time students spend on task. Click on view history to see the full breakdown of time. Score type :There are three ways in which you can grade a Classwork.com Assignment. Auto - is the auto scoring grade in which Classwork.com gives to your students after they submit their Assignment.Auto + Teacher - allows the teacher to override the final score of the Assignment by adding or removing points to both the total possible score or the total achieved by the student.► Note: Changing the total possible only affects the score for the one Assignment, not for the Assignment as a whole. This is great to use for: Extra Credit Giving points for work shown Custom - this is strictly where you give the student a score based on performance.Final Score: Classwork.com will calculate the final score the student receives.Return Submission /Undo Return : By clicking on this button you are able to Return Submission to the student. You are also able to Undo Submission after it is returned. CommentUsing the comment feature you can enter a comment for the student to see. It will be visible to them whenever the student accesses the given Assignment. How do you leave a comment? Click on the CommentType in the box! The comment will automatically save on your students Assignment.► Note: You can make the box bigger or smaller by resizing it using the lower right hand corner.Actions DropdownBy clicking on the Actions button you are able to:Reopen/Reset the Assignment: This creates a new assignment for your student.Set as Completed: End the Assignment so your student no longer has access.Return Submission: Students will be able to see their score and teacher comments.Edit Student Names: Edit all or selected students Display Names within your classroom. These names will be displayed everywhere in the app instead of the original student names. Please note that this is only for you as the teacher. It does not change the name, id, or email that students use to access the app. Print Submission: Print student work for their portfolios.How do you print student work?Click Print Submission.The Print Submission screen will appear.Choose the page orientation and page size. Click on Create PDFDelete Submission: It will no longer exist!BackWhen you are finished scoring the paper, and making magic happen, you can close out of the Submissions review.How do you close the Submissions review? Click on the Back button in the upper right hand corner. #### Submissions Screen: Teacher Toolbar On the Classwork.com Submissions screen, you can leave comments, freehand draw, add stickers, and more. To access a student's Submission, click on their score from the Submissions page. This will open the student's work so you can review and provide feedback.The Teacher ToolbarCursor:The cursor allows you to click on your students Assignment to see the correct answer and adjust the students points if necessary. You are also able to move and delete drawings using this tool. Want to adjust your students’ points?Click on the cursor icon Go to your students' Submission and click on the answerAdjust the points given under Points Click Save Want to add a correct answer?Click on the cursor icon Go to your students' Submission and click on the answerClick Add as correct answer The following prompt will appearClick YesWant to delete or move your drawing?Click on the cursor icon Click on your drawing, it will turn greenUse the cursor to move your drawing or press the delete or backspace key to erase it from your paper.Zoom Buttons:Are you tired of squinting at the words while you're grading Assignments? Use the Zoom feature to get a better look at what you're typing. Want to Zoom in on your Assignment? Click to Zoom in. Click  to Zoom out. Delete:This allows you to delete any text, drawing, or stickers you put on your students' work. Want to Delete items on your students' assignments? Click on the trash can icon Hover over whatever you would like to delete - the item will highlight green Click down and it will be deleted!Add Text:This tool allows you to write comments on a "sticky note" wherever you would like on an assignment. Add one, two, or ten to a student's work!Click on the Add Text icon Your cursor will turn into cross-hairs Draw the text box on your student’s Assignment Change the color of the text by clicking on the Color tool and selecting a color from the drop down Draw on Submission:This tool allows you to draw on your students’ Submission.Want to Draw on your students' assignments? Click on the Draw icon and draw wherever you’d like! Change the color by clicking on the Color icon and selecting a color from the drop down (same steps as above).Color:This is where you are able to choose the drawing color.  Want to change your color? Click on the Draw Color icon All of your color choices will appear.        3. Choose the color you wish to use, and it will appear in the box.Drawing Size:Use the Drawing Size to change the thickness of your drawing tool. Want to change your line size? Click on the arrow in the icon Multiple sizes will appearClick on the size and it will appear in the boxStickers:Miss putting stickers on your students' work? Now, you can! Want to add a sticker to your assignment? Click on the sticker icon You will see your sticker choicesClick on the sticker you wish to use Your cursor will turn to a crosshairs Click down on your Assignment and your sticker will appear Use the cursor to resize your sticker and move it anywhere on your paperShow Student Elements: Classwork.com will automatically have Show Student Elements selected when opening the Review Submission page. This allows you to see anything your student has added to their Assignment prior to submitting it. Want to see only your drawings on the Assignment? Click on the Show Student Elements box The box will be unchecked and your student’s additions to the Assignment will disappear! Their work will still be there but none of their comments, drawings, etc. But don't worry, they will reappear if you recheck the box! #### Submissions Screen: Teacher Toolbar Submissions Screen: Teacher Toolbar◄ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ► On your Classwork.com Submissions page, you can leave comments, draw directly on student work, add stickers, and more. Just click a student’s score on the Submissions page to open their Submission — then add your feedback and notes right where students will see them.    Teacher ToolbarCursorThe cursor allows you to click on your students Assignment to see the correct answer and adjust the students points if necessary. You are also able to move and delete drawings using this tool! Want to adjust your students’ points?Click on the cursor icon. Go to your students' Submission and click on the answer.Adjust the points given! Want to delete your drawing?Click on the cursor icon. Click on your drawing, it will turn green.Use the cursor to move your drawing or press the delete or backspace key to erase it from your paper.Zoom ButtonsAre you tired of squinting at the words you’re typing onto the Assignment? Use the Zoom feature to get a better look at what you're typing. Want to Zoom in on your Assignment? Click  to Zoom in. Click  to Zoom out. DeleteThis tool allows you to delete any text, drawing, or stickers you put on your students' work. Want to Delete items on your students' Assignments? Click on the trash can icon. Hover over whatever you would like to delete - the item will highlight green. Click down and it will be deleted!Add Text This tool allows you to write comments on a ‘sticky note’ wherever you would like on your Assignment. Add one, two or ten to your students' work! Want to write a comment on your students' Assignments? Click on the Add text icon. Your cursor will turn into cross-hairs. Draw the text box on your student’s Assignment. Change the color of the text by clicking on the Color tool and selecting a color from the drop down.Draw on SubmissionThis tool allows you to draw on your students’ Submission.Want to Draw on your students' Assignments? Click on the Draw icon  and draw wherever you’d like! Change the color by clicking on the Color tool and selecting a color from the drop down (same steps as above).ColorThis is where you are able to choose the drawing color.  Want to change your color? Click on the Draw Color icon. All of your color choices will appear.Choose the color you wish to use, and it will appear in the box.Drawing SizeUse the Drawing Size to change the thickness of your drawing tool. Want to change your line size? Click  on the arrow in the icon. Multiple sizes will appear.Click on the size and it will appear in the box.StickersMiss putting stickers on your students' work? Now, you can! Want to add a sticker to your assignment? Click on the sticker icon. Your sticker choices will appear. Click on the sticker you wish to use. Your cursor will turn to a crosshairs. Click down on your Assignment and your sticker will appear. Use the cursor to resize your sticker and move it anywhere on your paper.Show Student ElementsClasswork.com will automatically have Show Student Elements clicked when opening the Review Submission screen. This allows you to see anything your student has added to their Assignment prior to submitting it. When clicking off Show Student Elements their work will disappear so you can clearly see what you added to the Assignment.Want to see only your drawings on the Assignment? Click on the Show Student Elements box. The box will be unchecked and your student work will disappear!  #### Submit an Activity for Approval – Activities Page Submit an Activity for Approval – Activities PageWhen an activity is ready for district-level review, you can submit it for HQIM approval directly from the Activities Page.1. Open the Approval WindowGo to the Activities Page.Check the box next to the activity.Select Approval (star icon) from the Activity menu.The Submit for Approval window will open.2. Complete the Approval FormSome fields are read-only. Others require your input.FieldWhat to KnowTitle & DescriptionPre-filled and locked. Edit them on the activity before opening this window.StandardsShows all tagged standards. Unaligned questions appear in red.Curriculum AlignmentOptional. Identify district curriculum alignment.Grades & SubjectsSelect all applicable options.JustificationExplain instructional purpose. Required for TEA HB 1605 IMRA compliance.Review TeamSelect the district team that will evaluate the activity.Shared LibraryChecked by default. Approved activities will appear in the district Shared Library.3. SubmitClick Submit and Next to send the activity to the selected review team.Continue submitting additional activities or close the window.Key NotesStandards: Tag all questions before submitting. Unaligned questions appear in red but can still be submitted.Curriculum Alignment: Adding details helps reviewers process submissions faster.Shared Library: Approved activities become reusable district HQIM resources. #### Support Goal Our goal is to help the business be profitable.To do that, we want to keep customers satisfied that Classwork.com is a good tool for them, so that they stay with it, upgrade to PRO, and motivate their colleagues to use it. When they have problems getting a job done, we must be responsive and empathetic. Where possible, we have to fix the problem by escalating to the Development team. When the Dev team resolves a problem reported by a customer, we wish to report that back to the customer. If the customer has an unresolvable problem, we strive to be open and honest, with continued empathy.We also serve as the ears of the Dev Team to listen to the customer's voice. We collect their feature requests, clarify and present them to the Dev Team. When the Dev Team satisfies a request, we wish to report that back to the requestor(s).  #### Sync or Add New Classes – Setup Classes and Students Sync or Add New ClassesUse the Setup Classes and Students screen to connect classes from Google Classroom or create and manage classes directly in Classwork if you are not using Google Classroom. You can also view and manage archived classes from previous terms.Open the Setup PageFrom the left menu, click Classes.At the top left of the page, click the gear icon next to Classes.The Setup Classes and Students screen will open. It includes two tabs:ClassesStudentsClasses TabSelect the Classes tab to manage your class list.On this tab you can:Import from Google ClassroomCreate a class manuallyView archived classesImported or created classes appear on your Classes page once they are added or reactivated.Import from Google ClassroomClick Sync with Google Classroom.Sign in to your Google account if prompted.Select the classes you want to import.For each imported class, you can:Review the class name pulled directly from Google Classroom.Edit the description if needed.Choose a color to organize your classes visually.Show on Classes Page to make the class visible on your main Classes page.View Students to see how many students are currently in the class. Click the number to view the synced student list.Once synced, your Google Classroom classes automatically update when students join or leave Google Classroom.Note: Enrollment changes made in Classwork do not sync back to Google Classroom.Create a Class ManuallyIf you are not using Google Classroom, you can create classes directly in Classwork. This lets you manage your own classes and enroll or modify students as needed.Click Create + New Class.Enter your Class Name and Description.Choose a Color to help organize your classes visually.Check Show on Classes Pageif you want the class to appear on your main Classes page.Click Students to add students.When adding students:You will see a list of your students.This may include students you previously entered or students who exist because they submitted assignments in the past.Select the students you want to include in the class.View Archived ClassesArchived classes are stored here so you can restore them when you need to review prior work.Scroll to Archived Classes to view past or inactive classes. Each class includes a trash can icon if you want to permanently delete it.To see older assignments or student work after restoring a class, adjust your date filters to include the timeframe when that class was active.Archiving keeps your Classes page organized while preserving access to previous terms.Students TabThe Students tab shows every student associated with your account in one view, including enrolled students, students who submitted work without being enrolled, and archived students.This tab helps you manage enrollment, clean up duplicates, and keep your student list organized across terms.Understanding the Students ListThe Students table is divided into three sections:Enrolled StudentsStudents who are currently enrolled in at least one class you created manually or imported from Google Classroom.Other StudentsStudents who submitted an assignment but are not enrolled in any active class. This commonly occurs when:An assignment is shared using the Name or ID sign-in option.A class is archived, which removes students from the class but does not archive the students themselves.Archived StudentsStudents you intentionally archived to remove them from your active view.Note: Archiving a class does not archive its students. Those students move to Other Students unless manually archived.Student Information and Class EnrollmentEach row displays:Student name and email address when availableClass columns showing enrollment for each classIn the class columns:A checkmark indicates the student is enrolled in that class.You can check or uncheck boxes to add or remove students from classes.Changes take effect immediately and do not affect past submissions.You can quickly add or remove students from multiple classes at once by checking or unchecking boxes.Sorting StudentsYou can sort students by clicking column headers:Click the Student column to sort names A–Z or Z–A.Click any class column header to group students by enrollment in that class.Sorting applies within each section: Enrolled, Other, and Archived.Search for StudentsUse the search bar at the top to find students by name or email address. Results filter as you type.Archiving StudentsArchiving helps keep your active student list clean without deleting data.Click the checkbox to the left of a student name.When only one student is selected, an Archive option appears at the bottom of the screen.Click Archive.The student moves to the Archived Students section.Archived students:Are not deletedCan be restored at any timeRetain all historical submissions, grades, and feedbackRestoring Archived StudentsScroll to the Archived Students section.Select one or more students using the checkbox.Click Restore at the bottom of the screen.Restored students return to the appropriate active section.Merging Duplicate StudentsDuplicate students can occur when learners submit work using different sign-in methods, such as Name or ID versus email.Select two or more students using the checkboxes.Click Merge Students at the bottom of the screen.In the confirmation window:Choose the student account you want to keep.Review the warnings:All class enrollments from the other selected students will merge into the chosen student.Duplicate student records will be removed.This action cannot be undone.Click Merge Students to complete the process.All enrollments, submissions, grades, and feedback are preserved and consolidated into the selected student account.Add a New StudentTo manually add a student who is not already listed:Click New Student.Enter the student name.Assign the student to one or more classes by checking the appropriate class boxes.Save your changes by clicking the navy checkbox.The student appears immediately in your Students list and in the classes you selected.Newly added students will appear immediately in your Classes. #### T / F (True / False) Question Type Inserting the Question Type1. Clicking on your activity.Click once on your activity-- or click down and drag;  Click, or Click and Drag. The Tools menu will appear. Select ‘True/False’ from the left column on the Tools menu. Once you do, the question type will appear.2. Using the 'Insert Button.'Click on the Insert button on the toolbar; the tools menu will pop-up.Choose, 'True/False'The question type will appear. Menu BarWhen working with the True/False question type, you have the following options on your menu bar. Edit: This is where you are able to customize your True/false question types by adding both premade and custom labels to the True/False question. Type in your custom labels and select, "Save Changes" when you are done. Transparent: Choosing this option will make the question type transparent, meaning whatever is on the background will show through. True/False: This dropdown allows you to change the labels of the question. Standards: This allows you to tag questions with specific standards. You can apply these tags when creating activities or retroactively after it has been assigned. Item Points: The default score of any Classwork question is 1. You can type in the number the question type is worth here. If you see a "!" as shown below you have an Item Warning. Classwork is alerting you that you have a question type that needs to be scored. It will prompt you to set the correct answer or set the score to 'Do Not Score.'To align short answer boxes, hold Shift and select multiple boxes, then use the Align dropdown in the toolbar to line them up evenly.  #### Teacher Changes Districts (do NOT merge accounts) If a teacher leaves a district and wants to retain their old worksheets, don’t merge their account to a new one. That would copy their student work, too, and student work should never travel with a teacher as they leave the district.InsteadSelect all the worksheets from their old account, then use the Actions menu to copy all of them to their new account.Copy their individual PRO subscription from their old account to their new account.Create new subscription history record in new account and copy these data from the topmost record in the old:Start/end date/timesCustomer IDSubscription IDPrice IDNote in the new record "Copied from _________" and fill in the old account emailClean up the old account so it is not found when we receive messages from Stripe (we look by Customer ID)Delete all but the first and last record containing PRO information (I don't always do this and often just delete the Stripe IDs). That captures the subscription history, at least.In the remaining records, edit each and deleteCustomer IDSubscription IDPrice IDIn the topmost record, change the purchase description to be "Copied to ________" and insert the email of the new account.Add a "Free" record to the old account with no expiration date. #### TeacherMade Can "Help You Get Your Life Back" Ms. Melissa is an 8th grade ELA Teacher who uses TeacherMade to reduce her time spent on grading, assigning, worksheet creation, feedback, and reteaching/reassigning.TeacherMade can "help you get your life back"If you haven't tried TeacherMade yet, what are you waiting for? Do you take home piles of paperwork with students' numbers at the top that you need to alphabetize and input nightly? Do you struggle to read messy handwriting? Are the struggling or unmotivated students conveniently never putting work in the bin and slipping right past you on Friday? TeacherMade can help you get your life back and make you feel good about the work you're doing in the classroom. No matter what subject you teach, there is a need that can be met using this platform.If your district is like mine, you may be expected to tailor your lessons and work to individual student achievement or lack thereof. I've asked myself the questions you probably have asked yourself. How in the world do I have time to plan for that, grade that quickly, and make and collate those copies? Will I get extra time to get all this done? If the answers to these questions are all no, then you would benefit from using TeacherMade.How do you use TeacherMade for classroom assignments?First of all, you can create an online worksheet in minutes. I've done it. There are shortcuts for worksheet creation, and you won't need a PDF filler or lesson on how to use Kami. Once you have your PDF, Google Doc, Word Doc, or even a scanned document on your computer, you can easily upload it to TeacherMade and make it digital for your students to use. TeacherMade also shares many activities on their Weekly Tip Sheet for free! You can easily make copies of the pre-made worksheet to use in your class for years to come. How does using TeacherMade differ from other programs or apps you've used in the past?After your students complete the assignment on TeacherMade, you can give them immediate feedback, which is truly effortless. You won't need to private comment in Google Classroom anymore! Commenting on Google DOCS and Slides would take me hours to do. I'd then need to return the work, which would confuse the students. They could view their grade and work on what they did wrong with little to no redirections. Since I spent so much time grading and giving feedback on Google Classroom, I didn't have the time for a small group to reteach. Instead, everyone would need to stop, putting us further behind. Now with TeacherMade, I can tailor my lessons and worksheets to students' individual needs with time to spare. The self-grading component is a game changer. It allows me to utilize the time in the classroom like never before. Students who are ready to move on can do so while I sit with the ones who need a little bit more to succeed.How have TeacherMade's digital assignments helped increase your students' accountability and personal responsibility?Ever notice how hard it is to get students to have a vested interest in what they are learning because they think it doesn't count or it's just practice? Hello, accountability and personal responsibility! Even student behavior has improved by using TeacherMade in my classroom. Some of my favorite ways to incorporate TeacherMade into my classroom are with reteach and practice assignments. I teach 80 minutes sections and already have all of my lessons, but I needed to cut time on grading assigning, worksheet creation, feedback, and reteach/reassigning. Luckily TeacherMade allows me to do all of that within one program. TeacherMade connects you with the best of the best teachers down the hallAs of now, I use TeacherMade on a biweekly basis at a minimum. I tend to assign my work through TeacherMade so I can progress monitor with it, but the more I interact with the site, the more fun and engaging work I can create or borrow from another teacher. I hope to create or find fun next-level work that will allow my enrichment group of students to be creative and show what they know. I can't fail to mention that when you join TeacherMade, you get a hardworking, sharing group of educators who have your students and your best interests in mind. They post activities for you to use, which is a huge timesaver! You're linked with the best of the best teachers down the hall. Count me as your first friend from TeacherMade!To Summarize: TeacherMade helps Teachers save time and energy in the classroom. TeacherMade offers features that are easy to learn, easy to use, and great for student retention and feedback. #### TeacherMade Can Streamline Your Work Through Meeting Objectives, Differentiating, Data Collection, and Progress Monitoring We spoke with Ms. Melissa, a 7th and 8th-grade ELA teacher, about how she uses TeacherMade with other apps and teacher programs.Why are apps like TeacherMade, Google Slides, YouTube, and Nearpod important to student retention?Teaching life post-pandemic has been a challenge, hasn't it? Students struggle to show what they know in their independent work, during centers, and while completing homework. They need support, lots of it. They're also on so many different learning levels. Some have awesome retention and can maintain focus like we never left, while others need reteaching, additional supplemental resources, and practice. These are the reasons why linking apps like Google Slide, Nearpod, YouTube, and the like can help us meet the needs of our learners while maintaining our organization, technology requirements, and our sanity. How do you streamline your work using Teachermade?Depending on the need, TeacherMade can really streamline your work and make meeting objectives, differentiating, data collection, and progress monitoring a breeze. I like to work smarter, not harder, and I wish I had TeacherMade earlier in my career as it does just that. Take Google Slides, for instance. This year I was tasked with setting and meeting a Student Growth Objective. How do I get these kids on track and get them to show growth when it is hard enough keeping them on task and signing into assignments? I used TeacherMade. How do you use TeacherMade with other apps?I love TeacherMade because I can assign them a Google Slide with a TeacherMade assignment, post it on Google Classroom with notes, and focus lessons/reteach resources. I could link YouTube videos straight to my TeacherMade or link them in the Slide. I could even make the Google Slide interactive by adding an interactive add-on like PearDeck or Nearpod. These were life savers to learn and utilize during Home Instruction at the height of COVID when the lockdowns forced us all to learn a better way to ensure students interacted with us and their work during the home-school day. I could layer my assignments in an "I do, We do, You do" structure and have the last level be self-graded and give instant feedback on TeacherMade, which is much easier than going through slides and wasting time. I can use my series' myPerspectives worksheets/PDFs and make them editable and customizable. Goodbye PDF fillers. Apps like Kami can be a time suck and a horror to review/grade/ and give feedback on. It's a no-brainer. Get on TeacherMade. It's much more efficient.  How do you use TeacherMade as a professional development tool?Sometimes the best Professional Development is from the teacher down the hall. That's how I first learned about TeacherMade, and that's why I am paying it forward and sharing this great information with you. I was taking work home, putting the needs of my own three children on hold, and struggling to maintain my integrity and do the right thing. Now I can do it all. Teachers are helpers. Let TeacherMade help you. All you have to do is add the link on your created worksheets easily with the Hyperlink tool and then share the assignment in Google Classroom or in an email with a link. You can even post the link on your Google Classroom for your students to access. The opportunities are endless! How do you use TeacherMade to organize grading and student assignments?After assigning the work, you can log into TeacherMade and see your students working in real-time. You can see who is logged in, you can reopen assignments, you can lock the assignment, and you can edit responses. There really isn't anything you can't do. Made a mistake on your worksheet's answer key? Fix it, and it will readjust all the students' scores at once. Need a modification for a student with an IEP? Pull a small group or individual student conference to your back table. Allow the use of a resource, and then you can reopen the assignment, let them fix their work, and resubmit it for a higher grade. It's really that easy.The Takeaway: TeacherMade's digital worksheets and assignments easily integrate with your other apps, including Canvas and Google Classroom. Using digital activities in your classroom will help your students with retention, and TeacherMade's auto-grading features will save you time. #### TeacherMade Easily Integrates with Google Classroom to Streamline Assigning and Grading Elena is a French teacher who uses TeacherMade to create interactive assignments that easily integrate with Google Classroom.TeacherMade makes it easy to create assignments that sync seamlessly with Google ClassroomWith each passing year, schools rely more on Learning Management Systems to assign work, grade assignments, and communicate with students. I teach French to multiple grade levels and have used Google Classroom at my school for the last two years. Although Google Classroom is a fantastic tool for learning, it can be time-consuming to navigate. When I discovered the TeacherMade app, it helped me to save a lot of precious time in this regard. TeacherMade makes it easy to create assignments and sync them to Google Classroom, send grades to students, and even leave comments on their work.  "TeacherMade helps me to save time when assigning work on Google Classroom."I signed up for TeacherMade with my school's Gmail domain and was able to connect my TeacherMade account to Google. When I create an activity on TeacherMade, I can simply click a button that says that I will be assigning the work on Google Classroom. Then, the app asks me which class I would like to assign the work to. Once that is finished, the assignment will automatically appear in the correct grade's Google Classroom' classwork' page. The student can then navigate to the page and click a link to get to their assignment. This is a huge timesaver since I don't have to manually go into Google Classroom and create the assignment.TeacherMade saves time with grading on Google ClassroomI can set up an auto-grading feature on TeacherMade for many of my assignments. With this method, I input correct answers ahead of time, and then the app does the grading for me once a student submits their work. I can manually input a grade manually through the app for projects with more subjective answers. Once I'm finished grading, I can ask TeacherMade to sync my students' scores to Google Classroom automatically. That way, the grades I assigned on TeacherMade appear in my Google Classroom grade book, and the results can be sent back to students. This saves me a lot of time, as I don't have to flip back and forth between tabs if I want all my grades in one place. TeacherMade makes communication quick and easy on Google ClassroomWhen grading work on TeacherMade, there are two main ways for me to leave comments. Firstly, I can type general comments in a text box on the left-hand side of the page. Or, I also can type directly onto the student's worksheet if I want to address a specific section of their work. TeacherMade also includes drawing tools so I can circle and highlight their work, just like I would on paper. The student can access these comments through their Google Classroom assignment. All they need to do is click on the link on the assignment page to reopen their work, and they will be able to access my suggestions. Since TeacherMade integrates so easily into Google Classroom, I don't need to leave comments in two places, saving me a lot of precious time. TeacherMade helps Teachers spend more time with students and less time struggling with technologyAs time passes, educators are becoming more reliant on online tools in their day-to-day work. However, these tools should work for us rather than the inverse. If you find using your school's LMS a time drain, I recommend giving TeacherMade a try. It can help to streamline the process between assigning, grading, and leaving comments by allowing you to do all these tasks from one convenient app. With TeacherMade, more of your precious time can be dedicated to your students, rather than using it to struggle with technology!TeacherMade easily integrates with Google Classroom and other learning management systems (LMS) to help Teachers save time assignment work, grading, and communicating with students. #### TeacherMade Help Teachers Adopt New Technology into the Classroom Hello! My name is Elena, and I teach elementary school French in Ontario, Canada. I'm writing today to encourage you to add technology to your teaching practice. For many teachers, learning to use technology can be overwhelming and frustrating. Sometimes I feel that way, too, especially when trying to get used to a new program or website. I hope I can give you some inspiration about ways to use tech in your classroom without it being too burdensome or stressful. In particular, I highly recommend checking out TeacherMade, a great website for tech newcomers.How can Teachers start using technology in their classrooms?My main piece of advice to you is to "start from where you are." We often say this in relation to our students, but it also applies to us as educators! What kinds of technology do you already know how to use? For example, do you know how to use word processing software such as Microsoft Word? How could you use this tech in new or different ways? Can you use your school's LMS (i.e., Google Classroom), even in a basic way? Do you know how to scan images using a photocopier? If you can do all these things, then you already have the skills you need to use TeacherMade.TeacherMade helps turn existing worksheets into digital worksheetsTeacherMade is a website that allows us to turn our pre-existing worksheets into digital activities our students can complete online. I have found this website helpful with my teaching, as it saves paper, makes it easy for me to keep assignments organized, and my students find it very engaging. It's also extremely simple to use, both for teachers and students.How do you get started with TeacherMade?First, you need to sign up for a TeacherMade account using your work email address. Then, click "New Worksheet" at the top of the page. The app will ask you to upload a file to use as the basis for your activity. Since you know how to scan images with a photocopier, you might already have some PDF versions of worksheets saved to your computer. Pick one you'd like to use, then drag and drop the file with your mouse to the website. When you're first starting out on TeacherMade, I recommend starting simple. Choose a worksheet that isn't too complicated, such as one that mostly consists of text boxes.How do you edit worksheets and add interactive questions in TeacherMade?Next, TeacherMade will bring you to the editing screen. If you've ever used Microsoft Word, this editing screen will look familiar to you. During this step, you will decide how you want your students to interact with the worksheet online. You can choose many different question types, but I recommend starting with the basics, such as short answer and long answer questions. Just click 'insert,' then 'short answer,' then click where you want the text box to appear. How do you share worksheets with students once completed in TeacherMade?Once you're finished creating questions on your TeacherMade activity, it's time to send it out to your students. Click the 'x' at the top right of the page, and the app will ask you to 'create an assignment.' TeacherMade can automatically upload your worksheet to the site if your school uses a Learning Management System. If not, no problem! TeacherMade can generate a link you can send to your students in whichever way is easiest for you.How does TeacherMade inspire Teachers to embrace new technology in the classroom?Once you've gotten the hang of the basics, you'll find that there are endless ways to get creative with TeacherMade. You may feel inspired to branch out and try using other types of tech in the classroom, too! Don't be afraid to ask for help, try new things, and remember: start from where you are!TeacherMade is a must-have technology for Teachers looking to add interactive, digital worksheets to their lesson plans. With its easy-to-use platform, TeacherMade is a great way to add more technology to any classroom. #### TeacherMade Helps Increase Student Engagement Through Multimedia Projects We spoke with May Yang, a high school English teacher, about how she uses TeacherMade to increase student engagement, participation, and creativity. How Do You Use TeacherMade in Your Classroom?I teach tenth and eleventh grade English in Minnesota. Although we are back in the classroom, some students still like the convenience of having digital assignments since they all have their own personal computers provided by the district. TeacherMade allows me to make digital versions of the lessons, which are more engaging for my students. Most of the time, my students have the option to complete a paper or digital assignment. I find this especially useful when students are absent. They can easily complete the assignment from home.Which TeacherMade Features Do You Use When Creating Assignments?TeacherMade has greatly helped me as a teacher. In some lessons, students use the annotation tools, such as draw and highlight, to mark examples of literary elements and then write about them in an Open Answer box. But what I really enjoy doing is using TeacherMade to create lessons that allow my students to link music, images, videos, and research articles as a way to "curate" information about a book or topic. For example, after reading the novel The House on Mango Street, I used TeacherMade to create an assignment in which my students could share information about themselves and show a connection to the novel. How Do You Use TeacherMade to Modify Other Assignments You Find Online?I could have created a graphic organizer from scratch, but why reinvent the wheel? I took a graphic organizer about countries that I found online and used the Color Block and Teacher Text tools to modify the assignment for my purpose. With the Color Block, I covered all the existing directions. With the Teacher Text, I typed in my own directions. As far as my students were concerned, this was not a modified assignment at all. Which TeacherMade Features Do You Use Regularly?By the way, the Color Block and Teacher Text tools are amazing. I can use them to modify one assignment into multiple uses. For example, I liked the graphic organizer but did not like the directions, so I changed the directions. I can continue to use that same graphic organizer for future assignments by modifying it and adding new directions.Because The House on Mango Street is told in vignettes, I used the Open Answer box to have students write a vignette in response to a prompt. I also created two additional Open Answer boxes for students to write about a hope and a theme statement. Then I had the students link a song and insert an image that was meaningful to them. Finally, I had the students record themselves at home reading their favorite vignette from the book and link the recording to the assignment.After I finished grading, I asked a few students in advance if I could show their assignments to the class. With their permission, I projected their assignments onto the large screen in the front of the classroom. Then the student or I read aloud the vignettes, showed the images, and played the songs and recordings. My students found this assignment engaging because it allowed them to showcase their understanding of the book in multiple ways. How Has Using TeacherMade Increased Student Engagement?It was great for students to see how their classmates tackled an assignment and the creativity that shined. It helped them to better understand and appreciate one another. Not only that, after seeing other students' work displayed on the large screen, some other students emerged from their shyness. After I showed a few examples, several other students asked if I could show theirs, too, ultimately boosting participation. I find the assignment highly beneficial. It gives me insights into my students and how they take meaning from a story. My students have introduced me to cool and interesting music. The assignment is also great because I get to hear my students read, even the shy ones. How Has TeacherMade Helped You Connect With Your Students?TeacherMade goes beyond auto-grading and writing. It allows students to showcase their learning and understanding using multimedia. As a teacher, whenever I grade these types of assignments, I always feel like I have a much better understanding of my students.Click Here to View the Assignment in TeacherMadeTeacherMade helps Teachers create engaging online activities by providing interactive and multimedia features to let students show off their creativity. #### TeacherMade Helps Keep My Team Organized with Collaborative Online Digital Worksheets We spoke with Emily Adamsheck about how TeacherMade helps her team stay connected with collaborative assignments. She also uses TeacherMade to make their district-provided curriculum digital.How has TeacherMade helped your team stay collaborative?I teach 5th-grade reading and math. My 5th-grade team has found a system that works for us. One of the greatest parts of that system is sharing our TeacherMade work with each other. I’m very honored and appreciative to work on a team that collaborates with almost everything, including how we deliver instruction.How do you use TeacherMade to get organized? Not only is TeacherMade a true timesaver, but it also keeps us organized. We don’t have to feel like we’re starting completely over or trying to reinvent the wheel at the beginning of each year. We share homework assignments, assessments, reteach, and retests collaboratively. We have even gone through the easy process of making each other “Co-Teachers” on TeacherMade, so we’re connected that way as well. If I remember correctly, that was a comment I shared somewhere on the social media world, along with many others, I’m sure. And let me tell you, TeacherMade listens and gets better all the time!How do you use TeacherMade and Google Classroom together in your school district?Our district is a Google district, and we have a “5th Grade” shared drive. We have everything we could need within that drive, including subject folders. Within those subject folders are our TeacherMade goodies. For reading, we have a working document with the shared TeacherMade links in the order of assessments (Unit #, Week #, etc.). Those documents include reading assessments, reteach activities, and retests. We are then all able to make our own copy and assign it to our Google Classrooms via TeacherMade. If needed, we are able to edit/update and replace the shared link at any time, and it’s available for everyone. For math, we dig a little deeper by topic. For example, we have a “Topic 1: Place Value” folder with everything we use related to that topic. Inside that folder, we have a working document specifically for those homework assignments and assessments easily accessible for daily use.How do you use TeacherMade with your district-provided curriculum?Most of our math homework assignments are already premade PDFs found online, and it’s as quick as putting the answers on TeacherMade. Sometimes we have a vision that we can’t necessarily find, so we create those assignments ourselves, usually in a Google Doc, but Google Slides works just as well. We have made all of our own math assessments, including reteach and retest assignments. We didn’t start completely from scratch. We started with our curriculum-provided assessments and then shaped them into a way where it was assessing students at a level that we believe reflects our standards-based grading and in a way where it was also efficient for us to grade. This has definitely become a team effort. Don’t get me wrong, you can also use your district-provided curriculum. And we do! We use our reading program’s assessments. All we needed to do was upload the PDF into TeacherMade and make it digital. How has TeacherMade saved you time?At first, it seemed like there was a lot of prep work to get all of our assessments loaded into TeacherMade. But it has saved us time on the back end when we would have graded those assessments by hand. Once you start to get the hang of your system, you’re coming back to an assignment already made, and you can simply reuse it by making a copy of it, or you can tweak it, which seems to be the case for us. It only takes a few minutes to update your worksheet to your liking.How does TeacherMade help with PLCs?Our organization system helps build PLC goals of delivering common assessments amongst the grade level. With the help of TeacherMade, I guess you could say we work smarter, not harder!What type of teacher can benefit from using TeachMade?Teachers can make this system work with any grade level or subject. Even if a teacher didn’t have the opportunity to collaborate with others, teachers could still keep themselves organized with this system all on their own. Any system you use, you have to put work into it. Even if the system is just stuffing the master paper copy into a filing cabinet and not looking at it until the following year, you have a system. The system my team and I were able to create with Teachermade has been worth it.TeacherMade gives you the ability to share digital worksheets and interactive activities with other teachers. Share anything you make on TeacherMade with other teachers and colleagues. #### TeacherMade Helps Prepare Students for Oklahoma's OASS State Assessment Amanda teaches 7th-grade geography in Oklahoma and uses TeacherMade as a practice tool for the OASS state test.TeacherMade helps teachers and students practice for Oklahoma's OASS state testOur students take the OASS state testing each year at the end of the school year. All curriculum is expected to line up to meet our standards for each subject area. TeacherMade allows me to help my students to achieve some of these goals. I can offer them different question types and formats for students to see as they work through the school year. My students can see questions such as drag and drop, drop-down boxes, fill in the blanks, and so much more from TeacherMade. I started the year with TeacherMade because it allows my students to become familiar with it as they work through the school year. We use TeacherMade for quizzes, exit tickets, assessments, and day-to-day work. Because of the ease of the program, I can teach the usage of TeacherMade at the beginning of the year whenever I am doing general housekeeping rules such as classroom expectations, turning in work, and all those daunting things we do as we begin the school year with new students. My students offer other ways that they may be able to use TeacherMade to help them be successful as we move through the school year. Students can make suggestions, such as drag and drop, which can be more beneficial than short answers in assignments. This allows them freedom and choice, which is one option we are trying to encourage as a school-wide initiative.Using TeacherMade helps familiarize students with different question types they will likely see on the state testMy curriculum offers PDF versions of the lesson reviews each lesson. I take those PDF versions and create them into interactive, engaging activities for my students. The students can see different formats for each lesson if I choose to give them today. At the beginning of the school year, I try to keep it simple so the students don't struggle with the program as much as with the content. But as the year goes by, I can make changes and add more choices and selections from the TeacherMade program for my students to use. Students become familiar with different formats they will see on their state tests, such as matching and drop-down boxes. TeacherMade has allowed me to extend upon the curriculum taught in their language arts and science classes to help with those skills they need for the state test each year. TeacherMade's digital format helps save valuable teaching time in the classroomWe increase the different formats that TeacherMade allows us to use the closer to state testing we get. We also see the importance of the capability of using their digital device to help them take their state test. We need to increase the digital capabilities, which TeacherMade has allowed us to do without losing teaching time during a valuable time of the year. The students like the capability to have different formats and interactive activities to complete each assignment. And we're not all cramming passages with multiple-choice to the students because we can give them options and different formats in each class as they go through the day. TeacherMade has allowed our students to become more familiar with different types of teaching styles and different formats that their device allows them to see.   TeacherMade helps students and teachers prepare for state tests. Teachermade's interactive worksheet creator offers endless opportunities to practice the various questions found on state tests. #### TeacherMade Helps Prepare Students for the ACT Ms. May uses TeacherMade to create assignments to help prepare her students for the ACT.Help prepare your students for the ACT with TeacherMade's interactive assignmentsEvery year in April, many juniors across Minnesota take the ACT test. It's a big deal! Teachers create remote lessons for grades 9, 10, and 12 because those students stay home on that important day for my 11th grade English students. The school pays for the test so that all juniors, regardless of taking any additional tests, will have at least one ACT score. So much goes into planning for that day. Teachers attend required training; student accommodations are considered; granola bars, mints, and water are purchased; and student desks are rearranged. I always feel that no matter how well thought out the testing logistics are, if students are not prepared, they are walking into a situation where they have a slim chance of success. In the last two years, TeacherMade has been essential in helping me prepare my students for the ACT test. TeacherMade helps classrooms go digital to help students prepare for the ACTAll students at my school have a school-assigned Chromebook. But, it's up to teachers to decide how they want to use technology. Some prefer paper and pencil, some prefer digital, and some use a blend of both. Prior to the pandemic, I used mostly paper and pencil, but now I try to put everything online. It streamlines my lessons and keeps my assignments and grades transparent for students and their parents. Since most of my lessons are digital, using TeacherMade for ACT prep works perfectly.Convert ACT practice resources into digital, interactive activitiesLike many schools, our school has ACT practice resources that teachers can use in the classroom. Before TeacherMade, I would make copies of ACT practice passages for my students. The students would complete the assignment in class, we would correct it, and then discuss the answers together. It was not bad, but not all students were engaged. Some students tried their best and paid attention when the answers were discussed. They were genuinely curious to see how they did. Other students didn't care much and bubbled in any random answers. When the answers were discussed, they didn't care to see what they got wrong and why.Digitize your practice exercises with TeacherMadeWith TeacherMade, I was able to digitalize the practice exercises. After uploading the passages into TeacherMade, I used the Multiple Choice tool to create answer boxes for each question. When I assigned the practice, I chose the option that allows students to see their score — not the answer, just the score — on individual items when they submit the work. Provide instant student feedback with TeacherMade's auto-grading featureIn class, we typically do two rounds per practice passage. In the first round, I time the students to have a better sense of pacing. When time is up, the students submit their work. The students can see which ones they got wrong but aren't given the correct answers. Then as a class, we discuss the items that most students got wrong. If it's a silly mistake, we talk about it and try to be more aware of that test pattern on a future test. Help your students become more engaged in ACT prepAfter the class discussion, I return and reset the assignment for the students. They get a second chance to redo the ones that they got wrong. Again, the students know which ones they got wrong but not the correct answers. With TeacherMade, my students became more engaged in the ACT prep exercises. From observing them and listening to their conversations, I noticed that they were proud of a good score or determined to improve a low score. TeacherMade makes ACT prep fun by gamifying the practice exercises.Motivate your students to get better scores by offering instant feedback once they have submitted their assignmentI also use this same approach to other assignments, such as grammar, in general, or reading passages. Knowing which questions they got wrong forces students to slow down, reflect on their thought processes, and avoid careless mistakes and distractions. Students are motivated by seeing an instant score and more green boxes instead of red ones. (The red boxes mean they got the answers wrong, of course.) Students are naturally competitive, and using TeacherMade allows me to tap into their sense of competition.TeacherMade lets you give instant feedback to your studentsBut it's not just students who benefit from my use of TeacherMade on ACT prep. One benefit is I don't have to correct all those practice exercises, which would take me a day or so to get back to the students. TeacherMade allows students to know their scores when they are most interested in knowing, which is seconds after submitting. Of course, I could have the students exchange papers, and I call out answers, but that does take a bit of time and doesn't have the same effect as when students can see their scores instantly upon submitting.Learn which questions are challenging to your students with TeacherMade's auto-grading featureThe best and probably most important benefit is that auto-grading allows me to see which type of questions my students struggle with. For example, if I see that most students are incorrectly answering the questions about misplaced and dangling modifiers, I can prepare a quick lesson to address it or go into a more in-depth explanation. It's rewarding for my students and me to see them improve after a quick refresher about certain types of question patterns or tricky grammar rules. TeacherMade has certainly turned what could have been a dull lesson into a fun and engaging activity.TeacherMade helps students prepare for the ACT through interactive, digital practice tests and assignments. The auto-grading feature gives students instant feedback. #### TeacherMade Helps Prepare Students for the Texas STAAR State Assessment Elizabeth is a 4th-grade teacher who uses TeacherMade's digital worksheets to prepare her students for the Texas STAAR state assessment.How do you use TeacherMade to prepare your students for the Texas STAAR state assessment?TeacherMade is extremely beneficial for preparing students for state testing because the Texas STAAR state assessment will be transitioning to a completely online platform by the end of the next school year. I know in other states, they have already implemented this mode of testing. My campus adopted online testing early so we could be ahead of the game in Texas. This proved challenging because, as a classroom teacher, I had to find ways for my 4th-grade students to become familiar with working in different online environments and gain confidence in applying the knowledge they learned in class in a new digital way. Luckily I had been using TeacherMade for classwork during hybrid learning and saw its potential for preparing students for testing, especially since, at that time, they had just rolled out new question types other than the standard multiple choice options. It was my answer!How has TeacherMade been a good tool for practicing different strategies used in online reading assessments?To get my students comfortable, I used TeacherMade daily for reading and writing lessons and in small groups. Students quickly gained confidence and could independently complete assignments using all the features and tools. We practiced skills such as highlighting text and taking notes as they read. Closer to the end of the year, I used released STAAR assessment PDFs to create assignments in TeacherMade to show students different strategies that can be used with online reading assessments. In my class, we use acronyms to prompt certain steps good readers do when tackling different genres of texts. They got into the habit of typing their own checklist and going through each step, using the tools such as highlighting, drawing, and adding text boxes to annotate. While not all of these features translated exactly to the STAAR testing platform, it was close enough for students to transfer that knowledge when the time came to practice using the real thing. The real testing platform does allow for practice, but it is limited in the amount of content it will allow to be viewed and is not ideal for consistent practice. TeacherMade allowed me to use a similar format, but I could customize it using any content I wanted.Which TeacherMade features have been essential in helping your students practice for the Texas STAAR assessment?Another big change with Texas assessments is the implementation of new question types next year, such as multi-select, short answer writing, dropdown selections, matching, etc. TeacherMade is the only resource I have found that gives teachers the capability to create an online document with such differing question types that are all able to be automatically graded. In one assignment, my students could read a practice text, use tools to mark and annotate the text, answer multiple choice questions, type a short answer response, and click dropdown menus that fill in blanks to complete comprehension questions. The ability for students to use these types of answering formats in everyday work consistently is critical for their success on end-of-year assessments.How has using TeacherMade helped your students become comfortable and successful with the Texas STAAR assessment?Allowing my students to become comfortable reading different genres online and using tools to annotate as they read was truly the key to their success this year. They felt confident when it came to completing online work, and as educators, we all know that confidence is half the battle for most students. With more and more schools transitioning to digital textbooks and learning management systems, teachers must prepare their students well. Because of using TeacherMade this year, my students were exceedingly prepared for their STAAR test and performed 1st in the district for 4th grade Reading. I know that implementing TeacherMade as part of their test prep led to major student growth, and I recommend it to every teacher.TeacherMade makes it easy for Teachers to prepare students for state assessments. The Texas STAAR will be fully digital by 2023, so apps like TeacherMade are essential for helping students feel comfortable with digital testing. #### TeacherMade Helps Streamline Your Workload to Save You Time Learn how Elizabeth uses TeacherMade's easy-to-use technology in her classroom. She'll walk you through setting up your TeacherMade account and creating your first worksheet.How does TeacherMade's easy-to-use technology help you streamline your workload and save time?Starting something new in your classroom always causes a little bit of anxiety – no matter how big or small. Using technology might seem overwhelming, but it can better prepare your students, streamline your workload, and save you tons of time in the long run! The pros outweigh the cons at this point in the tech game. If you are scared of "messing something up," long gone are the days of the wrong click deleting everything. Almost all programs now will back up your work or give you the option to "undo" what you just did. Don't let being nervous steer you away from using amazing technology that can really help you and your students. One of the best websites that has changed my whole classroom for the better is TeacherMade. It is a site where you can upload any scanned paper copy and make it into a digital worksheet. You can change any paper/pencil assignment to an online version where students can select multiple choice buttons (and many other question types), which can then get graded automatically! You save time not having to make copies, AND it grades itself. Imagine how much time and paper you will have!How easy is it to sign-up for TeacherMade?You'll first want to go to the TeacherMade main page to create your own account so you can save anything you make, use it again, and assign it to students. You will click "Sign Up Here" on the main page and then fill in the required information, including your email address, name, and password. I would suggest using your school email address so it will be easy to integrate with any other technology your school uses. If your district uses Google products like Gmail, Google Docs, and Google Classroom, you can create your account by clicking Register with Google. As a registered user, you can also connect personal email addresses to the account, so you will have access to anything you make even if you leave that district and no longer use the email you registered with. How to create your first worksheet on the TeacherMade appOnce you have your own account, start with a simple assignment. Click "New Worksheet" at the top of the page, and you will be prompted to either upload a file or start blank. In my experience, the easiest way to begin is to upload a file of something you regularly use. If you only have it in paper format, most copiers can now scan and send a digital copy to your email as a PDF. There are phone apps too that use the camera to scan and turn the photo into a digital file! It sounds complicated, but once you practice a few times, you'll get the hang of it. Now that you have a PDF – or any other digital file including JPG, PNG, GIF, or DOCX – you can upload it and begin customizing your digital worksheet that students will see.How did you learn to use TeacherMade to make assignments? Before you begin creating your own assignment, if you'd like to get familiar with the whole page, go to the menu bar and click "Help" and then "Guided Tour," and the website will explain each part to you and a little about how it works! I suggest clicking through to learn the basic names and where to find things. It is always there, so refer to it when you can't find something. It is a little overwhelming to see everything all at once – don't stress. I will explain the basics of what you need to get started. A lot of the other features I didn't use until I was comfortable creating a few assignments of my own. Don't give up. Think of what you tell your students when they are learning something new! Just keep practicing and use the tools given to help you. At first, it might take some time, but you will get faster. Simple steps to creating your first TeacherMade assignmentAt the top of the page, the first thing you should do is rename the worksheet. Click the pen icon to edit the name and add a description. This will help you find it later and is the name of the assignment that students will see, so keep it clear and concise, so you know exactly what it is. Everything on this screen will save automatically. There is no save button, so feel confident that anything you work on will be there even if you accidentally close the page. Next, you will want to insert ways for students to respond or answer on the digital worksheet. Multiple choice is one of the easiest question tools to use, and set correct answers that can be graded. How to set up a multiple choice question in TeacherMadeIf your assignment already has multiple choice questions that students circle with a pencil, all you have to do is overlay choice bubbles for students to click instead. To add them, click the plus icon that says "Insert," or you can click on the document where you want to add something. When the menu pops up, click "Multiple Choice" to add it to your document. The toolbar at the top also has text to prompt you on what to do next if you click on something and aren't sure. Now you can resize the bubbles to cover the bubbles already on the sheet. The default is four answer choices; however, you can change that to be anywhere from 2 to 8 answer bubbles. You can leave the bubbles blank or add letters inside like ABCD or FGHJ, whatever suits your needs. To set the correct answer, double click in the bubble, and it will be given a scoring point of 1. You can choose "Do Not Score" or anywhere from 1 to 10 points in the toolbar. Each separate set of bubbles can have different point values, and the grade will be calculated as a percentage of the total points in the whole assignment. Continue inserting as many multiple choice options as you need.What question types does TeacherMade support?At this time, there are 9 question types which is a lot for someone just starting out. If your worksheet has other question types, you can include as many different ones as you need. For example, if there are lines for students to write an answer in, you would want to choose "short answer" or "open answer" for students to type. The short answer field will be used if you want to set a correct answer. Open answer is used for longer responses that would be scored manually or not scored at all. I suggest trying out the question types I mentioned first since they are the most common and simplest to insert. What are some of the other TeacherMade features that make it easy to create a digital worksheet?Now that you have all the places where students will be responding, you are done creating a digital worksheet! You can also add many other features as the teacher, like audio recording yourself, adding images, links, or Teacher text boxes to type instructions. Those will all be things you can try out once you get the basics down (or right away if you're excited). One of the great things about the website is that almost everything you click on has explanation text and only takes a few steps before it's a part of your document. Also, you can click "Help" and the Guided Tour at any time in the menu bar.How to review, preview, and edit worksheets in TeacherMade?Before you assign the document you just made, the last thing to do is to preview it as your students will see it. Click on "View" and then "Preview" or the leftmost icon of an eye inside a screen. Previewing is super helpful to catch any mistakes or anything you missed. This isn't the last time you can change things, though, so if you catch something later, you can edit the assignment again at any time. Once you assign it, though, if you make any changes to the original document, the students will not see it. So once you preview it and it looks good, you are ready to assign it!You will need to exit the editor app, so click "File" and "Close." Here you can preview it again or go right back to edit the content if you need to change anything. At the bottom of the page is where you will find the "Create an Assignment" button. Once you click it, you can edit the assignment name in case you want to include the class period, section number, or anything else that will help you stay organized. How do you share TeacherMade assignments with students?Then it is time to select how you will deliver it. Choosing delivery with TeacherMade creates a link you can share directly with your students. You could post it anywhere you send students things to click on, like Google Classroom or any other learning management system. If you are using the PRO version, you can link your TeacherMade account directly to Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology, and it will also sync with the grade book. If you link one of those programs, assigning becomes even easier because TeacherMade will post it straight to your students through the selected platform.What advice can you give to Teachers when getting started with TeacherMade?The biggest tip when starting your class is to take it slow. If you can project your screen, show them everything you want them to do before you even let them touch the computer. That way, they can see the big picture. Then you will want to go back through each direction step by step, showing them visually as you do it too. If you are nervous about how it will all work, tell students you are learning something new with them and keep the assignment low stakes. Practice using the TeacherMade site and its features for the first few times you assign something. It will take some practice to get used to everything, so don't give up! In no time, you will be preparing your students for the digital age, streamlining your workload, and saving yourself tons of time!TeacherMade has easy-to-use features that let Teachers create digital, interactive worksheets in minutes. TeacherMade supports 9 question types to help you turn any of your current worksheets into digital activities for your students. Get started today to learn how TeacherMade can help save you time and streamline your workload. #### TeacherMade Helps Students Feel Confident and Leads to Student Growth Ms. Melissa uses TeacherMade to teach her ELA classes that effort is directly related to outcome.Help your students meet your school system's rigorous demands with TeacherMadeI've been a middle school ELA teacher for ten of the past 15 years. If I had a dollar for every time I told my students that effort is directly related to outcome, I could retire early. It almost felt like my students could smell things that take sustained time on task due to my district's rigorous demands. This makes my job tremendously difficult. Ever try selling a ketchup popsicle to a person in white gloves? Me neither, but hopefully, you get the idea. Create engaging assignments that challenge your studentsI started teaching because I like challenges, and I love working with and motivating people, but I won't lie when I say that getting my most difficult learners to take a second look at their work can be like getting them psyched for a dentist's appointment. I love to be facetious, but, in all honesty, it is a major struggle to get my Title 1 students to care about their work. I make every effort to make the learning meaningful. I use and create engaging assignments. I spend time on my hooks and use videos and grabbers. But I just needed something else on certain English language arts topics in my primarily Spanish-speaking student community. That's where TeacherMade came in.Provide instant feedback to your students for completed assignmentsTeacherMade allows students to see their initial work after it is graded and returned to make better choices. They can take a grammar skill that I've created an assessment for, review a resource, and try again. Isn't finding your areas of weakness and getting back out there the most important part of self-advocacy? The student's work is completed privately, and I can comment /give feedback and reopen/assign as needed. I usually only reopen an assignment for students who receive modifications or if they need it and aren't meeting or exceeding expectations. I look at the graded scores and determine which learners I'd like to try harder. In turn, the students have a vested interest in work when they see the outcome of their efforts in a timely manner. I usually show only the score and not the correct response, as this helps to keep the sharing of answers at bay. When they know they get a second chance, I find they also cheat less. It's not a one-and-done deal. You don't have to be perfect at this the first time around. They also learn that the correct response sometimes doesn't come easily with the higher-level thinking and analysis questions. I love that with TeacherMade, my students can learn resilience and not the correct responses. They come to me when they're dissatisfied with their score. I don't need to hunt them down or ask them a self-assessment question about how they think they're doing as they walk out the door in an exit ticket-like fashion. I even have the option with TeacherMade Pro to omit the score for my poor coping mechanisms.    Let students retry assignments after reteaching a lessonIn these ways, TeacherMade has helped me tremendously. It's not just an assignment that won't count or they won't get back. It's a real show of their ability after a lesson, and if it doesn't meet expectations, they have an opportunity to get back on the horse and keep going. I can try another teaching method, use a scaffold, and say it and show it differently. Then reopen it. You can also reset it completely. I'm happy to report that thanks to this awesome platform, every time they choose to complete the assignment again, they feel more confident and that always leads to growth. It praises student effort, not outcome, and shows them the importance of not giving up. It puts the responsibility of their ability to do well in their hands, which has greatly affected my lower-level students. It has leveled the playing field and created friendly competition between my higher-level students. Furthermore, I have saved hours and weekends working, checking, and reassigning. My family and I are truly grateful. Lower student anxiety with TeacherMade's discrete auto-grading featureThe discreteness of the program is also another reason why I love TeacherMade. They have no idea who else struggled because they don't need the embarrassment of grading their own work or the anxiety of a partner switching paper-graded assignments. I frequently ask myself how we made it through that time period. TeacherMade helps students build confidence. Provide instant feedback and lower student anxiety with TeacherMade's discrete auto-grading features. #### TeacherMade Helps Teachers Avoid Burnout Ms. Amanda is a 7th-grade Geography teacher. She uses TeacherMade to convert simple paper worksheets into complex and challenging online worksheets for her students.How has TeacherMade helped you avoid Teacher burnout?TeacherMade has been a lifesaver for me. It has given me a life outside of teaching and has helped me feel teacher burnout. One of my dreads on Friday of each week was making sure that I had copies ready to go for the following week. I truly enjoyed it when my school went to 1 to 1, and my students began working digitally. It meant fewer copies and more time working with my students. Then came the challenge of how my students work on PDFs. How do my students learn digitally and interactively? TeacherMade has allowed that to happen. I am able to take any assignment and make it digital and interactive. I can make the assignment that was a simple worksheet complex and challenging. I can take that above-level assignment and make it doable for my below-level students. I am able to give real-time feedback to students that may not be in the classroom personally but digitally. How well does TeacherMade work with Google Classroom?TeacherMade allows my students the capability to complete an assignment using TeacherMade and Google Classroom, which is the LMS my school uses. Students can access the assignment through one site, not multiple sites. The students can click the link on Google Classroom, and it will take them directly to the TeacherMade assignment. They can easily turn in an assignment and don’t have to toggle between multiple screens. The students are able to work on an assignment, and with the automatic save feature, they don’t have to worry if their device dies or if they aren’t finished at the end of the hour. Do you use TeacherMade across multiple devices?TeacherMade has made the life of grading papers for 120 middle schoolers a breeze. I am able to grade papers anywhere I have an internet connection without carrying a bag that weighs more than a small horse around with me. I can grade papers from my computer, my laptop, and even my phone. Having access everywhere made a difference in getting papers graded and recorded. I am able to see exactly what the answer should be and if I need to give partial credit for an answer. Grades are given as a percentage, allowing my students to see their grades almost instantly.Have you had any difficulties training your students on the TeacherMade app?I am able to show students how to work the program at the beginning of each year, and they can easily work it throughout the school year. I have been able to do a lot of “training” for students in my school since I am willing to pilot programs in the class. TeacherMade has been the most influential and game-changing application we have implemented as a school. How has TeacherMade freed up your time from manual grading?I use TeacherMade almost daily in my class. I use it for daily assignments, exit tickets, quizzes, and any other assignments. I love using it because of the difference it has made in my life. I don’t spend hours grading papers each night, nor am I weeks behind getting papers graded. My students get pretty instant or next-day feedback and grades. TeacherMade has made my job and being a mom to 6 kids a less daunting task. As teachers, we need to be available to our students 24/7, and with TeacherMade, I can do this. And I get to spend time helping my kids while not letting my students down as a teacher. It is the best of both worlds. Thank you to the creators of TeacherMade and all the others who have given us teachers back our lives. I am grateful each day for the TeacherMade program. Also, I have time to build relationships with my co-workers. Because of TeacherMade, I don’t have to spend all of my “free time” grading papers in my room or making copies in the copy room. I get to help teachers learn how to streamline their classrooms and be a mentor to others.The Truth: TeacherMade helps teachers avoid burnout by freeing up countless late nights and weekends from grading.   #### TeacherMade Helps Teachers Create Interactive Practice Materials to Prepare Students for State Tests Ms. May teaches 10th grade ELA in Minnesota. She uses TeacherMade to expose her students to the question types they'll encounter on the MCA.Using technology in the classroom to prepare for state testsWhether we as teachers like them or not, almost every state has standardized testing for students. We owe it to our students to make sure they are prepared. The preparation goes beyond covering content for the various benchmarks on the test. How do you use TeacherMade to help students practice for state tests?Since most state tests are now online and contain technology-enhanced questions, students also need opportunities to practice answering these kinds of questions. TeacherMade allows teachers to transform practice test and curriculum materials into technology-enhanced questions.How do you create technology-enhanced questions to help your students practice for state tests?However, there is a slight problem. Most states, like my state of Minnesota, do not have enough practice materials for teachers to share with students. I teach 10th grade. Every spring, my students must take the Minnesota Comprehension Assessment test in reading (MCA). But, on the Minnesota Department of Education's website, MDE has had the same three practice passages for 10th grade for over five years. Although the real test will have many technology-enhanced questions, there are approximately only six such questions on the three practice passages combined. For many students, that is not enough practice. The best way to practice is to do it frequently throughout the year.What are the most common technology-enhanced questions on your state's test?Below are the most common technology-enhanced question types on state tests:Multiselect. Students typically have five answer options and must choose the two correct answers.Drop Down. Students click in a box or on a line, and the answer options dropdown. Students must choose the correct answer.Drag and Drop. Students are given several boxes of answers on a chart or a word bank and must match an answer to a corresponding answer by moving it to a different space.Multipart. There is usually a Part A and Part B. Students typically choose the correct answer in Part A and then choose one or two supporting pieces of evidence from Part B.HotSpot or Hot Text. Students choose the correct answer by clicking right on a paragraph or a passage.Short Answer. Students type an answer into a box or on a line. Typically, the answer is short, such as a word or a phrase.Multiple Choice. Multiple choice might not need to be explained. The only thing worth noting is that sometimes more than one answer must be selected in the answer options.Short Constructed Response. Students are given a prompt and must write a brief response, such as a paragraph.Do TeacherMade's question types align with your state test's technology-enhanced questions?If you are familiar with TeacherMade, you probably recognize that these question types closely align with the tools available in TeacherMade.Although most states do not have enough practice tests with technology-enhanced questions for students to work on, there are plenty of released standardized tests online. Because most states have similar standards and benchmarks, a test in one state will likely work for another. How do you use TeacherMade to modify existing practice tests?Using the tools in TeacherMade, teachers can easily modify any of these practice tests with plenty of technology-enhanced questions for their students. Because assignments created in TeacherMade can easily be shared with other teachers, the work can be divided among several colleagues. If each teacher modifies one test or passage and shares the assignment, a group of teachers will have more than enough practice tests for their classes.How has TeacherMade's auto-grading feature helped you prepare your students for state tests?Also, since all the TeacherMade tools for transforming the tests are auto-grading tools, except for the short constructed response, grading takes no time at all. Your students will appreciate getting their scores instantly! You can also set up the score results to show students which question they got wrong but do not see the correct answer. After a class discussion, you can reset the test for students to retry. How do you use TeacherMade for other assignments, such as creating worksheets?These useful tools in TeacherMade do not need to be limited to old state tests, either. They can be used on worksheets you created or worksheets from teaching resources, such as workbooks and downloaded PDFs. You can use them to transform a worksheet, making it more engaging for your students while providing them with lots of practice.How does creating practice tests in TeacherMade help prepare your students to recognize test formatting?Because we care about our students' success, we spend the year preparing them by teaching them content skills such as main idea and supporting details, author's purpose, and text structure. But sound content knowledge might not be reflected on a test score if our students are confused by the testing format. In an ideal world, teachers should be provided with plenty of practice resources for their students, but since most states' departments of education websites do not have enough practice resources, we teachers might need to create them ourselves.TeacherMade is the perfect tool for teachers looking to create practice materials for state tests. Help your students feel more prepared, confident, and ready for your next state test. #### TeacherMade Helps Technology in the Classroom Seem Less Overwhelming How has TeacherMade helped you create engaging assignments for your students?My name is Amanda Mendenhall, and I teach 7th-grade geography in Oklahoma. TeacherMade will be your new best friend. It will give you your life back as a teacher or any role you play in life. It allows you to build relationships with your colleagues because you aren't stuck in your room creating engaging and interactive assignments for your students.How does TeacherMade help Teachers become excited in the classroom?You will initially want to sign up for the TeacherMade emails. Each time they send you an email, they will send out examples of an assignment that has been created that all you have to do is copy and assign it to your classroom. You will begin to see the ease of the program using these assignments. From there, you will want more and more of your assignments to be created through TeacheMade. As you go through and upload different worksheets, you will find the ease of the program. TeacherMade will help you to become excited in the classroom with your students and watch their growth as they go through the year. Not only will your students grow intellectually, but they will also grow in confidence and resilience to continue trying. With TeacherMade, the possibilities are almost endless for what you can do for your students. How does TeacherMade help make technology usage less overwhelming?I understand trying new programs sometimes can seem daunting and overwhelming. TeacherMade will give you more confidence to extend yourself out and give you the understanding that your classroom doesn't have to be worksheet after worksheet. Students will enjoy your class and want to learn more than you ever expected them to learn. I want them to learn and wish they would learn. Your students will look forward to coming to class each day to see what new cool, interesting, engaging activities you have waiting for them. How does TeacherMade help you build relationships at your school?TeacherMade also gives you back the ability to build relationships with your colleagues. As teachers, we strive and want to have relationships with those around us. And it's tough when you have to spend hours trying to create engaging and interactive activities to help your students. Then, after you create an activity, you have to duplicate them repeatedly for your class. Again you're spending hours trying to make copies and ensure that you have enough for each student. The teacher needing to be in the copy room for 4 hours has been eliminated. You can assign your students the digital version of the assignment for your class. Relationships with your colleagues have then been put wayside for your students again. As teachers, we struggle to put ourselves first. We always want to put our students ahead of our needs and desires. TeacherMade has changed that for me personally. I can go out and build relationships with teachers new to the building or just teachers I haven't had a chance to talk to. Not only have I been able to build friendships from getting out of my classroom in the copy room, but I have also become a mentor to other teachers. My colleagues see me not only as a friend but also as someone who can help them through their struggles in their classroom. TeacherMade has helped me become a leader in my classroom and school, which is what I strive to be for my students and colleagues. Each day I look at my classroom, and I see all the success my students are having, not just from teaching them but from them teaching their peers and me. Step out on a limb and enjoy your year as an engaging loving teacher.    TeacherMade makes it easy for teachers to adopt new technology in the classroom. Spend less time printing copies and more time interacting with your students and other teachers. Build exciting and interactive worksheets with TeacherMade. #### TeacherMade Integrates Seamlessly with Schoology Ms. Rachelle uses TeacherMade to create assignments and distributes them to her Science students through Schoology.Why did you choose TeacherMade over Schoology's built-in assignment builder? In my classroom, I use TeacherMade with Schoology instead of the program's built-in assignment builder. I found that the options that Schoology gave me were hard to create and hard to grade. They took way more time to set up than just printing a worksheet.  TeacherMadeSchoology gives minimal options when grading assignments. It took a lot longer than TeacherMade and gave no options for retakes or feedback. We would spend all this time creating assignments that would then only be able to be used in Schoology. The assignments couldn't be used outside of the program or printed easily. My team and I rarely used Schoology as an online classroom space outside of just posting PDF copies of notes or assignments we gave as paper assignments in class. It just wasn't giving us what we needed for our classes. We talked about what we wanted to see in an online assignment builder while we were out in Spring of 2020, and by the next school year, I had found TeacherMade through TikTok. TeacherMade makes it easy to transform paper worksheets into fully auto-graded, interactive assignmentsWe wanted an online assignment builder that could do what TeacherMade does. We wanted to use what we already had made in other years and digitize it. We wanted to make it easier to grade and not take more time to create than it would take the students to complete the assignment. My team and I like that we can still choose to give students a paper copy of the assignment and not feel like we wasted hours getting a digital assignment ready, just for it to be completely abandoned. With TeacherMade, it doesn't usually take more than 15-20 minutes to transform an assignment into a fully auto-graded, interactive assignment, especially with a bit of practice. TeacherMade makes it easy to distribute assignments with SchoologyOnce we have converted our assignments into a TeacherMade assignment, we use Schoology to distribute it to our students. We create copies for each class and link them to the corresponding class on Schoology. This helps with organization and student monitoring. If I just assigned one copy to all of my classes, it would be harder to focus on the 30 or so students currently working in front of me. It also is easier when grading assignments. I can go through each class in TeacherMade, the same as I go through them in PowerSchool. Save time and paper with TeacherMade's digital, interactive worksheet creatorMy team was happy to find something so close to what we were looking for to make our classrooms truly digital. With our recent one-to-one transition, we wanted to limit paper assignments and focus on digital ones. We didn't want the options from Schoology, which were time-consuming and limited. TeacherMade gives us a lot more options with fewer complications.TeacherMade makes it easy to create digital, interactive assignments and distribute them to students via the Schoology LMS. TeacherMade easily syncs with Schoology for auto-grading features that will save you time. #### TeacherMade Lets Teachers Monitor Student Work in Real-Time Elizabeth is a 4th-grade reading teacher who uses TeacherMade to monitor her students' progress in real-time. Review students' work in real-time to be more informed of each student's progressOne great feature I love about TeacherMade is that I can monitor student work in real-time. As students work on their devices, I can click on the assignment from my computer and see how they are progressing individually. This allows me to give better feedback and address misconceptions right away. Having the ability to monitor individual work on an online platform is extremely beneficial to me as an educator because I am better informed on each student's progress.  TeacherMade lets Teachers reinforce important skills while students are working through an assignmentIn my 4th-grade Reading and Writing class, I use TeacherMade to assign texts with accompanying questions and prompts for short answer questions and essay writing. When my students are reading through a text, I can monitor if they are annotating as they go and using strategies I have taught. This allows me to reinforce important skills my students should practice as they read online. No other program I have found can give me, as the teacher, this much oversight of how a student is progressing through an assignment.TeacherMade helps with student accountability during assignmentsWhen students are working on a reading selection, for example, and I see that they have not taken notes or highlighted, I can go up to the student in class, or leave them a message if online, and ask if they are struggling or they forgot. Sometimes they just need to be held accountable so they actually do the work. It helps me be able to keep students on task during online work. From experience, I have seen students looking very busy on their computers who are not actually finishing much of anything pertaining to the assignment. Once students realized I could see their work and track progress, it greatly helped with accountability. With most of the other computer programs and websites, I can't monitor how long they have been working on a section or questions, so TeacherMade definitely helps with keeping them on task.Give real-time feedback to students who are struggling with an assignmentIf I assign students a writing prompt, I love being able to see a student's thought process while writing. I can then assist in revising and editing quicker because I understand what they are trying to get across. Giving feedback throughout the writing process helps me see where students struggle, so I can adjust the mini-lessons for whole group teaching and pull students for small groups if they need more support. Using this feature helps me better understand my students' needs so I can be a better teacher.I find that being able to monitor student progress is very helpful for students as well. Some of my more shy students will type a note on an assignment to ask a question while they are working, when in the past, they would not even attempt to ask for help. This method gives them options for seeking assistance that they haven't had before. Students also benefit from getting more timely feedback, as I described earlier. They feel less pressure to get everything right the first time when they know I will be checking and helping along the way. I have seen many reluctant writers flourish through consistent feedback using TeacherMade.Monitor online work and give timely feedback with TeacherMadeThe ability to closely monitor online work and give timely feedback has been a game changer for me in the era of remote and hybrid teaching. My class feels supported, and I am sure that I know my students' abilities and can adapt my teaching to fit their needs. In my experience, TeacherMade makes it easy to gradually release students in online work so they can build their confidence and become more independent with the technology and, most importantly, the learning task at hand.TeacherMade helps teachers monitor online work in real-time and give timely feedback to students. #### TeacherMade Newsletter #1 - August 18, 2024 ⭐Back to School? Let TeacherMade Make It Easy for You!⭐      We hope your 2024-2025 school year is off to a fantastic start! At TeacherMade, we're excited to support you on your journey this year, and our weekly newsletter is here to make your life easier. Every Sunday, you can expect a fresh batch of resources, including pre-made activities, informative videos, and updates on new releases, all designed to help you become a TeacherMade superstar.     Our mission at TeacherMade is to save you time and ensure your year runs as smoothly as possible. We understand the challenges of teaching, and we're committed to supporting you every step of the way. Whether it's auto-grading assignments, tracking students' time on tasks, or converting PDFs into engaging digital assignments, we've got you covered.     Be sure to check out our tip sheets each week—they’re crafted to help you shine in the classroom and reclaim more of your valuable time!                                      ⭐In this Issue:New Releases Shared Activities Cherries from the Shared Library Made Especially for You Holiday ActivitiesShow How You ProNew ReleasesDuring this past year, we worked diligently to implement your feedback and make updates that simplify your teaching practices.Below you will see all of our product updates. Click on the link to learn how to become a TeacherMade Superstar and use the new releases when making your interactivities! 2024 Updates Standards ReportingUpload files Directly From DriveA New Activity ToolbarSharing Many Activities (Including Folders)Math in Drop Down ItemsCopy, Paste and Align Multiple ObjectsRead Aloud Auto-graded Partial CreditUpdate your Answer Key on the FlyLetter choices in Checkbox/ MultiselectStudent Triangle ToolNotificationsSide MenuNew Graphing Questions Color FoldersMoveable Equation Editor"My Students" Just Got Better!Practice, Practice, PracticeScheduling Assignments in Google ClassroomWho's Working Right Now?Embedding Other Websites in TeacherMadeFind all of the Product Updates by clicking here!Grades 3 - 5ELA: Graphic Organizer - Beginning of the Year ReflectionDescription: This is a fun beginning of the year activity in which students will reflect on the past year and set goals for the new one! It's a great way for you to get to know your students and its suitable for all grade levels! Item Types: Open Answer Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/app/library/4d19c02a-579b-4d8b-ad32-2b351b50a55b ELA: Check- In With Context Clues RI.5.4Description: In this activity, students will learn to use context clues to determine the meaning of unknown words by reviewing synonyms, antonyms, and definitions. It's an excellent exercise for both language study and reading comprehension!Item Types: Open Answer, Dropdown, Multiple ChoiceLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/tTJQ3mUmRSKQ0Ga-A3XjZQ/Math: Can You Escape? Description: This math escape room offers a fun way to review key concepts like rounding, addition, subtraction, and place value. Students can work independently, in pairs, or with table groups to crack the code and "escape." It's a fantastic activity for team building! Item Types: Open Answer, Multiple ChoiceLink:  Health/P.E.: Healthy or Hurtful? Description: In this Health activity, students will decide whether a statement is healthy or hurtful. This exercise is an excellent way to spark classroom discussions and may even lead to a lively debate among peers! Item Types: Hot Spot Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/e3VXd0bGTHOZrqWUbSQTCQ/Grades 6 - 8ELA: "Where I Am From" PoemDescription: Students will create a personalized poem by filling in the provided template. This activity offers a fantastic way for both you and your students to get to know one another. After completing their poems, have them share their work as a presentation, which can also serve as a speaking grade! Item Types: Open AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/app/library/ea25771b-f002-401e-ba1c-f4e9f37d4733ELA: Station Context CluesDescription: Students will read 12 short passages and work to determine the meaning of a key word in each one. You can either split the passages for group work or assign them individually. This activity is a great way to kick off the school year!  Item Types: Dropdown, Multiple ChoiceLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/vvyjp8k9QmaEjmwpWrorHg/Math: Finding Slope Three Ways Description: StudeItem Types: Drag and drop, Short Answer, Matching, Multiple ChoiceLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/Ler5IRZPS6eorWeJALqb2w/Grades 9 - 12Foreign Language: Die Farben!Description: In this activity, students will identify colors, translate sentences between English and German, describe various school supplies, and list five items in their school bag. Use the supplies they bring in to help them with vocabulary!Item Types: Open Answer, Short AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/lWmiHqYfR8S4tLj8H1dJEA/Computers/Technology: Exploring Careers: Information TechnologyDescription: This activity can be used as a pre or post-assessment! It is a valuable tool to gauge your students' prior knowledge of informational technology. Students will complete multiple-choice questions, drag vocabulary words into a cloze reading, match pathways with their roles, and align careers with the appropriate pathways.  Item Types: Multiple Choice, Drag and drop, MatchingLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/aYEHqh5lSYqFXWMU56_MVw/ ELA: Bellringers for the Week Description: In this activity, students will complete a daily bellringer that covers everything from spotting mistakes in a text to using context clues to identify word meanings. It's the perfect back-to-school exercise to help students establish bellringer expectations right from the start of the year!   Item Types: Hot Spot, Dropdown, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/HJmHIIDJTo2gDxTQOVvoHA/Grades 6 - 8STEM: 8.2A Classify Real NumbersDescription: This acItem Types: Drag and drop, Checkbox/Multiselect, Hotspot, True/False, Dropdown, Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/PIgZaIyEScS3wgmDF4ALkQ/ Humanities: Labor Day in the United States Description: This ac Item Types: OpenLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/o0DuZmU3TZC9xrrAcgg-Vg/Holiday Activities Social Studies: Labor Day: Honoring American Workers BellringerGrade 5 Description: Students will read the definition of labor and write why they think Labor Day is celebrated in the United States in this bellringer activity. Bellringers are quick activities that students do right away when class starts. They activate prior knowledge and get students focused and ready to learn! Starting the school year with bellringers helps set a routine, so students know what to expect everyday. This will help your classroom run more smoothly.Item Types: Open Answer Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/aYEHqh5lSYqFXWMU56_MVw/ Social Studies: Labor Day: Honoring American Workers Grade 5 Description: After students complete the bellringer activity, assign this informative piece on Labor Day. Students will discover why the holiday is celebrated and learn about its origins. Then, they can test their knowledge with a fun drag and drop activity. With TeacherMade, your Labor Day lesson is all set! Item Types: Drag and drop Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/app/library/d12e1d96-ffea-4d0c-98cf-96cd948b3e4c ELA: All About Me Grades 3 - 12Description: Want to learn more about your students? Have them complete this "All About Me" activity. They'll share insights into their personal lives, academic interests, and a goal for the year. Afterward, encourage students to share their answers to help everyone get to know each other better!  Item Types: Short Answer, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/9yITh6NFRjaNZz2pX_BaUw/  ELA: Back to School Word Search All Grade LevelsDescription: Students love word searches, making this a perfect activity to kick off the school year. They can work together or independently to find "Back to School" words, and since its auto-scored, they can submit it as soon as they've found all the words. This is sure to be a fun and engaging way to start the school year! Item Types: Hotspot, CheckboxesLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/et6ObBzaTv2koGlkuwF2CQ/Show How You ProIn this section, you'll find videos on how to use TeacherMade Pro features, with content created by both our TeacherMade staff and our users. We encourage you to share how you use TeacherMade in your classroom—post a video and tag TeacherMade for a chance to be featured in one of our newsletters! As a thank you for your contribution, we’ll reward you with a $5 Amazon gift card.  #### TeacherMade Newsletter #1 - September 18, 2023 ⭐Back to School? Let TeacherMade Make It Easy for You!⭐      We hope your 2024-2025 school year is off to a fantastic start! At TeacherMade, we're excited to support you on your journey this year, and our weekly newsletter is here to make your life easier. Every Sunday, you can expect a fresh batch of resources, including pre-made activities, informative videos, and updates on new releases, all designed to help you become a TeacherMade superstar.     Our mission at TeacherMade is to save you time and ensure your year runs as smoothly as possible. We understand the challenges of teaching, and we're committed to supporting you every step of the way. Whether it's auto-grading assignments, tracking students' time on tasks, or converting PDFs into engaging digital assignments, we've got you covered.     Be sure to check out our tip sheets each week—they’re crafted to help you shine in the classroom and reclaim more of your valuable time!                                      ⭐In this Issue:New Releases Shared Activities Cherries from the Shared Library Made Especially for You Holiday ActivitiesNew ReleasesDuring this past year, we worked diligently to implement your feedback and make updates that simplify your teaching practices.Below you will see all of our product updates. Click on the link to learn how to become a TeacherMade Superstar and use the new releases when making your interactivities! 2024 Updates Standards ReportingUpload files Directly From Drive A New Activity Toolbar Sharing Many Activities (Including Folders)Math in Drop Down ItemsCopy, Paste and Align Multiple Objects Read Aloud Auto-graded Partial CreditUpdate your Answer Key on the FlyLetter choices in Checkbox/ MultiselectStudent Triangle ToolNotificationsSide Menu New Graphing Questions Color Folders Moveable Equation Editor"My Students" Just Got Better!Practice, Practice, Practice Scheduling Assignments in Google Classroom Who's Working Right Now?Embedding Other Websites in TeacherMadeFind all of the Product Updates by clicking here!Grades 3 - 5ELA: Graphic Organizer - Beginning of the Year ReflectionDescription: This is a fun beginning of the year activity in which students will reflect on the past year and set goals for the new one! It's a great way for you to get to know your students and its suitable for all grade levels! Item Types: Open Answer Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/app/library/4d19c02a-579b-4d8b-ad32-2b351b50a55b ELA: Check- In With Context Clues RI.5.4Description: In this activity, students will learn to use context clues to determine the meaning of unknown words by reviewing synonyms, antonyms, and definitions. It's an excellent exercise for both language study and reading comprehension!Item Types: Open Answer, Dropdown, Multiple ChoiceLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/tTJQ3mUmRSKQ0Ga-A3XjZQ/Math: Can You Escape? Description: This math escape room offers a fun way to review key concepts like rounding, addition, subtraction, and place value. Students can work independently, in pairs, or with table groups to crack the code and "escape." It's a fantastic activity for team building! Item Types: Open Answer, Multiple ChoiceLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/tTJQ3mUmRSKQ0Ga-A3XjZQ/Health/P.E.: Healthy or Hurtful? Description: In this Health activity, students will decide whether a statement is healthy or hurtful. This exercise is an excellent way to spark classroom discussions and may even lead to a lively debate among peers! Item Types: Hot Spot Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/e3VXd0bGTHOZrqWUbSQTCQ/Grades 6 - 8ELA: "Where I Am From" PoemDescription: Students will create a personalized poem by filling in the provided template. This activity offers a fantastic way for both you and your students to get to know one another. After completing their poems, have them share their work as a presentation, which can also serve as a speaking grade! Item Types: Open AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/app/library/ea25771b-f002-401e-ba1c-f4e9f37d4733ELA: Station Context CluesDescription: Students will read 12 short passages and work to determine the meaning of a key word in each one. You can either split the passages for group work or assign them individually. This activity is a great way to kick off the school year!  Item Types: Dropdown, Multiple ChoiceLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/vvyjp8k9QmaEjmwpWrorHg/ELA: Finding Slope Three Ways Description: StudeItem Types: Drag and drop, Short Answer, Matching, Multiple ChoiceLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/Ler5IRZPS6eorWeJALqb2w/Grades 9 - 12Foreign Language: Die Farben!Description: In this activity, students will identify colors, translate sentences between English and German, describe various school supplies, and list five items in their school bag. Use the supplies they bring in to help them with vocabulary!Item Types: Open Answer, Short AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/lWmiHqYfR8S4tLj8H1dJEA/Computers/Technology: Exploring Careers: Information TechnologyDescription: This activity can be used as a pre or post-assessment! It is a valuable tool to gauge your students' prior knowledge of informational technology. Students will complete multiple-choice questions, drag vocabulary words into a cloze reading, match pathways with their roles, and align careers with the appropriate pathways.  Item Types: Multiple Choice, Drag and drop, MatchingLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/aYEHqh5lSYqFXWMU56_MVw/ ELA: Bellringers for the Week Description: In this activity, students will complete a daily bellringer that covers everything from spotting mistakes in a text to using context clues to identify word meanings. It's the perfect back-to-school exercise to help students establish bellringer expectations right from the start of the year!   Item Types: Hot Spot, Dropdown, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/HJmHIIDJTo2gDxTQOVvoHA/Grades 6 - 8STEM: 8.2A Classify Real NumbersDescription: This acItem Types: Drag and drop, Checkbox/Multiselect, Hotspot, True/False, Dropdown, Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/PIgZaIyEScS3wgmDF4ALkQ/ Grades 9 - 12Humanities: The Ghost Dance Wars and the Wounded Knee Massacre US.3ADescription: This ac Item Types: Open Answer, Dropdown, Multiple Choice, Checkbox/Multiselect, Hot Text, Drag and drop, Short Answer, True/FalseLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/L0ytRKwmRlKtJ7OpUzKe6A/ Holiday Activities Social Studies: Labor Day: Honoring American Workers BellringerGrade 5 Description: This tch pathways with their roles, and align careers with the appropriate pathways.  Item Types: Open Answer Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/aYEHqh5lSYqFXWMU56_MVw/ Social Studies: Labor Day: Honoring American Workers Grade 5 Description: This Item Types: Drag and drop Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/app/library/d12e1d96-ffea-4d0c-98cf-96cd948b3e4c ELA: All About Me Grades 3 - 12Description: This activity can.  Item Types: Short Answer, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/9yITh6NFRjaNZz2pX_BaUw/  ELA: Back to School Wordsearch All Grade LevelsDescription: ThisItem Types: CheckboxLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/et6ObBzaTv2koGlkuwF2CQ/ #### TeacherMade Saves My Time and Improves My Efficiency We spoke with Ms. Ukyah, an Elementary Math and Science Teacher, about how TeacherMade has helped her become more efficient with grading and how the instant feedback of the auto-grading feature helps motivate students.How has TeacherMade helped streamline your classroom?Teaching math and science this year has been a breeze thanks to TeacherMade. Creating assignments each day has been quick and easy. I have the option to give my students instant feedback with each assignment. Grading has gone from spending hours after school and on the weekends to posting in minutes with a few clicks of a mouse. The most valuable commodity we have in life is time, and TeacherMade has allowed me to redirect my time while maintaining my classroom like never before. How has TeacherMade made you more efficient as a Teacher?One of the main reasons I love TeacherMade so much is its efficiency. Getting to learn the tools took no time at all, and new tools are being developed all the time. TeacherMade does a great job of promoting the new tools and providing step-by-step instructions and videos to show how to use them. The tools get easier and easier to use each time. TeacherMade reduces the number of copies Teachers make, saving time and moneyMy students are 1 to 1 with Chromebooks, so the amount of copies I have to make has gone down tremendously. Instead of making copies, I have now been able to assign work on the computer and teach my fifth graders how to take notes on lined paper, which is a skill that will continue to pay off as they progress through school. How does TeacherMade help motivate your students?Another huge benefit of TeacherMade is the feedback! Good teachers give quick feedback to learners to guide their instruction. With TeacherMade, assignments can be graded and returned to students as soon as they hit submit. I do this daily when I assign practice, exit tickets, and homework lessons in math. Students see those scores and immediately talk through their learning. When they get 100%, they are so proud of themselves and become motivated. Any score less than 100% and students are discussing what they got wrong and begging me to reopen the assignment so that they can make corrections. This is a teacher's dream! Students want to do well, and TeacherMade helps with instilling that motivation. Aside from scores, I can also type my personal feedback and leave stickers on student work. This makes the feedback more intimate and helps me to strengthen my rapport with my students. How does TeacherMade's auto-grading feature help you save time?Have I mentioned the amount of time saved on grading using TeacherMade? Not only are the scores captured instantly, but they are immediately sent to my class's Google Classroom account. I can alter them if I need to and export them to my school's grading system. No more writing out grades for me! I am able to export the scores from TeacherMade into my student's digital grade book in seconds.How has TeacherMade helped minimize lost or incomplete assignments?There are no more papers to collect from students and no more papers to pass out, hoping they make them home to parents. With TeacherMade, dogs aren't eating homework anymore, and it's not getting lost either. I have had a number of students tell me they "thought they turned it in." Well, now I can pull up the assignments and actually see if the assignment has been completed or even worked on at all. Parents are able to pull up work at home to see scores as well. It is a win-win for everyone. How has Teachermade helped you save time with grading?Saying that TeacherMade has changed my life sounds pretty dramatic, but I'm being honest. This site has saved me so much time since I started using it. This past year my partner teacher and I decided to departmentalize. I went from having a class size of twenty-eight to fifty-six. Surprisingly, I didn't spend half the time I spent in the prior years on grading, even though my number of students literally doubled! I am no longer worried about school work taking time away from my home life because with TeacherMade, my grading can be done easily, requiring very little time. And since most of the assignments I will be using this year were already created in TeacherMade last year, I can spend time using new tools to enhance them. However, the best part is that my feedback will be instantaneous for the student and not take several hours after school during my family time!The Bottom Line: TeacherMade helps teachers save time and become more efficient. The auto-grading feature helps save time and offers instant feedback to students and teachers without the need to manually grade printed assignments. TeacherMade's digital assignments also help reduce lost or incomplete student work because all assignments are easily accessible in TeacherMade. #### TeacherMade works across multiple teaching platforms, including Schoology and Canvas. Ms. Rachelle uses TeacherMade to help keep assignments organized. TeacherMade allows her to link to other materials in the assignment to keep her students from clicking between different resources.How do you use TeacherMade to streamline your assignments?I'm always looking for ways to cut out extra or unnecessary steps so that students can focus more on the information than the task, and TeacherMade allows me to do that. For my 8th grade Science class, I often link resource pages and websites in my assignments. I feel that this helps to guide students' research and allows them to focus on the information and tasks ahead of them. I like linking resources through TeacherMade because it cuts down on questions like "Where do I go?," "What's the website again?," "I can't find it," and" What do I do now?" It makes my students more independent while I can still direct them where they are supposed to go. It also allows them to stay in one place and limits the amount of "clicks" they need to get to the right place.How do you create assignments that are easy for your students to navigate?Typically when I am creating an assignment for my students to access through TeacherMade, I will design it out in Canva and add comments to myself where certain links will be inserted. When I am done designing the assignment, I download it as a PDF and then upload it into TeacherMade. When designing an assignment that I know will be linked, I'll make "buttons" that my students recognize as something that is "clickable." When I put the assignment into TeacherMade, I link the "button" to the correct external link. As long as the web address is still active, the links can be used over and over again, or I can swap them out for new links if the original resource no longer works or I find a better one. I don't create links in every assignment, but if there is a research portion or a set of resources they need to complete an assignment, I try to make the needed information as accessible as possible. For example, for one of my student's final assignments this year, they completed research questions and a project based on extinct and endangered species. For each set of questions, I linked them to the source material so that students could read the articles and get the information needed to answer that question set. Which programs do you link your TeacherMade projects and assignments to?For the project portion, the directions included links to sites like Canvas, StoryBoardThat, and Zeeob, which helped them create their project of choice. For Canvas, I made sure to link our class-specific URL so the students would automatically be sent to our Canvas Classroom space. To do this, I went to Zeeob & StoryBoardThat!, copied their web addresses, and pasted them into the linked buttons on TeacherMade. Another place where I use links is when assigning Gizmos, a site with interactive lab experiments. Explore Learning already provides the assignment with all the directions, but I sometimes modify it to fit our learning goals better. I link the correct Gizmo and a reminder of how to log in at the top of the sheet that I upload to TeacherMade. How do you use TeacherMade with Schoology?I teach five sections of 8th-grade science, so I have an assignment on TeacherMade for each of my classes to help me stay organized. Once I have created an assignment and linked it to everything my students need, I add it to Schoology. The assignments are then opened on the start date and typically remain open through the end of the marking quarter, even though they have a due date. Until the due date, students can attempt the assignment as often as they want and have it reopened, but after that date, they can only finish their most recent attempt for credit. My students can see their grades on TeacherMade, but their final grade gets recorded on PowerSchool.How do you use Schoology and TeacherMade to keep students from juggling multiple programs?By being able to assign them like this, students know they just need to log in to Schoology and then click on the week's assignment links to get started. As for me, I can quickly go through all of my assignments for the quarter, assignments throughout the day, look for new submissions, and open assignments for my students. I can stay within the TeacherMade and Schoology apps after the project has been assigned, making it much easier than juggling multiple programs. TeacherMade saves timeNot only does TeacherMade help my students stay focused by allowing me to embed links into my assignments, but it also saves me time. With TeacherMade, I can also login into the programs at the end of each marking period or school year to fix answer keys and improve the assignment without starting over at square one! Bottom Line: TeacherMade works across multiple teaching platforms, including Schoology and Canvas. Upload your assignments into TeacherMade to create robust, digital assignments. #### TeacherMade's Assignments are an Efficient and Effective Tool to Monitor Student Progress Emily uses TeacherMade to monitor her students' progress throughout the school year.TeacherMade makes it easy to monitor student progress and understandingEvery teacher knows that a huge chunk of the teaching process is monitoring student progress and understanding. Using TeacherMade to monitor student progress has become so efficient and effective. I monitor student progress with every homework assignment and during assessments if needed. I don't feel like I'm constantly moving, hovering, or checking in with students while they're working. I'm pretty positive students enjoy the "freedom" as well. When viewing an assignment on TeacherMade, a snapshot of the entire class's progress is on one page, and if I want more individual detail, I can see that by clicking on a student's name. I can quickly view their progressive score, correct and incorrect answers, and the time they've been working on an assignment.Observe student progress through guided practice using TeacherMade's digital and interactive activitiesTeacherMade has streamlined student progress for me, and I can efficiently find those students who are struggling (along with observations during guided practice). When viewing an assignment on TeacherMade, it's easy to find the fast finishers, the ones behind everyone else, and everyone in between by the sort options available. Between guided practice observation and monitoring student progress through TeacherMade, I can identify the students I can work with in a small group or one-on-one during work time.TeacherMade's auto-grading feature helps students self-monitor and self-assess their understanding of the material in the momentOnce an assignment is submitted in TeacherMade, I don't have to correct it if I had TeacherMade auto-grade it for me! The amount of time I've saved by not having to correct student work is astronomical. I can now put more time and effort into student understanding and success. Students can now self-assess and self-monitor their understanding more independently than ever before. Students can independently check their work and then fix their answers. Of course, they can always come to me for help, but sometimes it's more effective when they see the mistakes that they've made and they can self-correct. The instant feedback has been helpful for many different levels of understanding. Some students have realized they may have rushed through their work and made "silly" mistakes or mistakes in general that they can identify on their own. Some students may need a refresher, and the lightbulb clicks (I love that feeling!), and other students need more. Now, I'm physically and mentally there for them since I can now actively monitor them through TeacherMade.TeacherMade makes assigning homework a breezeThe rule that has been developed in my classroom this past year has been to get 100% on your homework assignment in class. If it's not 100%, students write their names on the board, and I will reopen assignments when I am not busy with students that need help. Students don't interrupt one-on-one or small group time, and I can stop every couple of minutes and reopen a handful of assignments quickly. Students who are totally on board love this method, and it has just become the normal routine in my classroom. It makes the classroom flow smoothly as students work at their own pace.   TeacherMade helps keep students accountable for completing assignmentsAnother benefit of monitoring student progress on TeacherMade is that students are held accountable. With a click of a button, I can view an assignment that's in progress. I can identify the students that need more help, but I'm also able to identify the ones that may or may not be on-task (every class has at least one, right?). The excuse, "My homework is done, but I left it at home," no longer flies. Did it ever?TeacherMade benefits teachers and studentsMy students are completely aware of how TeacherMade works. When I first started using TeacherMade at the beginning of the year, I showed them exactly what it looks like on a teacher's end, and we discussed how TeacherMade benefits teachers and students in many ways. I have yet to see a program with features that TeacherMade has, and I'm not quite sure how I survived without TeacherMade!TeacherMade makes it easy to monitor students' progress throughout the year. Teachers can quickly create compelling interactive, digital activities and set up auto-grading to save time. #### TeacherMade's Digital Assignments Help with Classroom Management and Student Engagement We spoke with Amanda, a 7th-grade geography teacher, about how she uses TeacherMade to help engage her students. She discussed activities to keep students distracted to help with classroom management.How does TeacherMade help with student engagement?My name is Amanda Mendenhall, and I teach 7th-grade geography in Oklahoma. Classroom management is a huge issue for a lot of teachers. Students get bored or disengaged and don't stay focused, so in turn, they cause problems. As large as our class sizes have gotten, it is hard to keep all students engaged in the content that you are teaching. On a constant basis, teachers keep the wheel turning to keep all the students engaged and on track with the lesson.How do TeacherMade digital activities keep students from getting distracted or bored?TeacherMade has allowed me to help my students stay engaged, so they are more likely to be on track most of the time. Students are able to watch the embedded videos, complete interactive assignments, and interact with each other in the document. Students often get distracted and bored when reading paper documents or textbooks, so they get themselves in trouble. Intern, the teacher is constantly trying to find new engaging activities. It creates a domino effect of the teacher always working and finally getting burnout.How do you use TeacherMade assignments for small groups?With the different assignments I create on TeacherMade, I can sometimes see where my students are at and put them in small groups. They are able to work independently or collaborate with other students on assignments at their level versus having to work on a level that is not conducive to learning. Small groups allow my students to see that they can succeed even if they struggle with the concept. How do you assign TeacherMade assignments for in-class group work or homework?TeacherMade allows me to give assignments in different manners. We can complete the assignment together with the whole group, we can complete the assignment independently during class, or the students can complete it independently at home for homework.I can even do this midday and give the assignment to my students to see what we're talking about because they can see the real-time assignment. The students can also correct an assignment that has been turned in once I return it to him so we can review it.How do you use TeacherMade assignments help with classroom management?TeacherMade has allowed me to create simple review assignments to work on complex assessments for my students each week. I am able to keep them engaged, which in turn keeps the classroom management issues down. Research tells us that the more engaged students are, the fewer disruptions you have in class. Unfortunately, in today's world, we must entertain our students constantly because they do not know how to be bored.TeacherMade helps teachers create interactive, digital worksheets and assignments that engage students and aid in classroom management. #### TeacherMade's Easy-to-Use Features Let Teachers Create Assignments to Accommodate Each Student's Level of Achievement in the Classroom We spoke with Ms. Amanda, a 7th-grade geography teacher, about how she uses TeacherMade to create different versions of assignments to accommodate each student's level of achievement.How do you use TeacherMade to customize activities for different student levels?TeacherMade has made my life as a teacher so much simpler. I take one assignment and can create multiple versions of it depending on the level of my students. My students never know that they are working on something harder or easier, depending on their level. Creating multiple assignments from a simple worksheet is a process that does not take much time.How do you create interactive and engaging assignments for different student levels?I do this with the PDF versions of the resources that my school purchased for our curriculum. So, for example, each lesson has a lesson review. That lesson review comes in three different versions: below-level, at-level, and advanced-level. So instead of using all three of these assignments and taking hours to create interactive and engaging assignments, I simply use the at-level worksheet and make it as challenging as I wish. I will explain how to do this in the simplest way that I have found using TeacherMade.Which TeacherMade features do you use to create multiple versions of assignments?First, I upload the PDF to the TeacherMade program. Once uploaded, I make answer boxes on the original. Then I make two copies-- one each for the advanced and lower groups. I use more challenging question types for the advanced, and remove things and/or make easier ones for the lower level. At the beginning of the year, for example, my at-level worksheet has five questions to fill in the blank. For the students at level, I will put in a fill-in-the-blank box. Then I would add a text box with the word bank for those fill-in-the-blank questions. For my below-level students, I would put in a drop-down box with two options for them to choose from. I would put in a fill-in-the-blank box for my advanced students without a word bank.As the year progresses, I would change this up, and I would make it more challenging such as using the drop-down boxes, leaving out the word bank, or changing the fill-in-a-blank questions to short answer questions. Another way I change the challenge of an assignment is by embedding videos into a worksheet I have created to help the students understand the concept they are trying to master. So you could create a worksheet from a video that has different engaging activities for your different levels. What are some changes you make to accommodate student levels in your assignments?For example, maybe the below-level students are doing a matching assignment from the video. At-level students are drawing a picture from the video used to program, and students are writing a script from the video dictating what they learned in their own words. Advanced-level students could be creating an assignment to give to a classmate from a video that they would have been, in turn, using in class. I also can change the level of the activities by omitting different parts of the assignments. We do this, especially with our special education students in my classroom. My students never realize someone is working on a different level because it is assigned to Google classroom, and they don't have to get a different worksheet. They don't have to get a different assignment as we would if they were using paper.How do you work with other Teachers to create and update assignments for your students?Because I give access to my Google classrooms through TeacherMade to my special education resource teacher, she is able to edit my assignments even more if I have created them too difficult or even if I have created them too easy. I believe this helps my students who have struggled most of their school careers be more successful and accepted by their peers.Bottom Line: TeacherMade makes it easy to create, duplicate, and edit assignments for different grade levels or students in the same classroom. #### Teachers can save hours a week by making fillable PDFs faster with TeacherMade World language teacher, Ms. Elena Baker, uses TeacherMade to streamline her lesson planning. She creates fillable PDFs from her existing worksheets, and uses auto-grade tools to simplify her life. Read more about how Elena uses TeacherMade in the classroom. What tools have saved you time as a teacher?Teaching is a rewarding profession, but it is also one with an extremely demanding workload. I started my career in education two years ago, teaching French in grades two through eight. In my first few months of teaching, I often worked from the early morning until nine or ten at night, creating activities, grading, and planning. However, I soon found this lifestyle unsustainable and began searching for resources to help me achieve a better work-life balance. I was very happy when I found TeacherMade, an app that has helped me to save countless hours of prep time over the past couple of years. In particular, I have used TeacherMade to quickly create digital worksheets, auto-grade many of my assignments, and help me leave rich feedback for my students.How do you make a PDF fillable?TeacherMade makes it easy to make a worksheet digital. When my school went fully online in 2020, I wanted to turn my preexisting worksheets into fillable forms so I could track my students' progress. At first, I tried tools such as Google Slides and Google Jamboard. However, this method was very time-consuming, and my youngest students had trouble interacting with the resources I created. When I started to use TeacherMade, all of this changed. The app makes it easy to upload a worksheet PDF, then use the editing screen to create interactive activities. Even as someone who is not the most technologically savvy, I found the app intuitive. My students also had an easier time completing their work, as the student view of the worksheet is user-friendly. Nowadays, I can turn a worksheet into a fillable online activity in just a few minutes, eliminating hours of wasted time. How do you auto-grade online worksheets?Using the app to grade assignments also has saved me a lot of planning time. TeacherMade has an auto-grading feature that can be used for many different types of assignments. I use it for activities with objective answers, such as grammar and vocabulary quizzes. I like that the app allows me to insert many different types of questions, such as short answers, multiple choice, and matching. Once I create an answer key for the activity, the app grades it automatically when a student submits their work. Then, all I have to do is look it over and send the score back to the student. This saves countless hours I would have spent marking by hand and the time it takes in the classroom to distribute and collect paper copies. I love this feature on TeacherMade so much that I even used it when conducting my students' end-of-term exams so that the app grades certain sections of the exam. How do you leave online feedback for students using digital worksheets?TeacherMade also makes it easy to send scores to students with written comments and corrections. I type a lot faster than I can write by hand, so being able to send feedback digitally is a huge timesaver for me. I use this feature mainly for longer written assignments or if students have submitted audio clips of themselves speaking. TeacherMade has a comment box that I can type suggestions into, and the students will see my feedback when they next open the worksheet. I can also draw directly on the worksheet with the writing tools if I want to circle specific sections to be corrected. For my younger students, TeacherMade includes digital stickers I can add to their assignments to congratulate them on their good work. As well as saving me time, TeacherMade allows my students to get their feedback faster. Students no longer have to wait a few days until their next French class to get corrections, when I can send feedback directly to them digitally. How did you find a better work-life balance as a teacher?While teaching full-time can be difficult, many great resources are available to make educators' lives easier, including TeacherMade. Automating and digitizing some of the more time-consuming parts of teaching can end up making a huge difference in an educator's overall quality of life. After two years of using TeacherMade, my prep time has been reduced significantly. Now, I have more time to spend on the exciting and creative aspects of teaching that make me love my job, rather than struggling to create digital resources, grading, and spending hours writing comments by hand. In the end, when teachers have a better work-life balance, the whole school community benefits. I am very grateful for the resources such as TeacherMade, which are committed to helping teachers achieve this goal. #### Test for Video URL: https://classwork.com/llms/test-for-video/ #### testing copying html from wp site About WordPressAbout WordPressGet InvolvedWordPress.orgDocumentationLearn WordPressSupportFeedbackTeacherMadeDashboardPluginsThemesMenusCustomize1212 updates available11 Comment in moderationNewPostMediaPageLanding PageTemplateUserWP Engine Quick LinksStatus BlogSupport FAQGet SupportBlog Error LogEdit PageRank Math SEODashboardAnalyticsPost AnalyticsHomepage SEOContent AIAI ToolsContent EditorChatHistory404 MonitorRedirectionsManage RedirectionsRedirection Settings» Redirect this pageMark this pageAs Pillar ContentAs NoIndexAs NoFollowExternal ToolsGoogle PageSpeedGoogle Rich Results (Mobile)Google Rich Results (Desktop)Google CacheFacebook DebuggerRich Pins ValidatorPurge & Preload HTML CachePreload PageView as VisitorSettingsAutoptimizeCSS/ JS Cache Info8%Size:36.11 MBFiles:326Clear CSS/ JS CacheNotesElementor DebuggerPage TemplateElementor - header-footer.phpThemeTemplate File: WP Page Template > Elementor - header-footer.phpLocation: elementor_head > Added By Condition > Teacher Made Registration Referrer TrackerWPCodeLoaded on this pageGlobal Scripts (2)Global Header (1)Global Body (0)Global Footer (1)Code SnippetsPage Scripts PROPage Scripts is a Pro FeatureWhile you can always use global snippets, in the PRO version you can easily add page-specific scripts and snippets directly from the post edit screen.Upgrade to Pro and Unlock Page Scripts+ Add SnippetSettingsHelp DocsUpgrade to ProSearchHowdy, Laura BreskoLaura BreskollbEdit ProfileLog OutSkip to contentAward-Winning! Compare TeacherMadeView Sample InteractivesTry It for 30 DaysTeacher Login Menu Compare TeacherMadeView Sample InteractivesTry It for 30 DaysTeacher Login What is TeacherMade?FeaturesIntegrate Lessons And AssignmentsConvert Existing Teaching Materials To Digital ActivitiesAuto-GradingLMS Integration: Google Classroom, Canvas, SchoologyTeacher CollaborationFAQFor Schools & DistrictsImprove Student EngagementDecrease Teacher BurnoutProvide Effective FeedbackAI Tools For TeachersIncrease Rigor With Better Teacher ToolsIntegrate with Your LMSFor TeachersSlide View: Make Google Slides InteractiveAuto-GradingFormative AssessmentBellworkGuided PracticeAssessmentInstant Student FeedbackCustomize Learning ResourcesPricingBlogsThe Digital ClassroomFree Tech for Teachers Menu What is TeacherMade?FeaturesIntegrate Lessons And AssignmentsConvert Existing Teaching Materials To Digital ActivitiesAuto-GradingLMS Integration: Google Classroom, Canvas, SchoologyTeacher CollaborationFAQFor Schools & DistrictsImprove Student EngagementDecrease Teacher BurnoutProvide Effective FeedbackAI Tools For TeachersIncrease Rigor With Better Teacher ToolsIntegrate with Your LMSFor TeachersSlide View: Make Google Slides InteractiveAuto-GradingFormative AssessmentBellworkGuided PracticeAssessmentInstant Student FeedbackCustomize Learning ResourcesPricingBlogsThe Digital ClassroomFree Tech for Teachers What is TeacherMade?FeaturesIntegrate Lessons And AssignmentsConvert Existing Teaching Materials To Digital ActivitiesAuto-gradingLMS Integration: Google Classroom, Canvas, SchoologyTeacher CollaborationFAQFor Schools & DistrictsImprove Student EngagementDecrease Teacher BurnoutProvide Effective FeedbackAI Tools For TeachersIncrease Rigor With Better Teacher ToolsIntegrate with Your LMSFor TeachersSlide View: Make Google Slides InteractiveAuto-gradingFormative AssessmentBellworkGuided PracticeAssessmentInstant Student FeedbackCustomize Learning ResourcesPricingBlogsDigital ClassroomFreeTech4TeachersDigital Activity SamplesRisk-free 30 Day PRO TrialLogin Menu What is TeacherMade?FeaturesIntegrate Lessons And AssignmentsConvert Existing Teaching Materials To Digital ActivitiesAuto-gradingLMS Integration: Google Classroom, Canvas, SchoologyTeacher CollaborationFAQFor Schools & DistrictsImprove Student EngagementDecrease Teacher BurnoutProvide Effective FeedbackAI Tools For TeachersIncrease Rigor With Better Teacher ToolsIntegrate with Your LMSFor TeachersSlide View: Make Google Slides InteractiveAuto-gradingFormative AssessmentBellworkGuided PracticeAssessmentInstant Student FeedbackCustomize Learning ResourcesPricingBlogsDigital ClassroomFreeTech4TeachersDigital Activity SamplesRisk-free 30 Day PRO TrialLogin   Facebook      Instagram      Linkedin   Transform Teaching And LearningIn Your Classroom With TeacherMadeMake Your AI Content, Google Slides, PDFs Interactive in MinutesUse what you have. Transform your existing Google Slides, Docs, and other PDFs into interactive activities in minutes. Deliver your AI Generated content. Using AI? Make your content instantly interactive using our importer. Then assign to your students and let our autograding features go to work. Author digital activities from scratch. Start with a blank slide and weave together content, images, videos, simulations, and questions into engaging activities for your students.Lighten teacher workloads with auto-grading. Regain your nights and weekends. 25+ question types are auto-graded for you. Scores flow straight into your online grade book! Student constructed responses are now AI-graded, too. Students love the gamification. Students engage more deeply with the curriculum when they get instant feedback via the ‘Check My Answers’ button. Turn learning loss into gains. Measure what your students know. Instantaneous Item Analysis reports by student, class, and standard make formative data actionable INSTANTLY.   Try TeacherMade Today - 30-Day Free Trial Login to your accountSimplify Your Classroom WorkflowCreate engaging digital activities from your favorite teaching materials.Use the materials you know and love. Transform them into digital interactives or let our AI help. Get time savings throughout the entire school year along with higher student engagement.Auto-grading produces instant formative reports that are actionable now.Our autograding features save you hours of tedious work. With instant results, you can focus on timely feedback and coaching. Now with AI scoring of student writing, too. –> Woohoo! <– Author digital activities from scratch. Weave in video, audio, images, text, URLs.Your students are digital natives. Teach them like you are, too. Use images, videos, audio, website links, simulations and more to construct awesome 21st Century learning activities. Integrate TeacherMade with your LMS. SSO with Clever and Classlink.Google Classroom, Canvas, Schoology, Microsoft Teams: we know it’s essential to keep everything tied together.Collaborate and share activities with co-teachers, aides, specialists, PLCs.Multiple teachers can create and edit digital lessons and assignments– perfect for PLCs, co-teachers, and accommodations. No test prep needed when you use the formats of the state test all year long.Our teachers and students use the right questions in the right format throughout the year– no prep needed for state tests.Classroom Success StoriesTeachers choose TeacherMade over Nearpod and Pear Deck“Teachers can create original lessons or adapt existing lessons to meet the needs of any classroom.”Read May’s StoryTeachers utilize data with efficient online formative assessment“All of the information gathered from TeacherMade lessons is used to guide my instruction in both math and science.”Read Ukyah’s StoryTeachers combat learning loss with real-time feedback for students“Students have shifted from getting work “done” to getting things done accurately and understanding why.”Read Shannon’s StoryWhy TeacherMade?1 Minute Overview of TeacherMade 2.0Connect TeacherMade With Your School’s Learning Management SystemJoin 60,000 Teachers And Try TeacherMade Today  Start your FREE 30-Day Pro Trial Today! Affordable plans are available.TeacherMade Makes It Easy.Transform Your Favorite PDFsInto Digital InteractivesYour Students Will Love!Your Trusted Lessons Get a Digital Makeover with just a few clicksWorksheetsQuizzesHomeworkLessonsFormativesBellringers/bell workExit TicketsPractice ExercisesPrintablesAssessmentsAnd with our autograding feature, you'll work smarter, not harder♥ View TeacherMade Features ♥ Watch this Quick Video ♥ Affordable for Every Budget ♥ Get Started With An Account TodayAuto-grading is Just One of The Great features in TeacherMadeOur auto-grading feature saves teachers lots of time. View all the ways we make Teachers and their students smile. And remember, we’re always building more features because we listen and respond to you.  Find Out Why Teachers Love TeacherMadeSee Samples of Classroom Handouts Transformed Into Digital Activities in TeacherMade  Check Out Free Samples of Digital Activities and Worksheets Made with TeacherMade  Stay Up-to-Date on Best Practices and Grab Some Free TeacherMade Activities When You Visit The Digital ClassroomAre You Ready to Get Started?  Yes, I Want to Try Out TeacherMade Click Here to Set Up Your FREE TeacherMade Account Today. No Credit Card Required. Enjoy 30 Days for Free.A teacher’s tool that turns the printed pages of any classroom into engaging digital activities. About UsContact Us About UsContact Us Website Terms Of UseWebsite Privacy PolicyPrivacy OptionsSitemap Website Terms Of UseWebsite Privacy PolicyPrivacy OptionsSitemap © 2024 All Rights Reserved. #### Thank you! Thank You for the Opportunity to Share Classwork.com With You Today! :) Let’s Stay In Touch!◄ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ☆ ♥ ►We hope you’ve enjoyed your time with Classwork.com today. We certainly enjoyed making this training for you, so we’d love to know what you think. Here at TeacherMade, we continuously improve thanks to our generous TeacherMaders.Now that you are a Classwork Pro, try uploading your favorite PDF and assign it to you students!Remember, if you ever have any questions, you can use the AI Assistant or contact customer support in our Community Forum found on the "Activities" screen.Be sure to check out all the videos on our YouTube channel and subscribe to get alerts when new videos are posted:  https://www.youtube.com/c/TeacherMade/videosYou can also find Classwork.com on Facebook: @ClassworkCom #### The Activity Detail Screen The Activity Detail screen allows you to edit the name and description of an Activity, share it with your colleagues, and see student progress! You can also lock and unlock the Assignments here as well! Let's look at all it can do.This is what your Activity Detail screen looks like:This interface gives you a detailed look into what is happening with an Activity. From this screen, you can see all of your Assignments for the Activity, the date of last submission, number of Assignments in progress, and so much more!From the Activity Detail screen you can also copy, print, share with your colleagues, or edit the name or properties. Click the ... menu at the top of the left panel to see all the options.Clicking one of the Assignments takes you to the Assignment Detail screen, where you can find the assignment link (for Classwork.com delivery types), review student Submissions, lock and unlock the Assignment. #### The Drag and Drop/Snipping Tool Leaves a White Space Behind When using the Classwork.com Drag and Drop Tool, you may have noticed that a white box is left behind when your students move the snipped image. Let's walk through why!When you use the Classwork.com Snipping Tool, Classwork.com creates a draggable image version of what you snipped from the original background. It also creates a Color Block that it uses to cover the background PDF. While in the Editor, you can move the snipped item to reveal this Color Block. Although the default color is white, you can change it to a color that better matches the background if you'd prefer. Just choose the paint can from the menu bar and select a color. As a second option, you can make any added Teacher Text along with added images draggable! This is a great way to create your own Drag and Drop items without needing to alter the original PDF you uploaded into Classwork.com.  #### The Embed Code tool The "Embed Code" tool allows you to include activities from different websites into your Classwork activity.  Many educational websites allow you to use their materials in a tool like Classwork. They often provide a "Share" or "Embed" button that will generate a snippet of HTML code that you can copy and paste into Classwork's "Embed Code" tool. The embedded page will appear in your Classwork activity.To use the "Embed Code" tool, you'll outline a rectangle where the activity will appear. Then you'll paste in the code for the activity.Click and drag anywhere on your Classwork activity to define the area where you want the activity to be displayed.Select "Embed Code" from the "Content Tools" column.Paste the code given to you by the website into the "Embed Code' field.Choose whether you want the activity to appear Inline or Floating:Inline: the activity will appear within the rectangle you outlined.Floating: a button will appear in the rectangle and students must click the button to view the embedded activity. The activity will open to the side of the Classwork materials. Students will be able to navigate through the Classwork activity while the embedded activity remains on the side.If you choose "Floating" you will also have to enter a label for the button.Click the eye icon to Preview your activity (this is always a good practice, but especially with "Embed Code" since you want to make sure the HTML snippet is correct.If you see an URL in your rectangle, rather than the website content, then you've copied the wrong thing into the Embed Code object in Classwork. Typically, what you're embedding should begin with an "<iframe>" HTML tag. See if the website provides an "embed" button (which often looks like "</>"). If not, you might try the instructions for "Any website" below.Every website will work a little differently. Here are instructions for embedding materials from some of well-known sites. If you'd like us to add one of your favorites, just send an email to support@classwork.com and we'll look into it!Science SimulationsThere's nothing like hands-on simulations to help demonstrate important science concepts, and the folks at the University of Colorado have been making high-quality, instructionally valuable simulations for years. To include a simulation from those tools in a TeacherMade activity, visit the page for the simulation, then click the "</>" icon underneath the simulation's title:Click "Copy to clipboard" from the dialog box, then paste that into your Embed Code object in Classwork.These popular science simulations often begin with a small menu that allows students to choose between pages. If you only want to include a single page, just add "?pages=1" to the end (changing 1 to the page number you want students to see). The final result will look something like this:These science simulations are copyright, University of Colorado Boulder, licensed under CC-BY-4.0. As such, they request you include the following attribution, which you can do as a Teacher Text box: (Simulation Name) by PhET Interactive Simulations, University of Colorado Boulder, licensed under CC-BY-4.0 (https://phet.colorado.edu)."Classwork.com makes no claim to any content, tools or property of any of these copyright holders, and strongly encourages you to properly attribute these valuable tools in your materials!Desmoshttps://www.desmos.com/Desmos provides amazing math tools, including graphing calculators. You can create graphs and share them with your students by embedding them into Classwork.To embed a Desmos resource, open the graph, then click the "Share" button in the upper right. When the drop down appears, click the "Embed" button.Hit Ctrl-C to copy the "<iframe>" tag then paste it into your "Embed Code" object in Classwork. Don't hit the "Copy" button next to the URL or you'll only get the URL, not the full "<iframe>" tag.Desmos is copyright, Desmos Studio PBC.Classwork.com makes no claim to any content, tools or property of any of these copyright holders, and strongly encourages you to properly attribute both of these valuable tools in your materials!Another CalculatorIt's easy to embed a TI-84 graphing calculator simulation, and you can even make it float next to your activity, so students can access it at will.Add an "Embed Code" object to your activity, and enter this code:<iframe src="https://ti84calc.com/ti84calc" width="400px" height="600px" frameborder="0" allow="fullscreen"></iframe>Check "Floating" in the display option, and set the Button Label to "Calculator."When your students click this button, they will see a fully functional TI-84 CE Graphing Calculator!Any Web PageYou can embed just about any web page into your Classwork activity. You'll need to copy the URL (e.g. https://www.google.com) and paste it into the following text where it currently reads "URL." Then change the "width" and "height" values to accommodate the web page's contents. Be sure to use Classwork's Preview feature to make sure everything displays correctly!Other ToolsHere are some more references to embeddable tools!? Math & Scientific ToolsThese are the "heavy hitters" for STEM that allow you to embed full interactive calculators or simulations.Desmos: Allows you to embed the Graphing, Scientific, and Four-Function calculators, as well as specific "Classroom Activities."GeoGebra: You can embed their "Applets" (interactive worksheets) and their graphing/3D calculators using iFrame codes.PhET Interactive Simulations: Most of their HTML5 simulations (science and math) have an "Embed" button that provides an iFrame code.Mathigon (Polypad): This is one of the most powerful digital manipulative sites; you can embed the entire "Polypad" canvas or specific saved boards.Wolfram Alpha: Offers "Widgets" that can be built and embedded to perform specific calculations (like a derivative calculator).? Digital ManipulativesThese provide the "hands-on" experience virtually and are specifically designed to be placed inside other sites.Didax: They provide a dedicated PDF list of iFrame codes for their most popular tools like Unifix Cubes, Ten Frames, and Base Ten Blocks.Toy Theater: While they don't always have a "copy code" button, their tools are designed to be easily iFramed into classroom sites.The Math Learning Center: Their web apps (Fractions, Money Pieces, Number Line) allow you to share a "link" or a "code" to embed the state of your current work.?️ Interactive Presentation & LessonsThese tools allow you to embed the entire student experience.Nearpod: You can embed a student-paced lesson so they don't need to enter a join code on a separate site.Canva: Under the "Share" and "More" menu, you can get an HTML embed code for any design or presentation.Genially: Almost everything created here (interactive images, escape rooms) is designed to be embedded.Google Slides / Docs / Sheets: Using "File > Publish to the web," you can get an iFrame code for any Google file.Adobe Express: Allows for embedding of published "Web Pages" or projects.? Formative Assessment & DiscussionPadlet: Provides a beautiful embed code for their digital bulletin boards.Flip (formerly Flipgrid): Allows you to embed "Topics" directly into your LMS.Quizlet: You can embed specific study sets in "Match" or "Flashcard" mode.Wordwall: Offers embed codes for all their gamified templates (Random Wheel, Whack-a-mole, etc.).Edpuzzle: You can embed a video lesson so students can answer the embedded questions without leaving your page.Book Creator: Once a book is published online, it can be embedded as a "flippable" digital book.? Media & CurationWakelet: You can embed a "Collection" of resources as a grid or a list.SoundCloud / Spotify: Both allow you to embed players for specific podcasts or music tracks.YouTube / Vimeo: The standard for video embedding. #### The Graphing Tool TeacherMade's Graph-Plotting tool gives your student practice plotting points or lines on the Coordinate Plane. It's a flexible tool that will allow you to add a Coordinate Plane to your activity, and set which points or lines students will be required to draw. And it's auto-scored so that the grading is done for you! To add a Graph - Plotting item to your activity, follow these instructions:Inserting the Question TypeOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity to bring up the Tools menu.Select Graphing from the Math Type column.The Graphing screen will appear.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Graphing.The Graphing screen will appear.Graphing ScreenYou can choose which type of coordinate plane the students will see. You can choose a four Quadrant graph that includes all four quadrants or a Data/One Quadrant Graph that includes only Quadrant I. In either case, you have full control over the extent of each axis, and can set labels for each. Then choose the row for what the students will be doing -- plotting points, selecting points, plotting lines, plotting inequalities, plotting parabolas, plotting exponentials, matching equations. To provide a question to be answered, you can either upload a PDF with instructions already on it or add the instructions yourself using our Teacher Text tool.  Setting Up the Coordinate Plane If you chose one of the interactions under "Four Quadrant Graph" you will see these fields at the top of the editing dialog:You can change the extent of each axis, and enter an optional label.Since the "Data One Graph Quadrant" interactions only include Quadrant I, the Min value is fixed at 0.Changing the interval on "Data Graph" interactions changes how often a line and label on the graph. Here is an example from a graph with the interval set to 2:Plotting PointsThe "Plotting Points" interactions allow students to click on the coordinate plane to draw the points you specify. You add points by clicking on directly on to the point of the coordinate plane.The points you specify will appear on the plane, and in the list on the right-hand side.You can edit the points in the list by entering new x and y values. You can remove points either by clicking the points on the coordinate plane or by clicking the "X" next to the point in the list.If you check "Limit the number of points a student can plot" students will be able to plot up to the specified number of points (two in the above example) and further clicks will be ignored until they first delete a point.Plotting Points - Student ViewStudents will be shown an empty coordinate plane and will click specific points to plot them.The students must plot all the requested points, and no other points for their answer to be considered correct. To remove a plotted point from the graph, the student will click the point a second time.Selecting PointsThe "Selecting Points" interactions allow students to choose from a set of points that you have already plotted on the coordinate plane.To add a point to the set from which the student will choose, click the point on the coordinate plane.A point will appear as a hollow circle to indicate that it is NOT to be chosen by the student as a correct answer. To set the point to be a correct answer, click the point a second time. It will change to a filled circle, indicating it is now a correct answer. Points that are considered correct will be indicated with a check in the list to the right of the graph. You can uncheck a point to indicate that it should not be considered correct. To remove a point, click it a third time. Alternately, you can click the "X" to the right of the point in the list on the right-hand side of the graph. Checking "Limit the number of student selections" prohibits the student for choosing more than the number of correct answers you have chosen. In the above example, the student would be able to choose at most two answers.Selecting Points - Student ViewStudents will see a graph with all of your points already plotted on it as hollow circles. Students will click to select the correct points based on the question they are asked. Students will click any of the plotted points to select it as a correct answer. To de-select a point, they will click it a second time. To be scored correctly, the students must select all the correct points and none of the incorrect points.Plotting LinesThe "Plotting Lines" interactions lets students draw lines on the coordinate plane to answer questions. You first set the answer key by drawing the desired lines.To draw a line, click on the coordinate plane to place the first point. Move your mouse and click to place the second point. Click and drag to move any of the points to a new position.Click and release on a point to delete the entire line.As you create lines, they will appear in a list on the right side of the graph. You may edit the points in the list. You may also delete a line by clicking the "X."Checking "Limit the number of student selections" will limit the student to drawing at most the same number of lines you created for the answer key.Plotting Lines - Student ViewStudents will start with an empty coordinate plane.They will click to place the first point of a line, then move their mouse and click to place the second point. They can click and drag an existing point to move a line, or click and release on a point to delete the line.To be scored correctly, the student must draw all the required lines. The drawn lines must be mathematically equivalent to the answer key though not necessarily drawn using the same points. Plotting InequalitiesThe "Plotting Inequalities" interactions allow students to click on the coordinate plane to draw the points you specify. You add points by clicking on directly on to the point of the coordinate plane.The points you specify will appear on the plane, and in the list on the right-hand side, and the inequality will be chosen.You can edit the points in the list by entering new x and y values. You can remove points either by clicking the points on the coordinate plane or by clicking the "X" next to the point in the list.Plotting Inequalities Student ViewStudents will be shown an empty coordinate plane and will click specific points to plot them. They will be given the option to have a solid or dash line type and the ability to toggle shade.The students must plot all the requested points, and no other points for their answer to be considered correct. To remove a plotted point from the graph, the student will click the point a second time.Plotting ParabolasPlotting Parabolas Student ViewConclusionWith a few clicks and a little thought, you can give your students auto-graded graphing questions using an interactive coordinate plane! #### This assignment is no longer accepting submissions 750 submission limit per assignment reached. #### This is a draft article This is a draft article. Do not publish it. #### This is a published article. This is a published article with no draft. #### This is published AND has a draft. This is currently published. Then I edited it to created a draft.This is the draft version. #### Tip Sheet # 10 - November 29, 2022 (Scroll down for premade Holiday Activities.)November 29th is Giving Tuesday!"Partial Match Scoring" is Our Gift to You! It's Giving Tuesday so our gift to you is a scoring headache resolved in an elegant way. For short response/fill-in-the-blanks, you can now turn on partial match scoring and enter a keyword. If any student's answer contains the keyword, it will get marked as correct. No longer do you have to figure out all possible variations of the answer in advance or constantly go back and update your answer key. Set the keyword and let TeacherMade do a better job of grading the assignment for you.Here's a quick video explaining how partial match grading works.For Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared Elementary TeacherMades:ELA: Language and Conventions Description: In this activity students will be assessed on their knowledge of Language and Conventions. They answer questions to find the correct usage of grammar, capitalization, and punctuation. Recommended Grade Range: Upper ElementaryQuestion Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Hot Spot, True/FalseClick Here: https://app.teachermade.com/s/OmM-XiKHSD6yBnekBM1oMg/Math: TEKS 3.2(A) - Composing Numbers -STAAR with Tech Updates Description: This worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2- 5.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Short Answer, DropdownClick Here: Composing NumbersShared Middle School TeacherMades:        Science: Simple Diagram of a Spherical VirusDescription: Students will label the parts of a simple diagram of a spherical virus in this activity. It is great to use in Biology class! Recommended Grade Range: Designed for Middle School or High School GrQuestion Types: Drag and dropClick Here: Spherical VirusELA: The RegularsDescription: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Recommended Grade: Intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5-8.Question Types:  Multiple Choice, Multiselect, DropdownClick Here: The Regulars Shared High School TeacherMades:Science: Parts of a Solar PanelDescription:  Students will label the parts of a Solar Panel. This is great for a Physical Science lesson.  Question Types: Drag and dropRecommended Grade Range: High SchoolClick Here: Parts of a Solar PanelELA: Losing Is Good For YouDescription: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, Multiselect, Short Answer Recommended Grade Range: High School, English I, but can be used in any high school reading levelClick Here: Losing Is Good for YouDecember - Holiday Activities Math: December Decimals Review Description: Your students will solve word problems with a holiday theme and demonstrate their mastery of decimals with this colorful activity. Four out of five of the problems are auto-graded.Grade: Upper ElementaryItem Types: Short Answer, Multiple Choice, Open AnswerLink: December  Decimals ReviewELA/Science: How Snow Is Made  Description: Your students will be able to read about how snowflakes are formed through this short reading passage. After they will answer eight questions to check their understanding of the passage. Grade: Upper ElementaryItem Types: Multiple choice, Multiselect, True/FalseLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/vGa_32gdQ-yV9BQ-9uB0_w/Math: Counting Candy Canes, Cookies, and Christmas Trees - too! Description: In this activity, students practice counting how many candy canes, cookies, or Christmas trees there are for each question. At the end, they will count how many lights are on the Christmas tree, too. Students will really love the holiday graphics on this one! Grade: Early ElementaryItem Types: Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/0XP_0eOkRqeQYRidc_Wotg/ ELA: Snow DayDescription: Students will be able to listen and read along to a short reading passage about a Snow Day. They will then answer four multiple choice questions to assess their reading/listening comprehension skills.Recommended Grade Range: Early Elementary  Item Types: Multiple Choice Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/6Sl7QBGcSrWkvyqxOALNBg/December 18 - 26 - Hanukkah  ELA/SS: The History of HanukkahDescription:  Your students will learn the fascinating historical events leading to the Jewish celebration of Hanukkah. The Story of Hanukkah includes Hellenistic conquerors, religious intolerance, struggle and triumph in 164 BCE. Add a bonus question by asking your students to find the definition of the word "Hanukkah."Recommended Grade Range: Elementary & MiddleItem Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, Multiselect, Open Answer, MatchingLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/CUQ6yEGGSqeBSIs6SgkFng/ELA/SS/Math: Make a Dreidel and PlayDescription:  For Grades 4-6, this is a reading and SS activity (remove the last three math probability questions). For grades 7-8 students who've already learned probabilities, this is a Reading/SS/Math cross-curricular activity that can be used in any of these class periods.Recommended Grade Range: Upper Elementary and Middle School  Item Types: Matching, Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Dropdown, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/f2rkER79TLq7V51eejEdbg/For Being a Teacher! ♥ © 2022 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #1 Vol. II - September 13, 2022 Tuesday Tip Sheet #1 - September 13, 2022Welcome Back! In this Issue:Welcome Back! Premade Activities:Hispanic Heritage Month: History of Hispanic Heritage Month Mini-Biographies: Famous Hispanic Leaders The National Dish of Mexico: Chiles NogadaBack to School: Book Review The Important Book: Poetry Pro Tips: Help Center Updates Updates to TeacherMade: Quick Overview ⭐Happy September!⭐    I hope you are all having an amazing start to the 2022-2023 school year! TeacherMade is grateful to be able to share this school year with you. We hope to make your life easier by providing pre-made activities, PRO Tips, and tricks every Tuesday to make you a TeacherMade superstar!     At TeacherMade, we are dedicated to saving you time, and making your year as easy as possible. You have a difficult job and TeacherMade is here to help.  Whether it is auto-grading assignments, providing a history of students' time on task, or just turning your PDF into a quick digital assignment preferred by your students to use, we are here for you!     This summer we worked countless hours implementing your requests. We updated our program to simplify yours. Something as simple as  (COVID came to TeacherMade this summer; everyone is better, but some updates are still in the works.)------------------------------------Premade Activities--  Want to see your new Digital Library now available in the Help Center?? Today, it's a little library, but someday it will be mighty! So be sure to check back often as we build out our collection of activities to meet your classroom needs. Hispanic Heritage Month History of Hispanic Heritage Month:  Subject: English Language Arts - ReadingGrade: Upper Elementary & MiddleItem Types: True/False, Multiple Choice, Checkbox/Multiselect Description: Students will read about the History of Hispanic Heritage Month. They will learn about when and how it was founded as a National Month long holiday. Afterwards, they will answer reading comprehension questions based on the passage. Mini-Biographies: Famous Hispanic Leaders  Subject: English Language Arts - Research and WritingGrade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Open Answer, Student Audio Tool Description: Research away! In this lesson, students will research a famous Hispanic leader and write a biography about them to share with their class. Make this a bell ringer or an entire report! The National Dish of Mexico: Chiles Nogada:Subject: English Language Arts & Mathematics Grade: Upper Elementary and MiddleItem Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect/Checkboxes, Algebraic ExpressionDescription: Get your taste buds ready! Students will learn about the National Dish of Mexico through a short text, then answer four multiple choice reading comprehension questions. They will then get to double and triple the recipe using fractions and whole numbers! Back to SchoolBook Review:  Subject: English Language ArtsGrade: Upper Elementary, Middle, and High School Item Types: Open Answer, Student Audio & Images ToolDescription: Students will write a Book Review on their favorite book to share with the class! They will create a tagline for the book, write a review using the guidelines given, and then record themselves reading it aloud! Not only that they will be able to insert an image that reminds them of the book and then explain why in 1-2 sentences. The Important Book: Poetry  (All Grade Levels)Subject: English Language Arts - Poetry and WritingGrade: ElementaryItem Types: Link, Short Answer, Open Answer, Image, Student Audio & Image toolsDescription: Students will listen to the read-aloud of the Important Book. They will then use a flow map to write their own poem about how they are important, using the example as a guide. When they are done, they will type their poem below, add an image to represent their poetry, then record themselves reading it aloud. --Pro Tips --The New TeacherMade Help CenterOne significant change we made this summer was revamping our Help Center! Our Help Center is a self-service powerhouse for any TeacherMade issue that you may come across. Can't find what you're looking for? Click the "Contact Us" button up top and get in touch with our Tech Support Team. The Help Center is also where you can find our premade Digital Activities, Tip Sheets, Frequently Asked Questions, Teacher Trainings, and advice from Teachers for Teachers in the new Mentor Center!Click on the image below to go to the main screen of the 'Help Center'Each of the Categories found on the Homepage offer different articles, created to assist you!Teacher Training: In this section, you'll find the Back to School Webinar trainings that TeacherMades’ very own Jen Chorma and Kate Howie delivered this summer. In TeacherMade 101 you will learn how to use all of the different tools to mark up your PDFs and make them interactive. TeacherMade 102 focuses on how to setup assignments, which delivery modes are best suited for your objectives, how to give real-time feedback, and each of the grading tools. Digital Activities: This is the temporary home of our Digital Activities Library. (We're building a bigger and better one...) Locate a resource you'd like to use and click to make a copy in your account. Then share it with your class!  FAQs: Here you will find answers to the most commonly asked questions-- and some uncommon ones, too. ;) Browse through this section to see if another TeacherMader had the same question as you! Technical Support: In this section, you'll find all of the resources to help you make a TeacherMade interactivity for your students. There are ‘How-To’ articles and short videos to get you going.  Mentor Center: This summer, TeacherMade Teachers from around theUS and Canada shared their knowledge of how they use TeacherMade within their classrooms. Read their articles and watch their videos to find out some tips and tricks to implement in your classroom. News and Letters: The Tip Sheets are located in this section as well as any news, press releases, trade show buzz, and product updates that we'll be sharing from time to time! Updates to the TeacherMade App: A Quick Overview In the upcoming weeks, on each Tip Sheet, we will focus on one or two new updates to the TeacherMade APP! The following is a long list of improvements made over the summer. Click the links below to find out more about each one.New Updates: Student names can now be edited Assignments can be archived New Check My Work featureTeacher can choose to Hide Scores Teacher can Zoom In on images Uploaded by Students TeacherMade now remembers choices from previous assignments Ability to change the number of answers and shape of Multiple Choice items on the ToolbarHighlighter Tool has easy-to-choose ColorsNew Continue Button on Teacher Preview - choose to reset your answers, start over, or continue when previewing a worksheetAdvanced Equation EditorJune 20th - New Submissions Screen ---------------Happy B2S!© 2022 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #11 - December 6, 2022 Welcome GAETC, TX Assessment, NCTM, VSTE Attendees. Sign Up for a 30-Day Risk-Free Trial!Tuesday Tip SheetThe holidays are coming and we have a lot of activities for you to use in your classroom! Be sure to check each Tip Sheet in December for holiday-themed activities that will keep your students focused and save you time!QUESTION of THE WEEKMy school purchased a license for all of our Teachers, which is great!! But now I have a password tied to my school account. I want to sign in with Google like I used to... How do I do it?? There are two ways to sign in to TeacherMade. One is with a username and password, and the other is by first logging in to your Google account, then using the convenient "Sign In With Google" feature on the sign in page.If you created your own account and used the "Register With Google" button, you can click that "Sign In With Google" button and get right to work with TeacherMade.But what if you created an account using a password, or the account was created for you with a password when your school purchased a license?There are two ways to sign in to TeacherMade. One is with a username and password, and the other is by first logging in to your Google account, then using the convenient "Sign In With Google" feature on the sign in page.If you created your own account and used the "Register With Google" button, you can click that "Sign In With Google" button and get right to work with TeacherMade.But what if you created an account using a password, or the account was created for you with a password when your school purchased a license? Click below to read more...https://support.teachermade.com/support/solutions/articles/72000580258-how-do-i-use-the-sign-in-with-google-feature-For Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared Elementary TeacherMades:ELA: Informational - Roald DahlDescription: This is an informational practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for Grade 4, but can be used with grades 3-6 Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, DropdownClick Here: Roald Dahl Science: The Four Layers of the Earth Description: In this drag and drop activity students will label the different earth layers. Recommended Grade Range: Intended for Elementary Earth Science but could be used in Middle School.Question Types: Drag and dropClick Here: Earth Layers Shared Middle School TeacherMades:        Math: Using Order of Operations with IntegersDescription: Students will evaluate each expression using the Order of Operations to find the correct answer. Recommended Grade Range: Designed for Middle School Question Types: Multiple Choice Click Here: Order of Operations  ELA: Poetry - PersistentDescription: This is a poetry practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Recommended Grade: Intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5-8.Question Types:  Multiple Choice, Multiselect, DropdownClick Here: Persistent Shared High School TeacherMades:Math: Solving Literal Equations Level 1a HSAceda4Description:  This activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard HSA-CED.A.4-Solving Literal Equations. This difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (introducing the skill). Question Types: Multiple Choice Recommended Grade Range: Grade 8, but used in grades 9 -10Click Here: Solving Literal EquationsScience: Prokaryotic Cell Description: Great for Biology class, this drag and drop activities allows students to label the parts of a Prokaryotic cell.Question Types: Drag and drop Recommended Grade Range: High School BiologyClick Here: Prokaryotic CellSo Much Going On in December! ELA: Winter Mad LibsDescription: Students will fill in a word of their choice that matches the part of speech below to make a writing piece about winter! Students can share these with their family and friends.Grade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/lP1x_kxQQI2gLXtGka4qMw/ELA: Winter Riddles Description: Students will read the six riddles and then guess what the winter item is! They will love completing the activity with their classmates.Grade: ElementaryItem Types: Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/iHRODWdjTjibY_Vwhsoxsw/ELA/Science: How Snow Is Made  Description: Your students will be able to read about how snowflakes are formed through this short reading passage. After they will answer eight questions to check their understanding of the passage. Grade: Upper ElementaryItem Types: Multiple choice, Multiselect, True/FalseLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/vGa_32gdQ-yV9BQ-9uB0_w/ ELA: Snow DayDescription: Students will be able to listen and read along to a short reading passage about a Snow Day. They will then answer four multiple choice questions to assess their reading/listening comprehension skills.Recommended Grade Range: Early Elementary  Item Types: Multiple Choice Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/6Sl7QBGcSrWkvyqxOALNBg/Math: Counting Candy Canes, Cookies, and Christmas Trees - too! Description: In this activity, students practice counting how many candy canes, cookies, or Christmas trees there are for each question. At the end, they will count how many lights are on the Christmas tree, too. Students will really love the holiday graphics on this one! Grade: Early ElementaryItem Types: Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/0XP_0eOkRqeQYRidc_Wotg/Math: December Decimals Review Description: Your students will solve word problems with a holiday theme and demonstrate their mastery of decimals with this colorful activity. Four out of five of the problems are auto-graded.Grade: Upper ElementaryItem Types: Short Answer, Multiple Choice, Open AnswerLink: Decimals in DecemberSS/US History: Pearl Harbor Attack - December 7th, 1941Description: Students will read four pages outlining the major events leading up to and on the day of December 7th, 1941. They will then apply their knowledge with a drag-and-drop comprehension check.Recommended Grade Range: High School  Item Types: Drag and drop Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/BWzcmmHzT2Ghi2KP6hTEFg/December 24 - 25 - ChristmasSS/ELA/Science: Christmas in the South Description: In this activity students will learn about Christmas in the Southern Hemisphere, specifically Australia. Your students will discover that Chrissie is true blue Aussie because it's summer down under.Grade: Middle, High School Item Types: True/False, Multiselect, Multiple Choice, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/VWhsVSvCRSO1ZNjtyU1ngQ/SEL/ELA: The Birthday Tree Description: Students read this charming story about a Christmas birthday. The passage highlights thoughtfulness and empathy. Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle School Item Types: True/False, Multiple Choice, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/keVJGf8eTHyn2IYhVquqcw/SS/ELA/Science: Before There Was Christmas Description: Before Christianity, the Romans celebrated the end of the harvest and winter sowing season. Today's students will find lots of similarities between contemporary traditions and those from 2,200 years ago while learning about ancient agricultural techniques along the way. Grade: Middle/High School Item Types: True/False, Multiple Choice, Multiselect Dropdown, Short Answer, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/2iwQC3siQVeIcSpqQbHkMA/December 18 - 26 - Hanukkah  ELA/SS: The History of HanukkahDescription:  Your students will learn the fascinating historical events leading to the Jewish celebration of Hanukkah. The Story of Hanukkah includes Hellenistic conquerors, religious intolerance, struggle and triumph in 164 BCE. Add a bonus question by asking your students to find the definition of the word "Hanukkah."Recommended Grade Range: Elementary & MiddleItem Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, Multiselect, Open Answer, MatchingLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/CUQ6yEGGSqeBSIs6SgkFng/ELA/SS/Math: Make a Dreidel and PlayDescription:  For Grades 4-6, this is a reading and SS activity (remove the last three math probability questions). For grades 7-8 students who've already learned probabilities, this is a Reading/SS/Math cross-curricular activity that can be used in any of these class periods.Recommended Grade Range: Upper Elementary and Middle School Item Types: Matching, Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Dropdown, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/f2rkER79TLq7V51eejEdbg/December 26 - January 1 - KwanzaaELA/SS: Celebrating KwanzaaDescription:  In this activity students can read and listen to an informational passage about the celebration of Kwanzaa. Afterwards, students will be asked to answer five questions to assess their reading/listening comprehension skills. Grade Range: Upper Elementary & MiddleItem Types: Multiple Choice, Short Answer, MatchingLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/p1U02r3vQAqDOkyTQtrPQg/For Being a Teacher! ♥© 2022 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #12 - December 13, 2022 Happy 2023!At TeacherMade we are busy making your 2023 surprise-- TeacherMade 2.0! What's the best way to describe it? Well... it's like Google Slides and Google Forms had a baby. Only this baby is easily made interactive, autogrades student work, and was specifically designed for the classroom! While we look forward to the arrival of  the awesome New Year, please enjoy these 16 holiday activities for use in your classroom! And Merry Christmukkahzaa!! We hope you have time to relax over the break and enjoy time with family and friends.  The holidays are celebrated around the world. And so is TeacherMade! Whether you're a Teacher of World Languages or a Teacher in a non-English-speaking country, this week's Tech Tip is for you!------How do I use TeacherMade with non-English languages?TeacherMade is used across the globe in nearly all the world's languages! While our default language is English, we allow you to turn on other characters for you and your students to use in various interactivities.  We've got a full suite of accents and diacritical marks to support many languages! Click here to keep reading...For Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared Elementary TeacherMades:ELA: Poetry:  Air Description: This is a poetry practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3-6 Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Drop DownClick Here: AirMath: Measurements of Volume and Weight Description: This worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions focused on the measurements of Volume and Weight that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STARR test.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 3 but can be used with grades 2-5.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Drop DownClick Here: Measurements of Volume and WeightShared Middle School TeacherMades:        Science: Tadpole/Frog Life CycleDescription: In this science activity students will label the life cycle of a frog. Recommended Grade Range: Designed for Middle School or High School grade range. Can be used in Biology. Question Types: Drag and Drop Click Here: Life Cycle of a Tadpole/FrogELA: Informational (Paired Passages) - Soaring to New Heights & See It Through Description: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types. There are two selections in this activity. They are entitled, "Soaring to New Heights & See It Through."Recommended Grade: Intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5-8.Question Types:  Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Drop DownClick Here: Soaring to New Heights & See It ThroughShared High School TeacherMades:ELA: English I: Fiction: AntaeusDescription:  This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporated new question types.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Drop Down, Multiselect Recommended Grade Range: Intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level. Click Here: AntaeusMath: Solving Absolute Value EquationsDescription: This activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 - Solving Absolute Value Equations. Question Types: Multiple Choice Recommended Grade Range: This worksheet can be used with students in grades 7-10.Click Here: Solving Absolute Value EquationsWinter Solstice*NEW* ELA/Science: Winter Solstice Description: Students will learn about the Winter Solstice in this reading comprehension question. It will also introduce Summer Solstice and the Spring and Fall Equinoxes. Grade: Upper Elementary & Middle School Item Types: Matching, True/FalseLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/FhSIzgSSRYmo1IKCjw6PAg/Holiday Activities*NEW* ELA: Winter Word SearchDescription: Great for students of all ages! Students will search for winter vocabulary in a word search. Great for students to do independently or with their peers!  Grade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Students will use the highlighter tool Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/Uoijc4IyQUedXJWUz1Lpiw/ *NEW* ELA: Holiday Word ProblemsDescription: Students will solve holiday word problems that include adding and multiplying fractions, multiplying decimals, addition/subtraction, multiplication/division Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle SchoolItem Types: Short answer, Fraction, Mixed NumberLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/DPaQxlvFRu6Rge7iQyGGxg/ELA: Winter Mad LibsDescription: Students will fill in a word of their choice that matches the part of speech below to make a writing piece about winter! Students can share these with their family and friends.Grade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/lP1x_kxQQI2gLXtGka4qMw/ELA: Winter Riddles Description: Students will read the six riddles and then guess what the winter item is! They will love completing the activity with their classmates.Grade: ElementaryItem Types: Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/iHRODWdjTjibY_Vwhsoxsw/SS/ELA/Science: Christmas in the South Description: In this activity students will learn about Christmas in the Southern Hemisphere, specifically Australia. Your students will discover that Chrissie is true blue Aussie because it's summer down under.Grade: Middle, High School Item Types: True/False, Multiselect, Multiple Choice, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/VWhsVSvCRSO1ZNjtyU1ngQ/SEL/ELA: The Birthday Tree Description: Students read this charming story about a Christmas birthday. The passage highlights thoughtfulness and empathy. Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle School Item Types: True/False, Multiple Choice, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/keVJGf8eTHyn2IYhVquqcw/SS/ELA/Science: Before There Was Christmas Description: Before Christianity, the Romans celebrated the end of the harvest and winter sowing season. Today's students will find lots of similarities between contemporary traditions and those from 2,200 years ago while learning about ancient agricultural techniques along the way. Grade: Middle/High School Item Types: True/False, Multiple Choice, Multiselect Dropdown, Short Answer, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/2iwQC3siQVeIcSpqQbHkMA/From Last Weeks Tip Sheet: Math: December Decimals Review Description: Your students will solve word problems with a holiday theme and demonstrate their mastery of decimals with this colorful activity. Four out of five of the problems are auto-graded.Grade: Upper ElementaryItem Types: Short Answer, Multiple Choice, Open AnswerLink: Decimals in DecemberELA/Science: How Snow Is Made  Description: Your students will be able to read about how snowflakes are formed through this short reading passage. After they will answer eight questions to check their understanding of the passage. Grade: Upper ElementaryItem Types: Multiple choice, Multiselect, True/FalseLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/vGa_32gdQ-yV9BQ-9uB0_w/Math: Counting Candy Canes, Cookies, and Christmas Trees - too! Description: In this activity, students practice counting how many candy canes, cookies, or Christmas trees there are for each question. At the end, they will count how many lights are on the Christmas tree, too. Students will really love the holiday graphics on this one! Grade: Early ElementaryItem Types: Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/0XP_0eOkRqeQYRidc_Wotg/ ELA: Snow DayDescription: Students will be able to listen and read along to a short reading passage about a Snow Day. They will then answer four multiple choice questions to assess their reading/listening comprehension skills.Recommended Grade Range: Early Elementary  Item Types: Multiple Choice Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/6Sl7QBGcSrWkvyqxOALNBg/December 18 - 26 - Hanukkah  ELA/SS: The History of HanukkahDescription:  Your students will learn the fascinating historical events leading to the Jewish celebration of Hanukkah. The Story of Hanukkah includes Hellenistic conquerors, religious intolerance, struggle and triumph in 164 BCE. Add a bonus question by asking your students to find the definition of the word "Hanukkah."Recommended Grade Range: Elementary & MiddleItem Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, Multiselect, Open Answer, MatchingLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/CUQ6yEGGSqeBSIs6SgkFng/ELA/SS/Math: Make a Dreidel and PlayDescription:  For Grades 4-6, this is a reading and SS activity (remove the last three math probability questions). For grades 7-8 students who've already learned probabilities, this is a Reading/SS/Math cross-curricular activity that can be used in any of these class periods.Recommended Grade Range: Upper Elementary and Middle School Item Types: Matching, Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Dropdown, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/f2rkER79TLq7V51eejEdbg/December 26 - January 1 - KwanzaaELA/SS: Celebrating KwanzaaDescription:  In this activity students can read and listen to an informational passage about the celebration of Kwanzaa. Afterwards, students will be asked to answer five questions to assess their reading/listening comprehension skills. Grade Range: Upper Elementary & MiddleItem Types: Multiple Choice, Short Answer, MatchingLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/p1U02r3vQAqDOkyTQtrPQg/*NEW* ELA/SS: Kwanzaa: True/FalseDescription:  Students will choose whether the statement about Kwanzaa is True or False. This is a great interactivity to check in for understanding after a lesson on the holiday. Grade Range: Upper Elementary, Middle, High SchoolItem Types: True/False Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/k1XT9awGR9WEjSCjRFNHZg/♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥This is our last Tip Sheet for 2022. We have to get ready for 2023 because...♫ TeacherMade 2.0 - aka The Slide Model is coming to town ♫.It's being tested right now and getting ready for release in 2023-- our New Years present to you!!Happy Christmukkahzaa and Heartfelt Wishes for a Wonderful New Year! We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2022 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #13 - January 3, 2023 TeacherMade 2.0 is here! What is it exactly? The best way to describe it is...if Google Slides and Google Forms had a baby, it would be TeacherMade 2.0!We can't wait for you to try it! We've included activities below that showcase some of its capabilities! Read about all the newly released features here: https://support.teachermade.com/en/support/solutions/articles/72000592293-january-2nd-2023-happy-new-teachermade-2-0--- ♥ -- TeacherMade 2.0 - New Slide View Activities Now you can combine your Google Slides with practice activities and comprehension checks. Many of our Beta Testers have called it a game-changer!! See what you think by viewing the activities below. For a Tutorial, click here to visit the Getting Started area in the Help Center.Math: Analog and Digital ClocksDescription: A Telling Time lesson and practice integrated into one Slide View. Grade: K-2Item Types: Short Answer, Matching, Drag-and-drop Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/q2uIFcQaS1WFcK4RKsCGtA/Math: Trigonometric RatiosDescription: This is an introductory lesson and practice Slide activity covering 3 trigonometric ratios.Grade: High School Item Types: Short Answer, Math Types (fraction, equation response) Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/wxD2h3JNTpW-kHFFztV-mg/ELA: Pearson "My Perspectives" Unit I Lesson and Comp CheckDescription: Students will create an acrostic poem based on their goals for the New Year. They will then record themselves reading it, and add a picture to represent their poetry. These are perfect to print and have the students recite for their classmates or even parents! Grade:  Grade 8 (all middle grades)Item Types: Matching, Short Answer, Dropdown, Embedded VideoLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/QjD6N9WnTr2Gm_Az0xOoww/ELA: Mahatma Gandhi and Dr. King: Peaceful WarriorsDescription: Short reading passage including a table, video, and audio that focuses on Gandhi's influence on Dr. King. Grade: Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Short Answer, Multiple Choice, T/F, Dropdown, MultiSelectLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/gMOFfE2fSfGGW2gJ5K4-hA/Would you like to see a quick video overview of TeacherMade 2.0? TeacherMade Kate has made one for us!For Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click Here TeacherMade Content Library - Elementary ActivitiesELA: Winter CountsDescription: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 5, but can be used with grades 4 - 7. Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Drop Down, Short AnswerClick Here: Winter Counts  Science/Health:  Parts of the Body Description: Students will label parts of the human body. Great to use with a science or health lesson. Recommended Grade Range: Elementary School Grade RangeQuestion Types: Multiple Choice Click Here: Parts of the BodyTeacherMade Content Library - Middle School Activities        Science: Phase Change  - TeacherMade Content LibraryDescription: In this science activity students will label the correct Phase Change.Recommended Grade Range: Designed for Middle School or High School grade range. Can be used in Science or Chemistry Question Types: Drag and Drop Click Here: Phase ChangeMath:  Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions and Equations Level 1a 6eea2aDescription: This activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A - Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions & Equations.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 6 but can be used with grades 5-8.Question Types: Multiple Choice Click Here: Converting Written Words to Algebraic Expressions and Equations Level 1a 6eea2a TeacherMade Content Library - High School ActivitiesELA: The Boston Girl/Sybil Ludington's RideDescription:  This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporated new question types. There are two selections in this activity. They are entitled, "The Boston Girl," and "Sybil Ludington's Ride." The genre of the selections are Fiction/Poetry, and they are Paired Passages.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Drop Down, Multiselect Recommended Grade Range: Intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level. Click Here: The Boston Girl/Sybil Ludington's RideScience: The Lytic CycleDescription: In this activity students will drag the stage of the lytic cycle to the correct place on the diagram.Question Types: Drag and Drop Recommended Grade Range: This worksheet is designed for High School grade range. It is perfect to use in Biology class.Click Here: The Lytic Cycle ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2022 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #14 - January 10, 2023 Have you seen TeacherMade 2.0 and the new Slide View yet??  Like any new parent, we think our baby is pretty special But we'd like to know what you think... Please click below to share your thoughts. ddgWould you like to get started using TeacherMade 2.0and the new Slide View??Matt has assembled a Getting Started folder of "5 Minute Fly-Bys" to fit your busy schedule. Do you have 5 minutes right now??https://support.teachermade.com/en/support/solutions/folders/72000560936sdfsdfhghghFor Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click Here Shared Elementary TeacherMades:Science: Grade 4 and Up - Soil Layers Description: In this activity students will label the correct layers of soil using the drag and drop tool. This is an auto-graded activity! Recommended Grade Range: All grade levelsQuestion Types: Drag and dropClick Here: Layers of SoilMath:  Grade 3 - TEKS 3.3 (H) - Comparing Fractions - STAAR with Tech Updates Description: This Grade 3 test has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test. The activity features questions asessing TEKS standard 3.3(H).Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 3 but can be used with grades 2-5.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Equation EditorClick Here: Comparing FractionsShared Middle School TeacherMades:        ELA/Informational: Connecting Human Dots  Description: Students will read this informational reading passage then answer 7 questions to assess their reading comprehension.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5-8.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, Multiselect, Short answer Click Here: Connecting the Human Dots Science:  Scientific ClassificationDescription: In this activity students will drag and drop the level of classification where it belongs. It is auto-graded! Recommended Grade Range: Designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It can also be used in Life Science or Biology. Question Types: Drag and Drop Click Here: Scientific Classification Shared High School TeacherMades:ELA: English I - Nonfiction - Chasing RedbirdDescription:  This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporated new question types. Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, Inline ChoiceRecommended Grade Range: Intended for the high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level. Click Here: Chasing RedbirdMath: Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 2a Description: This is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math Standard for Solving Absolute Value Equations. It is of difficulty Level 2.Question Types: Short Answer Recommended Grade Range: While it is designed for grade 7, it can likely be used with grades 7-10. Click Here: Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 2aJanuary 16, 2023This week we have six interactivities for you to use in your classroom to celebrate the life of Martin Luther King, Jr.  Each week we will be incorporating new TeacherMade 2.0 activities for you and your students to try. We hope you enjoy them!TeacherMade 2.0 - New Slide View Activities ELA/Social Studies: Martin Luther King Jr. Reading ComprehensionDescription: Students will read a passage about Martin Luther King Jr.'s achievements, and complete reading checks after each section to assess their comprehension.Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Short Answer, Multiple Choice, T/F, Dropdown, Matching, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/jdf-zYrhTq2Foo_DaKzNuw/ELA: I Have a Dream Acrostic PoetryDescription: In this interactivity students will learn about acrostic poetry. They will then listen to part of Dr. King's "I Have a Dream" speech and brainstorm their dreams for the world. Using their ideas they will then write an acrostic poem.Grade: All grades Item Types: Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/BQ0t_WsSSPuldmmELsVwvw/From our Previous Tip Sheet:ELA: Mahatma Gandhi and Dr. King: Peaceful WarriorsDescription: Short reading passage including a table, video, and audio that focuses on Gandhi's influence on Dr. King. Grade: Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Short Answer, Multiple Choice, T/F, Dropdown, MultiSelectLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/gMOFfE2fSfGGW2gJ5K4-hA/TeacherMade 1.0 - Scrolling Activities ELA/Social Studies: Martin's Big WordsDescription:  In this activity, students will listen to a read aloud of Martin's Big Words from The Teacher's Library on YouTube (7 minutes). Afterwards they will be assessed on their reading/listening skills by answering the questions that follow. Grade: Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Multiple Choice, True/False, Drop DownLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/BuVFdHlOS2iaz1Ev9dyukw/ELA: King of Literary Devices: Analyzing "I Have a Dream"Description:  Literary devices abound in Dr. King's most famous speech. Your students will have to really engage to score 100% on this activity. It's a wonderful way to have them appreciate that art in Dr. King's writing and oratory.Grade: Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Hot Spot, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/ngW1qbiBR2-TXPEQMj_LNQ/ELA/Social Studies: Two Marches, Two Causes, Two KingsDescription: If you are working on Compare and Contrast skills, this activity is for you. (I'll bet you didn't know Dr. King has a very young granddaughter!) Your students will enjoy the two videos as they work their way through the passage and questions.Grade: Middle School to High SchoolItem Types:  Multiselect, Multiple Choice, T/F, DropdownLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/DX_p799TSUykBcgdnvhWMQ/♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2023 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #15 - January 17, 2023 Click Here for Resources to Help You Get Started with TeacherMade 2.0 (Slide View).Last week we asked TeacherMaders to take a 30-Second Survey and share their thoughts on TeacherMade 2.0!Our deepest thanks to everyone who participated. The survey is still open, so click here if you'd still like to share your thoughts with us!ddgDid you see this time-saving new feature?? Now you can add a point value to Open Answer questions with ease! And for those of you who are concerned with the advent of Chat GPT and how it will affect student writing, here's an important article with a link to a product that will catch those students who used ChatGPT!!sdfsdfhghghFor Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared Elementary TeacherMades:Science: Farm Animals Description: In this activity students will label the different farm animals. This is an auto-graded activity! Recommended Grade Range: ElementaryQuestion Types: Drag and dropClick Here: Farm AnimalsELA/Fiction: Racing Team Description: This is a fiction practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 3 but can be used with grades 2-5.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, DropdownClick Here: Racing TeamShared Middle School TeacherMades:        ELA/Play: Playing Second Fiddle Description: Students can read or act out this play, then answer reading comprehension questions that follow.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 8, but can be used with grades 7-10.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, Multiselect,  Click Here: Playing Second Fiddle  Math: Algebraic Expressions Written as Words Description: In activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.A - Evaluating Algebraic Expressions Written as Words.Recommended Grade Range: The worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5-8.Question Types: Multiple Choice Click Here: Algebraic Expressions Written as Words Shared High School TeacherMades:English I: Revising: Body Language Description:  This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STARR test for English I, that focuses on revising.Question Types: Multiple Choice, DropdownRecommended Grade Range: Intended for the high school course English 1, but can be used with any high school readingClick Here: Body LanguageScience: ParameciumDescription: Students will label the parts of an Paramecium. This would be a great activity for Biology class.Question Types: Drag and DropRecommended Grade Range: High SchoolClick Here: ParameciumChinese New Year January 22, 2023The Year of the RabbitTeacherMade 2.0 - New Slide View Activities ELA/Social Studies: Read Aloud of the Lunar New Year Description: Students will watch a read aloud of the Lunar New Year on YouTube then answer the questions that follow. This is great of all ages to learn about the holiday.Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Multiselect, Multiple Choice, T/F, Matching, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/trodpHwRTFiNl-IirtYdRA/ELA: Origin of the Chinese New Year Description: This reading passage introduces the Chinese New Year, and tells the story of how the Chinese New Year started through the myth of Nian. Students will read the text then answer the various questions that follow.Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle Item Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, True/False, Open Answer, DropdownLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/P6LJEFEsTimJPs8hSRblPA/ELA: Chinese New Year OverviewDescription: This reading passage explains when and why the Chinese New Year is celebrated. Your students will read all about the Chinese New Year and then answer questions to assess their reading comprehension.Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle Item Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, True/False, Short Answer, DropdownLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/yvoL805yR_6max4pJnb9VA/TeacherMade 1.0 - Scrolling Activities ELA: The Sun, The Moon, and the Chinese New Year (Grade 8 and up)Description: This informational passage teaches students about solar, lunar, and lunisolar calendars and explains why certain holidays, like the Chinese New Year, float around the calendar. There are challenging questions that will require close reading to score 100%!Grade: All grades Item Types: Dropdown, Matching,  Multiple Choice, Multiselect, True/False, Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/0MlsjqRhTxK1TJCFrKsd1A/♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2023 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #16 - January 24, 2023 For Being So Patient... 3 Additional STAAR Item Types Have Just Released!(They're Not Just for Texas, Though. ;) ddgHOT TEXT, INLINE CHOICE, MATCH TABLE GRIDWow! Fresh on the heels of the monumental release of the Slide View, TeacherMade has added THREE new item types for you! If you're in Texas and worried about the new types on the redesigned STAAR, or in any state where Technology Enhanced Item Types (TEIs) are a concern, we've got you covered! Wait til you see what these new items can do! Click here to keep reading...sdfsdfhghghFor Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared Elementary TeacherMades:Science: Chrysalis to ButterflyDescription: In this activity students will label the life cycle of a butterfly.Recommended Grade Range: ElementaryQuestion Types: Drag and dropClick Here: Chrysalis to ButterflyMath: Numerical Expressions Written as Words Description: This activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math Standard 5.OA.A.2 - Evaluating Numerical Expressions Written as Words.Recommended Grade Range: The worksheet is for grade 5. It can be used with students in grades 4-7. Question Types: Short AnswerClick Here: Numerical Expressions Written as WordsShared Middle School TeacherMades:        Science: States of Matter Description: Students will label the correct state of matter.Recommended Grade Range: Designed for Elementary School or Middle School grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science or Physical Science Question Types: Drag and DropClick Here: States of MatterELA: Informational - Monarch on the Move Description: This is an informational practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types.Recommended Grade Range: The selection is entitled "Monarch on the Move" and is intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5-8.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Dropdown Click Here: Monarch on the Move Shared High School TeacherMades:English II: Editing: Try It; You'll Like ItDescription:  This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STARR test for English II, that focuses on editing.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for the high school course English II, but can be used with any high school readingQuestion Types: Multiple Choice, DropdownClick Here: Try It; You'll Like It  Science: Human Respiratory SystemDescription:  Students will label the parts of the Human Respiratory System.Recommended Grade Range: Designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Anatomy.Question Types: Drag and DropClick Here: Human Respiratory SystemBlack History Month ELA/Social Studies: Mini Biographies Description: Students will choose a leader to research for Black History Month. After they will write a paragraph about the person they researched, and add a picture. This is a great activity for students to share with the class! Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Open AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/s8LFdFGPTnS2uo0GxXDjAA/ELA: Mae JemisonDescription: This nonfiction article will teach students all about Mae Jemison, the first female African American to go into space. Students will have reading checks to assess their reading comprehension. Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle Item Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/eDzn7a-ZSQKGdVY1SlEgGw/ELA: Can Kids Change the World? Description: Students will watch the Storyworks video, "Can Kids Change the World?" then answer comprehension questions to assess their understanding of the video, and their listening skills.Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle Item Types: Multiple Choice, Short Answer, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/QCpgvC5MQ3CDLIGQRXgjVg/ ELA: Who Was William Wells Brown? Description: This first African-American novelist, playwright, and author who escapes the chains of slavery, Brown was an abolitionist with a literary talent. A self-taught reader and writer, he was a best-selling author in the 1840s and 1850s and made history for his literary achievements many times. Grade: Middle and High School Item Types: Dropdown, Matching,  Multiple Choice,  Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/A_QUb6CJQS2NAUtfM-3MdA/Groundhog DayFebruary 2, 2023 ELA: Groundhog Day Description: Students will learn about Groundhog Day then answer questions that follow. This is a great activity to do on February 2nd! Grade: ElementaryItem Types: Multiple Choice, Short Answer, True/False, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/BJW9pUwySbSRnJdd6B3KFA/  ELA/Science: Groundhog Day Description: Have your students watch a < 4 minute youtubekids video and then answer the questions that follow. The content is cross-curricular with a heavy emphasis on science. You may have to introduce Groundhog Day because it's alluded to, but not specifically covered in the activity. Enjoy! Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle, and High School Item Types: Dropdown, Matching,  Multiple Choice,  Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/3dTDMwNuRbWWI8qQ2zrRTg/♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2023 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #17 - January 31, 2023 for Testing! This Tip Sheet focuses on reading and writing activities that you can use to gauge how your students are doing on ELA standards. The passages are cross-curricular and address topics in English, Social Studies, and Science. These are released STAAR tests that have been modified to reflect the new item types for STAAR 2.0. However, these activities will work for any state using the Cambium platform for online testing.What more could you ask for?ddgWe've got a new feature for you - one that came from requests by Teachers just like you! We've added a powerful, yet easy to use, Search function! Don't remember what folder you put that Trig Midterm in a year ago? Don't worry! We'll help you find it! Click here to keep reading...sdfsdfhghghFor Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared Elementary TeacherMades:ELA/Social Studies: Brave Bessie ColemanDescription: Students will read this historical fiction piece about Bessie Coleman, who was the first African American woman to make a public flight.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for Grade 3 but can be used in grades 2-5.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, DropdownClick Here: Brave Bessie ColemanELA/Science: Amazing AcornsDescription: Students will read this informational piece to learn all about acorns. This would be great to use in science class!Recommended Grade Range: Intended for Grade 4 but can be used in grades 3-6.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, DropdownClick Here: Amazing Acorns Shared Middle School TeacherMades:ELA/Social Studies: Flying Into HistoryDescription: Students will read this informational piece about Charles Lindbergh, who had crossed the Atlantic Ocean from New York to Paris in a single flight.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for Grade 6 but can be used in grades 5-8.Question Types: Multiple Choice, MultiselectClick Here: Flying Into HistoryELA/Science: CompostingDescription: Students will read this nonfiction piece about composting. This would be a great addition to a science lesson!Recommended Grade Range: Intended for Grade 6 but can be used in grades 5-8.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, DropdownClick Here: CompostingShared High School TeacherMades:ELA/Science: Editing: Using Solar Power to Clean Drinking WaterDescription: Students will choose the best answer to correct the passage so it is written correctly.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for high school English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.Question Types: Multiple Choice, DropdownClick Here: Using Solar Power to Clean Drinking WaterELA/Social Studies: Nonfiction: Using Maps vs. GPSDescription: Students will read this nonfiction piece about whether to use maps or GPS then answer the eight questions that follow.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for high school English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Inline Choice, DropdownClick Here: Using Maps vs. GPSLanguage Arts STAAR Sample Items Revising and Editing Released Tests These TEA sample tests have been TeacherMaded to use in your classroom with no prep needed! Just assign and go! Each practice assessment has a revising and editing portion and there are two assessments per grade level. All questions are multiple choice as per the STAAR 2.0 Test Specifications and are auto-scored. EnglishGrade 3 Sample Writing Items Set 1Set 2Grade 4 Sample Writing Items Set 1Set 2Grade 5 Sample Writing Items Set 1Set 2Grade 6 Sample Writing Items Set 1Set 2Grade 7 Sample Writing Items Set 1 Set 2Grade 8 Sample Writing Items Set 1Set 2SpanishGrade 3 Sample Writing Items Set 1 Set 2Grade 4 Sample Writing Items Set 1 Set 2Grade 5 Sample Writing Items Set 1 Set 2From Last Week's Tip Sheet:Black History Month ELA/Social Studies: Mini Biographies Description: Students will choose a leader to research for Black History Month. After they will write a paragraph about the person they researched, and add a picture. This is a great activity for students to share with the class! Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Open AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/s8LFdFGPTnS2uo0GxXDjAA/ELA: Mae JemisonDescription: This nonfiction article will teach students all about Mae Jemison, the first female African American to go into space. Students will have reading checks to assess their reading comprehension. Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle Item Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/eDzn7a-ZSQKGdVY1SlEgGw/ELA: Can Kids Change the World? Description: Students will watch the Storyworks video, "Can Kids Change the World?" then answer comprehension questions to assess their understanding of the video, and their listening skills.Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle Item Types: Multiple Choice, Short Answer, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/QCpgvC5MQ3CDLIGQRXgjVg/ ELA: Who Was William Wells Brown? Description: This first African-American novelist, playwright, and author who escapes the chains of slavery, Brown was an abolitionist with a literary talent. A self-taught reader and writer, he was a best-selling author in the 1840s and 1850s and made history for his literary achievements many times. Grade: Middle and High School Item Types: Dropdown, Matching,  Multiple Choice,  Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/A_QUb6CJQS2NAUtfM-3MdA/Groundhog DayFebruary 2, 2023 ELA: Groundhog Day Description: Students will learn about Groundhog Day then answer questions that follow. This is a great activity to do on February 2nd! Grade: ElementaryItem Types: Multiple Choice, Short Answer, True/False, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/BJW9pUwySbSRnJdd6B3KFA/ ELA/Science: Groundhog Day Description: Have your students watch a < 4 minute youtubekids video and then answer the questions that follow. The content is cross-curricular with a heavy emphasis on science. You may have to introduce Groundhog Day because it's alluded to, but not specifically covered in the activity. Enjoy! Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle, and High School Item Types: Dropdown, Matching,  Multiple Choice,  Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/3dTDMwNuRbWWI8qQ2zrRTg/♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2023 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #18 - February 7, 2023 Happy Valentine's Day!We hope your students shower you with kindness and love for all you do. We've made 5 Valentine-themed activities for you to show our ♥♥♥.New!! Item Analysis Report!!!Reporting is here!! Our first one is the new Item Analysis Report. It gives you instant insight into which questions your students are struggling with! You'll see all your students and how they've performed on all the questions on activity-- on one screen. You'll know at a glance how your class is performing and where to focus more attention.:Let's Look at the Item Analysis Report in More Detail! Click here to read about the Item Analysis Report.sdfsdfFor Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared Elementary TeacherMades:Science: Shadow Matching CatDescription: In this activity students will match the correct shadow of the cat. If you find this useful there is also a shadow matching of a dog and dinosaur. Recommended Grade Range: ElementaryQuestion Types: MatchingClick Here: Shadow Matching CatMath: Place Value - STAAR with Tech Updates Description: This worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test. The skill targeted is place value.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 3 but can be used with grades 2-5.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Drop downClick Here: Place ValueShared Middle School TeacherMades:Math: Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Description: This activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard for Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations.Recommended Grade Range: The worksheet is for grade 6. It can be used with students in grades 5-8.Question Types: Multiple ChoiceClick Here: Solving One-Step Algebraic EquationsScience: ElectrolysisDescription: Students will label the parts on a electrolysis diagram.Recommended Grade Range: Designed for Middle School but can be used in the High School grade range. It could be used in Physical Science or Chemistry.Question Types: Drag and dropClick Here: ElectrolysisShared High School TeacherMades:ELA: Informational - The One Sentence That Will Make You a More Effective Speaker Every TimeDescription: This is an informational text activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for high school English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Drop downClick Here: The One Sentence That Will Make You a More Effective Speaker Every TimeScience: Prokaryotic Cell  Description: Students will drag each label to its correct place on the diagram.Recommended Grade Range: It has been designed for the High School grade range. It could be used in Biology.Question Types: Drag and dropClick Here: Prokaryotic Cell♥ Valentine's Day ♥February 14, 2023ELA: Valentine's Day Activities  Description: Students will complete three fun activities with this fun Valentine's Day interactivity. Grade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Highlighter Tool, Short Answer, Draw Tool  Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/XkuLX1u2QJekAyeb72MhFg/ELA: Valentine's Day: Acts of Kindness  Description: Students will watch a video to show how one act of kindness can spread to others. They then will watch a short informational video, and write down who they will be kind to and how they will show kindness. After they will answer questions to assess their knowledge gained and as a bonus they can record their main take - away!Grade: All grade levelsItem Types: Short Answer, Open Answer, Audio ToolLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/FeM1t-WmSBqXgRj_I7-hUA/ELA: Love Language: Figurative Language Description: Learn all about Figurative Language! Students will read about the different types of figurative language, and then identify which type is used in 10 different question. They can then record their own piece of figurative language for their classmates to guess.Grade: ElementaryItem Types: Drop down, audio tool  Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/ekIa7EtfQfuQ1vFx17oUhg/Math: Valentine's Day Division and Multiplication Word Problems Description: Students will solve five division and five multiplication themed Valentines Day word problems. Students are asked to show their work while this math interactivity. Grade: Upper ElementaryItem Types: Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/ENK-9UfUQjOFLMmUbnkcag/Math: Adding Fractions with Like and Unlike Denominators Description: Students will be asked to add fractions with like and unlike denominators on this interactivity, and reduce their answers to simplest form. After, they will use their answers to solve the riddle below! If they need help, don't fret! There is an video embedded for them to watch!  Grade: Upper Elementary and MiddleItem Types: Fraction Tool, Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/r7N_83Z0QSiSCRtA-LAn7Q/    Black History MonthFebruaryELA/Social Studies: Mini Biographies Description: Students will choose a leader to research for Black History Month. After they will write a paragraph about the person they researched, and add a picture. This is a great activity for students to share with the class! Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Open AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/s8LFdFGPTnS2uo0GxXDjAA/ELA: Mae JemisonDescription: This nonfiction article will teach students all about Mae Jemison, the first female African American to go into space. Students will have reading checks to assess their reading comprehension. Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle Item Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/eDzn7a-ZSQKGdVY1SlEgGw/ELA: Can Kids Change the World? Description: Students will watch the Storyworks video, "Can Kids Change the World?" then answer comprehension questions to assess their understanding of the video, and their listening skills.Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle Item Types: Multiple Choice, Short Answer, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/QCpgvC5MQ3CDLIGQRXgjVg/ ELA: Who Was William Wells Brown? Description: This first African-American novelist, playwright, and author who escapes the chains of slavery, Brown was an abolitionist with a literary talent. A self-taught reader and writer, he was a best-selling author in the 1840s and 1850s and made history for his literary achievements many times. Grade: Middle and High School Item Types: Dropdown, Matching,  Multiple Choice,  Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/A_QUb6CJQS2NAUtfM-3MdA/♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2023 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #19 - February 14, 2023 CelebratingGeorge Washington & Abraham LincolnScroll down for Ready-to-Assign President's Day activities!♥♥♥ (We hope you had a wonderful Valentine's Day!)Formative Data at Your FingerTips with the New Item Analysis Report!!!Reporting is here!! Our first one is the new Item Analysis Report. It gives you instant insight into which questions your students are struggling with! You'll see all your students and how they've performed on all the questions on activity-- on one screen. You'll know at a glance how your class is performing and where to focus more attention.Let's Look at the Item Analysis Report in More Detail! Click here to read about the Item Analysis Report.sdfsdfFor Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared Elementary TeacherMades:ELA: Fiction - Cheese for Dinner Description: This fiction reading piece is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts that incorporates new question types.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2-3.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Dropdown, Inline Choice Click Here: Cheese for Dinner Math: One - and Two-step Addition and Subtraction STAAR with Tech Updates Description: This worksheet consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 2.NBT.A2.. The skill targeted is one and two step addition and subtraction.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 3 but can be used with grades 2-5.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Short Answer, Drop downClick Here: One and Two step Addition and SubtractionShared Middle School TeacherMades:Science: Structure of Bacteriophages Description: In this activity students will label the structure of bacteriophage.Recommended Grade Range: Designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Biology. Question Types: Drag and Drop Click Here: BacteriophagesELA: Informational - Five Rings UnbrokenDescription: Students will read this informational piece about the Olympics in this practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts that incorporates new question types.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5-8.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Drop Drop, Short AnswerClick Here: Five Rings UnbrokenShared High School TeacherMades:ELA: Fiction - The NamesakeDescription: This is an fiction text activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for high school English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Inline Choice, Drop down, Short AnswerClick Here: The NamesakeScience: Information on a Periodic Table EntryDescription: Students will label the parts of an element on a Periodic Table of Elements.Recommended Grade Range: It has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Physical Science or Chemistry..Question Types: Drag and dropClick Here: Information on a Periodic Table EntryPresident's DayFebruary 20, 2023ELA: Presidents' Day Description: Students will learn all about Presidents' Day through reading an informative passage about the holiday. This piece includes information on George Washington, Abraham Lincoln, jobs the President has, as well as how to become one! After, they will answer questions based on the reading and write what they would do if they president for the day!  Grade: ElementaryItem Types: Short Answer, Open Answer, Drop down, Multiple Choice, Multiselect, True/FalseLink:https://app.teachermade.com/s/tGUXQNJwRFm9kgKCCTWKsA/ELA: All About Presidents' Day Description: Through reading this passage students will learn where Presidents' Day originated, and the facts about the two Presidents: George Washington and Abraham Lincoln. hey will then answer a variety of questions based on the reading including highlighting certain answers in the text and writing an open response! Grade: Upper Elementary through MiddleItem Types: Short Answer, Open Answer, Multiselect, Multiple ChoiceLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/HinuTDpQRWWe4NxSl06j0g/ELA: Famous Presidential QuotesDescription: In this assignment students will read quotes by George Washington and Abraham Lincoln. After they will reflect on what the quote actually means, and then what it means to them personally.  in the text and writing an open response! Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle & High SchoolItem Types: Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/72RYZwlDRcGdwHwqSutFOA/ELA: George Washington: A Man of ConscienceDescription: This is a persuasive reading passage arguing that George Washington, by setting his slaves free, was unique among his peers and completely out of sync It's a length passage with 20 rigorous questions.Grade: Upper Middle & High SchoolItem Types: Multiple Choice, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/Bzj7BuedSZ2sFcitsi4NHw/ELA/ History: Emancipation Proclamation Description: Students will read about Abraham Lincoln's Emancipation Proclamation and how it was used as a military strategy during the Civil War. Afterwards, they will be asked to define five words in the text using context clues and then answer five open-ended questions. Grade: Middle SchoolItem Types: Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/FJIUf54wTCqofzChyY1TDA/ELA: How Many Words Can You Make From Presidents' Day? Description: In this activity students will try to create as many words as they can using Presidents' Day. They can work alone or with partners on this fun activity! See how many words they can find!Grade: All grade levels Item Types: Short Answer Link:https://app.teachermade.com/s/g78-M2owScCc1rBFL2xS-Q/  Black History MonthFebruaryELA/Social Studies: Mini Biographies Description: Students will choose a leader to research for Black History Month. After they will write a paragraph about the person they researched, and add a picture. This is a great activity for students to share with the class! Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Open AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/s8LFdFGPTnS2uo0GxXDjAA/ELA: Mae JemisonDescription: This nonfiction article will teach students all about Mae Jemison, the first female African American to go into space. Students will have reading checks to assess their reading comprehension. Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle Item Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/eDzn7a-ZSQKGdVY1SlEgGw/ELA: Can Kids Change the World? Description: Students will watch the Storyworks video, "Can Kids Change the World?" then answer comprehension questions to assess their understanding of the video, and their listening skills.Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle Item Types: Multiple Choice, Short Answer, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/QCpgvC5MQ3CDLIGQRXgjVg/ ELA: Who Was William Wells Brown? Description: This first African-American novelist, playwright, and author who escapes the chains of slavery, Brown was an abolitionist with a literary talent. A self-taught reader and writer, he was a best-selling author in the 1840s and 1850s and made history for his literary achievements many times. Grade: Middle and High School Item Types: Dropdown, Matching,  Multiple Choice,  Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/A_QUb6CJQS2NAUtfM-3MdA/♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2023 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #2 Vol. II - September 20, 2022 Can you believe it? It is almost the first day of autumn. This year, the Fall Equinox will land on September 23, 2022. Our days are getting shorter and our nights longer. Students are finally back in their school routine and Teachers are diving into curriculum. As our students learn about gratitude and practice saying "Thank you," here at TeacherMade we want you to know how grateful we are for each of you! Thank you for being innovative in your classroom and for doing what you do! Your students appreciate you and will even learn to say those words some day. ;)In this Issue:Shared Activities: Activities Shared by Miss Fifth:Fall EquinoxWhat is the Fall Equinox?Gratitude Chart International Day of Sign Language History of the International Day of Sign Language Sign Language Activity  Pro Tips: Students Can Check Answers Before SubmittingHow to Enable the Check Answers Feature for Students:Teacher Choices:What Your Students See:Archiving Assignments ✔️ Activities Shared by Miss Fifth:Fall EquinoxWhat is the Fall Equinox?Subject: English Language Arts Grade: Upper Elementary & MiddleItem Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, True/False, Matching, Open Answer, Student Image Description: Students will learn about what causes the Fall Equinox to occur, and how people around the world celebrate the day. After, they will answer questions based on the reading.Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/ORNCEuf_SjyFIZtftWJ1QQ/Gratitude Chart Subject: English Language ArtsGrade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Short Answer, Open AnswerDescription: Fall is a time to show gratitude to others. Students will practice being grateful by filling in this chart to tell how they are feeling, what they are grateful for, and how they will make their day great. This is a great check-in to use either daily or weekly! Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/8X34tTzhTtCTAwX4_CzXSQ/International Day of Sign Language History of the International Day of Sign Language Subject: English Language Arts Grade: Upper Elementary and MiddleItem Types: Matching, Open Answer Description: Students will learn the History of the International Day of Sign Language. This reading comprehension piece informs the students of what sign language is, the first people who used it, and how it came to the United States. Students will then be asked questions based on the reading. This is great to pair with the activity below!Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/kkjIjmZKSTmzLQMdi-ezdA/Sign Language Activity Subject: English Language Arts Grade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Short AnswerDescription: Using the sign language chart provided, students will uncode a quote about gratitude.Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/_prVXngSSESnxzeGu9LZtA/ Pro Tips: Students Can Check Answers Before SubmittingYou requested and we listened! Students can now check their answers before submitting their work for a final score. On each assignment, you can choose how many times your students are allowed to check their answers before submission! How to Enable the Check Answers Feature for Students:Teacher Choices:What Your Students See: Archiving Assignments ✔️You can now Archive Assignments. By archiving assignments, you are putting them in another folder where you can easily access or ‘restore’ them to TeacherMade. This is especially powerful for Teachers who want to transition from last year’s assignments and submissions to a new year. *The old work will still be there and be and be easily accessible, but you will be able to start the year with a clean slate!Enjoy! And don't forget to visit the temporary home of the Digital Activities Library in the Help Center.---------------♥♥♥© 2022 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #20 - February 21, 2023 Looking Ahead: Women's History Month♥Scroll down for 5 Ready-to-Assign Women's History Month activities!New The Editing Features You've Been Asking For! Even Michelangelo had to re-do some of his work, so we've added a few powerful editing capabilities for you! If you need to touch up your masterpiece, we have these new features to help you get it just right. Click here to keep reading and learn more.sdfsdfFor Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared 8th Grade SS STAAR 2.0 Practice from Lone Star Social Studies:These 3 STAAR practice tests have been updated to the STAAR 2.0 format and are brought to you by Lone Star Social Studies.  They include ALL of the technology-enhanced item types your students will encounter this spring. (And If you're a KY Grade 8 SS Teacher, these will work just fine for your kids, too!)Grade 8 STAAR 2.0 SS Practice - 1Grade 8 STAAR 2.0 SS Practice - 2Grade 8 STAAR 2.0 SS Practice - 3Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Dropdown, Drag and Drop. Hot Spot, Inline Choice, Extended Constructed Response Shared Elementary TeacherMades:ELA: Fiction - Paired Passages: Do What You Can/ How Six Sons Rescued AnansiDescription: These fiction reading passages are practice activities for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts that incorporates new question types. Students will read the passages and answer questions that compare the contrast the text.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3-6.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Dropdown, Multiselect Click Here: Do What You Can/How Six Sons Rescued AnansiScience: Parts of the FaceDescription: In this activity, students will label the parts of the face on the diagram. Students will get one point for each correct answer. Recommended Grade Range: Intended for Elementary School grade range.Question Types: Drag and DropClick Here: Parts of the Face Shared Middle School TeacherMades:ELA: Poetry - The Desk  Description: This is a poetry practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types. Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5-8. Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, MultiselectClick Here: The DeskMath: Using Order of Operations with Exponents Level 1a 6eea2cDescription: This activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.2.C - Using Order of Operations with Exponents. The difficulty is Level 1 (introducing the skill). This activity features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct answers to the expressions that may include exponents and require following the order of operations to solve. Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5-8.Question Types: Multiple ChoiceClick Here: Using Order of Operations with Exponents Shared High School TeacherMades:ELA: English II - Revising - The History of SkateboardingDescription: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types. Students will read the passage then choose the correct answer to revise the text.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, MultiselectClick Here: The History of SkateboardingScience: The ChromosomeDescription: Students will label the parts of a chromosome.Recommended Grade Range: It has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Life Science or Biology. Students will get one point for each correct answer.Question Types: Drag and dropClick Here: The ChromosomeWomen's History MonthMarch 1st - 31stELA/Social Studies: Women's History Month Description: Students will learn all Women's History Month, by reading and/or listening to this informational text. Along the way they will have reading checks to assess their reading/listening skills.Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle, High SchoolItem Types: Multiselect, Multiple Choice, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/3fN9wjn-QQyGHLRIE9sbnQ/ELA/Social Studies: Women of the American RevolutionDescription: In this activity, students will read about women in the American Revolution. They will learn about three women in particular: Deborah Sampson, Lydia Darragh, and Mary "Molly Pitcher" Hayes. Throughout the activity they will answer text release questions based on the text.Grade: Upper Elementary through MiddleItem Types: Open Answer, Multiselect, Multiple ChoiceLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/vYQ-egPdQtyNVo0HObTcrg/ ELA/Social Studies: Women's Voting RightsDescription: Women weren't always allowed to vote. They were not granted voting rights until 1920. In this passage, students will learn about the Suffragettes and their determination to secure the right to vote for all women. Afterwards, they will answer a variety of questions based on the reading.  Grade: Middle & High SchoolItem Types: Matching, Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/CJ0Yfx9HTvuaW3xV7xy7Ug/ ELA/History: Suffrage Songs Description: There was no such thing as cellphones or social media when the Suffragettes were rallying support for their cause. So how did they get their message out? Through parades..and songs! Students will read about their predicament, listen to some musical selections and answer 10 questions.Grade: Upper Middle & High SchoolItem Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, Multiselect, Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/ifcWsW6OSkiROexbPg3AYg/ELA/ History: Poet Adrienne RichDescription: In this reading passage set, students will learn about the Feminist Movement, from the Suffragettes to Adrienne Rich. They'll analyze a short poem by Rich written before she becomes one of the great Feminist thinkers of the Twentieth Century. Grade: High School (Honors 8th and 9th graders will also enjoy this activity)Item Types: True/False, Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/7hHj3BM9QDeeeMWE8ohqzw/  Black History MonthFebruaryELA/Social Studies: Mini Biographies Description: Students will choose a leader to research for Black History Month. After they will write a paragraph about the person they researched, and add a picture. This is a great activity for students to share with the class! Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Open AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/s8LFdFGPTnS2uo0GxXDjAA/ELA: Mae JemisonDescription: This nonfiction article will teach students all about Mae Jemison, the first female African American to go into space. Students will have reading checks to assess their reading comprehension. Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle Item Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/eDzn7a-ZSQKGdVY1SlEgGw/ELA: Can Kids Change the World? Description: Students will watch the Storyworks video, "Can Kids Change the World?" then answer comprehension questions to assess their understanding of the video, and their listening skills.Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle Item Types: Multiple Choice, Short Answer, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/QCpgvC5MQ3CDLIGQRXgjVg/ ELA: Who Was William Wells Brown? Description: This first African-American novelist, playwright, and author who escapes the chains of slavery, Brown was an abolitionist with a literary talent. A self-taught reader and writer, he was a best-selling author in the 1840s and 1850s and made history for his literary achievements many times. Grade: Middle and High School Item Types: Dropdown, Matching,  Multiple Choice,  Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/A_QUb6CJQS2NAUtfM-3MdA/♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2023 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #21 - February 28, 2023 National Read Across America DayMarch 2, 2023 Scroll down for Ready-to-Assign Read Across America Activities!Formative Data at Your FingerTips with the New Item Analysis Report!!!Reporting is here!! Our first one is the new Item Analysis Report. It gives you instant insight into which questions your students are struggling with! You'll see all your students and how they've performed on all the questions on activity-- on one screen. You'll know at a glance how your class is performing and where to focus more attention.Let's Look at the Item Analysis Report in More Detail! Click here to read about the Item Analysis Report.sdfsdfFor Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared Elementary TeacherMades:Science: Simple Animal CellDescription: In this science activity students will label parts of a simple animal cell by dragging the label to the correct place on the diagram. Recommended Grade Range: Designed for the Elementary or Middle School grade range. It could be used in Elementary Science or Life Science.Question Types: Drag and DropClick Here: Simple Animal CellMath: Number Lines - STAAR with Tech Updates Description: This worksheets consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test. The questions assess TEKS standard 3.2(C) which reads "represent a number on a number line as being between two consecutive multiples of 10; 100; 1,000; or 10,000 and use the words to describe relative size numbers in order to round whole numbers."Recommended Grade Range: Although this worksheet was designed for the STAAR test, it can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 3.NBT.A.1 and 4.NBT.A.3.Question Types: Multiple choice, text entry, drop down.Click Here: Number Lines Shared Middle School TeacherMades:ELA: Fiction - Charlie Joe Jackson's Guide to Extra Credit Description: This is a fiction practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types. Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5-8. Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, MultiselectClick Here: Charlie Joe Jackson's Guide to Extra CreditScience: Identify the Parts of a MicroscopeDescription: In this science activity students will label the parts of a microscope by using the drag and drop tool.Recommended Grade Range: It has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Biology.Question Types: Drag and dropClick Here: Identify the Parts of a MicroscopeShared High School TeacherMades:ELA: English II - Editing - Smells Like a Memory Description: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types. Students will read the passage then choose the correct answer to edit the text.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, MultiselectClick Here: Smells Like a Memory Math: Solving Literal EquationsDescription: This activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard HSA-CED.A.4 - Solving Literal Equations. The difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (Mastering the Skill) and features 14 short answer items in which students must write the correct solution for a given variable in terms of the other variables in the given literal equation.Recommended Grade Range: The worksheet is for grade 8, but can be used with students in grades 7-10.Question Types: Multiple Choice Click Here: Solving Literal EquationsRead Across AmericaMarch 2nd ELA: Dr. Seuss's Word Search Description: Students of all ages will love this one! They will find the Dr. Seuss words in the word search by highlighting them with the highlighter tool. Perfect for Read Across America! Grade: All Ages Item Types: Highlighter toolLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/qSA2DDIcRVK881E3ZMUM-w/ELA: Read Across America Description: Students will read all about Read Across America, and the man who's birthday is honored, the creative Dr. Seuss! After they will answer reading comprehension questions. Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle SchoolItem Types: Drag and drop, Multiple Choice, True/False, Open AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/l7WzKuNxSTKHXVlTneLByw/ELA: Read Across America - Write About it! Description: Students will write about their favorite book in this fun activity. Students can then share their writing with their peers. This is a great way to share book choices among classmates! Grade: Elementary, Middle & High School Item Types: Open Answer, Short Answer Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/wBFwpUfXTk6-Cs7oYpXJoQ/Women's History MonthMarch 1st - 31stELA/Social Studies: Women's History Month Description: Students will learn all Women's History Month, by reading and/or listening to this informational text. Along the way they will have reading checks to assess their reading/listening skills.Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle, High SchoolItem Types: Multiselect, Multiple Choice, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/3fN9wjn-QQyGHLRIE9sbnQ/ELA/Social Studies: Women of the American RevolutionDescription: In this activity, students will read about women in the American Revolution. They will learn about three women in particular: Deborah Sampson, Lydia Darragh, and Mary "Molly Pitcher" Hayes. Throughout the activity they will answer text release questions based on the text.Grade: Upper Elementary through MiddleItem Types: Open Answer, Multiselect, Multiple ChoiceLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/vYQ-egPdQtyNVo0HObTcrg/ELA/Social Studies: Women's Voting RightsDescription: Women weren't always allowed to vote. They were not granted voting rights until 1920. In this passage, students will learn about the Suffragettes and their determination to secure the right to vote for all women. Afterwards, they will answer a variety of questions based on the reading.  Grade: Middle & High SchoolItem Types: Matching, Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/CJ0Yfx9HTvuaW3xV7xy7Ug/ELA/History: Suffrage Songs Description: There was no such thing as cellphones or social media when the Suffragettes were rallying support for their cause. So how did they get their message out? Through parades..and songs! Students will read about their predicament, listen to some musical selections and answer 10 questions.Grade: Upper Middle & High SchoolItem Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, Multiselect, Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/ifcWsW6OSkiROexbPg3AYg/ELA/ History: Poet Adrienne RichDescription: In this reading passage set, students will learn about the Feminist Movement, from the Suffragettes to Adrienne Rich. They'll analyze a short poem by Rich written before she becomes one of the great Feminist thinkers of the Twentieth Century. Grade: High School (Honors 8th and 9th graders will also enjoy this activity)Item Types: True/False, Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/7hHj3BM9QDeeeMWE8ohqzw/♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2023 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #22 - March 7, 2023 Happy Pi Day! March 14, 2023Happy St. Patrick's Day!March 17, 2023 Scroll down for Ready-to-Assign Activities!Formative Data at Your FingerTips with the New Item Analysis Report!!!Reporting is here!! Our first one is the new Item Analysis Report. It gives you instant insight into which questions your students are struggling with! You'll see all your students and how they've performed on all the questions on activity-- on one screen. You'll know at a glance how your class is performing and where to focus more attention.Let's Look at the Item Analysis Report in More Detail! Click here to read about the Item Analysis Report.sdfsdfFor Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared Elementary TeacherMades:Science: Life Cycle of a ChickenDescription: In this science activity students will label the life cycle of a chicken. It has 5 moving parts and students will get one point for each correct placement or answer.Recommended Grade Range: Designed for all grades. It could be used in Elementary Science, Life Science, Biology, or Agriculture. Question Types: Drag and DropClick Here: Life Cycle of a ChickenMath: Rounding and Compatible Numbers - STAAR with Tech Updates Description: This worksheets consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test. The questions assess TEKS standard 3.4(B) which reads "round to the nearest 10 or 100 or use compatible numbers to estimate solutions to addition and subtraction problems."Recommended Grade Range: Each worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2-5.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Drop Down.Click Here: Rounding and Compatible NumbersShared Middle School TeacherMades:ELA: Informational/Poetry (Paired Passages) - Red Crab Invasion/ Monarch MagicDescription: This is a fiction practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types. There are two selections in this activity "Red Crab Invasion/ Monarch Magic"Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5-8. Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, Inline ChoiceClick Here: Red Crab Invasion/Monarch MagicMath: Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and Subtraction Level 1bDescription: This activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.B.7 - Solving One-Step Algebraic Equations Using Addition and Subtraction.Recommended Grade Range: The difficulty of the activity is Level 1 (introducing the skill) and it features 12 multiple choice items in which students must select the correct solution to a given algebraic equation with one variable using either addition or subtraction.Question Types: Multiple Choice Click Here: Solving One Step Algebraic Equations with Addition and SubtractionShared High School TeacherMades:ELA: English II - Revising - Make the Switch!Description: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English II that incorporates new question types. Students will read the passage then choose the correct answer to revising the text.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for high school course English II, but can be used with any high school reading level.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, MultiselectClick Here: Make the Switch!Science: Oral Cavity Description: In this activity, students will label the parts of an oral cavity. There are 12 moving parts for this drag and drop activity. Students will get one point for each correct placement or answer.Recommended Grade Range: This activity has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Life Science, Anatomy, or Biology.Question Types: Drag and DropClick Here: Oral CavityPi DayMarch 14th Math: Pi or Pie? Description: Pi or Pie? On this word search students will look for different types of pie which they will highlight in red, and math terms related to pi to highlight in blue. Perfect for practicing categorization!Grade: All Ages Item Types: Highlighter toolLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/4KRt3TdKSoqkf3ydagfXfA/Math: First 10 Digits of Pi Description: On this activity, students will use the dice app to race their partner by trying to roll the first 10 digits of Pi! A fun activity for all grade levels.Grade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Short AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/mMLey-VXQT6VWToUqmoLIg/St. Patrick's Day March 17th Math: St. Patrick's Day Addition and Subtraction ProblemsDescription: Perfect for early elementary! Students will count how many of each item there are, write a number model of their equation, and solve to find the answer.Grade: Early Elementary Item Types: Short AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/FLQwq8-EQuaGWxnGX2lHwQ/ELA: St. Patrick's Day Reading ComprehensionDescription: Students will read an article on National Geographic Kids about how St. Patrick's Day originated and is a holiday today. After they will answer multiple choice and checkbox questions based on the reading. As a bonus, they will record themselves sharing their favorite part of St. Patrick's Day. Grade: Elementary, Middle SchoolItem Types:  Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Audio ToolLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/GahZpJ4KRZ-nfLqKnUo2pg/ELA: St. Patrick's Day Scramble Description: In this activity, students will unscramble 15 St. Patrick's Day themed words.Grade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Short Answer Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/CK10QZLsRL6JG_Sj40f0fg/Women's History MonthMarch 1st - 31stELA/Social Studies: Women's History Month Description: Students will learn all Women's History Month, by reading and/or listening to this informational text. Along the way they will have reading checks to assess their reading/listening skills.Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle, High SchoolItem Types: Multiselect, Multiple Choice, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/3fN9wjn-QQyGHLRIE9sbnQ/ELA/Social Studies: Women of the American RevolutionDescription: In this activity, students will read about women in the American Revolution. They will learn about three women in particular: Deborah Sampson, Lydia Darragh, and Mary "Molly Pitcher" Hayes. Throughout the activity they will answer text release questions based on the text.Grade: Upper Elementary through MiddleItem Types: Open Answer, Multiselect, Multiple ChoiceLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/vYQ-egPdQtyNVo0HObTcrg/ELA/Social Studies: Women's Voting RightsDescription: Women weren't always allowed to vote. They were not granted voting rights until 1920. In this passage, students will learn about the Suffragettes and their determination to secure the right to vote for all women. Afterwards, they will answer a variety of questions based on the reading.  Grade: Middle & High SchoolItem Types: Matching, Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/CJ0Yfx9HTvuaW3xV7xy7Ug/ELA/History: Suffrage Songs Description: There was no such thing as cellphones or social media when the Suffragettes were rallying support for their cause. So how did they get their message out? Through parades..and songs! Students will read about their predicament, listen to some musical selections and answer 10 questions.Grade: Upper Middle & High SchoolItem Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, Multiselect, Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/ifcWsW6OSkiROexbPg3AYg/ELA/ History: Poet Adrienne RichDescription: In this reading passage set, students will learn about the Feminist Movement, from the Suffragettes to Adrienne Rich. They'll analyze a short poem by Rich written before she becomes one of the great Feminist thinkers of the Twentieth Century. Grade: High School (Honors 8th and 9th graders will also enjoy this activity)Item Types: True/False, Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/7hHj3BM9QDeeeMWE8ohqzw/♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2023 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #23 -April 11, 2023 Are your students ready for State Testing?TeacherMade has you covered!The best way to prepare for standardized tests is to teach your students how to think and problem solve throughout the year. With TeacherMade you have been doing just that! By converting your paper-based assignments to online digital activities, you have allowed your students to have consistent exposure to tech-enhanced items that they will see in their testing environment. Confusing tech will not affect YOUR students. Not this year! Scroll down for Feast of Free Test Prep activities to help prepare for the big day!For Last Month's Tip Sheet, Click Here➡️ Texas Teachers: Click here for STAAR Math Practice Tests!Elementary:Science: Parts of the FaceDescription: In this science activity, K-2 students will label the parts of the face. It has nine moving parts and students will get one point for each correct placement or answer. This would be great to use with the interactivity 'Parts of the Body,' also found in the digital activities.Recommended Grade Range: Designed for K-2 but could be used in any Elementary grade.Question Types: Drag and DropClick Here: Parts of the FaceELA: Authors PurposeDescription: Students will read four texts about penguins then answer questions for each one. Text genres will range from informative to fiction. Grade: Elementary Grades 3-5 Item Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/s1QIPukPRKqIn4A2xVkmjA/ELA: Language and ConventionsDescription: Students will answer multiple choice, multiselect, and hot spot questions based on language standards. Questions will include verb tense, synonyms/antonyms, figurative language, correct punctuation, and more!Grade: Elementary Grades 3-5Item Types: Hot Spot, Multiple Choice, Multiselect Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/FbnTTSdZSJif1EGD6lV7mA/ELA: Daily Language ReviewDescription: Students will be asked to choose the correct sentence, part of speech, figurative language and so much more! The great part about these is that they are auto-graded, so you can easily see your students' scores! Assign this in the beginning of the week, and students can complete one every day.Grade: Elementary Grades 3-5Item Types: Multiple ChoiceLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/SttFA7iiTzCo0rZ3Iw-Zeg/Math: Review Grades 3-5 Description: Students will practice test released questions based on their grade level standards. Students will be asked a variety of question types including multiple choice, checkboxes/multiselect, short answer and open answer questions.Grade: Elementary Grades 3-5 (each is a separate activity)Item Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect Gr. 3:https://app.teachermade.com/s/Ll5sLHUiSAmpU_UOUBTP5Q/Gr. 4: https://app.teachermade.com/s/BaaEtE7sTW6gMAu0dAOPvw/Gr. 5: https://app.teachermade.com/s/qmbL-Y5vSBGnj7ErWh3fVw/Math: Using Fractions - STAAR with Tech Updates Description: This worksheets consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test. The questions assess TEKS standard 3.3(A) which reads "represent fractions greater than zero and less than or  equal to one with denominators of 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 using concrete objects and pictorial models, including strip diagrams and number lines."Recommended Grade Range: Each worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2-5.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Drop Down, Hot Spot, Short AnswerClick Here: Using FractionsMiddle School:ELA: Informational - HARP and Its AngelDescription: This is a fiction practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types. It is an informational text type. Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5-8. Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, Multiselect, Short Answer Click Here: HARP and Its AngelsMath: Distributive Property and Like Terms with Variables Level 3Description: This activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 6.EE.A.3 & 7.NS.A.1 & 7.NS.A.2 - Simplifying Expressions by Using the Distributive Property and Combining Like Terms.Recommended Grade Range: The difficulty of the activity is Level 3 (mastering the skill) and it features 16 short answer items in which students must write the correct expression in simplest terms formed by using the distributive property and combining like terms in the given algebraic expression.Question Types: Short AnswerClick Here: Distributive Property and Like Terms with VariablesGrade 8 STAAR Practice from Lone Star Social StudiesThese 3 STAAR practice tests have been updated to the STAAR 2.0 format and are brought to you by Lone Star Social Studies.  They include ALL of the technology-enhanced item types your students will encounter this spring. (And If you're a KY Grade 8 SS Teacher, these will work just fine for your kids, too!)Grade 8 STAAR 2.0 SS Practice - 1Grade 8 STAAR 2.0 SS Practice - 2Grade 8 STAAR 2.0 SS Practice - 3Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Dropdown, Drag and Drop. Hot Spot, Inline Choice, Extended Constructed Response High School:ELA: English I - Revising - An Inspirational Athlete!Description: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types. Students will read the passage then choose the correct answer to revise the text.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.Question Types: Multiple Choice, DropdownClick Here: An Inspirational AthleteMath: Solving Absolute Value Equations Level 2bDescription: This activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.NS.A.3 & HSA-REI.A.2 - Solving Absolute Value Equations. The difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (developing the skill) and it features 14 short answer items in which the students must write the correct solution to a given algebraic equation that includes absolute value bars with one variable using any operation. Recommended Grade Range: This activity has been designed for grade 7, but can be used with students in grades 7-10.Click Here: Solving Absolute Value Equations Algebra I Practice Activities Compliments of Eye on MasteryDescription: Eye on Mastery has been providing Algebra I workbooks to TX schools for decades. Now they're going digital on the TeacherMade platform! Each TEKS activity has practice items in STAAR 2.0 format so your students will be ready for the test.Recommended Grade Range: Algebra I course (Grade 8 and up)Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 12.BEye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 2, TEKS 3.DEye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 5.CEye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 4, TEKS 7.AEye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 5, TEKS 9.DSee more by clicking here...After-Testing MaterialsELA: Spring Word SearchDescription: Find the words in the Spring Word Search! Your students will look for the spring terms then highlight them using the highlighter tool. Word searches are always a student favorite!Grade: All grade levelsItem Types: Highlighter ToolLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/BHraVoRgR-ynwrBia7zjoQ/ELA: After Testing BingoDescription: Students will get to choose activities to do after they complete their testing. Each day they can choose one or two activities to see if they get Bingo! Some may even complete the whole board. Grade: All grade levels Item Types:  Highlighter or Pen Tool Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/GahZpJ4KRZ-nfLqKnUo2pg/ELA: ScattergoriesDescription: Play Scattergories with your classmate! Both students will open the assignment and play against one another. Or they can practice their skills trying to beat the clock! The options are endless.Grade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Short Answer Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/NY4P8vmtQxK0GPhWD5W51A/SEL: Coloring PageDescription: Students can color in different clip art pieces then design a background of their choosing. A perfect way for students to show their creative side! Grade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Highlighter and Pen Tool Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/qy9GcHXJQoWwUZz3LpUExA/♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2023 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #24 - April 18, 2023 April 22nd, 2023Scroll Down for Shared Earth Day Activities*** US HISTORY TEACHERS - Lots of Practice Tests for You - Scroll Down!! ***Our thanks to TCEA for their awesome work on polishing up our TeacherMade blog post! ♥♥ Seven Ways TeacherMade Can Help You Prepare for State TestingThe approach espoused in the article by our CEO Laura Bresko holds true for every Teacher in every state in the US so we thank you in advance for reading and sharing it with your Teacher friends around the country.  sdfsdfFor the last Tip Sheet, Click HereEarth Day April 22ndELA/Science: Science of the SeasonsDescription: Read all about the Seasons! Students will learn how the tilt and the orbit of Earth created the four seasons. They will answer reading checks as they complete their reading to check for understanding. This is great for Earth Day or an Earth Science lesson! Item Types: True/False, Multiselect, Multiple ChoiceLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/aItqCd_iTXeyviB0DEaWYQ/ELA/Science: History of Earth Day Description: Students will learn about the History of Earth Day and the ways they can take part to help protect our Earth. They will complete reading checks while completing the assignment.Grade: Elementary and MiddleItem Types: Short Answer, True/False, Multiselect, Multiple ChoiceLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/wxSwvenRTaewO9_00H0nag/Math: Earth Day Addition and SubtractionDescription: On this activity, students will add and subtract the images to find the correct answer. They will really love the Earth Day clipart on this one!Grade: Early ElementaryItem Types: Short AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/vwz6MwmET3uerhxuoyvCSA/Science: Garbage vs. RecyclingDescription: Students will read a short paragraph about what items should be recycled then use the drag and drop toot to drag the items to the correct bins (Garbage or Recycling). Great activity to use in your classroom after learning about Earth Day and ways to protect the Earth.Grade: ElementaryItem Types: Drag and DropLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/dzrTiLDqTAq2G36vBxYskg/More Shared Elementary TeacherMades:ELA: Howdy, Big TexDescription: This is an informational practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts that incorporates new question types. It features 9 total questions.Recommended Grade Range: It is intended for grade 3, but can be used with grades 2-5. Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Drop DownClick Here: Howdy, Big TexMath: Fraction ModelsDescription: This worksheets consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test. This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.3(E) which reads "solve problems involving partitioning an object or a set of objects among two or more recipients using pictorial representations of fractions with denominators of 2,3,4,6 and 8." There are a total of 8 questions.Recommended Grade Range: Each worksheet in the collection is targeted to one TEKS (Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills) standard. It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2-5.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Short AnswerClick Here: Fraction Models Shared Middle School TeacherMades:ELA: Fiction - A Surprise Visit Description: This is a fiction practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types. It features 7 total questions. Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 6, but can be used with grades 5-8. Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, MultiselectClick Here: A Surprise VisitScience: Structure of a FlowerDescription: This science activity is a drag and drop activity with 10 moving parts. Students will get one point for each correct placement or answer.Recommended Grade Range: Designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Life Science or Biology. Question Types: Drag and dropClick Here: Structure of a FlowerShared High School TeacherMades:ELA: English I - Editing - Cool DudeDescription: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types. Students will read the passage then choose the correct answer to edit the text.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, MultiselectClick Here: Cool DudeMath: Algebra 1 - Full Released Math Test 2021Description: This activity consists of a released STAAR Grade Algebra 1 Math test from 2021 that has been adapted to include the new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test. There are 54 items for a total of 54 points.Recommended Grade Range: This activity has been designed for Algebra 1 High School math.Question Types: 7 Hot Spot, 3 Equation Editor, 3 Text Entry, 4 Inline Choice, and 1 Drag and Drop.Click Here: Full Released Math TestAlgebra I Practice Activities Compliments of Eye on MasteryDescription: Eye on Mastery has been providing Algebra I workbooks to TX schools for decades. Now they're going digital on the TeacherMade platform! Each TEKS activity has practice items in STAAR 2.0 format so your students will be ready for the test.Recommended Grade Range: Algebra I course (Grade 8 and up)Eye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 1, TEKS 12.BEye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 2, TEKS 3.DEye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 3, TEKS 5.CEye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 4, TEKS 7.AEye on Mastery STAAR Algebra 1 Catg. 5, TEKS 9.DSee more by clicking here...US History STAAR Practice from Lone Star Social StudiesThese 3 STAAR practice tests have been updated to the STAAR 2.0 format and are brought to you by Lone Star Social Studies. They include ALL of the technology-enhanced item types your students will encounter this spring. ****If you're a US History Teacher in any state, these will work just fine for your students, too!****US History STAAR 2.0 SS Practice - 1US History  STAAR 2.0 SS Practice - 2US History  STAAR 2.0 SS Practice - 3Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Dropdown, Drag and Drop. Hot Spot, Inline Choice, Extended Constructed Response ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2023 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #25 - April 25, 2023 May is an exciting month!Asian American and Pacific Islander Heritage Month and Jewish American Heritage Month Scroll down for Ready-to-Assign Activities!Formative Data at Your FingerTips with the New Item Analysis Report!!!Reporting is here!! Our first one is the new Item Analysis Report. It gives you instant insight into which questions your students are struggling with! You'll see all your students and how they've performed on all the questions on activity-- on one screen. You'll know at a glance how your class is performing and where to focus more attention.Let's Look at the Item Analysis Report in More Detail! Click here to read about the Item Analysis Report.sdfsdfFor Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared Elementary TeacherMades:Math: Grade 3- TEKS 3.4(C) - Money - STAAR with Tech Updates Description: This worksheets consists of released Grade 3 test questions that have been adapted to include new question types on the redesigned 2023 STAAR test. This worksheet features questions assessing TEKS standard 3.4(C) which reads "determine the value of a collection of coins and bills." It can also be used to assess Common Core standard(s) 2.MD.C.8.Recommended Grade Range: It is intended for grade 3 but could be used with grades 2-5.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Text EntryClick Here: MoneyELA: Fiction - A Caterpillar's Tale Description: This is a fiction practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types. Recommended Grade Range: Intended for grade 4, but can be used with grades 3-6. Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, DropdownClick Here: A Caterpillar's TaleShared Middle School TeacherMades:Science: Parts of the Chlamydomonas (Single-Celled Organism)Description: In this science activity, students will label the parts of the Chlamydomonas, a single celled organism.Recommended Grade Range: It has been designed for the Middle School or High School grade range. It could be used in Life Science or Biology. Question Types: Drag and drop Click Here: Parts of the Chlamydomonas ELA: Silk UmbrellasDescription: This is a newly redesigned fiction STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporates new question types. Recommended Grade Range: The selection is intended for grade 7, but can be used with grades 6-9.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, DropdownClick Here: Silk UmbrellasShared High School TeacherMades:ELA: English I - Revising - The Importance of Social Networking OfflineDescription: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types. Students will read the passage then choose the correct answer to revising the text.Recommended Grade Range: Intended for high school course English I, but can be used with any high school reading level.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Dropdown, MultiselectClick Here: The Importance of Social Networking OfflineScience: Fingernail Description: In this activity, students will label the parts of a fingernail There are 4 moving parts for this drag and drop activity. Students will get one point for each correct placement or answer.Recommended Grade Range: This activity has been designed for High School grade range. It could be used in Anatomy, or Biology.Question Types: Drag and DropClick Here: FingernailAsian American and Pacific Islander Heritage MonthMayELA/Social Studies: History of Asian American & Pacific Islander Heritage MonthDescription: Students will listen to the book The Name Jar and then answer test released questions that include various question types to assess understanding of the text.Grade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Matching, Multiselect, Multiple Choice, True/False, Open EndedLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/RGJmxCNlQGa9nKuN_XrySA/ELA/Social Studies: History of Asian American & Pacific Islander Heritage MonthDescription: Students will learn about the History of Asian American and Pacific Islander Heritage Month, and why we celebrate it! They will then answer reading comprehension questions (including a timeline!) based on the text.Grade: Upper Elementary & Middle SchoolItem Types: Multiple Choice, Drag and drop, True/False, Open Ended, Multiselect, Hot SpotLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/BaHgEBQRRWiZkKdxuERHtw/ELA/Social Studies: Mini Biographies: Asian American and Pacific Islander MonthDescription: Students will choose a leader to research for Asian American and Pacific Islander Month. After they will write a paragraph about the person they researched, and add a picture. This is a great activity for students to share with the class! Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Open Answer, Short AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/eYWkQS8PQ-exsDqViXDLkw/Jewish American Heritage MonthELA: History of Jewish American Heritage Month Description: Students will learn about the History of Jewish American History Month, and why we celebrate it! They will then answer reading comprehension questions (including a timeline) based on the text! Grade: Upper Elementary & Middle Item Types: Multiple Choice, True/False, Drag and Drop, Open Answer Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/TlBKfamsR_CEoh2gBbYW6g/ELA/Social Studies: Mini Biographies: Japanese American Heritage MonthDescription: Students will choose a leader to research for Japanese American Heritage Month. After they will write a paragraph about the person they researched, and add a picture. This is a great activity for students to share with the class! Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Open Answer, Short AnswerLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/sBhvmywIQnaMO7oZjJPZ3A/ELA/Social Studies: Star of Fear, Star of Hope Read Aloud & Reading ComprehensionDescription: Students will listen and read along to  the book Star of Fear, Star of Hope, to learn about how two friends who were separated during WWII due to the fact that one was Jewish After they will answer reading comprehension questions to assess their thinking. Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle to High SchoolItem Types: Open Answer, True/False, Multiple Choice, Checkbox, Hot SpotLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/kUG7RBoUR2OfoJwlD_H4gw/♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2023 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #26 - May 5, 2023 ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥ -- ♥We're so thankful you're a TeacherMade Teacher!© 2023 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #3 Vol. II September 27, 2022 Tuesday Tip Sheet #3 - September 27, 2022September 29, 2022Month of October September is wrapping up, and we wanted to give you a few resources to teach your students all about World Heart Day! Students need to be taking care of their bodies as well as their minds, and World Heart Day is a perfect time to remind them how to do so! And October isn’t just for Halloween celebrations; it's also National Energy Month. Throughout this month we will be providing you with resources to teach students how to save energy starting with a reading passage about National Walk to School Day on October 5th! TABLE OF CONTENTSTuesday Tip Sheet #3 - September 27, 2022-----Activities-----World Heart DayWhat is World Heart Day?Testing Your Heart Rate Heart Anatomy National Energy Awareness Month International Walk to School DayThree Ways to Save Energy -----Pro Tips-----Assignment Detail ScreenReview Submission Screen-----Activities-----World Heart DayWhat is World Heart Day?Subject: English Language Arts Grade: Elementary & MiddleItem Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Short Answer, Drag and Drop, Open AnswerDescription: Students will learn why World Heart Day was created, why the heart is so important, and ways they can keep a healthy heart! After the reading, they will demonstrate their comprehension by answering the questions.Testing Your Heart Rate Subject: Science/Mathematics Grade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Short Answer, Open AnswerDescription: Test your heart rate! Students will record their heart rate for ten seconds when completing different activities. They will then multiply their answer by six to find out how many times their heart beats per minute. When they are done they will reflect on what they learned in the activity. Heart Anatomy Subject: Science Grade: High School Item Types: Drag and Drop Description: Students will label the parts of the heart.National Energy Awareness Month International Walk to School DaySubject: English Language Arts Grade: Upper Elementary and MiddleItem Types: Drag and Drop, True/False, Open Answer Description: Students will learn the history of International Walk to School Day. This reading comprehension piece informs the students of how International Walk to School Day came to America, and why we have this day around the world! After reading, they will answer comprehension questions based on the article including dragging and dropping dates on a timeline.Three Ways to Save Energy Subject: English Language Arts & ScienceGrade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Open Answer, Student Image Description: Students will write three ways in which they will save energy this month. They will draw or add an image to represent their goal. At the end of the month, they can reopen the activity and reflect on whether they met their energy conservation goals! -----Pro Tips-----Assignment Detail ScreenImmediately after assigning a worksheet, you will be brought to the Assignment Detail Screen. On this screen you can monitor your students in real time while they are working on an assignment. This is beneficial if you notice a child is not engaged and time on task has passed and/or they are receiving a low score. You are also able to see if students need reteaching in real time!Review Submission ScreenAfter clicking on ‘Review Submissions’ on the previous screen, this screen will appear. On this screen you can review your students' work. On the left-hand side you will see student information and grading options.Score the Assignment Score type :There are three ways in which you can grade a TeacherMade assignment. Auto - is the auto-scoring grade in which TeacherMade gives to your students after they submit their worksheets.Auto + Teacher - allows the teacher to override the final score of the assignment by adding or removing points to both the total possible score or the total achieved by the student.► Note: Changing the total possible only affects the score for the one assignment, not for the assignment as a whole. This is great to use for: Extra Credit Giving points for work shown Custom - this is strictly where you give the student a score based on performance.Final Score: TeacherMade will calculate the final score the student receives.---------------© 2022 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #4 Vol. II - October 4, 2022 You will notice that our Tip Sheets are going through a makeover! It may take us a week or two to get into the new groove, but we're committed to providing you with a resource that everyone can benefit from. Each week, in addition to our usual tech tips and product updates, we'll endeavor to provide shared activities for Elementary, Middle, and High School students. We'll need your help, so we've implemented a new section: Teacher Spotlight. Here we'll introduce you to an amazing TeacherMader each week-- and if they have a side hustle on TpT or Etsy, there'll be links for you to follow! If you're interested in being in the Spotlight or just want to share some of your activities, please click here or email us at team@teachermade.com---------------------------------------------------------TABLE OF CONTENTSTeacher Spotlight: Paige Posey Cumberland, Secondary ScienceShared Elementary TeacherMades:Science: Parts of the Body SEL: What Can You Control? Shared Middle Grades TeacherMades:Science: Parts of a MicroscopeELAR/SS: A Northern Paiute Legend about the North StarShared High School TeacherMades:Chemistry: Types of ReactionsChemistry: Predicting the Product of a Chemical ReactionIndigenous Peoples Day - October 10, 2022 SS: Where Did U.S. State Names Come From? ELAR/SS: Columbus Day vs. Indigenous Peoples Day Debate ELAR/SS: Indigenous Latin American Food You LoveCanadian Thanksgiving - October 10, 2022ELAR/SS: Canadian and U.S. Thanksgivings Compared This Week's Tuesday Tech Tip: Students Don't Need a TeacherMade Account!!Update Surprise! Where did the Sharing button go?? ---------------------------------------------------------Teacher Spotlight: Paige Posey Cumberland, Secondary ScienceJoined TeacherMade: September 2020Greetings. My name is Paige Posey Cumberland. I am a professional educator from Central Mississippi where I reside with my husband (who is also an educator and coach) and our newborn daughter. For over ten years, I have had the pleasure to share my knowledge of the world through teaching high school sciences. After graduating with a Bachelor of Science in Biological Sciences, I began searching for a career that I could be passionate about. Growing up the daughter of educators, the love for learning and sharing knowledge with those around me was instilled from an early age; so I dabbled with the idea of following in my parents' footsteps and, luckily, fell in love with being a teacher! My favorite moments in education come from watching my students' eyes light up when they make connections to the world around them and everything finally just “clicks”!I'm a long-time TeacherMader and have just about 400 activities for Chemistry, Physics, and even Earth Science. It's hard to know exactly where you are with your students, so I've shared two of my Chemistry activities that should fit into every classroom at some point. If you want to see more of my work, I do have a TpT store, Smarty Pants Secondary Science, where I hope to post TeacherMade activities soon. While we teachers welcome any extra income, I mostly enjoy designing curriculum materials and sharing my passion for the sciences with educators around the world!https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Smarty-Pants-Secondary-Science Shared Elementary TeacherMades:Science: Parts of the Body Description: A fun way to reinforce an early science/health lesson on the human body. With slight modifications, this would also be great for ESL/ELL students.Recommended Grade Range: K-3, ESL/ELLQuestion Types: Drag and DropLink:  https://teachermade.freshdesk.com/a/solutions/articles/72000572703Preview SEL: What Can You Control?Description: Students will reflect on what they can control versus what they can’t. This is a great social-emotional learning activity.Recommended Grade Range: Grade 3 - 5Question Types: Drag and Drop, True/False, Open Ended, Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/7o3oMuWFT526GFJog7_Zyg/Shared Middle Grades TeacherMades:Science: Parts of a MicroscopeDescription: This is a great Science activity for introducing your students to the complexity of the microscope.  Recommended Grades: Grade 6 - HS.Question Types: Drag and Drop Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/DxwQjLI0SDSmGpb-UEPL0A/ELAR/SS: A Northern Paiute Legend about the North StarDescription: Listen to a Native American legend of the North Star. Students will love it and so will you because you can assess their listening skills through the questions that follow!Question Types: Checkboxes, Multiple Choice, True/False, Open EndedLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/Cgaa66loRJKl1AHLRAC1Tg/Shared High School TeacherMades:Chemistry: Types of ReactionsDescription: Students read the reactions and identify the type for each one using a dropdown item typeQuestion Types: DropdownContributed by Paige CumberlandLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/ck2_h_ylQfeUEabZlpcXKA/Chemistry: Predicting the Product of a Chemical ReactionDescription: An advanced worksheet where students must predict the reactants AND identify the type of reactions for each row.Question Types: Equation Editor, DropdownContributed by Paige CumberlandLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/wugZcFi5S-a2BVcHUO5lYw/Indigenous Peoples Day - October 10, 2022SS: Where Did U.S. State Names Come From? Description: Do your students love puzzles? In this activity, they will be given hints to try to figure out which US State names come from Native American origins.Recommended Grade Range: Grade 4 through High School Item Types: Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/k5M0jlcJSv6g6I4RUr5XBA/ELAR/SS: Columbus Day vs. Indigenous Peoples Day Debate Description: Learn why states are now replacing Columbus Day with Indigenous Peoples Day.  Students will read an article and then listen to an NPR debate on this hot topic! They will then show their knowledge by answering a variety of questions. As an extra bonus, they can write their own opinion piece!Recommended Grade Range: Middle and High SchoolItem Types: Audio, Drop Down, Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Short Answer, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/9EWp0iBcSpOysAbLcmue9w/ELAR/SS: Indigenous Latin American Food You LoveDescription: Can you imagine life without fries, ketchup, or candy bars? Through this activity, students will learn about the Columbian Exchange between the Americas and Europe. After, they will answer reading comprehension questions, and respond to a prompt as an extra bonus!Grade: Middle School/High SchoolItem Types: Links, Checkboxes, Multiple Choice, Short Answer, True/False, Open Answer  Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/QrGlcRZ7TimchZ2P288u4g/Canadian Thanksgiving - October 10, 2022ELAR/SS: Canadian and U.S. Thanksgivings Compared Description: Learning about Thanksgiving north of the border and comparing it to the US holiday will interest your kids.Grade: Middle & High SchoolItem Types: Checkboxes, True/False, Multiple Choice, Short Answer, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/qkJdBxKoRFihIqJaJs3TaA/ This Week's Tuesday Tech Tip: Students Don't Need a TeacherMade Account!!It's true... TeacherMade has a different "architecture" than most of the ed tech you use. We get that. Once you understand how we're different, you'll realize that in this age of data privacy concerns, TeacherMade is one less thing to worry about. Kate, our Customer Success manager, has made this video to show us how students are assigned TeacherMades and how they access the activities. Update Surprise! Where did the Sharing button go?? This past week, veteran TeacherMaders may have been caught by surprise when "Sharing" was no longer on the left of the Worksheet Detail screen. Don't worry! You can still share a worksheet from the My Worksheets screen where all of your activities are listed. Find the three dots to the right of the activity you want to share and click to reveal a pop-up menu where Sharing is now located. (We're hoping this new location will be more intuitive for users and prevent the misconception that Sharing how students get access.)See how to turn on ‘Sharing’ by reading our post here: ---------------© 2022 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #5 - October 11, 2022  This Week's Survey Topic: Your Uses of TeacherMadeWe'll post the results next week. You'll be able to see how your colleagues around the nation/world deploy the power of TeacherMade in their classrooms!30 SecondCalling All Teachers Who Like to Share Are you interested in being in our Teacher Spotlight? If you are,  interested in being in the Spotlight or just want to share some of your activities, email us at team@teachermade.com   And if you have a side hustle, like so many of us, we'll feature it, too!---------------------------------------------------------TABLE OF CONTENTSThis Week's Survey Topic: Your Uses of TeacherMadeCalling All Teachers Who Like to Share Teacher Spotlight: Brian Clayton Minor, M.Ed.Shared Elementary TeacherMades:Science: Science of the SeasonsPreview Science: Why Do Leaves Change Color? Shared Middle School TeacherMades:Social Studies: American Revolution QuizSocial Studies: The Age of Jackson QuizShared High School TeacherMades:Math: Solving Literal Equations Eng I or II: No Reason to 'LOL' - STAAR EditingAdopt - A - Shelter Dog Month  - October ELA/Science: What Do Dogs Need?ELA/SEL: Are You Ready to Adopt a Shelter Dog?  This Week's Tuesday Tech Tip Stay Organized with This Tip from KateThis Week's App Updates Landscape Orientation for Your Activities Has Arrived! Other Updates to be aware of:---------------------------------------------------------Teacher Spotlight: Brian Clayton Minor, M.Ed.Joined TeacherMade: 2021Hello, TeacherMaders--    It was my passion for football in my early twenties that brought me to teaching in Texas. I decided coaching football and other athletic sports was a way to make a positive difference while following my passion. I quickly realized that my student-athletes needed male role models in their classrooms, too.     My first subject was 8th Grade US History. I began to study the TEKS and found effective ways to teach them so that my students would succeed on what is now the STAAR test. It wasn’t long before other teachers and districts were asking to see what I was doing because my class scores were well over the state average. I decided that there was a need for a TEKS-based curriculum that other coaches-turned-educators like me could teach and that reliably delivered high scores.    After the curriculum had been in use for a few years, mostly around Region 10, I was offered a job to become an Instructional Curriculum Coach. Turns out this has really been my true passion all along! This position has expanded my knowledge of Social Studies TEKS from Kindergarten through High School US History. I have a better understanding of what needs to be covered at each level and how to implement a successful Social Studies program year by year.     When I started using Teachermade, a light bulb went off-- the STAAR Redesign was coming and the need for digital resources that included new technology-enhanced item types was going to be top of mind for every Social Studies teacher in the state. So that's what a couple of us have been doing with every minute of free time we've had for the last 6 months-- making the digital version of Lone Star Social Studies. I have developed so much respect for educators with a second job, a TpT store, a tutoring business... that kind of commitment and effort should be admired by us all! -- Clayton Minorhttps://lonestarsocialstudies.com Shared Elementary TeacherMades:Science: Science of the SeasonsDescription: Read all about the seasons! Students will learn how the tilt and orbit of Earth create the four seasons. They will then answer multiple-choice, true/false, and open-ended questions to show their understanding of the text.Recommended Grade Range: Grades 3-5 Question Types: Multiple Choice, True/False, Open EndedLink:   https://app.teachermade.com/s/2SFXVOMgTim4NjwFhQlr5Q/ Preview Science: Why Do Leaves Change Color? Description: Students will watch an educational video to learn about why leaves change color in the fall. They will then answer questions about what they learned. If they have extra time, they can decorate leaves at the bottom of their interactivity!Recommended Grade Range: Grades 2 - 5Question Types: Dropdown, Open Ended, Short Answer, Multiple Choice, Checkboxes, True/FalseLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/l7UEDNv7QxWJ2ek9WEGi3A/Shared Middle School TeacherMades:Social Studies: American Revolution QuizDescription: This activity was shared by Clayton Minor and the Lone Star Social Studies team. The quiz covers the main events leading up to the American Revolution.  Recommended Grade: Grade 8Question Types:  Multiple Choice, Multi-selects, Dropdowns, Hot Spots, Matching, True/False, Open Response Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/pt2bW-drQ3mUubYgyM6TDg/ Social Studies: The Age of Jackson QuizDescription: This activity was shared by Clayton Minor and the Lone Star Social Studies team. The quiz covers the 1830s and Andrew Jackson's time as president.Recommended Grade: Grade 8Question Types: Multiselect, Multiple Choice, True/False, Open Ended, Matching, DropdownLink:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/Qn2UJuPxQr6aRFIfhKTAUQ/ Shared High School TeacherMades:Math: Solving Literal Equations Description: This activity is a formative assessment designed to measure the Common Core Math standard HSA-CED.A.4 – Solving Literal Equations.Question Types: Math EquationLink:  https://support.teachermade.com/support/solutions/articles/72000572903-ms-hsa-ced-a-4-solving-literal-equations-level-3c-hsaceda4 Eng I or II: No Reason to 'LOL' - STAAR EditingDescription: A STAAR Redesign Editing test that includes some of the new item types students will encounter.Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Dropdown Recommended Grade Range: Grade 9 - 10Link: https://support.teachermade.com/support/solutions/articles/72000573016-hs-english-i-editing-no-reason-to-lol-Adopt - A - Shelter Dog Month  - October ELA/Science: What Do Dogs Need?Description:  If you were to adopt a dog this month, what would it need? Students will categorize items that dogs need in order to be happy and healthy! Then they will write four of the most important items in a graphic organizer, and add an image to represent them. After they will choose one item and write why it is so important for a dog to have. This activity is engaging for all elementary levels. Recommended Grade Range: ElementaryItem Types: Drag and Drop, Short Answer, Open Answer, Student ImageLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/login/?next=/s/VXgRqxA5TpSFlaA5GAiSqQ/ELA/SEL: Are You Ready to Adopt a Shelter Dog? Description: Students always want to adopt a dog, but is it always the best idea? They will read through the reasons why you should adopt a dog, and the responsibility that dogs bring, to decide if they are ready! After they will write a persuasive essay using the guide that is provided. Grade: Middle School, Early High School Item Types: Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/3GejWH_KTIyO30GSnfttBQ/ This Week's Tuesday Tech Tip Stay Organized with This Tip from KateThere are many ways to stay organized within TeacherMade and Kate explains one of our favorite ways in this video below.TeacherMade Teachers can create multiple assignments for one worksheet/activty to separate assignments by class period... or even by school year! The more you know how, the better organized you'll be. :) This Week's App Updates Landscape Orientation for Your Activities Has Arrived! TeacherMade can now accept landscape-oriented documents as the background for worksheets! This opens up a huge pool of source material to TeacherMaders. So many early elementary-level and Science PDFs have been off-limits to use in TeacherMade. But no more!! Now all of your PDFs can be made interactive-- portrait or landscape. This has been among our top requested features and THANK YOU to the development team for making it happen!Other Updates to be aware of:A raft of small UI Improvements and bug fixes, including a bug fix where questions with zero points had been displayed in feedback as incorrect.Score points now displayed on the assignment detail screen on Google Classroom assignments. Helps teachers to understand how their scores are calculated in GC.---------------© 2022 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #6 - October 18, 2022   Top 5 Ways to TeacherMade#1 - Skills Practice #2 - Quizzes #3 - Tests #4 - Homework #5 - Combined Lessons and Practice (#6 tied - Bellringers and Exit Tickets/Reading Passage Sets)LOVED THIS COMMENT: "I teach math so all of my worksheets are on the computer. The kids love how quick and easy it is and they get to see their grade fast! I love it! As a second-year teacher, I feel like I can be more present with my family instead of grading papers!!"---------------------------------------------------------The TeacherMade Snipping Tool is so powerful, we moved it to the head of the class for this Tip Sheet! You may have noticed the little tool icon that looks like scissors. But do you know how much power there is in the Snipping Tool? Watch as Kate explains how to use it in this two-minute video.Shared Elementary TeacherMades:English Language Arts: Parts of Speech SortDescription: Students will read over the different parts of speech, then categorize them using TeacherMade's drag-and-drop tool. Fun for students, and a perfect way to check in on their understanding! Recommended Grade Range: Grades 3-5 Question Types: Drag and Drop Link:   https://app.teachermade.com/s/fc26BYKvRxG4o5p0DZ2gCQ/ Preview English Language Arts: Language and ConventionsDescription: Test release questions to see what your students know about the rules of language and conventions. From punctuation to spelling and grammar, this interactivity has it all! This twenty-question interactivity is a great way to assess your students at the beginning of the year.Recommended Grade Range: Grades 3 - 5Question Types: Dropdown, Open Ended, Short Answer, Multiple Choice, Checkboxes, True/FalseLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/OmM-XiKHSD6yBnekBM1oMg/Shared Middle School TeacherMades:Social Studies: American Revolution QuizDescription: This activity was shared by Clayton Minor and the Lone Star Social Studies team. The quiz covers the main events leading up to the American Revolution.  Recommended Grade: Grade 8Question Types:  Multiple Choice, Multi-selects, Dropdowns, Hot Spots, Matching, True/False, Open Response Link:  https://app.teachermade.com/s/pt2bW-drQ3mUubYgyM6TDg/ Math: Combining Like Terms - CCSS 7eea1Description: This activity is a formative assessment of 20 math short answers designed to measure the Common Core Math standard 7.EE.A.1 – Combining Like Terms in Algebraic Expressions. The difficulty of the activity is Level 2 (Developing the Skill).Recommended Grade: Grade 7Question Types: Math Short Answer (auto scored!)Link: https://support.teachermade.com/a/solutions/articles/72000572772 Shared High School TeacherMades:US History, Government and CitizenshipDescription: A webquest to focus students' attention on voting and voter registration rules in their state.Question Types: Short Answer, True/False Recommended Grade Range: Grade 9 - 12Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/Bdbkv8naTxuHHMyAlwnf3A/ Screaming Fun Halloween ActivitiesFUN: Halloween Jigsaw PuzzleDescription:  Help the little ones practice their spatial reasoning and pattern recognition skills while having some Halloween fun!Recommended Grade Range: PreK-2 Item Types: Drag and DropsLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/348N180ES2CAe6HpCAvcGw/ELA: Halloween Mad LibsDescription:  Need to review parts of speech (nouns, verbs, and adjectives) with your students? This is a fun and creative way for them to show what they know! Students will write the correct part of speech on the line to fill in the reading passage. They can get as silly or scary as they would like! They love sharing them with their peers, so it’s a great way to boost participation, too! Recommended Grade Range: All Grade Levels Item Types: Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/P5p40LpRQsu59LbHhRy9Qw/ELA: Halloween Word ScrambleDescription: On this interactivity, students will unscramble Halloween vocabulary. This is a great activity for students to work with their peers! All students love a challenge, and this worksheet definitely gives them one! Grade: All Grade Levels Item Types: Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/AGfOIoyMQzCtag1eC1TI2A/ELA/SS: Halloween Then and NowDescription:  Have you ever wondered where Halloween originated from? Students will read a brief passage about the History of Halloween and traditions that exist today. After, they will answer four short questions to assess their reading comprehension.Grade: Upper Elementary, Middle Item Types: Short Answer, Multiple Choice  Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/vqpq61wdRji2kKijBg08KA/ELA/SS: Pan de Muertos Recipe Description: This short reading passage and question set includes an easy recipe for Dia de Los Muertos celebrations. Beware!! It will make your students very hungry for the bread of the dead.Grade: Sixth to Seventh Grade (but discretion is advised due to the topic)Item Types: Short Answer, Multi-Select, True/False, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/1VGdjW73Th6qcAlc32Yjxg/ELA/SS/Science: Dia de Los Muertos y Mariposas Monarca Description: This fascinating informational reading passage and question set introduces students to the unique Mexican day of remembrance and how monarch butterflies factor into its origins. It includes a step-by-step set of instructions for planting milkweed right now! Grade: High School LevelItem Types: Short Answer, Drop Down, Multi-Select, Hot Spot, True/False, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/FLelU9bPS-25CU-m0L2OkA/ This Week's Tuesday Tech T"Assignment" View in My Worksheets UpdatedIn the past, the Assignment view in My Worksheets would show you EVERY assigned activity from the beginning of time. For many of you, that now means waiting 10 seconds or more for this long list to load. Not anymore!The new Assignment view now limits the list to those TeacherMades that have been assigned and had submissions in the last 30 days-- essentially just displaying your active assignments. It's a shorter, more meaningful list and a way to quickly check for any new submissions from your students. Check it out and see if it saves you any time while providing a better view into your worksheets. The Fall Conference Season is Upon Us.Will We See You There?We are touring the country this fall so please come and visit with us if you or your colleagues will be attending. DateConferenceNameLocationWebsiteOctober 12-13TCEAInstructional CoachesAustin, TXThank you!October 14-15TXCSSSocial StudiesDenton, TXThank you!October 26-28SCAETEd TechMyrtle Beach, SChttps://edtech.scaet.org/November 2-4GAETCEd TechAtlanta, GAhttps://conference.gaetc.org/November 7-8TACAssessmentRound Rock, TXhttps://txassessmentcon.org/November 30-December 2AESAESCsAtlanta, GAhttps://www.aesa.us/annualconference/November 30 - December 2NCTMMathBaltimore, MDhttps://www.nctm.org/baltimore2022/December 4-6VSTEEd TechVirginia Beach, VAhttps://www.vsteconference.org/Did You Use A Landscape Page Yet??Landscape Orientation for Your Activities Has Arrived! TeacherMade can now accept landscape-oriented documents as the background for worksheets! This opens up a huge pool of source material to TeacherMaders. So many early elementary-level and Science PDFs have been off-limits to use in TeacherMade. But no more!! Now all of your PDFs can be made interactive-- portrait or landscape. This has been among our top requested features and THANK YOU to the development team for making it happen!Other Updates:A raft of small UI Improvements and bug fixes, including a bug fix where questions with zero points had been displayed in feedback as incorrect.Score points now displayed on the assignment detail screen on Google Classroom assignments. Helps teachers to understand how their scores are calculated in GC.Big feature releases coming soon-- so stay tuned!---------------© 2022 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #7 - October 25, 2022 So MANY Activities for You This Week... But First... Let's Visit With Madame Lopez, Weslaco ISDEditor's Note: This is a shout-out to all of the Teachers of World Languages who never get enough love in the K12 world anymore. I have had such warm welcomes in the eight Spanish-speaking countries I've visited because I'm able to converse in their language. They always ask where I learned Spanish, and I always credit las maestras maravillosas en mi escuelas. Muchas gracias, senoras.Bonjour! I'm Madame Lopez, an educator with 22 + years of experience in language acquisition. I'm a South Texas native and a proud graduate of UTPA. I started taking French in high school because my father found an old book in the trash and brought it home to me. It had a picture of the Eiffel Tower on the cover. I was confused but started leafing through the book. My excitement grew because I understood some of the words and exclaimed, “Papi, se parece al espanol!” My father's simple act of kindness opened up a whole new world for me.One of my goals, as a teacher, is to transmit the intense love I have for the study of French to my students. On the first day, I invite them to be active participants and not be afraid to make mistakes. I  had a student tell me some time ago that my class is different and called my teaching style CASUAL LEARNING. I had never heard that term before and took it as a compliment. For me, the best learning happens when kids don’t realize they are working.I am a firm believer that students need to feel comfortable and at ease in order to learn and venture into the "it's okay to make mistakes" zone. This is especially true in a world language classroom because students have to perform in front of their peers, which can be very scary. Yet it is through mistakes and struggles that students achieve great things when acquiring a new language. As regards to technology, I am fairly new to the techy side of teaching. In fact, moving to a new school 5 years ago opened my eyes to a brand new way of doing things. It was the pandemic that really got me going and out of my comfort zone, though. I spent a lot of time digitalizing activities, creating Google Slides, and recording myself speaking to simulate a language classroom experience.  It seemed that all I did for days on end was take pictures of my worksheets, embed them as background images, and add textbox after textbox for students to type in. After all that work, I still had to manually grade each text box!! Luckily a  coworker told me about TeacherMade and I’ve been using it ever since. The auto-grading makes my job so much easier.I also discovered something powerful: When you remove the potential for embarrassment, you unleash the student's true potential. The audio features in TeacherMade are excellent and one of the reasons it is my go-to tool. I can record and insert onto any activity. I record my own voice for listening comprehension and assess the pronunciation and fluency of my students via their recordings. They can place their clips right onto the activity with no more stress over public performances. Now I get to hear more of them speak more often than I ever did before I went digital! Even my reluctant students love to use TeacherMade. I think it would positively transform any world language classroom as it has mine. https://sites.google.com/view/french-with-mme-lopez/online-tools?authuser=0For Last Week's Halloween Activities, Click HereShared Elementary TeacherMades:SEL: How Are You Feeling?Description: Students will be given a list of emotions and choose five to reflect on. They will use the Dray & Drop feature to drag the emotion into the column and they will write a time in which they felt that emotion. Their last emotion will create their mood for the day that they can reflect on throughout the day. Recommended Grade Range: Grades 3-6Question Types: Drag and Drop Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/rFyHqprmT5K4zhUP3MvGwA/ PrevSocial Studies: Colonies ArticleDescription: Extra! Extra! Read all about it! Students will write an article on one of the 13 original colonies. They will choose one colony and choose two topics to concentrate on for the colony. They can really get creative with this one! Recommended Grade Range: Grades 3 - 5Question Types: Open Ended, Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/oQl67JmGSgKJeho-Qy1U4A/Shared Middle School TeacherMades:Science: Lab EquipmentDescription: This activity has been designed for the Middle School or High School level. It can be used in Physical Science, Biology, or Chemistry. Students will identify lab equipment labeling by dragging the name to the correct place on the diagram.  Recommended Grade: Middle School/High SchoolQuestion Types:  Drag and Drop (auto-scored!)Link:  https://support.teachermade.com/support/solutions/articles/72000572694-ms-hs-lab-equipment-middle-school-or-high-school ELAR/SS - Informational Paired Passages: George Washington's Portrait/ The Story Behind the SilmarillionDescription:  This practice activity for the newly designed STAAR test has two passages: "George Washington's Portrait" and "The Story Behind the Silmarillion." Recommended Grade: Grades 5 - 8Question Types:  Multiple Choice, Dropdown, MultiselectLink:  https://support.teachermade.com/support/solutions/articles/72000582195-es-grade-6-informational-paired-passages-george-washington-s-portrait-the-story-behind-the- DID YOU KNOW? JUST BECAUSE IT SAYS "STAAR" DOESN'T MEAN IT'S ONLY FOR TEXAS! ELAR and SS TEACHERS IN ANY STATE THAT TESTS ONLINE WILL WANT TO HAVE A LOOK AT OUR STAAR READING PASSAGE LIBRARY.Shared High School TeacherMades:HS French - Oral Proficiency with Numbers, Days, Conversational PhrasesDescription: Shared by Madame Rosa Lopez. This activity is a great way to assess student pronunciation. Question Types: Audio Tool Recommended Grade Range: French I (usually HS)Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/C81PXcEfRY-86YKCzpjlFQ/ HS French - Venir - Irregular Verb WorksheetDescription: An in-depth activity on the very common irregular verb "venir." Shared by Madame Rosa Lopez.Question Types: Short Answer, Dropdown, Matching Recommended Grade Range: French I (usually HS)Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/9T_uGU7hQx6F9H5SNeGP5Q/ Howling Halloween ActivitiesFUN: Halloween Word SearchDescription:  Great for students of all ages! Students will search for Halloween vocabulary in a word search. Great for students to do independently or with their peers! Recommended Grade Range: All ages Item Types: Students will use their highlighter toolLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/mBa5jl-NTBeY7Gw4ku1R9g/ELA: Spooky SynonymsDescription:  Students will read a story about Halloween night, then write the story below replacing words with synonyms of their choice! Recommended Grade Range: Elementary Item Types: Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/nhO1CFckTGS-IkN3uEzdgg/Mathematics: Counting Ghosts and Ghouls -- Pumpkins Too! Description: In this activity, students practice counting how many ghosts, ghouls, or pumpkins there are for each question. At the end, they will add them together to find the complete sum. Students will really love the Halloween graphics on this one! Grade: Lower Elementary LevelItem Types: Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/vfXeIVM_Tv2gEbRUzBIYpQ/Mathematics: Halloween Word Problems -- Addition & SubtractionDescription:  Students will solve six addition and subtraction word problems. After they will be asked to create a word problem of their own to share with their classmates! Make this activity your own by reading the questions allowed and recording yourself with the audio tool! Grade: Elementary Item Types: Multiple Choice, Drop Down, Short Answer  Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/Br3rnkKbRTq0cmmXQ9JRdA/Mathematics: Halloween Fraction Word ProblemsDescription: This interactivity is all about fractions! Students will solve Halloween themed word problems and show their answers in a variety of ways. They will be able to choose equivalent fractions, choose the correct answer, and even write their equation!Grade: Upper Elementary & Middle School LevelItem Types: Multiple Choice, Multi Select, Fraction, Mixed Number, Algebraic Expression Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/hjN8faQsRPmTxNRDEgNiJA/ELA: Halloween-Themed Figurative Language Description: In this interactivity, students will look up the piece of figurative language online, state the type of figurative language, and the meaning of the text. After they will write a sentence using it! At the end they will then find their own spooky figurative language to share with the class! Grade: Middle & High School LevelItem Types: Short Answer, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/5gsJ7H-6TWS4aKyDZvifxg/NEW!! ELAR/SS: Watch, Listen and Learn: Dia de Los Muertos Description: An activity that will engage readers at a variety of levels. Includes Spansih vocabulary.Grade: Grade 3 through 6Item Types: Dropdown, MultiSelect, Multiple Choice T/F, MatchingLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/UhE-vbLxR02haRv0utTSCA/ELAR/SS: Pan de Muertos Recipe Description: This short reading passage and question set includes an easy recipe for Dia de Los Muertos celebrations. Beware!! It will make your students very hungry for the bread of the dead.Grade: Sixth to Seventh Grade (but discretion is advised due to the topic)Item Types: Short Answer, Multi-Select, True/False, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/1VGdjW73Th6qcAlc32Yjxg/ELAR/SS/Science: Dia de Los Muertos y Mariposas Monarca Description: This fascinating informational reading passage and question set introduces students to the unique Mexican day of remembrance and how monarch butterflies factor into its origins. It includes a step-by-step set of instructions for planting milkweed right now! Grade: High School LevelItem Types: Short Answer, Drop Down, Multi-Select, Hot Spot, True/False, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/FLelU9bPS-25CU-m0L2OkA/ This Week's Tuesday ELAR/SS: Diwali: The Festival of LightDescription: Students will read this short passage and demonstrate comprehension through a fun matching activity.Question Types: Matching Recommended Grade Range: Grade 6 - 9 (because of vocabulary)Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/bjuCCOzlQg6U4sliZEPIgg/ Kate shows us how to load worksheets that are 11 x 8.5, aka "landscape orientation." Though she makes everything look easy, this one really is!! ;)Calling NC and KY TeacherMaders - Not Much Time Left!! TeacherMade is exhibiting at NCTIES and KYSTE in Spring 2023. We'll be happy to assist if your proposal is accepted. We have the swag...The 2023 NCTIES Call for Proposals Is Open!Are you passionate about digital learning and technology integration to support learning?  Submit a proposal and lead a session at the NCTIES 2023 Annual Conference!  Submit your session proposal here - https://conference.ncties.org/2023/CMS_CFP_Login::pageIndex?formid=14124320The Call for Proposals will close on October 28th.---------------------------------------------------KySTE Conference Presenters receive FREE Conference Registration!Submit your session proposal HERE!Call for Presenters closes November 1, 2022---------------If Google Sheets and Google Quiz had a baby, it'd look like the new TeacherMade, LOL!! Big feature releases coming soon-- so stay tuned!---------------© 2022 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com #### Tip Sheet #8 - November 1, 2022 Something WONDERFUL is Heading Your Way... Click Here -->Imagine..."Google Slides Meets Google Forms" ...only better, because of the interactive power of TeacherMade...Please Click on the Survey to Find Out More!Our CEO, was reading was reading an article about Esther Wojcicki, a veteran educator and the bestselling author of "How to Raise Successful People" when she saw this quote:     "Mastery means doing something as many times as it takes to get it right. Being a writing teacher taught me this. In the 80s and 90s, one of the supposed characteristics of a good teacher was that your class was so hard that many students failed.     But the kids who got a D on their first paper found it impossible to recover and lost the motivation to improve, since they were starting out so far behind.     So I gave them the opportunity to revise their work as many times as they wanted. Their grade was based on the final product. And when it came time for testing, my students performed in the 90th percentile of state exams.     It was the learning and the hard work that I wanted to reward, not getting it right the first time."  --Anne WojcickiDid you know... ? With TeacherMade, you can apply Ms.Wojcicki's advice by allowing your students to check their answers an unlimited number of times!! Hopefully, you'll get the same positive results with your students!For Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared Elementary Activities:ELA: Subject or Predicate?Description: Students will choose whether the underlined part of the sentence is a simple subject or predicate, or complete subject or predicate. This is a great worksheet to check in on your students understanding. Recommended Grade Range: Grades 4-6 Question Types: DropdownLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/kjIMbMkCRQaO8xIjDZzU9g/ Math: Finding Area Using FractionsDescription: Students will have to solve the area of the kitchen, as well as how many tiles it would take to cover the kitchen floor. This activity really brings finding area to the next level by incorporating fractions!Recommended Grade Range: Grades 5-6Question Types: Open Ended, Short Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/ZruyEMzyRKWQK6EUtS-n6w/Shared Middle School Activities:        Math: Graphing Inequalities on Number LinesDescription: A formative assessment designed to measure CCSS 6.EE.B.8 - Graphing Inequalities on Number Lines. Recommended Grade Range: Grades 6-9Question Types: Multiple ChoiceClick Here: Graphing Inequalities on Number LinesScience: Structure of Animal CellDescription:  On this activity for Life Science or Biology, students will label a Structure of an Animal Cell and receive one point for each correct answer.Recommended Grade: Middle School - High SchoolQuestion Types:  Drag and DropClick Here: Structure of an Animal Cell  Shared High School Activities:HS Science: Human Respiratory SystemDescription: In this activity students will label the human respiratory system using the Drag and Drop tool. It can be used in Anatomy class.Question Types: Drag and DropRecommended Grade Range: High SchoolClick Here: Human Respiratory System ELA: English I - Informational - "64 Says and $8,000"Description: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types. It can be used with any high school reading level. Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, DropdownRecommended Grade Range: High SchoolClick Here: "64 Says and $8,000"ELA/SS: All About Veteran's Day - Elementary Description:  Do your students know why we celebrate Veterans Day? Through this reading passage they will learn all about it and why we celebrate on November 11th every year. They will answer comprehension questions to assess their knowledge, and reflect on the holiday. Recommended Grade Range: Elementary Item Types: Multiselect, Dropdown, True/False, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/J6RNbMhDTOGn8ADv3TTzzQ/ELA/SS: Six Branches of the U.S. MilitaryDescription:  Your students will learn about the six branches of the United States Military by reading and annotating an informational article about the branches. After they will answer a variety of questions to assess their knowledge. This makes for a perfect Social Studies lesson!Recommended Grade Range: Upper Elementary and Middle School  Item Types: Matching, Multiple Choice, Drop Down, Hot Spot Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/Wp8aa7wUQMSGm6Gw9qdI9A/ELA/SS: The New Guardians of Our American GalaxyDescription: Students read about the newest branch of the U.S. Military. They will read a short passage and watch an official recruiting video designed to attract new Guardians. Grade: Middle School and High School Item Types: Multiple Choice, True/False, Dropdown, Short Answer, Open Answer, Multiselect Click Here: The New Guardians of Our American GalaxyELA/SS: How One Teacher Helped Millions of VeteransDescription: A challenging reading passage and question set that includes a beautiful video rendition of the famous WWI poem "In Flanders Field." Lots of opportunity for more Augmentation and Modification.Grade: Grade 8 - HSItem Types: Multiple Choice, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/Wa0tYonzSCKnNUEIr5UEiA/Last Chance - October 31 - November 2NEW!! ELAR/SS: Watch, Listen and Learn: Dia de Los Muertos Description: An activity that will engage readers at a variety of levels. Includes Spansih vocabulary.Grade: Grade 3 through 6Item Types: Dropdown, MultiSelect, Multiple Choice T/F, MatchingLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/UhE-vbLxR02haRv0utTSCA/ELAR/SS/Science: Pan de Muertos Recipe Description: This short reading passage and question set includes an easy recipe for Dia de Los Muertos celebrations. Beware!! It will make your students very hungry for the bread of the dead.Grade: Sixth to Seventh Grade (but discretion is advised due to the topic)Item Types: Short Answer, Multi-Select, True/False, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/1VGdjW73Th6qcAlc32Yjxg/ELAR/SS/Science: Dia de Los Muertos y Mariposas Monarca Description: This fascinating informational reading passage and question set introduces students to the unique Mexican day of remembrance and how monarch butterflies factor into its origins. It includes a step-by-step set of instructions for planting milkweed right now! Grade: High School LevelItem Types: Short Answer, Drop Down, Multi-Select, Hot Spot, True/False, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/FLelU9bPS-25CU-m0L2OkA/_________________© 2022 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com   #### Tip Sheet #9 - November 8, 2022 A Feast of Shared Activities for You!As the holidays approach, we're taking a small sabbatical from our Weekly Tip Sheets to work on another BIG project. Thank you so much for all of the kind words this year-- we appreciate hearing from you! Did you know that at the very end of each edition, you can click "Yes, It's Helpful" and we'll see that, too?To make it up to you, this week's Tip Sheet is stuffed with activities that we hope will last you through the Thanksgiving Break. Enjoy, and Happy November!!"Google Slides + Google Forms" United in One Classroom-focused AppHere at TeacherMade, you've been guiding us as we build the most Teacher-friendly classroom platform available today. We consider every feature request and try to get the top requests up and running quickly. But there's one that's been lagging behind. Remember how you asked to load two or more PDFs and join them into one activity? It seems like such a simple request and you're not sure why it's been taking us so long, right? Well, it's a super-complex programming job and has required a re-architecting of our user interface. We've been at it for months and we're almost ready to release it.But we know how any change in the user interface can be unwelcome when you're pressed for time and have a class full of students waiting. "Where did it go?" "What is this new thing?" These might be some thoughts you've had in the past after an app update.Our new switch to the Slide Model is a really BIG change; it's TeacherMade's version of Google Slides and Google Forms united together in one interface to meet the needs of the classroom. While it will be welcome by most of us, some will not want it sprung on them. Though you'll be able to load multiple PDFs and join them into one interactivity, you may want a chance to play with things when you have some free time.We ran the survey last week. Right now, it's a 60/40 split between the ASAPs and December Break camps with a couple of hundred Teachers responding. We'd love to hear from a couple hundred more, so please consider clicking on the survey link below. We want to do what's best for each of you. And thank you so much to those who have already weighed in. If you've opted into being a Beta Tester, we'll be in touch in the next two weeks.For Last Week's Tip Sheet, Click HereShared Elementary TeacherMades:ELA: A Gift from NatureDescription: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporated new question types. This fiction reading can also be used as a great way to check your student's reading level before conferences! Recommended Grade Range: Grade 2-5 Question Types: Multiple Choice, Multiselect, Dropdown, Open AnswerClick Here: A Gift from Nature Science: Simple PhotosynthesisDescription: This interactivity is a drag-and-drop activity to review what occurs during photosynthesis.Recommended Grade Range: Grades 3-5Question Types: Drag and Drop Click Here: Simple PhotosynthesisShared Middle School TeacherMades:        ELA/Drama: For Deanna's Eyes Only!Description: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test of Reading and Language Arts (RLA) that incorporated new question types. This drama is also a great activity to complete as a class!Recommended Grade Range: Grades 5-8Question Types: Multiple Choice, DropdownClick Here: For Deanna's Eyes Only!Math: Multistep Algebraic EquationsDescription: Solving Multistep Algebraic Equations with Integers & Decimals Level a 7eeb3 Recommended Grade: Grades 6-9Question Types:  Drag and DropClick Here: Multistep Algebraic Equations Shared High School TeacherMades:ELA: Revising - An Inspirational AthleteDescription: This is a practice activity for the newly redesigned STAAR test for English I that incorporates new question types. It can be used with any high school reading level. Question Types: Multiple Choice, DropdownRecommended Grade Range: High SchoolClick Here: An Inspirational AthleteScience: Anatomy - Parts of a NeuronDescription: Students will label the correct locations on a neuron diagram.Question Types: Drag and dropRecommended Grade Range: High SchoolClick Here: Parts of a NeuronNovember - Native American Heritage Month ELA/SS: Traditional Houses of Native American Tribes Description: Students will learn about the types of shelters once constructed by different Native American tribes. They'll then put that knowledge to use in a challenging matching activity. Grade: 5 and upItem Types: MatchingLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/8Sfrp0RaQpyoAA3NwelvjQ/Science: Plants and Animal Names from Native American WordsDescription: Guess the different plants and animals from their original Native American names! Your students will receive bonus points if they place a picture of the plant or animal by its name or look up the name of the tribe and state its historical home region. Students always love a challenge! Grade: 4 and upItem Types: Multiple Choice Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/WulzHSxFQwilBkJQXO9Tfw/From a Previous Tip Sheet:  SS: Where Did U.S. State Names Come From? Description: Do your students love puzzles? In this activity, they will be given hints to try to figure out which US State names come from Native American origins.Recommended Grade Range: 4 through High School Item Types: Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/k5M0jlcJSv6g6I4RUr5XBA/November 11th - Veteran's Day Activities  ELA/SS: All About Veteran's Day - Elementary Description:  Do your students know why we celebrate Veterans Day? Through this reading passage they will learn all about it and why we celebrate on November 11th every year. They will answer comprehension questions to assess their knowledge and reflect on the holiday. Recommended Grade Range: Elementary Item Types: Multiselect, Dropdown, True/False, Open Answer Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/J6RNbMhDTOGn8ADv3TTzzQ/ELA/SS: Six Branches of the U.S. MilitaryDescription:  Your students will learn about the six branches of the United States Military by reading and annotating an informational article about the branches. After they will answer a variety of questions to assess their knowledge. This makes for a perfect Social Studies lesson!Recommended Grade Range: Upper Elementary and Middle School  Item Types: Matching, Multiple Choice, Drop Down, Hot Spot Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/Wp8aa7wUQMSGm6Gw9qdI9A/ELA/SS: The New Guardians of Our American GalaxyDescription: Students read about the newest branch of the U.S. Military. They will read a short passage and watch an official recruiting video designed to attract new Guardians. Grade: Middle School and High School Item Types: Multiple Choice, True/False, Dropdown, Short Answer, Open Answer, Multiselect Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/aCOePdpETHyeD69rI85meQ/ELA/SS: How One Teacher Helped Millions of VeteransDescription: A challenging reading passage and question set that includes a beautiful video rendition of the famous WWI poem "In Flanders Field." Lots of opportunities for more Augmentation and Modification.Grade: Grade 8 - HSItem Types: Multiple Choice, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/Wa0tYonzSCKnNUEIr5UEiA/November 24th  - Thanksgiving Activities-- it will be here before you know it! ELA/SS: Thanksgiving DayDescription: Students will read all about the Thanksgiving holiday in this brief passage. They will then answer a variety of question types to assess their comprehension.Grade: Grades 3-5 Item Types: Multiple Choice, Checkbox, True/FalseLink: Thanksgiving DayELA: Thanksgiving ClozeDescription: Have your students review the parts of speech by completing this Thanksgiving MadLibs! Students will fill in the blanks with the correct part of speech to make a gratitude writing. After they will answer two open answer questions. These are perfect for your students to share with their families and friends on Thanksgiving Day!Grade: All grade levels Item Types: Short Answer, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/ZUYUNsdARlenOT5zwlqwdw/ELA: Macy's Thanksgiving Day ParadeDescription: Learn all about the balloons used in the Macy's Thanksgiving Day Parade. Students will read a brief introduction about the parade, then read about the balloons and types used! They will take reading checks along the way to assess their understanding of the text.Grade: Grades 4 - 8 Item Types: Link: https://app.teachermade.com/s/p1IkZZKhQVadbJfWGF6fUg/Math: Counting Ears of CornDescription:  Ana is a very good girl who donates her time at the food bank. She needs help figuring out how many ears of corn she's put in the Thanksgiving meal kits. This worksheet specifically addresses CCSS Math 2.NBT.A.1, 1a, 1b.Grade: Grades 2 & 3 Item Types: Short AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/qSdeEIfFRay_9xK6YXC8QA/ELA: Traditional Thanksgiving Dishes Across the USA Description:  This reading passage is a real eye-opener to the varied foods that grace Americans' tables for Thanksgiving. Students will learn a lot and you may hear exclamations of "Eww" and "What!" Couple this worksheet with a small research project around the writing prompt and you'll have a fun class period covered!Grade: Grade 8 and upItem Types: Short AnswerLink: Traditional Dishes Across the USAFrom a Previous Tip Sheet:  ELAR/SS: Canadian and U.S. Thanksgivings Compared Description: Learning about Thanksgiving north of the border and comparing it to the US holiday will interest your kids.Grade: Middle & High SchoolItem Types: Checkboxes, True/False, Multiple Choice, Short Answer, Open AnswerLink: https://app.teachermade.com/s/qkJdBxKoRFihIqJaJs3TaA/_________________© 2022 Work On Learning, Inc.https://TeacherMade.com   #### TO COPY FROM DISCOURSE - Canvas Assignment Creation The article about assigning within Canvas #### TO COPY FROM DISCOURSE - Schoology App Install The article about Schoology's app install #### TO COPY FROM DISCOURSE - Schoology Assignment Creation The article about creating an assignment in Schoology #### TO COPY FROM DISCOURSE: Canves App Setup The article about setting up the App in the course. #### Tour of the Student Toolbar Select a Shape Tool: This tool is used to select any tool, button, and/or shape that is drawn on the Assignment.Undo and Redo: Removes a student's last action; reapplies a student's last action. Zoom In/Out:Allows a student to increase or decrease the view of their Assignment.   Delete Selected Shape: After clicking on an object/shape that a student drew, the Trash Can icon will become clickable. Students can click on the icon to remove the selected item.Duplicate Selected Object:After clicking on an object/shape select this button and the object will duplicate.   Copy Selected Object to Clipboard: After clicking on an object/shape that a student drew, the Copy Selected Object icon will become clickable. The student can then click on the icon to duplicate the selected item.Cut Selected Object to Clipboard:After clicking on the object, click on Cut Selected Object and the item will disappear. Paste From Clipboard:After copying a selected object/shape, click Paste from clipboard and the object will appear. Add Text: (Teacher can enable when making an Assignment)After clicking on the Add Text icon, the student will be able to draw a textbox on their Assignment. They may resize the textbox by pulling on the lower right-hand corner. Text Size: Students have the option to choose the text size used in each text box. When they click on this icon, they can a variety of sizes from 8pt to 32pt font.Add Math Expression Tool: (Teacher can enable when making an Assignment) Your students use this tool to write mathematical expressions on their Assignments. After clicking, students have the option to use the 123, f(), Other, or ABC symbol sets to show their work. Students can move the math expression screen by clicking on the 10 dots and dragging it across the screen.  123f()OtherABCUpload Image: (Teacher can enable when making an Assignment) Students click on this icon to upload an image from their computer onto their Assignment. They must click on Upload from Computer, from the drop-down that appears. They may also drag and drop an image file or paste from the clipboard via Crtl+V.Record Audio: (Teacher can enable when making an Assignment) By clicking on the microphone icon, the Record Audio prompt will appear. Using it, students are able to record audio for up to 2 minutes and place it within their Assignment.Click on the red button to start the recording and the dark gray square to end the recording. The timeline/controls will appear below the buttons. Students will be able to listen to their recording by pressing the play symbol. They may also change the volume and/or the playback speed.By clicking Reset they may re-record their audio; Save & Close will save it to their Assignment.Read Aloud: (Teacher can enable when making an Assignment) By clicking on Read Aloud your students will be able to have the text read aloud to them. After clicking on the icon their mouse will turn to crosshairs and they will be able to drag a blue box around the text they want read aloud. A box will appear on the side of their screen and will begin reading the text aloud. As it reads a gray box will appear over the words. Students can choose a voice, speed for it to be read, and pause and repeat the text as many times as needed. Insert Link: (Teacher can enable when making an Assignment) By clicking on this link icon, your students will be able to insert a clickable URL into their Assignment. Their mouse will turn into crosshairs and they will be able to drag and draw a box. A prompt will appear for them to enter the link for them to input. They can test to make sure their link works by clicking on the Test button. Clicking on OK will attach the link to the Assignment.Draw a square or rectangle: Students are able to drag their mouse and draw squares and rectangles on their Activity. This is great for note taking.Draw a circle or ellipse: Students are able to drag and draw circles and ellipses on their Activity. This is good for taking notes.Draw a triangle: Students are able to drag and draw triangles on their Activity. This works well in math activities.Draw a line: Students are able to draw lines on their Assignment. This allows students to underline important information in a text.Highlighter: Students are able to highlight information on their Activity. This is very helpful for note taking.Freehand draw: Students use this tool to freehand draw on their Assignment. This is a great option for note taking, annotating, and drawing.Erase Shapes: After clicking on this icon, the mouse will turn into an eraser, allowing students to quickly erase shapes from their Assignments. Fill Color: By clicking on Fill Color students will be able to choose a color from the drop down menu that appears to fill in their shapes. Line Color:By clicking on Line Color, students will be able to choose a color from the drop-down menu and apply it to borders or lines that they've drawn.Line Width: Line Width allows your students to change the thickness of any line they've drawn on their Assignment. They may choose a line width from 2 pts (skinny) to 9 pts (wide). Help: Students are provided with two short videos they can watch at any time: How to enter your answers and How to use the tools.To learn more about the buttons below the student toolbar see Student Buttons Explained #### Track and Monitor Student Progress in Real Time with TeacherMade May is a high school English teacher who uses TeacherMade to help motivate her students by tracking their progress.Track your students' progress with TeacherMadeI have been a high school English teacher for over 23 years and have taught different levels of English classes, from remedial reading and writing to honors and Advanced Placement. I have learned that students, no matter how much they might act like they don't care, actually care about their work. And they are more motivated to try if someone checks in on them and encourages them.Use TeacherMade's progress percentage to monitor your students' progress during and assignmentA useful feature of TeacherMade is that when my students work on an assignment, I can monitor them. TeacherMade shows the students' progress percentage, so I can see if they are working steadily, rushing through the assignment, or not working on it at all. Having this information is helpful to me as a teacher. Depending on the nature of the assignment, I can use certain strategies to help my students refocus.Help reduce student distractions by monitoring their progress with TeacherMadeNowadays, students have many distractions. Unfortunately, some students are on their phones when they should be working. If a quick glance at my TeacherMade screen shows that a student has not opened an assignment or has not made much progress, I can stand next to the student. Sometimes, that is enough to get the student to put their phone away and get to work. No matter their age, students still need reminders and a nudge.On the other hand, if a student worked through the assignment too quickly, I can see how much time was spent on it. If I felt that the student did not put in much effort, I can pull the student aside and discuss what happened. Maybe the student was overwhelmed and felt defeated, so they didn't even try and just wanted to quickly complete it. Depending on the reason, I can clarify any confusion and reset the assignment for the student.Teachermade lets you track students' progress through an assignmentNow, there have been many times when a student had good intentions and started the assignment in class, didn't finish, meant to finish at home, but then forgot about it when they got home. With TeacherMade, I could not only see the progress percentage but also open the assignment to see what the student did. If an assignment is finished, and the student just forgot to submit it, I can submit the work for the student. If the student is not finished, I can remind them to complete the work and submit it when they are done.Review a student's quality of work before it's been submittedAnother reason I like this feature is it removes assumptions that I might make about a student. For example, an assignment might be partially finished and unsubmitted. Based on that alone, I might make the error of assuming the student didn't want to do the work. But once I open the assignment, it might reveal detailed and high-quality work — it just was not finished. That has happened before. Understandably, students have other classes. Sometimes, it is a matter of them having too many other priorities and forgetting to complete the assignment for my class.TeacherMade's auto-grading and comment feature make grading assignments fast and constructiveWhen I assign work to my students, I usually like to have an auto-graded section and a short written response section. When I grade the written response, TeacherMade's comment feature makes it convenient for me to give feedback to my students. When the students look at the work, they will see my comment at the top of the page, like on paper assignments. On some other platforms, the teacher's comment is not located in a conspicuous spot, so students sometimes don't see the teacher's comments. Whether the comment is constructive feedback or praise, it's nice for the student to see it.TeacherMade is an excellent data tool to use during parent-teacher conferencesI can pull up a student's TeacherMade assignment during conferences and show it to the parents. Not only do parents see the work, but they can see how much time the student spent on the assignment. If needed, I can print the assignment for the parents. This saves me from having to justify a grade. The assignment, the student's efforts, the grade, and my comments are right there! Sometimes that's all the parents needed — a visual of how their child did and how much effort was put into it.TeacherMade assignments help students take ownership of their workBeing able to see my students' progress on TeacherMade assignments helps me to help my students make better decisions about taking ownership of their work. It also lets me know what I need to reteach or what kind of conversations I need to have with certain students. Finally, if questioned or as a courtesy, I can show parents their child's work, grade, and even effort based on the time spent on the assignment.TeacherMade is more than a digital worksheet creator. It is a powerful tool for tracking your students' progress on assignments. #### Track Student Progress on Classroom and Homework Assignments Amanda uses TeacherMade to track her students' progress on classroom and homework assignments and increase accountability in the classroom.TeacherMade helps Teachers see student struggles on assignments in real-timeMy name is Amanda Mendenhall, and I teach 7th-grade geography. TeacherMade has allowed me to use small group instruction to help my students with the concept of being taught and being successful in the classroom. I can assign work independently to my students and see the real-time struggles they may be having with the concept. I am also able to see the students that are finally getting the concept after many struggles.Give automatic feedback and immediate confirmation to students as they workBecause of TeacherMade, I can work with small groups but may have missed a piece of information that I taught, or I can challenge my students that have already grasped the concept and are ready to move on. I can correct and give automatic feedback to my students as they work, allowing them the immediate confirmation most students are looking for. I can also do this without the students being called on or feeling that they are embarrassed due to the comment section of TeacherMade. Because of these features, my students know they should be in and are expected to work on the assignment when given time in class. This helps to hold my students accountable for their independent work and ensure they are on task at all times in class whenever they are expected to be on task. Increase student accountability with TeacherMadeWhen the classroom first became more of a digital classroom during the beginning of Covid, students struggled with accountability for doing their assignments. So as we move further into making the classroom a digital classroom, we realized that we had to show some accountability to our students. TeacherMade has helped because my students know I can see if they open the assignment, have begun working on their side, or have completed the assignment. This has increased accountability for our students because we can see the real-time happenings on their devices. Talk about a game changer! We can hold all the students accountable for their assignments even better than when we had paper copies. Students can do work that is comfortable for them and the teacher. This also allows parents to see the assignment as students work on it, so they can help at home as if it were a paper copy.TeacherMade helps Teachers communicate with parents about their student's progressSince Google classroom and TeacherMade work together so nicely, my parents only have to sign up for Google classroom to see their students' assignments. The parents get notifications that the assignment has been posted; they also get notifications of when the assignment is due and make notifications if they sign it is late. TeacherMade has made student accountability a huge priority in the classroom. Because of the timestamp that TeacherMade puts on the assignments, this cut down on students not being truthful about turning in an assignment. They know I can see when they were on, how long they were on, and when they turned in the assignment. This makes them more honest and builds integrity in the classroom. I like this feature because the parents can see the same information if I print it and show it to them. With TeacherMade, we have eliminated most of the "student's word vs. teacher's word" issues I have encountered during parent-teacher conferences. This allows me to have real conversations with parents about their student's progress. I can show parents how long the student was on the assignment and when they first opened it. The possibilities are almost endless with TeacherMade.  Give immediate feedback to your students and track their progress as they complete assignments with TeacherMade. #### Track Your Students' Progress in Real-Time with TeacherMade Rachelle is an 8th-grade science teacher who uses TeacherMade to monitor her students on their assignments.How do you use TeacherMade to observe your students while they work on their assessments?In my classroom, I use both TeacherMade and a screen mirroring software to observe my students as they work on their assessments and projects. This allows me to keep them on track to complete their work, and it keeps me on track! How does TeacherMade help you plan future lessons and update current lessons?On TeacherMade, I will watch their progress bars and prospective scores to get an idea of how the class is doing and how long the assignment will take to complete. It helps me figure out my planning for other activities, either for extension or remediation. I can also check in on their assignments to see if there are any questions they are struggling with or if there are any answers I want to accept and add to my answer key. I will also sometimes go into an assignment and realize there may need to be some clarification I need to give to my students or even possibly a new resource. This is especially helpful if I am using a new assignment or if I have modified an older assignment. TeacherMade helps me to assess my teaching practices and plan our next lesson. How does TeacherMade help you track your students' progress?During my students' time on task, I also use the live-monitoring feature to figure out which students may need help or just a reminder to get back on task. With my screen mirroring software, I can see which tabs they have open and block them from certain sites, but I can't always see how far along they are in an assignment. This is why TeacherMade is so helpful. I can click on the assignment in TeacherMade and look at their assignment to see what they have done and make sure they are on the right track. I also use it when students ask me questions about their work. I can click on their assignment to see exactly what they were talking about and give them feedback in person or online. How do you use TeacherMade to reinforce classroom behavior and to incentive students?My students also know that I monitor them pretty frequently, and sometimes they even make a game! They ask me throughout the class period what percentage of the assignment they have completed, and they will compare it to other students. I also use it as an incentive during our class period. If they hit certain percentage markers like 25% or 50%, they can work with a partner, listen to music while working, or even work outside or in the lab. They like to have some other goals and incentives to work towards. It's also yet another way for me to set a pace for them to complete their work in time other than just giving them a due date. Being able to see their completion percentage motivates them to complete their work. How do you use TeacherMade to give students real-time progress reports on their assignments?In addition, when students aren't working to the best of their ability, I can show them their progress in a quantifiable way. With a traditional paper and pencil assignment, I can't easily show them their percentage and possible score without taking time to go through and hand grade everything. With TeacherMade, they can see what amount of the assignment needs to be done and their current grade. This allows them to either turn in the assignment as is or continue working on it. Some students only care if they have a passing grade, so if they have a 60% on the assignment, they may stop working on it. When others see a lower grade than they want, they will work to get a higher one.How does TeacherMade help you track and evaluate your teaching progress?TeacherMade allows me to track my teaching progress by evaluating my next steps in the classroom. Not only that, but I can monitor student progress, which motivates them to work harder, and also incentives them to complete their work. I don't know what I would do without this feature on TeacherMade.TeacherMade isn't just a digital worksheet maker. TeacherMade provides Teachers with a tool to track student progress, reinforce classroom behavior, and provide real-time data to help keep students on track. #### Trash View and Restore Deleted ActivitiesClick Trash from the More dropdown to view Activities that have been deleted.This view shows:The Activity titleWhen it was originally createdWhen it was deletedRestore an ActivityTo restore a deleted Activity:Check the box to the left of the Activity name.A menu will appear above the list.PreviewIf one Activity is selected, click Preview (eye icon) to view the student version.If multiple Activities are selected, Preview is disabled.RestoreClick Restore to open a confirmation window.Select Confirm Restore to return the Activity to your main Activities page.Restored Activities will reappear in your full Activity list, ready to use. #### Trouble Scrolling If you or your students have trouble scrolling, make sure you've selected the arrow key tool.That's the tool you use to select items on the screen. Selecting it will make sure that you don't have any other tool selected. Then be sure to start scrolling by clicking/tapping on the background, away from any interactive elements.Finally, be sure there's actually content to be scrolled to. If your students are accustomed to long Scrolling view Activities, and you deliver them a nice, compact Slides view Activity, they might need some guidance on how to navigate from slide to slide. #### Turn Released State Tests into Review Activities Convert Released State Tests into Classwork Activities State departments of education release prior-year test forms each year. This article shows you how to find your state's released test, get it into Classwork, and add interactions so students practice in the exact format they will see on test day. Workflow Overview Find your state's released test Download or export the PDF Upload the PDF to Classwork Add question interactions Tag standards Step 1: Find Your State's Released Test Use the table below to go directly to your state's official released test or practice test portal. Each link goes to the state department of education's assessment page where released items or practice tests are posted. Note for Texas and Florida teachers: STAAR and FAST no longer publish a downloadable PDF. Both states deliver released tests exclusively through an online platform. See Step 2 for the PDF export workaround.   State Test Name Official URL Grade Bands Subjects Notes Alabama ACAP alsde.edu/sec/saa Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Practice items on portal* Alaska PEAKS education.alaska.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Sample items available* Arizona AzM2 / AzSCI azed.gov/assessment/azm2 Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Sample test items online* Arkansas ATLAS dese.ade.arkansas.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Released item sets by grade* California CAASPP (Smarter Balanced + CAST) caaspp.org/practice-and-training Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Full-length practice tests available online Colorado CMAS / PSAT-SAT cde.state.co.us/assessment Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science, Social Studies Released items by grade; HS uses SAT* Connecticut CT SAT School Day / NGSS Sci portal.ct.gov/SDE Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Released tests and scoring guides* Delaware DCAS / DeSSA doe.k12.de.us Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Practice items on portal; SBAC-aligned* Florida FAST / B.E.S.T. EOC flfast.org Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science, Civics, Algebra, Biology, US History No direct PDF download. Select Sample Items on portal. See Step 2. Georgia Georgia Milestones (GMAS) gadoe.org Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science, Social Studies Study guides and released items* Hawaii HSA / SBAC alohahsap.org Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Practice tests on Aloha HSAP portal* Idaho ISAT (Smarter Balanced) sde.idaho.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Practice test portal; SBAC-aligned* Illinois IAR / ISA isbe.net Elem / MS ELA, Math (IAR); Science Gr 5+8 (ISA) Released items listed by year* Indiana ILEARN doe.in.gov Elem / MS ELA, Math, Science Practice tests on ILEARN portal* Iowa ISASP itp.education.uiowa.edu/isasp Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Released items on portal* Kansas KAP ksassessments.org Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Practice tests on KAP portal* Kentucky KSA education.ky.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science, Social Studies Released items by grade band* Louisiana LEAP 2025 louisianabelieves.com Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science, Social Studies Practice tests and released items* Maine MEA maine.gov/doe Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science SBAC practice tests; state science items* Maryland MCAP / MISA mdk12.msde.maryland.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science MCAP practice tests on portal* Massachusetts MCAS doe.mass.edu/mcas/testitems.html Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science, Civics Digital Item Library; PDF and online formats available Michigan M-STEP / MME michigan.gov/mde Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science, Social Studies Released item sets by grade; PDF download* Minnesota MCA education.mn.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Item samplers by grade; PDF* Mississippi MAAP mdek12.org/OSA/MAAP Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Practice tests and released items* Missouri MAP dese.mo.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Released items and item guides* Montana MontCAS opi.mt.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science SBAC practice tests; science sample items* Nebraska NeSA education.ne.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Practice test links on NeSA page* Nevada SBAC / Nevada Science doe.nv.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science SBAC practice tests; science portal* New Hampshire NH Statewide Assessments education.nh.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science SBAC-aligned practice tests* New Jersey NJSLA / NJGPA nj.mypearsonsupport.com Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Practice tests on Pearson portal* New Mexico NM-MSSA ped.state.nm.us Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Sample items on NMPED portal* New York NY State Tests / Regents nysedregents.org Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science; HS Regents (all core subjects) 75% of items released annually; full Regents exams available as PDF North Carolina NC EOG / EOC dpi.nc.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science, Social Studies Released forms by year; PDF format* North Dakota NDSA nd.gov/dpi Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science SBAC practice tests; science items* Ohio AIR OST oh.portal.airast.org Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science, Social Studies Online practice tests on AIR portal* Oklahoma OSTP sde.ok.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science, Social Studies Released item sets and practice tests* Oregon OAKS / Smarter Balanced oregon.gov/ode Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science SBAC practice tests; science sample items* Pennsylvania PSSA / Keystone education.pa.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science; HS Keystone (ELA, Algebra, Biology) Released item sets by grade; PDF format* Rhode Island RICAS ride.ri.gov Elem / MS ELA, Math Digital Item Library 2018–2023; 2023+ Item Catalog online South Carolina SC READY / SCPASS ed.sc.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Released items by grade and subject* South Dakota SD Smarter Balanced / SDSA doe.sd.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science SBAC practice tests; science sample items* Tennessee TNReady tn.gov/education Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science, Social Studies Released item sets by year and grade* Texas STAAR tea.texas.gov – Released Questions Elem / MS / HS ELA/RLA, Math, Science, Social Studies, US History No direct PDF download. Online only via Cambium. See Step 2. Utah RISE / ACT schools.utah.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science RISE practice tests; HS uses ACT* Vermont SBAC / NGSS Science education.vermont.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science SBAC practice tests; science sample items* Virginia SOL (Standards of Learning) doe.virginia.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science, History/SS, Technology Released tests by subject and year; PDF format* Washington WA-AIM / SBAC / WCAS wa.portal.airast.org Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science Practice tests on AIR portal* West Virginia WV-OST wvde.us/assessments Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science, Social Studies Released items and practice tests on WVDE portal* Wisconsin Forward Exam dpi.wi.gov Elem / MS ELA, Math, Science, Social Studies Released items by year; PDF format* Wyoming WY-TOPP edu.wyoming.gov Elem / MS / HS ELA, Math, Science SBAC-aligned practice tests; science sample items* * URL verified against official state DOE domain. Confirm the link is active before sharing with students. State portals may update annually. Grade Band Key: Elem = Grades 3–5 | MS = Grades 6–8 | HS = Grades 9–12 / End-of-Course. Step 2: Get the PDF On most state portals, look for a link labeled Released Test, Released Items, or Item Sampler. Click to open or download the PDF, then save it to your computer. Texas (STAAR) and Florida (FAST): no downloadable PDF Both states deliver released tests exclusively through Cambium's online testing platform. There is no official PDF file available for direct download. To create a usable file, export from your browser: Open the released test in your browser on the state portal. Press Ctrl+P (Windows) or Cmd+P (Mac) to open the print dialog. Set the destination to Save as PDF. Save the file and proceed to Step 3. Important: Technology-enhanced items such as drag-and-drop, inline dropdowns, and multi-select grids will appear as static images or incomplete questions in the exported PDF. You will need to manually recreate those interactions inside Classwork after uploading. Step 3: Upload the PDF to Classwork From your Activities page, click the green + New File button. In the pop-up window, click UPLOAD a file Choose your saved PDF from your computer or Google Drive, or drag and drop it onto the upload option. Once the file processes, select which pages to include using the thumbnails. Selected pages will be highlighted in blue. Click Submit to open the activity in the editor. For full details on creating an activity, see Creating Activites in Classwork.com. Step 4: Add Question Interactions Once the PDF is loaded in the editor, use the Question Type menu on the right to place an interaction on top of each question. Most released state test questions use one of these three types: Multiple Choice - Select Multiple Choice from the Question Type menu. Your cursor will change to crosshairs. Click to place the interaction box, then drag to resize it over the answer choices. Click the correct answer bubble to set the answer key. Multi-Select - Use this for questions that ask students to select more than one correct answer. Place and resize the interaction the same way as Multiple Choice, then click each correct answer bubble to mark all correct responses. Constructed Response - Use this for open-ended and short answer questions. Place the interaction box in the student response area. These are teacher-graded and do not auto-score. For technology-enhanced items that did not export cleanly from the state portal, use the closest available interaction type. For a walkthrough tutorial, see Add Auto-Scored Interactions in Classwork.com. Step 5: Tag Standards Released test questions are already aligned to your state's standards. Tagging each question in Classwork lets you generate reports showing which standards students need more practice on before the test. Open the activity in Edit mode. If the activity is already assigned, open the Answer Key instead. Click the question you want to align. Click Standard(s) from the top toolbar, or open Edit and select Item Standard(s). Click Search Standards, then select your State, Subject, and Grade Level. Click the standard that applies to the question, then click Save Changes. Most state portals include an answer key or item rationale document alongside the released test. These documents list the standard code for every question, which makes tagging straightforward.   Tip: Classwork remembers your recently used standards. After tagging your first question, you can select from your recent list without searching by state and subject again. You can also duplicate a tagged question with Ctrl+D and edit the answer, keeping the standard alignment.   For full details, see Add Standards to Activities. Pro Tip Released tests typically include an answer key and item rationale document on the same page where you found the test. Download both before you close the portal. The item rationale document identifies which standard each question measures, so you have everything you need to complete Steps 4 and 5 in one session. #### Ukyah Wilburn - 4th Grade - IL Hi! aMy name is Ukyah Wilburn, and I teach 5th grade in Collinsville, Illinois. I am entering my 10th year of teaching this August 2022. I have always wanted to be a teacher. However, I wasn’t always a good student. I have had some pretty incredible teachers over the years, but my passion for teaching comes from wanting to assist the “not-so-good students” and being able to see their true potential. I grew up in Decatur, Illinois. I went to a Magnet School from Kindergarten through the 8th grade. After high school, I attended Southern Illinois University @ Edwardsville and received three degrees in a span of 12 years. First was my Elementary Education degree. Then I earned a Master’s in Curriculum and Instruction. I finished schooling in 2019, receiving a Master’s in Education Administration. I have been a student all my life, which I think helps me relate to the students I teach in my classroom. I have always been a person that wants to share what I know. If I hear a good joke, I can’t wait to make someone else laugh. If I learn something that makes life easier, I share it with everyone I feel could benefit. That translates well in the classroom. My goal is to share my knowledge and experiences with my students so that they can have better, easier lives than I have had. In 33 years, I have had cancer twice. Once when I was 12 and again in 2020. The cancer I experienced in my youth was a rare disease developed from the trauma of falling off my bike, and then I got breast cancer later in life. I didn’t grow up with much and have struggled to build a life for myself. I realize that students have similar experiences, and I feel like it is my job to show them that if they persevere, they can build the lives they choose. I have been told I am a good teacher because I don’t just teach the main subjects. I constantly discuss life lessons with my students, who really love it. Teaching 5th grade has been a dream. I thought I wanted to be a kindergarten teacher, and God allowed me to experience that in my first year out of college. I did a year-long maternity leave, and I really loved it. But then I got a classroom teaching 4th grade, and their independence and understanding level was much more fun. That following year I was bumped up to 5th grade, and I loved every moment. Well, not every moment, these past few years have been hard, but the age is perfect for me. My school is an intermediate school, so students come from their 4th-grade classrooms all over the district and are the “newbies” in my building. They’re so nervous on the first day, but they get very comfortable by September. At this age, they are learning about who they are and how friendships and relationships work. I’m able to help them find their confidence not only in their education but also within themselves. Since COVID, this has become increasingly difficult but also important. While I am ready to move into an administrative role, the time I spend helping to build students' confidence means so much to me. #### Undo and Redo in the Editor Undo an ActionIf you accidentally delete something or change something while editing an Activity, don't panic! Just hit Undo! You'll find it in the Editor's toolbar as this icon:Or you can hit Ctrl-Z as the shortcut key for Undo.Redo an ActionWhat to do if you accidentally Undo something? No problem! Just click the "Redo" icon, which looks like this:Ctrl-Y is the shortcut key for Redo. #### Undo and Redo in the Editor Undo an ActionIf you accidentally delete something or change something while editing an Activity, don't panic! Just hit Undo! You'll find it in the Editor's toolbar as this icon:Or you can hit Ctrl-Z as the shortcut key for Undo.Redo an ActionWhat to do if you accidentally Undo something? No problem! Just click the Redo icon, which looks like this:Ctrl-Y is the shortcut key for Redo. #### Upload a File and Work With It Upload a File and Work With ItFrom your Activities page, click the + New File button.When the pop-up appears, choose UPLOAD a file and work with it to begin building an Activity from an existing document such as a PDF, Word file, or image.Upload OptionsUpload from your computerDrag and drop your file into the upload areaImport directly from Google DriveChoose Your PagesAfter your file finishes processing, you'll see thumbnail previews of each page.Click the thumbnails of the pages you want to includeSelected pages highlight in blue with a checkmarkUse the option at the bottom if you want to combine each page into a single slideClick Submit when you're readyYou’ll then open directly inside the Activity Editor, ready to add question types and interactive elements. #### Upload a File from your computer Upload a File from Your ComputerFrom the Activities page, click the + New File button.When the pop-up appears, choose UPLOAD a file.Select a File from Your DeviceClick Upload a File from your computer and browse to select a document saved on your device.Supported file types: PDF, DOCX, PNG, and JPG. PDF is recommended for best results.Choose Your PagesOnce the file finishes processing, you’ll see thumbnail previews of each page.Click the thumbnails of the pages you want to includeSelected pages highlight in blue with a checkmarkUse the option at the bottom if you want to combine each page into a single slideClick Submit when you're readyYou’ll open directly inside the Activity Editor, ready to add interactive elements. #### Upload Directly From Google Drive When creating a new activity, click the "New" button on your Home Page. Select "UPLOAD a file and work with it."Then "Import from Google Drive." This button allows you to directly Google Slides and Google Docs into Classwork without first converting them to PDF. Google will prompt you to grant access to your Google Drive for Classwork. Then you'll be able to navigate through your documents and upload without first exporting to PDF. #### Upload Your Assignments and Let TeacherMade Do the Heavy Lifting Emily is a 5th-grade teacher who uses TeacherMade to provide instant feedback to her students. TeacherMade has changed the game on how she assigns activities to students. Once she uploads and creates an activity, TeacherMade basically does the rest.How do you use TeacherMade to transition from paper to digital assignments?One approach that might help you transition from paper copies to TeacherMade is scanning the documents you already use on your computer. Once the document is on your computer, you can upload it into TeacherMade and convert it to a digital worksheet. Personally, I know that scanned documents don't always turn out the best, but it's a start. Most of the time, when I have a paper copy, I am able to find it via curriculum or a Google search. How do you use TeacherMade with your district-provided curriculum?Many curriculums provide an online or PDF version of activities nowadays. I think one of the most efficient ways to use TeacherMade is to use it alongside the curriculum you already have. I do this frequently with my reading curriculum. I download the worksheet, assessment, or whatever I'm looking for and then upload it into TeacherMade. Now, you can use all of the tools TeacherMade offers to make your activity digital while still using your district-provided curriculum.Where do you find ideas for classroom activities?If the curriculum is not quite what I'm looking for, I head to Google. A few websites I like to use to look for resources are Teachers Pay Teachers, Super Teacher Worksheets, Math Worksheets 4 Kids, Math-Drills, and K5 Learning. There are MANY websites and resources out there. Many are free, and some require some sort of payment, whether it has a one-time fee or a subscription. We all know that teachers are not made of money, so the closer to $0, the better. You may have to spend a little more time to find that right worksheet for it to be free, but your wallet may thank you later, and it's one more thing to pat yourself on the back for! Once I've found the worksheet I'm looking for, I download it and then upload it to TeacherMade.What is your process for loading assignments into TeacherMade?If Google doesn't have what I'm looking for, I'm doomed. Kidding! Don't get me wrong, there are tons of resources available, but sometimes it's not exactly what I'm looking for. If this happens, I head to Google Docs and start creating. Once I've found the worksheet I'm looking for, or I'm done with creating my own worksheet, I download it to my computer. If it's a paper copy, I head to the copier to scan and email it to myself, then download it to my computer from my email. Once the file is downloaded to the computer, the next step is to upload it into TeacherMade by clicking "New Worksheet." After it is uploaded to TeacherMade, I can make it digital in a matter of minutes. I can embed multimedia, use the Color Block tool to customize the worksheet, and even make it auto-graded if I choose!How do you use TeacherMade to give students immediate feedback on assignments?When you are assigning your activity, TeacherMade has the option to show students their score and information when they turn it in. Students benefit from this immediate feedback. TeacherMade also has the option to show students what questions are correct and incorrect. I love this option for homework. This gives the students a chance to self-correct by reopening their assignment and fixing their answers. There's even an option where the correct answer appears if students hover over an incorrect answer. This option would work for any assessment. The level of choice and delivery within TeacherMade is one of the number one reasons why TeacherMade truly works for any stage of teaching that you are on (practice, assessment, etc.).How do you use TeacherMade to stay organized and share assignments with other teachers?From a teacher's standpoint, TeacherMade has helped me stay organized. I have saved every TeacherMade link to reuse for future use. Once you've made a worksheet in TeacherMade, you are able to come back to that same worksheet and reuse it by making a copy of it, or you can tweak it to improve for future use as well. I can use my prep time more wisely by not worrying about having enough copies or whether the copier will magically work without any paper jams. TeacherMade makes it easy to share and collaborate with my teammates, observe my students' progress, and grade assessments. Once your worksheet is complete and assigned in TeacherMade, TeacherMade practically does the rest for you.TeacherMade does the heavy lifting once you've created your assignment. Auto-grading, organization, collaboration, and saving time are all benefits of using TeacherMade's digital assignments. #### Uploading an image Uploading an ImageOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity to bring up the Tools menu.Select Color Block from Content Tools on menu’s right column.The Add an Image to the Activity screen will appear.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Color Block.Your cursor becomes crosshairs. Click on the activity to place the box.The Add an Image to the Activity  screen will appear.Add an Image to the Activity ScreenYou can either choose an image from your computer, drag an image into the gray box, or use a preexisting one in the gallery. Once you select an image, it will automatically it will appear on your activity.  Resizing the ImageClick the image to select it. Click and drag any of the "handles" around the image to resize it. Image OptionsSelect the image to set any of the options on the Menu Bar:Border Color - Draw a 1-pixel border around the image in the color of your choosing. Select "No Border" to turn off the border.Lock Aspect Ratio - Retains the original proportions of the image as you resize it.Transparent - This feature requires that the uploaded image have a transparent background. Turning this on allows other objects to be visible through the transparent background. Turn this off and the background will be replaced with solid white.Transparent On:Transparent Off:Draggable - Allow the students to drag the object on the screen and place it where they wish. You can create a Drag and Drop question by connecting the image to a Drop Zone. See the instructions here, noting that you won't need to use the Snipping Tool since you already have a draggable image to connect. #### Uploading an Image to Your Activity Image ToolUse the Image tool to upload pictures to your Classwork.com Activity. Once added, you can resize the image, adjust display options (like transparency or borders), edit the image inside the editor, and even turn an image into a clickable link.Upload an ImageIn the Tool Box on the right, click Image.Your cursor will turn into crosshairs. Click and drag to draw a box where you want your image.You can move and resize it later if you need to.The upload window will appear:Choose an image from your computer or camera, drag an image into the gray box, or select one from the gallery. Once selected, the image will appear on your Activity.Resizing the ImageClick the image to select it. Then click and drag any of the handles around the image to resize it.Image OptionsSelect the image to view its options on the toolbar.Border Color: Adds a 1-pixel border in the color you choose. Select No Border to remove the border.Lock Aspect Ratio: Keeps the image’s proportions as you resize it.Transparent: This requires an image that already has a transparent background. When enabled, objects behind the transparent areas will show through. When disabled, the background appears solid white.Transparent On:Transparent Off:Draggable: Allows students to drag the image and place it where they want. You can also create a Drag and Drop question by connecting the image to a Drop Zone. See the instructions here (you will not need the Snipping Tool if the image is already draggable).Edit an Image After UploadingOnce an image has been added to your Activity, you can edit it directly in the Classwork editor.Open Image Editing ModeDouble-click the image, orSelect the image and click the blue Edit button in the toolbarImage Editing ToolsWhen editing an image, a small toolbar will appear with these tools:Select: Select and move elements placed on top of the image.Delete: Removes shapes that have been added to the image.Undo and Redo: Step backward or forward through recent edits.Shape: Currently supports rectangles only. Rectangles act as color blocks that can cover or hide parts of an image.When a rectangle is selected, you can customize:Fill ColorStroke Color (border color)Stroke Width (border thickness)Color selection includes:A gradient selectorA color spectrumManual Hex or RGBA entryCommon and recently used colorsCrop ToolUse Crop to trim the visible area of the image. After adjusting the crop area, two options appear just above the image:Apply (checkmark) to confirm the cropCancel (X) to discard the cropSelect Apply to crop the image.Saving Image EditsWhen you are finished editing, click the blue Save button in the upper-right corner of the image editor.Saving will flatten all edits into a single image. Once saved, edits cannot be undone.Important: When you click Save, all edits are permanently applied and flattened into the image. You will not be able to undo or modify individual edits afterward.Add a Link to an ImageYou can turn an image into a clickable link, whether it’s part of your original upload or an image you added using the Image tool.Draw a box around the image area.Click Insert, then select Link from the Content Tools menu.Paste the URL in the pop-up window.Optional: Add a label. If you want the image itself to be the only clickable element, leave the label blank.Click OK.Now, when students or teachers click the image area, they’ll be taken to the linked URL. #### Uploading Directly From Google Drive You can easily upload Google Slides and Google Docs directly into Classwork.com -- no need to convert them to a PDF first. On your Activities screen click the green New File button. (NOTE: Add new image here)You'll see a window pop up. Choose Upload a file and work with it. (NOTE: Add new image here)In the next pop up window, click Import from Google Drive (NOTE: Add new image here)Google will prompt you to grant access to your Google Drive for Classwork.com. (NOTE: Add new image here)From here you'll be able to navigate through your documents and upload them without first exporting to PDF!That's it! In just a few clicks your Google files are ready to use in Classwork.com. #### Use AI to Generate Content Use AI to Generate ContentFrom your Activities page, click the + New File button.When the pop-up appears, choose USE AI to Make Content to open the Content Assistant. This tool helps you quickly generate passages and questions using AI.Choose What to CreateSelect the type of content you want to generate:Generate original reading passagesCreate questions by grade level and subjectCreate questions from an existing passageCreate questions from academic standardsImport AI-generated content you created elsewhere (coming soon)Reminder: Always review AI-generated content for accuracy before assigning it to students. #### Use an online worksheet app that has more features than Google Docs We talked with May Yang about how she uses TeacherMade for her high school English class. She told us, “TeacherMade is useful for all teachers, regardless of the subject or grade level. Teachers can create original lessons or adapt an existing lesson to meet the needs of a class. With its many tools, teachers can create diverse ways for students to engage with any lesson.”How do you convert your existing worksheets into digital activities?Teachers are constantly looking for innovative ways to engage students. Sometimes we need a quick activity to check for understanding; other times, we want a more-involved activity for students to demonstrate learning. With TeacherMade, I can quickly create brief lessons for a quick check-in or longer lessons with multiple ways for students to engage with a lesson and demonstrate understanding.Because TeacherMade works with many types of files, I can create an original worksheet or download a PDF from another source, such as Commonlit or an electronic workbook, and put it into TeacherMade. In the past, it was difficult to turn a PDF into an editable worksheet because I would have to spend lots of time reformatting it. With TeacherMade, turning a PDF into a useful worksheet can be accomplished in minutes!How do you grade online assignments quickly?After the worksheet is uploaded into TeacherMade, I have many options on how in-depth my students can engage with the lesson. I can use the basic auto-grading tools so that students can get an instant score. This motivates them. It gives them feedback when they are most curious to see how they did. Depending on the lesson, I can return the worksheet and have the students redo it for a better score. How do you improve feedback for students?Besides the auto-grading tools, I can also use the Open Answer feature to promote writing. Students can write lengthy responses to a prompt right on the digital worksheet. When the Open Answer is used with the auto-grading features, TeacherMade becomes a kind of virtual assistant in the classroom. Since the objective sections are graded instantly, I have more time to read, grade, and provide feedback on the open response sections.How do you add multimedia like songs, videos, and songs to worksheets?TeacherMade is fantastic for having students curate information for a digital presentation. For example, after reading a novel or a short story, my students can curate music, videos, and artwork to support the theme of the novel. I can listen to the students’ music as I grade the other sections of the digital assignment. I have been introduced to songs and musical scores that I would never have found on my own. The music adds richness and texture to the lesson in ways that I never imagined. I have seen visuals and pictures that enhanced and crystalized important moments from the text.Can students record themselves for online assignments?Some students are not comfortable reading aloud in class, so I like to have them record themselves at home on TeacherMade. Even the shyest student can record him or herself reading an excerpt from the book. Then, the student can also record an analysis or interpretation of significant scenes and characters. I try to include opportunities to hear my students’ voices often. There is something soothing and wonderful about hearing their voices, especially the voice of the quiet ones who seldom speak up in class.What is the difference between TeacherMade, Schoology, and Google Classroom?Providing students with multiple ways to engage, such as curation, writing, music, visual, and speaking, is hard to accomplish on other platforms. LMS platforms such as Schoology have many tools, but using multiple tools in one assignment on those platforms is hard. I have tried. The assignment becomes fragmented. With TeacherMade, multiple tools and modes for demonstrating understanding can go onto one assignment. That makes it easier for students to work on the assignment and easier for teachers to grade.I like using what I call the magic eraser in TeacherMade. It allows me to completely remove existing directions and write my own or I can modify the existing directions. This lets me adapt the lesson to my class, which creates relevance and encourages engagement.All these tools in TeacherMade truly elevate a worksheet into an in-depth digital interactive activity. I usually end up having a deeper insight into my students’ understanding of a lesson after grading their digital assignments. Because of its ease of use and versatility, TeacherMade is useful in many stages of a lesson: pre-teaching, in the middle, and reviewing. It is also useful for summatives.How do you make your classroom more efficient with online worksheets?Finally, another great feature of TeacherMade is once you upload a worksheet into it, that worksheet can be adapted to multiple purposes. For example, I can upload a graphic organizer and use it in numerous ways by simply using the eraser and other tools to modify the assignment. I have done that with graphic organizers and worksheets for both my English 10 and English 11 classes. This saves me from constantly reinventing the wheel. TeacherMade makes it easy to share digital worksheets with other teachers. I have shared several digital assignments with a special education teacher. She was able to easily adapt them for her own students, many of whom have special learning plans. Any digital worksheet in TeacherMade can be repurposed for different objectives and different learning situations. How wonderful is that? #### Use Digital Worksheets To Free Up Time In Your Math And Science Classes Ukyah Wilburn, a 5th grade math and science teacher in Illinois, needed a tool that could do a lot. She had a larger-than-usual class size, illness, pregnancy, and a pandemic to contend with. The cards were against her. But when she found TeacherMade, she could free up time and work more efficiently. Read on to discover how Ukyah uses TeacherMade daily in her math and science classes. What’s your reason for using TeacherMade?I am blessed to teach 5th grade in Illinois. I teach about 56 students math and science. TeacherMade has made teaching double my usual caseload efficient, and the amount of stress that has been eliminated is astonishing! I can think of hundreds of reasons that I use TeacherMade daily in my classroom. However, the one reason that sticks out the most is the immediate feedback that is given not only to teachers but also to students. There is so much data that is collected on every TeacherMade assignment, and the data allows direction for the next steps. All of the information gathered from TeacherMade lessons is used to guide my instruction in both math and science. Without it, I would have added hours of grading and data collection, and my students would not get the quality experience we have this past year. How do you collect data in your classroom to inform instruction?Every efficient teacher knows that good teaching is led with data. Thanks to TeacherMade, I can gather data that I couldn’t collect on my own. For example, I am able to see how long my students take on any given assignment, as well as if and when they finish it. I am able to see a history of their work as it automatically saves progress throughout their work time. With this data, I can immediately tell who is struggling and excelling in the assignment in real-time. As students work in my classroom or at home, I can see who needs help and who I can call on to help others. This data alone has allowed me to be an incredible help to my students immediately.Walk us through the ways you use TeacherMade for math digital worksheets.Each day in math, I assign three lessons on TeacherMade. Each lesson guides the students in their learning and understanding.  After the teacher-led lesson, students are assigned a practice page of about 8-10 problems I taught that day. Students can use their notes and guidance from classmates while working. I set the parameters for TeacherMade to release students' scores with correct answers showing as soon as students hit submit. Students can look at each question, and if they have gotten it wrong, they have the correct answers. I guide students to learn from their mistakes and ensure they understand them. If a student gets a score lower than 75% or they don’t understand their mistakes, they have to seek help from the teacher. This way, before the next step, they can be sure they are ready. Then students get an exit ticket of 2-4 problems they are to complete on their own to see if they have understood the lesson. Again, scores are released instantly! The third assignment is homework. Homework is 8-15 problems they are to work on if they did not get an A on the exit ticket or just want more practice. Not everyone has to do the homework lesson, but it is available to all. How do you provide feedback to your students online?The feedback that TeacherMade provides students allows them to be in charge of their own learning. My students all work at their own pace, and I am free to help where I know I am needed. At the end of each unit, I can assign the math tests, and students see their scores immediately instead of waiting for their teacher to grade all 56 tests. It takes so much pressure and stresses off of me. How do you make online assignments for science?Science flows a little differently than math. I can still offer students instant feedback on their science quizzes, adding value to the learning experience. After each lesson and activity, students take an 8-10 question multiple-choice quiz. Students with a score below 70 are able to redo the lesson and quiz. Students get the feedback and again can take the learning into their hands and relearn it when needed. Like math, unit tests are graded instantly, which is so cool because of the diversity in question types. What types of questions do you use for online assessments?Our unit tests have fill-in-the-blank (drag-and-drop), multiple-choice, true and false, and even matching questions. All of which are graded instantly for my students. In the coming year, I know I will be adding more interactive lessons as I will be getting more time to teach science daily. I hope to design a way that allows students to take charge of their learning and understanding as I do in math using TeacherMade.How do online worksheets by TeacherMade save time?Prior to this year, I was teaching from home while undergoing chemotherapy treatments to cure breast cancer. That September, TeacherMade was shared with me by a teacher in my building, and I built my entire curriculum around it. At a time in my life when I couldn’t be the present and engaging teacher I once was, TeacherMade came in and allowed me to interact with my students in a way I couldn't have imagined! In January, I found out I was pregnant with my rainbow baby, and while the toll that was taken on my body from being pregnant during a pandemic, wearing a mask, and supporting my students on a social and emotional level was at the top of my list, TeacherMade again saved the day! I didn’t have to focus on grading and entering grades and all that comes with that. I was able to focus on what my students needed most from me. Sometimes that was love, sometimes resources for their mental health, and sometimes that was more help in math. I am so grateful for the resources that TeacherMade has offered me, and the best part is that like every teacher, TeacherMade is constantly growing and expanding! I was able to offer my students fun lessons with instant feedback, and grade collection was effortless. This year, I jumped on the pro-version of TeacherMade and was not disappointed in the slightest.  #### Use Math Tools Use the Math types to draw short response areas on your worksheet that are pre-formatted to accept numbers, math symbols, and operators. The Algebra/Formula question type allows you to draw an answer box which students can enter math expressions using the LaTex or in-editor typing. The Fraction selection draws the middle line for the student with response boxes above and below. The Graphing question type allows you to add a plotting area to the interactivity and choose between Points or Line mode. You are able to define the X-axis/Y-axis range, plot points or lines and set points. The Bar Graph allows you to construct a basic bar graph.The Mixed Number selection displays a box for a whole number in addition to the fraction response. The 123 Number choice will let you draw an answer box that accepts numeric characters and symbols only. The Number Line question type allows you to insert a number line, specify start/stop tick spacing, label frequency, and choose interaction type: Plot points: students click tick marks. Select points: students choose from pre-drawn points.Plot Intervals: students draw rays/intervals to graph inequalities.  #### Use one online tool for online worksheets, digital assignments, and virtual assessments Emily Adamsheck teaches 5th grade math and reading. We talked to her about how she creates online assignments using TeacherMade. TeacherMade converts your existing worksheets into digital assignments. It can streamline lesson planning, assignment creation, assessment, and grading. Is TeacherMade a program you can use for all your assignments and assessments?It’s true, everything can be done in one program, and I do that with TeacherMade! I teach 5th grade math and reading, and I can prepare practice activities, homework, assessments, reteaches, and retests, all within TeacherMade. When I say I use TeacherMade every single day, I mean it! Walk us through your online assignment creation process. To fully understand how I use TeacherMade, I will walk you through a math unit my team and I created. Our district adopted the standards-based grading system a few years ago. Our standards-based grading is on a 4 (exceeds), 3 (meets), 2 (partially meets), and 1 (does not meet) scale. My team and I have broken down our standards to teach and assess each standard. The unit that I’m walking you through has the following Minnesota Math Standards under Number & Operation: Standard 5.1.1.1 - I can divide with quotients represented as fractions.Standard 5.1.1.1 - I can divide with quotients represented as decimals.Standard 5.1.1.1 - I can divide with quotients represented as fractions, decimals, and remainders. Standard 5.1.2.4 - I can generate equivalent fractions from decimals.Standard 5.1.2.4 - I can generate equivalent decimals from fractions.Example DocumentHow do you convert existing worksheets into online assignments?First, we start with a lesson and practice. Each standard/skill is typically one lesson/day (90 minute math block), but we are always flexible depending on student understanding. We are very much hands-on when we can be, and in my classroom we are interactive with whiteboards during our lessons and practice. When it comes to homework time, it’s TeacherMade time. Most of our math assignments are PDFs found online, so we quickly upload them into TeacherMade and make them digital. How do you create digital worksheets and assignments?Sometimes we (my team) have a vision we can’t necessarily find, so we create the worksheets ourselves, usually in a Google Doc, (but Google Slides works just as well), and then we upload them into TeacherMade. Then each homework assignment is assigned through Google Classroom. Students have the majority of their work time in class to complete this assignment because I want students to be able to ask for help, get feedback on their work, feel comfortable and confident during practice, and also have the chance to improve their understanding. How can you monitor students while teaching online?TeacherMade has streamlined student progress checks, and I can efficiently find those struggling students (along with observations during guided practice). This is where my small group or one-on-one work time comes in handy. Some students just need a quick run-through, and the lightbulb clicks. Other students need more, and I’m there for them! It’s so productive to be able to see student progress as they are working in TeacherMade. I also love that I can reopen their assignments so they can try again. Once an assignment is submitted, students can check their work and fix their answers. They are able to self-assess and self-monitor their understanding more independently than ever before. Of course, they can always come to me for help, but sometimes it’s more effective when they see the mistakes that they made, and they are able to self-correct. Is it hard to do retakes with online assignments?The rule developed this year in my classroom has been to get 100% on your homework assignment in class. If it’s not 100%, they will then write their name on the board, and I will reopen assignments when I am not busy working with students that need more help. With this approach, they don’t interrupt one-on-one or small group time, and I can stop every couple of minutes and reopen a handful of assignments quickly. Students are totally on board with this, and it has just become the norm. It truly makes the classroom flow very smoothly as students work at their own pace.How do you use TeacherMade for test prep?Though these standards are all related to each other, a review is always necessary before an assessment. In our classroom, we try to do some hands-on activities or reviews. During Distance Learning, we transitioned the review to TeacherMade and have a variety of activities students complete digitally, as well. How do you create online assessments?After review comes assessment. This specific unit has two standards. However, both standards are broken down even more to assess the understanding of a specific skill (ie. fraction quotient vs. decimal quotient). We try to break it down as much as we can for the assessment so we know which student needs to be retaught what skill/standard and then move on to retest. We have made all of our own math assessments, reteaches, and retests. We didn’t start completely from scratch. We started with our curriculum-provided assessments and then shaped them into a way where it was assessing students at a level that we believe reflects our standards-based grading and in a way where it was also efficient for us to grade. When we were complete with the creation of assignments, assessments, etc., the easy part came uploading them into TeacherMade and making them auto-graded.   After students take the assessments, we grade them. Any student who received a 2 (partially meets) or 1 (does not meet) on any standard has the opportunity to reteach and retest. This is where small group work is very effective in reteaching those specific students the standards they need more assistance. After reteaching, students take their retests that are also in TeacherMade. The retests are assigned to only the students needing that specific standard. In this topic, there would be five individual retests, and each retest is three questions.How do you make a digital worksheet with a variety of question types?We love variety when it comes to the tools and types of answers used in TeacherMade. We use multiple choice, multi-select, drop down, math answers (number, fraction, mixed number), and more. Most of our answers are auto-graded, with the exception of some that we have to grade ourselves (i.e., a number between 5.5 and 5.6 or writing a number in word form). The types of answers you have also show a student’s depth of knowledge and understanding. On each standard in assessments, we typically have at least one multiple choice question and a question where they type in their own answer (usually using the math tools- number, fraction, mixed number).Did this take some time to create? Yes. We started a couple of years ago and are still going. But it gets easier every year. Why? We have a great foundation that we can reflect on and improve every time we teach. Now, that just means tweaks here and there. Has TeacherMade made our teacher lives that much easier now that we are able to reuse, easily update, and efficiently assess in TeacherMade? 100% #### Use pictures, videos, and multimedia to increase engagement and students with online learning We spoke with Amanda Mendenhall about multimedia's effect on her 7th grade geography students. Amanda finds that adding pictures and videos to assignments increases engagement, with leads to higher achievement. She does this by using the TeacherMade app. How do you use TeacherMade?My name is Amanda Mendenhall, and I teach 7th grade Geography. I have been using the TeacherMade program for the past two years in the class. I have just begun to familiarize myself with embedding multimedia into my assignments for my students. I have only done this once or twice because I didn't begin working on it until the end of the school year. How do you add multimedia and videos to online worksheets?Multimedia can be added to any assignments for the students. I began with short videos that were embedded into our textbook. This allowed me to reinforce the concepts of the lesson from the textbook. I make sure that the students watched the most important videos in our textbook. I could then ask the students questions from the video. I also found that if a question was challenging, allowing the students access to where the answer could be located in the video would allow them to rewatch the video multiple times without having to toggle between different screens. You can add different types of multimedia to your assignments, including videos, photos, links to other pdfs, recordings, and SO MUCH MORE. If you can imagine doing it to keep your students engaged, you can add it to any worksheet. How does multimedia on digital worksheets help with achievement?Multimedia embedded in the worksheet will allow most children to be excited to complete something that may not be so exciting. I plan to do more embedding of multimedia in the future. I think you can add videos that will enhance the concept or provide additional information. I believe you could add self-help videos as well to these assignments. Also, you can add songs to help with a concept. Such as, when I teach about a country speaking a different language, I could embed a song being sung in that language. Allowing the students to hear a foreign language reinforces our cultures' differences.You can also add different or more interesting photos to a worksheet. I will add pictures of varying country flags to my map assignment to help my students with this concept. I can add links to different websites that they can use to help them learn more about a country. I can attach maps to the worksheet to help my students remember what maps we are looking at in the textbook, allowing them to use one screen instead of toggling between multiple screens. I really do not see a limit to the possibilities of adding multimedia to any assignment. How do multimedia assignments help with engagement?Having the capabilities of using multimedia in assignments I have already created is AMAZING! I am so thankful for the idea and the ability to do this without recreating the wheel again. I think as teachers, we know that we must always entertain our students to help them REALLY learn a concept. I know this will help me do this in the future. I still remember songs my elementary teachers taught me to remember the parts of speech. Hopefully, being able to embed multimedia into the assignments I am giving will do this for my students. I believe that the more a teacher can "entertain" a student, the more impact the teacher will have on teaching the concept they are trying to drive home. So when you find a video you like but are afraid you won't remember what it is by the time you teach the concept, you can embed it into the assignment, so it doesn't get lost. Endless possibilities. #### Use Special Characters or Non-English Languages in Classwork.com Classwork.com is used across the globe in nearly all the world's languages! While our default language is English, we allow you to turn on other characters for you and your students to use in various interactivities. We've got a full suite of accents and diacritical marks to support many languages!Turning on Special CharactersTo use Classwork.com's accents and diacritical marks, you must turn them on for each activity. To do so, simply edit the content of your activity, then choose "Settings" and "Special Characters" from the menu.What Special Characters Does Classwork.com Support?Currently, Classwork.com supports the following special characters. You can choose more than one character set if you need to. Be sure to click 'Save," when you are finished. Where Are the Characters Available?The special characters are available anywhere you or your students can type text. That includes the Short Answer question type, the Open Answer question type and the Text Box object. Note for Short Answer question types, Classwork.com will require accented characters input by students to match the accented characters you input as correct answers. If you want to accept accented and unaccented answers as correct, you'll have to enter each one separately.What Does It Look Like to Students?When you've enabled special characters for the activity, the student will see a toolbar below the input field.The student can type English characters directly from their keyboard, and when they wish to enter a special character, they can click one of the characters from the toolbar, which will be inserted into the text at the cursor position.To insert capital characters, the student can either use the shift key, or can enable shift-lock on the toolbar by clicking the up arrow on the right side.  #### Use TeacherMade And Canva Together To Make Online Assignments Rachelle Pannullo talks us through the process of using Canva and TeacherMade to make online digital worksheets. She explains why she ditched LMS platforms like Google Docs to create online assessments and worksheets for her science class.Why was it hard for you to use your LMS platform like Google Docs to create assignments?For my middle school science class, I am constantly updating and improving older assignments, as well as designing new projects and practice sheets. When my district moved into a 1:1 model, our LMS did not have a tool that made it easy to convert all of my “traditional” assignments into digital ones. The options that were built into the system essentially had us retype and reformat every task and question but also locked them into that one system’s format. It was hard to edit, monitor, and grade the assignments once they were in the system and wasn’t worth the time investment to convert the assignments. TeacherMade enabled me to use my resources in an efficient way, with many more benefits than using my LMS’s options. I would also waste so much time trying to manage “lost” papers and making new copies. TeacherMade has helped eliminate many of those problems that I struggled with during my first few years in the classroom. How has TeacherMade affected student feedback in your classroom?My students use TeacherMade almost daily, and for virtually every assignment I give them. Students have liked the instant feedback they get when using a TeacherMade assignment, and it's not uncommon for students to ask, “Can I have my work reopened?” when they see their auto score. Before I started using TeacherMade, students would not get feedback on an assignment for a few days, and they would rarely ask or want to attempt an assignment for a chance at a higher grade. How has TeacherMade helped you make the jump to a greener classroom?Throughout this school year, I have been revamping my old resources in Canva and then “TeacherMade-ing” them. Students have appreciated having assignments that aren’t just typed or copied word documents that are usually modified to fit into the least amount of paper copies possible. The Canva-created assignments are dynamic, colorful, and engaging and are designed to best fit the needs of the content, not the copier. I have been able to include more diagrams, tables, graphs, and other useful scientific resources because I didn’t have to worry about how I was going to print them or provide students with a copy in and out of class. By using Canva and TeacherMade together, I have created some really amazing projects that wouldn’t be possible with just paper or even with using my LMS tools. For example, I just got done designing a virtual scavenger hunt through the Smithsonian Natural History Museum that would have taken me weeks to get done using other tools but took me three days by using TeacherMade and Canva together. If I had used my LMS tools, it would have been choppy and would have looked more like a state test rather than a fun activity. Tell us how you design a digital assignment. In the scavenger hunt, students are brought to an assignment page that mimics the Smithsonian’s own website, right down to the colors and graphics. The assignment then links them to the Smithsonian’s virtual tour page, and they are able to follow along in the assignment with pictures and maps. They can also share some of the interesting things they find along the way by adding their own “pictures” from the experience alongside answering questions about the exhibits. I created this activity as an end-of-the-year activity that students can work on together like they would on an in-person field trip. My goal is to create a series of virtual tour assignments as early finishers or extra credit assignments that I can use next school year. I have really enjoyed the freedom to create that I have found with TeacherMade and Canva.What are the benefits of online digital worksheets and assignments?Over the last two years, TeacherMade has improved my classroom in many ways. It has given me back a lot of my time, has made my students more independent learners, and has allowed my teaching team to share resources more easily. In our needs district, it has definitely eased us into the fully 1:1 transition and has allowed us to provide our students with quality resources, especially when things like paper and ink for the copiers were scarce.I have run a few school- and district-wide professional development workshops to help teachers better implement TeacherMade in their classrooms and I’m planning on more in the future at our yearly E2 conference for the 2022-2023 school year.  #### Use TeacherMade For Flipped Classroom For Online Learning We spoke with 7th-grade geography teacher, Amanda Mendenhall, about how she uses TeacherMade for her flipped classroom. TeacherMade is the perfect tool for a flipped classroom because you quickly create assignments from materials you already have, embed multimedia, and auto-grade assignments. How do you TeacherMade in your classroom?My name is Amanda Mendenhall, and I teach 7th-grade geography in Oklahoma. TeacherMade has made my life as a teacher so much simpler. This last year I decided to try a flipped classroom for my students. It was something that I had always wanted to do but never had the resources to be able to do with my students. Also, our school district requires us to use project-based learning to help our students understand the concept we teach throughout the trimester. My classroom is also a student-based learning classroom, so they have different options and methods by which they choose to learn a concept.How do you do a flipped classroom?In a flipped classroom, my students would use TeacherMade almost daily as we reviewed the assignment they should have completed at night for homework. Students are sometimes given the rear-view assignment as we go to the class. Sometimes, they give the review at the end of the hour, and sometimes they provide it as part of their homework for that evening. Students spend most of their class time discussing and learning from each other about the concept we have been working on.What tech tools do you use for a flipped classroom?Students come to the classroom and complete their bell work. That work is designed to start the day and set up the classroom for the concept that will be taught that day. Students will then begin looking at Google Classroom to see the assignment for the day. If the assignment is on TeacherMade, it will be posted to their Google Classroom as class begins. Students will be able to work on the document as we review the concept they should have read or watched last night for homework. As we discuss the assignment, students will be completing the assignment individually. Once an assignment is complete on TeacherMade, the students will turn it in from the program for me to grade. If the assignment is a student-based project, the student will simply use the program's drawing feature, draw a circle around their choice, and then complete the assignment by embedding a link that will lead me to their assignment. On either assignment, the students will complete the assignment in TeacherMade and then turn it in so that I can give them feedback. The students can then also redo the assignment or keep their earned grades. My students can almost always work at their own pace as long as they complete the assignments by the due date. Students feel in control of their day-to-day assignments in my class and are more responsible for completing them. How do you train your students to use technology for your flipped classroom?First, this all does not happen in August when school starts. My students must be trained on how to use the program, be individual learners, and be self-driven in the classroom. I do this by starting at the beginning of the year with some simple student-based assignments. They can complete simple assignments in less than 10 minutes without opening their textbooks. Then as the year progresses, I can move to more complex assignments for my students to have the discipline to complete them on their own or with a partner. Some of my classes never make it to this step, and some of my classes make it to almost a student-led classroom where the students teach each other. I am a simple guide. These are the classrooms I love to watch and learn. TeacherMade has made this process so much simpler and so much more productive for my students and myself. I can monitor my students from afar instead of being over their shoulders watching every move they make.    #### Use TeacherMade To Create Online Worksheets For Standard-Based Assessment We talked with 5th-grade teacher Emily Adamsheck about how she uses TeacherMade daily in her classroom. Emily incorporates TeacherMade seamlessly with Google Classroom and uses it for standards-based grading. How do you use TeacherMade?I am the TeacherMade site contact for my school. It makes me feel so happy and excited when teachers come to me and ask for help, ideas and troubleshooting on TeacherMade. I teach 5th grade math, reading, and social studies. When we found TeacherMade in the fall of 2020, when the education world was upside-down, we saw some hope. As educators, we were, and still are, exhausted. Between preparing lessons, making copies, grading homework, assessments, and keeping track of all of our papers, we became very run down. TeacherMade has changed the way we deliver schoolwork, and I’m obsessed. How did you integrate TeacherMade with Google Classroom?Our district became 1:1 technology very quickly, and we use Google Classroom. There wasn’t much more we had for resources besides the Google world. Don’t get me wrong, I love Google, but TeacherMade quickly became my choice between Google Docs, Slides, and Forms when it came to delivering homework and assessments for many reasons.When I say that TeacherMade is a lifesaver and a timesaver in the classroom, I mean it. Our platform is through Google Classroom, but mostly from TeacherMade through Google Classroom. Students caught on very quickly to the flow of how TeacherMade works, and they are able to take responsibility for their learning. How do you collaborate with teachers when creating online assignments?One of the top reasons I use TeacherMade in the classroom is that it cuts the prep work with assignments and assessments down tremendously. I’m very honored and appreciative to work on a team that collaborates with almost everything, including how we deliver instruction. My 5th-grade team has found a system that works for us, and one of the greatest parts of the system is sharing our TeacherMade work with each other. How do you create assignments for standards-based Grading?With standards-based grading and teaching, we have been able to break up practice, assignments, and assessments for each standard by utilizing TeacherMade, and it’s so organized!It’s so productive to be able to see student progress as they are working in TeacherMade, and also be able to reopen their assignments and try again. Once an assignment is submitted, students are able to check their work and fix their answers. They are able to self-assess and self-monitor their understanding more independently than ever before. Of course, they can always come to me for help, but sometimes it’s more effective when they see their mistakes and can self-correct. How do you handle retakes and corrections with interactive activities?The rule that has been developed this year in my classroom has been to get 100% on your homework assignment in class. If it’s not 100%, write your name on the board, and I will reopen assignments when I am not busy with students that need help. They don’t interrupt one-on-one or small group time; I can stop every couple of minutes and reopen a handful of assignments. Students are totally on board with this, and it has just become the norm. It makes the classroom flow very smoothly as students work at their own pace.How do digital worksheets simplify grading?Grading assessments was my least favorite task as a teacher. On paper, it took so much time and effort to grade each assessment, count the scores, and return the graded assessments to students so they could see how they did. With TeacherMade, grading and returning assessments have been done for me before I even start the process. Our standards-based grading is on a 4 (exceeds), 3 (meets), 2 (partially meets), and 1 (does not meet) scale. When students submit their tests, they are able to see their score for each standard (by how we organize it) and even know if they need to reteach and retest on any given standard. Why should other teachers use TeacherMade to create online worksheets?TeacherMade has changed the game for teachers, and I honestly can’t remember how we survived without it, and that’s not an exaggeration! I’m truly impressed with how efficient and effective TeacherMade is and how it’s made teachers begin to breathe a little sigh of relief in the departments of preparing and scoring student work. It has helped students become more independent and accountable for their work. It is a program that I will forever use, and it continues to have the improvements I didn’t even know I needed. #### Use Teachermade With Other Popular Online Apps to Take Your Assignments to Another Level We spoke with Rachelle, an 8th-grade science teacher who uses TeacherMade and Canva to create assignments for her students. Which online programs do you use to create assignments for your students?I am an 8th-grade science teacher, and I make EVERYTHING for my classroom. From the work they do to the posters on my walls, it is rare that anything my students see isn't something I custom-made for my classroom. I have used the typical programs like Microsoft's Office Suite and the Google Office apps, but I've found that they had some limitations that didn't allow me to be as creative as I wanted without a fair amount of workarounds or extensions. I still will use Word Docs or Powerpoint Slides when typing an outline, but I mainly use Canva for anything I need to make for my classroom. Over the last year, I have been revamping all of my assignments, notes, slides, and guides using Canva because it gives me a lot of flexibility in what my assignments will look like. I can make anything in Canva that I could make on the other apps, short of a spreadsheet. I still need to use Excel or Google Sheets to make spreadsheets. On Canva, I have been able to make CLOZE notes, worksheets, lab assignments, slides, study guides, and even vocabulary posters. I even make shirts that I wear to class using Canva.   Do you use other apps with TeacherMade in your classroom?One of the greatest things about Canva, though, is that I have been able to combine it with my other favorite teacher site, TeacherMade. I will usually start with one of my old resources, transform it in Canva, and then make it interactive using TeacherMade. When on the Canva site, you can choose from blank or pre-filled templates, but in both cases, they are fully editable. Typically I will start off with a template with some pre-filled elements and then make some swaps to make it fit my needs better. That includes uploading my own diagrams, pictures, and fonts. I try to have everything in a unit follow a similar "theme" related to the content. Once all my questions and activities have been typed out and formatted, it's ready to be downloaded, printed, or uploaded to TeacherMade. How do you format files to prepare them for TeacherMade?If it is going to be uploaded to TeacherMade, I download the pages as a flattened PDF Print in RGB. From there, I start adding my answer boxes, answer choices, hot spots, draggable items, and links to the assignment. If I find an error in the PDF, I can go and fix it in Canva, redownload it, and replace the background of the assignment I already started creating in TeacherMade. As long as it wasn't a huge change in spacing or number of pages, all of my previous work is still in the right place!  How has TeacherMade changed the way you create assignments?I like that I can create what I want, where I want, but then I can make everything even better by putting the assignment in TeacherMade. It allows me to take the assignments to another level. I can make assignments that are challenging and engaging but also not have to spend hours and hours prepping the assignment or grading it. Once the assignment and answer key are created, it takes me about 10 minutes to make it into a digital assignment on TeacherMade.How has TeacherMade changed the way you grade assignments?On the other end, after students are done, I can grade a TeacherMade assignment in about 5 minutes, even when it has a lot of open-ended questions. I can quickly click to override/accept answers for auto-graded questions and type in points for teacher-graded ones. I don't even need to figure out what their grade will be because the website will give me a number grade and, better yet, gives my students an instant grade to let them know if they need to fix anything or let them know if they want to try again.TeacherMade lets you create digital, interactive worksheets from your preexisting assignments. Take what you have already made and adapt it to fit the needs of your students.TeacherMade Version                                      TeacherMade Version #### Use the Inline Choice Tool The Inline Choice item lets you add drop-down questions in the middle of a text passage. Your students will be given a choice of options and have to choose the correct one that fits the text. They’re a natural for RLA, but can be used for any subject. And they’re autograded, to save you time and give your students instant feedback. Inserting the Inline ChoiceOption 1: Click on the ActivityClick once (or click and drag) on your activity to bring up the Tools menu.Select Inline Choice from the Author Questions column.The Edit Inline Choice Item screen will appear.Option 2: Use the Insert ButtonClick Insert on the top toolbar.Choose Inline Choice.Your cursor becomes crosshairs. Click on the activity to place the box.The Edit Inline Choice Item screen will appear.Edit Inline ChoiceThis is where you enter the correct answers and adjust settings for grading and formatting.Let’s say you want to make an Inline Choice question from this sentence. There will be two choices for the student to make: one for the word “time” and the other for “Cinderella.”Once upon a time, there was a princess named Cinderella.Start by typing, “Once upon a” into the box that says, “Write Text here” and then choose, “Add Dropdown.” The “Add Dropdown” button will create a new drop-down wherever the typing cursor happens to be. At the bottom of the pop-up, you will now see the option to add dropdown choices:Type in your answer choices and be sure to mark the correct answer by selecting the radio button to the left of the box. Here’s a TeacherMade PRO Tip for you: Type the correct answer first, since that’s selected as correct by default, then use the “Shuffle” button above to randomly reorder the choices.You can remove any choice by clicking the “X” to the far right of the answer.Continue the sentence by typing, “there was a princess named” then add a dropdown for “Cinderella.” Add whichever other words you want as options along with Cinderella.In the “Selection Prompt,” you can choose to add your own instructions or leave it as, “Select…” That is what the student will see in the sentence before they’ve selected an answer choice.This toolbar is helpful when editing an Inline Choice item:Click the caret (^) next to the Dropdown label to hide the answer choices if you need more room on your screen.Click the “x” to delete the entire drop down.Click “Save.” Your Inline Choice item will look like this. The drop downs are automatically sized to accommodate the longest answer.When the student begins the assignment, they will see this:To answer the question, the student will click on each of the “select…” boxes then choose their answer from the drop-down. The “select…” prompt will be replaced by their selection.Students will need to get all drop down menus in the question correct in order to receive the points for the question.Inline Choice is the item to use whenever you need students to select words or phrases in the middle of a passage. You’ll find so many uses for it! #### Using online worksheets for self-paced learning so that students can learn at their own speed We talked with high school math teacher Shannon McGuire about how she uses TeacherMade for self-paced learning in her classroom. Shannon credits TeacherMade as the ideal tool for helping to learn math at their own pace. How are you with technology in the classroom?When I tell people that I am a high school Math Teacher, people look at me as if I am an alien.  When I tell them that I have been doing it for over two decades and I absolutely love it, then they are certain that I must have arrived from another planet. The past few years teaching through a global pandemic hasn’t always been easy, in fact, they have been some of the most challenging. Yet, the immersion into teaching via technology has given us some gifts that we can use to forge a new path of blended learning. I am so thrilled to be back in the classroom, but I am even happier that new tools for student engagement like TeacherMade have been created to help us rebuild a better, more engaging classroom experience for our students.What does TeacherMade do for you?I am lucky enough to have stumbled upon TeacherMade when it was just starting out in the Fall of 2020. Since then, I have converted many of my traditional paper materials into TeacherMade interactive, self-grading worksheets. I have made simple daily warm-ups, exit tickets, and even larger assessments like a recent final exam I made for my senior elective Probability & Statistics class. This year I was able to transform my final exam using TeacherMade. I had some matching vocabulary, some drop-down fill-ins, some filling in tables of data, some multiple choice, and some paragraph responses where students had to provide their analysis of the data.  How do you auto-grade your math assignments?My school has a very quick turnaround time for final exams and final senior grades calculated.  TeacherMade makes this a breeze. The auto-correcting is of course, automatic, but it is also very easy to go through each student’s submission and possibly provide credit for an alternate response while scoring the open response items.     How do you design assignments for self-paced learning?While I utilize TeacherMade worksheets in various ways, my favorite way to use TeacherMade in the Math classroom is for math concepts that build on each other because students can check their work as they go.  For instance, if we look at these two questions:we will see how there's actually not just two questions but 27 connected pieces of data.  What can be done with TeacherMade is that students can individually submit their work to be corrected at various points before moving on. Students can check their tables and make any corrections before answering the questions and/or converting the frequencies to relative frequencies. Relative frequencies are decimals, and even my high school students struggle to accurately round a decimal to a specified place value. It is difficult to get students to attend to that level of detail. When students correct their own work, I have noticed they mark rounding errors as correct because they say, “that’s what I meant.” If a teacher corrects the work, the students still don’t consider it a real error.  On practice assignments like this, I encourage my students to submit their work as many times as they would like. I specifically tell them that at the very least, I want them to check their work after each table before the question. The students instantly see the green/red boxes around their responses and know if they need to fix anything before they move on. To say this has transformed my students' willingness to revise responses is an understatement. Students want to fix their errors. They begin asking about the error. They talk to each other, and they talk to me about the how and the why of their errors.How do you manage self-paced learning in your classroom?The other amazing piece that TeacherMade adds to my math classroom full of students, each working at their own pace on various problems/questions, is that I can open the TeacherMade app and scroll through their assignments from my computer screen. Even before they have submitted anything, the teacher's view shows their responses in green/red outline. Using this feature, I can give students real-time feedback as they are working. Not just a vague “good job” who is quietly working without any regard to their accuracy, I can provide very specific feedback like “number three looks perfect, but can you back up to part b on number 4?”  The specificity with which dialogue can be created truly changes how students react to working with numbers.  Students have shifted from getting work “done” to getting things done accurately and understanding why.  They have increased their academic stamina by revisiting and revising tasks and questions instead of just turning in an assignment that is “good enough.”  My use of TeacherMade may have sprung from necessity when I, like so many others, was thrown into virtual teaching, but it is TeacherMade’s application in a blended classroom that is helping us rebuild our instruction to something stronger than before.        #### Using Special Characters or Non-English Languages in Classwork.com Enable Special CharactersClasswork supports accents and diacritical marks for many languages. Special characters are turned on per Activity so you can choose what students see based on the content you are assigning.Turn On Special CharactersOpen the Activity in Edit mode.Open Settings.Select Special Characters.Check the character sets you want to enable.Click Save.Supported Character SetsClasswork includes multiple special character sets. You can enable more than one set for the same Activity.Where Characters Are AvailableSpecial characters are available anywhere you or your students can type text, including:Short Answer question typesOpen Answer question typesText Box objectsNote: For Short Answer, students must match accents exactly to be marked correct. If you want to accept both accented and unaccented responses, add each accepted version as a separate correct answer.What Students SeeWhen special characters are enabled, students will see a character toolbar below the input field.Students can type normally using their keyboard, then click a special character in the toolbar to insert it at the cursor location.For capital letters, students can use the Shift key, or enable shift-lock by clicking the up arrow on the right side of the toolbar. #### Using TeacherMade For Distance Learning: An Elementary Language Teacher’s Perspective We interviewed a variety of teachers and asked them how they use TeacherMade in the classroom. Elena is a foreign language teacher in Canada who primarily teaches elementary and middle school students. TeacherMade is an online worksheet creator that uses your existing worksheets. Simply upload your worksheet file, add questions, include a key, and students can complete assignments that look and feel just like traditional paper worksheets. Try TeacherMade for free with our PRO trial!How have the last two years been for you in the classroom with the pandemic?I graduated from my teacher training program in 2019 and began teaching grades 2-8 French full-time in the fall of 2020. At first, I was very overwhelmed when starting my new job, between creating lesson plans, getting to know my students, and coping with the changing landscape of education. The last two years have been a tumultuous time for teachers. As educators, we have been creative and flexible by necessity, switching seamlessly between in-person and online learning. At my school in Ontario, we have even adopted a “hybrid” approach to teaching, where we simultaneously teach in-person students and students streaming in through a laptop. How did you adapt your classroom for virtual learning? When faced with the prospect of teaching online for the first time in January 2021, I began researching a variety of websites and programs that I could use to reach my learners better. Eventually, I came across TeacherMade, and it completely transformed my approach to online and hybrid learning. Do you recommend TeacherMade to other teachers? A year later, most teachers at my school also use TeacherMade, and we have found it to be a tremendously useful tool during these unpredictable times. TeacherMade has helped me to track student progress, provide timely and detailed feedback, and give me many opportunities to assess my students, even when they were learning from a distance.How do distance learning students submit work online?When teaching students from a distance, being able to track their progress is a huge issue. When my school started with online learning, we asked students to upload pictures of their handwritten work at the end of a lesson. Inevitably, we nearly always had students who did not submit work, as uploading a photograph can be difficult for young children. When I started using TeacherMade, all of this changed. Suddenly, I could share a link to a daily assignment, and even my youngest students could easily complete and submit their work. During the lesson, I could see my students completing their work in real-time through the TeacherMade app and even check what percentage of the assignment had been completed. This enables a teacher to track progress effortlessly as if they were walking around the classroom and checking for understanding. What’s the best way to give students feedback online?TeacherMade is a fantastic tool for providing feedback to students in a distance learning scenario. During my video calls with students, I could review their work on TeacherMade and give them verbal feedback and suggestions. When not on the call, I could also provide written feedback through the TeacherMade app. I could add general comments that would appear when the student re-opened the worksheet, draw directly on their worksheet as if editing with a pen, and even add fun stickers to reward them for their good work. TeacherMade also links directly to Google Classroom, so I occasionally added comments to students through the classroom assignment page. All of these features made it extremely easy for me to provide the same kind of timely and detailed feedback that students were used to in the classroom. How do you make your own online assessments?TeacherMade also provides many different ways for me to assess my students during online learning. The app makes it so easy for me to create quizzes, tests, and assignments for my students to complete at home. Sometimes I even use the auto-grade function on TeacherMade, which makes marking a breeze. Some examples of tasks I can have my students complete include multiple choice questions, matching, short answer, and true or false questions. Is there a way to make online foreign language assignments for listening and speaking? As a language teacher, I love that my students can record themselves speaking and upload the audio straight onto their worksheets. I have used this before to mark my students’ pronunciation and pacing when reciting a text. I also can upload audio files into the worksheets so my students can complete listening comprehension assignments. Additionally, TeacherMade can be used for creative projects, such as making a digital poster or a restaurant menu. TeacherMade provides countless ways for teachers like me to assess our students’ learning, even if the student is online. What is the future of hybrid learning for you?The COVID-19 pandemic of the last few years has created so many unique challenges for both teachers and students. The landscape of education is rapidly evolving and changing, and educators are struggling to keep up. Even though hopefully, we will not have another lockdown anytime soon here in Ontario, distance and hybrid learning in some form or another seems here to stay. Students with extended absences at my school tune into class through a streaming laptop, and high school students in Ontario are now mandated to take at least two of their classes virtually. Fortunately, companies such as TeacherMade are helping to fill the system's gaps and providing educators with the tools they need to help their students succeed. From easily tracking student progress to providing detailed feedback to giving teachers a way to assess their students’ learning easily, TeacherMade really does run the gamut in helping educators and students to thrive.  #### Using the Algebra/Formula Question Type Algebra / Formula Question TypeThe Algebra / Formula question type is designed for responses that require complex math expressions, equations, or STEM formulas.When creating this question type, you will enter the correct answer using the built-in LaTeX Equation Editor. Students will see the same editor when completing the question.Add an Algebra / Formula QuestionIn the Tool Box on the right, under Math, click Algebra / Formula.Your cursor will change to crosshairs. Click once to place the item, or click and drag to set its size and position.Enter the Correct AnswerOnce placed, the Algebra / Formula editor window will open:Select Add an Expression to open the Equation Editor and enter the correct answer.When finished, click Save Changes.What Students SeeStudents will use the same Equation Editor to enter their response when completing the question. #### Using the Bar Graph Question Type Add a Bar GraphThe Bar Graph question type allows students to answer by shading values directly on a graph.Insert a Bar GraphIn the Tool Box, click Math.Select Bar Graph.Click and drag on the slide to draw the size you want.The Bar Graph editor will open automatically.Change the X- and Y-Axis LabelsClick the pencil icon next to X-Axis or Y-Axis to rename the labels.Edit the BarsBy default, the graph includes two bars.Click the green + to add a bar. You can add up to 16 bars.Click the red - below a bar to remove it.Change Bar SettingsClick the pencil icon under a bar to adjust its settings.Bar NameEnter the label displayed below the bar.Background ColorChoose the fill color. Select Apply to all bars to use the same color for every bar.Bar SpacingChoose None for a histogram style or Add Spacing to create visible gaps between bars.Border WidthSet the thickness of the outline around each bar.Border StyleSelect the outline style for each bar.Border ColorChoose the color of the bar outline.Edit the Y-AxisClick the pencil icon next to the Y-Axis labels to adjust the scale.Click the green + to add lines.Click the red - to remove lines.Enter labels as needed. You may leave some blank.Set Correct AnswersClick inside each bar to select the correct value. The graph will automatically shade from the X-Axis up to the selected row.Click again to change the selected value.When finished, click Save Bar Graph.To edit later, double-click the graph or select Edit.If you want to discard edits before saving, choose Cancel All Changes.What Students SeeStudents see an empty graph. They click within each bar to select their answer and can click again to adjust it.ScoringScoring occurs when the student submits the Activity.Students must answer all bars correctly to receive full credit. Partial credit is not awarded for partially correct graphs. #### Using the Checkbox / Multiselect Question Type Checkbox / MultiselectThe Checkbox / Multiselect question type creates a set of boxes that students check. You can use it for a single checkbox or for a Multiselect item.A Multiselect works like Multiple Choice, but it can have more than one correct answer.Add a Checkbox or Multiselect ItemIn the Tool Box on the right, under Overlays, click Checkbox / Multiselect.Click and drag inside your activity to draw the checkboxes.Edit Checkbox / Multiselect SettingsTo change settings, click the item, then click Edit on the toolbar.The Edit Checkboxes window will open.Available optionsNumber of Checkboxes:Change how many boxes appear.To switch between vertical and horizontal layouts, drag the bottom-right corner of the item. The layout adjusts automatically.Letters: Add letters or numbers inside the checkboxes using the dropdown.Limit the number of student selections: Restrict how many boxes a student can select.Example: If there are five choices and only two answers are correct, you can limit students to selecting two.Allow Partial Credit:Award points when students select some, but not all, correct answers.Example: If there are 3 correct answers and a student selects 2 correct answers, they can earn 2/3 of the points.Subtract points for incorrect answers: Reduce the score for each incorrect selection. This discourages guessing.Partial credit is available only when you limit the number of student selections.When finished, click Save Changes.Placing Checkboxes on PDFsIf you are placing checkboxes over a PDF with lettered answer choices, you may want to use the Color Block tool so original letters do not show behind the new checkboxes.For details, see  Using the Color Block Tool .Set the Correct AnswerClick the boxes that should be correct. A checkmark will appear to show your selected correct answers. #### Using the Color Block Tool Color Block ToolWe all know that PDFs may need a little tweaking for digital delivery. Sometimes the instructions are irrelevant. Other times there are page numbers, watermarks, or headers that might distract students. Fortunately, Classwork.com’s Color Block tool works like a concealer to clean up your Activity for the screen.Add a Color BlockIn the Tool Box on the right, click Color Block.Your cursor will turn into crosshairs. Click and drag to draw your Color Block.Place Color Blocks anywhere you want to hide content on the Assignment.Color Block OptionsWhen a Color Block is selected, you can adjust its appearance using the Options bar below the toolbar. You can change the fill color and border color. In most cases, teachers use a white fill with No Border.Note: If there are already question types or other interactions in the area you want to hide, you will need to delete those items before the Color Block can fully cover that portion of the Activity. #### Using the Drag and Drop Question Type Drag and DropThe Drag and Drop tool helps you turn standard exercises into interactive Activities students enjoy.Two common use cases are:Labeling (example: parts of a plant, layers of the earth)Categorization (example: parts of speech, living vs. non-living)This workflow is similar to our Matching question type. If you already know Matching, you are in good shape.Keyboard shortcutsSpacebar: Re-selects the last tool you used so you can place the same object again without re-clicking it in the Tool Box.Ctrl + D: Duplicates a selected object. Press it multiple times to make multiple copies.Practice activitiesHere are two example Activities created with Drag and Drop:Labeling a Plant:  Practice Classwork.com Activity Organize the Parts of Speech:  Practice Classwork.com Activity If you want to recreate these from scratch, here are the PDFs: Labeling PDF for upload  Categorization PDF for upload How Drag and Drop worksA Drag and Drop interaction has two parts:Draggable items (what students move)Drop Zones (where students drop them)To build Drag and Drop, you will use:Drop Zone (Tool Box → Overlays)Snipping Tool (toolbar)Step 1: Create draggable itemsThere are three ways to create draggable items:Items you add using Image or Teacher TextItems already on your uploaded background that you want students to moveItems you copy from another Activity using the Snipping ToolOption A: Make Image or Teacher Text draggableAfter placing an Image or Teacher Text object, use the Options bar to enable Draggable.➽ Be sure to check the box next to Draggable to activate.Option B: Use the Snipping Tool to create draggablesIf your Activity already contains words or images you want students to move, use the Snipping Tool.Click the Snipping Tool to turn your cursor into crosshairs, then click and drag to select the item you want to make draggable.Once an item is draggable, a pointing hand icon appears in the upper-left corner of the object.Option C: Copy draggables from another ActivityOpen the Activity that contains the item you want to copy. Use the Snipping Tool to select the item, then copy it (Ctrl + C). Open the destination Activity and paste it (Ctrl + V).Step 2: Create Drop ZonesIn the Tool Box, select Drop Zone. Your cursor will change to crosshairs. Click and drag to draw Drop Zones anywhere on your Activity.➽ Use Ctrl + D to duplicate a Drop Zone and move copies into place.Each Drop Zone appears as a gray box with a small flag in the upper-left corner. When selected, its Options bar appears beneath the toolbar.Use the Paint Can to change the fill color, the Pencil to change the border, and Clear Link to remove all connections from the Drop Zone.Allow multiple items in a Drop ZoneBy default, one draggable item can be attached to each Drop Zone. For categorization Activities, you may want to allow multiple items in a single Drop Zone. To do that, check Allow multiple items.Step 3: Connect draggables to Drop ZonesAfter you create draggables and Drop Zones, connect them so the item can be auto-scored.Click and drag the hand icon inside a draggable item.Drag it to the correct Drop Zone and release the mouse button.A blue line will appear to show the connection.Repeat until each draggable item is linked to a Drop Zone.When connected, your Activity will look similar to this:Detach a draggable itemTo detach an item from a Drop Zone, select the draggable item and click Clear Link in the Options bar.Point valuesEach connected Drag and Drop pair is worth 1 point by default. If you have 6 draggables connected to 6 Drop Zones, the total will be 6 points.To change the point value, select a draggable item, then click the green point value in the toolbar and choose a new value.What students seeStudents see a cleaner version of Drag and Drop. The blue linking lines are not visible to them.Students click and hold a draggable item, drag it to a Drop Zone, and release. When a draggable item is over a Drop Zone, the zone highlights. If released over a valid Drop Zone, the item snaps into place (unless you enabled Allow multiple items).That is it. Once you build one Drag and Drop Activity, they become quick to make.Congratulations! You’ve made it to the end  You now know how to create a Drag and Drop question. Go give it a try and let us know what you think! Once you know how to do it, they really are quick to make.What Your Students SeeWhen your students open a Drag and Drop assignment, they will see a much cleaner version of Drag and Drop. All the blue lines and links will be invisible to them. All they have to do is click on one of the draggable options, hold the mouse button down, drag it where they want it to be, and release the mouse button. When they drag it over a Drop Zone, the Drop Zone will highlight. Release the mouse button and the item will snap into place (unless you selected Allow multiple items in the Drop Zone.) Once they are done, their Assignment will look like this: Your students will take to Drag and Drop Activities like chocolate to ice cream so be sure to include them whenever you can. In the coming days, I’ll be making Drag and Drop videos and reading your feedback in the forum. Enjoy!!! #### Using the Dropdown Question Type Dropdown Question TypeThe Dropdown item, sometimes called inline choice or closed-ended, allows students to select one correct answer from a list of options inside a sentence or statement.Dropdown questions are commonly used for cloze passages and inline responses. They are auto-graded. Add a DropdownIn the Tool Box on the right, under Overlays, click Dropdown.Click once to place the dropdown, or click and drag to set the size.Add Answer ChoicesWhen the dropdown is inserted, the Edit Dropdown window will appear. You can enter up to 10 answer choices.Available OptionsUse a Shortcut: Quickly insert numbers, letters, symbols, or common word choices.List Choices: Add, edit, or remove answer choices.Shuffle Order: Randomizes the order of the choices after they are entered.Click the circle next to a choice to mark it as the correct answer.Pro Tip: Make sure the dropdown box is wide enough to fit the longest answer choice. Otherwise, the box size could reveal the correct answer.Click Save Changes when finished.To edit later, select the dropdown and click Edit in the toolbar, or double-click the dropdown to reopen the settings.Adjust Point ValueEach Dropdown question is worth 1 point by default.To change the value:Select the dropdown box.Click the green 1 in the toolbar.Enter the new point value.Repeat this step for each dropdown you want to adjust.Important NoteDropdown questions allow only one correct answer.If you need multiple correct answers, use the Multiselect question type instead. #### Using the Fill in the Blank Question Type Create Fill in the Blank QuestionsThe Fill in the Blank question type lets you build inline response questions where students type answers directly inside a sentence or prompt.This tool is part of Authoring, so it is designed for creating questions from scratch rather than overlaying inputs on an existing background.Add a Fill in the Blank QuestionIn the Tool Box, click Authoring.Click and drag Fill in the Blank onto your Activity.Your cursor will turn into crosshairs. Click once to place the question, or click and drag to set the size.The Edit Fill in the Blank window will open.Write Your Prompt and Add BlanksType your sentence or prompt in the text field. Then add blanks where you want students to respond.Below the text, choose the type of blank you want to add:Add Text Blank creates a blank for short text responses.Add Math Blank creates a blank for math input.Each time you add a blank, a matching answer area appears below the prompt.Set the Correct Answer for Each BlankEach blank creates a corresponding answer section labeled:Blank 1 (text), Blank 2 (math), and so onEnter the correct response for each blank in its matching answer field.Collapse Blank Answer AreasEach blank answer section includes a dropdown caret that allows you to collapse or expand it. This is especially helpful when working with multiple blanks.Text Blank Answer SettingsEach Text Blank includes adjustable answer matching settings:Answers must match the case (upper or lower) to be correctIgnore punctuation marks (. , ? ! ; ¿ ¡)A student answer which has a part that matches a correct answer will be marked as correctAll whitespace will be ignored when comparing the student answer to the correct answer(s)Math Blank AnswersMath blanks support both simple and advanced responses. A correct answer can be a single number or a complex algebraic expression or chemistry equation.Partial Credit for Multiple BlanksIf your question includes more than one blank, enable Allow partial credit to award points based on how many blanks are answered correctly.Save Your QuestionWhen finished, click Save to add the completed question to your Activity. #### Using the Graphing Question Type This powerful tool is designed to allow students to answer questions by interacting with a Coordinate Plane. You can ask students to perform any of these actions:Setting Up the Coordinate PlanePlotting PointsSelecting PointsPlotting LinesPlotting InequalitiesPlotting ParabolasPlotting ExponentialsMatching EquationsYou can choose which type of coordinate plane the students will see. You can choose a Four Quadrant Graph that includes all four quadrants or a Data/One Quadrant Graph that includes only Quadrant I. In either case, you have full control over the extent of each axis, and can set labels for each.To provide a question to be answered, you can either upload a PDF with instructions already on it or add the instructions yourself using our Teacher Text.Setting Up the Coordinate PlaneIf you chose one of the interactions under Four Quadrant Graph, you will see these fields at the top of the editing dialog:You can change the extent of each axis, and enter an optional label.Since the Data/One Quadrant Graph interactions only include Quadrant I, the Min value is fixed at 0.Changing the interval on Data/One Quadrant Graph interactions changes how often a line and label on the graph. Here is an example from a graph with the interval set to 2:Plotting PointsThe Plotting Points interactions allow students to click on the coordinate plane to draw the points you specify. You add points by clicking on directly on to the point of the coordinate plane.The points you specify will appear on the plane, and in the list on the right-hand side.You can edit the points in the list by entering new x and y values. You can remove points either by clicking the points on the coordinate plane or by clicking the "X" next to the point in the list.If you check Limit the number of student selections, students will be able to plot up to the specified number of points (two in the above example) and further clicks will be ignored until they first delete a point.Plotting Points - Student ViewWhen students open this question type, they will see an empty coordinate plane and click directly on the grid to plot the requested points.If your background image does not already include directions, be sure to add Teacher Text to tell students exactly which points to plot.To receive full credit, students must plot all required points and no additional points.If a student places a point incorrectly, they can remove it by clicking the point again.Selecting PointsThe Selecting Points interactions allow students to choose from a set of points that you have already plotted on the coordinate plane.To add a point to the set from which the student will choose, click the point on the coordinate plane.A point will appear as a hollow circle to indicate that it is NOT to be chosen by the student as a correct answer. To set the point to be a correct answer, click the point a second time. It will change to a filled circle, indicating it is now a correct answer. Points that are considered correct will be indicated with a check in the list to the right of the graph. You can uncheck a point to indicate that it should not be considered correct. To remove a point, click it a third time. Alternately, you can click the "X" to the right of the point in the list on the right-hand side of the graph. Checking Limit the number of student selections prohibits the student for choosing more than the number of correct answers you have chosen. In the above example, the student would be able to choose at most two answers.Selecting Points - Student ViewStudents will see a graph with all of your points already plotted on it as hollow circles. Students will click to select the correct points based on the question they are asked. Students will click any of the plotted points to select it as a correct answer. To de-select a point, they will click it a second time. To be scored correctly, the students must select all the correct points and none of the incorrect points.Plotting LinesThe Plotting Lines interactions lets students draw lines on the coordinate plane to answer questions. You first set the answer key by drawing the desired lines.To draw a line, click on the coordinate plane to place the first point. Move your mouse and click to place the second point. Click and drag to move any of the points to a new position.Click and release on a point to delete the entire line.As you create lines, they will appear in a list on the right side of the graph. You may edit the points in the list. You may also delete a line by clicking the "X."Checking "Limit the number of student selections" will limit the student to drawing at most the same number of lines you created for the answer key.Plotting Lines - Student ViewStudents will start with an empty coordinate plane.They will click to place the first point of a line, then move their mouse and click to place the second point. They can click and drag an existing point to move a line, or click and release on a point to delete the line.To be scored correctly, the student must draw all the required lines. The drawn lines must be mathematically equivalent to the answer key though not necessarily drawn using the same points.Plotting InequalitiesThe Plotting Inequalities interaction allows students to place to points on the coordinate plane, by creating boundary lines and shading the correct region. You first set the answer key by defining the boundary line and inequality type.To create the boundary line, select two points on the coordinate plane. You can adjust the point values using the list on the right side of the graph.Once the line is defined, choose the inequality symbol (<, >, ≤, or ≥) to determine whether the boundary line should be dashed or solid and which side of the line represents the solution.As you create inequalities, they will appear in a list on the right side of the graph. You may edit the points or inequality type from this list. You may also delete an inequality by clicking the X.If multiple inequalities are required, repeat these steps to add additional boundary linesPlotting Inequalities - Student ViewStudents will start with an empty coordinate plane.To graph an inequality, students will:Click to place the first point of a boundary lineClick again to place the second pointChoose whether the line is solid or dashedUse Toggle Shade to select which side of the line is shadedStudents can click and drag points to adjust a line, change the line type, or toggle the shaded region. They can repeat this process to create multiple inequalities if required.To be scored correctly, students must:Create the correct boundary line(s)Use the correct line typeShade the correct region of the graphPlotting ParabolasThe Plotting Parabolas interaction allows students to graph parabolas on a coordinate plane by placing key points. You first set the answer key by defining the parabola students are expected to create.To create a parabola, click on the coordinate plane to place two points. A parabola will automatically form through those points. You can adjust the point values using the list on the right side of the graph.You can toggle each parabola between Active and Background:Use Active for the parabola students are expected to graph.Use Background to display reference parabolas, lines, points, or exponentials that students can see before responding.As you create parabolas, they will appear in a list on the right side of the graph. You may adjust the points or delete a parabola using the controls in the list.If multiple parabolas are required, repeat these steps to add additional Active parabolas.Plotting Parabolas - Student ViewStudents will start with a coordinate plane that may include background elements placed by the teacher.To graph a parabola, students will:Click to place the first pointClick again to place the second pointAdjust points by clicking and dragging as neededStudents can repeat this process to place multiple parabolas if required.Background elements are provided for reference only and are not graded.Plotting ExponentialsThe Plotting Exponentials interaction allows students to graph exponential functions on a coordinate plane by placing key points. You first set the answer key by defining the exponential curve students are expected to create.To create an exponential, click on the coordinate plane to place two points. An exponential curve will automatically form through those points.  You can adjust the point values using the list on the right side of the graph.Important: Both points must be on the same side of the y-axis. Exponentials cannot be created using one negative and one positive y-value.You can toggle each exponential between Active and Background:Use Active for the exponential students are expected to graph.Use Background to place reference points, lines, parabolas, or exponentials that students can see before responding.As you create exponentials, they will appear in a list on the right side of the graph. You may adjust the points or delete an exponential using the controls in the list.Plotting Exponentials - Student ViewStudents will start with a coordinate plane that may include background elements placed by the teacher.To graph an exponential, students will:Click to place the first pointClick again to place the second pointAdjust points by clicking and dragging as neededBoth points must remain on the same side of the y-axis.Background elements are provided for reference only and are not graded.Matching EquationsThe Matching Equations interaction allows students to match equations to their corresponding graphs on a coordinate plane. You first set the answer key by graphing the equations students are expected to identify.When using this interaction, both teachers and students choose one equation type for the entire question:LinearQuadraticExponentialEach Matching Equations question supports multiple equations, but all equations must be of the same type. Mixing equation types in a single question is not supported.When creating a Matching Equations question, select the equation type you want to use (Linear, Quadratic, or Exponential).You can then add multiple equations of that type to the coordinate plane. Each equation will be graphed and included as part of the matching set.There is no Background option for this interaction. All equations placed on the graph are part of the answer key.As you add equations, they will appear in a list on the right side of the graph, where you can edit or delete them as needed.Matching Equations - Student ViewStudents will start with a blank coordinate plane.At the top of the graph, students will select which type of equation they are working with:LinearQuadraticExponentialOnce an equation type is selected, students will:Graph equations of that selected type on the coordinate planeMatch each equation to its correct graph based on the question promptAll equations in a single Matching Equations question must be of the same type. Students cannot mix Linear, Quadratic, and Exponential equations within the same question.To be scored correctly, students must correctly match all equations in the set.ConclusionWith a few clicks and a little thought, you can give your students auto-graded graphing questions using an interactive coordinate plane! #### Using the Hot Text Question Type Hot Text QuestionThe Hot Text question type allows you to enter a passage of text and make specific words or phrases clickable. Students select from the highlighted portions to indicate their answers.Add a Hot Text QuestionTo insert a Hot Text question:Open the Question Type menu in the Tool Box.Select Hot Text.Your cursor will turn into crosshairs. Click and drag to draw the size of the question box.The editing window will appear:Create Clickable TextClick inside the field labeled Write text here and enter your full text passage.Highlight any word or phrase you want students to be able to select. In the formatting menu that appears, check Hot text.Repeat this process for all correct answers and distractors.Each time you mark a phrase as Hot text, it will appear below the passage with a checkbox.Set Correct AnswersUse the checkboxes next to the phrases below the text to mark which options are correct.When finished, click Save.In the editor view:Correct answers appear highlighted in blue.Incorrect options appear highlighted in gray.What Students SeeStudents see all selectable phrases highlighted in gray.When they click a phrase:The selection turns blue and becomes underlined.Clicking again will deselect it.Limit Number of SelectionsBy default, students may select as many phrases as they want.If you enable Limit number of selections, students can only choose the same number of answers as you marked correct.If they select too many options, one of their previous selections will automatically be deselected.ScoringHot Text questions are auto-scored.A response is marked correct only if:Every correct phrase is selected, andNo incorrect phrases are selected.Points are awarded in full based on the value you assigned.Hot Text is a powerful way to build reading comprehension, grammar, vocabulary, and close-reading practice directly into your Activities. #### Using the Hotspot Question Type Hot Spot Question TypeClasswork.com’s Hot Spot question type lets you create clickable areas (or “hot” locations) on top of an image or background.Hot Spots are commonly used for prompts like “Click on the state of Texas,” “Which of these are predators?,” or “Identify the tibia.” Some teachers also use Hot Spots to have students cite supporting evidence in reading passages.Add a Hot SpotIn the Tool Box on the right, under Overlays, click Hot Spot.Your cursor will change to crosshairs. Click and drag to draw the Hot Spot in the size you want.Set the Answer KeyAfter placing your Hot Spot, use the Question Toolbar to set the correct behavior:Set Correct if: to Clicked if students should click the item to be correct.Set Correct if: to Not Clicked if students should not click the item to be correct.You can also adjust the points and choose whether the Hot Spot displays with rounded corners.Pro tip: Use Preview in the View menu to see what your Hot Spots look like to students. Make Hot Spots large enough for easy clicking.Grouping Hot SpotsYou can group Hot Spots so they behave as a single scorable question. When Hot Spots are grouped, students must correctly click or not click every Hot Spot in the group to earn the points.Create a Hot Spot GroupClick one Hot Spot to select it, then click additional Hot Spots to add them to the same group. Grouped Hot Spots will turn blue.To remove a Hot Spot from a group, click the Hot Spot, then click Remove From Group on the Question Toolbar.Setting Group OptionsOnce Hot Spots are grouped, you can choose how the group behaves. Click any Hot Spot in the group, then click Edit on the Question Toolbar.Multiple Choice style: Students can click only one Hot Spot. Clicking a different Hot Spot changes their answer.Limited Multiselect style: Students can select up to N Hot Spots, where N is the number marked as Correct if Clicked.Unlimited Multiselect style: Students can click any number of Hot Spots. #### Using the Hyperlink Tool Hyperlink ToolUse the Hyperlink tool to insert URLs, Google Docs, Google Slides, YouTube videos, and more into your Classwork.com Activity. The Hyperlink tool is located in the bottom section of the Tool Box on the right.This tool allows you to connect students directly to online resources from within your Activity.Add a HyperlinkIn the Tool Box, click Link.Click and drag to draw a box on your Activity where you want the hyperlink to appear.Formatting options will appear below the toolbar:Using these options, you can adjust:Border colorFont size and text colorTransparent or solid backgroundNext, click Edit Link in the toolbar or double-click inside the hyperlink box.Note: The Edit Link popup may appear immediately after drawing the box. If so, complete the link setup first, then adjust formatting afterward.In the Edit Link window:Add the URL: Enter the full URL (must include http:// or https://).Add a Label: Type the text students will see inside the box. Resize the box if needed.Click Save Changes when finished.We recommend using Preview before assigning to ensure the link is easy to recognize and works properly. When students click the hyperlink, it opens in a new window.What Do Students See?Students see exactly what you place onto the Activity using the Hyperlink tool. The system does not automatically generate thumbnails or previews of the target website or video.For clarity and safety, use meaningful labels instead of displaying raw URLs.After drawing the hyperlink box, select Edit Hyperlink, enter the URL, and provide a clear label that students will understand.Pro Tip: Start your label with “Click here to…” if you want to make the action especially clear for students. #### Using the Inline Choice Question Type Inline Choice ToolThe Inline Choice question type allows you to place drop-down selections directly within a sentence or text passage. Students choose the correct option in context, and the item is automatically graded for instant feedback.Inline Choice works especially well for reading passages, vocabulary, grammar, and context-based questions, but it can be used in any subject.Create an Inline Choice QuestionTo create a question from scratch:In the Tool Box, click Authoring.Select Inline Choice.Your cursor will turn into crosshairs. Click once to place the question, or click and drag to set the size.The Edit Inline Choice window will open.Build Your SentenceIn the editor window, type your sentence or passage. Place your cursor where you want a drop-down menu to appear, then click Add Dropdown.For example:Once upon a time, there was a princess named Cinderella.You could insert a dropdown for the word “time” and another for “Cinderella.”Add Answer ChoicesAfter inserting a dropdown:Type each answer choice.Select the correct answer using the circle next to it.Use Shuffle if you would like the answer order randomized.Remove choices using the trash icon.In the Selection Prompt field, you can customize what students see before selecting an answer, or leave it as Select….Helpful Editing ToolsUse the caret to collapse answer choices for more screen space.Use the delete icon to remove an entire dropdown.What Students SeeWhen students begin the Assignment, they will see dropdown menus within the sentence. They select an answer for each dropdown.Students must answer all dropdowns correctly to receive full credit for the item.When to Use Inline ChoiceInline Choice is ideal when students need to select words or phrases within the context of a sentence or passage. It helps assess comprehension, vocabulary, grammar, and precise understanding of content.Start by typing, “Once upon a” into the box that says, Write Text here and then choose, Add Dropdown. The Add Dropdown button will create a new drop-down wherever the typing cursor happens to be.At the bottom of the pop-up, you will now see the option to add dropdown choices:Type in your answer choices and be sure to mark the correct answer by selecting the circle to the left of the box. Here’s a Classwork.com PRO Tip for you: Type the correct answer first, since that’s selected as correct by default, then use the Shuffle button above to randomly reorder the choices.You can remove any choice by clicking the red trash can to the far right of the answer.Continue the sentence by typing, “there was a princess named” then add a dropdown for “Cinderella.” Add whichever other words you want as options along with Cinderella.In the Selection Prompt, you can choose to add your own instructions or leave it as, Select… That is what the student will see in the sentence before they’ve selected an answer choice.This toolbar is helpful when editing an Inline Choice item:Click the caret (^) next to the Dropdown label to hide the answer choices if you need more room on your screen.Click the x to delete the entire drop down.Click Save. Your Inline Choice item will look like this. The drop downs are automatically sized to accommodate the longest answer.When the student begins the Assignment, they will see this:To answer the question, the student will click each Select… box and choose their answer from the dropdown. The Select… prompt will be replaced by their selection.Students must answer all dropdown menus correctly to receive the points for the question.Inline Choice is the item to use whenever you need students to select words or phrases in the middle of a passage. You’ll find so many uses for it! #### Using the Match Table Grid Question Type Match Table Grid QuestionA Match Table Grid question presents students with a grid. Rows represent prompts and columns represent answer options. Each cell represents a possible match.This is an efficient way to ask multiple questions that share the same answer choices. You can allow one correct answer per row or multiple correct answers per row.Add a Match Table GridTo insert a Match Table Grid:Open the Question Type menu in the Tool Box.Select Match Table Grid.Your cursor will turn into crosshairs. Click and drag to draw the size of the grid.The editing window will appear:Set Up Rows and ColumnsAdd labels to:The top row for answer choicesThe left column for question promptsUse the + icons to add rows or columns. You can create up to 20 rows and 20 columns.Use the x icon to remove a row or column.Set Correct MatchesAfter entering row and column labels, select the cells that represent correct matches.If only one correct answer per row is allowed, cells will display radio buttons.If Can have multiple correct answers per row is enabled, cells will display checkboxes.When finished setting your answer key, click Save.Adjusting the Grid SizeAfter saving, you may need to resize the grid in the Activity editor to ensure all rows and columns display properly.If the grid is too large, try reducing the font size in the editing window before resizing.Use Preview to confirm formatting and verify your answer key.What Students SeeStudents see a grid and select their matches by choosing the appropriate cells.The question is marked correct only if all required matches are selected correctly.Allowing Partial CreditEnable Allow Partial Credit to award proportional points when students select some, but not all, correct matches.For example, if a student selects two out of three correct matches, they will receive two-thirds of the total points.Subtract Points for Incorrect AnswersIf you enable Subtract points for incorrect answers, students will lose a portion of points for each incorrect selection.For example, if a student selects two correct matches and one incorrect match:They earn credit for the correct matchesThey lose credit for the incorrect matchThis setting discourages guessing and rewards careful selection. #### Using the Matching Question Type Matching Question TypeThe Matching item allows students to create one-to-one matches by drawing a line between two related items.Each item can only be matched once. This makes Matching ideal for pairing terms with definitions, values with representations, or concepts with examples. Add a Matching ItemIn the Tool Box on the right, under Overlays, click Matching.Click and drag to draw a box around the first item you want students to match.The box will turn red, indicating it is ready to be matched.Your cursor will turn into crosshairs. The toolbar will prompt you to click in the activity to add a Matching box.When you click, an answer box will appear. Resize it using the blue border handles.Create Multiple Matching BoxesPress the spacebar after creating a box to stay in the tool and draw another.Select a box and press Ctrl + D to duplicate it. This is helpful when you need multiple boxes of the same size.Once all boxes are created, drag them into position.Connect Matched PairsClick one box, then click its match. A dotted blue line will appear and both boxes will turn green.Disconnect MatchesSelect one box in the pair and click Clear Link in the top toolbar. The blue line will disappear and the boxes will turn red again.Change Point ValueEach matching pair is worth 1 point by default.To adjust the value:Select one box from a matching pair.Click the green 1 in the top toolbar.Enter the new point value.Repeat this process for each matching pair you want to adjust. #### Using the Math Question Types Number, Fraction, and Mixed Number Question TypesUse Classwork.com’s math question types to draw short response areas on your Activity that are preformatted to accept numerical input.This article covers the Number, Fraction, and Mixed Number question types.Add a Math Answer BoxIn the Tool Box on the right, under Math, click the math item you want to use.After selecting a math question type, click on your Activity and drag to draw the answer box.Number Question Type To edit a Number question, click Edit on the toolbar.The Edit Number popup will appear.Correct answer(s): Enter the value you want marked as correct. You can add up to 10 correct answers by clicking Add a correct answer.Optional Input SettingsUse these settings to allow input other than digits:Allow commas: Permits commas in numbers (example: 1,000).Allow minus / negative: Allows negative values.Allow decimal: Enables decimal input.Allow percent: Lets students include the percent (%) symbol.Click Save Changes when finished.Fraction Question TypeTo edit a Fraction question, click Edit on the toolbar.The Edit Fraction popup will appear.Type the correct answer(s) in fraction form.Click Add correct answer to include alternate correct responses (up to 10).If you want to accept equivalent fractions, enter each acceptable version as a correct answer.Click Save Changes when finished.Mixed Number Question TypeTo edit a Mixed Number question, click Edit on the toolbar.The Edit Mixed Number popup will appear.Enter the correct answer(s) to the problem.Click Add correct answer to include multiple acceptable responses (up to 10).Correct answers can be written as a mixed number, fraction, or whole number.Check Allow mathematically equivalent answers to automatically accept reduced or simplified forms.If you want students to simplify on their own, leave that option unchecked and only enter the simplest form as correct.Click Save Changes when you’re finished.Putting It All TogetherThe Number, Fraction, and Mixed Number question types all behave similarly once you know where to find them. Try each one to see which works best for your Activity and your students’ needs.Whether you’re collecting basic computation answers or checking fractional understanding, these math tools help keep responses accurate, auto-graded, and easy to review. #### Using the Multiple Choice Question Type Multiple ChoiceThe Multiple Choice question type allows you to create traditional single-answer questions, circle-the-answer items, and flexible response formats that are automatically graded.Add a Multiple Choice QuestionThere are two ways to create a Multiple Choice question:In the Tool Box on the right, under Overlays, click Multiple Choice.Click and drag inside your activity to draw the Multiple Choice box. The bubbles will appear automatically.Depending on how you draw the box, the layout may adjust.After placing the box, align the bubbles with your answer choices. You can resize the entire box or drag individual bubbles if spacing needs adjustment.If placing bubbles over a preexisting PDF with lettered answer choices, consider using the  Color Block Tool  so original letters do not show behind the new bubbles.Multiple Choice SettingsWhen a Multiple Choice item is selected, you can edit settings from the toolbar or choose Edit for additional options.Available OptionsNumber of Choices:Change how many answer bubbles appear.All layouts are vertical except “4 Choices – 2x2.” Resize the box to automatically switch orientation between vertical and horizontal.Letters: Add letters or numbers to the bubbles if needed.Reset Positions: Restore bubbles to default positions if moved.Transparent: Make bubbles transparent so background content shows through.Item Points: Each item defaults to 1 point. Click the green point value to adjust. Enter 0 if the question should not be scored.Set the Correct AnswerClick the bubble that represents the correct answer. The selected bubble will turn gray.Pro Tip: Students can select only one answer, but you can set multiple correct answers. Hold Shift while clicking additional bubbles to mark more than one as correct. #### Using the Number Line Question Type Number LineThe Number Line question type allows students to answer by plotting points, selecting pre-plotted points, or defining intervals. You can customize the start and stop values, tick mark intervals, and labeling options.Insert a Number Line ItemIn the Tool Box on the right, under Math, click Number Line.Your mouse will turn to cross-hairs. Click and drag to draw the size you want.Set Up Your Number LineBy default, the Number Line runs from 0 to 10 in whole number increments. You can adjust these settings in the editor.Change the Start and Stop values.Select Advanced Options to customize tick marks and labels.Advanced OptionsStep: Controls how often tick marks appear. Enter decimals such as 0.5 to create intervals between whole numbers.Marks per Label: Controls how often labels appear. For example, entering 2 labels every other tick mark.You may hide or show the Start and Stop labels.Note: Tick marks are limited to a maximum of 50. The Number Line supports whole numbers and decimals. Fraction intervals are not supported, but fractional values may be entered as decimals.Choose the Interaction TypeProvide your question prompt using background content or a Teacher Text box placed near the Number Line.Plot Points: Students click one or more tick marks.Select Points: Pre-plotted points appear and students choose the correct ones.Plot Intervals: Students map inequalities using rays or points.Set Up a Plot Points QuestionClick each tick mark that represents a correct answer.Students must select all required points to receive full credit.Set Up a Select Points QuestionClick tick marks to determine which points will appear.Click the drawn points again to mark which are correct.Turn on Limit Number of Selections if students should only be allowed to choose the same number of points as the correct answer count.Set Up a Plot Intervals QuestionSelect Available Interval ToolsIn the editor, use the Buttons section to choose which interval tools are available.Left-pointing rays represent less than inequalities.Right-pointing rays represent greater than inequalities.Solid endpoints indicate inclusion.Hollow endpoints indicate exclusion.Circles represent single-point equalities or exclusions.Drag interval endpoints to the correct tick marks.Use the Remove button to delete an interval from the answer key.ScoringStudents must completely answer the question to receive the assigned points. Partial credit is not awarded. #### Using the Open Answer Question Type Open Answer Question TypeThe Open Answer question type creates a large response box for longer written answers such as sentences, paragraphs, and essays.Students can enter extended responses, and during grading the box becomes scrollable for easier review. Add an Open AnswerIn the Tool Box on the right, under Overlays, click Open Answer.Your cursor will change to crosshairs. Click and drag to draw the Open Answer box on your Activity.Once added, your toolbar will look like this:Edit SettingsClick Edit in the toolbar or double-click the box to open settings.Set score to 0 if student does not enter an answer: Automatically assigns 0 points if the student leaves the response blank.Students can enter rich text: Enables formatting options such as font styles, sizes, and alignment. If disabled, students enter plain text only.Starter Text: Displays placeholder text before the student begins typing. It disappears once they start their response. If you need instructions to remain visible, use Teacher Text above the Open Answer box.Teacher Notes: Add scoring rubrics or private notes. Students will not see this content. It appears when reviewing submissions.Click Save when finished.Point ValuesOpen Answer questions default to 0 points and are not auto-scored.To assign a point value:Select the Open Answer box.Click the green point value in the toolbar.Enter the desired number of points.When students submit, Open Answer questions display Teacher Scored. You will assign points manually during grading.Grading Open Answer QuestionsOpen each student submission and click the student’s response.Select Set Score, enter the point value, and click Save.The assigned points will be added to the student’s total score. #### Using the Short Answer Question Type Short AnswerThe Short Answer question type creates an auto-graded text box designed for one- or two-word responses. It is not intended for long sentences or paragraphs.If you want students to write longer responses, use Open Answer. Open Answer responses are not auto-scored at this time. Add a Short Answer boxIn the Tool Box on the right, under Overlays, click Short Answer.Click once to place the text box, or click and drag to draw the size you want.When Short Answer is selected, your cursor will turn into crosshairs. The toolbar will prompt you to place or draw the text box.After placing the box, a settings window will appear.Short Answer settingsCorrect answers: Enter one or more correct answers. To remove an answer, click the X next to it.Upper/Lowercase Lettering: Require correct capitalization for a response to be marked correct.Ignore Punctuation: Ignore punctuation when grading student responses.Partial Match: Mark a response correct if it contains the keyword(s) you entered.Example: If the correct answer is Yellowstone and a student types Yellowstone National Park, it can still be marked correct.Ignore all spaces: Ignore spaces in student responses when grading.When you are finished, click Save Changes.Align Short Answer boxesTo align multiple Short Answer boxes:Click the first Short Answer box.Hold Shift and click the other boxes you want to align.In the toolbar, open the Align dropdown.Select the alignment you want. #### Using the Speech to Text Tool If you have students who struggle to type, but can verbally communicate, you can turn on the Speech to Text tool in their Assignments so that they can speak their answers! They'll use their computer's audio device to provide the responses to questions.The Speech to Text tool is found on the last screen of creating an Assignment, along with the other Student Tools:With that set, students will see a microphone icon next to the input rectangle when they click on one of these items:Open Answer questionsShort Answer questionsStudent text boxesHere's an example of a Short Answer item with this option:Students can then type their answers as before, or click the microphone icon.When students click the microphone icon, they'll see a transcription box open.Students should begin speaking immediately. Their words will appear in the box after a slight delay.When they've finished their answer, they should click the Use Transcription button to copy their spoken words into their answer. The contents of the transcription box will be copied to wherever the text cursor had been placed, so if they wish to add to their answer, they can move the cursor to the end and click the microphone icon again. #### Using the T / F (True / False) Question Type True / False Question TypeThe True / False question type lets you quickly create an auto-graded question with two fixed answer choices. Add a True / False QuestionIn the Tool Box on the right, under Overlays, click True / False.Your cursor will turn into crosshairs. Click once to place the question, or click and drag to draw the size you want.Set the Correct AnswerClick the correct answer on your activity. The selected answer will turn gray.True / False OptionsEdit: Customize labels or settings.Labels: Add premade or custom labels, then click Save Changes.Transparent: Makes the question transparent so the background shows through.Click Save Changes when you are done.Adjust PointsEach question is worth 1 point by default. To change the value, highlight the question and click the green 1 next to Points in the toolbar.Enter 0 if you do not want the question scored. #### Using the Teacher Text Tool Teacher Text ToolThe Teacher Text tool allows you to add text anywhere on your Activity. Students can see this text, but they cannot edit it. This makes it a great way to add instructions, reminders, accommodations, hints, or additional information.Add Teacher TextIn the Tool Box on the right, click Text.Your cursor will turn into crosshairs. Click once to place the text box, or click and drag to draw the size you want.Once placed, the Text editor will open automatically. Click inside the box and begin typing.You can adjust font style, size, color, boldness, alignment, and more. You can also insert images or math formulas directly into the Teacher Text box.Click Save when finished.Teacher Text Toolbar OptionsWhen the Teacher Text box is selected, you can use the toolbar to adjust additional settings:Fill Color: Change the background color of the text box or make it transparent using the bucket icon.Border Color: Adjust the border color or remove the border completely using the pencil icon.Draggable: Check the Draggable box if you want the Teacher Text to be movable by students, which allows you to create drag-and-drop style interactions. #### Video on using Audio & Images We just posted a very informative video from @Katy_Alpha_Teacher on how to use the Audio and Image tools in student activities.Please check it out here: #### Viewing and Editing Assignments on the Assignment Detail Screen Assignment Detail Screen After assigning work to your students you are able to edit your Assignment easily on the Assignment Detail screen. This is also where you can go to access your student Submissions. How to access the Assignment Detail Screen:After assigning the Activity you will be able to view student Submissions on this screen.You may also access the Assignment Detail screen by: Clicking on the Activity you assigned on the Activities page, then selecting the Assignment on the Activity Detail screen.Assignment Detail Screen Overview:On the left hand side of the screen will be your Assignment details.Here you will be able to:Preview your Assignment by clicking the eye iconEdit the Activity by clicking on the pencil iconBy clicking on the 3-dot menu you can:Edit AssignmentLock AssignmentRescore AssignmentEdit Student Names Print Activity Print Answer Key Archive Assignment Lock Assignment by clicking on Lock AssignmentEdit the Assignment Name by clicking the Edit button.Share the Assignment by:Copying the link Sharing to Google Classroom (this option will not support syncing the scores. If you want to sync scores you must create an Assignment with Google Classroom delivery method)Sharing to Microsoft Teams (use this option to share the Assignment link through Microsoft Teams)► Note: If assigning your Activity on Google Classroom, you will have the option to Go to Google Classroom or Sync Scores In the middle you will see student Submissions.By clicking on the 3-dot menu on the top toolbar you can:Review All (by scrolling through student work)Item Analysis Reopen/Reset SelectedReopen - this will allow the student to resume work using all of their previous answers. You can choose to show missing and incorrect answers. Reset - this will clear all the students previous answers and they will have to start again.Set Selected as Completed Return SelectedUndo Return Selected Export Scores to CSVPrint SelectedBelow the toolbar you will see student submissionsIf the student is active on the Assignment the circle next to their name will turn green. It will show the status of the Activity, Score, and Submission Date. When clicking upon the 3-dot menu inline with the student name you have the ability to: Review Submission Reopen/Reset Set as CompletedUndo Return Print Submission Delete Submission There is so much you can do on this screen, the options are endless! #### Viewing Event History for Student Submissions As a teacher, you will now be able to see a history of your student’s work when reviewing an Assignment. (Consider this a secret weapon in your on-going battles with certain students.) This history will include all auto-saves, save-for-laters, completions, reopens, and resets. It also shows score and completion percentages on each auto-saved snapshot. To view a student’s history, open up an individual student’s Assignment so that you are in the Review Submission screen. On the left hand side, you will see this information:Select View History.Next, you will see the Submission History (see below) walking you through the student’s activity:The top event is what happened most recently. To collapse the table, simply click the X in the upper right hand corner. #### What app works for online assignment creation, assessment, and self-grading? We talked with May Yang, an English teacher, about her favorite workhouse teacher tech tool. May uses TeacherMade to create assignments and assessments online. She prefers it over Google and Schoology for making digital worksheets. How do you incorporate other materials into your online teaching?Do you know that old saying about how teachers like to beg, borrow, and steal? It is true. Teachers are collaborative by nature. We love sharing lesson plans and ideas. And even when a lesson is near perfect, we still want to tweak it to make improvements. With TeacherMade, teachers can take lessons from multiple sources and put them into one spot to teach a unit.How can you organize all of your online resources for your classroom in one place?Since TeacherMade works with many file extensions, my lessons include a variety of materials such as worksheets from a workbook, online PDFs, Word documents, Google documents, and even videos and audios. All these items can be placed together as a unit within TeacherMade. No more looking for worksheets and files from different places. For example, in TeacherMade, I can include anticipatory materials, practice exercises, and summative assessments. The anticipatory materials can be a survey, a quick writing response, a graphic organizer, or even a video or a song that students can watch or listen to and briefly reflect on. TeacherMade allows me to create folders for all my assignments easily. Remember what I said about teachers liking to beg, borrow, and steal? Having one spot where I can organize all my work is nice. So, TeacherMade not only makes it easy for me to assign and grade my students’ work, but it also provides me with a way to organize and store all my files for future use.How do you auto-grade assignments online?To save time and give students a quick score, I can use TeacherMade’s auto-grading tools on the practice exercises. There are many options, such as multiple choice, drop-down, matching, and hot spot. I can vary how students engage with the exercises. In addition, I can have students write short responses or record themselves explaining an answer and linking their recording to the assignment. Speaking of recording, I can also record myself giving students directions or encouragement on an assignment.How do you create online summative assessments?I can also put my summative assignments right in TeacherMade. As with the practice exercises, I can combine auto-graded questions with open response answers. This will allow students multiple ways to show what they know and free up time for me to focus on the written response answers.Why do you need an online worksheet creator over Google Docs?Teachers unfamiliar with TeacherMade might wonder why not keep the practice exercises in Word or Google Docs. The problem is that Word and Google Docs do not have TeacherMade’s auto-grading tools. The tools allow students to see their scores instantly and depending on the purpose of the assignment, I can have the students redo and resubmit an assignment. Plus, if the practice exercise is a PDF, students can’t write on it. However, in TeacherMade, students have multiple ways to work on a PDF.Why do you need an online worksheet creator when you have an LMS?Another question some teachers might have is, why not put the exercises and assessment questions in an LMS platform such as Schoology? There are two issues with that: first, I would have to retype the questions into Schoology when I already have a test that is ready to go; and second, the test would have to be broken into individual questions when I might want students to see the entire test as a whole. For example, in my 11th grade English class, I have a quiz on commas, semicolons, and colons. The quiz is made up of sentences that students wrote. I like the students to read the sentences and insert the correct punctuation marks. In Google Docs, that test would not be capable of being auto-graded. In Schoology, I would have to retype it. Students would also not be able to insert punctuation marks into the sentences.How do you leave student feedback on digital worksheets?When it comes to grading, it’s also convenient to grade in TeacherMade. I can use the left and right arrows to quickly navigate through all the assignments without exiting each student’s assignment to click on the next student on the list. Commenting is also fast since I can comment right on the assignment in TeacherMade. #### What Are Classwork.com’s Terms and Conditions of Use? You can view Classwork.com’s official Terms and Conditions of Use at the link here:These terms outline acceptable use of the platform, user responsibilities, and important legal information related to your account. We encourage all users to review them to better understand how Classwork.com protects both teachers and students. #### What are the minimum device requirements for Classwork.com to run? Classwork.com runs entirely in your web browser, so if your device can run a modern browser, it can run Classwork.com.Browser CompatibilityClasswork.com is compatible with the latest versions of:Google ChromeFirefoxSafariMicrosoft EdgeThe student interface works smoothly on both iOS and Android browsers. Teachers can also access Classwork.com on these devices to check progress, but we recommend a laptop, desktop, or Chromebook for editing and grading Activities due to screen size.Technical RequirementsJavaScript must be enabled.Cookies must be allowed. Classwork.com uses cookies to identify users during their session.If you’re using Safari or the Canvas app, Activities should be set to open in a new window since these block third-party cookies.Classwork.com is not compatible with Chrome’s Incognito Mode, which blocks the cookies required for login.Bandwidth and PerformanceClasswork.com is designed to be lightweight:The student application is approximately 400 KB and benefits from caching on repeat visits.Typical PDF-to-image conversions use about 200–300 KB per page, also cached after the first load.A standard 2–3 page Activity requires roughly 1.5 MB per student.Additional images or audio may increase that slightly. #### What Countries Can Access Classwork.com? Classwork.com is available worldwide. Teachers and students can log in and use the platform from any country with internet access.If you are experiencing difficulty accessing Classwork.com, please contact us at support@classwork.com for assistance. #### What does an inserted link look like to students? Currently, the student sees only what you’ve placed onto the Activity via the Hyperlink tool. The system does not place a thumbnail of the target URL or video onto the Activity. For safety reasons, you must do that for the students. You can put a meaningful name onto your hyperlink like in the screen capture below. This is a best practice so your students don't see a raw https:// address.  When you use the Hyperlink tool, first draw a box on your activity. Then select the Link button from the toolbar. The Edit Link box will appear, where you can enter the URL and add a meaningful label for students to read.PRO TIP: If you’re concerned that the students won’t know what to do, start your label with Click here to…  #### What does the Green Dot Mean? When you're reviewing student work, you may see a green dot next to some students but not others.The green dot indicates that the student is currently online—meaning they have the Assignment open in their browser. This helps you see who is actively working and who has closed the Assignment. #### What does the student view look like? Preview your Assignment to see what your Activity Layout will look like to your students. This is a great way to proof your work and make sure everything looks good and is where you want it.How Do I Preview My Assignment?There are multiple ways to preview your Assignment:  On the Activities page:Hover over your Assignment name.A toolbar will appear.Click the eye icon for Preview.On the Edit Activity Screen:Click on the Preview Icon on your toolbar. Click on View from the toolbarThen Preview from the menu.Use the keyboard command Ctrl+F2On the Activity Detail page:Click the button on the left hand side that says Preview.After assigning the Activity you can also access preview mode on the Assignment Detail screen:Click the eye icon on the toolbar on the left hand side. Once in preview mode, you will be able to:Test student tools on the toolbar.Answer each question on your Assignment.Scroll through the Activity.Test hyperlinks.Listen to audio.Practice recording audio.Check your answers. Pro Tip: Many teachers also use Preview mode to create a video and show their students how to use different tools on their end of the Assignment. For more information on the Student Toolbar read: Tour of the Student Toolbar #### What happens if our enrollment goes up after we purchase the PRO Unlimited Site License? No worries! The Unlimited Site License from Classwork.com truly means unlimited. You don’t need to add extra student seats or purchase additional access midyear.All of your teachers and students will continue to have full access to Classwork.com for the duration of your subscription—no need to contact us or make any changes. #### What happens to the interactive activities teachers make if we don’t renew the Classwork.com PRO subscription? All of a teacher’s interactive activities will remain safely stored in their Classwork.com account, in the same folders where they originally created them.Their account will stay active; however, without a PRO subscription, they won’t be able to assign activities to students.If the teacher upgrades to PRO again in the future, all of their activities will still be there—ready to use and assign immediately. #### What is the cost to purchase an annual subscription to Classwork.com? Classwork.com offers flexible annual subscription options for teachers, schools and districts. For the most up-to-date pricing, visit our Plans page. #### What Is the Difference Between Classwork.com PRO and Free Classwork.com? Classwork.com requires a paid subscription to make all the amazing features available to you. If your subscription or free trial expires, you will see "Free" on the left side of the application, with the link to rejoin the PRO service. Click that link and complete the subscription to access all the features that you're accustomed to! Better yet, have your school or district subscribe for you! Contact support@classwork.com to find out how.If your subscription or trial expires, you will not lose your existing activities! But, you will not be able to use the activities that took advantage of the PRO features. Just re-subscribe aThese are the only things you can do without a subscription: Question Types: Multiple Choice and Short AnswerTeacher Tools: Color Block and TextAssignment Type: Classwork onlyStudent Tools: Text Box and Drawing⚠️ Free accounts can only assign Activities that use these tools.Activities containing other question types or tools will require a PRO subscription.The Free version is meant for simple, low-stakes use. Just enough to get a feel for how Classwork works before upgrading to PRO.PRO: Unlocks the full set of features, including all question types, integrations (Google Classroom, Canvas, Schoology), the Classes feature, advanced Assignment options, data insights, and more. PRO is available through an individual subscription or as a school/district Unlimited Site License.If you’re new to Classwork.com, your account starts with a 30-day free trial of PRO, so you can try all features before deciding whether to subscribe. #### What Is the Difference Between Reopening an Assignment and Resetting One? Reopening an AssignmentReopening allows students to continue working on their existing Submission while keeping all of their previous work intact. It’s similar to handing back an ungraded paper so they can make changes or finish what they started.Resetting an AssignmentResetting completely removes the student’s previous work, grades, and any comments you’ve added. It’s like giving them a brand-new, blank copy of the Assignment. #### What is the difference between the PRO for Individual Teachers and the PRO Unlimited Site License? There is no difference in the Classwork.com application — both provide full access to all PRO features. The only difference is in the pricing structure.If you have 20 teachers but only 500 students at your site, you’ll want to purchase the Unlimited Site License.Example:20 teachers × $95 = $1,915500 students × $2.99 = $1,495It might look unconventional at first, but once you do the math, you’ll see that we’re focused on bringing you the best instructional technology at the lowest possible cost.We’re on your side! #### What is the difference between the PRO for Individual Teachers and the PRO Unlimited Site License? There is no difference in the TeacherMade application. The only difference is how much it costs. If you have 20 Teachers but only 500 students at your site, you’ll want to purchase the Unlimited Site License. 20 Teachers x $79 = $1,580 BUT… 500 students at $1.99 per student = $995. It’s a little confusing when you first look at our plans, but once you do the math, you’ll understand that we’re trying to bring you the best instructional technology at the lowest possible prices. We’re on your side! #### What is the Set Selected as Completed Button? Set Selected as Completed is a feature that allows teachers to manually finalize a student’s work. If a student forgets to hit Submit or time runs out, choosing this option will turn in their work so you can review it. This saves you from chasing down overdue Assignments.To use this feature, select the checkbox next to any work still marked In Progress. Then open the 3-dot menu in the upper right and select Set Selected as Completed. For an individual student, open the 3-dot menu to the right of their Submission information and choose Set as Completed.This option is also helpful when the Submit button has been disabled to prevent accidental submissions, since you’ll need to turn in the work on the student’s behalf. #### What is the Slides Display Type? Slides Display TypeThe Slides display type gives you the flexibility to combine instruction, comprehension checks, and practice into a single Activity. You can start class in Classwork and end class in Classwork, without switching tools or printing handouts.You can:Teach directly in Classwork by uploading existing slide decks.Add comprehension checks throughout your lesson.Incorporate practice, quizzes, exit tickets, study questions, and homework into your teaching materials.Paste existing Classwork Activities into Slide view.Play videos inside Slides without sending students out to YouTube.Add links to external websites and resources.Watch students take notes as they follow along.Slides view and combining pagesWhen you create an Activity from a file, Classwork builds it in Slides view by default. Each page becomes its own slide, and students move through them one at a time.If you want a single scrollable page instead, use the checkbox labeled Combine selected pages into a single slide. When this is checked, the pages you select are merged into one long slide.Slides (default): Each page stays separate and students click through slide by slide.Combine selected pages into a single slide: Selected pages are joined into one scrollable slide.Note: This checkbox replaces the old “Scrolling view” option.Both display types support auto-scored Activities. You can convert PDFs, slide decks, and mixed content into a digital Activity using either option.Slide View Extra FeaturesBecause Slides keeps pages separate, you get additional editing tools. You can:Reorder slides.Add slides.Remove slides.Combine pages from multiple documents.You can mix slides and vertical PDFs.Paste an existing Classwork Activity into a slide presentation.Navigating Between SlidesWhen your Activity is created, you can navigate while editing in two ways:Use the slide navigation on the far left of the toolbar. Click the arrows to move forward and backward. Click the page count to open a dropdown and jump to a specific slide.Use the slide thumbnail panel on the left side of the editor. Scroll to view more thumbnails, then click a slide to jump to it.Adding SlidesTo add slides, open the Slide menu and choose one of these options:New Blank SlideCreate New Slide(s) From a FileIf you add a blank slide, it will be inserted near the slide you are currently editing. You can reorder slides at any time.If you create slides from a file, you will be prompted to upload a file from your computer.Select the pages you want to import, then choose where to place them using the dropdown under Where to add the new page(s)?Use this workflow to blend existing content into your Activity or add new blank slides and build from scratch.Removing a SlideTo delete a slide:Click the slide thumbnail so it is selected.Press the Delete key on your keyboard.Or use Edit → Delete.Or use Slide → Delete Slide.Reordering SlidesYou can reorder slides in two ways:Click and drag slide thumbnails in the left panel.Open Slide in the menu bar and use the move controls.The Slides display type gives you the structure of a slide deck with the power of interactive, auto-scored Classwork Activities. #### What Personally Identifiable Data Is Stored Within the Application? Classwork.com stores limited information necessary for teachers and students to use the platform effectively and securely.Teacher data stored includes:NameEmail addressSchool or site namePassword (encrypted)Student data stored includes:Name and email address (as passed to us from integrated Learning Management Systems such as Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology)Work submitted through Classwork.comClasswork.com does not share any data with third parties outside of the LMS you’ve used for student Assignments. #### What Personally Identifiable Data Is Stored Within the Classwork.com Application? Classwork.com stores a limited amount of personally identifiable information (PII) necessary to create accounts and manage Assignments.Teacher data: Name, email address, school or site name, and password.Student data: Names and email addresses, as passed to Classwork.com through your Learning Management System (LMS) or collected via Assignment settings.We store only the information required to deliver Assignments and support classroom use. #### What Teacher and Student Data Does Classwork.com Collect? Classwork.com is an online tool that allows teachers to upload PDFs or other static documents and add interactive, auto-graded elements. These digital Activities can then be assigned to students through share links or via a Learning Management System (LMS) such as Google Classroom, Canvas, or Schoology. Students complete the Activities, and teachers review, score, and return the work through Classwork.com.Teacher Data CollectedClasswork.com collects the following teacher data:First and last nameEmail addressSchool and/or district name and locationSubjects and grade levels taughtMinimal data from external systems to facilitate Single Sign-On (SSO) and LMS integrationsOriginal text, graphics, and audio created while designing digital ActivitiesTeacher-entered scores and annotations on student SubmissionsStudent Data CollectedClasswork.com collects the following student data:First and last nameEmail address (used only to differentiate between students; Classwork.com does not email students)Minimal data from external systems used for LMS integrationsOriginal text, graphics, and audio created at the teacher’s discretion as part of assigned workAuto-scored results and teacher-entered gradesData Protection and SecurityClasswork.com uses a secure, regularly reviewed architecture to protect all user data.All data is encrypted both in transit and at rest.All data is stored securely within the United States.If your district requires a data privacy review or signed data agreement, our team will be happy to assist.For additional questions, contact support@classwork.com. #### What URLs should my school allow list to use Classwork.com? Here is the list of URLs to add to your firewall's allow list / whitelist.Note: In the summer of 2025, we will be changing the app's URLs from app.teachermade.com to app.classwork.com. Until that time, you MUST currently allow list all the teachermade domains, but we also recommend allow listing the classwork.com domains as well.Teacher EmailPlease allow emails from the @classwork.com and @teachermade.com domains.Teachersapp.classwork.comaudio.classwork.commedia.classwork.comvideo.classwork.comjs.stripe.comm.stripe.comm.stripe.networkaccounts.google.comanalytics.google.comajax.googleapis.comgoogletagmanager.comgoogleusercontent.comfonts.gstatic.comssl.gstatic.comjs.userflow.comaccounts.youtube.comrest.ably.iorealtime.ably.ioStudentsapp.classwork.comaudio.classwork.commedia.classwork.comvideo.classwork.comfonts.googleapis.comfonts.gstatic.comrest.ably.iorealtime.ably.ioaccounts.google.comIf you will be using the Speech-to-Text option with your assignments, you will require this as well, since our Speech-To-Text technology uses the web site streaming protocol on port 8443 to access a service at Amazon.wss://transcribestreaming.us-east-1.amazonaws.com:8443Administration/Finance*.classwork.com*.teachermade.com*.zoho.com*.zohobooks.com*.transmail.com (another Zoho email) #### When I Add Points to the Teacher Score, the Percentages Are Off. How Can I Fix This? The Teacher Score and Auto Score features in Classwork.com are cumulative, not replacements for one another. This means that points you add under Teacher Score are added to the points from the Auto Score. The Teacher Score does not override the Auto Score.Example:If a student earns an 8/10 on the auto-graded portion of an Assignment and you give them 3/5 for an open-response question, their combined score becomes 11/15 (73%).If you want to override the auto score for a specific question, use the Adjust feature available on each individual question — not the Teacher Score box.If you’d like to override the entire auto score, use the Custom Score option instead. This replaces the total auto score with your own manually entered value. #### When My Students Are Typing, Their Text Continues in One Long Line. How Can I Make It Wrap into a Paragraph So I Can See It? It sounds like you’ve inserted a Short Answer text box when you actually need an Open Answer box.The Short Answer question type is designed for one- or two-word responses, not full sentences or paragraphs. It will only display the text that physically fits within the box.You can check whether your Short Answer box is appropriately sized by entering the correct answer on the Edit Short Answer tab. The system will display that text inside the box, showing how much fits. You can also use Preview mode to see how it appears to students. Resize the box if needed.If you want students to type longer responses—such as full sentences or paragraphs—use the Open Answer tool (represented by the “P” icon).This response field allows students to type as much as they need. If their text extends beyond the visible area, the box automatically becomes scrollable so you can view their entire response. #### When Should I Use the Audio or Hyperlink Tool? What Can I Do with the Audio Tool?The Audio tool is great for recording yourself reading aloud, reading a question to students, or adding a prerecorded clip to your Assignment.To use it:Select Insert.Under Content Tools, choose Audio (the icon looks like a microphone).This video shows how to use the Audio tool:(NOTE: video has TeacherMade branding)What can I do with the Hyperlink tool?The Hyperlink tool is also found under Content Tools. It looks like a paper clip and says Link next to it.Use this tool to insert URLs, Google Docs, Google Slides, YouTube videos, or other online resources into your Classwork.com Activity. The Hyperlink tool can make your Activities more interactive by connecting students directly to digital content.This video shows you how to use the Hyperlink tool: (NOTE: The video has TeacherMade branding) #### When Will I Be Charged? Payment is due on the day you purchase your Classwork.com subscription. Depending on which plan you purchase, it will automatically renew each month or each year on that same day. If you need to change your payment date, please contact support@classwork.com. #### When will I get the invoice? Once we receive your purchase order, an invoice will be generated and sent within two weeks.If you need your invoice sooner, please contact jen@classwork.com to request expedited processing.Important: Some district email servers block attachments from external senders. To ensure successful delivery, please allow list the @classwork.com domain on your district’s email server. Without this, invoices may be undeliverable. #### Where are the Digital Activities? The Digital Activities folder contained hundreds of pre-made activities to give your students practice in Math, Reading and Science. Classwork has hundreds of thousands of digital activities available to you, which you can find in the Library of the TeacherMade app.So, we've moved the collection of activities from the Digital Activities folder in our Knowledge Base to the new, amazing, and Library.The search feature will help you to find the activities you're interested in. You can filter by grade level and subject matter, and enter search terms.PRO TIP: We included the TEKS and Common Core standard codes in the title of many of our activities. Trying using that as a search term to find those activities quickly!To use the Classwork Library, you must be logged in to your Classwork account and be a PRO user or enjoying your Free Trial. Don't have an account yet? Click here!Stuck? Let us know at support@classwork.com #### Where Can I Find Pictures On Classwork.com? Classwork.com does not currently include a built-in image library.You can still add visuals by:Uploading an image from your computerDragging and dropping an image file into your activityPasting an image directly from the clipboard (Ctrl+V)If an image library within Classwork.com would be helpful, please let us know at support@classwork.com — we value your feedback when planning future updates. #### Where Can I Find Pre-Made Digital Activities? Classwork.com offers a variety of ready-to-use digital Activities to help you get started quickly.The Sharing LibraryYou can find thousands of pre-made Activities in the Sharing Library by selecting Library in the main menu on the left side of the app.You can filter by subject, grade level, or keyword to quickly find Activities that fit your curriculum.The Help CenterYou can also browse featured pre-made Activities in the Digital Activities section of the Help Center here: https://support.teachermade.com/support/solutions/72000347786This section includes:Released Texas STAAR Reading and Math tests from prior yearsCommon Core-aligned ActivitiesScience materials and other classroom resourcesThese examples demonstrate the power and flexibility of Classwork.com to help you get started—then customize them to meet your students’ needs. #### Where can I find your PD resources? We have our own YouTube Channel that provides how-to videos on every aspect of the TeacherMade application. Additionally, the TeacherMade PROfessional Development materials made for Google Classroom delivery or self-service will be available August 1, 2021. They are a combination of Google Docs and TeacherMade files that can be used for classroom-style training or on a self-serve basis. There are also a zillion videos from other Teachers on YouTube that are very helpful.  #### Where can I give feedback and/or make comments on students' work? When you’re reviewing a student Submission, you’ll see Comments on the left hand side under the student name.Click on it to leave a message for your student. Once you return their work, they will be able to see your comment.There is also a toolbar at the top of the Review Submission screen that has a pencil you can use to mark up your student's work! You can even add stickers to your student’s Submissions by clicking on the star button. You can also comment anywhere on a student’s Submission by clicking on the Add Text button on your toolbar. Draw your text box and write a comment to your student on the notepad. #### Where Did U.S. State Names Come From? Description: Do your students love puzzles? In this activity, they will be given hints to try to figure out what US State names came from Native American origins.Grade: All Grade LevelsItem Types: Short Answer  #### Where Do I Find the Assignment Link To Share with Students? For all delivery methods except Google Classroom, Classwork.com automatically creates a link for you to share with your students.Here’s how to find it:Click Activities in the Main Menu.Navigate to the folder of your choice.Click the title of the Activity you’re interested in to see its list of Assignments.Click the title of the Assignment.The link will appear at the bottom of the left-hand panel. Use the Copy button to copy it to your clipboard so you can paste it anywhere you communicate with your students—email, LMS, or class message board. (NOTE: The image below needs to be replaced due to TeacherMade branding in the link) #### Where do I go for Help or Support? Classwork.com has the best support in the business! We know your job is tough, and we’ll do everything we can to make it a little easier.If you ever have questions about how to use Classwork.com, select Help Assistant on the Main Menu.The Help Assistant offers several tools to help you get answers quickly—any time, from any device. Let’s take a closer look!Ask a QuestionAsk a Question uses Classwork.com’s AI-driven chatbot to answer your questions day or night. Type your question in the box and press Enter, and the bot will do its best to provide an immediate answer.(NOTE: Update image. It's no longer yellow)The chatbot is trained on all of our Help Center articles and can provide quick and accurate responses to most common questions. The Classwork.com team regularly reviews and retrains it to improve its accuracy.For best results, ask a complete question (for example, “How do I create Assignments in Canvas?”) rather than single keywords (like “canvas”).You can ask follow-up questions to refine its answers. To start over with a clean conversation, select this button at the top:At the end of each response, the chatbot provides links to related articles and an option to contact a person for additional help.When you’re finished, select this button to return to the main Help Assistant menu:Go to Support WebsiteThis takes you to our Help Center, where you'll find all the articles written about using Classwork.com. The article you're reading right now is from the Support Website. (NOTE: This needs updated image, no longer called Knowledge Base)View TutorialsTo see Classwork.com in action, select View Tutorials, then choose a title. Each tutorial walks you through a feature of Classwork.com in the actual app, letting you click buttons and enter fields to see how everything works. You can learn how to find Activities in the Library or how to upload your own files to create new Activities. (NOTE: Needs updated image, says "View Tutorials" now)Read AnnouncementsThe counter on the Help Assistant button indicates there are new announcements you haven’t read yet. Classwork.com uses announcements to share information about new features, events, or offers that may need your attention. Select Read Announcements to view any unread items. (NOTE: Update image. Says "Read Announcements" now)When you’re done, select Back to return to the Help Assistant Main Menu. The counter will disappear once you’ve read all announcements.Contact UsSometimes, you just need to reach a real person. Select Contact Us in the Help Assistant to learn how to contact a U.S.-based team member who will go out of their way to help you.Classwork.com is SpecialClasswork.com is a unique platform built to support educators, and we provide unmatched customer support to help you succeed.Note: If you are not a Classwork.com account holder, please send us an email at support@classwork.com for assistance. #### Where is the "My Worksheets" Page? Classwork.com is ALWAYS on the move! We listen to our beloved community of teachers and work very hard to make sure we're doing everything we can to make their jobs a little easier. That means we sometimes change things! In this case, we realized that teachers aren't using Classwork.com for just worksheets, and in fact, the very word is frowned upon by some. So, to support everyone using Classwork.com for a variety of classroom work, we dropped the word "worksheet" from the app, and instead now refer to Classwork.com documents as Activities.To Go To Your Home PageInstead of clicking My Worksheets on the top of the app:Now you click Activities on the left of the app:  #### Where is the Editor? The Editor opens automatically after you upload a document to Classwork.com.For existing Activities, you can access the Editor by selecting Edit Content or Edit Answer Key after clicking on any Activity in your account. #### Who do I send the purchase order to? We will soon have a self-serve PO portal where you can upload your PO directly to TeacherMade. This is the fastest way to get your accounts activated. You can also email your P.O. directly to our sales manager at Jen@Teachermade.com. #### Who will be using Classwork.com access? (e.g., staff and/or students) Teachers are the primary users of Classwork.com and access the platform through their own logins. They create, edit, and assign interactive activities to their students.Students do not log in directly to Classwork.com. Instead, they access activities through assignment links provided by their teachers.Classwork.com is an online classroom tool designed for teachers to manage instruction, deliver assignments, and view student work — all within a teacher-controlled environment. #### Why Can’t I Hear My Audio Recording in Classwork.com? If you recorded audio in Classwork.com but don’t hear anything during playback, this is usually caused by your device’s sound settings or by Chrome not having access to your microphone when the recording was made.1. Check Your Device VolumeBefore adjusting browser settings, make sure:Your device volume is turned upYour device isn’t mutedHeadphones or speakers are connected properly (if you're using them)2. Check Microphone Permissions in ChromeIf Chrome did not have microphone access during your recording, the audio file may be silent.To check microphone permissions in Google Chrome:Select the three dots in the top-right corner of Chrome.Choose Settings.Select Privacy and Security on the left.Select Site Settings.Select Microphone.Make sure:Microphone access is enabledapp.classwork.com is NOT listed under BlockedIf it is blocked, change it to Allow.Refresh Classwork.com and try recording again.3. Re-record the AudioIf the microphone wasn’t allowed the first time, your original recording may have saved as silent.To fix this:Delete the existing audio icon from your Activity.Re-record your audio after confirming permissions.Play it back to confirm sound is captured.4. Test Your Microphone Outside Classwork.comRecord a quick test in another app, such as:QuickTime (Mac)Voice Recorder (Windows)Voice Memos (mobile)If that recording is also silent, the issue is with the device, not Classwork.com.Still Not Working?If you still don’t hear audio after trying the steps above, email support@classwork.com for further help. #### Why Didn't My Assignment Auto-Grade? There are a few possible reasons your Assignment didn’t auto-grade (auto-score):Check that every question has points assigned.You can verify this in the Editor by clicking any question and looking for the point value indicator on the toolbar.Make sure you used auto-graded question types.All question types in Classwork.com are auto-graded except Open Answer. Open Answers are great for flexibility, but if you want to take advantage of auto-scoring, be sure to use other question types.Confirm that answers are set for all questions.Each question type has its own way of setting answers. For example, for a Multiple Choice question, click the bubble for the correct answer. For a Dropdown question, you’ll need to edit the item and enter your list of possible answers.If you see this indicator on the left-hand side of the Editor toolbar, it means a question doesn’t have a correct answer set:Pro Tip: Always preview your Activity before assigning it to students to make sure everything works as intended. #### Why Do My Students See Only the First Page of an Assignment? If your students can only see the first page of an Assignment, it’s likely because the Activity was created in Slide View rather than Scrolling View.In Slide View, students navigate between slides using the arrow buttons at the bottom of their screen. If they haven’t noticed those buttons yet, they may think only one page is available.Show your students how to use the navigation arrows — it’s quick and easy! If you’d like to see what those buttons look like from the student view, check out Student Buttons Explained. #### Why Do The Answers Show When I Add a Question To My Activity? When creating a Classwork.com Activity, you are working within the Activity Editor. This view is only visible to the teacher and is for creation purposes only. As you add different item types and set the correct answers, you will be able to see those answers on the page. For example, if you add a Short Answer question type to the page, the correct answer will be visible to you within the answer box. The same goes for our Math Number question types. Matching questions will be matched, Multiple Choice will be selected, etc. Again, the Activity Editor is strictly a teacher's view. If you want to see what your students will see, use the Preview tool.  #### Why Don’t I See the Option to Add Texas OER Content? If you do not see the option to add Texas OER content in your account, it is most likely because your school or district does not have access to the Texas OER companion content in Classwork.com.Texas OER materials are only available to accounts that are associated with a school or district subscription that includes this content.What You Can DoConfirm with your administrator that your school or district has purchased access to Texas OER content in Classwork.com.Make sure you are signed in with your school email address (not a personal account).If you are unsure about your account’s permissions, email support@classwork.com and include:Your school or district nameThe email address you use to sign inOur support team can verify whether Texas OER access is enabled for your account. #### Why Is Classwork.com Asking for Permission to Access Student Emails and Google Classroom Records? The Google Classroom integration requires these permissions so Classwork.com can connect directly with your Google classes. This access allows Classwork.com to:Create Assignments in your Google Classroom coursesSync student listsPush scores directly back to your Google Classroom gradebookThis is standard practice for any platform integrated with Google Classroom.If you prefer to assign Activities using Classwork.com links instead of creating Assignments directly within Google Classroom, you won’t need to grant these permissions. #### Why Is My Sharing Library Empty? If you don’t see any Activities in the Sharing Library or your search results are blank, it’s usually caused by being on the wrong page, filters being applied, or a browser/network issue.Follow the steps below to confirm everything is set up correctly.1. Confirm you selected Library in the left menuOn the left side of the Home page, select Library — not Activities.The Sharing Library only appears when Library is selected in the navigation menu.2. Check for filtersEven if you didn’t intentionally apply filters, they can remain from a previous session.Clear or adjust:GradeSubjectCategorySearch termsThen try searching again.3. Refresh the pageRefresh your browser and allow the page to fully reload.Mac: Command + RWindows: F5Then check the Sharing Library again.4. Try a Private / Incognito windowOpen a Private (Incognito) browser window, log in to Classwork.com, and navigate to the Library again.This helps rule out cached data, browser extensions, and cookie issues.5. Check your networkSome school or district networks restrict shared content.If possible, try:A personal deviceA home networkA mobile hotspot6. Still not seeing anything?Email support@classwork.com and include:A screenshot of what you seeThe browser you’re usingWhether you’re on a school device or networkWe will do our best to help get your Sharing Library up and running for you as soon as possible! #### Why is the Time Wrong on My Reports? Classwork.com detects your time zone and automatically adjusts all on-screen times and dates.If you’re seeing the wrong time or date in any Classwork.com report, check that your computer or device time zone is set correctly.  #### Why Isn’t the Eraser Working? Eraser Tool OverviewThe Eraser tool only removes items created with the drawing tools. If the eraser does not seem to work, you may be trying to erase something it cannot remove.What the Eraser Can RemoveThe eraser can remove anything created while Draw Mode is active, including:Pencil marksHighlighter strokesFreehand linesStraight linesArrowsCirclesSquaresAny other shapes drawn using the Draw toolsTo erase, select the eraser and click and drag across the drawing, similar to erasing on a chalkboard.What the Eraser Cannot RemoveThe eraser cannot delete items added using editing tools. These must be deleted using the Select tool instead.The eraser cannot remove:Multiple Choice, Multiselect, or any other question typeTeacher TextImages or uploaded PDFsThese items need to be deleted manually.How to Delete an Item That Is Not a DrawingIf you want to delete a question type, Teacher Text, or any non-drawing element:Make sure the Selecttool (arrow icon) is active.If another tool is active, press Esc to return to the Select tool.Click the item you want to delete.Delete it using one of these options:Press Delete on your keyboard, orOpen Edit and select Delete.Undoing a MistakeIf you remove something by accident:Click the Undo arrow at the top of the screen, orOpen Edit and select Undo. #### WikiMedia Attributions Our thanks to these Wikimedia contributors for use of their images in our Science Diagrams activities:Animal Cell    By domdomegg - Own work, CC BY 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=46467691Plant Leaf Cell    By domdomegg - Own work, CC BY 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=46468379Animal and Plant Cell    By domdomegg - Own work, CC BY 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=46472620Yeast Cell    By domdomegg - Own work, CC BY 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=46468746Bacterium    By domdomegg - Own work, CC BY 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=46470633Spherical Virus    By domdomegg - Own work, CC BY 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=46471742Photosynthesis    By At09kg, Wattcle, NefronusAt09kg: originalWattcle: vector graphicsNefronus: redoing the vector graphics - This file was derived from: Photosynthesis.gif:, CC BY-SA 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=49183032Volcano    By This SVG image was created by Medium69.Cette image SVG a été créée par Medium69.Please credit this : William Crochot - File:Spaccato vulcano.png, CC BY-SA 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=37372932Which Farm Animal Is It?    By LadyofHats - Own work, Public Domain, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=12175539Microscope    By Mikael Häggström, M.D.- Author info- Reusing images- Conflicts of interest:NoneMikael Häggström - Own work, CC0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=117628226Paramecium    By Deuterostome - Own work, CC BY-SA 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=61187845Phagocytosis    By Kate Taylor - Kate Taylor, CC0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=39202172States of Matter    By Enoshd - Own work, CC BY-SA 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=36317074Phases of the Moon    By Unknown - Collated from Wikimedia Commons files, resized to use same stroke width., CC BY-SA 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=103193117Cranial Bones    By Edoarado - Own work based on: Human skull side simplified (bones).svg, CC0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=18330184Prokaryotic Cell    By Mariana Ruiz LadyofHats - i did the diagram myself using adobe illustrator , as source for the information i used this websites [1], [2],, [3] and [4], Public Domain, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=734929Bohr Atom Model    By Unknown- collated from Wikimedia Commons Files, resized to use same stroke width, , https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Bohr_Atom_Structure.jpgWavelength  By Geoff Ruth- Collated from Wikimedia Commons files, resized to use https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Crest_trough_wavelength_amplitude.pngPhase Changes: AnyFile, CC BY-SA 3.0 <https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0>, via Wikimedia Commonshttps://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/1d/Phase_changes.svgDiagram of the Moon’s Phases: Andonee, CC BY-SA 4.0 <https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0>, via Wikimedia Commonshttps://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Moon_Phase_Diagram.GIFStellar Evolution: https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/b2/Stellar_evolution.svgChromosome: 26 November 2008, Original version: Magnus Manske, this version with upright chromosome This image was resized for use. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Chromosome.svgLytic Cycle: By University of Barcelona May 3. 2019  collated from Wikimedia Commons files, resized to use.https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Lytic_cycle.pngLock and Key Enzyme Mechanism: By Domdomegg own work Resized for use.https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Lock_and_key_enzyme_mechanism.svgChlamydomonas By Sundance Raphael 14:23, 20 January 2007 Resized for use https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Chlamydomonas.svgNeuron: By Selket February 1, 2007 400 × 215   https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Neuron-no_labels.pngFingernail: By Kipton 3 January 2007  https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Fingernail_label_(enwiki).jpgMitosis: By Marek Kultys  2 July 2008 https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Diagram_of_mitosis.svgScientific Classification By: Was a bee 11 September 2007 resized for use https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Scientific_classification(no_text).svgChemical Precipitation Diagram By: ZabMilenko: orginal, ZooFari: vector, Mrmw: optimized, multilang 19 July 2020 https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Chemical_precipitation_diagram_multilang.svgCross Section of a Tooth By: Ian Furst, Goran tek-en 13 January 2013 Own work: resized for use https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Cross_sections_of_teeth_labels.pngMouth (Oral Cavity) By: unknown Illu_mouth.jpg ‎(400 × 325 pixels, file size: 32 KB, MIME type: image/jpeg) Resized for use https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Illu_mouth.jpgPeriodic Table Simple: By Riccio, own work: 2 January 2014,   800 × 539 pixels. 18:57:24https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Periodic_table_simple_it_bw_(LCC_0).pngPeriodic Table of Elements: By Dmarcus100 own work: 11 November 2016 Resized for use. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Periodic_Table_Of_Elements.svgHuman skull side simplified (bones).svg This work has been released into the public domain by its author, LadyofHats. This applies worldwide. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Human_skull_side_simplified_(bones).svg #### Will the Animations in my Power Point or Google Slides Transfer to Classwork.com? No. When you upload a file to Classwork.com, all animations will lose their functionality. The good news is that you can still add images, videos, and audio to your Activities using Classwork.com's tools! If you think having animations in Classwork.com would be useful, let us know by contacting support@classwork.com!  #### Will there be ongoing costs (such as yearly renewals) for Unlimited Site Licenses to Classwork.com PRO? Yes. Classwork.com PRO Unlimited Site Licenses are annual subscriptions that must be renewed each year by your school or district. Individual PRO Teacher accounts also renew every 365 days from the date of purchase.For the most up-to-date pricing information, visit the Plans page on our website. #### Write on a Student's Assignment While Grading! Use the Add Text tool or the Freehand Draw tool on the toolbar when reviewing a student's Submission to write feedback next to individual questions.These two tools allow you to leave comments next to a student's work.  If a Submission contains a lot of writing or text boxes, you can click the box next to Show student elements (PRO) to temporarily hide any writing, text boxes or highlights the student added to the Assignment.Remember: You can also leave a comment that the student will see at the top of the Assignment by clicking on Comment on the left hand side of the Submission.